26,925 Matching Annotations
  1. Jan 2024
    1. Reviewer #3 (Public Review):

      There has been a long-standing link between the biology of sulfur-containing molecules (e.g., hydrogen sulfide gas, the amino acid cysteine, and its close relative cystine, et cetera) and the biology of hypoxia, yet we have a poor understanding of how and why these two biological processes and are co-regulated. Here, the authors use C. elegans to explore the relationship between sulfur metabolism and hypoxia, examining the regulation of cysteine dioxygenase (CDO1 in humans, CDO-1 in C. elegans), which is critical to cysteine catabolism, by the hypoxia inducible factor (HIF1 alpha in humans, HIF-1 in C. elegans), which is the key terminal effector of the hypoxia response pathway that maintains oxygen homeostasis. The authors are trying to demonstrate that (1) the hypoxia response pathway is a key regulator of cysteine homeostasis, specifically through the regulation of cysteine dioxygenase, and (2) that the pathway responds to changes in cysteine homeostasis in a mechanistically distinct way from how it responds to hypoxic stress.

      Briefly summarized here, the authors initiated this study by generating transgenic animals expressing a CDO-1::GFP protein chimera from the cdo-1 promoter so that they could identify regulators of CDO-1 expression through a forward genetic screen. This screen identified mutants with elevated CDO-1::GFP expression in two genes, egl-9 and rhy-1, whose wild-type products are negative regulators of HIF-1, raising the possibility that cdo-1 is a HIF-1 transcriptional target. Indeed, the authors provide data showing that cdo-1 regulation by EGL-9 and RHY-1 is dependent on HIF-1 and that regulation by RHY-1 is dependent on CYSL-1, as expected from other published findings of this pathway. The authors show that exogenous cysteine activates cdo-1 expression, reflective of what is known to occur in other systems. Moreover, they find that exogenous cysteine is toxic to worms lacking CYSL-1 or HIF-1 activity, but not CDO-1 activity, suggesting that HIF-1 mediates a survival response to toxic levels of cysteine and that this response requires more than just the regulation of CDO-1. The authors validate their expression studies using a GFP knockin at the cdo-1 locus, and they demonstrate that a key site of action for CDO-1 is the hypodermis. They present genetic epistasis analysis supporting a role for RHY-1, both as a regulator of HIF-1 and as a transcriptional target of HIF-1, in offsetting toxicity from aberrant sulfur metabolism. The authors use CRISPR/Cas9 editing to mutate a key amino acid in the prolyl hydroxylase domain of EGL-9, arguing that EGL-9 inhibits CDO-1 expression through a mechanism that is largely independent of the prolyl hydroxylase activity.

      Overall, the data seem rigorous, and the conclusions drawn from the data seem appropriate. The experiments test the hypothesis using logical and clever molecular genetic tools and design. The sample size is a bit lower than is typical for C. elegans papers; however, the experiments are clearly not underpowered, so this is not an issue. The paper is likely to drive many in the field (including the authors themselves) into deeper experiments on (1) how the pathway senses hypoxia and sulfur/cysteine/H2S using these distinct mechanisms/modalities, (2) how oxygen and sulfur/cysteine/H2S homeostasis influence one another, and (3) how this single pathway evolved to sense and respond to both of these stress modalities.

      My previous concerns have been addressed. The authors are commended on an excellent body of research.

    2. Reviewer #4 (Public Review):

      Summary:<br /> This is a revised manuscript that describes a role for cdo-1 in regulating cellular cysteine levels. The authors show that expression of cdo-1, predicted to encode a cysteine dioxygenase, is regulated by HIF-1, the conserved hypoxia-induced transcription factor. The expression of cdo-1 is controlled by the RHY-1/CYSL-1/EGL-9/HIF-1 pathway that has been demonstrated to be involved in the response to H2S.

      Strengths:<br /> The new finding of this study is that cdo-1, predicted to encode a cysteine dioxygenase, is expressed in the hypodermis and that hypodermal expression rescues at least one phenotype of the cdo-1(mg622) mutant (ability to survive toxic sulfite accumulation in Moco-deficient conditions). Using sulfite toxicity is an interesting reporter for cellular cysteine abundance.

      Weaknesses:<br /> The authors claim more than once that the H2S/Cys responsive pathway is RHY-1 - CYSL-1 - EGL-9 - HIF-1. Their data don't seem to support this claim, as they show that Pcdo-1::GFP is induced in rhy-1 mutants incubated with cysteine. It is therefore not appropriate to claim that "HIF-1-induced cysteine catabolism requires the activity of rhy-1" that they include in the description of the model in Fig 6. There is simply no evidence at all that RHY-1 has any role in modulating the activity of CDO-1 other than through transcriptional activation via HIF-1.

      I don't find the arguments that this pathway is required for cysteine homeostasis per se (as claimed in the last sentence of the introduction). The authors expose worms to excess cysteine for 48 hours in liquid culture with bacteria. It is well known in these conditions that the bacteria will produce H2S from the cysteine in the culture. All of the cysteine exposure data shown can be explained by the effect of H2S exposure. This would explain why hif-1 and cysl-1 mutants die but cdo-1 mutants do not, for example. The authors don't provide any data to rule out the possibility that bacterial H2S production underlies these results. This explains why the pathway described in this work is the same as has been previously described. Similarly, there is no evidence at all to support their assertion that there are "other pathways" induced by HIF-1 to deal with sulfite produced by cysteine catabolism. However, if the main problem is H2S production (perhaps by bacteria) then cdo-1 would not be relevant and the mutants would be viable as observed.

      In a couple of places, the authors seem to argue that H2S-induced expression is limited to the hypodermis and hypoxia-induced gene expression is mostly in the intestine. This is consistent with the expression of cdo-1 (this work) and nhr-57 (Budde and Roth) but it is not appropriate to generalize this. Previous work from the Ruvkun lab (Ma et al) show that the CYSL-1 regulates expression of HIF-1 targets in neurons. Moreover, HIF-1 protein accumulates in the nucleus of nearly all cells, and there is no reason to believe that there are changes in the expression of other genes in different tissues.

    1. eLife assessment

      This useful study aimed to examine the relationship of spatial frequency selectivity of single macaque inferotemporal (IT) neurons to category selectivity. There are some interesting findings in this report but some of these findings were difficult to evaluate because several critical details of the analysis are incomplete. The conclusion that single-unit spatial frequency selectivity can predict object coding needs further evidence to confirm.

    2. Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      Summary:<br /> This study reports that IT neurons have biased representations toward low spatial frequency (SF) and faster decoding of low SFs than high SFs. High SF-preferred neurons, and low SF-preferred neurons to a lesser degree, perform better category decoding than neurons with other profiles (U and inverted U shaped). SF coding also shows more sparseness than category coding in the earlier phase of the response and less sparseness in the later phase. The results are also contrasted with predictions of various DNN models.

      Strengths:<br /> The study addressed an important issue on the representations of SF information in a high-level visual area. Data are analyzed with LDA which can effectively reduce the dimensionality of neuronal responses and retain category information.

      Weaknesses:<br /> The results are likely compromised by improper stimulus timing and unmatched spatial frequency spectrums of stimuli in different categories.

      The authors used a very brief stimulus duration (35ms), which would degrade the visual system's contrast sensitivity to medium and high SF information disproportionately (see Nachmias, JOSAA, 1967). Therefore, IT neurons in the study could have received more degraded medium and high SF inputs compared to low SF inputs, which may be at least partially responsible for higher firing rates to low Sf R1 stimuli (Figure 1c) and poorer recall performance with median and high SF R3-R5 stimuli in LDA decoding. The issue may also to some degree explain the delayed onset of recall to higher SF stimuli (Figure 2a), preferred low SF with an earlier T1 onset (Figure 2b), lower firing rate to high SF during T1 (Figure 2c), somewhat increased firing rate to high SF during T2 (because weaker high SF inputs would lead to later onset, Figure 2d).

      Figure 3b shows greater face coding than object coding by high SF and to a lesser degree by low SF neurons. Only the inverted-U-shaped neurons displayed slightly better object coding than face coding. Overall the results give an impression that IT neurons are significantly more capable of coding faces than coding objects, which is inconsistent with the general understanding of the functions of IT neurons. The problem may lie with the selection of stimulus images (Figure 1b). To study SF-related category coding, the images in two categories need to have similar SF spectrums in the Fourier domain. Such efforts are not mentioned in the manuscript, and a look at the images in Figure 1b suggests that such efforts are likely not properly made. The ResNet18 decoding results in Figure 6C, in that IT neurons of different profiles show similar face and object coding, might be closer to reality.

    3. Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      Summary:<br /> This paper aimed to examine the spatial frequency selectivity of macaque inferotemporal (IT) neurons and its relation to category selectivity. The authors suggest in the present study that some IT neurons show a sensitivity for the spatial frequency of scrambled images. Their report suggests a shift in preferred spatial frequency during the response, from low to high spatial frequencies. This agrees with a coarse-to-fine processing strategy, which is in line with multiple studies in the early visual cortex. In addition, they report that the selectivity for faces and objects, relative to scrambled stimuli, depends on the spatial frequency tuning of the neurons.

      Strengths:<br /> Previous studies using human fMRI and psychophysics studied the contribution of different spatial frequency bands to object recognition, but as pointed out by the authors little is known about the spatial frequency selectivity of single IT neurons. This study addresses this gap and they show that at least some IT neurons show a sensitivity for spatial frequency and interestingly show a tendency for coarse-to-fine processing.

      Weaknesses and requested clarifications:<br /> 1. It is unclear whether the effects described in this paper reflect a sensitivity to spatial frequency, i.e. in cycles/ deg (depends on the distance from the observer and changes when rescaling the image), or is a sensitivity to cycles /image, largely independent of image scale. How is it related to the well-documented size tolerance of IT neuron selectivity?

      2. The authors' band-pass filtered phase scrambled images of faces and objects. The original images likely differed in their spatial frequency amplitude spectrum and thus it is unclear whether the differing bands contained the same power for the different scrambled images. If not, this could have contributed to the frequency sensitivity of the neurons.

      3. How strong were the responses to the phase-scrambled images? Phase-scrambled images are expected to be rather ineffective stimuli for IT neurons. How can one extrapolate the effect of the spatial frequency band observed for ineffective stimuli to that for more effective stimuli, like objects or (for some neurons) faces? A distribution should be provided, of the net responses (in spikes/s) to the scrambled stimuli, and this for the early and late windows.

      4. The strength of the spatial frequency selectivity is unclear from the presented data. The authors provide the result of a classification analysis, but this is in normalized units so that the reader does not know the classification score in percent correct. Unnormalized data should be provided. Also, it would be informative to provide a summary plot of the spatial frequency selectivity in spikes/s, e.g. by ranking the spatial frequency bands for each neuron based on half of the trials and then plotting the average responses for the obtained ranks for the other half of the trials. Thus, the reader can appreciate the strength of the spatial frequency selectivity, considering trial-to-trial variability. Also, a plot should be provided of the mean response to the stimuli for the two analysis windows of Figure 2c and 2d in spikes/s so one can appreciate the mean response strengths and effect size (see above).

      5. It is unclear why such brief stimulus durations were employed. Will the results be similar, in particular the preference for low spatial frequencies, for longer stimulus durations that are more similar to those encountered during natural vision?

      6. The authors report that the spatial frequency band classification accuracy for the population of neurons is not much higher than that of the best neuron (line 151). How does this relate to the SNC analysis, which appears to suggest that many neurons contribute to the spatial frequency selectivity of the population in a non-redundant fashion? Also, the outcome of the analyses should be provided (such as SNC and decoding (e.g. Figure 1D)) in the original units instead of undefined arbitrary units.

      7. To me, the results of the analyses of Figure 3c,d, and Figure 4 appear to disagree. The latter figure shows no correlation between category and spatial frequency classification accuracies while Figure 3c,d shows the opposite.

      8. If I understand correctly, the "main" test included scrambled versions of each of the "responsive" images selected based on the preceding test. Each stimulus was presented 15 times (once in each of the 15 blocks). The LDA classifier was trained to predict the 5 spatial frequency band labels and they used 70% of the trials to train the classifier. Were the trained and tested trials stratified with respect to the different scrambled images? Also, LDA assumes a normal distribution. Was this the case, especially because of the mixture of repetitions of the same scrambled stimulus and different scrambled stimuli?

      9. The LDA classifiers for spatial frequency band (5 labels) and category (2 labels) have different chance and performance levels. Was this taken into account when comparing the SNC between these two classifiers? Details and SNC values should be provided in the original (percent difference) instead of arbitrary units in Figure 5a. Without such details, the results are impossible to evaluate.

      10. Recording locations should be described in IT, since the latter is a large region. Did their recordings include the STS? A/P and M/L coordinate ranges of recorded neurons?

      11. The authors should show in Supplementary Figures the main data for each of the two animals, to ensure the reader that both monkeys showed similar trends.

      12. The authors found that the deep nets encoded better the spatial frequency bands than the IT units. However, IT units have trial-to-trial response variability and CNN units do not. Did they consider this when comparing IT and CNN classification performance? Also, the number of features differs between IT and CNN units. To me, comparing IT and CNN classification performances is like comparing apples and oranges.

      13. The authors should define the separability index in their paper. Since it is the main index to show a relationship between category and spatial frequency tuning, it should be described in detail. Also, results should be provided in the original units instead of undefined arbitrary units. The tuning profiles in Figure 3A should be in spikes/s. Also, it was unclear to me whether the classification of the neurons into the different tuning profiles was based on an ANOVA assessing per neuron whether the effect of the spatial frequency band was significant (as should be done).

      14. As mentioned above, the separability analysis is the main one suggesting an association between category and spatial frequency tuning. However, they compute the separability of each category with respect to the scrambled images. Since faces are a rather homogeneous category I expect that IT neurons have on average a higher separability index for faces than for the more heterogeneous category of objects, at least for neurons responsive to faces and/or objects. The higher separability for faces of the two low- and high-pass spatial frequency neurons could reflect stronger overall responses for these two classes of neurons. Was this the case? This is a critical analysis since it is essential to assess whether it is category versus responsiveness that is associated with the spatial frequency tuning. Also, I do not believe that one can make a strong claim about category selectivity when only 6 faces and 3 objects (and 6 other, variable stimuli; 15 stimuli in total) are employed to assess the responses for these categories (see next main comment). This and the above control analysis can affect the main conclusion and title of the paper.

      15. For the category decoding, the authors employed intact, unscrambled stimuli. Were these from the main test? If yes, then I am concerned that this represents a too small number of stimuli to assess category selectivity. Only 9 fixed + 6 variable stimuli = 15 were in the main test. How many faces/ objects on average? Was the number of stimuli per category equated for the classification? When possible use the data of the preceding selectivity test which has many more stimuli to compute the category selectivity.

    1. eLife assessment

      This fundamental study reveals the major role of calcium-binding proteins (CaBP1 and CaBP2) in sustained exocytosis from mouse inner hair cell ribbon synapses. Compelling data and analysis from CaBP1/2 double-knockout mice show enhanced calcium channel (CaV1.3) inactivation, slowed recovery from inactivation, and reduced synaptic vesicle exocytosis as assayed by membrane capacitance measurements, as well as greatly reduced in vivo spontaneous and sound-evoked spikes from the postsynaptic spiral ganglion neurons. Importantly, transgenic expression of CaBP2 led to the rescue of hearing capabilities. The continuous transmission of sound-evoked signals from auditory hair cells thus depends on the expression of both CaBP1 and CaBP2 and their suppression of CaV1.3 inactivation.

    2. Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      Summary:<br /> This manuscript dissects the contribution of the CaBP 1 and 2 on the calcium current in the cochlear inner hair cells. The authors measured the calcium current inactivation from the double knock-out CaBP1 and 2 and showed that both proteins contribute to voltage-dependent and calcium-dependent inactivation. Synaptic release was reduced in the double KO. As a consequence, the authors observed a depressed activity within the auditory nerve. Taken together, this study identifies a new player that regulates the stimulation-secretion coupling in the auditory sensory cells.

      Strengths:<br /> In this study, the authors bring compelling evidence that CaBP 1 and 2 are both involved in the inactivation of the calcium current, from cellular up to system level, and by taking care to probe different experimental conditions such as different holding potentials and by rescuing the phenotype with the re-expression of CaBP2. Indeed, while changing the holding potential worsens the secretion, it completely changes the kinetics of the inactivation recovery. It alerts the reader that probing different experimental conditions that may be closer to physiology is better suited to uncovering any deleterious phenotype. This gave pretty solid results.

      Weaknesses:<br /> Although this study clearly points out that CaBP1 is involved in the calcium current inactivation, it is not clear how CaBP1 and CaBP2 act together (but this is probably beyond the scope of the study). Another point is that the authors re-express CaBP2 to largely rescue the phenotype in the double KO but no data are available to know whether the re-expression of both CaBP1 and CaBP2 would achieve a full recovery and what would be the effect of the sole re-expression of CaBP1 in the double KO.

    3. Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      Summary:<br /> In the manuscript by Oestreicher et al, the authors use patch-clamp electrophysiology, immunofluorescent imaging of the cochlea, auditory function tests, and single-unit recordings of auditory afferent neurons to probe the unique properties of calcium signaling in cochlear hair cells that allow rapid and sustained neurotransmitter release. The calcium-binding proteins (CaBPs) are thought to modify the inactivation of the Cav1.3 calcium channels in IHCs that initiate vesicle fusion, reducing the calcium-dependent inactivation (CDI) of the channels to allow sustained calcium influx to support neurotransmitter release. The authors use knockout mice of Cabp1 and Cabp2 in a double knockout (Cabp1/2 DKO) to show that these molecules are required for enabling sustained calcium currents by reducing CDI and enabling proper IHC neurotransmitter release. They further support their evidence by re-introducing Cabp2 using an injection of AAV containing the Cabp2 sequence into the cochlea, which restores some of the auditory function and reduces CDI in patch-clamp recordings.

      Strengths:<br /> Overall the data is convincing that Cabp1/2 is required for reducing CDI in cochlear hair cells, allowing their sustained neurotransmitter release and sound encoding. Figures are well-prepared, recordings are careful and stats are appropriate, and the manuscript is well-written. The discussion appropriately considers aspects of the data that are not yet explained and await further experimentation.

      Weaknesses:<br /> There are some sections of the manuscript that pool data from different experiments with slightly different conditions (wt data from a previous paper, different calcium concentrations, different holding voltages, tones vs clicks, etc). This makes the work harder to follow and more complicated to explain. However, the major conclusion, that cabp1 and 2 work together to reduce calcium-dependent inactivation of L-type calcium channels in cochlear inner hair cells, still holds.

      Another weakness is that the authors used injections of AAV-containing sequences for Cabp2, but do not present data from sham surgeries. In most cases, the improvement of hearing function with AAV injection is believable and should be attributed to the cabp2 function. However, in at least one instance (Figure 4B), the results of the AAV injection experiments may be overinterpreted - the authors show that upon AAV injection, the hair cells have a much longer calcium current recovery following a large, long depolarization to inactivate the calcium channels. Without comparison to sham surgery, it is not known if this result could be a subtle result of the surgery or indeed due to the Cabp2 expression.<br /> It would be great to see the auditory nerve recordings in AAV-injected animals that have a recovery of ABRs. However, this is a challenging experiment that requires considerable time and resources, so is not required.

    4. Reviewer #3 (Public Review):

      Summary:<br /> The authors attempted to unravel the role of the Ca2+-binding proteins CaBP1 and CaBP2 for the hitherto enigmatic lack of Ca2+-dependent inactivation of Ca2+ currents in sensory inner hair cells (IHCs). As Ca2+ currents through Cav1.3 channels are crucial for exocytosis, the lack of inactivation of those Ca2+ currents is essential for the indefatigable sound encoding by IHCs. Using a deaf mouse model lacking both CaBP1 and CaBP2, the authors convincingly demonstrate that both CaBP1 and CaBP2 together confer a lack of inactivation, with CaBP2 being far more effective. This is surprising given the mild phenotype of the single knockouts, which has been published by the authors before. Re-admission of CaBP2 through viral gene transfer into the inner ear of double-knockout mice largely restored hearing function, normal Ca2+ current properties, and exocytosis.

      Strengths:<br /> 1. In vitro electrophysiology: perforated patch-clamp recordings of Ca2+/Ba2+ currents of inner hair cells (IHCs) from 3-4 week-old mice - very difficult recordings - necessary to not interfere with intracellular Ca2+ buffers, including CaBP1 and CaBP2.<br /> 2. Capacitance (exocytosis) recordings from IHCs in perforated patch mode.<br /> 3. The insight that a negative holding potential might underestimate the impact of lack of CaBP1/2 on the inactivation of ICa in IHCs. As the physiological holding potential is much more positive than a preferred holding potential in patch clamp experiments it has a strong impact on inactivation in the pauses between depolarization mimicking receptor potentials.<br /> This truly advances our thinking about the stimulation of IHCs and accumulating inactivation of the Cav1.3 channels.<br /> 4. Insight that the voltage sine method with usual voltage excursions (35 mV) to determine the membrane capacitance (for exocytosis measurements) also favors the inactivated state of Cav1.3 channels<br /> 5. Use of double ko mice (for both CaBP1 and CaBP2, DKO) and use of DKO with virally injected CaBP2-eGFP into the inner ear.<br /> 6. Use of DKO animals/IHCs/SGNs after virus-mediated CaBP2 gene transfer shows a great amount of rescue of the normal ICa inactivation phenotype.<br /> 7. In vivo measurements of SGN AP responses to sound, which is highly demanding.<br /> 8. In vivo measurements of hearing thresholds, DPOAE characteristics, and ABR wave I amplitudes/latencies of DKO mice and DKO+injected mice compared to WT mice.

      Very thorough analysis and presentation of the data, excellent statistical analysis.

      The authors achieved their aims. Their results fully support their conclusions. The methods used by the authors are state-of-the-art.

      The impacts on the field are the following:<br /> Regulation of inactivation of Cav1.3 currents is crucial for the persistent functioning of Cav1.3 channels in sensory transduction.<br /> The findings of the authors better explain the phenotype of the human autosomal recessive DFNB93, which is based on the malfunction of CaBP2.<br /> Future work - by the authors or others - should address the molecular mechanisms of the interaction of CaBP1 and 2 in regulating Cav1.3 inactivation.

      Weaknesses:<br /> I do not see weaknesses.<br /> What is not explained (but was not the aim of the authors) is how the CaBPs 1 and 2 interact with the Cav1.3 channels and with each other to reduce CDI. Also, why DFNB93, which is based on mutation of the CaBP2 gene, lead to a severe phenotype in humans in contrast to the phenotype of the CaBP2 ko mouse.

    1. eLife assessment

      Given a great need for novel human model systems to study small cell lung cancer (SCLC), the authors describe an important pre-clinical model with broad potential for the study of how genetic perturbations or drug treatments alter SCLC tumor growth, metastasis, and response to therapy. For the major finding, the authors provide convincing evidence that RB/TP53 suppression coupled with MYC overexpression in an ES cell-derived model system results in aggressive and metastatic SCLC. However, comparisons of the RB/TP53-suppressed, MYC overexpressing model with RB/TP53-suppressed cells in supporting the minor conclusion that MYC overexpression increases the neuroendocrine compartment are incomplete, and the impact of the work would have been increased with the inclusion of a broader set of genetic perturbations, such as over-expression of MYCL, to better model major SCLC phenotypes. The new model described will be of significant interest to researchers studying lung cancer.

    2. Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      Summary:<br /> The authors introduced their previous paper with the concise statement that "the relationships between lineage-specific attributes and genotypic differences of tumors are not understood" (Chen et al., JEM 2019, PMID: 30737256). For example, it is not clear why combined loss of RB1 and TP53 is required for tumorigenesis in SCLC or other aggressive neuroendocrine (NE) cancers, or why the oncogenic mutations in KRAS or EGFR that drive NSCLC tumorigenesis are found so infrequently in SCLC. This is the main question addressed by the previous and current papers.

      One approach to this question is to identify a discrete set of genetic/biochemical manipulations that are sufficient to transform non-malignant human cells into SCLC-like tumors. One group reported the transformation of primary human bronchial epithelial cells into NE tumors through a complex lentiviral cocktail involving the inactivation of pRB and p53 and activation of AKT, cMYC, and BCL2 (PARCB) (Park et al., Science 2018, PMID: 30287662). The cocktail previously reported by Chen and colleagues to transform human pluripotent stem-cell (hPSC)-derived lung progenitors (LPs) into NE xenografts was more concise: DAPT to inactivate NOTCH signaling combined with shRNAs against RB1 and TP53. However, the resulting RP xenografts lacked important characteristics of SCLC. Unlike SCLC, these tumors proliferated slowly and did not metastasize, and although small subpopulations expressed MYC or MYCL, none expressed NEUROD1.

      MYC is frequently amplified or expressed at high levels in SCLC, and here, the authors have tested whether inducible expression of MYC could increase the resemblance of their hPSC-derived NE tumors to SCLC. These RPM cells (or RPM T58A with stabilized cMYC) engrafted more consistently and grew more rapidly than RP cells, and unlike RP cells, formed liver metastases when injected into the renal capsule. Gene expression analyses revealed that RPM tumor subpopulations expressed NEUROD1, ASCL1, and/or YAP1.

      The hPSC-derived RPM model is a major advance over the previous RP model. This may become a powerful tool for understanding SCLC tumorigenesis and progression and for discovering gene dependencies and molecular targets for novel therapies. However, the specific role of cMYC in this model needs to be clarified.

      cMYC can drive proliferation, tumorigenesis, or apoptosis in a variety of lineages depending on concurrent mutations. For example, in the Park et al., study, normal human prostate cells could be reprogrammed to form adenocarcinoma-like tumors by activation of cMYC and AKT alone, without manipulation of TP53 or RB1. In their previous manuscript, the authors carefully showed the role of each molecular manipulation in NE tumorigenesis. DAPT was required for NE differentiation of LPs to PNECs, shRB1 was required for expansion of the PNECs, and shTP53 was required for xenograft formation. cMYC expression could influence each of these steps, and importantly, could render some steps dispensable. For example, shRB1 was previously necessary to expand the DAPT-induced PNECs, as neither shTP53 nor activation of KRAS or EGFR had no effect on this population, but perhaps cMYC overexpression could expand PNECs even in the presence of pRB, or even induce LPs to become PNECs without DAPT. Similarly, both shRB1 and shTP53 were necessary for xenograft formation, but maybe not if cMYC is overexpressed. If a molecular hallmark of SCLC, such as loss of RB1 or TP53, has become dispensable with the addition of cMYC, this information is critically important in interpreting this as a model of SCLC tumorigenesis.

      To interpret the role of cMYC expression in hPSC-derived RPM tumors, we need to know what this manipulation does without manipulation of pRB, p53, or NOTCH, alone or in combination. Seven relevant combinations should be presented in this manuscript: (1) cMYC alone in LPs, (2) cMYC + DAPT, (3) cMYC + shRB1, (4) cMYC + DAPT + shRB1, (5) cMYC + shTP53, (6) cMYC + DAPT + shTP53, and (7) cMYC + shRB1 + shTP53. Wild-type cMYC is sufficient; further exploration with the T58A mutant would not be necessary.

      This reviewer considers that there should be a presentation of the effects of these combinations on LP differentiation to PNECs, expansion of PNECs as well as other lung cells, xenograft formation and histology, and xenograft growth rate and capacity for metastasis. If this could be clarified experimentally, and the results discussed in the context of other similar approaches such as the Park et al., paper, this study would be a major addition to the field.

    3. Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      Summary:<br /> Chen et al use human embryonic stem cells (ESCs) to determine the impact of wildtype MYC and a point mutant stable form of MYC (MYC-T58A) in the transformation of induced pulmonary neuroendocrine cells (PNEC) in the context of RB1/P53 (RP) loss (tumor suppressors that are nearly universally lost in small cell lung cancer (SCLC)). Upon transplant into immune-deficient mice, they find that RP-MYC and RP-MYC-T58A cells grow more rapidly, and are more likely to be metastatic when transplanted into the kidney capsule, than RP controls. Through single-cell RNA sequencing and immunostaining approaches, they find that these RPM tumors and their metastases express NEUROD1, which is a transcription factor whose expression marks a distinct molecular state of SCLC. While MYC is already known to promote aggressive NEUROD1+ SCLC in other models, these data demonstrate its capacity in a human setting that provides a rationale for further use of the ESC-based model going forward. Overall, these findings provide a minor advance over the previous characterization of this ESC-based model of SCLC published in Chen et al, J Exp Med, 2019.

      The major conclusion of the paper is generally well supported, but some minor conclusions are inadequate and require important controls and more careful analysis.

      Strengths:<br /> 1. Both MYC and MYC-T58A yield similar results when RP-MYC and RP-MYCT58A PNEC ESCs are injected subcutaneously, or into the renal capsule, of immune-deficient mice, leading to the conclusion that MYC promotes faster growth and more metastases than RP controls.

      2. Consistent with numerous prior studies in mice with a neuroendocrine (NE) cell of origin (Mollaoglu et al, Cancer Cell, 2017; Ireland et al, Cancer Cell, 2020; Olsen et al, Genes Dev, 2021), MYC appears sufficient in the context of RB/P53 loss to induce the NEUROD1 state. Prior studies also show that MYC can convert human ASCL1+ neuroendocrine SCLC cell lines to a NEUROD1 state (Patel et al, Sci Advances, 2021); this study for the first time demonstrates that RB/P53/MYC from a human neuroendocrine cell of origin is sufficient to transform a NE state to aggressive NEUROD1+ SCLC. This finding provides a solid rationale for using the human ESC system to better understand the function of human oncogenes and tumor suppressors from a neuroendocrine origin.

      Weaknesses:<br /> 1. There is a major concern about the conclusion that MYC "yields a larger neuroendocrine compartment" related to Figures 4C and 4G, which is inadequately supported and likely inaccurate. There is overwhelming published data that while MYC can promote NEUROD1, it also tends to correlate with reduced ASCL1 and reduced NE fate (Mollaoglu et al, Cancer Cell, 2017; Zhang et al, TLCR, 2018; Ireland et al, Cancer Cell, 2020; Patel et al, Sci Advances, 2021). Most importantly, there is a lack of in vivo RP tumor controls to make the proper comparison to judge MYC's impact on neuroendocrine identity. RPM tumors are largely neuroendocrine compared to in vitro conditions, but since RP control tumors (in vivo) are missing, it is impossible to determine whether MYC promotes more or less neuroendocrine fate than RP controls. It is not appropriate to compare RPM tumors to in vitro RP cells when it comes to cell fate. Upon inspection of the sample identity in S1B, the fibroblast and basal-like cells appear to only grow in vitro and are not well represented in vivo; it is, therefore, unclear whether these are transformed or even lack RB/P53 or express MYC. Indeed, a close inspection of Figure S1B shows that RPM tumor cells have little ASCL1 expression, consistent with lower NE fate than expected in control RP tumors.

      In addition, since MYC appears to require Notch signaling to induce NE fate (Ireland et al), the presence of DAPT in culture could enrich for NE fate despite MYC's presence. It's important to clarify in the legend of Fig 4A which samples are used in the scRNA-seq data and whether they were derived from in vitro or in vivo conditions (as such, Supplementary Figure S1B should be provided in the main figure). Given their conclusion is confusing and challenges robustly supported data in other models, it is critical to resolve this issue properly. I suspect when properly resolved, MYC actually consistently does reduce NE fate compared to RP controls, even though tumors are still relatively NE compared to completely distinct cellular identities such as fibroblasts.

      2. The rigor of the conclusions in Figure 1 would be strengthened by comparing an equivalent number of RP animals in the renal capsule assay, which is n = 6 compared to n = 11-14 in the MYC conditions.

      3. Statistical analysis is not provided for Figures 2A-2B, and while the results are compelling, may be strengthened by additional samples due to the variability observed.

      4a. Related to Figure 3, primary tumors and liver metastases from RPM or RPM-T58A-expressing cells express NEUROD1 by immunohistochemistry (IHC) but the putative negative controls (RP) are not shown, and there is no assessment of variability from tumor to tumor, ie, this is not quantified across multiple animals.

      4b. Relatedly, MYC has been shown to be able to push cells beyond NEUROD1 to a double-negative or YAP1+ state (Mollaoglu et al, Cancer Cell, 2017; Ireland et al, Cancer Cell, 2020), but the authors do not assess subtype markers by IHC. They do show subtype markers by mRNA levels in Fig 4B, and since there is expression of ASCL1, and potentially expression of YAP1 and POU2F3, it would be valuable to examine the protein levels by IHC in control RP vs. RPM samples.

      5. Given that MYC has been shown to function distinctly from MYCL in SCLC models, it would have raised the impact and value of the study if MYC was compared to MYCL or MYCL fusions in this context since generally, SCLC expresses a MYC family member. However, it is quite possible that the control RP cells do express MYCL, and as such, it would be useful to show.

    4. Reviewer #3 (Public Review):

      Summary:<br /> The authors continue their study of the experimental model of small cell lung cancer (SCLC) they created from human embryonic stem cells (hESCs) using a protocol for differentiating the hESCs into pulmonary lineages followed by NOTCH signaling inactivation with DAPT, and then knockdown of TP53 and RB1 (RP models) with DOX inducible shRNAs. To this published model, they now add DOX-controlled activation of expression of a MYC or T58A MYC transgenes (RPM and RPMT58A models) and study the impact of this on xenograft tumor growth and metastases. Their major findings are that the addition of MYC increased dramatically subcutaneous tumor growth and also the growth of tumors implanted into the renal capsule. In addition, they only found liver and occasional lung metastases with renal capsule implantation. Molecular studies including scRNAseq showed that tumor lines with MYC or T58A MYC led surprisingly to more neuroendocrine differentiation, and (not surprisingly) that MYC expression was most highly correlated with NEUROD1 expression. Of interest, many of the hESCs with RPM/RPMT58A expressed ASCL1. Of note, even in the renal capsule RPM/RPMT58A models only 6/12 and 4/9 mice developed metastases (mainly liver with one lung metastasis) and a few mice of each type did not even develop a renal sub capsule tumor. The authors start their Discussion by concluding: " In this report, we show that the addition of an efficiently expressed transgene encoding normal or mutant human cMYC can convert weakly tumorigenic human PNEC cells, derived from a human ESC line and depleted of tumor suppressors RB1 and TP53, into highly malignant, metastatic SCLC-like cancers after implantation into the renal capsule of immunodeficient mice.".

      Strengths:<br /> The in vivo study of a human preclinical model of SCLC demonstrates the important role of c-Myc in the development of a malignant phenotype and metastases. Also the role of c-Myc in selecting for expression of NEUROD1 lineage oncogene expression.

      Weaknesses:<br /> There are no data on results from an orthotopic (pulmonary) implantation on generation of metastases; no comparative study of other myc family members (MYCL, MYCN); no indication of analyses of other common metastatic sites found in SCLC (e.g. brain, adrenal gland, lymph nodes, bone marrow); no studies of response to standard platin-etoposide doublet chemotherapy; no data on the status of NEUROD1 and ASCL1 expression in the individual metastatic lesions they identified.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      Summary:<br /> The authors were trying to achieve that Tgif1 expression is regulated by EAK1/2 and PTH in a time-dependent manner, and its roles in suppressing Pak3 for facilitating osteoblast adhesion. The authors further tried to show that the Tgif1-Pak3 signaling plays a significant role in osteoblast migration to the site of bone repair and bone remodeling.

      Strengths:<br /> - In a previous study, it was demonstrated that Tgif1 is a target gene of PTH, and the absence of Tgif1 failed to increase bone mass by PTH treatment (Saito et al., Nat Commun., 2019). In this study, the authors found that Tgif1-Pak3 signaling prompts osteoblast migration through osteoblast adhesion to prompt bone regeneration. This novel finding provides a better understanding of how Tgif1 expression in osteoblasts regulates adherence, spreading, and migration during bone healing and bone remodeling.

      - The authors demonstrated that ERK1/2 and PTH regulate Tgif1 expression in a time-dependent manner and its role in suppressing Pak3 through various experimental approaches such as luciferase assay, ChIP assay, and gene silencing. These results contribute to the overall strength of the article.

      Weaknesses:<br /> -The authors need to further justify why they focused on Pak3 in the introduction by mentioning its known function for cell adhesion.

      -Some results indicated statistically significant but small changes. The authors need to explain in the discussion part why they believe this is the major mechanism or why there may be some other possible mechanisms.

      -The study does not include enough in vivo data to claim that this mechanism is crucial for bone healing and bone remodeling in vivo.

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      Summary:<br /> Bolamperti S. et al. 2023 investigate whether the expression of TG-interacting factor (Tgif1) is essential for osteoblastic cellular activity regarding morphology, adherence, migration/recruitment, and repair. Towards this end, germ-line Tgif1 deletion (Tgif1-/-) mice or male mice lacking expression of Tgif1 in mature osteoblastic and osteocytic cells (Dmp1-Cre+; Tgif1fl/fl) and corresponding controls were studied in physiological, bone anabolic, and bone fracture-repair conditions. Both Tgif1-/- and Dmp1-Cre+; Tgif1fl/fl exhibited decreased osteoblasts on cancellous bone surfaces and adherent to collagen I-coated plates. Tgif1-/- mice exhibit impaired healing in the tibial midshaft fracture model, as indicated by decreased bone volume (BV/Cal.V), osteoid (OS/BS), and low osteoblasts (number and surface). Likewise, both Tgif1-/- and Dmp1-Cre+; Tgif1fl/fl show impaired PTH 1-34, (100 µg/kg, 5x/wk for 3 wks) osteoblast activation in vivo, as detected by increases in quiescent bone surfaces. Mechanistic in vitro studies then utilized primary osteoblasts isolated from Tgif1-/- mice and siRNA Tgif1 knockdown OCY454 cells to further investigate and identify the downstream Tgif1 target driving these osteoblastic impairments. In vitro, Tgif1-/- osteoblastic and Tgif1 knockdown OCY454 cells exhibit decreased migration, abnormal morphology, and decreased focal adhesions/cells. Unexpectantly though, localization assays revealed Tgif1 to primarily concentrate in the nucleus and not to co-localize with focal adhesions (paxillin, talin). Also, the expression of major focal adhesion components (paxillin, talin, FAK, Src, etc.) or the Cdc42 family was not altered by loss of Tgif1 expression. In contrast, PAK3 expression is markedly upregulated by loss of Tgif1. In silico analysis followed by mechanistic molecular assays involving ChIP, siRNA (Tgif1, PAK3), and transfection (rat PAK3 promoter) techniques show that Tgif1 physically binds to a specific site in the PAK3 promoter region. Further, the knockdown of PAK3 rescues the Tgif1-deficient abnormal morphology in OCY454 cells. This is the first study to identify the novel transcriptional repression of PAK3 by Tgif1 as well as the specific Tgif1 binding site within the PAK3 promoter.

      Strengths:<br /> This work has a plethora of strengths. The co-authors achieved their aim of eliciting the role of Tgif1 expression in osteoblastic cellular functions (morphology, spreading/attachment, migration). Further, this work is the first to depict the novel mechanism of Tgif1 transcriptional repression of PAK3 by a thorough usage of mechanistic molecular assays (in silico analysis, ChIP, siRNA, transfection etc.). The conclusions are well supported and justified by these findings, as the appropriate controls, sample sizes (statistical power), statistics, and assays were fully utilized.

      The claims and conclusions are justified by the data.

      Weaknesses:<br /> The discussion section could be expanded with a few sentences regarding limitations to the current study and potential future directions.

    3. eLife assessment

      This important work substantially advances our understanding of osteoblast migration to the sites of bone formation and regeneration. The evidence supporting the conclusion is convincing, with rigorous in vitro assays for cellular and biochemical aspects and with appropriate in vivo models. The work will be of broad interest to developmental biologists and bone biologists.

    1. eLife assessment

      This study presents valuable insights into the potential role of a general transcription factor in MYCN-dependent regulation of transcription. The study presents solid evidence that TFIIIC and MYCN interact to control transcription. The methods, data, and analyses broadly support the claims with minor weaknesses, yet the logic can be improved, and several specific issues should be addressed. The paper would be of interest to molecular biologists working on MYCN-dependent regulation of gene expression.

    2. Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      Summary:<br /> In this manuscript entitled "Association with TFIIIC limits MYCN accumulation in hubs of active promoters and chromatin accumulation of non-phosphorylated RNA polymerase II" the authors examine how the cohesin complex component (and RNA pol III associated factor) TFIIIC interacts with MYCN and controls transcription. They confirm that TFIIIC co-purifies with MYCN, dependent on its amino terminus, as shown in previous work. The authors also find that TFIIIC and MYCN are both found in promoter hubs and suggest that TFIIIC inhibits MYCN's association with these hubs. Finally, the authors indicate that TFIIIC/MYCN alters exosome function, and BRCA1-dependent effects, at MYCN-regulated loci.

      Strengths:<br /> The authors utilize multiple experimental approaches to investigate the potential biological and genomic impacts of MYCN association with TFIIIC - the findings are interesting in suggesting that this interaction may limit or otherwise regulate MYC activity.

      Weaknesses:<br /> (1) In Figure 1, the authors show that TF3C binds to the amino terminus of MYCN (Myc box I region), as shown previously. The data in Figure 1 B-D support, but do not rigorously confirm a 'direct' interaction because it has not been ruled out that accessory proteins mediating the association may be present in the mixture.

      (2) The authors indicate in Figure 2 that TF3C has essentially no effect on MYCN-dependent gene expression and/or transcription elongation. Yet a previous study (PMID: 29262328) associated with several of the same authors concluded that TF3C positively affects transcription elongation. The authors make no attempt to reconcile these disparate results and need to clarify this point.

      (3) Figures 2B and C show that unphosphorylated pol2 is TSS-centered, and Ser2-P pol2 occupation is centered beyond the TES. From this data, however, the reader can't tell how much of the phospho-Ser2- pol2 is centered on the TSS. The authors should include overall plots over TSS and TES, and also perhaps the gene-body to allow a better comparison for TSS and TES plotted for both antibodies over the collected gene sets.

      (4) The authors see more TF3C at promoters in cells with MYCN (Figure 2F). What are the levels of TF3C in the absence and presence of MYCN?

      (5) The finding that TF3C is increased at TSS (Figure 2F) doesn't necessarily indicate that 1) MYCN is recruiting TF3C there, and 2) that this is due to the phosphorylation status of pol2. It could mean many other things. The logic of conflating these 3 points based on the data shown is questionable.

      (6) Figure 3A doesn't add much to the paper, as it is overplotted and no relationship is clear, except that Pol2 and MYCN occupy many of the same sites. Perhaps a less complex or different type of plot would allow the interactions to be better visible.

      (7) That depletion of TF3C leads to increased promoter hubs may or may not have anything to do with its association with MYCN (Figure 4E). This could be a direct consequence of its known structural function in cohesin complexes, and the MYCN changes as a secondary consequence of this (also see point 4, above).

      (8) Depletion of TF3C5 results in a loss of EXOSC5 (exosome) at TSS in the presence and absence of MYCN (Figure 5B). As TF3C5 is a cohesin, could this simply be a consequence of genomic structure changes?

      (9) The authors suggest that RNA dynamics are affected by changes in exosome function (RNA degradation, etc). What effect, if any does TF3C depletion have on the overall gene expression profile?

    3. Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      This manuscript reports several interesting observations that invite follow-up. The notion that hubs, and perhaps condensates that may (or may not embrace them) are functionally and physiologically important is an open issue at this time. The authors note that TFIIIC helps to prune extraneous connections from hubs, but do not comment that the connections that are maintained are also reinforced. At the same time only modest changes in gene expression are associated with expanded or decreased connections and changes in bound proteins. One interesting possibility might be that standard methods for assessing expression miss changes in global or background transcription. It seems that the TFIIIC-MYCN-ER connection has features that would help to suppress such background. The results invite a more global consideration of TFIIIC than as primarily RNAPIII/small RNA transcription factor and of MYCN as an E-box dependent transcription factor. The results use state-of-the-art methods to develop interesting new ideas that have the potential to instruct further studies that may reveal new mechanisms of action for TFIIIC and MYCN

      Strengths:<br /> Use of a variety of methods to assess the genomic response to increased MYCN in the presence or absence of TFIIIC. Establishes in vitro and in vivo the TFIIIC-MYCN complex.

      Weaknesses:<br /> Dynamic inferences are made without kinetic experiments.

    4. Reviewer #3 (Public Review):

      Summary:<br /> Vidal et al. investigated how TFIIIC may mediate MYCN effects on transcription. The work builds upon previous reports from the same group where they describe MYCN interactors in neuroblastoma cells (Buchel et al, 2017), which include TFIIIC, and their different roles in MYCN-dependent control of RNA polymerase II function (Herold et al, 2019) (Roeschert et al, 2021) (Papadopoulus et al, 2022). Using baculovirus expression systems, they confirm that MYCN-TFIIIC interaction is direct and likely relevant for neuroblastoma cell proliferation. However, transcriptomics analyses led them to conclude that TFIIC is largely dispensable for MYCN-dependent gene expression. Instead, they propose that TFIIC limits MYCN-mediated promoter-promoter 3D chromatin contacts, which would in turn facilitate the recruitment of the nascent RNA degradation machinery and restrict the accumulation of non-phosphorylated RNA polymerase II at promoters. How this mechanism may impact on MYCN-driven neuroblastoma cell biology remains to be elucidated.

      Strengths:<br /> This study presents a nice variety of genomic datasets addressing the specific role of TFIIIC in MYCN-dependent functions. In particular, the technically challenging HiChIP sequencing experiments performed under various conditions provide very useful information about the interplay between MYCN and TFIIIC in the regulation of 3D chromatin contacts. The authors show that MYCN and TFIIIC participate both in unique and overlapping long-range chromatin contacts and that the expression of each of these proteins limits the function of the other. Together, their results suggest a dynamic and interconnected relationship between MYCN and TFIIIC in regulating 3D chromatin contacts.

      Weaknesses:<br /> The connection between the three major findings presented in this study regarding the role of TFIIIC in the regulation of MYCN function remains unclear. Specifically, how the TFIIIC-dependent restriction of MYCN localization to promoter hubs enhances the association of factors involved in nascent RNA degradation to prevent the accumulation of inactive RNA polymerase II at promoters is not apparent. As they are currently presented, these findings appear as independent observations. Cross-comparison of the different datasets obtained may provide some insight into addressing this question.

      Another concern involves the disparities in RNA polymerase II ChIP-seq results between this study and earlier ones conducted by the same group. In Figure 2, the authors demonstrate that activation of MYCN results in a reduction of non-phosphorylated RNA polymerase II across all expressed genes. This discovery contradicts prior findings obtained using the same methodology, where it was concluded that the expression of MYCN had no significant effect on the chromatin association of hypo-phosphorylated RNA polymerase II (Buchel et al, 2017). In this regard, the choice of the 8WG16 antibody raises concern, as fluctuations in the signal may be attributed to changes in the phosphorylation levels of the C-terminal domain. It remains unclear why the authors decided against using antibodies targeting the N-terminal domain of RNA polymerase II, which are unaffected by phosphorylation and consistently demonstrated a significant signal reduction upon MYCN activation in their previous studies (Buchel et al, 2017) (Herold et al, 2019). Similarly, the authors previously proposed that depletion of TFIIIC5 abrogates the MYCN-dependent increase of Ser2-phosphorylated RNA polymerase II (Buchel et al, 2017), whereas they now show that it has no obvious impact. These aspects need clarification.

      Finally, the varied techniques employed to explore the role of TFIIIC in MYCN-dependent recruitment of nascent RNA degradation factors make it challenging to draw definitive conclusions about which factor is affected and which one is not. While conducting ChIPseq experiments for all factors may be beyond the scope of this manuscript, incorporating proximity ligation assays (PLA) or ChIP-qPCR assays with each factor would have enabled a more direct and comprehensive comparison.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      Interactions known to be important for melanosome transport include exon F and the globular tail domain (GTD) of MyoVa with Mlph. Motivated by a discrepancy between in vitro and cell culture results regarding necessary interactions for MyoVa to be recruited to the melanosome, the authors used a series of pull-down and pelleting assays experiments to identify an additional interaction that occurs between exon G of MyoVa and Mlph. This interaction is independent of and synergistic with the interaction of Mlph with exon F. However, the interaction of the actin-binding domain of Mlph can occur either with exon G or with the actin filament, but not both simultaneously. These data lead to a modified recruitment model where both exon F and exon G enhance the binding of Mlph to auto-inhibited MyoVa, and then via an unidentified switch (PKA?) the actin-binding domain of Mlph dissociates from MyoVa and interacts with the actin filament to enhance MyoVa processivity.

      The only weakness noted is that the authors could have had a more complete story if they pursued whether PKA phosphorylation/dephosphorylation of Mlph is indeed the switch for the actin-binding domain of Mlph to interact with exon G versus the actin filament.

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      The authors identify a third component in the interaction between myosin Va and melanophilin- an interaction between a 32-residue sequence encoded by exon-g in myosin Va and melanophilin's actin-binding domain. This interaction has implications for how melanosome motility may be regulated.

      While this work is largely well done, I believe that additional work would be required to make a more compelling case (e.g. some affinity measurements, necessary controls for the dominant negative experiments).  First, the study provides just one more piece to a well-developed story (the role of exon-F and the GTD in myosin Va: melanophilin (Mlph) interaction), much of which was published 20 years ago by several labs. Second, the study does not demonstrate a physiological significance for their findings other than that exon-G plays an auxiliary role in the binding of myosin Va to Mlph. For example, what dictates the choice between Mlph's actin binding domain (ABD) binding to actin or to exon-G. Is it a PTM or local actin concentration? It is unlikely to be alternative splicing as exon-G is present in all spliced isoforms of myosin Va. And what changes re melanosome dynamics in cells between these two alternatives? Similarly, the paper does not provide any in vitro evidence that binding to exon-G instead of actin effects the processivity of a Rab27a/Myosin Va/Mlph transport complex. For example, if the ABD sticks to exon-G instead of actin, does that block Mlph's ability to promote processivity through its interaction with the actin filament during transport? In summary, given that the authors did not directly test their model either in vitro or in cells, I do not think this story represent a significant conceptual advance.

    1. eLife assessment

      To investigate the evolutionary relationship between the RNAi pathway and innate immunity, this study uses biochemistry and structural biology to investigate the trimeric complex of Dicer-1, DRH-1 (a RIGI homologue), and RDE-4, which exists in C. elegans. The results described include rigorous kinetic analysis of the enzymatic activity of the complex and a moderate resolution cryo-EM structure. The results are convincing and valuable to the broader understanding of the evolution of antiviral defense.

    2. Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      Summary:<br /> The authors establish a recombinant insect cell expression and purification scheme for the antiviral Dicer complex of C. elegans. In addition to Dicer-1, the complex harbors two additional proteins, the RIG-I-like helicase DRH-1, and the dsRNA-binding protein RDE-4. The authors show that the complex prefers blunt-end dsRNA over dsRNAs that contain overhangs. Furthermore, whereas ATP-dependent dsRNA cleavage only exacerbates regular dsRNA cleavage activity, the presence of RDE-4 is essential to ATP-dependent and ATP-independent dsRNA cleavage. Single-particle cryo-EM studies of the ternary C. elegans Dicer complex reveal that the N-terminal domain of DRH-1 interacts with the helicase domain of DCR-1, thereby relieving its autoinhibitory state. Lastly, the authors show that the ternary complex is able to processively cleave long dsRNA, an activity primarily relying on the helicase activity of DRH-1.

      Strengths:<br /> • First thorough biochemical characterization of the antiviral activity of C. elegans Dicer in complex with the RIG-I-like helicase DRH-1 and the dsRNA-binding protein RDE-4.<br /> • Discovery that RDE-4 is essential to dsRNA processing, whereas ATP hydrolysis is not.<br /> • Discovery of an autoinhibitory role of DRH-1's N-terminal domain (in analogy to the CARD domains of RIG-I).<br /> • First structural insights into the ternary complex DCR-1:DRH-1:RDE-4 by cryo-EM to medium resolution.<br /> • Trap experiments reveal that the ternary DCR-1 complex cleaves blunt-ended dsRNA processively. Likely, the helicase domain of DRH-1 is responsible for this processive cleavage.

      Weaknesses:<br /> • Cryo-EM Structure of the ternary Dicer-1:DRH-1:RED-4 complex to only medium resolution.<br /> • High-resolution structure of the C-terminal domain of DRH-1 bound to dsRNA does not reveal the mechanism of how blunt-end dsRNA and overhang-containing one are being discriminated.<br /> • The cryo-EM structure of DCR1:DRH-1:RDE-4 in the presence of ATP only reveals the helicase and CTD domains of DRH-1 bound to dsRNA. No information on dsRNA termini recognition is presented. The paragraph seems detached from the general flow of the manuscript.<br /> • The antiviral DCR-1:DRH-1:RDE-4 complex shows largely homologous activities and regulation than Drosophila Dicer-2.

    3. Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      Summary:<br /> To investigate the evolutionary relationship between the RNAi pathway and innate immunity, this study uses biochemistry and structural biology to investigate the trimeric complex of Dicer-1, DRH-1 (a RIGI homologue), and RDE-4, which exists in C. elegans. The three subunits were co-expressed to promote stable purification of the complex. This complex promoted ATP-dependent cleavage of blunt-ended dsRNAs. A detailed kinetic analysis was also carried out to determine the role of each subunit of the trimeric complex in both the specificity and efficiency of cleavage. These studies indicate that RDE-4 is critical for cleavage while DRC-1 is primarily involved in the specificity of the reaction, and DRH-1 promotes ATP hydrolysis. Finally, a moderate density (6-7 angstrom) cryo-EM structure is presented with attempts to position each of the components.

      Strengths:<br /> 1. Newly described methods for studying the C. elegans DICER complex.<br /> 2. New structure, albeit only moderate resolution.<br /> 3. Kinetic study of the complex in the presence and absence of individual subunits and mutations, provides detailed insight into the contribution of each subunit.

      Weaknesses:<br /> 1. Limited insight due to limited structural resolution.<br /> 2. No attempts to extend findings to other Dicer or RLR systems.

    1. eLife assessment

      This valuable study shows that eliminating a large portion of the principal neurons in the mammalian olfactory bulb does not affect the initial establishment of the circuit but has an impact on its maintenance. The strength of the paper is that the anatomical changes induced by genetic ablation of neurons are clear-cut. There is a solid description of the structural and behavioral effects of ablating the majority of M/T neurons; however, the conclusions are incompletely supported by the findings.

    2. Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      This paper aims to address the establishment and maintenance of neural circuitry in the case of a massive loss of neurons. The authors used genetic manipulations to ablate the principal projection neurons, the mitral/tufted cells, in the mouse olfactory bulb. Using diphtheria toxin (Tbx21-Cre:: loxP-DTA line) the authors ablated progressively large numbers of M/T cells postnatally. By injecting diphtheria toxin (DT) into the Tbx21-Cre:: loxP-iDTR line, the authors were able to control the timing of the ablation in the adult stage. Both methods led to the successful elimination of a majority of M/TCs by 4 months of age. The authors made a few interesting observations. First, they found that the initial pruning of the remaining M/T cell primary dendrite was unaffected. However, in adulthood, a significant portion of these cells extended primary dendrites to innervate multiple glomeruli. Moreover, the incoming olfactory sensory neuron (OSN) axons, as examined for those expressing the M72 receptor, showed a divergent innervation pattern as well. The authors conclude that M/T cell density is required to maintain the dendritic structures and the olfactory map. To address the functional consequences of eliminating a large portion of principal neurons, the authors conducted a series of behavioral assays. They found that learned odor discrimination was largely intact. On the other hand, mating and aggression were reduced. The authors concluded that learned behaviors are more resilient than innate ones.

      The study is technically sound, and the results are clear-cut. The most striking result is the contrast between the normal dendritic pruning during early development and the expanded dendritic innervation in adulthood. It is a novel discovery that can lead to further investigation of how the single-glomerulus dendritic innervation is maintained. The authors conducted a few experiments to address potential mechanisms, but it is inconclusive, as detailed below. It is also interesting to see that the massive neuronal loss did not severely impact learned odor discrimination. This result, together with previous studies showing nearly normal odor discrimination in the absence of large portions of the olfactory bulb or scrambled innervation patterns, attests to the redundancy and robustness of the sensory system. The discussion should take into account these other studies in a historical context.

      Main comments:

      1. In previous studies, it has been concluded that dendritic pruning unfolds independently, regardless of the innervation pattern or activity of the OSNs. The new observation bolsters this conclusion by showing that a loss of neighboring M/T cells does not affect the developmental process. A more nuanced discussion comparing the results of these studies would strengthen the paper.

      2. The authors propose that a certain density of M/T is required to prevent the divergent innervation of primary dendrites, but the evidence is not sufficient to support this proposal. The experiment with low-dose DT injection to ablate a smaller portion of M/T cells did not change the percentage of cells innervating two or more glomeruli. The authors suggest that a threshold must be met, but this threshold is not determined. It would be possible to adjust the DT injection dose to find this threshold.

      3. The authors suggest that neural activity is not required for this plasticity. The evidence was derived primarily from naris occlusion and neuronal silencing using Kir2.1. While the results are consistent with the notion, it is a rather narrow interpretation of how neural activity affects circuit configuration. Perturbation of neural activity also entails an increase in firing. Inducing the activity of the neurons may alter this plasticity. Silencing per se may induce a homeostatic response that expands the neurite innervation pattern to increase synaptic input to compensate for the loss of activity. Thus, further silencing the cells may not reduce multi-glomerular innervation, but an increased activity may.

      4. There is a discrepancy between this study and the one by Fujimoto et al. (Developmental Cell; 2023), which shows that not only glutamatergic inputs to the primary dendrite can facilitate pruning of remaining dendrites but also Kir2.1 overexpression can significantly perturb dendritic pruning. This discrepancy is not discussed by the authors.

      5. An alternative interpretation of the discrepancy between the apparent normal pruning by p10 and expanded dendritic innervation in adulthood is that there are more cells before P10, when ~25% of M/T cells are present, but at a later date only 1-3% are present. The relationship between the number of M/T cells and single glomerulus innervation has not been explored during postnatal development. It would be important to test this hypothesis.

      6. The authors attribute the change in the olfactory map to the loss of M/T cells. Another obvious possibility is that the diffused projection is a response to the change in the olfactory bulb size. With less space to occupy, the axons may be forced to innervate neighboring glomeruli. It is not known how the total number of glomeruli is affected. This question could be addressed by tracking developmental changes in bulb volume and glomerular numbers.

      7. The retained ability to discriminate odors upon reinforced training is not surprising in light of a number of earlier studies. For example, Slotnick and colleagues have shown that rats losing ~90% of the OB can retain odor discrimination. Weiss et al have shown that humans without an olfactory bulb can perform normal olfactory tasks. Gronowitz et al have used theoretical prediction and experimental results to demonstrate that perturbing the olfactory map does not have a major impact on olfactory discrimination.<br /> Fleischmann et al have shown that mice with a monoclonal nose can discriminate odors. The authors should discuss their results in these contexts.

      8. It should be noted that odor discrimination resulting from reinforcement training does not mean normal olfactory function. It is a highly artificial situation as the animals are overtrained. It should not be used as a measure of the robustness of the olfactory sense. Natural odor discrimination (without training), detection threshold, and innate appetitive/aversive response to certain odors may be affected. These experiments were not conducted.

      9. The social behaviors were conducted using relatively coarse measures (vaginal plug and display of aggression). Moreover, these behaviors are most likely affected by the disruption of the AOB mitral cells and have little to do with the dendritic pruning process described in the paper. It is misleading to lump social behaviors with innate responses to odors.

    3. Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      The authors make the interesting observation that the developmental refinement of apical M/T cell dendrites into individual glomeruli proceeds normally even when the majority of neighboring M/T cells are ablated. At later stages, the remaining neurons develop additional dendrites that invade multiple glomeruli ectopically, and similarly, OSN inputs to glomeruli lose projection specificity as well. The authors conclude that the normal density of M/T neurons is not required for developmental refinement, but rather for maintaining specific connectivity in adults.

      The observations are indeed quite striking; however, the authors' conclusions are not entirely supported by the data.

      1. It is unclear whether the expression of diphtheria toxin that eventually leads to the ablation of the large majority of M/T neurons compromises the cell biology of the remaining ones.

      2. The authors interpret the growth of ectopic dendrites later in life as a lack of maintenance of dendrite structure; however, maybe the observed changes reflect actually adaptations that optimize wiring for extremely low numbers of M/T neurons. The finding that olfactory behavior was less affected than predicted supports this interpretation.

      3. The number of remaining M/T neurons is much higher at P10 than later. Can the relatively large number of remaining neurons (or their better health status) be the reason that dendrites refine normally at the early developmental stages rather than a (currently unknown) developmental capacity that preserves refinement?

      4. While the effect of reduced M/T neuron density on both M/T dendrites and OSN axons is described well, the relationship between both needs to be characterized better: Is one effect preceding the other or do they occur simultaneously? Can one be the consequence of the other?

      5. Page 7: the observation that not all neurons develop additional dendrites is not a sign of differences between cell types, it may be purely stochastic.

      6. Page 8: the fact that activity blockade did not affect the formation of ectopic dendrites does not suggest that the process is not activity-dependent: both manipulations have the same effect and may just mask each other.

      7. It remains unclear how the observed structural changes can explain the behavioral effects.

    1. eLife assessment

      This paper describes valuable results from studies investigating circuits in the brain that underlie behavioral responses in fearful situations. The authors identified a role for a class of neurons that are sufficient to cause these stereotyped behaviors including freezing behaviors. These solid studies increase our understanding of brain pathways regulating these types of behaviors.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      The authors have developed and optimized a footprinting assay to monitor the recruitment of mRNAs to a reconstituted translation initiation system. This assay is named Recruitment-Sequencing (Rec-Seq) and enables the analysis of many purified mRNAs in the reconstituted system.

      This system possesses the ability to determine how competition occurs between mRNAs for the initiation machinery. This is the first approach using a reconstituted system that enables this important feature, and this is an important advance for the field.

      Strengths:

      Using purified mRNAs in a fully reconstituted system and being able to monitor start site selection is an important advance. The method enables one to observe changes in mRNA recruitment and start site selection in response to the absence or presence of different initiation components or accessory proteins.

      Weaknesses:

      Start site fidelity in purified reconstituted systems can be dramatically altered in different buffer conditions. Interpretation of the observed changes to start site selection in mRNAs in the absence or presence of Ded1 using only the one buffer condition used is therefore limited.

    1. eLife assessment

      This important work provides a robust yet simple protocol to isolate small extracellular vesicles from small volumes of plasma. The evidence supporting the conclusions is convincing, although a more thorough statistical comparison of the different techniques and technique combinations explored in the study would have been appreciated. The work will be of broad interest to cell biologists and biochemists.

    2. Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      Summary:<br /> In their manuscript, Kong Fang et al describe a robust pipeline for the isolation of small extracellular vesicles through a combination of size exclusion chromatography and miniaturized density gradient separation. Subsequently, they prove that the method is reproducible and suitable for small-volume operations while at the same time not compromising the quality of vesicles.

      Strengths:<br /> The paper narrates a robust method for purifying high-quality sEVs from small amounts of blood plasma. They also demonstrate that through this approach, they can derive sEVs without compromising the protein composition, integrity of the vesicles, or contamination with other proteins or lipids.

      Weaknesses:<br /> The paper is a nice summary of how to enrich sEVs from blood samples. Although well performed and substantiated with data, the paper primarily deals with method development and optimisation.

    3. Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      Summary:<br /> In this work, the authors manage to optimize a simple and rapid protocol using SEC followed by DGCU to isolate sEVs with adequate purity and yield from small volumes of plasma. Isolated fractions containing sEVs using SEC, DGCU, SEC-DGCU, and DGCU-SEC are compared in terms of their yield, purity surface protein profile, and RNA content. Although the combined use of these methodologies has already been evaluated in previous works, the authors manage to adapt them for the use of small volumes of plasma, which allows working in 1.5 mL tubes and reducing the centrifugation time to 2 hours.

      The authors finally find that although both the SEC-DGCU and DGCU-SEC combinations achieve isolates with high purity, the SEC-DGCU combination results in higher yields.

      This work provides an interesting tool for the rapid obtention of sEVs with sufficient yield and purity for detailed characterization which could be very useful in research and clinical therapy.

      Strengths:<br /> -The work is well-written and organized.<br /> -The authors clearly state the problem they want to address, that is, optimizing a method that allows sEV to be isolated from small volumes of plasma.<br /> -Although these methodologies have been tested in previous works, the authors manage to isolate sEVs of high purity and good performance through a simple and fast methodology.<br /> -The characteristics of all isolated fractions are exhaustively analyzed through various state-of-the-art methodologies.<br /> -They present a good interpretation of the results obtained through the methodologies used.

      Weaknesses:<br /> -Lack of references that support some of the results obtained.<br /> -Although this work focuses on comparing different techniques and their combinations to find an optimal option, the authors do not use any statistical method that reliably shows the differences between these techniques, except when repeatability is measured.

    1. eLife assessment

      This useful study compares gene expression patterns among different autonomic ganglia and will be of interest to developmental neuroscientists and neurophysiologists. The study expands the database of genes expressed by subpopulations of autonomic neurons in ganglia, a key step in decoding their developmental origins and physiological functions. The evidence supporting the alternative view that the pelvic ganglionic neurons are actually modified sympathetic neurons is incomplete and may cause confusion, given the enrichment of cholinergic neurons, as well as the large number of molecular and functional differences known to be present between cranial and sacral neurons.

    2. Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      In recent years, these investigators have been engaged in a debate regarding the classification of the sacral parasympathetic system as "sympathetic" rather than "parasympathetic," based on shared developmental ontogeny of spinal preganglionic neurons. In this current study, these investigators conducted single-cell RNAseq analyses of four groups of autonomic neurons: paravertebral sympathetic neurons (stellate and lumbar train ganglia), prevertebral sympathetic neurons (coeliac-mesenteric ganglia), rostral parasympathetic ganglia (sphenopalatine ganglia), and the caudal pelvic ganglia (containing traditionally recognized sacral "parasympathetic cholinergic neurons," which the investigators sought to challenge in terms of nomenclature). The authors argued that the pelvic ganglionic neurons shared the expression of more genes with sympathetic ganglia, as opposed to parasympathetic ganglia. Additionally, the pelvic neurons did not express a set of genes observed in the rostral parasympathetic sphenopalatine ganglia. Based on these findings, they claimed that the sacral autonomic system should be considered sympathetic rather than parasympathetic.

      However, noradrenergic sympathetic neurons and cholinergic neurons, by the virtue of expressing different neurotransmitters, could have distinct roles. It is true that some cholinergic neurons reside in the sympathetic train ganglia as well, such as those innervating the sweat gland and some vascular systems; in this sense, the pelvic ganglia share some features with sympathetic ganglia, except that the pelvic ganglia contain a much higher percentage of cholinergic neurons compared with sympathetic ganglia. It is much simpler and easier to divide the autonomic nervous system into sympathetic neurons that relieve noradrenaline versus parasympathetic neurons that relieve acetylcholine, and these two systems often act in antagonistic manners, even though in some cases, these two systems can work synergistically. As such, it is not justified to claim that "pelvic organs receive no parasympathetic innervation".

    3. Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      Summary:<br /> Recent advances in single cell profiling of gene expression (RNA) permit the analysis of specialized cell types, an approach that has great value in the nervous system which is characterized by prodigious neuronal diversity. The novel data in this study focus primarily on genetic profiling to compare autonomic neurons from ganglia associated with the cranial parasympathetic outflow (sphenopalatine (also known as pteropalatine), the thoraco-lumbar sympathetic outflow (stellate, coeliac) and the sacral parasympathetic outflow (pelvic). Using statistical methods to reduce the dimensionality of the data and map gene expression, the authors provide interesting evidence that cranial parasympathetic and sacral sympathetic ganglia differ from each other and from sympathetic ganglia (Figures 1, S1 - S4). The authors interpret the mapping analysis as evidence that the cranial and sacral outflows differ so that calling them both parasympathetic is unjustified. Based on anatomical localization of markers (Figure 2 ) (mainly transcription factors) the authors show a similarity between the sympathetic and pelvic ganglion. In Figure 3 they present evidence that some pelvic ganglionic neurons are dually innervated by sympathetic preganglionic neurons and sacral preganglionic neurons. These observations are interpreted to mean that the pelvic ganglion is not parasympathetic, but rather a modified sympathetic ganglion - hence the title of the manuscript.

      Strengths:<br /> The extensive use of single cell profiling in this work is both interesting and exciting. Although still in its early stages, it holds promise for a deepened understanding of autonomic development and function. As noted in the introduction, this study extends previous work by Professor Brunet and his associates.

      Weaknesses:<br /> This work further documents differences between the cranial and sacral parasympathetic outflows that have been known since the time of Langley - 100 years ago. The approach taken by Brunet et al. has focused on late neonatal and early postnatal development, a time when autonomic function is still maturing. In addition, the sphenopalatine and other cranial ganglia develop from placodes and the neural crest, while sympathetic and sacral ganglia develop from the neural crest alone. How then do genetic programs specifying brainstem and spinal development differ and how can this account for kinship that Brunet documents between spinal and sacral ganglia? One feature that seems to set the pelvic ganglion apart is the mixture of 'sympathetic' and 'parasympthetic' ganglion cells and the convergence of preganglionic sympathetic and parasympathetic synapses on individual ganglion cells (Figure 3). This unusual organization has been reported before using microelectrode recordings (see Crowcroft and Szurszewski, J Physiol (1971) and Janig and McLachlan, Physiol Rev (1987)). Anatomical evidence of convergence in the pelvic ganglion has been reported by Keast, Neuroscience (1995). It should also be noted that the anatomy of the pelvic ganglion in male rodents is unique. Unlike other species where the ganglion forms a distributed plexus of mini-ganglia, in male rodents the ganglion coalesces into one structure that is easier to find and study. Interestingly the image in Figure 3A appears to show a clustering of Chat-positive and Th-positive neurons. Does this result from the developmental fusion of mini ganglia having distinct sympathetic and parasympathetic origins. In addition, Brunet et al dismiss the cholinergic and noradrenergic phenotypes as a basis for defining parasympathetic and parasympathetic neurons. However, see the bottom of Figure S4 and further counterarguments in Horn (Clin Auton Res (2018)). What then about neuropeptides, whose expression pattern is incompatible with the revised nomenclature proposed by Brunet et al.? Figure 1B indicates that VIP is expressed by sacral and cranial ganglion cells, but not thoracolumbar ganglion cells. The authors do not mention neuropeptide Y (NPY). The immunocytochemistry literature indicates that NPY is expressed by a large subpopulation of sympathetic neurons but never by sacral or cranial parasympathetic neurons.

      The title of this paper is misleading because it implies a conclusion that is not adequately supported by the data and that is difficult for a general reader to parse. Independent assessments by two referees both agreed on title's problematic message. If one can get beyond the title, then the paper does contain data that is of interest. The authors compared single cell gene expression in neurons from the cranial sphenopalatine ganglion, paravertebral chain ganglia (stellate and lumbar), the prevertebral coeliac ganglion and the bladder ganglion. The cranial and pelvic ganglia are parasympathetic, while the paravertebral and prevertebral ganglia are sympathetic. The gene expression data identified differences between the cranial, sympathetic, and pelvic ganglia. Based primarily on this finding the authors concluded that the sacral bladder ganglion is not parasympathetic. Since some genes suggest a kinship between the pelvic and sympathetic neurons, the authors conclude that the pelvic neurons are pelvo-sympathetic - hence the title. This nomenclature does little to improve understanding of the autonomic motor system and it ignores important anatomical and functional properties that underlie existing definitions of the sympathetic and parasympathetic systems. The idea that the cranial and sacral autonomic outflows have some differences is not new (see for example Nilsson, 1983 and Janig, 2022). Since many of the genes identified in the present study are HOX genes and other transcription factors that specify the rostro-caudal axis during development, it is also not surprising that these genes suggest a kinship between sacral parasympathetic neurons and sympathetic neurons, all of which derive from the neural crest and are supplied by the spinal cord. The different profile of cranial parasympathetic neurons is also not surprising given that they derive from a mixture of placodal and neural crest progenitors and are supplied by the brainstem. (see my previous comments for anatomical and functional criteria that further support the existing nomenclature for the sympathetic and parasympathetic motor systems.

    4. eLife assessment

      This useful study compares gene expression patterns among different autonomic ganglia and will be of interest to developmental neuroscientists and neurophysiologists. The study expands the database of genes expressed by subpopulations of autonomic neurons in ganglia, a key step in decoding their developmental origins and physiological functions. The alternative view that the pelvic ganglionic neurons are actually modified sympathetic neurons is incompletely demonstrated given the large number of molecular and functional differences known to be present between cranial and sacral neurons.

    1. eLife assessment

      This study explores how Ebola virus evades human immune responses. The study reports a potential new mechanism wherein Ebola virus traps human IRF3, a key transcription factor involved in immune signaling, into virus-produced "inclusion bodies". The topic is important, the paper has many merits, and the biochemical assays are solid. However, the current data do not clearly explain the relationship between the VP35 protein and IRF3.

    1. eLife assessment

      This study presents a potentially valuable discovery which indicates that activation of the P2RX7 pathway by the small molecule HEI3090 can reduce lung fibrosis after its establishment by inflammatory damage. If confirmed, the study could clarify the role of specific immune networks in the establishment and progression of lung fibrosis. The presented data and analyses showing the efficacy of HEI3090 small molecule acting via the P2RX7 pathway in reducing lung fibrosis are solid. The studies also show that genetic deletion of P2RX7 itself can reduce the extent of fibrosis. P2RX7 can thus have distinct effects in various phases of the development of lung fibrosis. There is a need for additional definitive studies that specifically identify the discrete phases of when inflammasome activation via P2RX7 signaling can worsen fibrosis versus when the same signaling can be beneficial. It also needs to be established whether distinct immune cell populations mediate the detrimental and beneficial effects of P2RX7 activation in lung fibrosis.

    2. Author Response

      The following is the authors’ response to the previous reviews.

      Point to point response for the editors

      We are deeply grateful for the time you have devoted to reviewing this manuscript, and we sincerely thank you. Your insightful feedback has been instrumental in enhancing the quality of our work.

      In the revised version of the manuscript, we have carefully addressed each of the concerns you raised. Below, you will find a detailed summary of how your feedback has been incorporated to improve the overall content and clarity of the document.

      1. P2RX7 effects: In Figure 2, the vehicle treated P2RX7 knockout (panel M) shows an Ashcroft score of about 1.5 after BLM. Comparing this to the Ashcroft score of 3 after BLM in the wildtype (panel C) suggests that P2RX7 deletion is an effective way to reduce fibrosis by half!.

      The argument that HEI3090 also reduces fibrosis by activating P2RX7 is of course very difficult to convey and it seems contradictory that P2RX7 deletion and P2RX7 activation can be both anti-fibrotic. This is an unusual claim and confuses the reviewers as well as the future readers.

      This has many important health implications because activating an inflammatory pathway via P2RX7 and IL-18 could be risky in terms of a fibrosis treatment as inflammatory activation can also worsen fibrosis. The authors' own P2RX7 KO data (untreated vehicle groups) indeed confirms that P2RX7 can be pro-fibrotic.

      We thank the editors for their comment highlighting the lack of clarity in our message. Indeed, we verified whether the antifibrotic action of HEI3090 depends on the expression of P2RX7 by inducing lung fibrosis in P2RX7 KO mice. In doing so, we initially observed that P2RX7 plays a role in the development of BLM-induced lung fibrosis. This is illustrated by a decrease of 50% in the Ashcroft score, as shown in Figure 2M and Supplemental Figure 2C of the revised manuscript.

      To increase the clarity of your message, we added in the text the following paragraph:

      "We further verified whether the antifibrotic action of HEI3090 depends on the expression of P2RX7 by inducing lung fibrosis in p2rx7 knockout (KO) mice. In doing so, we initially observed that P2RX7 plays a role in the development of BLM-induced lung fibrosis. This is illustrated by a decrease of 50% in the Ashcroft score, with a mean value of 1.7 in P2RX7 knockout mice compared to 3 in wild-type mice (Figure 2M and Supplemental Figure 2C). It is important to note that p2rx7 -/- mice still exhibit signs of lung fibrosis, such as thickening of the alveolar wall and a reduction in free air space, in comparison to naïve mice that received PBS instead of BLM (see Supplemental Figure 2A). This result confirms a previous report indicating that BLM-induced lung fibrosis partially depends on the activation of the P2RX7/pannexin-1 axis, leading to the production of IL-1β in the lung. Additionally, in contrast to the observations in WT mice, HEI3090 failed to attenuate the remaining lung fibrosis in p2rx7 -/- mice, as measured by the Ashcroft score (Figure 2M), the percentage of lung tissue with fibrotic lesions, or the intensity of collagen fibers (Supplemental Figure 2D). These results show that P2RX7 alone participates in fibrosis and that HEI3090 exerts a specific antifibrotic effect through this receptor (see Supplemental Figure 2C)."

      Since we used the HEI3090 compound in this study and to be closer to the results, we have replaced the title of 2 chapters in the results section as followed:

      “HEI3090 inhibits the onset of pulmonary fibrosis in the bleomycin mouse model” instead of P2RX7 activation inhibits the onset of pulmonary fibrosis in the bleomycin mouse model and “HEI3090 shapes immune cell infiltration in the lungs" instead of P2RX7 activation shapes immune cell infiltration in the lungs

      We concur that the observation of both anti-fibrotic effects following P2RX7 deletion and P2RX7 activation appears contradictory. This specific aspect has been thoroughly addressed and extensively discussed in the revised manuscript.

      “A major unmet need in the field of IPF is new treatment to fight this uncurable disease. In this preclinical study, we demonstrate the ability of immune cells to limit lung fibrosis progression. Based on the hypothesis that a local activation of a T cell immune response and upregulation of IFN-γ production has antifibrotic proprieties, we used the HEI3090 positive modulator of the purinergic receptor P2RX7, previously developed in our laboratory (Douguet et al., 2021), to demonstrate that activation of the P2RX7/IL-18 pathway attenuates lung fibrosis in the bleomycin mouse model. We have demonstrated that lung fibrosis progression is inhibited by HEI3090 in the fibrotic phase but also in the acute phase of the BLM fibrosis mouse model, i.e. during the period of inflammation. This lung fibrosis mouse model commonly employed in preclinical investigations, has recently been recognized as the optimal model for studying IPF (Jenkins et al., 2017). In this model, the intrapulmonary administration of BLM induces DNA damage in alveolar epithelial type 1 cells, triggering cellular demise and the release of ATP. The extracellular release of ATP from injured cells activates the P2RX7/pannexin 1 axis, initiating the maturation of IL1β and subsequent induction of inflammation and fibrosis. In line with this, mice lacking P2RX7 exhibited reduced neutrophil counts in their bronchoalveolar fluids and decreased levels of IL1β in their lungs compared to WT mice (Riteau et al., 2010). Based on these findings, Riteau and colleagues postulated that the inhibition of P2RX7 activity may offer a potential strategy for the therapeutic control of fibrosis in lung injury. In the present study we provided strong evidence showing that selective activation of P2RX7 on immune cells, through the use of HEI3090, can dampen inflammation and fibrosis by releasing IL-18. The efficacy of HEI3090 to inhibit lung fibrosis was evaluated histologically on the whole lung’s surface by evaluating the severity of fibrosis using three independent approaches applied to the whole lung, the Ashcroft score, quantification of fibroblasts/myofibroblasts (CD140a) and polarized-light microscopy of Sirius Red staining to quantify collagen fibers. All these methods of fibrosis assessment revealed that HEI3090 exerts an inhibitory effect on lung fibrosis, underscoring the necessity for a thorough pre-clinical assessment of HEI3090's mode of action. Notably, HEI3090 functions as an activator, rather than an inhibitor, of P2RX7, further emphasizing the importance of elucidating its intricate mechanisms.”

      We trust that the detailed explanation provided therein will adequately persuade both the reviewers and future readers.

      1. The statistical concerns are based on the phrasing of "the experiment was stopped when significantly statistical results were observed". This is different from the power analysis approach that the authors describe in their latest rebuttal. However, it raises the question why the power analysis was performed using "on a one-way ANOVA analysis comparing in each experiment the vehicle and the treated group". The analyses in the manuscript use the Mann-Whitney test for several comparisons which ahs the assumption that the samples do NOT have a normal distribution. An ANOVA and t-tests have the assumption that samples are normally distributed. If the power analysis and "statistical forecasting" assumed a normal distribution and used an ANOVA, then shouldn't all the analyses also use a statistical test appropriate for normally distributed samples such as ANOVA and t-tests?

      Several of the data points in the figures seem to be normally distributed and therefore t-test for two group comparisons would be more appropriate. The most rigorous approach would be to check for normal distribution before choosing the correct statistical test and using the t-test/ANOVA in normally distributed data as well as Mann-Whitney for non-normally distributed data.

      We described in the Material and Method section of the revised manuscript our approach to determine the size of experimental group.

      “The determination of experimental group sizes involved conducting a pilot experiment with four mice in each group. Subsequently, a power analysis, based on the pilot experiment's findings (which revealed a 40% difference with a standard error of 0.9, α risk of 0.05, and power of 0.8), was performed to ascertain the appropriate group size for studying the effects of HEI3090 on BLM-induced lung fibrosis. The results of the pilot experiment and power analysis indicated that a group size of four mice was sufficient to characterize the observed effects. For each full-scale experiment, we initiated the study with 6 to 8 mice per group, ensuring a minimum of 5 mice in each group for robust statistical analysis. Additionally, we systematically employed the ROULT method to identify and subsequently exclude any outliers present in each experiment before conducting statistical analyses”.

      We now described in the Material and Method section how we carried out the statistical analyses.

      “Quantitative data were described and presented graphically as medians and interquartiles or means and standard deviations. The distribution normality was tested with the Shapiro's test and homoscedasticity with a Bartlett's test. For two categories, statistical comparisons were performed using the Student's t-test or the Mann–Whitney's test. For three and more categories, analysis of variance (ANOVA) or non-parametric data with Kruskal–Wallis was performed to test variables expressed as categories versus continuous variables. If this test was significant, we used the Tukey's test to compare these categories and the Bonferroni’s test to adjust the significant threshold. For the Gene Set Enrichment Analyses (GSEA), bilateral Kolmogorov–Smirnov test, and false discovery rate (FDR) were used. All statistical analyses were performed by biostatistician using Prism8 program from GraphPad software. Tests of significance was two-tailed and considered significant with an alpha level of P < 0.05. (graphically: * for P < 0.05, ** for P < 0.01, *** for P < 0.001).”

      We also added in the legend of each figure, the statistical analysis used to determine each p-values.

      1. Adoptive transfer: The concerns of the reviewers include an unclear analysis of the effects of adoptive transfer itself and the approaches used to analyze the data independent of the HEI3090 effect. For example, in Figure 4, the adoptive transfer IL18-/- cells (vehicle group) leads to an Ashcroft score of about 1 and among the lowest of the BLM exposed mice. Does that mean that IL18 is pro-fibrotic and that its absence is beneficial? If yes, it would go against the core premise of the study that IL18 is beneficial. Statistical comparisons of the all the vehicle conditions in the adoptive transfer would help clarify whether adoptive transfer of NLRP3-/-, IL18-/- in wild-type and P2RX7-/- mice reduces or increases fibrosis. Such multiple comparisons are necessary to fully understand the adoptive transfer studies and would also require the appropriate statistical test with corrections for multiple comparisons such as Kruskal-Wallis for data without normal distribution and ANOVA with post hoc correction for normal distribution.

      We added a new paragraph in the revised version of the manuscript to explain the adoptive transfer approach.

      “We wanted to further investigate the mechanism of action of HEI3090 by identifying the cellular compartment and signaling pathway required for its activity. Since the expression of P2RX7 and the P2RX7-dependent release of IL-18 are mostly associated with immune cells (Ferrari et al., 2006), and since HEI3090 shapes the lung immune landscape (Figure 3), we investigated whether immune cells were required for the antifibrotic effect of HEI3090. To do so, we conducted adoptive transfer experiments wherein immune cells from a donor mouse were intravenously injected one day before BLM administration into an acceptor mouse. The intravenous injection route was chosen as it is a standard method for targeting the lungs, as previously documented (Wei and Zhao, 2014). This approach was previously used with success in our laboratory (Douguet et al., 2021). It is noteworthy that this adoptive transfer approach did not influence the response to HEI3090. This was observed consistently in both p2rx7 -/- mice and p2rx7 -/- mice that received splenocytes of the same genetic background. In both cases, HEI3090 failed to mitigate lung fibrosis, as depicted in Figure 2M and Supplemental Figures 2D and 6A and B.”

      We added the Supplemental Figure 7 showing that the genetic background does not impact lung fibrosis at steady step levels where p-values were analyzed by one-way ANOVA, with Kruskal-Wallis test for multiple comparisons.

      Author response image 1.

      Supplemental Figure 7 : The genetic background does not impact lung fibrosis at steady step levels. p2rx7-/- mice were given 3.106 WT, nlrp3-/ , i118-/ or illb -l- splenocytes i_v_ one day prior to BLM delivery (i_n_ 2.5 LJ/kg) p2rx7-/- mice or p2rx7-/- mice adoptively transferred with splenocytes from indicated genetic background were treated daily i.p with mg/kg HE13090 or vehicle for 14 days. Fibrosis score assessed by the Ashcroft method. P-values were analyzed on all treated and non treated groups by one-way ANOVA, with Kruskal-Wallis test for multiple comparisons. The violin plot illustrates the distribution of Ashcroft scores across indicated experimental groups. The width of the violin at each point represents the density of data, and the central line indicates the median expression level. Each point represents one biological replicate. ns, not significant

    3. Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      In this revised preprint the authors investigate whether a presumably allosteric P2RX7 activating compound that they previously discovered reduces fibrosis in a bleomycin mouse model. They chose this particular model as publicly available mRNA data indicate that the P2RX7 pathway is downregulated in idiopathic pulmonary fibrosis patients compared to control individuals. In their revised manuscript, the authors use three proxies of lung damage, Ashcroft score, collagen fibers, and CD140a+ cells, to assess lung damage following the administration of bleomycin. These metrics are significantly reduced on HEI3090 treatment. Additional data implicate specific immune cell infiltrates and cytokines, namely inflammatory macrophages and damped release of IL-17A, as potential mechanistic links between their compound and reduced fibrosis. Finally, the researchers transplant splenocytes from WT, NLRP3-KO, and IL-18-KO mice into animals lacking the P2RX7 receptor to specifically ascertain how the transplanted splenocytes, which are WT for P2RX7 receptor, respond to HEI3090 (a P2RX7 agonist). Based on these results, the authors conclude that HEI3090 enhanced IL-18 production through the P2RX7-NLRP3 inflammasome axis to dampen fibrosis.

      These findings could be interesting to the field, as there are conflicting results as to whether NLRP3 activation contributes to fibrosis and if so, at what stage(s) (e.g., acute damage phase versus progression). The revised manuscript is more convincing in that three orthogonal metrics for lung damage were quantified.

      However, deletion of the P2RX7 receptor itself reduces the extent of fibrosis, suggesting that P2RX7 signaling can be pro-fibrotic. In the absence of P2RX7, the effects of HEI3900 are also abolished, suggesting that HEI3900 acts in part via P2RX7 signaling. This suggests a paradox that P2RX7 signaling can be both detrimental and beneficial in fibrosis and there is need for a better understanding of when P2RX7 signaling is beneficial and when it is detrimental in lung fibrosis. HEI3900-induced activation of P2RX7 seems to be beneficial but this primarily is shown for when fibrosis is already established. As the P2RX7 genetic deletion mouse model has less fibrosis, P2RX7 signaling and inflammasome activation may be deleterious during the formation of disease but it is also possible that HEI3900 has other beneficial effects that are not directly related to P2RX7.

      Molecularly, additional evidence on specificity, such as thermal proteome profiling and direct biophysical binding experiments, would also enhance the authors' argument that the compound indeed binds P2RX7 directly and specifically. Since all small molecules have some degree of promiscuity, the absence of an additional P2RX7 modulator, or direct recombinant IL-18 administration, is needed to orthogonally validate the functional importance of this pathway. Another way the authors could probe pathway specificity would involve co-administering α-IL-18 with HEI3090 in several key experiments (similar to Figure 4L).

    4. Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      In the study by Hreich et al, the potency of P2RX7-specific positive modulator HEI3090, developed by the authors, for the treatment of Idiopathic pulmonary fibrosis (IPF) was investigated. Recently, the authors have shown that HEI3090 can protect against lung cancer by stimulating dendritic cell P2RX7, resulting in IL-18 production that stimulates IFN-γ production by T and NK cells (DOI: 10.1038/s41467-021-20912-2). Interestingly, HEI3090 increases IL-18 levels only in the presence of high eATP. Since the treatment options for IPF are limited, new therapeutic strategies and targets are needed. The authors first show that P2RX7/IL-18/IFNG axis is downregulated in patients with IPF. Next, they used a bleomycin-induced lung fibrosis mouse model to show that the use of a positive modulator of P2RX7 leads to the activation of the P2RX7/IL-18 axis in immune cells that limits lung fibrosis onset or progression. Mechanistically, treatment with HEI3090 enhanced IL-18-dependent IFN-γ production by lung T cells leading to a decreased production of IL-17 and TGFβ, major drivers of IPF. The major novelty is the use of the small molecule HEI3090 to stimulate the immune system to limit lung fibrosis progression by targeting the P2RX7, which could be potentially combined with current therapies available. Overall, the study was well performed and the manuscript is clear.

    1. eLife assessment

      The authors develop a novel genetic strategy for specific and comprehensive labeling of axo-axonic cells, also referred to as Chandelier cells, in the mouse brain. The approach and analysis are rigorous such that the data convincingly support the key conclusions, including the expanded distribution of axo-axonic cells throughout the brain. This study provides valuable new information about the distribution of this neuronal cell type, as well as new tools for future studies. This work will be of broad interest to neuroscientists who work on the anatomical and functional organization of neural circuits.

    2. Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      Summary:<br /> In this manuscript, the authors set out to develop genetic tools that can specifically and comprehensively label Axo-Axonic Cells (AACs), also known as Chandelier cells. These AACs possess unique morphological and connectivity features, making them an ideal subject for studying various aspects of cell types across different experimental methods. To achieve both specificity and comprehensiveness in AAC labeling, the authors employ an intersectional strategy that combines lineage origin and molecular markers. This approach successfully targets AACs across the mouse brain and reveals their widespread distribution in various brain structures beyond the previously known regions. Additionally, the authors utilize rabies transneuronal labeling to provide a comprehensive overview of AACs, their variations, and input sources throughout the brain. This experimental approach offers a powerful model system for investigating the role of AACs in circuit development and function across diverse brain regions.

      Strengths:<br /> Genetic Tools and Specificity: The authors' genetic tools show qualitative evidence of specificity for AACs, opening new avenues for targeted research on these cells. The use of intersectional strategies enhances the precision of AAC labeling.

      Widespread Distribution: The study significantly broadens our understanding of AAC distribution, revealing their presence in brain regions beyond what was previously documented. This expanded knowledge is a valuable contribution to the field.

      Transneuronal Labeling: The inclusion of rabies transneuronal labeling provides a comprehensive view of AACs, their variations, and input sources, allowing for a more holistic understanding of their role in neural circuits.

      Weaknesses:<br /> Quantitative Analysis: While the claim of specificity appears qualitatively convincing, the manuscript could be improved with more quantitative analysis.

      Comprehensiveness Claim: The assertion of comprehensiveness, implying labeling "almost all" AACs in all brain regions, is challenging to substantiate conclusively. Acknowledging the limitations of proving complete comprehensiveness and discussing them in the discussion section would be more appropriate than asserting it in the results section.

      Local Inputs: While the manuscript focuses on inter-areal inputs to AACs, it would benefit from exploring local inputs as well. Identifying the local neurons that target AACs and analyzing their patterns could provide valuable insights into AAC function within specific brain regions.

      Discussion Focus: The discussion section should delve deeper into the biological implications of the findings, moving beyond technical significance. Exploring similarities and differences in input patterns between AACs and other cell types, and linking them to the locations of starter cells or specific connectivity patterns in the brain, would enrich the discussion. For instance, investigating whether input patterns can be predicted based on the locations of starter cells or connectivity specificity could provide valuable insights.

    3. Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      Summary:<br /> The goals of this study were to develop a genetic approach that would specifically and comprehensively target axo-axonic cells (AACs) throughout the brain and then to describe the patterns and characteristics of the targeted AACs in multiple, selected brain regions. The investigators have been successful in providing the most complete description of the regional distribution of putative (pAACs) throughout the brain to date. The supporting evidence is convincing, even though incomplete in some brain regions. The findings should serve as a guide for more detailed studies of AACs within each brain region and lead to new insights into the connectivity and functional organization of this important group of GABAergic interneurons.

      Strengths:<br /> The study has numerous strengths. A major strength is the development of a unique intersectional genetic strategy that uses cell lineage (Nkx2.1) and molecular (Unc5b or Pthlh) markers to identify axo-axonic AACs specifically and, apparently, nearly completely throughout the mouse brain. While AACs have been described previously in the cerebral cortex, hippocampus, and amygdala, there has been no specific genetic marker that selectively identifies all AACs in these regions.

      The current genetic strategy has labeled pAACs in a large number of additional brain regions, including the claustrum-insular complex, extended amygdala, and several olfactory centers. In general, the findings provide support for the specificity of the methods for targeting AACs, and include some examples of labeling near markers of axon initial segments. However, the Investigators are careful to refer to labeled neurons as "putative AACs" as they have not been fully characterized and their identity verified.

      The descriptions and numerous low-magnification images of the brain provide a roadmap for subsequent, detailed studies of AACs in numerous brain regions. The overview and summaries of the findings in the Abstract, Introduction, and Discussion are particularly clear and helpful in placing the extensive regional descriptions of AACs in context.

      Weaknesses:<br /> One weakness of the study is the lack of an illustration of the high-resolution cell labeling that can be achieved with the methods, including labeling of numerous rows of axon terminals in contact with axon initial segments. The initial images of the brain-wide distribution of putative AACs are necessarily presented at low magnification. Although the authors indicate that the cells have "highly characteristic AAC labeling patterns throughout the neocortex, hippocampus and BLA", these morphological details cannot be visualized by the reader at the current magnification, even when the images are enlarged on the computer screen. Some of the details become evident in later Figures, but an initial illustration of single cell labeling with confocal microscopy, or tracing of their characteristic axonal arbors, would support the specificity of the labeling in the low magnification images.

      Table 1 indicates that the AAC identity of the cells has been validated in many brain regions but not in all. The methods used for validation have not been described and should be included for completeness. The authors are careful to acknowledge that labeled cells in some regions have not been validated and refer to such cells as pAACs.

      The intersectional genetic methods included the use of the lineage marker Nkx2.1 with either Unc5b or Pthlh as the molecular marker. As described, the mice with intersectional targeting of Nkx2.1 and Unc5b appear to show the most specific brain-wide labeling for AACs, and the majority of the descriptions are from these mice. The targeting with Nkx2.1 and Pthlh is less convincing. The title for Figure 1 Supplemental Figure 3 suggests a similar AAC distribution in the Pthlh;Nkx2.1 mouse compared to the Unc5b;Nkx2.1 mouse. However, the descriptions of the individual panels suggest a number of inconsistencies and non-AAC labeling. The heavy labeling in the caudate and cells in layer 4 is particularly problematic. Based on the data presented, it appears that heavy labeling achieved in these mice could not be relied on for specific labeling of all AACs, although specific labeling could be achieved under some conditions, such as following tamoxifen administration at select ages.

      The methods described for dense labeling and single-cell labeling are described briefly in the methods. Some discussion of the development of the methods would be useful, including how it was determined that methods for heavy labeling identified AACs specifically and completely.

    4. Reviewer #3 (Public Review):

      Summary:<br /> Raudales et al. aimed at providing an insight into the brain-wide distribution and synaptic connectivity of bona fide GABAergic inhibitory interneuron subtypes focusing on the axo-axonic cell (AAC), one of the most distinctive interneuron subtypes, which innervates the axon initial segments of glutamatergic projection neurons. They establish intersectional genetic strategies that enable them to specifically and comprehensively capture AACs based on their lineage (Nkx2.1) and marker expression (Unc5b, Pthlh). They find that AACs are deployed across essentially all the pallium-derived brain structures as well as the anterior olfactory nucleus, taenia tecta, and lateral septum. They show that AACs in distinct areas and layers of the neocortex as well as different subregions of the hippocampal formation display unique soma and synaptic density and morphological variations. Rabies virus-based retrograde monosynaptic input tracing reveals that AACs in the neocortex, the hippocampus, and the basolateral amygdala receive synaptic inputs from common as well as specific brain regions and supports the utility of this novel genetic approach. This study elucidates brain-wide neuroanatomical features and morphological variations of AACs with solid techniques and analysis. Their novel AAC-targeting strategies will facilitate the study of their development and function in different brain regions. The conclusions in this paper are well supported by the data. However, there are a few comments to strengthen this study.

      1) The definition of putative AAC (pAAC) is unclear and Table 1 may not be accurate. Although the authors find synaptic cartridges of RFP-labeled cells in the claustro-insular complex and the dorsal endopiriform nuclei, they still consider these cells as pAACs (not validated). The authors claim that without examining the presence of synaptic cartridges, RFP-labeled cells in the hypothalamus and the bed nuclei of the stria terminalis (BNST) are pAACs while those in the L4 of the somatosensory cortex in Pthlh;Nkx2.1;Ai65 mice are non-AACs. In Table 1, the BNST is supposed to contain AACs (validated), but in the text, the authors claim that RFP-labeled cells in the BNST are pAACs. Could the authors clarify how AACs, pAACs, and non-AACs are defined?

      2) The intersectional strategies presented in this study could also specifically capture developing AACs. If so, how early are AACs labeled in the brain? It would also be nice if the authors could add a simple schematic like Fig. 1a showing the time course of Pthlh expression.

    1. Author Response

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      Some suggestions:

      1) It's obviously concerning that your GWAS results are not at all robust to the approach used (Fig S3). Did you try something non-parametric, like a Kruskal-Wallis test?

      We used both GWAS and crosses (F2) to validate the presence of the QTL. So ,evidence is not only brought by GWAS. We did not use non parametric tests as we will have difficulty to account for population structure/relatedness with such approaches. Our GWAS approach is certainly a little underpowered associated with the number of individuals we used and certainly the polygenic nature of the root growth traits. But F2 crosses allow us to put more evidence weight on some region we identified with GWAS.

      2) You don't explain what you do with heterozygotes, nor discuss the level of inbreeding in general.

      We are dealing with inbred lines, but indeed there are not completely fixed inbred lines. For the remaining heterozygotes, they were randomly fixed in one or the other alleles. The median heterozygosity value was low at 5.6%. We clarified this point in the material and methods.

      3) The finding that over 30% of RNA-seq reads don't seem to have an annotated home should give you pause. Do they map anywhere? At least discuss what is going on. Also, note that you likely have enormous errors in SNP-calling due to cryptic structural variation - think about what this might do?

      We agree with reviewer #1. We added a few sentences in the result section to clarify this point: “When further analyzed, 15.15% of the unmapped reads (with no correspondence to predicted CDS) were found not to match the reference genome. These might correspond either to unsequenced regions or to genotype-specific genomic regions that are not present in the reference line. The remaining unmapped reads corresponded to either rRNA and tRNA genes (40.28% of the unmapped reads) or to non-annotated genes or non-coding RNAs (44.57% of the unmapped reads).” As we used the same reference genome for mapping the RNAseq reads, some genes might not being present in our analysis for the two lines we studied.

      4) Did you consider moving PgGRXC9 into Arabidopsis?

      This is a great suggestion. In fact, we plan to explore more how some GRXs regulate root growth and how this is conserved in plants in a follow up project. This is however beyond the scope of this manuscript.

      Minor suggestions:

      1) Why not calculate H^2 simply as line variance divided by total?

      Heritability estimated on single individuals in population, approaches generally used for human and animal breeding led directly to line variance divided by total phenotypic variance.

      But in plant breeding (or plant science), we generally work on replicated genotypes in different blocks/experimental repetition. So we estimate the heritability of the mean phenotype of genotypes. There is ample literature (Nyquist, 1991; Holland et al. 2003; for a very nice and smartly written explanation, on the introduction of this PhD: http://opus.uni-hohenheim.de/volltexte/2020/1720/pdf/20200221_PhD_Thesis_Publikationsversion.pdf). Calculation of heritability (of the mean phenotype) should take into account for the calculation of the phenotypic variance (denominator) the number of replicate genotypes (we do not have a single plant, but several clones when using inbred lines: n). The meaning of the formula is that the error in the model is inflated because we have n replicate plants per genotype. And so to estimate the heritability of the average genotype, we have to take into account this inflated variance in the errors.

      2) While the paper overall is well-written, the captions need further proof-reading.

      We corrected all the captions.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      Major suggestions:

      1) The experimental support for the mutant phenotype of roxy19 needs to be further substantiated. Current methods available for CRISPR mutagenesis make it relatively easy to generate additional alleles. Alternatively, the authors could complement the mutant with a wild-type copy of the gene. These approaches represent the standard of the field and should be used here as well.

      We agree with rev #2. We added some sentences in the discussion to stress out the limitations of our study to link the QTL to PgGRXC9.

      As stated above we’d like to explore more how some GRXs regulate root growth and how this is conserved in plants. We plan to generate new single and multiple mutants in ROXY19 and its closest homologues (using CRISPR). This is, however, beyond this manuscript.

      2) The authors may want to state more clearly what the hypothesis is for how redox levels might contribute to root length differences and more clearly state what the limits of their current study are.

      We modified the discussion to try to clearly indicate the limitations of our study.

      3) Differences in root growth can be the consequence of a number of different parameters that contribute to root elongation and the authors need to more clearly define which of these are likely affected in their different genotypes.

      We agree with Reviewer #2. However, as stated before, we plan to further explore the molecular and cellular mechanisms responsible for the phenotype we observe in Arabidopsis. This will need extra work and is beyond the scope of this manuscript.

      4) Page 13, first paragraph. The authors provide an overly strong statement that suggests they have determined the molecular basis for the difference in PgGRXC9: " Altogether, our results suggest that PgGRXC9 is a positive regulator of root growth and that a polymorphism in the promoter region of PgGRXC9 associated with changes in its expression level appeared responsible for a quantitative difference in root growth between the two lines."

      While their results suggest the PgGRXC9 locus is associated with root growth variation, they have not directly tested the effect of the polymorphisms in the promoter on gene expression and this statement needs to be weakened.

      We changed the text to: “Altogether, our results suggest that PgGRXC9 is a positive regulator of root growth and that a polymorphism in the promoter region of PgGRXC9 might led to changes in its expression level and ultimately to a quantitative difference in root growth between the two lines. However, the effect of the polymorphisms in the promoter on gene expression need to be tested to validate this hypothesis.”

      We also changed the title of the manuscript to better reflect our results.

      Minor suggestions:

      1) Page 4: "FTSW below 0.3 was considered a stressful condition." It was not specified how this threshold was determined.

      This value corresponds to the measured FTSW value at which pearl millet genotypes subjected to a dry down generally start to reduce their transpiration rate (see Fig. 1 of Kholová et al, 2010; https://doi.org/10.1093/jxb/erp314). At FTSW values above 0.3, transpiration is not affected. At FTSW values around 0.3, the water supply from pearl millet roots cannot fully support transpiration. The plant enters a drought stress responsive phase and progressively closes its stomata to reduce water losses and decrease plant productive functions to match water supply. We have clarified this in the manuscript.

      2) Page 6: Figure 1; footnote: at the end of the description of panel A, a comma is missing between "red" and "blue."

      Thanks for pointing that out. This was corrected.

      3) The root growth data determined by X-ray imaging is not significant (Fig S4B), yet the authors describe the result in the main text without qualification. The authors should clarify this in the text.

      We added some text to clarify this.

      4) Page 9: Figure 2C; It would be better to enlarge these images and annotate them to indicate what specific anatomical features have been measured. Currently, only an expert in the field would be able to interpret these images.

      While we understand the point made by Reviewer #2, Fig2C was meant to illustrate differences in the root tip of the two lines.

      5) Page 9: Figures 2D and E; the number of biological samples measured is not indicated (what is "n"?).

      Thanks again for pointing this out. This was added to the figure legend.

      6) Page 14: Figure 4B; scale bar needs to be included.

      Scale bars were added to the pictures.

      7) Page 14: Figure 4; I recommend adding confocal images or DIC of cleared root apex tissues to easily compare the RAM size and cell lengths in both WT and roxy19 mutant.

      Once again, we plan to have a follow up study on the molecular and cellular mechanisms of action of ROXY19 and its closest homologues on root development. We believe a thorough analysis of differences in phenotype could be illustrated in a future manuscript.

      8) Page 18: main text; "we propose that redox regulation in the root meristem is responsible for a root growth QTL in pearl millet." This statement is ambiguous in the description of the mechanism. The authors do not clarify if the role they propose for PgGRXC9 is in the meristematic or elongation zone. Likely the authors are not able to know precisely where the gene is acting at this point, and so the presented hypothesis needs to more clearly state what limitations there are in assigning a mode of action for the PgGRXC9 and ROXY19 genes in root growth.

      We rewrote this paragraph to clarify the current gap in our understanding of the putative PgGRXC9 function.

    2. eLife assessment

      This is an important paper that combines methods ranging from agronomy and plant breeding to Arabidopsis functional genetics, to argue that polymorphism in a single gene affects crop yield in pearl millet by affecting root cell elongation and drought stress resilience in a poorly studied crop. The overall argument is plausible but whether the solid evidence generated with Arabidopsis experiments can be extended to pearl millet itself is unclear.

    3. Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      The authors use a combination of crop modeling and field experiments to argue that drought during seedling establishment likely severely impacts the yield of pearl millet, an important but understudied cereal crop and that rapid seedling root elongation could play a major role in mitigating this. They further argue that this trait has a strong genetic basis and that major polymorphisms in candidate genes can be identified using standard methods from modern genetics and genomics. Finally, they use homology with the model plant Arabidopsis thaliana to argue that the function of one putatively causal gene is to regulate root cell elongation.

      The major strength of this paper is that it convincingly demonstrates how modern methods from plant breeding and model organisms can be combined to address questions of great practical importance in important but poorly understood crops. The notion that it is possible to connect single-locus polymorphism and cellular biology to drought tolerance and crop yield in pearl millet is not a trivial one.

      The weakness is obvious: while the argument made is convincing, it must be recognized that the strength of the evidence is by no means of the level expected in a model organism. Conclusions could easily be wrong, and there is no direct evidence that regulatory variation in PgGRXC9 leads to higher crop yield via cell elongation and seedling drought tolerance. However, generating such evidence in a poorly studied crop would be a monumental undertaking, and should probably not be the priority of people working on pearl millet!

      The utility of this work is that it suggests that it is practicable to gain valuable insight into crop adaptation by clever use of modern methods from a variety of sources.

    4. Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      Carla de la Fuente et al., utilize a diversity of approaches to understand which plant traits contribute to the stress resilience of pearl millet in the Sahelian desert environment. By comparing data resulting from crop modeling of pearl millet growth and meteorological data from a span of 20 years, the authors clearly determined that early season drought resilience is contributed by accelerated growth of the seedling primary root, which confirms a hypothesis generated in a previous study, Passot et al., 2016. To determine the genetic basis for this trait, they performed a combination of GWAS, QTL analysis, and RNA sequencing and identified a previously unannotated coding sequence of a glutaredoxin C9-like protein, PgGRXC9, as the strongest candidate. Phenotypic analysis using a mutant of the closest Arabidopsis homolog AtROXY19 suggests the broad conservation of this pathway. Comparisons between the transcript of PgGRXC9 by in situ hybridization (this work) and AtROXY19 pattern expression (Belin et al., 2014) support the hypothesis that this pathway acts in the elongation zone of the root. Additional analysis of cell production and elongation rates in root apex in both pearl millet and A. thaliana suggests that PgGRXC9 specifically regulates primary root through the promotion of cell elongation. While several studies have established the connection between redox status of cells and root growth, the current study represents an important contribution to the field because of the agricultural importance of the plant studied, and the connection made between this developmental trait and stress resilience in a specific and stressful environmental context of the Sahelian desert.

    1. eLife assessment

      The manuscript addresses a fundamental question: are IDRs responsible for subnuclear clustering of transcription factors? A screen of 75 IDRs yielded convincing evidence that IDRs are rarely sufficient for subnuclear clustering, while the experimental design and data analysis provided limited evidence for the authors' claims regarding transcription factor clustering.

    1. Author Response

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      eLife assessment

      The study is an important advancement to the consideration of antimalarial drug resistance: the authors make use of both modelling results and supporting empirical evidence to demonstrate the role of malaria strain diversity in explaining biogeographic patterns of drug resistance. The theoretical methods and the corresponding results are convincing, with the novel model presented moving beyond existing models to incorporate malaria strain diversity and antigen-specific immunity. This work is likely to be interesting to malaria researchers and others working with antigenically diverse infectious diseases.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      The paper is an attempt to explain a geographic paradox between infection prevalence and antimalarial resistance emergence. The authors developed a compartmental model that importantly contains antigenic strain diversity and in turn antigen-specific immunity. They find a negative correlation between parasite prevalence and the frequency of resistance emergence and validate this result using empirical data on chloroquine-resistance. Overall, the authors conclude that strain diversity is a key player in explaining observed patterns of resistance evolution across different geographic regions.

      The authors pose and address the following specific questions:

      1. Does strain diversity modulate the equilibrium resistance frequency given different transmission intensities?

      2. Does strain diversity modulate the equilibrium resistance frequency and its changes following drug withdrawal?

      3. Does the model explain biogeographic patterns of drug resistance evolution?

      Strengths:

      The model built by the authors is novel. As emphasized in the manuscript, many factors (e.g., drug usage, vectorial capacity, population immunity) have been explored in models attempting to explain resistance emergence, but strain diversity (and strain-specific immunity) has not been explicitly included and thus explored. This is an interesting oversight in previous models, given the vast antigenic diversity of Plasmodium falciparum (the most common human malaria parasite) and its potential to "drive key differences in epidemiological features".

      The model also accounts for multiple infections, which is a key feature of malarial infections, with individuals often infected with either multiple Plasmodium species or multiple strains of the same species. Accounting for multiple infections is critical when considering resistance emergence, as with multiple infections there is within-host competition which will mediate the fitness of resistant genotypes. Overall, the model is an interesting combination of a classic epidemiological model (e.g., SIR) and a population genetics model.

      In terms of major model innovations, the model also directly links selection pressure via drug administration with local transmission dynamics. This is accomplished by the interaction between strain-specific immunity, generalized immunity, and host immune response.

      R: We thank the reviewer for his/her appreciation of the work.

      Weaknesses:

      In several places, the explanation of the results (i.e., why are we seeing this result?) is underdeveloped. For example, under the section "Response to drug policy change", it is stated that (according to the model) low diversity scenarios show the least decline in resistant genotype frequency after drug withdrawal; however, this result emerges mechanistically. Without an explicit connection to the workings of the model, it can be difficult to gauge whether the result(s) seen are specific to the model itself or likely to be more generalizable.

      R: We acknowledge that the explanation of certain results needs to be improved. We have now added the explanation of why low diversity scenarios show the least decline in resistance frequency after drug withdrawal: “Two processes are responsible for the observed trend: first, resistant genotypes have a much higher fitness advantage in low diversity regions even with reduced drug usage because infected hosts are still highly symptomatic; second, due to low transmission potential in low diversity scenarios (i.e., longer generation intervals between transmissions), the rate of change in parasite populations is slower.” (L243-247). We also compared the drug withdrawal response to that of the generalized-immunity-only model (L268-271). The medium transmission region has the fastest reduction in resistance frequency, followed by the high and low transmission regions, which differs from the full model that incorporates strain-specific diversity.

      In addition, to provide the context of different biogeographic transmission zones, we now include a new figure (now Fig. 3) that presents the parameter space of transmission potential and strain diversity of different continents, which demonstrates that PNG and South America have less strain diversity than expected by transmission potential (L179-184 and L198-202). Therefore, these two regions have low disease prevalence and high resistance frequency.

      The authors emphasize several model limitations, including the specification of resistance by a single locus (thus not addressing the importance of recombination should resistance be specified by more than one locus); the assumption that parasites are independently and randomly distributed among hosts (contrary to empirical evidence); and the assumption of a random association between the resistant genotype and antigenic diversity. However, each of these limitations is addressed in the discussion.

      R: As pointed out by the referee, our model presents several limitations that have all been addressed in the discussion and considered for future extensions.

      Did the authors achieve their goals? Did the results support their conclusion?

      Returning to the questions posed by the authors:

      1. Does strain diversity modulate the equilibrium resistance frequency given different transmission intensities? Yes. The authors demonstrate a negative relationship between prevalence/strain diversity and resistance frequency (Figure 2).

      2. Does strain diversity modulate the equilibrium resistance frequency and its changes following drug withdrawal? Yes. The authors find that, under resistance invasion and some level of drug treatment, resistance frequency decreased with the number of strains (Figure 4). The authors also find that lower strain diversity results in a slower decline in resistant genotypes after drug withdrawal and higher equilibrium resistance frequency (Figure 6).

      3. Does the model explain biogeographic patterns of drug resistance evolution? Yes. The authors find that their full model (which includes strain-specific immunity) produces the empirically observed negative relationship between resistance and prevalence/strain diversity, while a model only incorporating generalised immunity does not (Figure 8).

      Utility of work to others and relevance within and beyond the field?

      This work is important because antimalarial drug resistance has been an ongoing issue of concern for much of the 20th century and now 21st century. Further, this resistance emergence is not equitably distributed across biogeographic regions, with South America and Southeast Asia experiencing much of the burden of this resistance emergence. Not only can widespread resistant strains be traced back to these two relatively low-transmission regions, but these strains remain at high frequency even after drug treatment ceases.

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      The evolution of resistance to antimalarial drugs follows a seemingly counterintuitive pattern, in which resistant strains typically originate in regions where malaria prevalence is relatively low. Previous investigations have suggested that frequent exposures in high-prevalence regions produce high levels of partial immunity in the host population, leading to subclinical infections that go untreated. These subclinical infections serve as refuges for sensitive strains, maintaining them in the population. Prior investigations have supported this hypothesis; however, many of them excluded important dynamics, and the results cannot be generalized. The authors have taken a novel approach using a deterministic model that includes both general and adaptive immunity. They find that high levels of population immunity produce refuges, maintaining the sensitive strains and allowing them to outcompete resistant strains. While general population immunity contributed, adaptive immunity is key to reproducing empirical patterns. These results are robust across a range of fitness costs, treatment rates, and resistance efficacies. They demonstrate that future investigations cannot overlook adaptive immunity and antigenic diversity.

      R: We thank the reviewer for his/her appreciation of the work.

      Strengths:

      Overall, this is a very nice paper that makes a significant contribution to the field. It is well-framed within the body of literature and achieves its goal of providing a generalizable, unifying explanation for otherwise disparate investigations. As such, this work will likely serve as a foundation for future investigations. The approach is elegant and rigorous, with results that are supported across a broad range of parameters.

      Weaknesses:

      Although the title states that the authors describe resistance invasion, they do not support or even explore this claim. As they state in the discussion (line 351), this work predicts the equilibrium state and doesn't address temporal patterns. While refuges in partially immune hosts may maintain resistance in a population, they do not account for the patterns of resistance spread, such as the rapid spread of chloroquine resistance in Africa once it was introduced from Asia.

      R: We do agree that resistance invasion is not the focus of our manuscript. Rather we mainly investigate the maintenance and decline after drug withdrawal. Therefore, we changed the title to “Antigenic strain diversity predicts different biogeographic patterns of maintenance and decline of anti-malarial drug resistance” (L1-4).

      We did, however, present a fast initial invasion phase for the introduction of resistant genotypes regardless of transmission scenarios in Fig. 5 (now Fig. 6). Even though the focus of the manuscript is to investigate long term persistence of resistant genotypes, we did emphasize that the initial invasion phase and how that changes the host immunity profile are key to the coexistence of resistant and wild-type genotypes (L228-239).

      As the authors state in the discussion, the evolution of compensatory mutations that negate the cost of resistance is possible, and in vitro experiments have found evidence of such. It appears that their results are dependent on there being a cost, but the lower range of the cost parameter space was not explored.

      R: It is true that compensatory mutations might mitigate the negative fitness consequences. We didn’t add a no-cost scenario because in general if there is no cost but only benefit (survival through drug usage), then resistant haplotypes will likely be fixed in the population. This is contingent on the assumption that these compensatory mutations are in perfect linkage with resistant alleles, which is unlikely in high-transmission scenarios. Our model does not incorporate recombination, but earlier models (Dye & Williams 1997, Hastings & D’Alessandro 2000) have demonstrated that recombination will delay the fixation of resistant alleles in high-transmission.

      As suggested, we ran our model with costs equal 0 and 0.01 (Fig. 2C and L189-191). We found that resistant alleles almost always fix except for when diversity is extremely high, treatment/resistance efficacy is low. In these cases, additional benefits brought by more transmission from resistant alleles do not bring many benefits (as lower GI classes have a very small number of hosts). This finding does not contradict a wider range of coexistence between wild-type and resistant alleles when the cost is higher. We therefore added these scenarios to our updated results.

      Author response image 1.

      The use of a deterministic, compartmental model may be a structural weakness. This means that selection alone guides the fixation of new mutations on a semi-homogenous adaptive landscape. In reality, there are two severe bottlenecks in the transmission cycle of Plasmodium spp., introducing a substantial force of stochasticity via genetic drift. The well-mixed nature of this type of model is also likely to have affected the results. In reality, within-host selection is highly heterogeneous, strains are not found with equal frequency either in the population or within hosts, and there will be some linkage between the strain and a resistance mutation, at least at first. Of course, there is no recourse for that at this stage, but it is something that should be considered in future investigations.

      R: We thank the reviewer for their insightful comments on the constraints of the deterministic modeling approach. We’ve added these points to discussion in the paragraph discussing the second limitation of the model (L359-364).

      The authors mention the observation that patterns of resistance in high-prevalence Papua New Guinea seem to be more similar to Southeast Asia, perhaps because of the low strain diversity in Papua New Guinea. However, they do not investigate that parameter space here. If they did and were able to replicate that observation, not only would that strengthen this work, it could profoundly shape research to come.

      R: We appreciate the suggestion to investigate the parameter space of Papua New Guinea. We now include a new figure (now Fig. 3) that presents the parameter space of transmission potential and strain diversity of different continents, which demonstrates that PNG and South America have less strain diversity than expected by transmission potential (L179-184 and L198-202). This translates to low infectivity for most mosquito bites, and most infections only occur in hosts with lower generalized immunity. Therefore resistant genotypes will help ensure disease transmission in these symptomatic hosts and be strongly selected to be maintained.

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      1. I found lines 41-49 difficult to follow. Please rephrase (particularly punctuation) for clarity.

      R: We have edited the lines to improve the writing (L41-50)):

      “Various relationships between transmission intensity and stable frequencies of resistance were discovered, each of which has some empirical support: 1) transmission intensity does not influence the fate of resistant genotypes [Models: Koella and Antia (2003); Masserey et al. (2022); Empirical: Diallo et al. (2007); Shah et al. (2011, 2015)]; 2) resistance first increases in frequency and slowly decreases with increasing transmission rates [Models: Klein et al. (2008, 2012)]; and 3) Valley phenomenon: resistance can be fixed at both high and low end of transmission intensity [Model: Artzy-Randrup et al. (2010); Empirical: Talisuna et al. (2002)]. Other stochastic models predict that it is harder for resistance to spread in high transmission regions, but patterns are not systematically inspected across the parameter ranges [Model: Whitlock et al. (2021); Model and examples in Ariey and Robert (2003)].”

      1. Line 65: There should be a space after "recombination" and before the citation.

      R: Thank you for catching the error. We’ve added the space (L64).

      1. I'm interested in the dependency of the results on the assumption that there is a cost to resistance via lowered transmissibility (lines 142-145). I appreciate that variation in the cost(s) of resistance in single and mixed infections is explored; however, from what I can tell the case of zero cost is not explored.

      R: As suggested, we have now added the no-cost scenario. Please see the response to the Reviewer2 weaknesses paragraph 2.

      1. I felt the commentary/explanation of the response to drug policy change was a bit underdeveloped. I would have liked a walk-through of why in your model low diversity scenarios show the slowest decline in resistant genotypes after switching to different drugs.

      R: We acknowledge that the explanation of the response to drug policy change needs to be improved. We have now added the explanation of why we observe low diversity scenarios show the least decline in resistance frequency after drug withdrawal: “Two processes are responsible for the seen trend: first, resistant genotypes have a much higher fitness advantage in low diversity regions even with reduced drug usage because infected hosts are still highly symptomatic; second, due to low transmission potential in low diversity scenarios (i.e., longer generation intervals between transmissions), the rate of change in parasite populations is slower.” (L243-247). We also compared the drug withdrawal response to that of the generalized-immunity-only model. The medium transmission region has the fastest reduction in resistance frequency, followed by the high and low transmission regions, which differs from the full model that incorporates strain-specific diversity.

      1. Line 352: persistent drug usage?

      R: Yes, we meant persistent drug usage. We’ve clarified the writing (L389-391).

      1. The organisation of the manuscript would benefit from structuring around the focal questions so that the reader can easily find the answers to the focal questions within the results and discussion sections.

      R: This is a great suggestion. We modified the subheadings of results to provide answers to focal questions (L151, L179, L203-204, and L240).

      1. Line 353: Please remove either "shown" or "demonstrated".

      R: Thank you for catching the grammatical error, we’ve retained “shown” only for the sentence (L391-392).

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      Overall, this was very nice work and a pleasure to read.

      Major:

      1. Please provide a much more thorough explanation of how resistance invasions are modeled. It is not clear from the text and could not be replicated.

      R: We have now added a section “drug treatment and resistance invasion” in Methods and Materials to explain how resistance invasions are modeled (L488-496):

      “Given each parameter set, we ran the ODE model six times until equilibrium with the following genotypic compositions: 1) wild-type only scenario with no drug treatment; 2) wild-type only scenario with 63.2% drug treatment (0.05 daily treatment rate); 3) wild-type only scenario with 98.2% drug treatment (0.2 daily treatment rate); 4) resistant-only scenario with no drug treatment; 5) resistance invasion with 63.2% drug treatment; 6) resistance invasion with 98.2% drug treatment. Runs 1-4 start with all hosts in G0,U compartment and ten parasites. Runs 5 and 6 (resistance invasion) start from the equilibrium state of 2 and 3, with ten resistant parasites introduced. We then followed the ODE dynamics till the next equilibrium.”

      1. Please make your raw data, code, and replicable examples that produce the figures in the manuscript available.

      R: We have added the data availability session, which provides the GitHub site with all the code for the model, data processing, and figures: All the ODE codes, numerically-simulated data, empirical data, and analyzing scripts are publicly available at https://github.itap.purdue.edu/HeLab/MalariaResistance.

      1. Regarding the limitations described in the paragraph about the model in the public response, these results would be strengthened if there were separate compartments for strains which could be further divided into sensitive and resistant. Could you explore this for at least a subset of the parameter space?

      R: In our model, sensitive and resistant pathogens are always modeled as separate compartments (Fig. S1B and Appendix 1). In Results/Model structure, L135-136, we stated the setup:

      “The population sizes of resistant (PR) or sensitive (wild-type; PW) parasites are tracked separately in host compartments of different G and drug status.”

      1. To what extent do these results rely on a cost to resistance? Were lower costs explored? This would be worth demonstrating. If this cannot be maintained without cost, do you think this is because there is no linkage between strain and resistance?

      R: As suggested, we have now added the no-cost scenario (Fig. 2C and L189-191). Please see the response to the Reviewer1 weaknesses paragraph 2. In sum, under a no-cost scenario, if treatment rate is low, then wild-type alleles will still be maintained in high transmission scenarios; when treatment rate is high, resistant alleles will always be fixed.

      Minor:

      1. "Plasmodium" should be italicized throughout. Ironically, italics aren't permitted in this form.

      R: We did italicize “Plasmodium” or “P. falciparum” throughout the text. If the reviewer is referring to “falciparum malaria”, the convention is not to italicize falciparum in this case.

      1. Fig 1A: the image is reversed for the non-infected host with prior exposure to strain A. Additionally, the difference between colors for WT and resistant is not visible in monochrome.

      R: Thank you for pointing out the problem of color choice in monochrome. We have modified the figure. The image in Fig 1A is not reversed for non-infected hosts with prior exposure to strain A. We now spell out “S” to be “specific immunity”, and explain it better in the figure legend.

      1. Fig 2B: add "compare to the pattern of prevalence shown in Fig 2A" or something similar to make the comparison immediately clear.

      R: We thank the reviewer’s suggestion. We’ve added a sentence to contrast Fig 2A and B in the Figure legend: “A comparison between the prevalence pattern in (A) and resistance frequency in (B) reveals that high prevalence regions usually correspond to low resistance frequency at the end of resistance invasion dynamics.”

      1. Figs 2B & C: Please thoroughly explain how you produced this data in the methods section and briefly describe it in the results sections.

      R: We agree that the modeling strategies need to be explained better. Since we explained the rationale for the parameter ranges and the prevalence patterns we observe in the results section “Appropriate pairing of strain diversity and vectorial capacity” (now “Impact of strain diversity and transmission potential on disease prevalence”), we added sentences in this section to explain how we run models until equilibrium for wild-only infections with or without drug treatment (L152-178). Then in the following section “Drug-resistance and disease prevalence” section, we explain how we obtained the resistance invasion data:

      “To investigate resistance invasion, we introduce ten resistant infections to the equilibrium states of drug treatment with wild-type only infections, and follow the ODE dynamics till the next equilibrium” (L180-181).

      1. Fig 3: The axis labels are not particularly clear. For the Y axis, please state in the label what it is the frequency of (either the mutation or the phenotype). In the X axis, it is better to spell that out in words, like "P. falciparum prevalence in children".

      R: Thank you for pointing this out. We’ve modified the axes labels of Fig. 3 (now Fig. 4): X-axis: “P. falciparum prevalence in children aged 2-10”; Y-axis: “Frequency of resistant genotypes (pfcrt 76T)”.

      1. Fig 4 and the rest of the figures of this nature: Showing an equilibrium-state timestep before treatment was introduced would improve the readers' understanding of the dynamics.

      R: We agree that the equilibrium state before treatment is important. In fact, we have those states in our figure 4 (now figure 5): the left panel- “Daily treatment rate 0” indicates the equilibrium-state timestep before treatment. We clarified this point in the caption.

      1. Fig 5 is very compelling, but the relationships in Fig 5 would be clearer if the Y axes were not all different. Consider using the same scale for the hosts, and the same scale for resistant parasites (both conditions) and WT parasites, 113 strains. It may be clearer to reference them if they are given as A-F instead of three figures each for A and B.

      R: We agree with the suggested changes and have modified figure 5 (now Fig. 6): we used one Y-axis scale for the hosts, and one Y-axis scale for the parasites. The wild-type one is very low for the low diversity scenario, thus we included one inset plot for that case.

      1. Fig 5 caption: High immune protection doesn't select against resistance. The higher relative fitness of the sensitive strain selects against resistance in a high-immunity environment.

      R: Thank you for pointing this out. Here we meant that a reduction in resistant population after the initial overshoot occurs in both diversity levels. We are not comparing resistant strains to sensitive ones. We’ve modified the sentence to: “The higher specific immunity reduces the infectivity of new strains, leading to a reduction of the resistant parasite population regardless of the diversity level”.

      1. Line 242: "keep" should be plural.

      R: We’ve corrected “keep” to “keeps” (L267).

      1. Line 360 and elsewhere: The strength of the results is somewhat overstated at times. This absolutely supports the importance of strain-specific immunity, but these results do not explain patterns of the origin of resistance and there are a number of factors that are not incorporated (a necessary evil of modeling to be sure).

      R: Thank you for pointing this out. We’ve modified discussion to remove the overstated strength of results:

      1) Original: “The inclusion of strain diversity in the model provides a new mechanistic explanation as to why Southeast Asia has been the original source of resistance to certain antimalarial drugs, including chloroquine.”

      Modified: “The inclusion of strain diversity in the model provides a new mechanistic explanation as to why Southeast Asia has persisting resistance to certain antimalarial drugs, including chloroquine, despite a lower transmission intensity than Africa. “ (L328-330)

      2) In sum, we show that strain diversity and associated strain-specific host immunity, dynamically tracked through the macroparasitic structure, can explainpredict the complex relationship between transmission intensity and drug-resistance frequencies.

      1. The color palettes are not discernible in grayscale, especially the orange/blue/gray in Fig 2. The heatmaps appear to be in turbo, the only viridis palette that isn't grayscale-friendly. Just something to keep in mind for the accessibility of individuals with achromatopsia and most people who print out papers.

      R: Thank you for the visualization suggestions. We updated all the figures with the “viridis:magma” palette. As for the orange/blue/gray scale used in Fig 2C, it is difficult to pick nine colors that are discernable in brightness in grayscale. Currently, the four colors correspond to clonal genotype cost (i.e. green, red, grey, and blue), and the three-level brightness maps to mixed genotype cost.

    2. eLife assessment

      The study is an important advancement to the consideration of antimalarial drug resistance: the authors make use of both modelling results and supporting empirical evidence to demonstrate the role of malaria strain diversity in explaining biogeographic patterns of drug resistance. The theoretical methods and the corresponding results are compelling, with the novel model presented moving beyond existing models to incorporate malaria strain diversity and antigen-specific immunity. This work is likely to be interesting to malaria researchers and others working with antigenically diverse infectious diseases.

    3. Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      Summary:<br /> The paper is an attempt to explain a geographic paradox between infection prevalence and antimalarial resistance emergence. The authors developed a compartmental model that importantly contains antigenic strain diversity and in turn antigen-specific immunity. They find a negative correlation between parasite prevalence and the frequency of resistance emergence and validate this result using empirical data of chloroquine-resistance. Overall, the authors conclude that strain diversity is a key player in explaining observed patterns of resistance evolution across different geographic regions.

      The authors pose and address the following specific questions:<br /> 1. Does strain diversity modulate the equilibrium resistance frequency given different transmission intensities?<br /> 2. Does strain diversity modulate the equilibrium resistance frequency and its changes following drug withdrawal?<br /> 3. Does the model explain biogeographic patterns of drug resistance evolution?

      Strengths:<br /> The model built by the authors is novel. As emphasized in the manuscript, many factors (e.g., drug usage, vectorial capacity, population immunity) have been explored in models attempting to explain resistance emergence, but strain diversity (and strain specific immunity) has not been explicitly included and thus explored. This is an interesting oversight in previous models, given the vast antigenic diversity of Plasmodium falciparum (the most common human malaria parasite) and its potential to "drive key differences in epidemiological features".

      The model also accounts for multiple infections, which is a key feature of malarial infections, with individuals often infected with either multiple Plasmodium species or multiple strains of the same species. Accounting for multiple infections is critical when considering resistance emergence, as with multiple infections there is within-host competition which will mediate the fitness of resistant genotypes. Overall, the model is an interesting combination of a classic epidemiological model (e.g., SIR) and a population genetics model.

      In terms of major model innovations, the model also directly links selection pressure via drug administration with local transmission dynamics. This is accomplished by the interaction between strain-specific immunity, generalized immunity and host immune response.

      Weaknesses:<br /> The authors emphasize several model limitations, including the specification of resistance by a single locus (thus not addressing the importance of recombination should resistance be specified by more than one locus); the assumption that parasites are independently and randomly distributed among hosts (contrary to empirical evidence); and the assumption of a random association between the resistant genotype and antigenic diversity. However, each of these limitations are addressed in the discussion.

      Did the authors achieve their goals? Did the results support their conclusion?<br /> Returning to the questions posed by the authors:<br /> 1. Does strain diversity modulate the equilibrium resistance frequency given different transmission intensities? Yes. The authors demonstrate a negative relationship between prevalence/strain diversity and resistance frequency (Figure 2).

      2. Does strain diversity modulate the equilibrium resistance frequency and its changes following drug withdrawal? Yes. The authors find that, under resistance invasion and some level of drug treatment, resistance frequency decreased with the number of strains (Figure 4). The authors also find that lower strain diversity results in a slower decline in resistant genotypes after drug withdrawal and higher equilibrium resistance frequency (Figure 6).

      3. Does the model explain biogeographic patterns of drug resistance evolution? Yes. The authors find that their full model (which includes strain-specific immunity) produces the empirically observed negative relationship between resistance and prevalence/strain diversity, while a model only incorporating generalised immunity does not (Figure 8).

      Utility of work to others and relevance within and beyond the field?<br /> This work is important because antimalarial drug resistance has been an ongoing issue of concern for much of the 20th century and now 21st century. Further, this resistance emergence is not equitably distributed across biogeographic regions, with South America and Southeast Asia experiencing much of the burden of this resistance emergence. Not only can widespread resistant strains be traced back to these two relatively low-transmission regions, but these strains remain at high frequency even after drug treatment ceases.

    4. Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      Summary:<br /> The evolution of resistance to antimalarial drugs follows a seemingly counterintuitive pattern, in which resistant strains typically originate in regions where malaria prevalence is relatively low. Previous investigations have suggested that frequent exposures in high-prevalence regions produce high levels of partial immunity in the host population, leading to subclinical infections that go untreated. These subclinical infections serve as refuges for sensitive strains, maintaining them in the population. Prior investigations have supported this hypothesis; however, many of them excluded important dynamics, and the results cannot be generalized. The authors have taken a novel approach using a deterministic model that includes both general and adaptive immunity. They find that high levels of population immunity produce refuges, maintaining the sensitive strains and allowing them to outcompete resistant strains. While general population immunity contributed, adaptive immunity is key to reproducing empirical patterns. These results are robust across a range of fitness costs, treatment rates, and resistance efficacies. Given sufficient antigenic diversity and high transmission, sensitive parasites remain in circulation even when there is no cost to resistance. This work demonstrates that future investigations cannot overlook adaptive immunity and antigenic diversity.

      Strengths:<br /> Overall, this is a very nice paper that makes a significant contribution to the field. It is well-framed within the body of literature and achieves its goal of providing a generalizable, unifying explanation for otherwise disparate investigations. The model is innovative. The approach is elegant and rigorous, with results that are supported across a broad range of parameters when considered within an equilibrium setting. Their exploration of geographical patterns of resistance makes the results of their simulations even more compelling. As such, this work will likely serve as a foundation for many future investigations.

      Weaknesses:

      Although the authors model resistance invasion, it does not align with empirical observations of the spread of resistance. For example, Plasmodium's mutation rate and population size mean that mutations providing chloroquine resistance should arise repeatedly even within a single infection. Nevertheless, Africa remained free of chloroquine resistant strains until a lineage was introduced from Asia. Upon introduction, it spread across the continent within ten years. The difference between the fate of chloroquine resistance originating in Africa versus chloroquine resistance originating in Asia cannot be attributed to changes in population immunity and treatment.

      The source of this disparity may be in part attributable to the use of a deterministic, compartmental model, as the authors mention in the discussion. Strains are not explicitly modeled. This means that in terms of the distribution of strain diversity, the resistant and the sensitive compartments are identical, and the locus determining resistance is equally distributed across all strain backgrounds. However, substantial rates of linkage disequilibrium and clonal reproduction are found even in high transmission settings. The model assumptions may be met at equilibrium, but are not appropriate for most scenarios involving the invasion of a rare mutation.

    1. Author Response

      eLife assessment

      This study presents a valuable method to visualize the location of the cell types discovered through single-cell RNA sequencing. The evidence supporting the claims is solid, but the inclusion of a larger number of samples would strengthen the study. It would also be helpful to have the methods explained in more detail. The work will be of interest to those seeking to identify new cell types from scRNA-seq and snRNA-seq data.

      Response: We are surprised about the editor’s assessment of our paper as a “valuable” method. This is the first Drosophila adult spatial transcriptomics paper. Hence, we would at least consider this being an “important” method. Spatial transcriptomics has thus far only been done in embryos, which are easy to process for FISH for many decades. Integration with single-cell data is also new. We are further surprised that this assessment does not mention the identification of subcellular mRNA patterns in adult muscles as an “important” biological finding of this paper. We are not aware that any localized mRNAs in Drosophila muscles were known prior to our study. This shows the advantage of spatial transcriptomics over single-cell techniques.

      The work indeed does not represent a full spatial fly adult atlas – however, a proof of principle study covering both the head and body that we consider at least “important”.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      In this manuscript, Janssens et al. addressed the challenge of mapping the location of transcriptionally unique cell types identified by single nuclei sequencing (snRNA-seq) data available through the Fly Cell Atlas. They identified 100 transcripts for head samples and 50 transcripts for fly body samples allowing the identification of every unique cell type discovered through the Fly Cell Atlas. To map all of these cell types, the authors divided the fly body into head and body samples and used the Molecular Cartography (Resolve Biosciences) method to visualize these transcripts. This approach allowed them to build spatial tissue atlases of the fly head and body, to identify the location of previously unknown cell types and the subcellular localization of different transcripts. By combining snRNA-seq data from the Fly Cell Atlas with their spatially resolved transcriptomics (SRT) data, they demonstrated an automated cell type annotation strategy to identify unknown clusters and infer their location in the fly body. This manuscript constitutes a proof-of-principle study to map the location of the cells identified by ever-growing single-cell transcriptomic datasets generated by others.

      Strengths:

      The authors used the Molecular Cartography (Resolve Biosciences) method to visualize 100 transcripts for head samples and 50 transcripts for fly body samples in high resolution. This method achieves high resolution by multiplexing a large number of transcript visualization steps and allows the authors to map the location of unique cell types identified by the Fly Cell Atlas.

      Response: We thank the reviewer for their comment, but are surprised that this assessment does not mention the identification of subcellular mRNA patterns in adult muscles as an important biological finding of this paper. This might be due to the visualization problem that this reviewer was facing with a greyscale version of the PDF as mentioned in the comments below. We do not know what caused the technical problem for this reviewer (the PDF figures are in color on the eLife website and on bioRxiv). We are surprised that the eLife discussion session did not resolve this issue.

      Weaknesses:

      Combining single-nuclei sequencing (snRNA-seq) data with spatially resolved transcriptomics (SRT) data is challenging, and the methods used by the authors in this study cannot reliably distinguish between cells, especially in brain regions where the processes of different neurons are clustered, such as in neuropils. This means that a grid that the authors mark as a unique cell may actually be composed of processes from multiple cells.

      Response: The size of the fly is one of the most challenging aspects of performing spatial transcriptomics. The small size of the samples led to detachment from the slides, which we solved by coating the slides with gelatin. While the resolution of Molecular Cartography is high (<200nm), in the brain challenges remain as noted by the reviewer. Drosophila neuronal nuclei are notoriously small and cannot be easily resolved with current techniques. We agree that for a full atlas either expansion microscopy, 3D techniques or even higher resolution will be required.

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      The landmark publication of the "Fly Atlas" in 2022 provided a single cell/nuclear transcriptomic dataset from 15 individually dissected tissues, the entire head, and the body of male and female flies. These data led to the annotation of more than 250 cell types. While certainly a powerful and data-rich approach, a significant step forward relies on mapping these data back to the organism in time and space. The goal of this manuscript is to map 150 transcripts defined by the Fly Atlas by FISH and in doing so, provide, for the first time, a spatial transcriptomic dataset of the adult fly. Using this approach (Molecular Cartography with Resolve Biosciences), the authors, furthermore, distinguish different RNA localizations within a cell type. In addition, they seek to use this approach to define previously unannotated clusters found in the Fly Atlas. As a resource for the community at large interested in the computational aspects of their pipeline, the authors compare the strengths and weaknesses of their approach to others currently being performed in the field.

      Strengths:

      1. The authors use Resolve Biosciences and a novel bioinformatics approach to generate a FISH-based spatial transcriptomics map. To achieve this map, they selected 150 genes (50 body; 100 head) that were highly expressed in the single nuclear RNA sequencing dataset and were used in the 2022 paper to annotate specific cell types; moreover, the authors chose several highly expressed genes characteristic of unannotated cell types. Together, the approach and generated data are important next steps in translating the transcriptomic data to spatial data in the organism.

      Response: We thank the reviewer for this comment but would like to add that the statement that we selected “150 genes (50 body; 100 head) that were highly expressed in the single nuclear RNA sequencing dataset” is not correct. We have chosen genes with widely differing expression levels (log-scale range of 3.95 in body, 5.76 in head). Many of the chosen genes are also transcription factors. In fact, the here introduced method is more sensitive than the single cell atlas: the tinman positive cells were readily located (even non-heart cells were found to express tinman), whereas in the single cell FCA data tinman expression is often not detected in the cardiomyocytes (Tinman is detected in 273 cells in the entire FCA (mean expression of 1.44 UMI in positive cells), and in 71 cells out of 273 cardial cells (26%)).

      Author response image 1.

      Density plots for body (left) and head (right) showing levels of gene expression detected in scRNA-seq (body: Fly Cell Atlas, Li et al. 2022, head: Pech et al. (2023)). Blue: all genes, red: genes used in the spatial study.

      1. Working with Resolve, the authors developed a relatively high throughput approach to analyze the location of transcripts in Drosophila adults. This approach confirmed the identification of particular cell types suggested by the FlyAtlas as well as revealed interesting subcellular locations of the transcripts within the cell/tissue type. In addition, the authors used co-expression of different RNAs to unbiasedly identify "new cell types". This pipeline and data provide a roadmap for additional analyses of other time points, female flies, specific mutants, etc.

      2. The authors show that their approach reveals interesting patterns of mRNA distribution (e.g alpha- and beta-Trypsin in apical and basal regions of gut enterocytes or striped patterns of different sarcomeric proteins in body muscle). These observations are novel and reveal unexpected patterns. Likewise, the authors use their more extensive head database to identify the location of cells in the brain. They report the resolution of 23 clusters suggested by the single-cell sequencing data, given their unsupervised clustering approach. This identification supports the use of spatial cell transcriptomics to characterize cell types (or cell states).

      3. Lastly, the authors compare three different approaches --- their own described in this manuscript, Tangram, and SpaGE - which allow integration of single cell/nuclear RNA-seq data with spatial localization FISH. This was a very helpful section as the authors compared the advantages and disadvantages (including practical issues, like computational time).

      Weaknesses:

      1. Experimental setup. It is not clear how many and, for some of the data, the sex of the flies that were analyzed. It appears that for the body data, only one male was analyzed. For the heads, methods say male and female heads, but nothing is annotated in the figures. As such, it remains unclear how robust these data are, given such a limited sample from one sex. As such, the claims of a spatial atlas of the entire fly body and its head ("a rosetta stone") are overstated. Also, the authors should clearly state in the main text and figure legends the sex, the age, how many flies, and how many replicates contributed to the data presented (not just the methods). What also adds to the confusion is the use of "n" in para 2 of the results. " ... we performed coronal sections at different depths in the head (n=13)..." 13 sections in total from 1 head or sections from 13 heads? Based on the body and what is shown in the figure, one assumes 13 sections from one head. Please clarify.

      Response: While we agree that sex differences present indeed an interesting opportunity to study with spatial transcriptomics, our goal was not to define male/female differences but rather to establish the technology to go into this detail if wanted in the future. In the revised version, we will provide a more detailed description of the sections, including their sex/genotype/age. We would like to point out that we verified the specificity of our FISH method on all the body sections (Figure 2A, TpnC4 & Act88F) and not only on one. Furthermore, we also would like to state that the idea of “a rosetta stone” was mentioned as a future prospect. We will rewrite the discussion to make this more clear.

      1. Probes selected: Information from the methods section should be put into the main text so that it is clear what and why the gene lists were selected. The current main text is confusing. If the authors want others to use their approach, then some testing or, at the very least, some discussion of lower expressed genes should be added. How useful will this approach be if only highly expressed genes can be resolved? In addition, while it is understood that the company has a propriety design algorithm for the probes, the authors should comment on whether the probes for individual genes detect all isoforms or subsets (exons and introns?), given the high level of splicing in tissues such as muscle.

      Response: As stated above, while there is a slight bias to higher expressed genes (as expected for marker genes), we have also used very low expressed genes like tinman (body) or sens (head). This shows that our method is more sensitive than single-cell data, as ALL cardiomyocytes can be identified by tinman expression and not only some are positive, as is the case in the FCA data. In fact, the method can’t resolve too highly expressed genes due to optical crowding of the signal leading to a worse quantification. For this reason, ninaE was removed from the analysis (as mentioned in Spatial transcriptomics allows the localization of cell types in the head and brain and in Methods).

      As mentioned in the Methods, the probes are designed on gene level targeting all isoforms, but favoring principal isoforms (weighted by APPRIS level). The high level of splicing is indeed interesting and we expect that in the future spatial transcriptomics can help to generate more insight in this.

      1. Imaging: it isn't clear from the text whether the repeated rounds of imaging impacted data collection. In many of what appear to be "stitched" images, there are gradients of signal (eg, figure 2F); please comment. Also, since this a new technique, could a before and after comparison of the original images and the segmented images be shown in the supplemental data so that the reader can better appreciate how the authors assessed/chose/thresholded their data? More discussion of the accuracy of spot detection would be helpful.

      Response: Any high-resolution imaging (pixel size = 138 nm) of a large field of view (>1mm) uses a stitching method to combine several individual images to reconstruct a large field of view. This does not generate signal gradients, apart from lower signal at the extreme edges of each of the individual images. The spot detection algorithm was written and used by Resolve Biosciences and benchmarked for human (Hela) and mouse (NIH-3T3) cell lines in Groiss et al. 2021 (Highly resolved spatial transcriptomics for detection of rare events in cells, biorxiv). The specificity of the decoded probes was found to lie between 99.45 and 99.9% here, matching the results we found for TpnC4 and Act88F (99.4 and 99.8%). We will add their analysis to our discussion.

      1. The authors comment on how many RNAs they detected (first paragraph of results). How do these numbers compare to the total mRNA present as detected by single-cell or single-nuclear sequencing?

      Response: The total number of mRNAs detected per spatial transcriptomics experiment is much higher for the body samples compared to single-cell experiments (FCA data). In the head it is slightly lower, but here it is important to note that not all cell types are present in each slice in the head (while they are all present in the head scRNA experiments). A comparison on the cell-type level would be more meaningful, and we will investigate this for the revision.

      Author response image 2.

      Barplots showing total number of mRNA molecules detected in Molecular Cartography (Resolve, spatial spots) and in snRNA-seq data from the Fly Cell Atlas (10x Genomics, UMIs). Individual black dots show individual experiments, counts are only shown for the chosen gene panel for each sample. Bar shows the mean, with error bars representing the standard error.

      1. Using this higher throughput method of spatial transcriptomics, the authors discern different cell types and different localization patterns within a tissue/cell type.

      a. The authors should comment on the resolution provided by this approach, in terms of the detection of populations of mRNAs detected by low throughput methods, for example, in glia, motor neuron axons, and trachea that populate muscle tissue. Are these found in the images? Please show.

      Response: We did not add any markers for trachea in our gene panel, but we do detect sparse spots of repo (glia) and elav/VGlut in the muscle tissues (Gad1/VAChT are hardly detected in the muscle tissue). This is consistent with the glutamatergic nature of motor neurons in Drosophila as described previously (Schuster CM (2006) Glutamatergic synapses of Drosophila neuromuscular junctions: a high-resolution model for the analysis of experience-dependent potentiation. Cell Tissue Res 326: 287–299.)

      Author response image 3.

      Molecular Cartography zoomed in on indirect flight muscle. Segmented nuclei are shown in white (based on DAPI), scalebars represent 100 μm).

      b. The authors show interesting localization patterns in muscle tissue for different sarcomere protein-coding mRNAs, including enrichment of sls in muscle nuclei located near the muscle-tendon attachment sites. As this high throughput approach is newly being applied to the adult fly, it would increase confidence in these data, if the authors would confirm these data using a low throughput FISH technique. For example, do the authors detect such alternating "stripes" ( Act 88F, TpnC4, and Mhc) or enriched localization (sls) using FISH that doesn't rely on the repeated colorization, imaging, decolorization of the probes?

      Response: We thank the reviewer for their interest in the localization patterns in muscle tissue. We could confirm localized mRNA in all the sections analyzed, in flight muscles as well as in leg muscles. We furthermore show that Act 88F, TpnC4 are not detected outside of flight muscle cells (99.4% and 99.8% of the single molecular signal in flight muscles only). Hence, we already show the specificity test in a much more quantitative way compared to traditional FISH, which often includes amplification.

      1. The authors developed an unbiased method to identify "new cell types" which relies on co-expression of different transcripts. Are these new cell types or a cell state? While expression is a helpful first step, without any functional data, the significance of what the authors found is diminished. The authors need to soften their statements.

      Response: The term “new cell types” only appears in the title. We agree that with the current spatial map we cannot be sure to have found “new cell types”, instead we have shown where unannotated clusters from scRNA-seq map, based on gene expression. Therefore, we will tone down the title in the revised version and thank the reviewer for this valuable suggestion.

      Appraisal:

      The authors' goal is to map single cell/nuclear RNAseq data described in the 2022 Fly Atlas paper spatially within an organism to achieve a spatial transcriptomic map of the adult fly; no doubt, this is a critical next step in our use of 'omics approaches. While this manuscript does the hard work of trying to take this next step, including developing and testing a new pipeline for high throughput FISH and its analysis, it falls short, in its present form, in achieving this goal. The authors discuss creating a robust spatial map, based on one male fly. Moreover, they do not reveal principles of mRNA localization, as stated in the abstract; they show us patterns, but nothing about the logic or function of these patterns. This same criticism can be said of the identification of "new cell types, just based on RNA colocalization. In both cases (mRNA subcellular localization or cell type identification), further data in the form of validation with traditional low throughput FISH and genetic manipulations to assess the relation to cell function are required for the authors to make such claims.

      Response: We have indeed used one male fly for the adult male body data. This is mainly due to the cost of the sample processing. We used 12 individuals for the head samples (from 1 individual we acquired 2 sections, a total of 13 sections). We show that the body samples show a high correlation with each other, while the head samples cover multiple depths of the head. Still, even in the head, we find that sections at similar depths show a high similarity to each other in terms of gene-gene co-expression and expression patterns. Although obtaining more sections would be valuable, we don’t believe it to be necessary for the current goals. Additional replicates beyond the ones we already provide would require significant amounts of extra time and budget, while they would produce similar results as we already show. We are therefore reluctant to repeat the effort again.

      The usage of the term “new cell types” is indeed ambiguous and we will tone this down in the revised version. Instead, we meant that unannotated clusters could be mapped to their location. In the text, we further specify that this means that now we only have inferred the location of the nuclei and that for neurons their function/processes are still unknown. As such, our data provides a starting point to identify new cell types since their marker genes and nuclear location are inferred. The next step to identify “new cell types” would indeed be to acquire genetic access to the cell types and characterize them in more detail. This is currently beyond our goals, and therefore we will tone down the title in the revised version and thank the reviewer for this valuable suggestion.

      Discussion of likely impact:

      If revised, these data, and importantly the approach, would impact those working on Drosophila adults as well as those working in other model systems where single cell/nuclear sequencing is being translated to the spatial localization within the organism. The subcellular localization data - for example, the size of transcripts and how that relates to localization or the patterns of sarcomeric protein localization in muscle - are intriguing, and would likely impact our thinking on RNA localization, transport, etc if confirmed. Lastly, the authors compare their computational approaches to those available in the field; this is valuable as this is a rapidly evolving field and such considerations are critical for those wishing to use this type of approach.

      Response: We believe that our manuscript as it stands now is already an “important” paper that will strongly impact the Drosophila community (and beyond the spatial transcriptomics community). As it stands, it provides the groundwork for a full Drosophila adult spatial atlas, similar to how early scRNA-seq datasets provided a framework for the Fly Cell Atlas. In the manuscript we provide both experimental information on how to successfully perform spatial transcriptomics (treating slides for optimal attachment) and the data serves as a benchmark for future experiments to improve upon (similar to how early Drop-seq datasets were compared to later 10x datasets in single-cell transcriptomics). In addition, it also provides proof of principle methods on how to integrate the FCA data with these spatial data and it identifies localized mRNA species in large adult muscle cells, showing the complementarity of spatial techniques with single-cell RNA-seq. To conclude, this is the first spatial adult Drosophila transcriptomics paper, locating 150 mRNA species with easy data access in our user portal (https://spatialfly.aertslab.org/).

    2. eLife assessment

      This study presents a valuable method to visualize the location of the cell types discovered through single-cell RNA sequencing. The evidence supporting the claims is solid, but the inclusion of a larger number of samples would strengthen the study. It would also be helpful to have the methods explained in more detail. The work will be of interest to those seeking to identify new cell types from scRNA-seq and snRNA-seq data.

    3. Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      Summary:<br /> In this manuscript, Janssens et al. addressed the challenge of mapping the location of transcriptionally unique cell types identified by single nuclei sequencing (snRNA-seq) data available through the Fly Cell Atlas. They identified 100 transcripts for head samples and 50 transcripts for fly body samples allowing the identification of every unique cell type discovered through the Fly Cell Atlas. To map all of these cell types, the authors divided the fly body into head and body samples and used the Molecular Cartography (Resolve Biosciences) method to visualize these transcripts. This approach allowed them to build spatial tissue atlases of the fly head and body, to identify the location of previously unknown cell types and the subcellular localization of different transcripts. By combining snRNA-seq data from the Fly Cell Atlas with their spatially resolved transcriptomics (SRT) data, they demonstrated an automated cell type annotation strategy to identify unknown clusters and infer their location in the fly body. This manuscript constitutes a proof-of-principle study to map the location of the cells identified by ever-growing single-cell transcriptomic datasets generated by others.

      Strengths:<br /> The authors used the Molecular Cartography (Resolve Biosciences) method to visualize 100 transcripts for head samples and 50 transcripts for fly body samples in high resolution. This method achieves high resolution by multiplexing a large number of transcript visualization steps and allows the authors to map the location of unique cell types identified by the Fly Cell Atlas.

      Weaknesses:<br /> Combining single-nuclei sequencing (snRNA-seq) data with spatially resolved transcriptomics (SRT) data is challenging, and the methods used by the authors in this study cannot reliably distinguish between cells, especially in brain regions where the processes of different neurons are clustered, such as in neuropils. This means that a grid that the authors mark as a unique cell may actually be composed of processes from multiple cells.

    4. Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      Summary:<br /> The landmark publication of the "Fly Atlas" in 2022 provided a single cell/nuclear transcriptomic dataset from 15 individually dissected tissues, the entire head, and the body of male and female flies. These data led to the annotation of more than 250 cell types. While certainly a powerful and data-rich approach, a significant step forward relies on mapping these data back to the organism in time and space. The goal of this manuscript is to map 150 transcripts defined by the Fly Atlas by FISH and in doing so, provide, for the first time, a spatial transcriptomic dataset of the adult fly. Using this approach (Molecular Cartography with Resolve Biosciences), the authors, furthermore, distinguish different RNA localizations within a cell type. In addition, they seek to use this approach to define previously unannotated clusters found in the Fly Atlas. As a resource for the community at large interested in the computational aspects of their pipeline, the authors compare the strengths and weaknesses of their approach to others currently being performed in the field.

      Strengths:<br /> 1. The authors use Resolve Biosciences and a novel bioinformatics approach to generate a FISH-based spatial transcriptomics map. To achieve this map, they selected 150 genes (50 body; 100 head) that were highly expressed in the single nuclear RNA sequencing dataset and were used in the 2022 paper to annotate specific cell types; moreover, the authors chose several highly expressed genes characteristic of unannotated cell types. Together, the approach and generated data are important next steps in translating the transcriptomic data to spatial data in the organism.<br /> 2. Working with Resolve, the authors developed a relatively high throughput approach to analyze the location of transcripts in Drosophila adults. This approach confirmed the identification of particular cell types suggested by the FlyAtlas as well as revealed interesting subcellular locations of the transcripts within the cell/tissue type. In addition, the authors used co-expression of different RNAs to unbiasedly identify "new cell types". This pipeline and data provide a roadmap for additional analyses of other time points, female flies, specific mutants, etc.<br /> 3. The authors show that their approach reveals interesting patterns of mRNA distribution (e.g alpha- and beta-Trypsin in apical and basal regions of gut enterocytes or striped patterns of different sarcomeric proteins in body muscle). These observations are novel and reveal unexpected patterns. Likewise, the authors use their more extensive head database to identify the location of cells in the brain. They report the resolution of 23 clusters suggested by the single-cell sequencing data, given their unsupervised clustering approach. This identification supports the use of spatial cell transcriptomics to characterize cell types (or cell states).<br /> 4. Lastly, the authors compare three different approaches --- their own described in this manuscript, Tangram, and SpaGE - which allow integration of single cell/nuclear RNA-seq data with spatial localization FISH. This was a very helpful section as the authors compared the advantages and disadvantages (including practical issues, like computational time).

      Weaknesses:<br /> 1. Experimental setup. It is not clear how many and, for some of the data, the sex of the flies that were analyzed. It appears that for the body data, only one male was analyzed. For the heads, methods say male and female heads, but nothing is annotated in the figures. As such, it remains unclear how robust these data are, given such a limited sample from one sex. As such, the claims of a spatial atlas of the entire fly body and its head ("a rosetta stone") are overstated. Also, the authors should clearly state in the main text and figure legends the sex, the age, how many flies, and how many replicates contributed to the data presented (not just the methods). What also adds to the confusion is the use of "n" in para 2 of the results. " ... we performed coronal sections at different depths in the head (n=13)..." 13 sections in total from 1 head or sections from 13 heads? Based on the body and what is shown in the figure, one assumes 13 sections from one head. Please clarify.<br /> 2. Probes selected: Information from the methods section should be put into the main text so that it is clear what and why the gene lists were selected. The current main text is confusing. If the authors want others to use their approach, then some testing or, at the very least, some discussion of lower expressed genes should be added. How useful will this approach be if only highly expressed genes can be resolved? In addition, while it is understood that the company has a propriety design algorithm for the probes, the authors should comment on whether the probes for individual genes detect all isoforms or subsets (exons and introns?), given the high level of splicing in tissues such as muscle.<br /> 3. Imaging: it isn't clear from the text whether the repeated rounds of imaging impacted data collection. In many of what appear to be "stitched" images, there are gradients of signal (eg, figure 2F); please comment. Also, since this a new technique, could a before and after comparison of the original images and the segmented images be shown in the supplemental data so that the reader can better appreciate how the authors assessed/chose/thresholded their data? More discussion of the accuracy of spot detection would be helpful.<br /> 4. The authors comment on how many RNAs they detected (first paragraph of results). How do these numbers compare to the total mRNA present as detected by single-cell or single-nuclear sequencing?<br /> 5. Using this higher throughput method of spatial transcriptomics, the authors discern different cell types and different localization patterns within a tissue/cell type.<br /> a. The authors should comment on the resolution provided by this approach, in terms of the detection of populations of mRNAs detected by low throughput methods, for example, in glia, motor neuron axons, and trachea that populate muscle tissue. Are these found in the images? Please show.<br /> b. The authors show interesting localization patterns in muscle tissue for different sarcomere protein-coding mRNAs, including enrichment of sls in muscle nuclei located near the muscle-tendon attachment sites. As this high throughput approach is newly being applied to the adult fly, it would increase confidence in these data, if the authors would confirm these data using a low throughput FISH technique. For example, do the authors detect such alternating "stripes" ( Act 88F, TpnC4, and Mhc) or enriched localization (sls) using FISH that doesn't rely on the repeated colorization, imaging, decolorization of the probes?<br /> 6. The authors developed an unbiased method to identify "new cell types" which relies on co-expression of different transcripts. Are these new cell types or a cell state? While expression is a helpful first step, without any functional data, the significance of what the authors found is diminished. The authors need to soften their statements.

      Appraisal:<br /> The authors' goal is to map single cell/nuclear RNAseq data described in the 2022 Fly Atlas paper spatially within an organism to achieve a spatial transcriptomic map of the adult fly; no doubt, this is a critical next step in our use of 'omics approaches. While this manuscript does the hard work of trying to take this next step, including developing and testing a new pipeline for high throughput FISH and its analysis, it falls short, in its present form, in achieving this goal. The authors discuss creating a robust spatial map, based on one male fly. Moreover, they do not reveal principles of mRNA localization, as stated in the abstract; they show us patterns, but nothing about the logic or function of these patterns. This same criticism can be said of the identification of "new cell types, just based on RNA colocalization. In both cases (mRNA subcellular localization or cell type identification), further data in the form of validation with traditional low throughput FISH and genetic manipulations to assess the relation to cell function are required for the authors to make such claims.

      Discussion of likely impact:<br /> If revised, these data, and importantly the approach, would impact those working on Drosophila adults as well as those working in other model systems where single cell/nuclear sequencing is being translated to the spatial localization within the organism. The subcellular localization data - for example, the size of transcripts and how that relates to localization or the patterns of sarcomeric protein localization in muscle - are intriguing, and would likely impact our thinking on RNA localization, transport, etc if confirmed. Lastly, the authors compare their computational approaches to those available in the field; this is valuable as this is a rapidly evolving field and such considerations are critical for those wishing to use this type of approach.

    1. eLife assessment

      In this valuable contribution, the authors demonstrate that the infusion of NAD+ may prevent death and reduce disease severity from lethal experimental bacterial sepsis, possibly through inflammasome inhibition, without reducing bacterial load. They provide solid evidence for these protective effects of NAD+, though the precise mechanisms involved remain unclear and need further support and elucidation. The core findings may well have clinical implications but, in addition to mechanistic clarifications, contextualised interpretation as metabolic adaptation to sepsis would create wider interest.

    1. eLife assessment

      This detailed and well powered manuscript explores auditory perception of modulated noise in the presence of transcranial alternating-current stimulation (tACS) and shows valuable results suggesting that there are subject-specific effects when the phase of 2-Hz tACS varies relative to the phase of the noise modulation. The strength of the evidence is mixed. There is convincing evidence that tACS alters perception significantly in individuals; however, the effects are inconsistent across subjects and even across sessions, frustrating attempts to draw conclusions about the underlying mechanisms of the idiosyncratic effects. Despite these limitations, the paper will be of great interest to researchers interested in determining when and how tACS influences neural processes, especially those interested in neural entrainment and its relationship to perception.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      Trenker et al. report cryo-EM structures of HER4/HER2 heterodimers and HER4 homodimers bound to Neuregulin-1β (Nrg1β) and Betacellulin (BTC). As observed for prior cryo-EM structures of full-length or near full-length HER-family receptors only the extracellular regions are visualized, presumably owing to flexibility in the relative orientation of extra- and intra-cellular regions. The authors observe no appreciable differences between Nrg1β and BTC bound heterodimers, both ligands, in this case being high-affinity ligands, and modest "scissor-like" differences in the subunit relationships in HER4 homodimers with Nrg1β and BTC bound.

      The authors also show that, as they showed for HER3, the HER4 dimerization arm is not indispensable for forming heterodimers with HER2 despite the HER4 dimerization arm forming a more canonical interaction with HER2. Perhaps most interestingly, the authors observe glycan interactions that appear to stabilize intra- and inter-subunit interactions in HER4 homodimers but that inter-subunit glycans are not present in HER2/HER4 heterodimers. The authors speculate that these glycan interactions may contribute to the apparent propensity of HER4 to homodimerize vs. heterodimerize with HER2.

      I realize that an important role of reviewers is to provide authors with informed and critical comments, but I found this manuscript a well-written, thoughtful, and important contribution. My only note is that I am not an electron microscopist so have assumed the microscopy has been carried out expertly and rely on other reviewers to vet structure determinations.

    1. Author Response

      The following is the authors’ response to the previous reviews.

      We thank the reviewers for truly valuable advice and comments. We have made multiple corrections and revisions to the original pre-print accordingly per the following comments:

      1. Pro1153Leu is extremely common in the general population (allele frequency in gnomAD is 0.5). Further discussion is warranted to justify the possibility that this variant contributes to a phenotype documented in 1.5-3% of the population. Is it possible that this variant is tagging other rare SNPs in the COL11A1 locus, and could any of the existing exome sequencing data be mined for rare nonsynonymous variants?

      One possible avenue for future work is to return to any existing exome sequencing data to query for rare variants at the COL11A1 locus. This should be possible for the USA MO case-control cohort. Any rare nonsynonymous variants identified should then be subjected to mutational burden testing, ideally after functional testing to diminish any noise introduced by rare benign variants in both cases and controls. If there is a significant association of rare variation in AIS cases, then they should consider returning to the other cohorts for targeted COL11A1 gene sequencing or whole exome sequencing (whichever approach is easier/less expensive) to demonstrate replication of the association.

      Response: Regarding the genetic association of the common COL11A1 variant rs3753841 (p.(Pro1335Leu)), we do not propose that it is the sole risk variant contributing to the association signal we detected and have clarified this in the manuscript. We concluded that it was worthy of functional testing for reasons described here. Although there were several common variants in the discovery GWAS within and around COL11A1, none were significantly associated with AIS and none were in linkage disequilibrium (R2>0.6) with the top SNP rs3753841. We next reviewed rare (MAF<=0.01) coding variants within the COL11A1 LD region of the associated SNP (rs3753841) in 625 available exomes representing 46% of the 1,358 cases from the discovery cohort. The LD block was defined using Haploview based on the 1KG_CEU population. Within the ~41 KB LD region (chr1:103365089- 103406616, GRCh37) we found three rare missense mutations in 6 unrelated individuals, Table below. Two of them (NM_080629.2: c.G4093A:p.A1365T; NM_080629.2:c.G3394A:p.G1132S), from two individuals, are predicted to be deleterious based on CADD and GERP scores and are plausible AIS risk candidates. At this rate we could expect to find only 4-5 individuals with linked rare coding variants in the total cohort of 1,358 which collectively are unlikely to explain the overall association signal we detected. Of course, there also could be deep intronic variants contributing to the association that we would not detect by our methods. However, given this scenario, the relatively high predicted deleteriousness of rs3753841 (CADD= 25.7; GERP=5.75), and its occurrence in a GlyX-Y triplet repeat, we hypothesized that this variant itself could be a risk allele worthy of further investigation.

      Author response table 1.

      We also appreciate the reviewer’s suggestion to perform a rare variant burden analysis of COL11A1. We did conduct pilot gene-based analysis in 4534 European ancestry exomes including 797 of our own AIS cases and 3737 controls and tested the burden of rare variants in COL11A1. SKATO P value was not significant (COL11A1_P=0.18), but this could due to lack of power and/or background from rare benign variants that could be screened out using the functional testing we have developed.

      1. COL11A1 p.Pro1335Leu is pursued as a direct candidate susceptibility locus, but the functional validation involves both: (a) a complementation assay in mouse GPCs, Figure 5; and (b) cultured rib cartilage cells from Col11a1-Ad5 Cre mice (Figure 4). Please address the following:

      2A. Is Pro1335Leu a loss of function, gain of function, or dominant negative variant? Further rationale for modeling this change in a Col11a1 loss of function cell line would be helpful.

      Response: Regarding functional testing, by knockdown/knockout cell culture experiments, we showed for the first time that Col11a1 negatively regulates Mmp3 expression in cartilage chondrocytes, an AIS-relevant tissue. We then tested the effect of overexpressing the human wt or variant COL11A1 by lentiviral transduction in SV40-transformed chondrocyte cultures. We deleted endogenous mouse Col11a1 by Cre recombination to remove the background of its strong suppressive effects on Mmp3 expression. We acknowledge that Col11a1 missense mutations could confer gain of function or dominant negative effects that would not be revealed in this assay. However as indicated in our original manuscript we have noted that spinal deformity is described in the cho/cho mouse, a Col11a1 loss of function mutant. We also note the recent publication by Rebello et al. showing that missense mutations in Col11a2 associated with congenital scoliosis fail to rescue a vertebral malformation phenotype in a zebrafish col11a2 KO line. Although the connection between AIS and vertebral malformations is not altogether clear, we surmise that loss of the components of collagen type XI disrupt spinal development. in vivo experiments in vertebrate model systems are needed to fully establish the consequences and genetic mechanisms by which COL11A1 variants contribute to an AIS phenotype.

      2B. Expression appears to be augmented compared WT in Fig 5B, but there is no direct comparison of WT with variant.

      Response: Expression of the mutant (from the lentiviral expression vector) is increased compared to mutant. We observed this effect in repeated experiments. Sequencing confirmed that the mutant and wildtype constructs differed only at the position of the rs3753841 SNP. At this time, we cannot explain the difference in expression levels. Nonetheless, even when the variant COL11A1 is relatively overexpressed it fails to suppress MMP3 expression as observed for the wildtype form.

      2C. How do the authors know that their complementation data in Figure 5 are specific? Repetition of this experiment with an alternative common nonsynonymous variant in COL11A1 (such as rs1676486) would be helpful as a comparison with the expectation that it would be similar to WT.

      Response: We agree that testing an allelic series throughout COL11A1 could be informative, but we have shifted our resources toward in vivo experiments that we believe will ultimately be more informative for deciphering the mechanistic role of COL11A1 in MMP3 regulation and spine deformity.

      2D. The y-axes of histograms in panel A need attention and clarification. What is meant by power? Do you mean fold change?

      Response: Power is directly comparable to fold change but allows comparison of absolute expression levels between different genes.

      2E. Figure 5: how many technical and biological replicates? Confirm that these are stated throughout the figures.

      Response: Thank you for pointing out this oversight. This information has been added throughout.

      1. Figure 2: What does the gross anatomy of the IVD look like? Could the authors address this by showing an H&E of an adjacent section of the Fig. 2 A panels?

      Response: Panel 2 shows H&E staining. Perhaps the reviewer is referring to the WT and Pax1 KO images in Figure 3? We have now added H&E staining of WT and Pax1 KO IVD as supplemental Figure 3E to clarify the IVD anatomy.

      1. Page 9: "Cells within the IVD were negative for Pax1 staining ..." There seems to be specific PAX1 expression in many cells within the IVD, which is concerning if this is indeed a supposed null allele of Pax1. This data seems to support that the allele is not null.

      Response: We have now added updated images for the COL11A1 and PAX1 staining to include negative controls in which we omitted primary antibodies. As can be seen, there is faint autofluorescence in the PAX1 negative control that appears to explain the “specific staining” referred to by the reviewer. These images confirm that the allele is truly a null.

      1. There is currently a lack of evidence supporting the claim that "Col11a1 is positively regulated by Pax1 in mouse spine and tail". Therefore, it is necessary to conduct further research to determine the direct regulatory role of Pax1 on Col11a1.

      Response: We agree with the reviewer and have clarified that Pax1 may have either a direct or indirect role in Col11a1 regulation.

      1. There is no data linking loss of COL11A1 function and spine defects in the mouse model. Furthermore, due to the absence of P1335L point mutant mice, it cannot be confirmed whether P1335L can actually cause AIS, and the pathogenicity of this mutation cannot be directly verified. These limitations need to be clearly stated and discussed. A Col11a1 mouse mutant called chondroysplasia (cho), was shown to be perinatal lethal with severe endochondral defects (https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/4100752/). This information may help contextualize this study.

      Response: We partially agree with the reviewer. Spine defects are reported in the cho mouse (for example, please see reference 36 Hafez et al). We appreciate the suggestion to cite the original Seegmiller et al 1971 reference and have added it to the manuscript.

      1. A recent article (PMID37462524) reported mutations in COL11A2 associated with AIS and functionally tested in zebrafish. That study should be cited and discussed as it is directly relevant for this manuscript.

      Response: We agree with the reviewer that this study provides important information supporting loss of function I type XI collagen in spinal deformity. Language to this effect has been added to the manuscript and this study is now cited in the paper.

      1. Please reconcile the following result on page 10 of the results: "Interestingly, the AISassociated gene Adgrg6 was amongst the most significantly dysregulated genes in the RNA-seq analysis (Figure 3c). By qRT-PCR analysis, expression of Col11a1, Adgrg6, and Sox6 were significantly reduced in female and male Pax1-/- mice compared to wild-type mice (Figure 3d-g)." In Figure 3f, the downregulation of Adgrg6 appears to be modest so how can it possibly be highlighted as one of the most significantly downregulated transcripts in the RNAseq data?

      Response: By “significant” we were referring to the P-value significance in RNAseq analysis, not in absolute change in expression. This language was clearly confusing, and we have removed it from the manuscript.

      1. It is incorrect to refer to the primary cell culture work as growth plate chondrocytes (GPCs), instead, these are primary costal chondrocyte cultures. These primary cultures have a mixture of chondrocytes at differing levels of differentiation, which may change differentiation status during the culturing on plastic. In sum, these cells are at best chondrocytes, and not specifically growth plate chondrocytes. This needs to be corrected in the abstract and throughout the manuscript. Moreover, on page 11 these cells are referred to as costal cartilage, which is confusing to the reader.

      Response: Thank you for pointing out these inconsistencies. We have changed the manuscript to say “costal chondrocytes” throughout.

      Minor points

      • On 10 of the Results: "These data support a mechanistic link between Pax1 and Col11a1, and the AIS-associated genes Gpr126 and Sox6, in affected tissue of the developing tail." qRT-PCR validation of Sox6, although significant, appears to be very modestly downregulated in KO. Please soften this statement in the text.

      Response: We have softened this statement.

      • Have you got any information about how the immortalized (SV40) costal cartilage affected chondrogenic differentiation? The expression of SV40 seemed to stimulate Mmp13 expression. Do these cells still make cartilage nodules? Some feedback on this process and how it affects the nature of the culture what be appreciated.

      Response: The “+ or –“ in Figure 5 refers to Ad5-cre. Each experiment was performed in SV40-immortalized costal chondrocytes. We have removed SV40 from the figure and have clarified the legend to say “qRT-PCR of human COL11A1 and endogenous mouse Mmp3 in SV40 immortalized mouse costal chondrocytes transduced with the lentiviral vector only (lanes 1,2), human WT COL11A1 (lane 3), or COL11A1P1335L. Otherwise we absolutely agree that understanding Mmp13 regulation during chondrocyte differentiation is important. We plan to study this using in vivo systems.

      • Figure 1: is the average Odds ratio, can this be stated in the figure legend?

      Response: We are not sure what is being asked here. The “combined odds ratio” is calculated as a weighted average of the log of the odds.

      • A more consistent use of established nomenclature for mouse versus human genes and proteins is needed.

      Human:GENE/PROTEIN Mouse: Gene/PROTEIN

      Response: Thank you for pointing this out. The nomenclature has been corrected throughtout the manuscript.

      • There is no Figure 5c, but a reference to results in the main text. Please reconcile. -There is no Figure 5-figure supplement 5a, but there is a reference to it in the main text. Please reconcile.

      Response: Figure references have been corrected.

      • Please indicate dilutions of all antibodies used when listed in the methods.

      Response: Antibody dilutions have been added where missing.

      • On page 25, there is a partial sentence missing information in the Histologic methods; "#S36964 Invitrogen, CA, USA)). All images were taken..."

      Response: We apologize for the error. It has been removed.

      • Table 1: please define all acronyms, including cohort names.

      Response: We apologize for the oversight. The legend to the Table has been updated with definitions of all acronyms.

      • Figure 2: Indicate that blue staining is DAPI in panel B. Clarify that "-ab" as an abbreviation is primary antibody negative.

      Response: A color code for DAPI and COL11A! staining has been added and “-ab” is now defined.

      • Page 4: ADGRG6 (also known as GPR126)...the authors set this up for ADGRG6 but then use GPR126 in the manuscript, which is confusing. For clarity, please use the gene name Adgrg6 consistently, rather than alternating with Gpr126.

      Response: Thank you for pointing this out. GPR126 has now been changed to ADGRG6 thoughout the manuscript.

      • REF 4: Richards, B.S., Sucato, D.J., Johnston C.E. Scoliosis, (Elsevier, 2020). Is this a book, can you provide more clarity in the Reference listing?

      Response: Thank you for pointing this out. This reference has been corrected.

      • While isolation was addressed, the methods for culturing Rat cartilage endplate and costal chondrocytes are poorly described and should be given more text.

      Response: Details about the cartilage endplate and costal chondrocyte isolation and culture have been added to the Methods.

      • Page 11: 1st paragraph, last sentence "These results suggest that Mmp3 expression"... this sentence needs attention. As written, I am not clear what the authors are trying to say.

      Response: This sentence has been clarified and now reads “These results suggest that Mmp3 expression is negatively regulated by Col11a1 in mouse costal chondrocytes.”

      • Page 13: line 4 from the bottom, "ECM-clearing"? This is confusing do you mean ECM degrading?

      Response: Yes and thank you. We have changed to “ECM-degrading”.

      • Please use version numbers for RefSeq IDs: e.g. NM_080629.3 instead of NM_080629

      Response: This change has been made in the revised manuscript.

      • It would be helpful for readers if the ethnicity of the discovery case cohort was clearly stated as European ancestry in the Results main text.

      Response: “European ancestry” has been added at first description of the discovery cohort in the manuscript.

      • Avoid using the term "mutation" and use "variant" instead.

      Response: Thank you for pointing this out. “Variant” is now used throughout the manuscript.

      • Define error bars for all bar charts throughout and include individual data points overlaid onto bars.

      Response: Thank you. Error bars are now clarified in the Figure legends.

    1. Author Response

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Reviewer #1:

      1. The most important concern that I have refers to the FDTD simulations to characterize the ZMW, as shown in Appendix 2, Figure 4. So far, the explanations given in the caption of Figure 4 are confusing and misleading: the authors should provide more detailed explanations on how the simulations were performed and the actual definition of the parameters used. In particular:

      a. lines 1330-1332: it is not clear to me how the fluorescence lifetime can be calculated from the detected signal S (z), and why they are horizontal, i.e., no z dependence? Which lifetimes are the authors referring to?

      b. lines 1333-1335: Where do these values come from? And how do they relate to panels D & E? From what I can see in these panels the lifetimes are highly dependent on z and show the expected reduction of lifetime inside the nanostructures.

      c. lines 1336-1337: Why the quantum yield of the dyes outside the ZMW differs from those reported in the literature? In particular the changes of quantum yield and lifetime for Alexa 488 are very large (also mentioned in the corresponding part of Materials & Methods but not explained in any detail).

      We thank the Reviewer for his detailed questions on the FDTD simulations. We have now added the missing equation related to the computation of signal-averaged fluorescence lifetimes from the FDTD simulations. Specifically to the three points raised:

      a) The fluorescence lifetime is indeed not calculated from the detected signal S(z), but from the radiative and non-radiative rates in the presence of the ZMW as given in eq. 9-10. However, we use the detected signal S(z) to compute the average fluorescence lifetime over the whole z-profile of the simulation box, which we relate to the experimentally measured fluorescence lifetimes as given in Appendix 7, Figure 1. We have now added the equation to compute the signal-weighted fluorescence lifetimes, which we denote as <𝜏>S , in eq. 13 in the methods. To clarify this point, we have added the symbol <𝜏>S to the plots in Appendix 2, Figure 4 D-E and Appendix 7, Figure 1 C-D.

      b) The estimated lifetimes were obtained as the signal-weighted average over the lifetime profiles, (<𝜏>S) as given in the new eq. 13. All plotted quantities, i.e., the detection efficiency η, quantum yield ϕ, detected signal S(z), and fluorescence lifetime, are computed from the radiative and loss rates obtained from the FDTD simulation according to eqs. 8-11. To make this clearer, we have now added the new Appendix 2 – Figure 5 which shows the z-profiles of the quantities (radiative and loss rates) used to derive the experimental observables.

      c) There are multiple reasons for the differences of the quantum yields of the two analytes used in this study compared to the literature values. For cyanine dyes such as Alexa647, it is well known that steric restriction (as e.g. caused by conjugation to a biomolecule) can lead to an increase of the quantum yield and fluorescence lifetime. We observe a minor increase of the fluorescence lifetime for Alexa647 from the literature value of 1.17 ns to a value of 1.37 ns when attached to Kap95, which is indicative of this effect. In the submitted manuscript, this was discussed in the methods in lines 936-938 (lines 938-945 in the revised manuscript). For the dye Alexa488, which is used to label the BSA protein, this effect is absent. Instead, we observe (as the Reviewer correctly notes) a quite drastic reduction of the fluorescence lifetime compared to the unconjugated dye from 4 ns to 2.3 ns. In cases where a single cysteine is labeled on a protein, such a drastic reduction of the quantum yield usually indicates the presence of a quenching moiety in proximity of the labeling site, such as tryptophane, which acts via the photo-induced electron transfer mechanism. Indeed, BSA contains two tryptophanes that could be responsible for the low quantum yield of the conjugated dyes. The situation is complicated by the fact that BSA contains 35 cysteines that can potentially be labeled (although 34 are involved in disulfide bridges). The labeled BSA was obtained commercially and the manufacturer lists the degree of labeling as ~6 dye molecules per protein, with a relative quantum yield of 0.2 compared to the standard fluorescein. This corresponds to an absolute quantum yield of ~0.16, which is low compared to the literature value for Alexa488 of ~0.8.

      Based on the measured fluorescence lifetime, we estimate a quantum yield of 0.46, which is higher than the photometrically obtained value of 0.16 reported by the manufacturer. Fully quenched, nonfluorescent dyes will not contribute to the lifetime measurement but are detected in the photometric quantum yield estimates. The difference between the lifetime and photometric based quantum yield estimates thus suggest that part of the fluorophores are almost fully quenched. While it is unknown where the dyes are attached to the protein, the low quantum yield could be indicative of dye-dye interactions via pi-pi stacking, which can often lead to non-fluorescent dimers. This is supported by the fact that the manufacturer reports color differences between batches of labeled protein, which indicate spectral shifts of the absorption spectrum when dye-dye adducts are formed by π-π stacking. We have now added a short discussion of this effect in lines 938-941. We note that the conclusions drawn on the quenching effect of the metal nanostructure remain valid despite the drastic reduction of the quantum yield for Alexa488, which leads to a further quantum yield reduction of the partly quenched reference state.

      2) A second important concern refers to Figure 3: Why is there so much variability on the burst intensities reported on panels C, D? They should correspond to single molecule translocation events and thus all having comparable intensity values. In particular, the data shown for BSA in panel D is highly puzzling, since it not only reflects a reduced number of bursts (which is the main finding) but also very low intensity values, suggesting a high degree of quenching of the fluorophore being proximal to the metal on the exit side of the pore. In fact, the count rates for BSA on the uncoated pore range form 50-100kcounts/s, while on the coated pores thy barely reach 30 kcounts/s, a clear indication of quenching. Importantly, and in direct relation to this, could the authors exclude the possibility that the low event rates measured on BSA are largely due to quenching of the dye by getting entangled in the Nsp mesh just underneath the pore but in close contact to the metal?

      The Reviewer raises a valid concern, but further analysis shows that this is unproblematic. Notably, the burst intensities are in fact not reduced, in contrast to the visual impression obtained from the time traces shown in the figure. The time trace of the BSA intensity is visually dominated by high-intensity bursts which mask the low-intensity bursts in the plot. In contrast, in Figure 3 the reduced number of BSA events results in a sparser distribution of the intensity spikes, which allows low-intensity events to be seen. Different to the visual inspection, the spike-detection algorithm does not exhibit any bias in terms of the duration or the number of photons of the detected events between the different conditions for both BSA and Kap95, as shown in the new Appendix 7 – Figure 1. Using FCS analysis it can be tested whether the event duration varies between the different conditions shown in Figure 3 C-D. This did not show a significant difference in the estimated diffusion time for BSA (Appendix 7 – Figure 1 C,D). Contrary to the suggestion of the Reviewer, we also do not observe any indication of quenching by the metal between uncoated and Nsp1-coated pores for BSA. Such quenching should result in differences of the fluorescence lifetimes, which however is not evident in our experimental data (Appendix 7 – Figure 1 F).

      3) Line 91: I suggest the authors remove the word "multiplexed" detection since it is misleading. Essentially the authors report on a two-color excitation/detection scheme which is far from being really multiplexing.

      We have changed the word to “simultaneous” now and hope this avoids further confusion.

      4) Line 121: why are the ZMW fabricated with palladium? Aluminum is the gold-standard to reduce light transmissivity. An explanation for the choice of this material would be appreciated by the community.

      In a previous study (Klughammer and Dekker, Nanotechnology, 2021), we established that palladium can have distinct advantages compared to other ZMW metals such as aluminum and gold, most prominently, an increased chemical stability and reduced photoluminescence. For this study, we chose palladium over aluminum as it allowed the use of simple thiol chemistry for surface modification. In the beginning of the project, we experimented with aluminum pores as well. We consistently found that the pores got closed after measuring their ionic conductance in chlorine-containing solutions such as KCl or PBS. This problem was avoided by choosing palladium.

      5) Lines 281-282: This statement is somewhat misleading, since it reads such that the molecules stay longer inside the pore. However, if I understand correctly, these results suggest that Kap95 stays closer to the metal on the exit side. This is because measurements are being performed on the exit side of the pore as the excitation field inside the pore is quite negligible.

      We thank the Reviewer for this comment and have clarified the text in lines 290-292 as suggested to: “(…) this indicates that, on the exit side, Kap95 diffuses closer to the pore walls compared to BSA due to interactions with the Nsp1 mesh”

      6) Lines 319-320: Although the MD simulations agree with the statement being written here, the variability could be also due to the fact that the proteins could interact in a rather heterogenous manner with the Nsp mesh on the exit side of the pore, transiently trapping molecules that then would stay longer and/or closer to the metal altering the emission rate of the fluorophores. Could the authors comment on this?

      The variation mentioned in the text refers to a pore-to-pore variation and thus needs to be due to a structural difference between individual pores. This effect would also need to be stable for the full course of an experiment, typically hours. We did not find any structural changes in the fluorescence lifetimes measured on individual pores such as suggested by the Reviewer. We think that the suggested mechanism would show up as distinct clusters in Appendix 7 – Figure 1 E,F where we found no trace of such a change to happen. If we understand correctly, the Reviewer suggests a mechanism, not based on changes in the Nup layer density, that would lead to a varying amount of trapping of proteins close to the surface. Such a behavior should show up in the diffusion time of each pore ( Appendix 7 – figure 1 C,D), where we however find no trace of such an effect.

      7) Lines 493-498: These claims are actually not supported by the experimental data shown in this contribution: a) No direct comparison in terms of signal-to-noise ratio between fluorescence-based and conductance-based readouts has been provided in the ms. b) I would change the word multiplexed by simultaneous since it is highly misleading. c) The results shown are performed sequentially and thus low throughput. d) Finally, the use of unlabeled components is dubious since the detection schemes relies on fluorescence and thus requiring labeling.

      We thank the Reviewer for pointing this out.

      a) We have now added a section in appendix 3 that discusses the signal-to-noise ratios. In brief, there are three observations that led us to conclude that ZMWs provide beneficial capabilities to resolve individual events from the background:

      1. The signal-to-background ratio was determined to be 67±53 for our ZMW data of Kap95 which is an order of magnitude higher compared to the ~5.6 value for a conductance-based readout.

      2. The detection efficiency for ZMWs is independent of the Kap95 occupancy within the pore. This is different from conductance based approaches that have reduced capability to resolve individual Kap95 translocations at high concentrations.

      3. The fraction of detected translocations is much higher for ZMWs than for conductance-based data (where lots of translocations occur undetected) and matches closer to the theoretical predictions.

      b) We have changed the wording accordingly.

      c) We agree with the Reviewer that our method is still low throughput. However, the throughput is markedly increased compared to previous conductance-based nanopore measurements. This is because we can test many (here up to 8, but potentially many more) pores per chip in one experiment, whereas conductance-based readouts are limited to a single pore. We have now changed the wording to “increased throughput” in line 507 to avoid confusion.

      d) We agree that only labeled components can be studied directly with our methods. However, the effect of unlabeled analytes can be assessed indirectly without any perturbation of the detection scheme due to the specificity of the fluorescent labeling. This is distinct from previous nanopore approaches using a conductance-based readout that lack specificity. In our study, we have for example used this advantage of our approach to access event rates at high concentrations (1000nM Kap95, 500nM BSA) and large pore diameters by reducing the fraction of labeled analyte in the sample. Finally, the dependence of the BSA leakage rate as a function of the concentration of Kap95 (Figure 6) relies on a specific readout of BSA events in the presence of large amounts of Kap95, which would be impossible in conductance-based experiments.

      8) Line 769: specify the NA of the objective. Using a very long working distance would also affect the detection efficiency. Have the authors considered the NA of the objective on the simulations of the detection efficiency? This information should be included and it is important as the authors are detecting single molecule events.

      We used an NA of 1.1 for the simulation of the Gaussian excitation field in the FDTD simulations, corresponding to the NA of the objective lens used in the experiments and as specified in the methods. The Reviewer is correct that the NA also affects the absolute detection efficiency of the fluorescence signal due to the finite opening angle of the collection cone of ~56˚. In our evaluation of the simulations, we have neglected this effect for simplicity, because the finite collection efficiency of the objective lens represents only an additional constant factor that does not depend on the parameters of the simulated system, such as the pore diameter. Instead, we focused solely the effect of the ZMW and defined the detection efficiency purely based on the fraction of the signal that is emitted towards the detection side and can potentially be detected in the experiment, which also provides the benefit that the discussed numbers are independent of the experimental setup used.

      To clarify this, we have now made this clearer in the method text on lines 917-920.

      9) Line 831: I guess that 1160ps is a mistake, right?

      This is not a mistake. We performed a tail fit of the fluorescence decay curves, meaning that the initial rise of the decay was excluded from the fit. The initial part of the fluorescence decay is dominated by the instrument response function (IRF) of the system, with an approximate width of ~500 ps. To minimize the influence of the IRF on the tail fit, we excluded the first ~1 ns of the fluorescence decay.

      10) Lines 913-917: Why are the quantum yield of Alexa 488 and lifetime so much reduced as compared to the published values in literature?

      See answer to point 1. We have added a short discussion at lines 938-941 where we speculate that the reduced quantum yield is most likely caused by dye-dye interactions due to the high degree of labeling of ~6 dyes per protein.

      11) Lines 1503-1509: The predicted lifetimes with the Nsp-1 coating have not been shown in Appendix 2 - Figure 4. How have they been estimated?

      We have not performed predictions of fluorescence lifetimes in the presence of an Nsp1 coating. Predictions of the fluorescence lifetime in the absence of the Nsp1 coating were obtained by assuming a uniform occupancy of the molecules over the simulation box. A prediction of the fluorescence lifetimes in the presence of the Nsp1 coating would require a precise knowledge of the spatial distribution of analytes, which depends, among other factors, on the extension of the Nsp1 brushes and the interaction strengths with the FG repeats. While simulations provide some insights on this, we consider a quantitative comparison of predicted and measured fluorescence lifetimes in the presence of the Nsp1 coating beyond the scope of the present study.

      12) Lines 1534-1539: I disagree with this comment, since the measurements reported here have been performed outside the nano-holes, and thus the argument of Kap95 translocating along the edges of the pore and being responsible for the reduced lifetime does not make sense to me.

      In accordance with our answer to point 5 above, we have now changed the interpretation to the proximity of Kap95 to the metal surface on the exit side, rather than speculating on the path that the protein takes through the pore (lines 1662-1664), as follows:

      “This indicates that, in the presence of Nsp1, Kap95 molecules diffuse closer to or spend more time in proximity of the metal nanoaperture on the exit side.”

      Reviewer #2:

      (Numbers indicate the line number.)

      48: should cite more recent work: Timney et al. 2016 Popken et al 2015

      59: should cite Zilman et al 2007, Zilman et al 2010

      62: should cite Zilman et al 2010

      We thank the Reviewer for the suggestions and have added them to the manuscript now.

      65: one should be careful in making statements that the "slow" phase is immobile, as it likely rapidly exchanging NTRs with the "fast" phase.

      We have removed this description and replaced it by “This 'slow phase' exhibits a reduced mobility due to the high affinity of NTRs to the FG-Nup mesh.” to avoid misunderstanding.

      67: Schleicher 2014 does not provide evidence of dedicated channels

      We agree with the Reviewer and therefore moved the reference to an earlier position in the sentence.

      74-75: must cite work by Lusk & Lin et al on origami nanochannels

      We thank the Reviewer for this suggestion. We have now added a reference to the nanotraps of Shen et al. 2021, JACS, in line 75. In addition, we now also refer to Shen et al. 2023, NSMB, in the discussion where viral transport is discussed.

      77: Probably Jovanovic- Talisman (2009)?

      We thank the Reviewer for pointing out this typo.

      93; should cite Auger&Montel et al, PRL 2014

      We thank the Reviewer for pointing out this reference. To give proper credit to previous ZMW, we have now incorporated a sentence in lines 100-102 citing this reference.

      111-112: there appears to be some internal inconsistency between this interpretation and the BSA transport mostly taking place through the "central hole" (as seems to be implied by Equation (3). Probably it should be specified explicitly that the "central hole" in large channels is a "void".

      We thank the Reviewer for this suggestion and have added a clarifying sentence.

      115-177: This competition was studied in Jovanovic-Talisman 2009 and theoretically analysed in Zilman et al Plos Comp Biol 2010. The differences in the results and the interpretation should be discussed.

      We agree, therefore it is discussed in the discussion section (around line 594) and now added the reference to Zilman et al.

      Figure 2 Caption: "A constant flow..." - is it clear that is flow does not generate hydrodynamic flow through the pore?

      The Reviewer raises an important point. Indeed, the pressure difference over the membrane generates a hydrodynamic flow through the pore that leads to a reduction of the event rate compared to when no pressure is applied. However, as all experiments were performed under identical pressures, one can expect a proportional reduction of the absolute event rates due to the hydrodynamic flow against the concentration gradient. In other words, this will not affect the conclusions drawn on the selectivity, as it is defined as a ratio of event rates.

      We have now added additional data on the influence of the hydrodynamic flow on the translocation rate in Appendix 3 – Figure 2, where we have measured the signal of free fluorophores at high concentration on the exit side of the pore as a function of the applied pressure. The data show a linear dependence of the signal reduction on the applied pressure. At the pressure values used for the experiments of 50 mbar, we see a ~5% reduction compared to the absence of pressure, implying that the reported absolute event rates are underestimated only by ~5%. Additionally we have added such data for Kap95 translocations that shows a similar effect (however less consistent). Measuring the event rate at zero flow is difficult, since this leads to an accumulation of fluorophores on the detection side.

      Figure 3: it would help to add how long is each translocation, and what is the lower detection limit. A short explanation of why the method detects actual translocations would be good

      With our method, unfortunately, we can not assess the duration of a translocation event since we only see the particle as it exists the pore. Instead, the measured event duration is determined by the time it takes for the particle to diffuse out of the laser focus. This is confirmed by FCS analysis of translocation events that show the same order of magnitude of diffusion times as for free diffusion (Appendix 7 – Figure 1 C,D) in contrast to a massively reduced diffusion time within a nanopore. In Figure 2D we show the detection efficiency at different locations around the ZMW as obtained from FDTD simulations and discuss the light blocking. This clearly shows that the big majority of the fluorescence signal comes from the laser illuminated side and therefore only particles that translocated through the ZMW are detected as presented between lines 170-190. In Yang et al. 2023, bioRxiv (https://doi.org/10.1101/2023.06.26.546504) a more detailed discussion about the optical properties of Pd nanopores is given.

      This point also explains why we see actual translocations: since the light is blocked by the ZMW, fluorophores can only be detected after they have translocated. On parts of the membrane without pores and upstream the amount of spikes found in a timetrace was found to be negligibly small. Additionally, if a significant part of the signal would be contributed by leaking fluorescence from the dark top side, there should no difference in BSA event rate found between small open and Nsp1 pores which we did not observe.

      With respect to the lower detection limit for events: In the burst search algorithm we require a false positive level rate of lower than 1 event in 100. Additionally, as described in Klughammer and Dekker, Nanotechnology (2021), we apply an empirical filtering to remove low signal to noise ratio events that contain less than 5 detected photons per event or a too low event rate. From the event detection algorithm there is no lower limit set on the duration of an event. Such a limit is then set by the instrument and the maximum frequency it which it can detect photons. This time is below 1μs. Practically we don’t find events shorter than 10μs as can be seen in the distribution of events where also the detection limits can be estimated (Appendix 7 – figure 1 A and B.)

      Equation (1): this is true only for passive diffusion without interactions (see eg Hoogenboom et al Physics Reports 2021 for review). Using it for pores with interactions would predict, for instance, that the inhibition of the BSA translocation comes from the decrease in D which is not correct.

      We agree with the Reviewer that this equation would not reproduce the measured data in a numerically correct way. We included it to justify why we subsequently fit a quadratic function to the data. As we write in line 260 we only used the quadratic equation “as a guide to the eye and for numerical comparison” and specifically don’t claim that this fully describes the translocation process. In this quadratic function, we introduced a scaling factor α that can be fitted to the data and thus incorporates deviations from the model. In appendix 5 we added a more elaborate way to fit the data including a confinement-based reduction of the diffusion coefficient (although not incorporating interactions). Given the variations of the measured translocation rates, the data is equally well described by both the simple and the more complex model function.

      Equation (1): This is not entirely exact, because the concentration at the entrance to the pore is lower than the bulk concentration, which might introduce corrections

      We agree with the Reviewer and have added that the concentration difference Δc is measured at the pore entrance and exit, and this may be lower than the bulk concentration. As described in our reaction to the Reviewer’s previous comment, equation (1) only serves as a justification to use the quadratic dependence and any deviations in Δc are absorbed into the prefactor α in equation (2).

      Equation (3): I don't understand how this is consistent with the further discussion of BSA translocation. Clearly BSA can translocate through the pore even if the crossection is covered by the FG nups (through the "voids" presumably?).

      The Reviewer raises an important point here. Equation 3 can only be used for a pore radius r > rprot + b. b was determined to be 11.5 nm and rprot is 3.4 nm for BSA, thus it needs to be that r > 15 nm. We would like to stress, however, that b does not directly give a height of a rigid Nsp1 ring but is related to the configuration of the Nsp1 inside the pore. Equation (3) (and equation (2)) were chosen because even these simple equations could fit the experimentally measured translocation rates well, and not because they would accurately model the setup in the pore. As we found from the simulations, the BSA translocations at low pore diameters presumably happen through transient openings of the mesh. The dynamics leading to the stochastic opening of voids on average leads to the observed translocation rate.

      296-297: is it also consistent with the simulations?

      We compare the experimentally and simulated b values in lines 387-388 and obtained b=9.9 ± 0.1 nm from the simulations (as obtained from fitting the translocation rates and not from measuring the extension of the Nsp1 molecules) and 11.5 ± 0.4 nm from the experiments – which we find in good agreement.

      331: has it been established that the FG nups equilibrate on the microsecond scale?

      As an example, we have analyzed the simulation trajectory of the most dense nanopore (diameter = 40 nm, grafting = 1/200 nm2). In Author response image 1 we show for each of the Nsp1-proteins how the radius of gyration (Rg) changes in time over the full trajectory (2 μs + 5 μs). As expected, the Rg values reached the average equilibrium values very well within 2 μs simulation time, showing that the FG-Nups indeed equilibrate on the (sub)microsecond scale.

      Author response image 1.

      334-347: the details of the method should be explained explicitly in the supplementary (how exactly voids distributions are estimated and the PMF are calculated etc)

      The void analysis was performed with the software obtained from the paper of Winogradoff et al. In our Methods we provide an overview of how this software calculates the void probability maps and how these are converted into PMFs. For a more detailed description of how exactly the analysis algorithm is implemented in the software, we refer the reader to the original work. The analysis codes with the input files that were used in this manuscript have been made public ( https://doi.org/10.4121/22059227.v1 ) along with the manuscript.

      Equation (4) is only an approximation (which works fine for high barriers but not the low ones). Please provide citations/derivation.

      To our knowledge, the Arrhenius relation is a valid approximation for our nanopore simulations. We are unaware of the fact that it should not work for low barriers and cannot find mention of this in the literature. It would be helpful if the Reviewer can point us to relevant literature.

      Figure 4: how was transport rate for Kaps calculated?

      As mentioned in lines 388-391, we assumed that the Kap95 translocation rate through Nsp1-coated pores is equal to that for open pores, as we did not observe any significant hindrance of Kap95 translocation by the Nsp1 mesh in the experiment (Figure 4 A,C).

      378: It's a bit strange to present the selectivity ratio as prediction of the model when only BSA translocation rate was simulated (indirectly).

      We agree with the Reviewer that ideally we should also simulate the Kap95 translocation rate to obtain an accurate selectivity measure of the simulated nanopores. However, as the experiments showed very similar Kap95 translocation rates for open pores and Nsp1-coated pores, we believe it is reasonable to take the Kap95 rates for open and Nsp1-pores to be equal.

      Figure 5C and lines 397: I am a bit confused how is this consistent with Figure 4D?

      Figure 5C and figure 4D both display the same experimental data, where 4D only focuses on a low diameter regime. In relation to line 397 (now 407), the Nsp1 mesh within the 60-nm pore dynamically switches between closed configurations and configurations with an open channel. When taking the temporal average of these configurations, we find that the translocation rate is higher than for a closed pore but lower than for a fully open pore. The stochastic opening and closing of the Nup mesh results in the continuous increase of the translocation rates with increasing diameter, which is in contrast to a step-wise increase that would be expected from an instantaneous collapse of the Nsp1 mesh at a certain pore diameter.

      428-439: Please discuss the differences from Jovanovic-Talisman 2009.

      How our results for a Kap95 induced change of the BSA translocation rate are related to previous literature is discussed extensively in the lines 598-620.

      440: How many Kaps are in the pore at different concentrations?

      This is a very interesting question that we were, unfortunately, not able to answer within the scope of this project. With our fluorescent based methods we could not determine this number because the excitation light does not reach well into the nanopore.

      In our previous work on Nsp1-coated SiN nanopores using conductance measurements, we quantified the drop in conductance at increasing concentrations of Kap95 (Fragasso et al., 2023, NanoResearch, http://dx.doi.org/10.1007/s12274-022-4647-1). From this, we estimated that on average ~20 Kap95 molecules are present in a pore with a diameter of 55 nm at a bulk concentration of 2 µM. In these experiments, however, the height of the pore was only ~20 nm, which is much lower compared to 100 nm long channel used here, and the grafting density of 1 per 21 nm2 was high compared to the grafting density here of 1 per 300 nm2. Assuming that the Kap95 occupancy scales linearly with the number of binding sites (FG repeats) in the vicinity of the pore, and hence the amount of Nsp1 molecules bound to the pore, we would expect approximately ~7 Kap95 molecules in a pore of similar diameter under saturating (> 1 µM) concentrations.

      On the other hand, the simulations showed that the density of Nsp1 within the pore is equal to the density within the 20-nm thick SiN pores (line 380). For the longer channel and lower grafting density used here, Nsp1 was also more constrained to the pore compared to thinner pores used in previous studies (Fragasso et al., 2023, NanoResearch), where the grafted protein spilled out from the nanopores. Thus assuming that the Kap95 occupancy depends on the protein density in the pore volume rather than the total protein amount grafted to the pore walls, we would estimate a number of 100 Kap95 molecules per pore.

      These varying numbers already show that we cannot accurately provide an estimate of the Kap95 occupancy within the pore from our data due to limitations of the ZMW approach.

      445: how is this related to the BSA translocation increase?

      For the calculation of the selectivity ratio, we assumed the normalized Kap95 translocation rate to be independent of the Kap95 concentration. Hence, the observed trends of the selectivity ratios at different concentrations of Kap95, as shown in Figure 6 D, are solely due to a change in the BSA translocation rate at different concentrations of Kap95, as given in Figure 6 B,C.

      462-481: it's a bit confusing how this interfaces with the "void" analysis ( see my previous comments)

      We agree that the phenomenological descriptions in terms of transient openings (small, dynamic voids) that for larger pores become a constantly opened channel (a single large, static void) might cause some confusion to the reader. In the last part of the results, we aimed to relate the loss of the BSA rate to a change of the Nsp1 mesh. We acknowledge that the model of a rim of Nsp1 and an open center described in Figure 5F is highly simplifying . We now explain this in the revised paper at lines 483-486 by referring to an effective layer thickness which holds true under the simplifying assumption of a central transport channel.

      Figure 6D: I think the illustration of the effect of kaps on the brush is somewhat misleading: at low pore diameters, it is possible that the opposite happens: the kaps concentrate the polymers towards the center of the pore. It should be also made clear that there are no kaps in simulations (if I understand correctly?)

      Indeed, at small pore diameters we think it would be possible to observe what the Reviewer describes. The illustration should only indicate what we think is happening for large pore diameters where we observed the opening of a central channel. To avoid confusion, we now shifted the sketches to panel G where the effective layer thickness is discussed.

      Indeed, as stated in lines 331-340 no Kap95 or BSA molecules were present in the simulations. We have now clarified this point in lines 872-876.

      518: Please provide more explanation on the role of hydrodynamics pressure.

      We have now performed additional experiments and quantified the effect of the pressure to be a ~5% reduction of the event rates, as described in the answer to a previous question above.  

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      No experiments have been performed with the Ran-Mix regeneration system. It would be beneficial to add Ran-Mix to the trans compartment and see how this would affect Kap95 translocation events frequency and passive cargo diffusion. As the authors note in their outlook, this setup offers an advantage in using Ran-Mix and thus could also be considered here or in a future follow-up study.

      We thank the Reviewer for this suggestion. We think, however, that it is beyond the scope of this paper and an interesting subject for a follow-up study.

    1. Author Response

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      eLife assessment:

      This important study represents a comprehensive computational analysis of Plasmodium falciparum gene expression, with a focus on var gene expression, in parasites isolated from patients; it assesses changes that occur as the parasites adapt to short-term in vitro culture conditions. The work provides technical advances to update a previously developed computational pipeline. Although the findings of the shifts in the expression of particular var genes have theoretical or practical implications beyond a single subfield, the results are incomplete and the main claims are only partially supported.

      The authors would like to thank the reviewers and editors for their insightful and constructive assessment. We particularly appreciate the statement that our work provides a technical advance of our computational pipeline given that this was one of our main aims. To address the editorial criticisms, we have rephrased and restructured the manuscript to ensure clarity of results and to support our main claims. For the same reason, we removed the var transcript differential expression analysis, as this led to confusion.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1:

      The authors took advantage of a large dataset of transcriptomic information obtained from parasites recovered from 35 patients. In addition, parasites from 13 of these patients were reared for 1 generation in vivo, 10 for 2 generations, and 1 for a third generation. This provided the authors with a remarkable resource for monitoring how parasites initially adapt to the environmental change of being grown in culture. They focused initially on var gene expression due to the importance of this gene family for parasite virulence, then subsequently assessed changes in the entire transcriptome. Their goal was to develop a more accurate and informative computational pipeline for assessing var gene expression and secondly, to document the adaptation process at the whole transcriptome level.

      Overall, the authors were largely successful in their aims. They provide convincing evidence that their new computational pipeline is better able to assemble var transcripts and assess the structure of the encoded PfEMP1s. They can also assess var gene switching as a tool for examining antigenic variation. They also documented potentially important changes in the overall transcriptome that will be important for researchers who employ ex vivo samples for assessing things like drug sensitivity profiles or metabolic states. These are likely to be important tools and insights for researchers working on field samples.

      One concern is that the abstract highlights "Unpredictable var gene switching..." and states that "Our results cast doubt on the validity of the common practice of using short-term cultured parasites...". This seems somewhat overly pessimistic with regard to var gene expression profiling and does not reflect the data described in the paper. In contrast, the main text of the paper repeatedly refers to "modest changes in var gene expression repertoire upon culture" or "relatively small changes in var expression from ex vivo to culture", and many additional similar assessments. On balance, it seems that transition to culture conditions causes relatively minor changes in var gene expression, at least in the initial generations. The authors do highlight that a few individuals in their analysis showed more pronounced and unpredictable changes, which certainly warrants caution for future studies but should not obscure the interesting observation that var gene expression remained relatively stable during transition to culture.

      Thank you for this comment. We were happy to modify the wording in the abstract to have consistency with the results presented by highlighting that modest but unpredictable var gene switching was observed while substantial changes were found in the core transcriptome. Moreover, any differences observed in core transcriptome between ex vivo samples from naïve and pre-exposed patients are diminished after one cycle of cultivation making inferences about parasite biology in vivo impossible.

      Therefore, – to our opinion – the statement in the last sentence is well supported by the data presented.

      Line 43–47: “Modest but unpredictable var gene switching and convergence towards var2csa were observed in culture, along with differential expression of 19% of the core transcriptome between paired ex vivo and generation 1 samples. Our results cast doubt on the validity of the common practice of using short-term cultured parasites to make inferences about in vivo phenotype and behaviour.” Nevertheless, we would like to note that this study was in a unique position to assess changes at the individual patient level as we had successive parasite generations. This comparison is not done in most cross-sectional studies and therefore these small, unpredictable changes in the var transcriptome are missed.

      Reviewer #2:

      In this study, the authors describe a pipeline to sequence expressed var genes from RNA sequencing that improves on a previous one that they had developed. Importantly, they use this approach to determine how var gene expression changes with short-term culture. Their finding of shifts in the expression of particular var genes is compelling and casts some doubt on the comparability of gene expression in short-term culture versus var expression at the time of participant sampling. The authors appear to overstate the novelty of their pipeline, which should be better situated within the context of existing pipelines described in the literature.

      Other studies have relied on short-term culture to understand var gene expression in clinical malaria studies. This study indicates the need for caution in over-interpreting findings from these studies.

      The novel method of var gene assembly described by the authors needs to be appropriately situated within the context of previous studies. They neglect to mention several recent studies that present transcript-level novel assembly of var genes from clinical samples. It is important for them to situate their work within this context and compare and contrast it accordingly. A table comparing all existing methods in terms of pros and cons would be helpful to evaluate their method.

      We are grateful for this suggestion and agree that a table comparing the pros and cons of all existing methods would be helpful for the general reader and also highlight the key advantages of our new approach. A table comparing previous methods for var gene and transcript characterisation has been added to the manuscript and is referenced in the introduction (line 107).

      Author response table 1.

      Comparison of previous var assembly approaches based on DNA- and RNA-sequencing.

      Reviewer #3:

      This work focuses on the important problem of how to access the highly polymorphic var gene family using short-read sequence data. The approach that was most successful, and utilized for all subsequent analyses, employed a different assembler from their prior pipeline, and impressively, more than doubles the N50 metric.

      The authors then endeavor to utilize these improved assemblies to assess differential RNA expression of ex vivo and short-term cultured samples, and conclude that their results "cast doubt on the validity" of using short-term cultured parasites to infer in vivo characteristics. Readers should be aware that the various approaches to assess differential expression lack statistical clarity and appear to be contradictory. Unfortunately, there is no attempt to describe the rationale for the different approaches and how they might inform one another.

      It is unclear whether adjusting for life-cycle stage as reported is appropriate for the var-only expression models. The methods do not appear to describe what type of correction variable (continuous/categorical) was used in each model, and there is no discussion of the impact on var vs. core transcriptome results.

      We agree with the reviewer that the different methods and results of the var transcriptome analysis can be difficult to reconcile. To address this, we have included a summary table with a brief description of the rationale and results of each approach in our analysis pipeline.

      Author response table 2.

      Summary of the different levels of analysis performed to assess the effect of short-term parasite culturing on var and core gene expression, their rational, method, results, and interpretation.

      Additionally, the var transcript differential expression analysis was removed from the manuscript, because this study was in a unique position to perform a more focused analysis of var transcriptional changes across paired samples, meaning the per-patient approach was more suitable. This allowed for changes in the var transcriptome to be identified that would have gone unnoticed in the traditional differential expression analysis.

      We thank the reviewer for his highly important comment about adjusting for life cycle stage. Var gene expression is highly stage-dependent, so any quantitative comparison between samples does need adjustment for developmental stage. All life cycle stage adjustments were done using the mixture model proportions to be consistent with the original paper, described in the results and methods sections:

      • Line 219–221: “Due to the potential confounding effect of differences in stage distribution on gene expression, we adjusted for developmental stage determined by the mixture model in all subsequent analyses.”

      • Line 722–725: “Var gene expression is highly stage dependent, so any quantitative comparison between samples needs adjustment for developmental stage. The life cycle stage proportions determined from the mixture model approach were used for adjustment.“

      The rank-expression analysis did not have adjustment for life cycle stage as the values were determined as a percentage contribution to the total var transcriptome. The var group level and the global var gene expression analyses were adjusted for life cycle stages, by including them as an independent variable, as described in the results and methods sections.

      Var group expression:

      • Line 321–326: “Due to these results, the expression of group A var genes vs. group B and C var genes was investigated using a paired analysis on all the DBLα (DBLα1 vs DBLα0 and DBLα2) and NTS (NTSA vs NTSB) sequences assembled from ex vivo samples and across multiple generations in culture. A linear model was created with group A expression as the response variable, the generation and life cycle stage as independent variables and the patient information included as a random effect. The same was performed using group B and C expression levels.“

      • Line 784–787: “DESeq2 normalisation was performed, with patient identity and life cycle stage proportions included as covariates and differences in the amounts of var transcripts of group A compared with groups B and C assessed (Love et al., 2014). A similar approach was repeated for NTS domains.”

      Gobal var gene expression:

      • Line 342–347: “A linear model was created (using only paired samples from ex vivo and generation 1) (Supplementary file 1) with proportion of total gene expression dedicated to var gene expression as the response variable, the generation and life cycle stage as independent variables and the patient information included as a random effect. This model showed no significant differences between generations, suggesting that differences observed in the raw data may be a consequence of small changes in developmental stage distribution in culture.”

      • Line 804–806: “Significant differences in total var gene expression were tested by constructing a linear model with the proportion of gene expression dedicated to var gene expression as the response variable, the generation and life cycle stage as an independent variables and the patient identity included as a random effect.“

      The analysis of the conserved var gene expression was adjusted for life cycle stage:

      • Line 766–768: “For each conserved gene, Salmon normalised read counts (adjusted for life cycle stage) were summed and expression compared across the generations using a pairwise Wilcoxon rank test.”

      And life cycle stage estimates were included as covariates in the design matrix for the domain differential expression analysis:

      • Line 771–773: “DESeq2 was used to test for differential domain expression, with five expected read counts in at least three patient isolates required, with life cycle stage and patient identity used as covariates.”

      Reviewer #1:

      1. In the legend to Figure 1, the authors cite "Deitsch and Hviid, 2004" for the classification of different var gene types. This is not the best reference for this work. Better citations would be Kraemer and Smith, Mol Micro, 2003 and Lavstsen et al, Malaria J, 2003.

      We agree and have updated the legend in Figure 1 with these references, consistent with the references cited in the introduction.

      1. In Figures 2 and 3, each of the boxes in the flow charts are largely filled with empty space while the text is nearly too small to read. Adjusting the size of the text would improve legibility.

      We have increased the size of the text in these figures.

      1. My understanding of the computational method for assessing global var gene expression indicates an initial step of identifying reads containing the amino acid sequence LARSFADIG. It is worth noting that VAR2CSA does not contain this motif. Will the pipeline therefore miss expression of this gene, and if so, how does this affect the assessment of global var gene assessment? This seems relevant given that the authors detect increased expression of var2csa during adaptation to culture.

      To address this question, we have added an explanation in the methods section to better explain our analysis. Var2csa was not captured in the global var gene expression analysis, but was analyzed separately because of its unique properties (conservation, proposed role in regulating var gene switching, slightly divergent timing of expression, translational repression).

      • Line 802/3: “Var2csa does not contain the LARSFADIG motif, hence this quantitative analysis of global var gene expression excluded var2csa (which was analysed separately).”
      1. In Figures 4 and 7, panels a and b display virtually identical PCA plots, with the exception that panel A displays more generations. Why are both panels included? There doesn't appear to be any additional information provided by panel B.

      We agree and have removed Figure 7b for the core transcriptome PCA as it did not provide any new information. The var transcript differential analysis (displayed in Figure 4) has been removed from the manuscript.

      1. On line 560-567, the authors state "However, the impact of short-term culture was the most apparent at the var transcript level and became less clear at higher levels." What are the high levels being referred to here?

      We have replaced this sentence to make it clearer what the different levels are (global var gene expression, var domain and var type).

      • Line 526/7: “However, the impact of short-term culture was the most apparent at the var transcript level and became less clear at the var domain, var type and global var gene expression level.”

      Reviewer #2:

      The authors make no mention or assessment of previously published var gene assembly methods from clinical samples that focus on genomic or transcriptomic approaches. These include:

      https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/28351419/

      https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/34846163/

      These methods should be compared to the method for var gene assembly outlined by the co-authors, especially as the authors say that their method "overcomes previous limitations and outperforms current methods" (128-129). The second reference above appears to be a method to measure var expression in clinical samples and so should be particularly compared to the approach outlined by the authors.

      Thank you for pointing this out. We have included the second reference in the introduction of our revised manuscript, where we refer to var assembly and quantification from RNA-sequencing data. We abstained from including the first paper in this paragraph (Dara et al., 2017) as it describes a var gene assembly pipeline and not a var transcript assembly pipeline.

      • Line 101–105: “While approaches for var assembly and quantification based on RNA-sequencing have recently been proposed (Wichers et al., 2021; Stucke et al., 2021; Andrade et al., 2020; TonkinHill et al., 2018, Duffy et al., 2016), these still produce inadequate assembly of the biologically important N-terminal domain region, have a relatively high number of misassemblies and do not provide an adequate solution for handling the conserved var variants (Table S1).”

      Additionally, we have updated the manuscript with a table (Table S1) comparing these two methods plus other previously used var transcript/gene assembly approaches (see comment to the public reviews).

      But to address this particular comment in more detail, the first paper (Dara et al., 2017) is a var gene assembly pipeline and not a var transcript assembly pipeline. It is based on assembling var exon 1 from unfished whole genome assemblies of clinical samples and requires a prior step for filtering out human DNA. The authors used two different assemblers, Celera for short reads (which is no longer maintained) and Sprai for long reads (>2000bp), but found that Celera performed worse than Sprai, and subsequently used Sprai assemblies. Therefore, this method does not appear to be suitable for assembling short reads from RNA-seq.

      The second paper (Stucke et al. 2021) focusses more on enriching for parasite RNA, which precedes assembly. The capture method they describe would complement downstream analysis of var transcript assembly with our pipeline. Their assembly pipeline is similar to our pipeline as they also performed de novo assembly on all P. falciparum mapping and non-human mapping reads and used the same assembler (but with different parameters). They clustered sequences using the same approach but at 90% sequence identity as opposed to 99% sequence identity using our approach. Then, Stucke et al. use 500nt as a cut-off as opposed to the more stringent filtering approach used in our approach. They annotated their de novo assembled transcripts with the known amino acid sequences used in their design of the capture array; our approach does not assume prior information on the var transcripts. Finally, their approach was validated only for its ability to recover the most highly expressed var transcript in 6 uncomplicated malaria samples, and they did not assess mis-assemblies in their approach.

      For the methods (619–621), were erythrocytes isolated by Ficoll gradient centrifugation at the time of collection or later?

      We have updated the methods section to clarify this.

      • Line 586–588: “Blood was drawn and either immediately processed (#1, #2, #3, #4, #11, #12, #14, #17, #21, #23, #28, #29, #30, #31, #32) or stored overnight at 4oC until processing (#5, #6, #7, #9, #10, #13, #15, #16, #18, #19, #20, #22, #24, #25, #26, #27, #33).”

      Was the current pipeline and assembly method assessed for var chimeras? This should be described.

      Yes, this was quantified in the Pf 3D7 dataset and also assessed in the German traveler dataset. For the 3D7 dataset it is described in the result section and Figure S1.

      • Line 168–174: “However, we found high accuracies (> 0.95) across all approaches, meaning the sequences we assembled were correct (Figure 2 – Figure supplement 1b). The whole transcript approach also performed the best when assembling the lower expressed var genes (Figure 2 – Figure supplement 1e) and produced the fewest var chimeras compared to the original approach on P. falciparum 3D7. Fourteen misassemblies were observed with the whole transcript approach compared to 19 with the original approach (Table S2). This reduction in misassemblies was particularly apparent in the ring-stage samples.” - Figure S1:

      Author response image 1.

      Performance of novel computational pipelines for var assembly on Plasmodium falciparum 3D7: The three approaches (whole transcript: blue, domain approach: orange, original approach: green) were applied to a public RNA-seq dataset (ENA: PRJEB31535) of the intra-erythrocytic life cycle stages of 3 biological replicates of cultured P. falciparum 3D7, sampled at 8-hour intervals up until 40hrs post infection (bpi) and then at 4-hour intervals up until 48 (Wichers al., 2019). Boxplots show the data from the 3 biological replicates for each time point in the intra-erythrocytic life cycle: a) alignment scores for the dominantly expressed var gene (PF3D7_07126m), b) accuracy scores for the dominantly var gene (PF3D7_0712600), c) number of contigs to assemble the dominant var gene (PF3D7_0712600), d) alignment scores for a middle ranking expressed vargene (PF3D7_0937800), e) alignment scores for the lowest expressed var gene (PF3D7_0200100). The first best blast hit (significance threshold = le-10) was chosen for each contig. The alignment score was used to evaluate the each method. The alignment score represents √accuracy* recovery. The accuracy is the proportion of bases that are correct in the assembled transcript and the recovery reflects what proportion of the true transcript was assembled. Assembly completeness of the dominant vargene (PF3D7 071200, length = 6648nt) for the three approaches was assessed for each biological f) biological replicate 1, g) biological replicate 2, h) biological replicate 3. Dotted lines represent the start and end of the contigs required to assemble the vargene. Red bars represent assembled sequences relative to the dominantly whole vargene sequence, where we know the true sequence (termed “reference transcript”).

      For the ex vivo samples, this has been discussed in the result section and now we also added this information to Table 1.

      • Line 182/3: “Remarkably, with the new whole transcript method, we observed a significant decrease (2 vs 336) in clearly misassembled transcripts with, for example, an N-terminal domain at an internal position.”

      • Table 1:

      Author response table 3.

      Statistics for the different approaches used to assemble the var transcripts. Var assembly approaches were applied to malaria patient ex vivo samples (n=32) from (Wichers et al., 2021) and statistics determined. Given are the total number of assembled var transcripts longer than 500 nt containing at least one significantly annotated var domain, the maximum length of the longest assembled var transcript in nucleotides and the N50 value, respectively. The N50 is defined as the sequence length of the shortest var contig, with all var contigs greater than or equal to this length together accounting for 50% of the total length of concatenated var transcript assemblies. Misassemblies represents the number of misassemblies for each approach. **Number of misassemblies were not determined for the domain approach due to its poor performance in other metrics.

      Line 432: "the core gene transcriptome underwent a greater change relative to the var transcriptome upon transition to culture." Can this be shown statistically? It's unclear whether the difference in the sizes of the respective pools of the core genome and the var genes may account for this observation.

      We found 19% of the core transcriptome to be differentially expressed. The per patient var transcript analysis revealed individually highly variable but generally rather subtle changes in the var transcriptome. The different methods for assessing this make it difficult to statistically compare these two different results.

      The feasibility of this approach for field samples should be discussed in the Discussion.

      In the original manuscript we reflected on this already several times in the discussion (e.g., line 465/6; line 471–475; line 555–568). We now have added another two sentences at the end of the paragraph starting in line 449 to address this point. It reads now:

      • Line 442–451: “Our new approach used the most geographically diverse reference of var gene sequences to date, which improved the identification of reads derived from var transcripts. This is crucial when analysing patient samples with low parasitaemia where var transcripts are hard to assemble due to their low abundancy (Guillochon et al., 2022). Our approach has wide utility due to stable performance on both laboratory-adapted and clinical samples. Concordance in the different var expression profiling approaches (RNA-sequencing and DBLα-tag) on ex vivo samples increased using the new approach by 13%, when compared to the original approach (96% in the whole transcript approach compared to 83% in Wichers et al., 2021. This suggests the new approach provides a more accurate method for characterising var genes, especially in samples collected directly from patients. Ultimately, this will allow a deeper understanding of relationships between var gene expression and clinical manifestations of malaria.”

      MINOR

      The plural form of PfEMP1 (PfEMP1s) is inconsistently used throughout the text.

      Corrected.

      404-405: statistical test for significance?

      Thank you for this suggestion. We have done two comparisons between the original analysis from Wichers et al., 2021 and our new whole transcript approach to test concordance of the RNAseq approaches with the DBLα-tag approach using paired Wilcoxon tests. These comparisons suggest that our new approach has significantly increased concordance with DBLα-tag data and might be better at capturing all expressed DBLα domains than the original analysis (and the DBLα-approach), although not statistically significant. We describe this now in the result section.

      • Line 352–361: “Overall, we found a high agreement between the detected DBLα-tag sequences and the de novo assembled var transcripts. A median of 96% (IQR: 93–100%) of all unique DBLα-tag sequences detected with >10 reads were found in the RNA-sequencing approach. This is a significant improvement on the original approach (p= 0.0077, paired Wilcoxon test), in which a median of 83% (IQR: 79–96%) was found (Wichers et al., 2021). To allow for a fair comparison of the >10 reads threshold used in the DBLα-tag approach, the upper 75th percentile of the RNA-sequencingassembled DBLα domains were analysed. A median of 77.4% (IQR: 61–88%) of the upper 75th percentile of the assembled DBLα domains were found in the DBLα-tag approach. This is a lower median percentage than the median of 81.3% (IQR: 73–98%) found in the original analysis (p= 0.28, paired Wilcoxon test) and suggests the new assembly approach is better at capturing all expressed DBLα domains.”

      Figure 4: The letters for the figure panels need to be added.

      The figure has been removed from the manuscript.

      Reviewer #3:

      It is difficult from Table S2 to determine how many unique var transcripts would have enough coverage to be potentially assembled from each sample. It seems unlikely that 455 distinct vars (~14 per sample) would be expressed at a detectable level for assembly. Why not DNA-sequence these samples to get the full repertoire for comparison to RNA? Why would so many distinct transcripts be yielded from fairly synchronous samples?

      We know from controlled human malaria infections of malaria-naive volunteers, that most var genes present in the genomic repertoire of the parasite strain are expressed at the onset of the human blood phase (heterogenous var gene expression) (Wang et al., 2009; Bachmann et al, 2016; Wichers-Misterek et al., 2023). This pattern shifts to a more restricted, homogeneous var expression pattern in semi-immune individuals (expression of few variants) depending on the degree of immunity (Bachmann et al., 2019).

      Author response image 2.

      In this cohort, 15 first-time infections are included, which should also possess a more heterogenous var gene expression in comparison to the pre-exposed individuals, and indeed such a trend is already seen in the number of different DBLa-tag clusters found in both patient groups (see figure panel from Wichers et al. 2021: blue-first-time infections; grey–pre-exposed). Moreover, Warimwe et al. 2013 have shown that asymptomatic infections have a more homogeneous var expression in comparison to symptomatic infections. Therefore, we expect that parasites from symptomatic infections have a heterogenous var expression pattern with multiple var gene variants expressed, which we could assemble due to our high read depth and our improved var assembly pipeline for even low expressed variants.

      Moreover, the distinct transcripts found in the RNA-seq approach were confirmed with the DBLα tag data. To our opinion, previous approaches may have underestimated the complexity of the var transcriptome in less immune individuals.

      Mapping reads to these 455 putative transcripts and using this count matrix for differential expression analysis seems very unlikely to produce reliable results. As acknowledged on line 327, many reads will be mis-mapped, and perhaps most challenging is that most vars will not be represented in most samples. In other words, even if mapping were somehow perfect, one would expect a sparse matrix that would not be suitable for statistical comparisons between groups. This is likely why the per-patient transcript analysis doesn't appear to be consistent. I would recommend the authors remove the DE sections utilizing this approach, or add convincing evidence that the count matrix is useable.

      We agree that this is a general issue of var differential expression analysis. Therefore, we have removed the var differential expression analysis from this manuscript as the per patient approach was more appropriate for the paired samples. We validated different mapping strategies (new Figure S6) and included a paragraph discussing the problem in the result section:

      • Line 237–255: “In the original approach of Wichers et al., 2021, the non-core reads of each sample used for var assembly were mapped against a pooled reference of assembled var transcripts from all samples, as a preliminary step towards differential var transcript expression analysis. This approach returned a small number of var transcripts which were expressed across multiple patient samples (Figure 3 – Figure supplement 2a). As genome sequencing was not available, it was not possible to know whether there was truly overlap in var genomic repertoires of the different patient samples, but substantial overlap was not expected. Stricter mapping approaches (for example, excluding transcripts shorter than 1500nt) changed the resulting var expression profiles and produced more realistic scenarios where similar var expression profiles were generated across paired samples, whilst there was decreasing overlap across different patient samples (Figure 3 – Figure supplement 2b,c). Given this limitation, we used the paired samples to analyse var gene expression at an individual subject level, where we confirmed the MSP1 genotypes and alleles were still present after short-term in vitro cultivation. The per patient approach showed consistent expression of var transcripts within samples from each patient but no overlap of var expression profiles across different patients (Figure 3 – Figure supplement 2d). Taken together, the per patient approach was better suited for assessing var transcriptional changes in longitudinal samples. It has been hypothesised that more conserved var genes in field isolates increase parasite fitness during chronic infections, necessitating the need to correctly identify them (Dimonte et al., 2020, Otto et al., 2019). Accordingly, further work is needed to optimise the pooled sample approach to identify truly conserved var transcripts across different parasite isolates in cross-sectional studies.” - Figure S6:

      Author response image 3.

      Var expression profiles across different mapping. Different mapping approaches Were used to quantify the Var expression profiles of each sample (ex Vivo (n=13), generation I (n=13), generation 2 (n=10) and generation 3 (n=l). The pooled sample approach in Which all significantly assembled van transcripts (1500nt and containing3 significantly annotated var domains) across samples were combined into a reference and redundancy was removed using cd-hit (at sequence identity = 99%) (a—c). The non-core reads of each sample were mapped to this pooled reference using a) Salmon, b) bowtie2 filtering for uniquely mapping paired reads with MAPQ and c) bowtie2 filtering for uniquely mapping paired reads with a MAPQ > 20. d) The per patient approach was applied. For each patient, the paired ex vivo and in vitro samples were analysed. The assembled var transcripts (at least 1500nt and containing3 significantly annotated var domains) across all the generations for a patient were combined into a reference, redundancy was removed using cd-hit (at sequence identity: 99%), and expression was quantified using Salmon. Pie charts show the var expression profile With the relative size of each slice representing the relative percentage of total var gene expression of each var transcript. Different colours represent different assembled var transcripts with the same colour code used across a-d.

      For future cross-sectional studies a per patient analysis that attempts to group per patient assemblies on some unifying structure (e.g., domain, homology blocks, domain cassettes etc) should be performed.

      Line 304. I don't understand the rationale for comparing naïve vs. prior-exposed individuals at ex-vivo and gen 1 timepoints to provide insights into how reliable cultured parasites are as a surrogate for var expression in vivo. Further, the next section (per patient) appears to confirm the significant limitation of the 'all sample analysis' approach. The conclusion on line 319 is not supported by the results reported in figures S9a and S9b, nor is the bold conclusion in the abstract about "casting doubt" on experiments utilizing culture adapted

      We have removed this comparison from the manuscript due to the inconsistencies with the var per patient approach. However, the conclusion in the abstract has been rephrased to reflect the fact we observed 19% of the core transcript differentially expressed within one cycle of cultivation.

      Line 372/391 (and for the other LMM descriptions). I believe you mean to say response variable, rather than explanatory variable. Explanatory variables are on the right hand side of the equation.

      Thank you for spotting this inaccuracy, we changed it to “response variable” (line 324, line 343, line 805).

      Line 467. Similar to line 304, why would comparisons of naïve vs. prior-exposed be informative about surrogates for in vivo studies? Without a gold-standard for what should be differentially expressed between naïve and prior-exposed in vivo, it doesn't seem prudent to interpret a drop in the number of DE genes for this comparison in generation 1 as evidence that biological signal for this comparison is lost. What if the generation 1 result is actually more reflective of the true difference in vivo, but the ex vivo samples are just noisy? How do we know? Why not just compare ex vivo vs generation 1/2 directly (as done in the first DE analysis), and then you can comment on the large number of changes as samples are less and less proximal to in vivo?

      In the original paper (Wichers et al., 2021), there were differences between the core transcriptome of naïve vs previously exposed patients. However, these differences appeared to diminish in vitro, suggesting the in vivo core transcriptome is not fully maintained in vitro.

      We have added a sentence explaining the reasoning behind this analysis in the results section:

      • Lines 414–423: “In the original analysis of ex vivo samples, hundreds of core genes were identified as significantly differentially expressed between pre-exposed and naïve malaria patients. We investigated whether these differences persisted after in vitro cultivation. We performed differential expression analysis comparing parasite isolates from naïve (n=6) vs pre-exposed (n=7) patients, first between their ex vivo samples, and then between the corresponding generation 1 samples. Interestingly, when using the ex vivo samples, we observed 206 core genes significantly upregulated in naïve patients compared to pre-exposed patients (Figure 7 – Figure supplement 3a). Conversely, we observed no differentially expressed genes in the naïve vs pre-exposed analysis of the paired generation 1 samples (Figure 7 – Figure supplement 3b). Taken together with the preceding findings, this suggests one cycle of cultivation shifts the core transcriptomes of parasites to be more alike each other, diminishing inferences about parasite biology in vivo.”

      Overall, I found the many DE approaches very frustrating to interpret coherently. If not dropped in revision, the reader would benefit from a substantial effort to clarify the rationale for each approach, and how each result fits together with the other approaches and builds to a concise conclusion.

      We agree that the manuscript contains many different complex layers of analysis and that it is therefore important to explain the rationale for each approach. Therefore, we now included the summary Table 3 (see comment to public review). Additionally, we have removed the var transcript differential expression due to its limitations, which we hope has already streamlined our manuscript.

    1. Author Response

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      We sincerely thank the reviewers for their in-depth consideration of our manuscript and their helpful reviews. Their efforts have made the paper much better. We have responded to each point. The previously provided public responses have been updated they are included after the private response for convenience.

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      1. In general, the manuscript will benefit from copy editing and proof reading. Some obvious edits;

      2. Page 6 line 140. Do the authors mean Cholera toxin B?

      Response: We corrected this error and went through the entire paper carefully correcting for grammar and increased clarity.

      • Page 8 line 173. Methylbetacyclodextrin is misspelled.

      Response: Yes, corrected.

      • Figure 4c is missing representative traces for electrophysiology data.

      • Figure 4. Please check labeling ordering in figure legend as it does not match the panels in the figure.

      Thank you for the correction and we apologize for the confusion in figure 4. We uploaded an incomplete figure legend, and the old panel ‘e’ was not from an experiment that was still in the figure. It was removed and the figure legends are now corrected.

      • Please mention the statistical analysis used in all figure legends.

      Response: Thank you for pointing out this omission, statistics have been added.

      • Although the schematics in each figure helps guide readers, they are very inconsistent and sometimes confusing. For example, in Figure 5 the gating model is far-reaching without conclusive evidence, whereas in Figure 6 it is over simplified and unclear what the image is truly representing (granted that the downstream signaling mechanism and channel is not known).

      Response: Figure 5d is the summary figure for the entire paper. We have made this clearer in the figure legend and we deleted the title above the figure that gave the appearance that the panel relates to swell only. It is the proposed model based on what we show in the paper and what is known about the activation mechanism of TREK-1.

      Figure 6 is supposed to be simple. It is to help the reader understand that when PA is low mechanical sensitivity is high. Without the graphic, previous reviewers got confused about threshold going down and mechanosensitivity going up and how the levels of PA relate. Low PA= high sensitivity. We’ve added a downstream effector to the right side of the panel to avoid any biased to a putative downstream channel effector. The purpose of the experiment is to show PLD has a mechanosensitive phenotype in vivo.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      This manuscript outlines some really interesting findings demonstrating a mechanism by which mechanically driven alterations in molecular distributions can influence a) the activity of the PLD2 molecule and subsequently b) the activation of TREK-1 when mechanical inputs are applied to a cell or cell membrane.

      The results presented here suggest that this redistribution of molecules represents a modulatory mechanism that alters either the amplitude or the sensitivity of TREK-1 mediated currents evoked by membrane stretch. While the authors do present values for the pressure required to activate 50% of channels (P50), the data presented provides incomplete evidence to conclude a shift in threshold of the currents, given that many of the current traces provided in the supplemental material do not saturate within the stimulus range, thus limiting the application of a Boltzmann fit to determine the P50. I suggest adding additional context to enable readers to better assess the limitations of this use of the Boltzmann fit to generate a P50, or alternately repeating the experiments to apply stimuli up to lytic pressures to saturate the mechanically evoked currents, enabling use of the Boltzmann function to fit the data.

      Response: We thank the reviewer for pointing this out. We agree the currents did not reach saturation. Hence the term P50 could be misleading, so we have removed it from the paper. We now say “half maximal” current measured from non-saturating pressures of 0-60 mmHg. We also deleted the xPLD data in supplemental figure 3C since there is insufficient current to realistically estimate a half maximal response.

      In my opinion, the conclusions presented in this manuscript would be strengthened by an assessment of the amount of TREK-1 in the plasma membrane pre and post application of shear. While the authors do present imaging data in the supplementary materials, these data are insufficiently precise to comment on expression levels in the membrane. To strengthen this conclusion the authors could conduct cell surface biotinylation assays, as a more sensitive and quantitative measure of membrane localisation of the proteins of interest.

      1. Response: as mentioned previously, we do not have an antibody to the extracellular domain. Nonetheless to better address this concern we directly compared the levels of TREK-1, PIP2, and GM1; in xPLD2, mPLD2, enPLD2 with and without shear. The results are in supplemental figure 2. PLD2 is known to increase endocytosis1 and xPLD2 is known to block both agonist induced and constitutive endocytosis of µ-opioid receptor2. The receptor is trapped on the surface. This is true of many proteins including Rho3, ARF4, and ACE21 among others. In agreement with this mechanism, in Figure S2C,G we show that TREK increases with xPLD and the localization can clearly be seen at the plasma membrane just like in all of the other publications with xPLD overexpression. xPLD2 would be expected to inhibit the basal current but we presume the increased expression likely has compensated and there is sufficient PA and PG from other sources to allow for the basal current. It is in this state that we then conduct our ephys and monitor with a millisecond time resolution and see no activation. We are deriving conclusion from a very clear response—Figure 1b shows almost no current, even at 1-10 ms after applying pressure. There is little pressure current when we know the channel is present and capable of conducting ion (Figure 1d red bar). After shear there is a strong decrease in TREK-1 currents on the membrane in the presence of xPLD2. But it is not less than TREK-1 expression with mPLD2. And since mouse PLD2 has the highest basal current and pressure activation current. The amount of TREK-1 present is sufficient to conduct large current. To have almost no detective current would require at least a 10 fold reduction compared to mPLD2 levels before we would lack the sensitivity to see a channel open. Lasty endocytosis typically in on the order of seconds to minutes, no milliseconds.

      2. We have shown an addition 2 independent ways that TREK-1 is on the membrane during our stretch experiments. Figure 1d shows the current immediately prior to applying pressure for wt TREK-1. When catalytically dead PLD is present (xPLD2) there is almost normal basal current. The channel is clearly present. And then in figure 1a we show within a millisecond there is no pressure current. As a control we added a functionally dead TREK-1 truncation (xTREK). Compared to xPLD2 there is clearly normal basal current. If this is not strong evidence the channel was available on the surface for mechanical activation please help us understand why. And if you think within 2.1 ms 100% of the channel is gone by endocytosis please provide some evidence that this is possible so we can reconsider.

      3. We have TIRF super resolution imaging with ~20 nm x-y resolution and ~ 100nm z resolution and Figure 2b clearly shows the channel on the membrane. When we apply pressure in 1b, the channel is present.

      4. Lastly, In our previous studies we showed activation of PLD2 by anesthetics was responsible for all of TREK-1’s anesthetic sensitivity and this was through PLD2 binding to the C-terminus of TREK-15. We showed this was the case by transferring anesthetic sensitivity to an anesthetic insensitive homolog TRAAK. This established conclusively the basic premise of our mechanism. Here we show the same C-terminal region and PLD2 are responsible for the mechanical current observed by TREK-1. TRAAK is already mechanosensitive so the same chimera will not work for our purposes here. But anesthetic activation and mechanical activation are dramatically different stimuli, and the fact that the role of PLD is robustly observed in both should be considered.

      The authors discuss that the endogenous levels of TREK-1 and PLD2 are "well correlated: in C2C12 cells, that TREK-1 displayed little pair correlation with GM1 and that a "small amount of TREK-1 trafficked to PIP2". As such, these data suggest that the data outlined for HEK293T cells may be hampered by artefacts arising from overexpression. Can TREK-1 currents be activated by membrane stretch in these cells C2C12 cells and are they negatively impacted by the presence of xPLD2? Answering this question would provide more insight into the proposed mechanism of action of PLD2 outlined by the authors in this manuscript. If no differences are noted, the model would be called into question. It could be that there are additional cell-specific factors that further regulate this process.

      Response: The low pair correlation of TREK-1 and GM1 in C2C12 cells was due to insufficient levels of cholesterol in the cell membrane to allow for robust domain formation. In Figure 4b we loaded C2C12 cells with cholesterol using the endogenous cholesterol transport protein apoE and serum (an endogenous source of cholesterol). As can be seen in Fig. 4b, the pair correlation dramatically increased (purple line). This was also true in neuronal cells (N2a) (Fig 4d, purple bar). And shear (3 dynes/cm2) caused the TREK-1 that was in the GM1 domains to leave (red bar) reversing the effect of high cholesterol. This demonstrates our proposed mechanism is working as we expect with endogenously expressed proteins.

      There are many channels in C2C12 cells, it would be difficult to isolate TREK-1 currents, which is why we replicated the entire system (ephys and dSTORM) in HEK cells. Note, in figure 4c we also show that adding cholesterol inhibits TREK-1 whole cell currents in HEK293cells.

      As mentioned in the public review, the behavioural experiments in D. melanogaster can not solely be attributed to a change in threshold. While there may be a change in the threshold to drive a different behaviour, the writing is insufficiently precise to make clear that conclusions cannot be drawn from these experiments regarding the functional underpinnings of this outcome. Are there changes in resting membrane potential in the mutant flys? Alterations in Nav activity? Without controlling for these alternate explanations it is difficult to see what this last piece of data adds to the manuscript, particularly given the lack of TREK-1 in this organism. At the very least, some editing of the text to more clearly indicate that these data can only be used to draw conclusions on the change in threshold for driving the behaviour not the change in threshold of the actual mechanotransduction event (i.e. conversion of the mechanical stimulus into an electrochemical signal).

      Response: We agree; features other than PLDs direct mechanosensitivity are likely contributing. This was shown in figure 6g left side. We have an arrow going to ion channel and to other downstream effectors. We’ve added the putative alteration to downstream effectors to the right side of the panel. This should make it clear that we no more speculate the involvement of a channel than any of the other many potential downstream effectors. As mentioned above, the figure helps the reader coordinate low PA with increased mechanosensitivity. Without the graphic reviewers got confused that PA increased the threshold which corresponds to a decreased sensitivity to pain. Nonetheless we removed our conclusion about fly thresholds from the abstract and made clearer in the main text the lack of mechanism downstream of PLD in flies including endocytosis. Supplemental Figure S2H also helps emphasize this. .

      Nav channels are interesting, and since PLD contribute to endocytosis and Nav channels are also regulated by endocytosis there is likely a PLD specific effect using Nav channels. There are many ways PA likely regulates mechanosensitive thresholds, but we feel Nav is beyond the scope of our paper. Someone else will need to do those studies. We have amended a paragraph in the conclusion which clearly states we do not know the specific mechanism at work here with the suggestions for future research to discover the role of lipid and lipid-modifying enzymes in mechanosensitive neurons.

      There may be fundamental flaws in how the statistics have been conducted. The methods section indicates that all statistical testing was performed with a Student's t-test. A visual scan of many of the data sets in the figures suggests that they are not normally distributed, thus a parametric test such as a Student's t-test is not valid. The authors should assess if each data set is normally distributed, and if not, a non-parametric statistical test should be applied. I recommend assessing the robustness of the statistical analyses and adjusting as necessary.

      Response: We thank the reviewer for pointing this out, indeed there is some asymmetry in Figure 6C-d. The p values with Mann Whitney were slightly improved p=0.016 and p=0.0022 for 6c and 6d respectively. For reference, the students t-test had slightly worse statistics p=0.040 and p=0.0023. The score remained the same 1 and 2 stars respectively.

      The references provided for the statement regarding cascade activation of the TRPs are incredibly out of date. While it is clear that TRPV4 can be activated by a second messenger cascade downstream of osmotic swelling of cells, TRPV4 has also been shown to be activated by mechanical inputs at the cell-substrate interface, even when the second messenger cascade is inhibited. Recommend updating the references to reflect more current understanding of channel activation.

      Response: We thank the reviewer for pointing this out. We have updated the references and changed the comment to “can be” instead of “are”. The reference is more general to multiple ion channel types including KCNQ4. This should avoid any perceived conflict with the cellsubstrate interface mechanism which we very much agree is a correct mechanism for TRP channels.

      Minor comments re text editing etc:

      The central messages of the manuscript would benefit from extensive work to increase the precision of the writing of the manuscript and the presentation of data in the figures, such textual changes alone would help address a number of the concerns outlined in this review, by clarifying some ambiguities. There are numerous errors throughout, ranging from grammatical issues, ambiguities with definitions, lack of scale bars in images, lack of labels on graph axes, lack of clarity due to the mode of presentation of sample numbers (it would be far more precise to indicate specific numbers for each sample rather than a range, which is ambiguous and confusing), unnecessary and repeat information in the methods section. Below are some examples but this list is not exhaustive.

      Response: Thank you, reviewer # 1 also had many of these concerns. We have gone through the entire paper and improved the precision of the writing of the manuscript. We have also added the missing error bar to Figure 6. And axis labels have been added to the inset images. The redundancy in cell culture methods has been removed. Where a range is small and there are lots of values, the exact number of ‘n’ are graphically displayed in the dot plot for each condition.

      Text:

      I recommend considering how to discuss the various aspects of channel activation. A convention in the field is to use mechanical activation or mechanical gating to describe that process where the mechanical stimulus is directly coupled to the channel gating mechanism. This would be the case for the activation of TREK-1 by membrane stretch alone. The increase in activation by PLD2 activity then reflects a modulation of the mechanical activation of the channel, because the relevant gating stimulus is PA, rather than force/stretch. The sum of these events could be described as shear-evoked or mechanically-evoked, TREK-1 mediated currents (thus making it clear that the mechanical stimulus initiates the relevant cascade, but the gating stimulus may be other than direct mechanical input.) Given the interesting and compelling data offered in this manuscript regarding the sensitisation of TREK-1 dependent mechanicallyevoked currents by PLD2, an increase in the precision of the language would help convey the central message of this work.

      Response; We agree there needs to be convention. We have taken the suggestion of mechanically evoked and we suggest the following definitions:

      1. Mechanical activation of PLD2: direct force on the lipids releasing PLD2 from nonactivating lipids.

      2. Mechanical activation/gating of TREK1: direct force from lipids from either tension or hydrophobic mismatch that opens the channel.

      3. Mechanically evoked: a mechanical event that leads to a downstream effect. The effect is mechanically “evoked”.

      4. Spatial patterning/biochemistry: nanoscopic changes in the association of a protein with a nanoscopic lipid cluster or compartment.

      An example of where discussion of mechanical activation is ambiguous in the text is found at line 109: "channel could be mechanically activated by a movement from GM1 to PIP2 lipids." In this case, the sentence could be suggesting that the movement between lipids provides the mechanical input that activates the channel, which is not what the data suggest.

      Response: Were possible we have replaced “movement” with “spatial patterning” and “association” and “dissociation” from specific lipid compartment. This better reflects the data we have in this paper. However, we do think that a movement mechanically activates the channel, GM1 lipids are thick and PIP2 lipids are thin, so movement between the lipids could activate the channel through direct lipid interaction. We will address this aspect in a future paper.

      Inconsistencies with usage:

      • TREK1 versus TREK-1

      Response: corrected to TREK-1

      • mPLD2 versus PLD2

      Response: where PLD2 represents mouse this has been corrected.

      • K758R versus xPLD2

      Response: we replaced K758R in the methods with xPLD2.

      • HEK293T versus HEK293t Response: we have changed all instances to read HEK293T.

      • Drosophila melanogaster and D. melanogaster used inconsistently and in many places incorrectly

      Response: we have read all to read the common name Drosophila.

      Line 173: misspelled methylbetacyclodextrin

      Response corrected

      Line 174: degree symbol missing

      Response corrected

      Line 287: "the decrease in cholesterol likely evolved to further decrease the palmate order in the palmitate binding site"... no evidence, no support for this statement, falsely attributes intention to evolutionary processes .

      Response: we have removed the reference to evolution at the request of the reviewer, it is not necessary. But we do wish to note that to our knowledge, all biological function is scientifically attributed to evolution. The fact that cholesterol decreases in response to shear is evidence alone that the cell evolved to do it.

      Line 307: grammatical error

      Response: the redundant Lipid removed.

      Line 319: overinterpreted - how is the mechanosensitivy of GPCRs explained by this translocation?

      Response: all G-alpha subunits of the GPCR complex are palmitoylated. We showed PLD (which has the same lipidation) is mechanically activated. If the palmitate site is disrupted for PLD2, then it is likely disrupted for every G-alpha subunit as well.

      Line 582: what is the wild type referred to here?

      Response: human full length with a GFP tag.

      Methods:

      • Sincere apologies if I missed something but I do not recall seeing any experiments using purified TREK-1 or flux assays. These details should be removed from the methods section

      Response: Removed.

      • There is significant duplication of detail across the methods (three separate instances of electrophysiology details) these could definitely be consolidated.

      Response: Duplicates removed.

      Figures:

      • Figure 2- b box doesn't correspond to inset. Bottom panel should provide overview image for the cell that was assessed with shear. In bottom panel, circle outlines an empty space.

      Response: We have widened the box slightly to correspond so the non shear box corresponds to the middle panel. We have also added the picture for the whole cell to Fig S2g and outlined the zoom shown in the bottom panel of Fig 2b as requested. The figure is of the top of a cell. We also added the whole cell image of a second sheared cell.

      Author response image 1.

      • Figure 3 b+c: inset graph lacking axis labels

      Response; the inset y axis is the same as the main axis. We added “pair corr. (5nM)” and a description in the figure legend to make this clearer. The purpose of the inset is to show statistical significance at a single point. The contrast has been maximized but without zooming in points can be difficult to see.

      • Figure 5: replicate numbers missing and individual data points lacking in panels b + c, no labels of curve in b + c, insets, unclear what (5 nm) refers to in insets.

      Response: Thank you for pointing out these errors. The N values have been added. Similar to figure 3, the inset is a bar graph of the pair correlation data at 5 nm. A better explanation of the data has been added to the figure legend.

      • Figure 6: no scale bar, no clear membrane localization evident from images presented, panel g offers virtually nothing in terms of insight

      Response: We have added scale bars to figure 6b. Figure 6g is intentionally simplistic, we found that correlating decreased threshold with increased pain was confusing. A previous reviewer claimed our data was inconsistent. The graphic avoids this confusion. We also added negative effects of low PA on downstream effects to the right panel. This helps graphically show we don’t know the downstream effects.

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      Minor suggestions:

      1. line 162, change 'heat' to 'temperature'.

      Response: changed.

      1. in figure 1, it would be helpful to keep the unit for current density consistent among different panels. 1e is a bit confusing: isn't the point of Figure 1 that most of TREK1 activation is not caused by direct force-sensing?

      Response: Yes, the point of figure 1 is to show that in a biological membrane over expressed TREK-1 is a downstream effector of PLD2 mechanosensation which is indirect. We agree the figure legend in the previous version of the paper is very confusing.

      There is almost no PLD2 independent current in our over expressed system, which is represented by no ions in the conduction pathway of the channel despite there being tension on the membrane.

      Purified TREK-1 is only mechanosensitive in a few select lipids, primarily crude Soy PC. It was always assumed that HEK293 and Cos cells had the correct lipids since over expressed TREK-1 responded to mechanical force in these lipids. But that does not appear to be correct, or at least only a small amount of TREK-1 is in the mechanosensitive lipids. Figure 1e graphically shows this. The arrows indicate tension, but the channel isn’t open with xPLD2 present. We added a few sentences to the discussion to further clarify.

      Panels c has different units because the area of the tip was measured whereas in d the resistance of the tip was measured. They are different ways for normalizing for small differences in tip size.

      1. line 178, ~45 of what?

      Response: Cells were fixed for ~30 sec.

      1. line 219 should be Figure 4f?

      Response: thank you, yes Figure 4f.

      Previous public reviews with minor updates.

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      Force sensing and gating mechanisms of the mechanically activated ion channels is an area of broad interest in the field of mechanotransduction. These channels perform important biological functions by converting mechanical force into electrical signals. To understand their underlying physiological processes, it is important to determine gating mechanisms, especially those mediated by lipids. The authors in this manuscript describe a mechanism for mechanically induced activation of TREK-1 (TWIK-related K+ channel. They propose that force induced disruption of ganglioside (GM1) and cholesterol causes relocation of TREK-1 associated with phospholipase D2 (PLD2) to 4,5-bisphosphate (PIP2) clusters, where PLD2 catalytic activity produces phosphatidic acid that can activate the channel. To test their hypothesis, they use dSTORM to measure TREK-1 and PLD2 colocalization with either GM1 or PIP2. They find that shear stress decreases TREK-1/PLD2 colocalization with GM1 and relocates to cluster with PIP2. These movements are affected by TREK-1 C-terminal or PLD2 mutations suggesting that the interaction is important for channel re-location. The authors then draw a correlation to cholesterol suggesting that TREK-1 movement is cholesterol dependent. It is important to note that this is not the only method of channel activation and that one not involving PLD2 also exists. Overall, the authors conclude that force is sensed by ordered lipids and PLD2 associates with TREK-1 to selectively gate the channel. Although the proposed mechanism is solid, some concerns remain.

      1) Most conclusions in the paper heavily depend on the dSTORM data. But the images provided lack resolution. This makes it difficult for the readers to assess the representative images.

      Response: The images were provided are at 300 dpi. Perhaps the reviewer is referring to contrast in Figure 2? We are happy to increase the contrast or resolution.

      As a side note, we feel the main conclusion of the paper, mechanical activation of TREK-1 through PLD2, depended primarily on the electrophysiology in Figure 1b-c, not the dSTORM. But both complement each other.

      2) The experiments in Figure 6 are a bit puzzling. The entire premise of the paper is to establish gating mechanism of TREK-1 mediated by PLD2; however, the motivation behind using flies, which do not express TREK-1 is puzzling.

      Response: The fly experiment shows that PLD mechanosensitivity is more evolutionarily conserved than TREK-1 mechanosensitivity. We have added this observation to the paper.

      -Figure 6B, the image is too blown out and looks over saturated. Unclear whether the resolution in subcellular localization is obvious or not.

      Response: Figure 6B is a confocal image, it is not dSTORM. There is no dSTORM in Figure 6. We have added the error bars to make this more obvious. For reference, only a few cells would fit in the field of view with dSTORM.

      -Figure 6C-D, the differences in activity threshold is 1 or less than 1g. Is this physiologically relevant? How does this compare to other conditions in flies that can affect mechanosensitivity, for example?

      Response: Yes, 1g is physiologically relevant. It is almost the force needed to wake a fly from sleep (1.2-3.2g). See ref 33. Murphy Nature Pro. 2017.

      3) 70mOsm is a high degree of osmotic stress. How confident are the authors that a cell health is maintained under this condition and b. this does indeed induce membrane stretch? For example, does this stimulation activate TREK-1?

      Response: Yes, osmotic swell activates TREK1. This was shown in ref 19 (Patel et al 1998). We agree the 70 mOsm is a high degree of stress. This needs to be stated better in the paper.

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      This manuscript by Petersen and colleagues investigates the mechanistic underpinnings of activation of the ion channel TREK-1 by mechanical inputs (fluid shear or membrane stretch) applied to cells. Using a combination of super-resolution microticopy, pair correlation analysis and electrophysiology, the authors show that the application of shear to a cell can lead to changes in the distribution of TREK-1 and the enzyme PhospholipaseD2 (PLD2), relative to lipid domains defined by either GM1 or PIP2. The activation of TREK-1 by mechanical stimuli was shown to be sensi>zed by the presence of PLD2, but not a catalytically dead xPLD2 mutant. In addition, the activity of PLD2 is increased when the molecule is more associated with PIP2, rather than GM1 defined lipid domains. The presented data do not exclude direct mechanical activation of TREK-1, rather suggest a modulation of TREK-1 activity, increasing sensitivity to mechanical inputs, through an inherent mechanosensitivity of PLD2 activity. The authors additionally claim that PLD2 can regulate transduction thresholds in vivo using Drosophila melanogaster behavioural assays. However, this section of the manuscript overstates the experimental findings, given that it is unclear how the disruption of PLD2 is leading to behavioural changes, given the lack of a TREK-1 homologue in this organism and the lack of supporting data on molecular function in the relevant cells.

      Response: We agree, the downstream effectors of PLD2 mechanosensitivity are not known in the fly. Other anionic lipids have been shown to mediate pain see ref 46 and 47. We do not wish to make any claim beyond PLD2 being an in vivo contributor to a fly’s response to mechanical force. We have removed the speculative conclusions about fly thresholds from the abstract.

      That said we do believe we have established a molecular function at the cellular level. We showed PLD is robustly mechanically activated in a cultured fly cell line (BG2-c2) Figure 6a of the manuscript. And our previous publication established mechanosensation of PLD (Petersen et. al. Nature Com 2016) through mechanical disruption of the lipids. At a minimum, the experiments show PLDs mechanosensitivity is evolutionarily better conserved across species than TREK1.

      This work will be of interest to the growing community of scientists investigating the myriad mechanisms that can tune mechanical sensitivity of cells, providing valuable insight into the role of functional PLD2 in sensi>zing TREK-1 activation in response to mechanical inputs, in some cellular systems.

      The authors convincingly demonstrate that, post application of shear, an alteration in the distribution of TREK-1 and mPLD2 (in HEK293T cells) from being correlated with GM1 defined domains (no shear) to increased correlation with PIP2 defined membrane domains (post shear). These data were generated using super-resolution microticopy to visualise, at sub diffraction resolution, the localisation of labelled protein, compared to labelled lipids. The use of super-resolution imaging enabled the authors to visualise changes in cluster association that would not have been achievable with diffraction limited microticopy. However, the conclusion that this change in association reflects TREK-1 leaving one cluster and moving to another overinterprets these data, as the data were generated from sta>c measurements of fixed cells, rather than dynamic measurements capturing molecular movements.

      When assessing molecular distribution of endogenous TREK-1 and PLD2, these molecules are described as "well correlated: in C2C12 cells" however it is challenging to assess what "well correlated" means, precisely in this context. This limitation is compounded by the conclusion that TREK-1 displayed little pair correlation with GM1 and the authors describe a "small amount of TREK-1 trafficked to PIP2". As such, these data may suggest that the findings outlined for HEK293T cells may be influenced by artefacts arising from overexpression.

      The changes in TREK-1 sensitivity to mechanical activation could also reflect changes in the amount of TREK-1 in the plasma membrane. The authors suggest that the presence of a leak currently accounts for the presence of TREK-1 in the plasma membrane, however they do not account for whether there are significant changes in the membrane localisation of the channel in the presence of mPLD2 versus xPLD2. The supplementary data provide some images of fluorescently labelled TREK-1 in cells, and the authors state that truncating the c-terminus has no effect on expression at the plasma membrane, however these data provide inadequate support for this conclusion. In addition, the data reporting the P50 should be noted with caution, given the lack of saturation of the current in response to the stimulus range.

      Response: We thank the reviewer for his/her concern about expression levels. We did test TREK-1 expression. mPLD decreases TREK-1 expression ~two-fold (see Author response image 2 below). We did not include the mPLD data since TREK-1 was mechanically activated with mPLD. For expression to account for the loss of TREK-1 stretch current (Figure 1b), xPLD would need to block surface expression of TREK-1 prior to stretch. The opposite was true, xPLD2 increased TREK-1 expression (see Figure S2c). Furthermore, we tested the leak current of TREK-1 at 0 mV and 0 mmHg of stretch. Basal leak current was no different with xPLD2 compared to endogenous PLD (Figure 1d; red vs grey bars respectively) suggesting TREK-1 is in the membrane and active when xPLD2 is present. If anything, the magnitude of the effect with xPLD would be larger if the expression levels were equal.

      Author response image 2.

      TREK expression at the plasma membrane. TREK-1 Fluorescence was measured by GFP at points along the plasma membrane. Over expression of mouse PLD2 (mPLD) decrease the amount of full-length TREK-1 (FL TREK) on the surface more than 2-fold compared to endogenously expressed PLD (enPLD) or truncated TREK (TREKtrunc) which is missing the PLD binding site in the C-terminus. Over expression of mPLD had no effect on TREKtrunc.

      Finally, by manipulating PLD2 in D. melanogaster, the authors show changes in behaviour when larvae are exposed to either mechanical or electrical inputs. The depletion of PLD2 is concluded to lead to a reduction in activation thresholds and to suggest an in vivo role for PA lipid signaling in setting thresholds for both mechanosensitivity and pain. However, while the data provided demonstrate convincing changes in behaviour and these changes could be explained by changes in transduction thresholds, these data only provide weak support for this specific conclusion. As the authors note, there is no TREK-1 in D. melanogaster, as such the reported findings could be accounted for by other explanations, not least including potential alterations in the activation threshold of Nav channels required for action potential generation. To conclude that the outcomes were in fact mediated by changes in mechanotransduction, the authors would need to demonstrate changes in receptor potential generation, rather than deriving conclusions from changes in behaviour that could arise from alterations in resting membrane potential, receptor potential generation or the activity of the voltage gated channels required for action potential generation.

      Response: We are willing to restrict the conclusion about the fly behavior as the reviewers see fit. We have shown PLD is mechanosensitivity in a fly cell line, and when we knock out PLD from a fly, the animal exhibits a mechanosensation phenotype. We tried to make it clear in the figure and in the text that we have no evidence of a particular mechanism downstream of PLD mechanosensation.

      This work provides further evidence of the astounding flexibility of mechanical sensing in cells. By outlining how mechanical activation of TREK-1 can be sensitised by mechanical regulation of PLD2 activity, the authors highlight a mechanism by which TREK-1 sensitivity could be regulated under distinct physiological conditions.

      Reviewer #3 (Public Review):

      The manuscript "Mechanical activation of TWIK-related potassium channel by nanoscopic movement and second messenger signaling" presents a new mechanism for the activation of TREK-1 channel. The mechanism suggests that TREK1 is activated by phosphatidic acids that are produced via a mechanosensitive motion of PLD2 to PIP2-enriched domains. Overall, I found the topic interesting, but several typos and unclarities reduced the readability of the manuscript. Additionally, I have several major concerns on the interpretation of the results. Therefore, the proposed mechanism is not fully supported by the presented data. Lastly, the mechanism is based on several previous studies from the Hansen lab, however, the novelty of the current manuscript is not clearly stated. For example, in the 2nd result section, the authors stated, "fluid shear causes PLD2 to move from cholesterol dependent GM1 clusters to PIP2 clusters and this activated the enzyme". However, this is also presented as a new finding in section 3 "Mechanism of PLD2 activation by shear."

      For PLD2 dependent TREK-1 activation. Overall, I found the results compelling. However, two key results are missing.

      1. Does HEK cells have endogenous PLD2? If so, it's hard to claim that the authors can measure PLD2-independent TREK1 activation.

      Response: yes, there is endogenous PLD (enPLD). We calculated the relative expression of xPLD2 vs enPLD. xPLD2 is >10x more abundant (Fig. S3d of Pavel et al PNAS 2020, ref 14 of the current manuscript). Hence, as with anesthetic sensitivity, we expect the xPLD to out compete the endogenous PLD, which is what we see. We added the following sentence and reference : “The xPLD2 expression is >10x the endogenous PLD2 (enPLD2) and out computes the TREK-1 binding site for PLD25.”

      1. Does the plasma membrane trafficking of TREK1 remain the same under different conditions (PLD2 overexpression, truncation)? From Figure S2, the truncated TREK1 seem to have very poor trafficking. The change of trafficking could significantly contribute to the interpretation of the data in Figure 1.

      Response: If the PLD2 binding site is removed (TREK-1trunc), yes, the trafficking to the plasma membrane is unaffected by the expression of xPLD and mPLD (Author response image 2 above). For full length TREK1 (FL-TREK-1), co-expression of mPLD decreases TREK expression (Author response image 2) and coexpression with xPLD increases TREK expression (Figure S2f). This is exactly opposite of what one would expect if surface expression accounted for the change in pressure currents. Hence, we conclude surface expression does not account for loss of TREK-1 mechanosensitivity with xPLD2. A few sentences was added to the discussion. We also performed dSTORM on the TREKtruncated using EGFP. TREK-truncated goes to PIP2 (see figure 2 of 6)

      Author response image 3.

      To better compare the levels of TREK-1 before and after shear, we added a supplemental figure S2f where the protein was compared simultaneously in all conditions. 15 min of shear significantly decreased TREK-1 except with mPLD2 where the levels before shear were already lowest of all the expression levels tested.

      For shear-induced movement of TREK1 between nanodomains. The section is convincing, however I'm not an expert on super-resolution imaging. Also, it would be helpful to clarify whether the shear stress was maintained during fixation. If not, what is the >me gap between reduced shear and the fixed state. lastly, it's unclear why shear flow changes the level of TREK1 and PIP2.

      Response: Shear was maintained during the fixing. xPLD2 blocks endocytosis, presumably endocytosis and or release of other lipid modifying enzymes affect the system. The change in TREK-1 levels appears to be directly through an interaction with PLD as TREK trunc is not affected by over expression of xPLD or mPLD.

      For the mechanism of PLD2 activation by shear. I found this section not convincing. Therefore, the question of how does PLD2 sense mechanical force on the membrane is not fully addressed. Par>cularly, it's hard to imagine an acute 25% decrease cholesterol level by shear - where did the cholesterol go? Details on the measurements of free cholesterol level is unclear and additional/alternative experiments are needed to prove the reduction in cholesterol by shear.

      Response: The question “how does PLD2 sense mechanical force on the membrane” we addressed and published in Nature Comm. In 2016. The title of that paper is “Kinetic disruption of lipid rafts is a mechanosensor for phospholipase D” see ref 13 Petersen et. al. PLD is a soluble protein associated to the membrane through palmitoylation. There is no transmembrane domain, which narrows the possible mechanism of its mechanosensation to disruption.

      The Nature Comm. reviewer identified as “an expert in PLD signaling” wrote the following of our data and the proposed mechanism:

      “This is a provocative report that identi0ies several unique properties of phospholipase D2 (PLD2). It explains in a novel way some long established observations including that the enzyme is largely regulated by substrate presentation which 0its nicely with the authors model of segregation of the two lipid raft domains (cholesterol ordered vs PIP2 containing). Although PLD has previously been reported to be involved in mechanosensory transduction processes (as cited by the authors) this is the 0irst such report associating the enzyme with this type of signaling... It presents a novel model that is internally consistent with previous literature as well as the data shown in this manuscript. It suggests a new role for PLD2 as a force transduction tied to the physical structure of lipid rafts and uses parallel methods of disrup0on to test the predic0ons of their model.”

      Regarding cholesterol. We use a fluorescent cholesterol oxidase assay which we described in the methods. This is an appropriate assay for determining cholesterol levels in a cell which we use routinely. We have published in multiple journals using this method, see references 28, 30, 31. Working out the metabolic fate of cholesterol after sheer is indeed interesting but well beyond the scope of this paper. Furthermore, we indirectly confirmed our finding using dSTORM cluster analysis (Figure 3d-e). The cluster analysis shows a decrease in GM1 cluster size consistent with our previous experiments where we chemically depleted cholesterol and saw a similar decrease in cluster size (see ref 13). All the data are internally consistent, and the cholesterol assay is properly done. We see no reason to reject the data.

      Importantly, there is no direct evidence for "shear thinning" of the membrane and the authors should avoid claiming shear thinning in the abstract and summary of the manuscript.

      Response: We previously established a kinetic model for PLD2 activation see ref 13 (Petersen et al Nature Comm 2016). In that publication we discussed both entropy and heat as mechanisms of disruption. Here we controlled for heat which narrowed that model to entropy (i.e., shear thinning) (see Figure 3c). We provide an overall justification below. But this is a small refinement of our previous paper, and we prefer not to complicate the current paper. We believe the proper rheological term is shear thinning. The following justification, which is largely adapted from ref 13, could be added to the supplement if the reviewer wishes.

      Justification: To establish shear thinning in a biological membrane, we initially used a soluble enzyme that has no transmembrane domain, phospholipase D2 (PLD2). PLD2 is a soluble enzyme and associated with the membrane by palmitate, a saturated 16 carbon lipid attached to the enzyme. In the absence of a transmembrane domain, mechanisms of mechanosensation involving hydrophobic mismatch, tension, midplane bending, and curvature can largely be excluded. Rather the mechanism appears to be a change in fluidity (i.e., kinetic in nature). GM1 domains are ordered, and the palmate forms van der Waals bonds with the GM1 lipids. The bonds must be broken for PLD to no longer associate with GM1 lipids. We established this in our 2016 paper, ref 13. In that paper we called it a kinetic effect, however we did not experimentally distinguish enthalpy (heat) vs. entropy (order). Heat is Newtonian and entropy (i.e., shear thinning) is non-Newtonian. In the current study we paid closer attention to the heat and ruled it out (see Figure 3c and methods). We could propose a mechanism based on kinetic disruption, but we know the disruption is not due to melting of the lipids (enthalpy), which leaves shear thinning (entropy) as the plausible mechanism.

      The authors should also be aware that hypotonic shock is a very dirty assay for stretching the cell membrane. Ouen, there is only a transient increase in membrane tension, accompanied by many biochemical changes in the cells (including acidification, changes of concentration etc). Therefore, I would not consider this as definitive proof that PLD2 can be activated by stretching membrane.

      Response: Comment noted. We trust the reviewer is correct. In 1998 osmotic shock was used to activate the channel. We only intended to show that the system is consistent with previous electrophysiologic experiments.

      References cited:

      1 Du G, Huang P, Liang BT, Frohman MA. Phospholipase D2 localizes to the plasma membrane and regulates angiotensin II receptor endocytosis. Mol Biol Cell 2004;15:1024–30. htps://doi.org/10.1091/mbc.E03-09-0673.

      2 Koch T, Wu DF, Yang LQ, Brandenburg LO, Höllt V. Role of phospholipase D2 in the agonist-induced and constistutive endocytosis of G-protein coupled receptors. J Neurochem 2006;97:365–72. htps://doi.org/10.1111/j.1471-4159.2006.03736.x.

      3 Wheeler DS, Underhill SM, Stolz DB, Murdoch GH, Thiels E, Romero G, et al. Amphetamine activates Rho GTPase signaling to mediate dopamine transporter internalization and acute behavioral effects of amphetamine. Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A 2015;112:E7138–47. htps://doi.org/10.1073/pnas.1511670112.

      4 Rankovic M, Jacob L, Rankovic V, Brandenburg L-OO, Schröder H, Höllt V, et al. ADP-ribosylation factor 6 regulates mu-opioid receptor trafficking and signaling via activation of phospholipase D2. Cell Signal 2009;21:1784–93. htps://doi.org/10.1016/j.cellsig.2009.07.014.

      5 Pavel MA, Petersen EN, Wang H, Lerner RA, Hansen SB. Studies on the mechanism of general anesthesia. Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A 2020;117:13757–66. htps://doi.org/10.1073/pnas.2004259117.

      6 Call IM, Bois JL, Hansen SB. Super-resolution imaging of potassium channels with genetically encoded EGFP. BioRxiv 2023. htps://doi.org/10.1101/2023.10.13.561998.

    2. Author Response:

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      Force sensing and gating mechanisms of the mechanically activated ion channels is an area of broad interest in the field of mechanotransduction. These channels perform important biological functions by converting mechanical force into electrical signals. To understand their underlying physiological processes, it is important to determine gating mechanisms, especially those mediated by lipids. The authors in this manuscript describe a mechanism for mechanically induced activation of TREK-1 (TWIK-related K+ channel. They propose that force induced disruption of ganglioside (GM1) and cholesterol causes relocation of TREK-1 associated with phospholipase D2 (PLD2) to 4,5-bisphosphate (PIP2) clusters, where PLD2 catalytic activity produces phosphatidic acid that can activate the channel. To test their hypothesis, they use dSTORM to measure TREK-1 and PLD2 colocalization with either GM1 or PIP2. They find that shear stress decreases TREK-1/PLD2 colocalization with GM1 and relocates to cluster with PIP2. These movements are affected by TREK-1 C-terminal or PLD2 mutations suggesting that the interaction is important for channel re-location. The authors then draw a correlation to cholesterol suggesting that TREK-1 movement is cholesterol dependent. It is important to note that this is not the only method of channel activation and that one not involving PLD2 also exists. Overall, the authors conclude that force is sensed by ordered lipids and PLD2 associates with TREK-1 to selectively gate the channel. Although the proposed mechanism is solid, some concerns remain.

      1) Most conclusions in the paper heavily depend on the dSTORM data. But the images provided lack resolution. This makes it difficult for the readers to assess the representative images.

      The images were provided are at 300 dpi. Perhaps the reviewer is referring to contrast in Figure 2? We are happy to increase the contrast or resolution.

      As a side note, we feel the main conclusion of the paper, mechanical activation of TREK-1 through PLD2, depended primarily on the electrophysiology in Figure 1b-c, not the dSTORM. But both complement each other.

      2) The experiments in Figure 6 are a bit puzzling. The entire premise of the paper is to establish gating mechanism of TREK-1 mediated by PLD2; however, the motivation behind using flies, which do not express TREK-1 is puzzling.

      The fly experiment shows that PLD mechanosensitivity is more evolutionarily conserved than TREK-1 mechanosensitivity. We should have made this clearer.

      -Figure 6B, the image is too blown out and looks over saturated. Unclear whether the resolution in subcellular localization is obvious or not.

      Figure 6B is a confocal image, it is not dSTORM. There is no dSTORM in Figure 6. This should have been made clear in the figure legend. For reference, only a few cells would fit in the field of view with dSTORM.

      -Figure 6C-D, the differences in activity threshold is 1 or less than 1g. Is this physiologically relevant? How does this compare to other conditions in flies that can affect mechanosensitivity, for example?

      Yes, 1g is physiologically relevant. It is almost the force needed to wake a fly from sleep (1.2-3.2g). See ref 33. Murphy Nature Pro. 2017.

      3) 70mOsm is a high degree of osmotic stress. How confident are the authors that a. cell health is maintained under this condition and b. this does indeed induce membrane stretch? For example, does this stimulation activate TREK-1?

      Yes, osmotic swell activates TREK1. This was shown in ref 19 (Patel et al 1998). We agree the 70 mOsm is a high degree of stress. This needs to be stated better in the paper.

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      This manuscript by Petersen and colleagues investigates the mechanistic underpinnings of activation of the ion channel TREK-1 by mechanical inputs (fluid shear or membrane stretch) applied to cells. Using a combination of super-resolution microscopy, pair correlation analysis and electrophysiology, the authors show that the application of shear to a cell can lead to changes in the distribution of TREK-1 and the enzyme PhospholipaseD2 (PLD2), relative to lipid domains defined by either GM1 or PIP2. The activation of TREK-1 by mechanical stimuli was shown to be sensitized by the presence of PLD2, but not a catalytically dead xPLD2 mutant. In addition, the activity of PLD2 is increased when the molecule is more associated with PIP2, rather than GM1 defined lipid domains. The presented data do not exclude direct mechanical activation of TREK-1, rather suggest a modulation of TREK-1 activity, increasing sensitivity to mechanical inputs, through an inherent mechanosensitivity of PLD2 activity. The authors additionally claim that PLD2 can regulate transduction thresholds in vivo using Drosophila melanogaster behavioural assays. However, this section of the manuscript overstates the experimental findings, given that it is unclear how the disruption of PLD2 is leading to behavioural changes, given the lack of a TREK-1 homologue in this organism and the lack of supporting data on molecular function in the relevant cells.

      We agree, the downstream effectors of PLD2 mechanosensitivity are not known in the fly. Other anionic lipids have been shown to mediate pain see ref 46 and 47. We do not wish to make any claim beyond PLD2 being an in vivo contributor to a fly’s response to mechanical force.

      That said we do believe we have established a molecular function at the cellular level. We showed PLD is robustly mechanically activated in a cultured fly cell line (BG2-c2) Figure 6a of the manuscript. And our previous publication established mechanosensation of PLD (Petersen et. al. Nature Com 2016) through mechanical disruption of the lipids. At a minimum, the experiments show PLDs mechanosensitivity is evolutionarily better conserved across species than TREK1.

      This work will be of interest to the growing community of scientists investigating the myriad mechanisms that can tune mechanical sensitivity of cells, providing valuable insight into the role of functional PLD2 in sensitizing TREK-1 activation in response to mechanical inputs, in some cellular systems.

      The authors convincingly demonstrate that, post application of shear, an alteration in the distribution of TREK-1 and mPLD2 (in HEK293T cells) from being correlated with GM1 defined domains (no shear) to increased correlation with PIP2 defined membrane domains (post shear). These data were generated using super-resolution microscopy to visualise, at sub diffraction resolution, the localisation of labelled protein, compared to labelled lipids. The use of super-resolution imaging enabled the authors to visualise changes in cluster association that would not have been achievable with diffraction limited microscopy. However, the conclusion that this change in association reflects TREK-1 leaving one cluster and moving to another overinterprets these data, as the data were generated from static measurements of fixed cells, rather than dynamic measurements capturing molecular movements.

      When assessing molecular distribution of endogenous TREK-1 and PLD2, these molecules are described as "well correlated: in C2C12 cells" however it is challenging to assess what "well correlated" means, precisely in this context. This limitation is compounded by the conclusion that TREK-1 displayed little pair correlation with GM1 and the authors describe a "small amount of TREK-1 trafficked to PIP2". As such, these data may suggest that the findings outlined for HEK293T cells may be influenced by artefacts arising from overexpression.

      The changes in TREK-1 sensitivity to mechanical activation could also reflect changes in the amount of TREK-1 in the plasma membrane. The authors suggest that the presence of a leak currently accounts for the presence of TREK-1 in the plasma membrane, however they do not account for whether there are significant changes in the membrane localisation of the channel in the presence of mPLD2 versus xPLD2. The supplementary data provide some images of fluorescently labelled TREK-1 in cells, and the authors state that truncating the c-terminus has no effect on expression at the plasma membrane, however these data provide inadequate support for this conclusion. In addition, the data reporting the P50 should be noted with caution, given the lack of saturation of the current in response to the stimulus range.

      We thank the reviewer for his/her concern about expression levels. We did test TREK-1 expression. mPLD decreases TREK-1 expression ~two-fold (see Author response image 1). We did not include the mPLD data since TREK-1 was mechanically activated with mPLD. For expression to account for the loss of TREK-1 stretch current (Figure 1b), xPLD would need to block surface expression of TREK-1. The opposite was true, xPLD2 increased TREK-1 expression increased (see Figure S2c). Furthermore, we tested the leak current of TREK-1 at 0 mV and 0 mmHg of stretch. Basal leak current was no different with xPLD2 compared to endogenous PLD (Figure 1d; red vs grey bars respectively) suggesting TREK-1 is in the membrane and active when xPLD2 is present. If anything, the magnitude of the effect with xPLD would be larger if the expression levels were equal.

      Author response image 1.<br /> TREK expression at the plasma membrane. TREK-1 Fluorescence was measured by GFP at points along the plasma membrane. Over expression of mouse PLD2 (mPLD) decrease the amount of full-length TREK-1 (FL TREK) on the surface more than 2-fold compared to endogenously expressed PLD (enPLD) or truncated TREK (TREKtrunc) which is missing the PLD binding site in the C-terminus. Over expression of mPLD had no effect on TREKtrunc.

      >

      Finally, by manipulating PLD2 in D. melanogaster, the authors show changes in behaviour when larvae are exposed to either mechanical or electrical inputs. The depletion of PLD2 is concluded to lead to a reduction in activation thresholds and to suggest an in vivo role for PA lipid signaling in setting thresholds for both mechanosensitivity and pain. However, while the data provided demonstrate convincing changes in behaviour and these changes could be explained by changes in transduction thresholds, these data only provide weak support for this specific conclusion. As the authors note, there is no TREK-1 in D. melanogaster, as such the reported findings could be accounted for by other explanations, not least including potential alterations in the activation threshold of Nav channels required for action potential generation. To conclude that the outcomes were in fact mediated by changes in mechanotransduction, the authors would need to demonstrate changes in receptor potential generation, rather than deriving conclusions from changes in behaviour that could arise from alterations in resting membrane potential, receptor potential generation or the activity of the voltage gated channels required for action potential generation.

      We are willing to restrict the conclusion about the fly behavior as the reviewers see fit. We have shown PLD is mechanosensitivity in a fly cell line, and when we knock out PLD from a fly, the animal exhibits a mechanosensation phenotype.

      This work provides further evidence of the astounding flexibility of mechanical sensing in cells. By outlining how mechanical activation of TREK-1 can be sensitised by mechanical regulation of PLD2 activity, the authors highlight a mechanism by which TREK-1 sensitivity could be regulated under distinct physiological conditions.

      Reviewer #3 (Public Review):

      The manuscript "Mechanical activation of TWIK-related potassium channel by nanoscopic movement and second messenger signaling" presents a new mechanism for the activation of TREK-1 channel. The mechanism suggests that TREK1 is activated by phosphatidic acids that are produced via a mechanosensitive motion of PLD2 to PIP2-enriched domains. Overall, I found the topic interesting, but several typos and unclarities reduced the readability of the manuscript. Additionally, I have several major concerns on the interpretation of the results. Therefore, the proposed mechanism is not fully supported by the presented data. Lastly, the mechanism is based on several previous studies from the Hansen lab, however, the novelty of the current manuscript is not clearly stated. For example, in the 2nd result section, the authors stated, "fluid shear causes PLD2 to move from cholesterol dependent GM1 clusters to PIP2 clusters and this activated the enzyme". However, this is also presented as a new finding in section 3 "Mechanism of PLD2 activation by shear."

      For PLD2 dependent TREK-1 activation. Overall, I found the results compelling. However, two key results are missing. 1. Does HEK cells have endogenous PLD2? If so, it's hard to claim that the authors can measure PLD2-independent TREK1 activation.

      Yes, there is endogenous PLD (enPLD). We calculated the relative expression of xPLD2 vs enPLD. xPLD2 is >10x more abundant (Fig. S3d of Pavel et al PNAS 2020, ref 14 of the current manuscript). Hence, as with anesthetic sensitivity, we expect the xPLD to out compete the endogenous PLD, which is what we see. This should have been described more carefully in this paper and the studies pointed out that establish this conclusion.

      1. Does the plasma membrane trafficking of TREK1 remain the same under different conditions (PLD2 overexpression, truncation)? From Figure S2, the truncated TREK1 seem to have very poor trafficking. The change of trafficking could significantly contribute to the interpretation of the data in Figure 1.

      If the PLD2 binding site is removed (TREK-1trunc), yes, the trafficking to the plasma membrane is unaffected by the expression of xPLD and mPLD (Figure R1 above). For full length TREK1 (FL-TREK-1), co-expression of mPLD decreases TREK expression (Figure R1) and co-expression with xPLD increases TREK expression (Figure S2). This is exactly opposite of what one would expect if surface expression accounted for the change in pressure currents. Hence, we conclude surface expression does not account for loss of TREK-1 mechanosensitivity with xPLD2.

      For shear-induced movement of TREK1 between nanodomains. The section is convincing, however I'm not an expert on super-resolution imaging. Also, it would be helpful to clarify whether the shear stress was maintained during fixation. If not, what is the time gap between reduced shear and the fixed state. lastly, it's unclear why shear flow changes the level of TREK1 and PIP2.

      Shear was maintained during the fixing. We do not know why shear changes PIP2 and TREK-1 levels. Presumably endocytosis and or release of other lipid modifying enzymes affect the system. The change in TREK-1 levels appears to be directly through an interaction with PLD as TREKtrunc is not affected by over expression of xPLD or mPLD.

      For the mechanism of PLD2 activation by shear. I found this section not convincing. Therefore, the question of how does PLD2 sense mechanical force on the membrane is not fully addressed. Particularly, it's hard to imagine an acute 25% decrease cholesterol level by shear - where did the cholesterol go? Details on the measurements of free cholesterol level is unclear and additional/alternative experiments are needed to prove the reduction in cholesterol by shear.

      The question “how does PLD2 sense mechanical force on the membrane” we addressed and published in Nature Comm. In 2016. The title of that paper is “Kinetic disruption of lipid rafts is a mechanosensor for phospholipase D” see ref 13 Petersen et. al. PLD is a soluble protein associated to the membrane through palmitoylation. There is no transmembrane domain, which narrows the possible mechanism of its mechanosensation to disruption.

      The Nature Comm. reviewer identified as “an expert in PLD signaling” wrote the following of our data and the proposed mechanism:

      "This is a provocative report that identifies several unique properties of phospholipase D2 (PLD2). It explains in a novel way some long established observations including that the enzyme is largely regulated by substrate presentation which fits nicely with the authors model of segregation of the two lipid raft domains (cholesterol ordered vs PIP2 containing). Although PLD has previously been reported to be involved in mechanosensory transduction processes (as cited by the authors) this is the first such report associating the enzyme with this type of signaling... It presents a novel model that is internally consistent with previous literature as well as the data shown in this manuscript. It suggests a new role for PLD2 as a force transduction tied to the physical structure of lipid rafts and uses parallel methods of disruption to test the predictions of their model."

      Regarding cholesterol. We use a fluorescent cholesterol oxidase assay which we described in the methods. This is an appropriate assay for determining cholesterol levels in a cell which we use routinely. We have published in multiple journals using this method, see references 28, 30, 31. Working out the metabolic fate of cholesterol after sheer is indeed interesting but well beyond the scope of this paper. Furthermore, we indirectly confirmed our finding using dSTORM cluster analysis (Figure 3d-e). The cluster analysis shows a decrease in GM1 cluster size consistent with our previous experiments where we chemically depleted cholesterol and saw a similar decrease in cluster size (see ref 13). All the data are internally consistent, and the cholesterol assay is properly done. We see no reason to reject the data.

      Importantly, there is no direct evidence for "shear thinning" of the membrane and the authors should avoid claiming shear thinning in the abstract and summary of the manuscript.

      We previously established a kinetic model for PLD2 activation see ref 13 (Petersen et al Nature Comm 2016). In that publication we discussed both entropy and heat as mechanisms of disruption. Here we controlled for heat which narrowed that model to entropy (i.e., shear thinning) (see Figure 3c). We provide an overall justification below. But this is a small refinement of our previous paper, and we prefer not to complicate the current paper. We believe the proper rheological term is shear thinning. The following justification, which is largely adapted from ref 13, could be added to the supplement if the reviewer wishes.

      Justification: To establish shear thinning in a biological membrane, we initially used a soluble enzyme that has no transmembrane domain, phospholipase D2 (PLD2). PLD2 is a soluble enzyme and associated with the membrane by palmitate, a saturated 16 carbon lipid attached to the enzyme. In the absence of a transmembrane domain, mechanisms of mechanosensation involving hydrophobic mismatch, tension, midplane bending, and curvature can largely be excluded. Rather the mechanism appears to be a change in fluidity (i.e., kinetic in nature). GM1 domains are ordered, and the palmate forms van der Waals bonds with the GM1 lipids. The bonds must be broken for PLD to no longer associate with GM1 lipids. We established this in our 2016 paper, ref 13. In that paper we called it a kinetic effect, however we did not experimentally distinguish enthalpy (heat) vs. entropy (order). Heat is Newtonian and entropy (i.e., shear thinning) is non-Newtonian. In the current study we paid closer attention to the heat and ruled it out (see Figure 3c and methods). We could propose a mechanism based on kinetic disruption, but we know the disruption is not due to melting of the lipids (enthalpy), which leaves shear thinning (entropy) as the plausible mechanism.

      The authors should also be aware that hypotonic shock is a very dirty assay for stretching the cell membrane. Often, there is only a transient increase in membrane tension, accompanied by many biochemical changes in the cells (including acidification, changes of concentration etc). Therefore, I would not consider this as definitive proof that PLD2 can be activated by stretching membrane.

      Comment noted. We trust the reviewer is correct. In 1998 osmotic shock was used to activate the channel. We only intended to show that the system is consistent with previous electrophysiologic experiments.

    1. Author Response

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      The present work establishes 14-3-3 proteins as binding partners of spastin and suggests that this binding is positively regulated by phosphorylation of spastin. The authors show evidence that 14-3-3 >- spastin binding prevents spastin ubiquitination and final proteasomal degradation, thus increasing the availability of spastin. The authors measured microtubule severing activity in cell lines and axon regeneration and outgrowth as a prompt to spastin activity. By using drugs and peptides that separately inhibit 14-3-3 binding or spastin activity, they show that both proteins are necessary for axon regeneration in cell culture and in vivo models in rats.

      The following is an account of the major strengths and weaknesses of the methods and results.

      Major strengths

      -The authors performed pulldown assays on spinal cord lysates using GST-spastin, then analyzed pulldowns via mass spectrometry and found 3 peptides common to various forms of 14-3-3 proteins. In co-expression experiments in cell lines, recombinant spastin co-precipitated with all 6 forms of 14-3-3 tested.

      -By protein truncation experiments they found that the Microtubule Binding Domain of spastin contained the binding capability to 14-3-3. This domain contained a putative phosphorylation site, and substitutions that cannot be phosphorylated cannot bind to spastin.

      -spastin overexpression increased neurite growth and branching, and so did the phospho null spastin. On the other hand, the phospho mimetic prevents all kinds of neurite development.

      -Overexpression of GFP-spastin shows a turn-over of about 12 hours when protein synthesis is inhibited by cycloheximide. When 14-3-3 is co-overexpressed, GFP-spastin does not show a decrease by 12 hours. When S233A is expressed, a turn-over of 9 hours is observed, indicating that the ability to be phosphorylated increases the stability of the protein.

      -In support of that notion, the phospho-mimetic S233D makes it more stable, lasting as much as the over-expression of 14-3-3.

      -Authors show that spastin can be ubiquitinated, and that in the presence of ubiquitin, spastin-MT severing activity is inhibited.

      -By combining FCA with Spastazoline, the authors claim that FCA increased regeneration is due to increased spastin Activity in various models of neurite outgrowth and regeneration in cell culture and in vivo, the authors show impressive results on the positive effect of FCA in regeneration, and that this is abolished when spastin is inhibited.

      Major weaknesses

      -However convincing the pull-downs of the expressed proteins, the evidence would be stronger if a co-immunoprecipitation of the endogenous proteins were included.

      We thank the reviewer for their succinct summary of the main results and strengths of our study. We acknowledge the reviewers' valuable suggestions and agree that performing endogenous co-immunoprecipitation (co-IP) experiments in neurons is crucial for supporting our conclusions. To address this question, cortical neurons were cultured in vitro for endogenous IP experiment. The cortical neurons were cultured using a neurobasal medium supplemented with 2% B27, and using cytarabine to inhibit the proliferation of glial cells. The proteins were then extracted and subjected to the immunoprecipitation experiments using antibodies against spastin. The results, as shown in Fig.1C in the revised manuscript, clearly demonstrate that 14-3-3 protein indeed interacts with spastin within neurons.

      -To better establish the impact of spastin phosphorylation in the interaction, there is no indication that the phosphomimetic (S233D) can better bind spastin, and this result is contradicting to the conclusion of the authors that spastin-14-3-3 interaction is necessary for (or increases) spastin function.

      Thank you for your valuable and constructive comments. We agree with your consideration. To reinforce the importance of phosphorylated spastin in this binding model, we conducted additional experiments by transfecting S233D into 293T cells and performed immunoprecipitation experiments (Fig.2H). The results clearly demonstrate that spastin (S233D) exhibits enhanced binding to spastin, indicating that phosphorylation at the S233 site is critical for this interaction. Additionally, we observed that spastin (S233D) maintains its binding to 14-3-3 even in the presence of staurosporine. This data further supports and strengthens our conclusions.

      -To fully support the authors' suggestion that 14-3-3 and spastin work in the same pathway to promote regeneration, I believe that some key observations are missing.

      1-There is no evidence showing that 14-3-3 overexpression increases the total levels of spastin, not only its turnover.

      Thank you for your consideration and valuable input. We have previously demonstrated that overexpression of 14-3-3 leads to an increase in the protein levels of spastin in the absence of CHX (Fig.3E&F). Furthermore, we also observed an upregulated protein levels of spastin S233D compared to the wild-type (Fig.3G). We have now included these results in the revised manuscript.

      2- There is no indication that increasing the ubiquitination of spastin decreases its levels. To suggest that proteasomal activity is affecting the levels of a protein, one would expect that proteasomal inhibition (with bortezomib or epoxomycin), would increase its levels.

      Thanks for your concern. We believe that this evidence is critical. Indeed, another study by our team is working to elucidate the ubiquitination degradation pathway of spastin. In addition, a previous study has shown that phosphorylation of the S233 site of spastin can affect its protein stability (Spastin recovery in hereditary spastic paraplegia by preventing neddylation-dependent degradation, doi:10.26508/lsa.202000799.). To better support our conclusions, we have supplemented the results in Fig.3L&M. The results showed that the proteasome inhibitor MG132 could significantly increase the protein level of spastin, whereas CHX could significantly decrease the protein level of spastin, and the degradation of spastin is significantly hindered in the presence of both CHX and MG132. This experiment also further showed that ubiquitination of spastin reduced its protein level.

      3- Authors show that S233D increases MT severing activity, and explain that it is related to increased binding to 14-3-3. An alternative explanation is that phosphorylation at S233 by itself could increase MT severing activity. The authors could test if purified spastin S233D alone could have more potent enzymatic activity.)

      We appreciate the reviewer’s consideration. After investigating the interaction between 14-3-3 and spastin, we first aimed to determine whether the S233 phosphorylation mutation of spastin influenced its microtubule-severing activity. We found that overexpression of both S233A and S233D mutants resulted in significant microtubule severing (as indicated by a significant decrease in microtubule fluorescence intensity) (Fig.S2). Furthermore, it is noteworthy that S233 is located outside the microtubule-binding domain (MTBD, 270-328 amino acids) and the AAA region (microtubule-severing region, 342-599 amino acids) of spastin. Based on our initial observations, we believe that the phosphorylation of the S233 residue in spastin does not impact its microtubule-severing function. Additionally, under the same experimental conditions, we observed that the green fluorescence intensity of GFP-spastin S233D was significantly higher than that of GFP-spastin S233A. Based on these phenomena, we speculated that phosphorylation of the S233 residue of spastin might affect its protein stability, leading us to conduct further experiments. Furthermore, we fully acknowledge the reviewer's concern; however, due to technical limitations, we were unable to perform an in vitro assay to test the microtubule-severing activity of spastin. We have provided an explanation for this consideration in the revised version.

      -Finally, I consider that there are simpler explanations for the combined effect of FC-A and spastazoline. FC-A mechanism of action can be very broad, since it will increase the binding of all 14-3-3 proteins with presumably all their substrates, hence the pathways affected can rise to the hundreds. The fact that spastazoline abolishes FC-A effect, may not be because of their direct interaction, but because spastin is a necessary component of the execution of the regeneration machinery further downstream, in line with the fact that spastizoline alone prevented outgrowth and regeneration, and in agreement with previous work showing that normal spastin activity is necessary for regeneration.

      We appreciate the considerations raised by the reviewer. It is evident that spastin is not the exclusive substrate protein for 14-3-3, and it is challenging to demonstrate that 14-3-3 promotes nerve regeneration and recovery of spinal cord injury directly through spastin in vivo. However, we have identified the importance of 14-3-3 and spastin in the process of nerve regeneration. Importantly, we have conducted supplementary experiments to support the stabalization of spastin by FC-A treatment within neurons (Fig.4M), as well as the repair process of spinal cord injury in vivo (Fig.5D). The results showed that FC-A treatment in cortical neurons could enhance the stability of spastin protein levels, and we also demonstrated a consistent trend of upregulated protein levels of spastin and 14-3-3 following spinal cord injury. Moreover, the protein levels were significantly elevated in the the FC-A group of mice. These results also support that 14-3-3 enhances spastin protein stability to promote spinal cord injury repair. The manuscript was revised accordingly.

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      The idea of harnessing small molecules that may affect protein-protein interactions to promote axon regeneration is interesting and worthy of study. In this manuscript, Liu et al. explore a 14-3-3-spastin complex and its role in axon regeneration.

      Strengths:

      Some of the effects of FC-A on locomotor recovery after spinal cord contusion look interesting.

      Weaknesses:

      The manuscript falls short of establishing that a 14-3-3-spastin complex is important for any FC-A-dependent effects and there are several issues with data quality that make it difficult to interpret the results. Importantly, the effects of the spastin inhibitor have a major impact on neurite outgrowth suggesting that cells simply cannot grow in the presence of the inhibitor and raising serious questions about any selectivity for FC-A - dependent growth. Aspects of the histology following spinal cord injury were not convincing.

      We sincerely appreciate the reviewer for evaluating our manuscript. Given the multitude of substrates that interact with 14-3-3, and considering spastin's indispensable role in neuroregeneration, it is indeed challenging to experimentally establish that FC-A's neuroregenerative effect is directly mediated through spastin in vivo. Therefore, we have provided additional crucial evidence regarding the changes in spastin protein levels following spinal cord injury, as well as the application of FC-A after spinal cord injury. Furthermore, we have made relevant adjustments to the uploaded images to enhance the resolution of the presented figures, as detailed in the subsequent response.

      Reviewer #3 (Public Review):

      Summary: The current manuscript c laims that 14-3-3 interacts with spastin and that the 14-3-3/spastin interaction is important to regulate axon regeneration after spinal cord injury.

      Strengths:

      In its present form, this reviewer identified no clear strengths for this manuscript.

      Weaknesses:

      In general, most of the figures lack sufficient quality to allow analyses and support the author's claims (detailed below). The legends also fail to provide enough information on the figures which makes it hard to interpret some of them. Most of the quantifications were done based on pseudo-replication. The number of independent experiments (that should be defined as n) is not shown. The overall quality of the written text is also low and typos are too many to list. The original nature of the spinal cord injury-related experiments is unclear as the role of 14-3-3 (and spastin) in axon regeneration has been extensively explored in the past.

      We sincerely appreciate the careful consideration and rigorous evaluation provided by the reviewer. In the revised version, we have made effort to present high-resolution figures and provide more detailed figure legends. Furthermore, we have made relevant adjustments to the statistical methods in accordance with the reviewer's suggestions. The manuscript has also undergone a thorough review and correction process to eliminate any writing-related errors. Please refer to the following response.

      To the best of our knowledge, there has been no clear reports on the efficacy of 14-3-3 in the repair of spinal cord injury. Kaplan A et al. (doi: 10.1016/j.neuron.2017.02.018) reported a reduction in die-back of the corticospinal tract following spinal cord injury using FC-A as a filler in situ in the lesion site. However, the specific effects of FC-A on spinal cord injury, such as motor function and neural reactivity, as well as the expression characteristic of 14-3-3 after spinal cord injury, have not been extensively elucidated. Additionally, prior research on spastin's role in axon regeneration primarily focused on the effects in Drosophila, and its regenerative effects in the central nervous system of adult mammals after injury have not been reported. Therefore, our study provides crucial insights into the importance of 14-3-3 and spastin in the process of spinal cord injury repair in mammals.

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      There are many spelling and grammar errors, please revise. Examples:

      -approach revealed14-3-3

      -We have detected different many 14-3-3 peptides

      -Line 1057 (D) 14-3-3 agnoist FC-A

      -There is a discrepancy between panel names and figure legend in Figure 4.

      -There is another discrepancy between the color coding of treatments in Figure 7. All panels show "injury" in red and FC-A in orange, but in panel E, these are swapped. This is confusing to readers.

      Thank you for the thorough and rigorous review. We have re-colored the relevant chart. The manuscript has also undergone a thorough review to eliminate any writing-related errors.

      Most images from confocal microscopy are blurred or low resolution. They should be sharper for the type of microscopy used.

      We have adjusted and re-uploaded the images with higher resolution. Additionally, we have enlarged the relevant images.

      The list of all peptides retrieved in the Mass-Spec analyses of the GST-spastin pulldown must be publicly available, according to eLife rules.

      Thank you for your suggestion. We have now uploaded the mass spectrometry data.

      To determine where the 14-3-3/spastin protein142 complex functions in neurons, we double stained hippocampal neurons with spastin143 and 14-3-3 antibody, and found that 14-3-3 was colocalized with spastin in the entire144 cell compartment (Figure 1C).

      Colocalization by confocal fluorescence microscopy is not evidence for protein complexes.

      While co-localization experiments may not directly demonstrate protein-protein interactions, they can still provide valuable insights into the cellular localization of the proteins and suggest potential interactions between them. Therefore, we adjusted the statement.

      Fig1F- Co-immunoprecipitation assay results confirmed that all 14-3-3 isoforms could form direct complexes with spastin.

      CoIP in cells overexpressing the proteins is not evidence that it is direct. That they can interact directly with each other can be extracted from the evidence in vitro with purified proteins.

      We agree with this and we have changed our statement accordingly.

      For a broad audience to have a better understanding, the authors have to explain their a.a. subtitucions of Serine233, one being mimicking phosphorylation (S233D) and the other rendering the protein not being able to be phosphorylated in that position (S233A).

      We appreciate the suggestion. We have provided a more detailed explanation in revised manuscript.

      The panel of neuronas in Fig2G is mislabeled, because it is twice spastin S233A, instead of S233D.

      We apologize for this mistake and we have corrected it in the panel.

      FCA may increase the interaction of 14-3-3 with any of its substrates, including spastin. One would appreciate evidence that FCA increases the MT-severing activity of spastin, as assumed by authors

      We appreciate the reviewer’s suggestion. In this study, we overexpressed spastin to investigate its microtubule severing activity. It is important to note that overexpressing spastin significantly exceeds the normal physiological concentration of the protein. Using excessive amounts of FC-A to enhance the interaction between 14-3-3 and spastin in cells can lead to cell toxicity. Therefore, we chose to overexpress 14-3-3 instead of employing excessive FC-A.

      In Fig2F, the interaction of 14-3-3 with Spas-S233D would have been very informative.

      Thank you for the constructive suggestions from the reviewer. We have supplemented the corresponding co-immunoprecipitation experiments (Fig.).

      The functional effect of S233A and S233D does not correlate with a function of 14-3-3 in neurite outgrowth. This is because S233A does not interact with 14-3-3, however, it is as good as WT spastin... meaning that binding of 14-3-3 with spastin is not necessary...

      We appreciate the reviewer's consideration. The observed phenomenon of spastin WT and S233A promoting axon growth do not align with the physiological state within neurons. This may mask the true effects of S233A or S233D on neuronal axon growth. It is documented that the proper dosage of spastin is essential for neuronal growth and regeneration, as excessive or insufficient amounts can hinder axon growth. Excessive spastin levels can disrupt the overall cellular MTs. Therefore, spastin were moderately expressed by adjusting the transfection dosage and duration. Nevertheless, we were unable to precisely control the expression levels of spastin for both WT and S233A, also resulting in an overexpression state compared to the physiological state. As a result, the crucial role of spastin S233 in neural growth under physiological conditions may be masked. We have addressed this issue in the revised version of our manuscript.

      In panels 3C and D it is not clear if it does contain 14-3-3.... it seems it does not... but clarify.

      We apologize for any confusion. Since there is endogenous 14-3-3 present in the cells, we utilized spastin S233A and S233D to mimic the binding pattern with 14-3-3 according to the established interaction model. This information has been clarified in the original manuscript.

      Line 217 should indicate Figure 3, not Figure 5

      We have made the corresponding corrections.

      In F3G, it is intriguing that the input blot shows a decrease in Ubiquitin proteins when there is expression of flag ubiquitin...

      We apologize for the error in our presentation. In the control group, we actually overexpressed Flag-ubiquitin and GFP instead of Flag and GFP-spastin. Additionally, to further elucidate the impact of different phosphorylation states on spastin ubiquitination and degradation, we have conducted additional ubiquitination experiments (Fig.3N), which are now included in the revised version of our manuscript.

      S233 mutations seem to affect the effective turnover of spastin, but does not seem to change the levels of the spastin protein...hence, the conclusion that 14-3-3 protects from degradation is overstated.

      We thank the reviewers for the careful review and we have revised the statement accordingly.

      The mode of action of R18 FCA should be introduced earlier in the text.

      Thank you for the reviewer's correction. We have provided a corresponding description of the effects of FC-A and R18 on the interaction between 14-3-3 and spastin in the ubiquitination experiments section of the manuscript.

      Line 296 reads: Our results revealed that levels of 14-3-3 protein remained high even at 30 DPI, indicating that 14-3-3 plays an important role in the recovery of spinal cord injury.

      This is overstated since it can well be that an upregulated protein is inhibitory. We thank the reviewers for their consideration and we have made adjustments accordingly.

      It is not clear if 14-3-3 prevents ubiquitination of spastin, then its levels should be higher... it is noteworthy that they did not measure its levels in nerve tissue after injury. For example, in experiments shown in Figure 5A, it would have been very useful the observation of the levels of spastin.

      We appreciate the reviewer's consideration. We have now included the assessment of spastin protein levels following spinal cord injury. Additionally, we have collected the injured spinal cord lysates in mice treated with FC-A for western blot analysis. The results revealed that the expression trend of 14-3-3 protein is largely consistent with spastin after spinal cord injury. Furthermore, the treatment with FC-A was found to enhance the expression of spastin after spinal cord injury (Fig. 5C&D)."

      Panel 5G reads "nerve regeneration across the lesion site", but it actually measured NF levels, according to the legend.

      Thanks to the reviewers for the critical review. We have revised the chart accordingly.

      361 "BMS" should be explained in the results section for a better understanding of the results by non-experts.

      Thank you to the reviewers for their suggestions. We have explained this in the results section accordingly.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      1. The results of the mass spec and co-IP in Figure 1 are unclear.

      a) Are all of the peptides in Fig. 1A from 14-3-3 and were there only 3 14-3-3 peptides that were identified?

      The mass spectrum results did identify only three 14-3-3 peptides, and these three peptides were highly conserved across all isoforms.

      b) The blot in panel B needs to show the input band for spastin and 14-3-3 from the same gel and not spliced so that the level of enrichment can be evaluated in the co-IP.

      Thanks to the reviewer's comments, we have presented the whole gel (Fig.1B)

      c) Further, does an IP for 14-3-3 co-precipitate spastin?

      Thank you for your concern. We appreciate your feedback. Our 14-3-3 antibody is capable of Western blot experiments and recognizes all subtypes (Pan 14-3-3, Cell Signaling Technology, Cat #8312). Unfortunately, it is not suitable for immunoprecipitation (IP) experiments. Therefore, we have employed additional approaches, namely immunoprecipitation and pull-down assays, to further investigate the interaction between 14-3-3 and spastin.

      1. It is difficult to say anything about 14-3-3 - spastin co-localization in hippocampal neurons (1c) since 14-3-3 labels the entire hippocampal neuron so any protein will co-localize.

      We appreciate the comments. The co-localization experiments have provided evidence of the relative expression of both 14-3-3 and spastin in neurons, suggesting their potential interaction within neuronal cells. We have made the necessary revisions to accurately describe the results of the co-localization experiments in the manuscript.

      To further investigate the interaction between 14-3-3 and spastin within neurons, we have conducted additional co-immunoprecipitation (Co-IP) experiments using cortical neuron lysates (Fig.1C).

      1. The molecular weight of 14-3-3 is 25-28 kDa but the band in panel 1B and in subsequent figures it is below 15 kDa. Fig. 1F - the spastin band also seems to be low compared to predicted molecular weight and other W. Blot reports in the literature so some indication of how the antibody was validated would be important.

      Apologies for the mistakes. We have carefully re-evaluated the western blot images (See Author response image 1). We have confirmed that the molecular weight of the 14-3-3 protein is approximately 33 kDa. In the case of spastin, its molecular weight is around 55-70 kDa. Additionally, the GFP-spastin fusion protein has an estimated molecular weight of approximately 90 kDa. We have conducted a thorough verification and made appropriate adjustments to the molecular weight labels in all western blot images.

      Author response image 1.

      1. Fig 1G is a co-immunoprecipitation and it is not clear what the authors mean by "direct complexes" as claimed in line 150 of the results since this does not show direct binding between 14-3-3 and spastin. None of the assays in Fig. 1 assess "direct" binding between the two proteins and the authors should be clear in their interpretation.

      We agree with the reviewer's comments and have removed the word "direct" from the text.

      1. Fig. 1D - there is no validation that staurosporine (protein kinase inhibitor, not protein kinase as per typo in Line 167) affects the phosphorylation levels of spastin.

      Thank you for your valuable comments. In our group, we have conducted another study that has confirmed the involvement of CAMKII in mediating spastin phosphorylation. Furthermore, we have found that the addition of staurosporine significantly reduces the phosphorylation levels of spastin (unpublished results). In response to the reviewer's comment, we are pleased to provide western blot experiments demonstrating the effect of staurosporine on reducing spastin phosphorylation. The phosphorylation levels of spastin were assessed using a Pan Phospho antibody (Fig.2D).

      1. Fig. 2F - it would be important to test if spastin S233D interacts more robustly with 14-3-3 and if this is insensitive to staurosporine.

      Thank you for your comments. The suggestion provided by the reviewer is highly significant for supporting our conclusion that "phosphorylation of spastin is a prerequisite for its interaction with 14-3-3." Therefore, we have conducted additional immunoprecipitation experiments to further supplement our findings (Fig.2H). The experimental results demonstrate that the binding affinity between spastin S233D and 14-3-3 is stronger compared to spastin WT.

      1. Line 179 "Next, we transfected Ser233 mutation of spastin (spastin S233A or spastin S233D) with flag tagged 14-3-3 and generated Pearson's correlation coefficients. Results revealed that spastin 181 S233D was markedly colocalized with 14-3-3, with minimal colocalization with spastin S233A (Figure 2A-B)." Assuming the authors are referring to supplemental Figure 2, the 14-3-3 covers the entire cell thus I think measures of co-localization are uninterpretable.

      We agree with the reviewer's comment. We realize that 14-3-3θ exhibits a ubiquitous cellular distribution, which renders the measurement of its co-localization coefficients inconclusive. Therefore, we have decided to remove Supplementary Figure 2 from the manuscript.

      1. Line 189 "Consistent with earlier results, spastin promoted neurite outgrowth, as evidenced by both the length and total branches of neurite." - It is unclear what earlier results the authors are referring to. The authors should clarify how they determined the "moderate" expression level.

      We thank the review’s suggestions. The "earlier results" mentioned here refers to previously published articles, we now have added relevant references. Existing literature indicates that an appropriate dosage of spastin is necessary for neuronal growth and regeneration. However, both excessive and insufficient amounts of spastin are detrimental to axonal growth. Excessive spastin disrupts the overall microtubule network within cells. We controlled plasmid transfection dosage and transfection durations to achieve moderate expression. We have provided an explanation of these details in the revised version.

      1. The effects of WT spastin and spastin S233A were similar in spite of the fact that S233A does not bind to 14-3-3, which is inconsistent with the author's model that spastin-14-3-3 binding promotes growth. Line 191 - the authors mention that spastin S233D was toxic but I do not see any cell death measurements. I assume the bottom right panel in Fig. 2G labelled as spastin S233A is mislabeled and should be S233D.

      In response to comment 8, the transfection of both wild-type (WT) spastin and S233A mutant failed to precisely control the expression levels around the physiological concentration. Consequently, we observed an overexpression of spastin in both cases, which obscured the critical role of S233 phosphorylation in neurite outgrowth. We have addressed this issue in the revised version of the manuscript.

      1. Fig. 3. Does spastin(S233D) bind constitutively to 14-3-3? Why is spastin S233A not less stable than WT spastin based on the author's model?

      We propose that 14-3-3 is more likely to interact with spastin S233D in a non-constitutive manner. The instability of the S233A protein is attributed to the disruption of its ubiquitination degradation process due to the absence of 14-3-3 binding.

      1. The ubiquitin blot in Fig. 3G is not convincing and not quantified.

      We acknowledge the mislabeling in our figures. In the control group, Flag-Ubiquitin was also overexpressed, and we transfected GFP as a control instead of GFP-spastin. To further enhance the reliability, we conducted additional ubiquitination experiments (Fig.3N), which revealed a significant increase in spastin (S233A) ubiquitination levels compared to the WT group, consistent with previous research findings (Spastin recovery in hereditary spastic paraplegia by preventing neddylation-dependent degradation, doi:10.26508/lsa.202000799). Additionally, we observed that the addition of R18 could partially enhance spastin ubiquitination levels, as quantitatively illustrated in the figure (Fig.3O). This result further underscores the inhibitory role of 14-3-3 in the ubiquitination degradation pathway of spastin.

      1. I do not understand how the glutamate injury fits with the narrative (Fig. 4C).

      Excessive glutamate exposure can induce severe intracellular oxidative stress reactions, leading to the disruption of physiological processes such as mitochondrial energy production. This, in turn, results in the swelling and lysis of neuronal processes, a phenomenon known as neuronal necrosis. During this state, neurite maintenance is obstructed, and neurites exhibit swelling and breakage (Glutamate-induced neuronal death: a succession of necrosis or apoptosis depending on mitochondrial function. Neuron. 1995 Oct;15(4):961-73). We have provided a more comprehensive explanation of this phenomenon in the revised version of our manuscript.

      1. Some commentary about the selectivity of spastazoline to inhibit spastin should be included - it would be helpful if the authors could explain that this is a spastin inhibitor in the manuscript. FC-A still seems to promote growth in the presence of spastazoline suggesting that the FC-A effects are not dependent on spastin (Fig. 4E). The statistical analysis section of the materials and methods indicates that multiple groups were analyzed by one-way ANOVA. This seems unusual since the controls for cellular transfection are different than for small molecules (FC-A) and for peptides such as R18. As such, there is no vehicle control for the FC-A condition and it is difficult to assess the FC-A vs Spastazoline vs FA-A + Spastoazoline. The authors should clarify (Fig. 4E-J)

      Thank you for the reviewer’s suggestions. In the revised version, we have provided a more detailed explanation of the specific inhibition of spastin's severing function by spastazoline.

      We observed that FC-A, in combination with spastazoline, still exhibited a certain degree of promotion in neurite growth compared to the injury group under the glutamate circumstances. Evidently, spastin is not the exclusive substrate for 14-3-3, and FC-A might delay cellular oxidative stress reactions by facilitating the interaction of 14-3-3 with other substrates, such as the FOXO transcription factors as mentioned in the introduction. Nevertheless, our results still demonstrate that the addition of spastazoline significantly diminishes the promoting effect of FC-A on neurite growth, indicating that FC-A affects neuronal growth by impacting spastin.

      Furthermore, in the drug-treated groups, we overexpressed GFP to trace the morphology of neurons. Culture media were exchanged following transfection, and during media exchange, drugs were added. And an equivalent amount of DMSO or ethanol were added as controls to rule out the influence of solvents on neurons.

      1. There is a good possibility that spastin is required for all axon regeneration and that there is no selectivity for the FC-A pathway and this is a major issue with the interpretation of the manuscript (Fig 4K-L).

      We acknowledge this point. Clearly, spastin is not the exclusive substrate for 14-3-3, and our experimental evidence does not establish that 14-3-3 solely promotes neuronal regeneration through spastin. Nevertheless, we have identified the significance of 14-3-3 and spastin in the process of neural regeneration. Furthermore, we conducted complementary experiments to support the stability of spastin by FC-A treatment both in vitro and in vivo. We found an enhanced protein expression in cortical neurons after FC-A treatment (Fig.4M). Also, the results indicate a consistent elevation trend in the protein levels of spastin and 14-3-3 following spinal cord injury (Fig.5C&H). Moreover, in the FC-A group of mice, there was a significant increase in spastin protein levels (Fig.5D&I). These results also support that 14-3-3 promotes spinal cord injury repair by enhancing spastin protein stability.

      1. Fig. 5C- it is unclear where the photomicrographs were taken relative to the lesion.

      We obtained tissue sections from the lesion core and the above segments for histological analysis. Given the scarcity of neural compartment at the injury center, we select tissue slices as close as possible to lesion core to illustrate the relationship between 14-3-3 and the injured neurons. We have provided an explanation of this in the revised version of the manuscript.

      1. The authors need to provide some evidence that the FC-A and spastazoline compounds are accessing the CNS following IP injection.

      We thank the review’s suggestion. Although direct visualization evidence of FC-A and spastazoline entering the CNS is challenging to obtain, several indicators suggest drug penetration into spinal cord tissue. Firstly, behavioral and electrophysiological experiments in vivo demonstrate that drug injections indeed affect the neural activity of mice. Secondly, following spinal cord injury, the blood-spinal cord barrier was disrupted at the injury site, combined with the fact that both FC-A (molecular weight: 680.82 Da) and spastazoline (molecular weight: 382.51 Da) are small molecule drugs, these increases the likelihood of these small molecules entering the injured spinal cord tissue. Furthermore, our microtubule staining results indicated that FC-A and spastazoline did influence the acetylation ratio of microtubules. These findings support the drug penetration into spinal cord tissue.

      1. Some quantification of Fig. 5D would be important to support the contention that the lesion site is impacted by FC-A treatment.

      Thank you for the suggestion. We have included quantitative analysis for Figure 5D (Figure) as recommended.

      1. The NF and 5-HT staining in Fig. 5D and in Fig. 7A and B does not clearly define fibers and is not convincing.

      We appreciate the concerns. While we did not present whole nerve fibers, we therefore employed NF and 5-HT immunoreactive fluorescence intensity as an indicator to assess the regeneration of nerve fibers as previously described, but not axons per square millimeter (Baltan S, et, al. J Neurosci. 2011 Mar 16;31(11):3990-9; Iwai M, et, al. Stroke. 2010 May;41(5):1032-7; Wang Y, et, al. Elife. 2018 Sep 12;7:e39016; Altmann C, et, al. Mol Neurodegeneration. 2016 Oct 22;11(1):69).

      Our results showed that in the spinal cord injury group, there was strongly decreased NF-positive stainning (with a slight increase in 5-HT). In contrast, the FC-A treatment group exhibited a significant higher abundance of NF-positive signals (or an increased 5-HT signal) in the lesion site, which also suggests the reparative effect of FC-A on nerves. We also intend to refine our immunohistochemical methods in future experiments.

      Minor Comments: 1. Line 80 -84. To my knowledge the only manuscripts examining the effects of spastin in axon regeneration models includes the analysis in drosophila (i.e. ref 15 and 16) and a study in sciatic nerve that reported an index of functional recovery but did not perform any histology to assess axon regeneration phenotypes. The literature should be more accurately reflected in the introduction.

      We appreciate the suggestions from the reviewer. In the revised version, we have provided further clarification on the novelty of spastin in the spinal cord injury repair process.

      1. Line 73: The meaning of the following statement needs to be clarified: "spastin has two major isoforms, namely M1 and M87, coded form different initial sites."

      We have provided additional elaboration for this statement in the revised version.

      1. Line 216: Results indicated that GFP-spastin could be ubiquitinated, while inhibiting the 217 binding of 14-3-3/spastin promoted spastin ubiquitination (Figure 5G)." - Should be Fig 3G

      Sorry about the mistake. We have made the corresponding changes in the revised version.

      1. Line 255: "Briefly, we established a neural injury model as previously described(31)" - the basics of the injury model need to be described in this manuscript.

      In the revised version, we have provided further elaboration on the glutamate-induced neuronal injury model.

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      Figure 1: A- Both legend and text fail to provide detail on this specific panel.

      We have provided a more detailed and comprehensive description of the legend and results in this section.

      B- Is the contribution of non-neuronal cells for co-IPs relevant? Co-IP with isolated neuronal extracts (instead of spinal cord tissue) should be performed.

      We thank the review’s suggestion. To further elucidate their interaction within neurons, cortical neurons were cultured (Cultured in Neurobasal medium supplemented with 2%B27 and cytarabine was used to inhibit glial cell growth) and cells were lysed for co-IP experiments (Fig.1C), and the results demonstrated the interaction between 14-3-3 and spastin within neurons.

      C- Both spastin and 14-3-3 appear to label the entire neuron with similar intensities throughout the entire cell which is rather unusual. Conditions of immunofluorescence should be improved and z-projections should be provided to support co-localization.

      Thanks for the comment. Our dual-labeling experiments indicated that 14-3-3 exhibits a characteristic pattern of whole-cell distribution. Therefore, this result cannot confirm the interaction between 14-3-3 and spastin within neurons, but it does provide evidence regarding the intracellular distribution patterns of 14-3-3 and spastin. Consequently, we supplemented neuronal endogenous co-IP experiments to further demonstrate the direct interaction between 14-3-3 and spastin within neurons, and we have modified the wording in the revised version accordingly.

      D- xx and yy axis information is either lacking or incomplete.

      We have made the corrections to the figures.

      E- It would be useful to show the conservation between the different 14-3-3 isoforms.

      We appreciate the suggestions. We have included a conservation analysis of 14-3-3 to assist readers in better understanding these results (Fig.1F).

      Figure 2:

      D- The experiment using a general protein kinase inhibitor does not allow concluding that the specific phosphorylation of spastin is sufficient for binding to 14-3-3. An alternative phosphorylated protein might be involved in the process.

      We appreciate the reviewer's consideration. We believe this serves as a prerequisite condition to demonstrate that "14-3-3 binding to spastin requires spastin phosphorylation." In fact, another project in our group has confirmed that CAMK II can mediate spastin phosphorylation, and the addition of staurosporine significantly reduces spastin phosphorylation levels (unpublished results). Here, we provide the western blot experiment showing the decrease in spastin phosphorylation under staurosporine treatment, with phosphorylation levels detected using the Pan Phospho antibody (Fig.2D).

      H and I- Pseudo-replication. Only independent experiments should be plotted and not data on multiple cells obtained in the same experiment. Please indicate the number of independent experiments.

      We appreciate the reviewer's correction. We now have included the mean value of three independent experiments and we have made relevant revisions to the statistical charts.

      Figure 3:

      The rationale for the hypothesis that spastin S233D transfection might upregulate the expression of spastin relative to WT and spastin S233A is unclear.

      We appreciate the reviewer's consideration. We have supplemented the relevant results, as depicted in the Fig.3G, which demonstrates that 14-3-3 can enhance the protein levels of spastin, and phosphorylated spastin (S233D) exhibits a significantly increased protein level compared to wild-type spastin. These findings indicate that 14-3-3 not only inhibits the degradation of spastin but also increases its protein levels.

      I- pseudo-replication. Please plot and do statistical analysis of independent experiments.

      Thank you for the reviewer's corrections. We have made the necessary revisions.

      Figure 4: E-J: I- pseudo-replication. Please plot and do statistical analysis of independent experiments.

      Thank you for the reviewer's corrections. We have made the necessary revisions.

      Figure 5:

      B- Please show individual data points.

      Thank you for the reviewer's corrections. We have made the necessary revisions.

      D- Longitudinal images of spinal cords where spastazoline was used cannot correspond to contusion as there is a very sharp discontinuity between the rostral and caudal spinal cord tissue. A full transection seems to have occurred. Alternatively, technical problems with tissue collection/preservation might have occurred.

      Thank you for the reviewer's consideration. The sharp discontinuity observed in the spastazoline group is not due to modeling issues but rather a result of the drug's effects on the injury site. This is primarily because spastin plays a crucial role not only in neuronal development but also in mitosis. Since the highly active proliferation of stromal cells at the injury site, . spastazoline may inhibit the proliferation of injury site-related stormal cells, thereby impeding the wound healing process following spinal cord injury, resulting in the observed discontinuous injury gap. We have made the corresponding revision accordingly.

      E- Images do not have the quality to allow analysis. 5HT staining should not be considered as a clear axonal labeling is not seen. This is also the case for neurofilament staining.

      We appreciate the concerns. While we did not present whole nerve fibers, we therefore employed NF and 5-HT immunoreactive fluorescence intensity as an indicator to assess the regeneration of nerve fibers as previously described, but not axons per square millimeter (Baltan S, et, al. J Neurosci. 2011 Mar 16;31(11):3990-9; Iwai M, et, al. Stroke. 2010 May;41(5):1032-7; Wang Y, et, al. Elife. 2018 Sep 12;7:e39016; Altmann C, et, al. Mol Neurodegeneration. 2016 Oct 22;11(1):69).

      Our results showed that in the spinal cord injury group, there was strongly decreased NF-positive stainning (with a slight increase in 5-HT). In contrast, our FC-A treatment group exhibited a significant higher abundance of NF-positive signals (or an increased 5-HT signal) in the lesion site, which also suggests the reparative effect of FC-A on nerves. We also intend to refine our immunohistochemical methods in future experiments.

      F- Images do not allow analysis. Higher magnifications are needed.

      Thank you for the reviewer's consideration. We have now included higher-magnification images (Fig.5M) to address this concern.

      Figure 7:

      Same issues as in Figure 5.

      A- Images do not have the quality to allow analysis. 5HT staining should not be considered as a clear axonal labeling is not seen.

      B- Images do not have the quality to allow analysis. Neurofilament staining should not be considered as clear axonal labeling is not seen. MBP staining does not have a pattern consistent with myelin staining

      We appreciate the concerns. While we did not present whole nerve fibers, we therefore employed NF and 5-HT immunoreactive fluorescence intensity as an indicator to assess the regeneration of nerve fibers as previously described, but not axons per square millimeter (Baltan S, et, al. J Neurosci. 2011 Mar 16;31(11):3990-9; Iwai M, et, al. Stroke. 2010 May;41(5):1032-7; Wang Y, et, al. Elife. 2018 Sep 12;7:e39016; Altmann C, et, al. Mol Neurodegeneration. 2016 Oct 22;11(1):69). In this study, sagittal slices were used. MBP covers the axonal surface, indicating its co-localization with the axons. However, as we did not present intact nerve fibers, so we were unable to show the typical myelin staining of MBP.

    1. Author Response

      Reviewer 1 (Public Review):

      1. With respect to the predictions, the authors propose that the subjects, depending on their linguistic background and the length of the tone in a trial, can put forward one or two predictions. The first is a short-term prediction based on the statistics of the previous stimuli and identical for both groups (i.e. short tones are expected after long tones and vice versa). The second is a long-term prediction based on their linguistic background. According to the authors, after a short tone, Basque speakers will predict the beginning of a new phrasal chunk, and Spanish speakers will predict it after a long tone.

      In this way, when a short tone is omitted, Basque speakers would experience the violation of only one prediction (i.e. the short-term prediction), but Spanish speakers will experience the violation of two predictions (i.e. the short-term and long-term predictions), resulting in a higher amplitude MMN. The opposite would occur when a long tone is omitted. So, to recap, the authors propose that subjects will predict the alternation of tone durations (short-term predictions) and the beginning of new phrasal chunks (long-term predictions).

      The problem with this is that subjects are also likely to predict the completion of the current phrasal chunk. In speech, phrases are seldom left incomplete. In Spanish is very unlikely to hear a function-word that is not followed by a content-word (and the opposite happens in Basque). On the contrary, after the completion of a phrasal chunk, a speaker might stop talking and a silence might follow, instead of the beginning of a new phrasal chunk.

      Considering that the completion of a phrasal chunk is more likely than the beginning of a new one, the prior endowed to the participants by their linguistic background should make us expect a pattern of results actually opposite to the one reported here.

      Response: We acknowledge the plausibility of the hypothesis advanced by Reviewer #1. We would like to further clarify the rationale that led us to predict that the hypothesized long-term predictions should manifest at the onset of (and not within) a “phrasal chunk”. The hypothesis does not directly concern the probability of a short event to follow a long one (or the other way around), which to our knowledge has not been systematically quantified in previous cross-linguistic studies. Rather, it concerns how the auditory system forms higher-level auditory chunks based on the rhythmic properties of the native language, which is what the previous behavioral studies on perceptual grouping have addressed (e.g., Iversen 2008; Molnar et al. 2014; Molnar et al. 2016). When presented with sequences of two tones alternating in duration, Spanish speakers typically report perceiving the auditory stream as a repetition of short-long chunks separated by a pause, while speakers of Basque usually report the opposite long-short grouping bias. These results suggest that the auditory system performs a chunking operation by grouping pairs of tones into compressed, higher-level auditory units (often perceived as a single event). The way two constituent tones are combined depends on linguistic experience. Based on this background, we hypothesized the presence of (i) a short-term system that merely encodes a repetition of alternations rule and predicts transitions from one constituent tone to the other (a → b → a → b, etc.); (ii) a long-term system that encodes a repetition of concatenated alternations rule and predicts transitions from one high-level unit to the other (ab → ab, etc.). Under this view, we expect predictions based on the long-term system to be stronger at the onset of (rather than within) high-level units and therefore omissions of the first constituent tone to elicit larger responses than omissions of the second constituent tone.

      In other words, the omission of the onset tone would reflect the omission of the whole chunk. On the other hand, the omission of the internal tone would be better handled by the short-term system, involved in processing the low-level structure of our sequences.

      A similar concern was also raised by Reviewer #2. We will include the view proposed by Reviewer #1 and Reviewer #2 in the updated version of the manuscript.

      1. The authors report an interaction effect that modulates the amplitude of the omission response, but caveats make the interpretation of this effect somewhat uncertain. The authors report a widespread omission response, which resembles the classical mismatch response (in MEG) with strong activations in sensors over temporal regions. Instead, the interaction found is circumscribed to four sensors that do not overlap with the peaks of activation of the omission response.

      Response: We appreciate that all three reviewers agreed on the robustness of the data analysis pipeline. The approach employed to identify the presence of an interaction effect was indeed conservative, using a non-parametric test on combined gradiometers data, no a priori assumptions regarding the location of the effect, and small cluster thresholds (cfg.clusteralpha = 0.05) to enhance the likelihood of detecting highly localized clusters with large effect sizes. This approach led to the identification of the cluster illustrated in Figure 2c, where the interaction effect is evident. The fact that this interaction effect arises in a relatively small cluster of sensors does not alter its statistical robustness. The only partial overlap of the cluster with the activation peaks might simply reflect the fact that distinct sources contribute to the generation of the omission-MMN, which has been demonstrated in numerous prior studies (e.g., Zhang et al., 2018; Ross & Hamm, 2020).

      Furthermore, the boxplot in Figure 2E suggests that part of the interaction effect might be due to the presence of two outliers (if removed, the effect is no longer significant). Overall, it is possible that the reported interaction is driven by a main effect of omission type which the authors report, and find consistently only in the Basque group (showing a higher amplitude omission response for long tones than for short tones). Because of these points, it is difficult to interpret this interaction as a modulation of the omission response.

      Response: The two participants mentioned by Reviewer #1, despite being somewhat distant from the rest of the group, are not outliers according to the standard Tukey’s rule. As shown in Author response image 1 below, no participant fell outside the upper (Q3+1.5xIQR) and lower whiskers (Q1-1.5xIQR) of the boxplot.

      Author response image 1.

      The presence of a main effect of omission type does not impact the interpretation of the interaction, especially considering that these effects emerge over distinct clusters of channels.

      The code to generate Author response image 1 and the corresponding statistics have been added to the script “analysis_interaction_data.R” in the OSF folder (https://osf.io/6jep8/).

      It should also be noted that in the source analysis, the interaction only showed a trend in the left auditory cortex, but in its current version the manuscript does not report the statistics of such a trend.

      Response: Our interpretation of the results for the present study is mainly driven by the effect observed on sensor-level data, which is statistically robust. The source modeling analyses (in non-invasive electrophysiology) provide a possible model of the candidate brain sources driving the effect observed at the sensor level. The source showing the interactive effect in our study is the left auditory cortex. More details and statistics will be provided in the reviewed version of the manuscript.

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      1. Despite the evidence provided on neural responses, the main conclusion of the study reflects a known behavioral effect on rhythmic sequence perceptual organization driven by linguistic background (Molnar et al. 2016, particularly). Also, the authors themselves provide a good review of the literature that evidences the influence of long-term priors in neural responses related to predictive activity. Thus, in my opinion, the strength of the statements the authors make on the novelty of the findings may be a bit far-fetched in some instances.

      Response: We will consider the suggestion of reviewer #2 for the new version of the manuscript. Overall, we believe that the novelty of the current study lies in bridging together findings from two research fields - basic auditory neuroscience and cross-linguistic research - to provide evidence for a predictive coding model in the auditory that uses long-term priors to make perceptual inferences.

      1. Albeit the paradigm is well designed, I fail to see the grounding of the hypotheses laid by the authors as framed under the predictive coding perspective. The study assumes that responses to an omission at the beginning of a perceptual rhythmic pattern will be stronger than at the end. I feel this is unjustified. If anything, omission responses should be larger when the gap occurs at the end of the pattern, as that would be where stronger expectations are placed: if in my language a short sound occurs after a long one, and I perceptually group tone sequences of alternating tone duration accordingly, when I hear a short sound I will expect a long one following; but after a long one, I don't necessarily need to expect a short one, as something else might occur.

      Response: A similar point was advanced by Reviewer #1. We tried to clarify our hypothesis (see above). We will consider including this interpretation in the updated version of the manuscript.

      1. In this regard, it is my opinion that what is reflected in the data may be better accounted for (or at least, additionally) by a different neural response to an omission depending on the phase of an underlying attentional rhythm (in terms of Large and Jones rhythmic attention theory, for instance) and putative underlying entrained oscillatory neural activity (in terms of Lakatos' studies, for instance). Certainly, the fact that the aligned phase may differ depending on linguistic background is very interesting and would reflect the known behavioral effect.

      Response: We thank the reviewer for this comment, which is indeed very pertinent. Below are some comments highlighting our thoughts on this.

      1) We will explore in more detail the possibility that the aligned phase may differ depending on linguistic background, which is indeed very interesting. However, we believe that even if a phase modulation by language experience is found, it would not negate the possibility that the group differences in the MMN are driven by different long-term predictions. Rather, since the hypothesized phase differences would be driven by long-term linguistic experience, phase entrainment may reflect a mechanism through which long-term predictions are carried. On this point, we agree with the Reviewer when says that “this view would not change the impact of the results but add depth to their interpretation”.

      2) Related to the point above: Despite evoked responses and oscillations are often considered distinct electrophysiological phenomena, current evidence suggests that these phenomena are interconnected (e.g., Studenova et al., 2023). In our view, the hypotheses that the MMN reflects differences in phase alignment and long-term prediction errors are not mutually exclusive.

      3) Despite the plausibility of the view proposed by reviewer #2, many studies in the auditory neuroscience literature putatively consider the MMN as an index of prediction error (e.g., Bendixen et al., 2012; Heilbron and Chait, 2018). There are good reasons to believe that also in our study the MMN reflects, at least in part, an error response.

      In the updated version of the manuscript, we will include a paragraph discussing the possibility that the reported group differences in the omission MMN might be partially accounted for by differences in neural entrainment to the rhythmic sound sequences.

      Reviewer #3 (Public Review):

      The main weaknesses are the strength of the effects and generalisability. The sample size is also relatively small by today's standards, with N=20 in each group. Furthermore, the crucial effects are all mostly in the .01>P<.05 range, such as the crucial interaction P=.03. It would be nice to see it replicated in the future, with more participants and other languages. It would also have been nice to see behavioural data that could be correlated with neural data to better understand the real-world consequences of the effect.

      Response: We appreciate the positive feedback from Reviewer #3. Concerning this weakness highlighted: we agree with Reviewer #3 that it would be nice to see this study replicated in the future with larger sample sizes and a behavioral counterpart. Overall, we hope this work will lead to more studies using cross-linguistic/cultural comparisons to assess the effect of experience on neural processing. In the context of the present study, we believe that the lack of behavioral data does not undermine the main findings of this study, given the careful selection of the participants and the well-known robustness of the perceptual grouping effect (e.g., Iversen 2008; Yoshida et al., 2010; Molnar et al. 2014; Molnar et al. 2016). As highlighted by Reviewer #2, having Spanish and Basque dominant “speakers as a sample equates that in Molnar et al. (2016), and thus overcomes the lack of direct behavioral evidence for a difference in rhythmic grouping across linguistic groups. Molnar et al. (2016)'s evidence on the behavioral effect is compelling, and the evidence on neural signatures provided by the present study aligns with it.”

      References

      1. Bendixen, A., SanMiguel, I., & Schröger, E. (2012). Early electrophysiological indicators for predictive processing in audition: a review. International Journal of Psychophysiology, 83(2), 120-131.

      2. Heilbron, M., & Chait, M. (2018). Great expectations: is there evidence for predictive coding in auditory cortex?. Neuroscience, 389, 54-73.

      3. Iversen, J. R., Patel, A. D., & Ohgushi, K. (2008). Perception of rhythmic grouping depends on auditory experience. The Journal of the Acoustical Society of America, 124(4), 2263-2271.

      4. Molnar, M., Lallier, M., & Carreiras, M. (2014). The amount of language exposure determines nonlinguistic tone grouping biases in infants from a bilingual environment. Language Learning, 64(s2), 45-64.

      5. Molnar, M., Carreiras, M., & Gervain, J. (2016). Language dominance shapes non-linguistic rhythmic grouping in bilinguals. Cognition, 152, 150-159.

      6. Ross, J. M., & Hamm, J. P. (2020). Cortical microcircuit mechanisms of mismatch negativity and its underlying subcomponents. Frontiers in Neural Circuits, 14, 13.

      7. Simon, J., Balla, V., & Winkler, I. (2019). Temporal boundary of auditory event formation: An electrophysiological marker. International Journal of Psychophysiology, 140, 53-61.

      8. Studenova, A. A., Forster, C., Engemann, D. A., Hensch, T., Sander, C., Mauche, N., ... & Nikulin, V. V. (2023). Event-related modulation of alpha rhythm explains the auditory P300 evoked response in EEG. bioRxiv, 2023-02.

      9. Yoshida, K. A., Iversen, J. R., Patel, A. D., Mazuka, R., Nito, H., Gervain, J., & Werker, J. F. (2010). The development of perceptual grouping biases in infancy: A Japanese-English cross-linguistic study. Cognition, 115(2), 356-361.

      10. Zhang, Y., Yan, F., Wang, L., Wang, Y., Wang, C., Wang, Q., & Huang, L. (2018). Cortical areas associated with mismatch negativity: A connectivity study using propofol anesthesia. Frontiers in Human Neuroscience, 12, 392.

    1. Author Response

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Reviewer #1:

      Watanuki et al used metabolomic tracing strategies of U-13C6-labeled glucose and 13C-MFA to quantitatively identify the metabolic programs of HSCs during steady-state, cell-cycling, and OXPHOS inhibition. They found that 5-FU administration in mice increased anaerobic glycolytic flux and decreased ATP concentration in HSCs, suggesting that HSC differentiation and cell cycle progression are closely related to intracellular metabolism and can be monitored by measuring ATP concentration. Using the GO-ATeam2 system to analyze ATP levels in single hematopoietic cells, they found that PFKFB3 can accelerate glycolytic ATP production during HSC cell cycling by activating the rate-limiting enzyme PFK of glycolysis. Additionally, by using Pfkfb3 knockout or overexpressing strategies and conducting experiments with cytokine stimulation or transplantation stress, they found that PFKFB3 governs cell cycle progression and promotes the production of differentiated cells from HSCs in proliferative environments by activating glycolysis. Overall, in their study, Watanuki et al combined metabolomic tracing to quantitatively identify metabolic programs of HSCs and found that PFKFB3 confers glycolytic dependence onto HSCs to help coordinate their response to stress. Even so, several important questions need to be addressed as below:

      We sincerely appreciate the constructive feedback from the reviewer. Additional experiments and textual improvements have been made to the manuscript based on your valuable suggestions. In particular, the major revisions are as follows: First, we investigated the extent to which other metabolites, not limited to the glycolytic system, affect metabolism in HSCs after 5-FU treatment. Second, the extent to which PFKFB3 contributes to the expansion of the HSPC pool in the bone marrow was adjusted to make the description more accurate based on the data. Finally, we overexpressed PFKFB3 in HSCs derived from GO-ATeam2 mice and confirmed that PRMT1 inhibition did not reduce the ATP concentration. We believe that the reviewer's valuable comments have further deepened our knowledge of the significance of glycolytic activation by PFKFB3 that we have demonstrated. Our response to the "Recommendations for Authors" is listed first, followed by our responses to all "Public Review" comments as follows:

      (Recommendations For The Authors):

      1. The methods used in key experiments should be described in more detail. For example, in the section on ‘Conversion of GO-ATeam2 fluorescence to ATP concentration’, the knock-in strategy for GO-ATeam2 should be described, as well as U-13C6 -glucose tracer assays.

      As per your recommendation, we have described the key experimental method in more detail in the revised manuscript: the GO-ATeam2 knock-in method was reported by Yamamoto et al. 1. Briefly, they used a CAG promoter-based knock-in strategy targeting the Rosa26 locus to generate GO-ATeam2 knock-in mice. A description of the method has been added to Methods and the reference has been added to the citation.

      For the U-13C6-glucose tracer analysis, the following points were added to describe the details of the analysis: First, a note was added that the number of cells used for the in vitro tracer analysis was the number of cells used for each sample. Second, we added the solution from which the cells were collected by sorting. We added that the incubation was performed under 1% O2 and 5% CO2.

      1. Confusing image label of Supplemental Figure 1H should be corrected in line 253.

      We have corrected the incorrect figure caption on line 217 in the revised manuscript to "Supplemental Figure 1N" as you suggested.

      1. The percentage of the indicated cell population should also be shown in Figure S1B.

      As you indicated, we have included the percentages for each population in Supplemental Figure 1B.

      Author response image 1.

      1. Please pay attention to the small size of the marks in the graph, such as in Figure S1F and so on.

      As you indicated, we have corrected the very small text contained in Figure S1F. Similar corrections have been made to Figures S1B and S5A.

      1. Please pay attention to the label of line in Figure S6A-D.

      Thank you very much for the advice. We have added line labels to the graph in the original Figures S6A–D.

      (Specific comments)

      1. Based on previous reports, the authors expanded the LSK gate to include as many HSCs as possible (Supplemental Figure 1B). However, while they showed the gating strategy on Day 6 after 5-FU treatment, results from other time-points should also be displayed to ensure the strict selection of time-points.

      Thank you for pointing this out. First, we did not enlarge the Sca-1 gating in this study. We apologize for any confusion caused by the incomplete description. The gating of c-Kit is based on that shown by Umemoto et al (Figure EV1A) 2, who used 250 mg/kg 5-FU, so their c-Kit reduction is more pronounced than ours.

      We followed this study and compared c-Kit expression in Lin-Sca-1+CD150+CD48-EPCR+ gates to BMMNCs on day 6 after 5-FU administration (150 mg/kg). The results are shown below.

      Author response image 2.

      >

      Since the MFI of c-Kit was downregulated, we used gating that extended the c-Kit gate to lower-expression regions on day 6 after 5-FU administration (revised Figure S1C). At other time points, LSK gating was the same as in the PBS-treated group, as noted in the Methods.

      1. In Figure 1, the authors examined the metabolite changes on Day 6 after 5-FU treatment. However, it is important to consider whether there are any dynamic adjustments to metabolism during the early and late stages of 5-FU treatment in HSCs compared to PBS treatment, in order to coordinate cell homeostasis despite no significant changes in cell cycle progression at other time-points.

      Thank you for pointing this out. Below are the results of the GO-ATeam2 analysis during the very early phase (day 3) and late phase (day 15) after 5-FU administration (revised Figures S7A–H).

      Author response image 3.

      In the very early phase, such as day 3 after 5-FU administration, cell cycle progression had not started (Figure S1C) and was not preceded by metabolic changes. Meanwhile, in the late phase, such as day 15 after 5-FU administration, the cell cycle and metabolism returned to a steady state. In summary, the timing of the metabolic changes coincided with that of cell cycle progression. This point is essential for discussing the cell cycle-dependent metabolic system of HSCs and has been newly included in the Results (page 11, lines 321-323).

      1. As is well known, ATP can be produced through various pathways, including glycolysis, the TCA cycle, the PPP, NAS, lipid metabolism, amino acid metabolism and so on. Therefore, it is important to investigate whether treatment with 5-FU or oligomycin affects these other metabolic pathways in HSCs.

      As the reviewer pointed out, ATP production by systems other than the glycolytic system of HSCs is also essential. In this revised manuscript, we examined the effects of the FAO inhibitor (Etomoxir, 100 µM) and the glutaminolysis inhibitor 6-diazo-5-oxo-L-norleucine (DON, 2mM) alone or in combination on the ATP concentration of HSCs after PBS or 5-FU treatment. As shown below, there was no apparent decrease in ATP concentration (revised Figures S7J–M).

      Author response image 4.

      Fatty acid β-oxidation activity was also measured in 5-FU-treated HSCs using the fluorescent probe FAOBlue and was unchanged compared to PBS-treated HSCs (revised Figure S7N).

      Author response image 5.

      Notably, the addition of 100 µM etomoxir plus glucose and Pfkfb3 inhibitors resulted in a rapid decrease in ATP concentration in HSCs (revised Figures S7O–P). This indicates that etomoxir partially mimics the effect of oligomycin, suggesting that at a steady state, OXPHOS is driven by FAO, but can be compensated by the acceleration of the glycolytic system by Pfkfb3. Meanwhile, the exposure of HSCs to Pfkfb3 inhibitors in addition to 2 mM DON, which is an extremely high dose considering that the Ki value of DON for glutaminase is 6 µM, did not reduce ATP (revised Figures S7O–P). This suggests that ATP production from glutaminolysis is limited in HSCs at a steady state.

      Author response image 6.

      These points suggest that OXPHOS is driven by fatty acids at a steady state, but unlike the glycolytic system, FAO is not further activated by HSCs after 5-FU treatment. The results of these analyses and related descriptions are included in the revised manuscript (page 11, lines 332-344).

      1. In part 2, they showed that oligomycin treatment of HSCs exhibited activation of the glycolytic system, but what about the changes in ATP concentration under oligomycin treatment? Are other metabolic systems affected by oligomycin treatment?

      Thank you for your thoughtful comments. The relevant results we have obtained so far with the GO-ATeam2 system are as follows: First, OXPHOS inhibition in the absence of glucose significantly decreases the ATP concentration of HSCs (Figure 4C). Meanwhile, OXPHOS inhibition in the presence of glucose maintains the ATP concentration of HSCs (Figure 5B). Since it is difficult to imagine a completely glucose-free environment in vivo, it is thought that ATP concentration is maintained by the acceleration of the glycolytic system even under hypoxic or other conditions that inhibit OXPHOS.

      Meanwhile, glucose tracer analysis shows that OXPHOS inhibition suppresses nucleic acid synthesis (NAS) except for the activation of the glycolytic system (Figures 2C–F). This is because phosphate groups derived from ATP are transferred to nucleotide mono-/di-phosphate in NAS, but OXPHOS, the main source of ATP production, is impaired, along with the enzyme conjugated with OXPHOS in the process of NAS (dihydroorotate dehydrogenase, DHODH). We have added a new paragraph in the Discussion section (page 17, lines 511-515) to provide more insight to the reader by summarizing and discussing these points.

      1. In Figure 5M, it would be helpful to include a control group that was not treated with 2-DG. Additionally, if Figure 5L is used as the control, it is unclear why the level of ATP does not show significant downregulation after 2-DG treatment. Similarly, in Figure 5O, a control group with no glucose addition should be included.

      Thank you for your advice. The experiments corresponding to the control groups in Figures 5M and O were in Figures 5L and N, respectively, but we have combined them into one graph (revised Figures 5L–M). The results more clearly show that PFKFB3 overexpression enhances sensitivity to 2-DG, but also enhances glycolytic activation upon oligomycin administration.

      Author response image 7.

      1. In this study, their findings suggest that PFKFB3 is required for glycolysis of HSCs under stress, including transplantation. In Figure 7B, the results showed that donor-derived chimerism in PB cells decreased relative to that in the WT control group during the early phase (1 month post-transplant) but recovered thereafter. Although the transplantation cell number is equal in two groups of donor cells, it is unclear why the donor-derived cell count decreased in the 2-week post-transplantation period and recovered thereafter in the Pfkgb3 KO group. Therefore, they should provide an explanation for this. Additionally, they only detected the percentage of donor-derived cells in PB but not from BM, which makes it difficult to support the argument for Increasing the HSPC pool.

      As pointed out by the reviewer, it is interesting to note that the decrease in peripheral blood chimerism in the PFKFB3 knockout is limited to immediately after transplantation and then catches up with the control group (Figure 7B). We attribute this to the fact that HSPC proliferation is delayed immediately after transplantation in PFKFB3 deficiency, but after a certain time, PB cells produced by the delayed proliferating HSPCs are supplied. In support of this, the PFKFB3 knockout HSPCs did not exhibit increased cell death after transplantation (Figure 7K), while a delayed cell cycle was observed (Figures 7G–J). A description of this point has been added to the Discussion (page 19, lines 573-579).

      In addition, the knockout efficiency in bone marrow cells could not be verified because the number of cells required for KO efficiency analysis was not available. Therefore, we have added a statement on this point and have toned down our overall claim regarding the extent to which PFKFB3 is involved in the expansion of the HSPC pool (page 15, lines 474-476).

      1. In Figure 7E, they collected the BM reconstructed with Pfkfb3- or Rosa-KO HSPCs two months after transplantation, and then tested their resistance to 5-FU. However, the short duration of the reconstruction period makes it difficult to draw conclusions about the effects on steady-state blood cell production.

      We agree that we cannot conclude from this experiment alone that PFKFB3 is completely unnecessary in steady state because, as you pointed out, the observation period of the experiment in Figure 7E is not long. We have toned down the claim by stating that PFKFB3 is only less necessary in steady-state HSCs compared to proliferative HSCs (page 15, lines 460-461).

      1. PFK is allosterically activated by PFKFB, and other members of the PFKFB family could also participate in the glycolytic program. Therefore, they should investigate their function in contributing to glycolytic plasticity in HSCs during proliferation. Additionally, they should also analyze the protein expression and modification levels of other members. Although PFKFB3 is the most favorable for PFK activation, the role of other members should also be explored in HSC cell cycling to provide sufficient reasoning for choosing PFKFB3.

      To further justify why we chose PFKFB3 among the PFKFB family members, we reviewed our data and the publicly available Gene Expression Commons (GEXC) 3. PFKFB3 is the most highly expressed member of the PFKFB family in HSCs (revised Figure 4F), and its expression increases with proliferation (Author response image 9). In addition to this, we have also cited the literature 4 indicating that AZ PFKFB3 26 is a Pfkfb3-specific inhibitor that we used in this paper, and added a note to this point (that it is specific) (page 11, lines 327-329). Through these revisions, we sought to strengthen the rationale for Pfkfb3 as the primary target of the analysis.

      Author response image 8.

      Author response image 9.

      1. In this study, the authors identified PRMT1 as the upstream regulator of PFKFB3 that is involved in the glycolysis activation of HSCs. However, PRMT1 is also known to participate in various transcriptional activations. Thus, it is important to determine whether PRMT1 affects glycolysis through transcriptional regulation or through its direct regulation of PFKFB3? Additionally, the authors should investigate whether PRMT1i inhibits ATP production in normal HSCs. Moreover, could we combine Figure 6I and 6J for analysis. Finally, the authors could conduct additional rescue experiments to demonstrate that the effect of PRMT1 inhibitors on ATP production can be rescued by overexpression of PFKFB3.

      Although PRMT1 inhibition reduced m-PFKFB3 levels in HSCs, 5-FU treatment also reduced or did not alter Pfkfb3 transcript levels (Figures 6B, G) and the expression of genes such as Hoxa7/9/10, Itga2b, and Nqo1, which are representative transcriptional targets of PRMT1, in proliferating HSCs after 5-FU treatment (revised Figure S9).

      Author response image 10.

      These results suggest that PRMT1 promotes PFKFB3 methylation, which increases independently of transcription in HSCs after 5-FU treatment.

      A summary analysis of the original Figures 6I and 6J is shown below (revised Figure 6I).

      Author response image 11.

      Finally, we tested whether the inhibition of the glycolytic system and the decrease in ATP concentration due to PRMT1 inhibition could be rescued by the retroviral overexpression of PFKFB3. We found that PFKFB3 overexpression did not decrease the ATP concentration in HSCs due to PRMT1 inhibition (revised Figure 6J). Therefore, PFKFB3 overexpression mitigated the decrease in ATP concentration caused by PRMT1 inhibition. These data and related statements have been added to the revised manuscript (page 14, lines 427-428).

      Author response image 12.

      Reviewer #2:

      In the manuscript Watanuki et al. want to define the metabolic profile of HSCs in stress/proliferative (myelosuppression with 5-FU), and mitochondrial inhibition and homeostatic conditions. Their conclusions are that during proliferation HSCs rely more on glycolysis (as other cell types) while HSCs in homeostatic conditions are mostly dependent on mitochondrial metabolism. Mitochondrial inhibition is used to demonstrate that blocking mitochondrial metabolism results in similar features of proliferative conditions.

      The authors used state-of-the-art technologies that allow metabolic readout in a limited number of cells like rare HSCs. These applications could be of help in the field since one of the major issues in studying HSCs metabolism is the limited sensitivity of the“"standard”" assays, which make them not suitable for HSC studies.

      However, the observations do not fully support the claims. There are no direct evidence/experiments tackling cell cycle state and metabolism in HSCs. Often the observations for their claims are indirect, while key points on cell cycle state-metabolism, OCR analysis should be addressed directly.

      We sincerely appreciate the reviewer's constructive comments. Thank you for highlighting the importance of the highly sensitive metabolic assay developed in this study and the findings based on it. Meanwhile, the reviewer's comments have made us aware of areas where we can further improve this manuscript. In particular, in the revised manuscript, we have performed further studies to demonstrate the link between the cell cycle and metabolic state. Specifically, we further subdivided HSCs by the uptake of in vivo-administered 2-NBDG and performed cell cycle analysis. Next, HSCs after PBS or 5-FU treatment were analyzed by a Mito Stress test using the Seahorse flux analyzer, including ECAR and OCR, and a more direct relationship between the cell cycle state and the metabolic system was found. We believe that the reviewer's valuable suggestions have helped us clarify more directly the importance of the metabolic state of HSCs in response to cell cycle and stress that we wanted to show and emphasize the usefulness of the GO-ATeam2 system. Our response to "Recommendations For The Authors" is listed first, followed by our responses to all comments in "Public Review" as follows:

      (Recommendations For The Authors):

      In general, I believe it would be important:

      1. to directly associate cell cycle state with metabolic state. For example, by sorting HSC (+/- 5FU) based on their cell cycle state (exploiting the mouse model presented in the manuscript or by defining G0/G1/G2-S-M via Pyronin/Hoechst staining which allow to sort live cells) and follow the fate of radiolabeled glucose.

      Thank you for raising these crucial points. Unfortunately, it was difficult to perform the glucose tracer analysis by preparing HSCs with different cell cycle states as you suggested due to the amount of work involved. In particular, in the 5-FU group, more than 60 mice per group were originally required for an experiment, and further cell cycle-based purification would require many times that number of mice, which we felt was unrealistic under current technical standards. As an alternative, we administered 2-NBDG to mice and fractionated HSCs at the 2-NBDG fluorescence level for cell cycle analysis. The results are shown below (revised Figure S1M). Notably, even in the PBS-treated group, HSCs with high 2-NBDG uptake were more proliferative than those with low 2-NBDG uptake and are comparable to HSCs after 5-FU treatment, although the overall population of HSCs exiting the G0 phase and entering the G1 phase increased after 5-FU treatment. In both PBS/5-FU-treated groups, these large differences in cell cycle glucose utilization suggest a direct link between HSC proliferation and glycolysis activation. If a more sensitive type of glucose tracer analysis becomes available in the future, it may be possible to directly address the reviewer's comments. We see this as a topic for the future. The descriptions of the above findings and perspectives have been added to the Results and Discussion section (page 7, lines 208-214, page 20, lines 607-610).

      Author response image 13.

      1. Use other radio labeled substrates (fatty acid, glutamate)

      Thank you very much for your suggestion. While this is an essential point for future studies, we believe it is not the primary focus of the paper. We are planning another research project on tracer analysis using labeled fatty acids and glutamates, which we will report on in the near future. We have clearly stated in the Abstract and Introduction of the revised manuscript, that the focus of this study is on changes in glucose metabolism when HSCs are stressed (page 3, line 75 and 87, page 5, lines 135).

      Instead, we added the following analyses of metabolic changes in fatty acids and glutamate using the GO-ATeam2 system. HSCs derived from GO-ATeam2 mice treated with PBS or 5-FU were used to measure changes in ATP concentrations after exposure to the fatty acid beta-oxidation (FAO) inhibitor etomoxir and the glutaminolysis inhibitor 6-diazo-5-oxo-L-norleucine (DON). Etomoxir was used at 100 µM, a concentration that inhibits FAO without inhibiting mitochondrial electron transfer complex I, as previously reported 5. DON was used at 2 mM, a concentration that sufficiently inhibits the enzyme as the Ki for glutaminase is 6 µM. In this experiment, etomoxir alone, DON alone, or etomoxir and DON in combination did not decrease the ATP concentration of HSCs in the PBS and 5-FU groups (revised Figures S7J–M), suggesting that FAO and glutaminolysis were not essential for ATP production in HSCs in the short term. Thus, according to the analysis using the GO-Ateam2 system, HSCs exposed to acute stresses change the efficiency of glucose utilization (accelerated glycolytic ATP production) rather than other energy sources. Since there are reports that FAO and glutaminolysis are required for HSC maintenance in the long term 5,6, compensatory pathways may be able to maintain ATP levels in the short term. A description of these points has been added to the Discussion (page 11, lines 332-344).

      Author response image 14.

      1. Include OCR analyses.

      In addition to the ECAR data of the Mito Stress test (original Figures 2G–H), OCR data were added to the revised manuscript (revised Figures 2H, S3D). Compared to c-Kit+ myeloid progenitors (LKS- cells), HSC showed a similar increase in ECAR, while the decrease in OCR was relatively limited. A possible explanation for this is that glycolytic and mitochondrial metabolism are coupled in c-Kit+ myeloid progenitors, whereas they are decoupled in HSCs. This is also suggested by the glucose plus oligomycin experiment in Figures 5B, C, and S6A–D (orange lines). In summary, in HSCs, glycolytic and mitochondrial ATP production are decoupled and can maintain ATP levels by glycolytic ATP production alone, whereas in progenitors including GMPs, the two ATP production systems are constantly coupled, and glycolysis alone cannot maintain ATP concentration. We have added descriptions of these points in the Results and Discussion section (page 8, lines 240-243, page 18, lines 558-561).

      Author response image 15.

      Next, a Mito Stress test was performed using HSCs derived from PBS- or 5-FU-treated mice in the presence or absence of oligomycin (revised Figures 1G–H, S3A–B). Without oligomycin treatment, ECAR in 5-FU-treated HSCs was higher than in PBS-treated HSCs, and OCR was unchanged. Oligomycin treatment increased ECAR in both PBS- and 5-FU-treated HSCs, whereas OCR was unchanged in PBS-treated HSCs, but significantly decreased in 5-FU-treated HSCs. Changes in ECAR in response to oligomycin differed between HSC proliferation or differentiation: ECAR increased in 5-FU-treated HSCs but not in LKS- progenitors (original Figures 2G–H). This suggests a metabolic feature of HSCs in which the coupling of OXPHOS with glycolysis seen in LKS- cells is not essential in HSCs even after cell cycle entry. The results and discussion of this experiment have been added to page 7, lines 194-201 and page 18, lines 558-561).

      Author response image 16.

      1. Correlate proliferation-mitochondrial inhibition-metabolic state

      We agree that it is important to clarify this point. First, OXPHOS inhibition and proliferation similarly accelerate glycolytic ATP production with PFKFB3 (Figures 4G, I, and 5F–I). Meanwhile, oligomycin treatment rapidly decreases ATP in HSCs with or without 5-FU administration (Figure 4C). These results suggest that OXPHOS is a major source of ATP production both at a steady state and during proliferation, even though the analysis medium is pre-saturated with hypoxia similar to that in vivo. This has been added to the Discussion section (page 17, lines 520-523).

      1. Tune down the claim on HSCs in homeostatic conditions since from the data it seems that HSCs rely more on anaerobic glycolysis.

      Thanks for the advice. The original Figures S2C, D, F, and G show that HSC is dependent on the anaerobic glycolytic system even at a steady state, so we have toned down our claims (page 7, lines 192-194).

      1. For proliferative HSCs mitochondrial are key. When you block mitochondria with oligomycin there's the biggest drop in ATP.

      In the revised manuscript, we have tried to highlight the key findings that you have pointed out. First, we mentioned in the Discussion (page 17, lines 523-525) that previous studies suggested the importance of mitochondria in proliferating HSCs. Meanwhile, the GO-ATeam2 and glucose tracer analyses in this study newly revealed that the glycolytic system activated by PFKFB3 is activated during the proliferative phase, as shown in Figure 4C. We also confirmed that mitochondrial ATP production is vital in proliferating HSCs, and we hope to clarify the balance between ATP-producing pathways and nutrient sources in future studies.

      1. To better clarify this point authors, authors should do experiments in hypoxic conditions and compare it to oligomycin treatment and showing that mito-inhibition acts differently on HSCs (considering that all these drugs are toxic for mitochondria and induce rapidly stress responses ex: mitophagy).

      We apologize for any confusion caused by not clearly describing the experimental conditions. As pointed out by the reviewer, we also recognize the importance of experiments in a hypoxic environment. All GO-ATeam2 analyses were performed in a medium saturated sufficiently under hypoxic conditions and analyzed within minutes, so we believe that the medium did not become oxygenated (page S5-S6, lines 160-163 in the Methods). Despite being conducted under such hypoxic conditions, the substantial decrease in ATP after oligomycin treatment is intriguing (original Figures 4C, 5B, 5C). The p50 value of mitochondria (the partial pressure of oxygen at which respiration is half maximal) is 0.1 kPa, which is less than 0.1% of the oxygen concentration at atmospheric pressure 7. Thus, biochemically, it is consistent that OXPHOS can maintain sufficient activity even in a hypoxic environment like the bone marrow. We are currently embarking on a study to determine ATP concentration in physiological hypoxic conditions using in vivo imaging within the bone marrow, which we hope to report in a separate project. We have discussed these points, technical limitations, and perspectives in the Discussion section (page 20, lines 610-612).

      • In Figure 1 C, D, E and F, the comparison should be done as unpaired t test and the control group should not be 1 as the cells comes from different individuals.

      Thank you very much for pointing this out. We have reanalyzed and revised the figures (revised Figures 1C–F)

      Author response image 17.

      • In Figure S2A, the post-sorting bar of 6PG, R5P and S7P are missing.

      Metabolites below the detection threshold (post-sorting samples of 6PG, R5P, and S7P) are now indicated as N.D. (not detected) (revised Figure S2A).

      Author response image 18.

      • In the 2NBDG experiments, authors should add the appropriate controls, since it has been shown that 2NBDG cellular uptake do not correctly reflect glucose uptake (Sinclair LV, Immunometabolism 2020) (a cell type dependent variations) thus inhibitors of glucose transporters should be added as controls (cytochalasin B; 4,6-O-ethylidene-a-D-glucose) it would be quite challenging to test it in vivo but it would be sufficient to show that in vitro in the different HSPCs analyzed.

      We appreciate the essential technical point raised by the reviewer. In the revised manuscript, we performed a 2-NBDG assay with cytochalasin B and phloretin as negative controls. After PBS treatment, 2-NBDG uptake was higher in 5-FU-treated HSCs compared to untreated HSCs. This increase was inhibited by both cytochalasin B and phloretin. In PBS-treated HSCs, cytochalasin B did not downregulate 2-NBDG uptake, whereas phloretin did. Although cytochalasin B inhibits glucose transporters (GLUTs), it is also an inhibitor of actin polymerization. Therefore, its inhibitory effect on GLUTs may be weaker than that of phloretin. We have revised the figure (revised Figure S1L) and added the corresponding description (page 7, lines 207-208).

      Author response image 19.

      • S5C: authors should show the cell number for each population. If there's a decreased in % in Lin- that will be reflected in all HSPCs. Comparing the proportion of the cells doesn't show the real impact on HSPCs.

      Thank you for your insightful point. In the revision, we compared the numbers, not percentages, of HSPCs and found no difference in the number of cells in the major HSPC fractions in Lin-. The figure has been revised (revised Figure S6C) and the corresponding description has been added (page 10, lines 296-299).

      Author response image 20.

      Minor:

      1. In S1 F-G is not indicated in which day post 5FU injection is done the analysis. I assume on day 6 but it should be indicated in the figure legend and/or text.

      Thank you for pointing this out. As you assumed, the analysis was performed on day 6. The description has been added to the legend of the revised Figure S1G.

      1. S1K is not described in the text. What are proliferative and quiescence-maintaining conditions? The analyses are done by flow using LKS SLAM markers after culture? How long was the culture?

      Thank you for your comments. First, the figure citation on line 250 was incorrect and has been corrected to Figure S1N. Regarding the proliferative and quiescence-maintaining conditions, we have previously reported on these 8. In brief, these are culture conditions that maintain HSC activity at a high level while allowing for the proliferation or maintenance of HSCs in quiescence, achieved by culturing under fatty acid-rich, hypoxic conditions with either high or low cytokine concentrations. Analysis was performed after one week of culture, with the HSC number determined by flow cytometry based on the LSK-SLAM marker. While these are mentioned in the Methods section, we have added a description in the main text to highlight these points for the reader (page 7, lines 214-217).

      1. In Figure 5G, why does the blue line (PFKFB3 inhibitor) go up in the end of the real-time monitoring? Does it mean that other compensatory pathway is turned on?

      As you have pointed out, we cannot rule out the possibility that other unknown compensatory ATP production pathways were activated. We have added a note in the Discussion section to address this (page 18, lines 555-556).

      1. In Figure S6H&J, the reduction is marginal. Does it mean that PKM2 is not important for ATP production in HSCs?

      The activity of the inhibitor is essential in the GO-ATeam2 analysis. The commercially available PKM2 inhibitors have a higher IC50 value (IC50 = 2.95 μM in this case). Nevertheless, the effect of reducing the ATP concentration was observed in progenitor cells, but not in HSCs. The report by Wang et al. 9 on the analysis using a PKM2-deficient model suggests a stronger effect on progenitor cells than on HSCs. Our results are similar to those of the previous report.

      (Specific comments)

      Specifically, there are several major points that rise concerns about the claims:

      1. The gating strategy to select HSCs with enlarged Sca1 gating is not convincing. I understand the rationale to have a sufficient number of cells to analyze, however this gating strategy should be applied also in the control group. From the FACS plot seems that there are more HSCs upon 5FU treatment (Figure S1b). How that is possible? Is it because of the 20% more of cycling cells at day 6? To prove that this gating strategy still represents a pure HSC population, authors should compare the blood reconstitution capability of this population with a "standard" gated population. If the starting population is highly heterogeneous then the metabolic readout could simply reflect cell heterogeneity.

      Thank you for pointing this out. First, we did not enlarge the Sca-1 gating in this study. We apologize for any confusion caused by the incomplete description. The gating of c-Kit is based on that shown by Umemoto et al (Figure EV1A) 2, who used 250 mg/kg 5-FU, so their c-Kit reduction is more pronounced than ours.

      We followed this study and compared c-Kit expression in the Lin-Sca-1+CD150+CD48-EPCR+ gates to BMMNCs on day 6 after 5-FU administration (150 mg/kg). The results are shown below.

      Author response image 21.

      Since the MFI of c-Kit was downregulated, we used gating that extended the c-Kit gate to lower expression regions on day 6 after 5-FU administration (revised Figure S1C).

      At other time points, LSK gating was the same as in the PBS-treated group, as noted in the Methods.

      The reason why the number of HSCs appears to be higher in the 5-FU group is because most of the differentiated blood cells were lost due to 5-FU administration and the same number of cells as in the PBS group were analyzed by FACS, resulting in a relatively higher number of HSCs. The legend of Figure S1 shows that the number of HSCs in both the PBS and 5-FU groups appeared to increase because the same number of BMMNCs was obtained at the time of analysis (page S22, lines 596-598).

      Regarding cellular heterogeneity, from a metabolic point of view, the heterogeneity in HSCs is rather reduced by 5-FU administration. As shown in Figure S3A–C, this is simulated under stress conditions, such as after 5-FU administration or during OXPHOS inhibition, where the flux variability in each enzymatic reaction is significantly reduced. GO-ATeam2 analysis after 5-FU treatment showed no increase in cell population variability. After 2-DG treatment, ATP concentrations in HSCs were widely distributed from 0 mM to 0.8 mM in the PBS group, while more than 80% of those in the 5-FU group were less than 0.4 mM (Figures 4B, D). HSCs may have a certain metabolic diversity at a steady state, but under stress conditions, they may switch to a more specialized metabolism with less cellular heterogeneity in order to adapt.

      1. S2 does not show major differences before and after sorting. However, a key metabolite like Lactate is decreased, which is also one of the most present. Wouldn't that mean that HSCs once they move out from the hypoxic niche, they decrease lactate production? Do they decrease anaerobic glycolysis? How can quiescent HSC mostly rely on OXPHOS being located in hypoxic niche?

      2. Since HSCs in the niche are located in hypoxic regions of the bone marrow, would that not mimic OxPhos inhibition (oligomycin)? Would that not mean that HSCs in the niche are more glycolytic (anaerobic glycolysis)?

      3. In Figure 5B, the orange line (Glucose+OXPHOS inhibition) remains stable, which means HSCs prefer to use glycolysis when OXPHOS is inhibited. Which metabolic pathway would HSCs use under hypoxic conditions? As HSCs resides in hypoxic niche, does it mean that these steady-state HSCs prefer to use glycolysis for ATP production? As mentioned before, mitochondrial inhibition can be comparable at the in vivo condition of the niche, where low pO2 will "inhibit" mitochondria metabolism.

      Thank you for the first half of comment 2 on the technical features of our approach. First, as you have pointed out, there is minimal variation and stable detection of many metabolites before and after sorting (Figure S2A), suggesting that isolation from the hypoxic niche and sorting stress do not significantly alter metabolite detection performance. This is consistent with a previous report by Jun et al. 10. Meanwhile, lactate levels decreased by sorting. Therefore, if the activity of anaerobic glycolysis was suppressed in stressed HSCs, it may be difficult to detect these metabolic changes with our tracer analysis. However, in this study, several glycolytic metabolites, including an increase in lactate, were detected in HSCs from 5-FU-treated mice compared with HSCs from PBS-treated mice that were similarly sorted and prepared, suggesting an increase in glycolytic activity. In other words, we may have been fortunate to detect the stress-induced activation of the glycolytic system beyond the characteristic of our analysis system that lactate levels tend to appear lower than they are. Given that damage to the bone marrow hematopoiesis tends to alleviate the low-oxygen status of the niche 11, we postulate that this upregulated aerobic glycolysis arises intrinsically in HSCs rather than from external conditions.

      The second half of comment 2, and comments 7 and 10, are essential and overlapping comments and will be answered together. Although genetic analyses have shown that HSCs produce ATP by anaerobic glycolysis in low-oxygen environments 9,12, our GO-ATeam2 analysis in this study confirmed that HSCs also generate ATP via mitochondria. This is also supported by Ansó's prior findings where the knockout of the Rieske iron–sulfur protein (RISP), a constituent of the mitochondrial electron transport chain, impairs adult HSC quiescence and bone marrow repopulation 13. Bone marrow is a physiologically hypoxic environment (9.9–32.0 mmHg 11). However, the p50 value of mitochondria (the partial pressure of oxygen at which respiration is half maximal) is below 0.1% oxygen concentration at atmospheric pressure (less than 1 mmHg) 7. This suggests that OXPHOS can retain sufficient activity even under physiologically hypoxic conditions. We are currently initiating efforts to discern ATP concentrations in vivo within the bone marrow under physiological hypoxia. This will be reported in a separate project in the future. Admittedly, when we began this research, we did not anticipate the significant mitochondrial reliance of HSCs. As we previously reported, the metabolic uncoupling of glycolysis and mitochondria 12 may enable HSCs to activate only glycolysis, and not mitochondria, under stress conditions such as post-5-FU administration, suggesting a unique metabolic trait of HSCs. We have included these technical limitations and perspectives in the Discussion section (page 17, lines 520-523).

      1. The authors performed challenging experiments to track radiolabeled glucose, which are quite remarkable. However, the data do not fully support the conclusions. Mitochondrial metabolism in HSCs can be supported by fatty acid and glutamate, thus authors should track the fate of other energy sources to fully discriminate the glycolysis vs mito-metabolism dependency. From the data on S2 and Fig1 1C-F, the authors can conclude that upon 5FU treatment HSCs increase glycolytic rate.

      2. FIG.2B-C: Increase of Glycolysis upon oligomycin treatment is common in many different cell types. As explained before, other radiolabeled substrates should be used to understand the real effect on mitochondria metabolism.

      Thank you for your suggestion. While this is essential for future studies, we believe it is not the primary focus of the paper. We are planning another research project on tracer analysis using labeled fatty acids and glutamates, which we will report on in the near future. We have clearly stated in the Abstract and Introduction of the revised manuscript that the focus of this study is on changes in glucose metabolism when HSCs are stressed (page 3, line 75 and 87, page 5, lines 135).

      Instead, we have added the following analyses of metabolic changes in fatty acids and glutamate using the GO-ATeam2 system: HSCs derived from GO-ATeam2 mice treated with PBS or 5-FU were used to measure changes in ATP concentrations after exposure to the fatty acid beta-oxidation (FAO) inhibitor etomoxir and the glutaminolysis inhibitor 6-diazo-5-oxo-L-norleucine (DON). Etomoxir was used at 100 µM, a concentration that inhibits FAO without inhibiting mitochondrial electron transfer complex I, as previously reported 5. DON was used at 2 mM, a concentration that sufficiently inhibits the enzyme as the Ki for glutaminase is 6 µM. In this experiment, etomoxir alone, DON alone, or etomoxir and DON in combination did not decrease the ATP concentration of HSCs in the PBS and 5-FU groups (revised Figures S7J–M), suggesting that FAO and glutaminolysis were not essential for ATP production in HSCs in the short term. Thus, according to the analysis using the GO-Ateam2 system, HSCs exposed to acute stresses change the efficiency of glucose utilization (accelerated glycolytic ATP production) rather than other energy sources. Since there are reports that FAO and glutaminolysis are required for HSC maintenance in the long term 5,6, compensatory pathways may be able to maintain ATP levels in the short term. A description of these points has been added to the Discussion (page 17, lines 525-527).

      Author response image 22.

      Fatty acid β-oxidation activity was also measured in 5-FU-treated HSCs using the fluorescent probe FAOBlue and was unchanged compared to PBS-treated HSCs (revised Figure S7N).

      Author response image 23.

      Notably, the addition of 100 µM etomoxir plus glucose and Pfkfb3 inhibitors resulted in a rapid decrease in ATP concentration in HSCs (revised Figures S7O–P). This indicates that etomoxir partially mimics the effect of oligomycin, suggesting that at a steady state, OXPHOS is driven by FAO, but can be compensated by the acceleration of the glycolytic system by Pfkfb3. Meanwhile, the exposure of HSCs to Pfkfb3 inhibitors in addition to 2 mM DON did not reduce ATP (revised Figures S7O–P). This suggests that ATP production from glutaminolysis is limited in HSCs at a steady state.

      Author response image 24.

      These points suggest that OXPHOS is driven by fatty acids at a steady state, but unlike the glycolytic system, FAO is not further activated by HSCs after 5-FU treatment. The results of these analyses and related descriptions are included in the revised manuscript (page 11, lines 332-344).

      1. In Figure S1, 5-FU leads to the induction of cycling HSCs and in figure 1, 5-FU results in higher activation of glycolysis. Would it be possible to correlate these two phenotypes together? For example, by sorting NBDG+ cells and checking the cell cycle status of these cells?

      We appreciate the reviewer’s insightful comments. We administered 2-NBDG to mice and fractionated HSCs at the 2-NBDG fluorescence level for cell cycle analysis. The results are shown below (revised Figure S1M). Notably, even in the PBS-treated group, HSCs with high 2-NBDG uptake were more proliferative than HSCs with low 2-NBDG uptake and were comparable to HSCs after 5-FU treatment, although the overall population of HSCs that exited the G0 phase and entered the G1 phase increased after 5-FU treatment. In both PBS/5-FU-treated groups, these profound differences in cell cycle glucose utilization suggest a direct link between HSC proliferation and glycolysis activation. Descriptions of the above findings and perspectives have been added to the Results and Discussion section (page 7, lines 208-214, page 20, lines 607-610).

      Author response image 25.

      1. Why are only ECAR measurements (and not OCR measurements) shown? In Fig.2G, why are HSCs compared with cKit+ myeloid progenitors, and not with MPP1? The ECAR increased observed in HSC upon oligomycin treatment is shared with many other types of cells. However, cKit+ cells have a weird behavior. Upon oligo treatment cKit+ cells decrease ECAR, which is quite unusual. The data of both HSCs and cKit+ cells could be clarified by adding OCR curves. Moreover, it is recommended to run glycolysis stress test profile to assess the dependency to glycolysis (Glucose, Oligomycin, 2DG).

      In addition to the ECAR data of the Mito Stress test (original Figures 2G–H), OCR data were added in the revised manuscript (revised Figures 2H, S3D). Compared to c-Kit+ myeloid progenitors (LKS- cells), HSC exhibited a similar increase in ECAR, while the decrease in OCR was relatively limited. This may be because glycolytic and mitochondrial metabolism are coupled in c-Kit+ myeloid progenitors, whereas they are decoupled in HSCs. This is also suggested by the glucose plus oligomycin experiment in Figures 5B, C, and S6A–D (orange lines). In summary, in HSCs, glycolytic and mitochondrial ATP production are decoupled and can maintain ATP levels by glycolytic ATP production alone, whereas in progenitors including GMPs, the two ATP production systems are constantly coupled, and glycolysis alone cannot maintain the ATP concentration. While we could not conduct a glycolysis stress test, we believe that Pfkfb3-dependent glycolytic activation, which is evident in the oligomycin+glucose+Pfkfb3i experiment, is only apparent in HSCs when subjected to glucose+oligomycin treatment (original Figures 5F–I). We have added descriptions of these points in the Results and Discussion section (page 8, lines 240-243, page 18, lines 558-561).

      Author response image 26.

      FIG.3 A-C. As mentioned previously, the flux analyses should be integrated with data using other energy sources. If cycling HSCs are less dependent to OXPHOS, what happen if you inhibit OXHPHOS in 5-FU condition? Since the authors are linking OXPHOS inhibition and upregulation of Glycolysis to increase proliferation, do HSCs proliferate more when treated with oligomycin?

      First, please see our response to comments 3 and 5 regarding the first part of this comment about the flux analysis of other energy sources. According to the analysis using the GO-Ateam2 system, stressed HSCs change the efficiency of glucose utilization (accelerated glycolytic ATP production) rather than other energy sources. The change in ATP concentration after OXPHOS inhibition for 5-FU-treated HSCs is shown in Figures 4C and E, suggesting that the activity of OXPHOS itself does not increase. HSCs after oligomycin treatment and HSCs after 5-FU treatment are similar in that they activate glycolytic ATP production. However, inhibition of OXPHOS did not induce the proliferation of HSCs (original Figure S1K). This suggests that proliferation activates glycolysis and not that activation of the glycolytic system induces proliferation. This similarity and dissimilarity of glycolytic activation upon proliferation and OXPHOS inhibition is discussed in the Discussion section (page 16-17, lines 505-515).

      1. FIG.4 shows that in vivo administration of radiolabeled glucose especially marks metabolites of TCA cycle and Glycolysis. The authors interpret enhanced anaerobic glycolysis, but I am not sure this is correct; if more glycolysis products go in the TCA cycle, it might mean that HSC start engaging mitochondrial metabolism. What do the authors think about that?

      Thank you for pointing this out. We believe that the data are due to two differences in the experimental features between in vivo (Figure S5) and in vitro (Figures 1 and S2) tracer analysis. The first difference is that in in vivo tracer analysis, unlike in vitro, all cells can metabolize U-13C6-glucose. Another difference is that after glucose labeling in vivo, it takes approximately 120–180 minutes to purify HSCs to extract metabolites, and processing on ice may result in a gradual progression of metabolic reactions within HSCs. As a result, in vivo tracer analysis may detect an increased influx of labeled carbon derived from U-13C6-glucose into the TCA cycle over an extended period. However, it is difficult to interpret whether this influx of labeled carbon is derived from the direct influx of glycolysis or the re-uptake by HSCs of metabolites that have been metabolized to other metabolites in other cells. Meanwhile, as shown in Figure 4C using the GO-ATeam2 system, ATP production from mitochondria is not upregulated by 5-FU treatment. This suggests that even if the direct influx from glycolysis into the TCA cycle is increased, the rate of ATP production does not exceed that of glycolysis. Despite these technical caveats in interpretation, the results of in vivo and in vitro tracer analyses are considered essential. In particular, we consider the increased labeling of metabolites involved in glycolysis and nucleotide synthesis to be crucial. We have added a discussion of these points, including experimental limitations (page 17-18, lines 530-545).

      1. FIG.4: the experimental design is not clear. Are BMNNCs stained and then put in culture? Is it 6-day culture or BMNNCs are purified at day 6 post 5FU? FIG-4B-C The difference between PBS vs 5FU conditions are the most significant; however, the effect of oligomycin in both conditions is the most dramatic one. From this readout, it seems that HSCs are more dependent on mitochondria for energy production both upon 5FU treatment and in PBS conditions.

      We apologize for the incomplete description of the experimental details. The experiment involved dispensing freshly stained BMMNC with surface antigens into the medium and immediately subjecting them to flow cytometry analysis. For post-5-FU treatment HSCs, mice were administered with 5-FU (day 1), and freshly obtained BMMNCs were analyzed on day 6. The analysis of HSCs and progenitors was performed by gating each fraction within the BMMNC (original Figure S5A). We have added these details to ensure that readers can grasp these aspects more clearly (page S5, lines 155-158).

      As pointed out by the reviewer, we understand that HSCs produce more ATP through OXPHOS. However, ATP production by glycolysis, although limited, is observed under steady-state conditions (post-PBS treatment HSC), and its reliance increases during the proliferation phase (post-5-FU treatment HSC) (original Figures 4B, D). Until now, discussions on energy production in HSCs have focused on either glycolysis or mitochondrial functions. However, with the GO-ATeam2 system, it has become possible for the first time to compare their contributions to ATP production and evaluate compensatory pathways. As a result, it became evident that while OXPHOS is the main source of ATP production, the reliance on glycolysis plastically increases in response to stress. This has led to a better understanding of HSC metabolism. These points are included in the Discussion as well (page 16, lines 479-488).

      1. FIG.6H should be extended with cell cycle analyses. There are no differences between 5FU and ctrl groups. If 5FU induces HSCs cycling and increases glycolysis I would expect higher 2-NBDG uptake in the 5FU group. How do the authors explain this?

      Thank you for your comments. In the original Figure 6H, we found that 2-NBDG uptake correlated with mPFKFB3 levels in both the 5-FU and PBS groups. mPfkfb3 levels remained low in the few HSCs with low 2-NBDG uptake in the 5-FU group.

      In the revised manuscript, to directly relate glucose utilization to the cell cycle, we administered 2-NBDG to mice and fractionated HSCs at the 2-NBDG fluorescence level for cell cycle analysis. The results are shown below (revised Figure S1M). Notably, even in the PBS-treated group, HSCs with high 2-NBDG uptake were more proliferative than those with low 2-NBDG uptake and are comparable to HSCs after 5-FU treatment, although the overall population of HSCs that exited the G0 phase and entered the G1 phase increased after 5-FU treatment. The large differences in glucose utilization per cell cycle observed in both PBS/5-FU-treated groups suggest a direct link between HSC proliferation and glycolysis activation. Descriptions of the above findings have been added to the Results and Discussion ((page 7, lines 208-214, page 20, lines 607-610).

      Author response image 27.

      1. In S7 the experimental design is not clear. What are quiescent vs proliferative conditions? What does it mean "cell number of HSC-derived colony"? Is it a CFU assay? Then you should show colony numbers. When HSCs proliferate, they need more energy thus inhibition of metabolism will impact proliferation. What happens if you inhibit mitochondrial metabolism with oligomycin?

      Regarding the proliferative and quiescence-maintaining conditions, we have previously reported on these 8. In brief, these are culture conditions that maintain HSC activity at a high level while allowing for the proliferation or maintenance of HSCs in quiescence, achieved by culturing under fatty acid-rich, hypoxic conditions with either high or low cytokine concentrations. Analysis was performed after one week of culture, with the HSC number determined by flow cytometry based on the LSK-SLAM marker. While these are mentioned in the Methods section, we have added a description in the main text to highlight these points for the reader (page 7, lines 214-217).

      In vitro experiments with the oligomycin treatment of HSCs showed that OXPHOS inhibition activates the glycolytic system, but does not induce HSC proliferation (original Figure S1K). This suggests that proliferation activates glycolysis and not that activation of the glycolytic system induces proliferation. This similarity and dissimilarity of glycolytic activation upon proliferation and OXPHOS inhibition is discussed in the Discussion (page 16-17, lines 505-515).

      1. In FIG 7 since homing of HSCs is influenced by the cell cycle state, should be important to show if in the genetic model for PFKFB3 in HSCs there's a difference in homing efficiency.

      In response to the reviewer's comments, we knocked out PFKFB3 in HSPCs derived from Ubc-GFP mice, transplanted 200,000 HSPCs into recipients (C57BL/6 mice) post-8.5Gy irradiation, and harvested the bone marrow of recipients after 16 h to compare homing efficiency (revised Figure S10H). Even with the knockout of PFKFB3, no significant difference in homing efficiency was detected compared to the control group (Rosa knockout group). These results suggest that the short-term reduction in chimerism due to PFKFB3 knockout is not due to decreased homing efficiency or cell death by apoptosis (Figure 7K) but a transient delay in cell cycle progression. We have added descriptions regarding these findings in the Results and Discussion sections (page 15, lines 470-471, page 19, lines 576-578).

      Author response image 28.

      1. Yamamoto M, Kim M, Imai H, Itakura Y, Ohtsuki G. Microglia-Triggered Plasticity of Intrinsic Excitability Modulates Psychomotor Behaviors in Acute Cerebellar Inflammation. Cell Rep. 2019;28(11):2923-2938 e2928.

      2. Umemoto T, Johansson A, Ahmad SAI, et al. ATP citrate lyase controls hematopoietic stem cell fate and supports bone marrow regeneration. EMBO J. 2022:e109463.

      3. Seita J, Sahoo D, Rossi DJ, et al. Gene Expression Commons: an open platform for absolute gene expression profiling. PLoS One. 2012;7(7):e40321.

      4. Boyd S, Brookfield JL, Critchlow SE, et al. Structure-Based Design of Potent and Selective Inhibitors of the Metabolic Kinase PFKFB3. J Med Chem. 2015;58(8):3611-3625.

      5. Ito K, Carracedo A, Weiss D, et al. A PML–PPAR-δ pathway for fatty acid oxidation regulates hematopoietic stem cell maintenance. Nat Med. 2012;18(9):1350-1358.

      6. Oburoglu L, Tardito S, Fritz V, et al. Glucose and glutamine metabolism regulate human hematopoietic stem cell lineage specification. Cell Stem Cell. 2014;15(2):169-184.

      7. Gnaiger E, Mendez G, Hand SC. High phosphorylation efficiency and depression of uncoupled respiration in mitochondria under hypoxia. Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A. 2000;97(20):11080-11085.

      8. Kobayashi H, Morikawa T, Okinaga A, et al. Environmental Optimization Enables Maintenance of Quiescent Hematopoietic Stem Cells Ex Vivo. Cell Rep. 2019;28(1):145-158 e149.

      9. Wang YH, Israelsen WJ, Lee D, et al. Cell-state-specific metabolic dependency in hematopoiesis and leukemogenesis. Cell. 2014;158(6):1309-1323.

      10. Jun S, Mahesula S, Mathews TP, et al. The requirement for pyruvate dehydrogenase in leukemogenesis depends on cell lineage. Cell Metab. 2021;33(9):1777-1792 e1778.

      11. Spencer JA, Ferraro F, Roussakis E, et al. Direct measurement of local oxygen concentration in the bone marrow of live animals. Nature. 2014;508(7495):269-273.

      12. Takubo K, Nagamatsu G, Kobayashi CI, et al. Regulation of glycolysis by Pdk functions as a metabolic checkpoint for cell cycle quiescence in hematopoietic stem cells. Cell Stem Cell. 2013;12(1):49-61.

      13. Anso E, Weinberg SE, Diebold LP, et al. The mitochondrial respiratory chain is essential for haematopoietic stem cell function. Nat Cell Biol. 2017;19(6):614-625.

    1. Author Response

      We would like to thank the Editors and Reviewers for their comprehensive review of the manuscript. We appreciate your feedback, and we will carefully consider all your comments in the revision of the manuscript. Below are our provisional responses to your comments.

      eLife assessment

      This manuscript reveals important insights into the role of ipsilateral descending pathways in locomotion, especially following unilateral spinal cord injury. The study provides solid evidence that this method improves the injured side's ability to support weight, and as such the findings may lead to new treatments for stroke, spinal cord injuries, or unilateral cerebral injuries. However, the methods and results need to be better detailed, and some of the statistical analysis enhanced.

      Thank you for your assessment. We will incorporate various textual enhancements in the final version of the manuscript to address the weaknesses you have pointed out. The specific improvements are outlined below.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      This manuscript provides potentially important new information about ipsilateral cortical impact on locomotion. A number of issues need to be addressed.

      Strengths:

      The primary appeal and contribution of this manuscript are that it provides a range of different measures of ipsilateral cortical impact on locomotion in the setting of impaired contralateral control. While the pathways and mechanisms underlying these various measures are not fully defined and their functional impacts remain uncertain, they comprise a rich body of results that can inform and guide future efforts to understand cortical control of locomotion and to develop more effective rehabilitation protocols.

      Weaknesses:

      1. The authors state that they used a cortical stimulation location that produced the largest ankle flexion response (lines 102-104). Did other stimulation locations always produce similar, but smaller responses (aside from the two rats that showed ipsilateral neuromodulation)? Was there any site-specific difference in response to stimulation location?

      We derived motor maps in each rat, akin to the representation depicted in Fig 6. In each rat, alternative cortical sites did, indeed, produce distal or proximal contralateral leg flexion responses. Distal responses were more likely to be evoked in the rostral portion of the array, similarly to proximal responses early after injury. This distribution in responses across different cortical sites is reported in this study (Fig. 6) and is consistent with our prior work. The Results section will be revised to provide additional clarification and context for the data presented in Figure 6.

      1. Figure 2: There does not appear to be a strong relationship between the percentage of spared tissue and the ladder score. For example, the animal with the mild injury (based on its ladder score) in the lower left corner of Figure 2A has less than 50% spared tissue, which is less spared tissue than in any animal other than the two severe injuries with the most tissue loss. Is it possible that the ladder test does not capture the deficits produced by this spinal cord injury? Have the authors looked for a region of the spinal cord that correlates better with the deficits that the ladder test produces? The extent of damage to the region at the base of the dorsal column containing the corticospinal tract would be an appropriate target area to quantify and compare with functional measures.

      In Fig. S6 of our 2021 publication "Bonizzato and Martinez, Science Translational Medicine", we investigated the predictive value of tissue sparing in specific sub-regions of the spinal cord for ladder performance. Specifically, we examined the correlation between the accuracy of left leg ladder performance in the acute state and the preservation of the corticospinal tract (CST). Our results indicated that dorsal CST sparing serves as a mild predictor for ladder deficits, confirming the results obtain in this study.

      1. Lines 219-221: The authors state that "phase-coherent stimulation reinstated the function of this muscle, leading to increased burst duration (90{plus minus}18% of the deficit, p=0.004, t-test, Fig. 4B) and total activation (56{plus minus}13% of the deficit, p=0.014, t-test, Fig. 3B). This way of expressing the data is unclear. For example, the previous sentence states that after SCI, burst duration decreased by 72%. Does this mean that the burst duration after stimulation was 90% higher than the -72% level seen with SCI alone, i.e., 90% + -72% = +18%? Or does it mean that the stimulation recovered 90% of the portion of the burst duration that had been lost after SCI, i.e., -72% * (100%-90%)= -7%? The data in Figure 4 suggests the latter. It would be clearer to express both these SCI alone and SCI plus stimulation results in the text as a percent of the pre-SCI results, as done in Figure 4.

      Your assessment is correct; we intended to report that the stimulation recovered 90% of the portion of the burst duration that had been lost after SCI. This point will be addressed in the revision of the manuscript.

      1. Lines 227-229: The authors claim that the phase-dependent stimulation effects in SCI rats are immediate, but they don't say how long it takes for these effects to be expressed. Are these effects evident in the response to the first stimulus train, or does it take seconds or minutes for the effects to be expressed? After the initial expression of these effects, are there any gradual changes in the responses over time, e.g., habituation or potentiation?

      The effects are immediately expressed at the very first occurrence of stimulation. We never tested a rat completely naïve to stimuli, as each treadmill session involves prior cortical mapping to identify a suitable active site for involvement in locomotor experiments. Yet, as demonstrated in Supplementary Video 1 accompanying our 2021 publication on contralateral effects of cortical stimulation, "Bonizzato and Martinez, Science Translational Medicine," the impact of phase-dependent cortical stimulation on movement modulation is instantaneous and ceases promptly upon discontinuation of the stimulation. We did not quantify potential gradual changes in responsiveness over time, but we cannot exclude that for long stimulation sessions (e.g., 30 min or more), stimulus amplitude may need to be slightly increased over time to compensate habituation.

      1. Awake motor maps (lines 250-277): The analysis of the motor maps appears to be based on measurements of the percentage of channels in which a response can be detected. This analytic approach seems incomplete in that it only assesses the spatial aspect of the cortical drive to the musculature. One channel could have a just-above-threshold response, while another could have a large response; in either case, the two channels would be treated as the same positive result. An additional analysis that takes response intensity into account would add further insight into the data, and might even correlate with the measures of functional recovery. Also, a single stimulation intensity was used; the results may have been different at different stimulus intensities.

      We confirm that maps of cortical stimulation responsiveness may vary at different stimulus amplitudes. To establish an objective metric of excitability, we identified 100µA as a reliable stimulation amplitude across rats and used this value to build the ipsilateral motor representation results in Figure 6. This choice allows direct comparison with Figure 6 of our 2021 article, related to contralateral motor representation. The comparison reveals a lack of correlation with functional recovery metrics in the ipsilateral case, in contrast to the successful correlation achieved in the contralateral case.

      Regarding the incorporation of stimulation amplitudes into the analysis, as detailed in the Method section (lines 770-771), we systematically tested various stimulation amplitudes to determine the minimal threshold required for eliciting a muscle twitch, identified as the threshold value. This process was conducted for each electrode site. Upon reviewing these data, we considered the possibility of presenting an additional assessment of ipsilateral cortical motor representation based on stimulation thresholds. However, the representation depicted in the figure did not differ significantly from the data presented in Figure 6A. Furthermore, this representation introduced an additional weakness, as it was unclear how to represent the absence of a response in the threshold scale. We chose to arbitrarily designate it as zero on the inverse logarithmic scale, where, for reference, 100 µA is positioned at 0.2 and 50 µA at 0.5.

      In conclusion, we believe that the conclusions drawn from this analysis align substantially with those in the text. The addition of the threshold analysis, in our assessment, would not contribute significantly to improving the manuscript.

      Author response image 1.

      Threshold analysis

      Author response image 2.

      Original occurrence probability analysis, for comparison.

      1. Lines 858-860: The authors state that "All tests were one-sided because all hypotheses were strictly defined in the direction of motor improvement." By using the one-sided test, the authors are using a lower standard for assessing statistical significance that the overwhelming majority of studies in this field use. More importantly, ipsilateral stimulation of particular kinds or particular sites might conceivably impair function, and that is ignored if the analysis is confined to detecting improvement. Thus, a two-sided analysis or comparable method should be used. This appropriate change would not greatly modify the authors' current conclusions about improvements.

      Our original hypothesis, drawn from previous studies involving cortical stimulation in rats and cats, as well as other neurostimulation research for movement restoration, posited a favorable impact of neurostimulation on movement. Consistent with this hypothesis, we designed our experiments with a focus on enhancing movement, emphasizing a strict direction of improvement.

      It's important to note that a one-sided test is the appropriate match for a one-sided hypothesis, and it is not a lower standard in statistics. Each experiment we conducted was constructed around a strictly one-sided hypothesis: the inclusion of an extensor-inducing stimulus would enhance extension, and the inclusion of a flexion-inducing stimulus would enhance flexion. This rationale guided our choice of the appropriate statistical test.

      We acknowledge your concern regarding the potential for ipsilateral stimulation to have negative effects on locomotion, which might not be captured when designing experiments based on one-sided hypotheses. This concern is valid, and we will explicitly mention it in the statistics section. Nonetheless, even if such observations were made, they could serve as the basis for triggering an ad-hoc follow-up study.

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      The authors' long-term goals are to understand the utility of precisely phased cortex stimulation regimes on recovery of function after spinal cord injury (SCI). In prior work, the authors explored the effects of contralesion cortex stimulation. Here, they explore ipsilesion cortex stimulation in which the corticospinal fibers that cross at the pyramidal decussation are spared. The authors explore the effects of such stimulation in intact rats and rats with a hemisection lesion at the thoracic level ipsilateral to the stimulated cortex. The appropriately phased microstimulation enhances contralateral flexion and ipsilateral extension, presumably through lumbar spinal cord crossed-extension interneuron systems. This microstimulation improves weight bearing in the ipsilesion hindlimb soon after injury, before any normal recovery of function would be seen. The contralateral homologous cortex can be lesioned in intact rats without impacting the microstimulation effect on flexion and extension during gait. In two rats ipsilateral flexion responses are noted, but these are not clearly demonstrated to be independent of the contralateral homologous cortex remaining intact.

      Strengths:

      This paper adds to prior data on cortical microstimulation by the laboratory in interesting ways. First, the strong effects of the spared crossed fibers from the ipsi-lesional cortex in parts of the ipsi-lesion leg's step cycle and weight support function are solidly demonstrated. This raises the interesting possibility that stimulating the contra-lesion cortex as reported previously may execute some of its effects through callosal coordination with the ipsi-lesion cortex tested here. This is not fully discussed by the authors but may represent a significant aspect of these data. The authors demonstrate solidly that ablation of the contra-lesional cortex does not impede the effects reported here. I believe this has not been shown for the contra-lesional cortex microstimulation effects reported earlier, but I may be wrong. Effects and neuroprosthetic control of these effects are explored well in the ipsi-lesion cortex tests here.

      In the revised version of the manuscript, we will incorporate various text improvements to address the points you have highlighted below. Additionally, we will integrate the suggested discussion topic on callosal coordination related to contralateral cortical stimulation.

      Weaknesses:

      Some data is based on very few rats. For example (N=2) for ipsilateral flexion effects of microstimulation. N=3 for homologous cortex ablation, and only ipsi extension is tested it seems. There is no explicit demonstration that the ipsilateral flexion effects in only 2 rats reported can survive the contra-lateral cortex ablation. We agree with this assessment. The ipsilateral flexion representation is here reported as a rare but consistent phenomenon, which we believe to have robustly described with Figure 7 experiments. We will underline in the text that the ablation experiment did not conclude on the unilateral-cortical nature of ipsilateral flexion effects.

      Some improvements in clarity and precision of descriptions are needed, as well as fuller definitions of terms and algorithms.

      Likely Impacts: This data adds in significant ways to prior work by the authors, and an understanding of how phased stimulation in cortical neuroprosthetics may aid in recovery of function after SCI, especially if a few ambiguities in writing and interpretation are fully resolved.

      The manuscript text will be revised in its final version, and we seek to eliminate any ambiguity in writing, data interpretation and algorithms.

      Reviewer #3 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      This article aims to investigate the impact of neuroprosthesis (intracortical microstimulation) implanted unilaterally on the lesion side in the context of locomotor recovery following unilateral thoracic spinal cord injury.

      Strength:

      The study reveals that stimulating the left motor cortex, on the same side as the lesion, not only activates the expected right (contralateral) muscle activity but also influences unexpected muscle activity on the left (ipsilateral) side. These muscle activities resulted in a substantial enhancement in lift during the swing phase of the contralateral limb and improved trunk-limb support for the ipsilateral limb. They used different experimental and stimulation conditions to show the ipsilateral limb control evoked by the stimulation. This outcome holds significance, shedding light on the engagement of the "contralateral projecting" corticospinal tract in activating not only the contralateral but also the ipsilateral spinal network.

      The experimental design and findings align with the investigation of the stimulation effect of contralateral projecting corticospinal tracts. They carefully examined the recovery of ipsilateral limb control with motor maps. They also tested the effective sites of cortical stimulation. The study successfully demonstrates the impact of electrical stimulation on the contralateral projecting neurons on ipsilateral limb control during locomotion, as well as identifying important stimulation spots for such an effect. These results contribute to our understanding of how these neurons influence bilateral spinal circuitry. The study's findings contribute valuable insights to the broader neuroscience and rehabilitation communities.

      Thank you for your assessment of this manuscript. The final version of the manuscript will incorporate your suggestions for improving term clarity and will also enhance the discussion on the mechanism of spinal network engagement, as outlined below.

      Weakness:

      The term "ipsilateral" lacks a clear definition in the title, abstract, introduction, and discussion, potentially causing confusion for the reader. In the next revision of the manuscript, we will provide a clear definition of the term "ipsilateral."

      The unexpected ipsilateral (left) muscle activity is most likely due to the left corticospinal neurons recruiting not only the right spinal network but also the left spinal network. This is probably due to the joint efforts of the neuroprosthesis and activation of spinal motor networks which work bilaterally at the spinal level. However, in my opinion, readers can easily link the ipsilateral cortical network to the ipsilateral-projecting corticospinal tract, which is less likely to play a role in ipsilateral limb control in this study since this tract is disrupted by the thoracic spinal injury.

      We agree with your assessment. The discussion section paragraph presenting putative mechanisms of cortico-spinal transmission in the effects presented in the results will be enhanced to reflect these suggestions.

    1. Author Response

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      eLife assessment

      This paper reports valuable results regarding the potential role and time course of the prefrontal cortex in conscious perception. Although the sample size is small, the results are clear and convincing, and strengths include the use of several complementary analysis methods. The behavioral test includes subject report so the results do not allow for distinguishing between theories of consciousness; nevertheless, results do advance our understanding of the contribution of prefrontal cortex to conscious perception. We appreciate very much for editor and reviewers encouraged review opinion. Particularly, we thank three reviewers very much for their professional and constructive comments that help us to improve the manuscript substantially.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      This is a clear and rigorous study of intracranial EEG signals in the prefrontal cortex during a visual awareness task. The results are convincing and worthwhile, and strengths include the use of several complementary analysis methods and clear results. The only methodological weakness is the relatively small sample size of only 6 participants compared to other studies in the field. Interpretation weaknesses that can easily be addressed are claims that their task removes the confound of report (it does not), and claims of primacy in showing early prefrontal cortical involvement in visual perception using intracranial EEG (several studies already have shown this). Also the shorter reaction times for perceived vs not perceived stimuli (confident vs not confident responses) has been described many times previously and is not a new result.

      We appreciate very much for the reviewer’s encouraged opinion. We are going to address reviewer’s specific questions and comments point-by-point in following.

      ‘The only methodological weakness is the relatively small sample size of only 6 participants compared to other studies in the field.’

      We agree that the sample size is relatively small in the present study. To compensate such shortcoming, we rigorously verified each result at both individual and population levels, resembling the data analysis method in non-human primate study.

      Interpretation weaknesses that can easily be addressed are claims that their task removes the confound of report (it does not),

      Thank you very much for your comment. We agree that our task does not remove the confound of report entirely. However, we believe that our task minimizes the motor confounds by dissociating the emergence of awareness from motor in time and balanced direction of motor between aware and unaware conditions. We have modified the text according to reviewer’s comment in the revised manuscript as following: “This task removes the confound of motor-related activity”.

      ..and claims of primacy in showing early prefrontal cortical involvement in visual perception using intracranial EEG (several studies already have shown this).

      We agree that several iEEG studies, including ERP and HFA, have shown the early involvement of prefrontal cortical in visual perception. However, in these studies, the differential activity between conscious and unconscious conditions was not investigated, thus, the activity in prefrontal cortex might be correlated with unconscious processing, rather than conscious processing. In present study, we compared the neural activity in PFC between conscious and unconscious trials, and found the correlation between PFC activity and conscious perception. Although one iEEG study(Gaillard et al., 2009) reported awareness-specific PFC activation, the awareness-related activity started 300 ms after the onset of visual stimuli, which was ~100 ms later than the early awareness related activity in our study. Also, due to the limited number of electrodes in the previous study (2 patients with 19 recording sites mostly in mesiofrontal and peri-insular regions), it was restricted while exploring the awareness-related activity in PFC. In the present study, the number of recording sites (245) were much more than previous study and covered multiple areas in PFC. Our results further show earlier awareness-related activity (~ 200 ms after visual stimuli onset), including ERP, HFA and PLV, which sheds new light on understanding of the role of PFC in conscious perception.

      We have added this discussion in the MS (lines 522-536);

      Also the shorter reaction times for perceived vs not perceived stimuli (confident vs not confident responses) has been described many times previously and is not a new result. Thank you very much for your comment. We agree that the reaction time is strongly modulated by the confident level, which has been described previously (Broggin, Savazzi, & Marzi, 2012; Marzi, Mancini, Metitieri, & Savazzi, 2006). However, in previous studies, the confident levels were usually induced by presenting stimulus with different physical property, such as spatial frequency, eccentricity and contrast. It is well known that the more salient stimuli will induce the faster process of visual information and speed up the process of visuomotor transformation, eventually shorten the reaction time (Corbetta & Shulman, 2002; Posner & Petersen, 1990). Therefore, the dependence of visual processing on the salience of visual stimulus confounds with the effect of visual awareness on the reaction time, which is hard to attribute the shorter reaction time in more salient condition purely to visual awareness. In contrast, we create a condition (near perceptual threshold) in the present study, in which the saliency (contrast) of visual stimulus is very similar in both aware and unaware conditions in order to eliminate the influence of stimulus saliency in reaction time. We think that the difference in reaction time in our study is mainly due to the modulation of awareness state, which was not reported previously.

      We have added the discussion in the MS (lines 497-507).

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      Specific comments follow:

      Abstract: "we designed a visual awareness task that can minimize report-related confounding" and in the Introduction lines 112-115: "Such a paradigm can effectively dissociate awareness-related activity from report-related activity in terms of time... and report behavior"; Discussion lines 481-483 "even after eliminating the influence of the confounding variables related to subjective reports such as motion preparation" and other similar statements in the manuscript should be removed. The task involves report using eye movements with every single stimulus. The fact that there is report for both perceived and not perceived stimuli, that the direction of report is not determined until the time of report, and that there is delay between stimulus and report, does not remove the report-related post-perceptual processing that will inevitably occur in a task where overt report is required for every single trial. For example, brain activity related to planning to report perception will only occur after perceived trials, regardless of the direction of eye movement later decided upon. This preparation to respond is different for perceived and not perceived stimuli, but is not part of the perception itself. In this way the current task is not at all unique and does not substantially differ from many other report-based tasks used previously.

      The objective of present study is to assess whether PFC is involved in the emergence of visual awareness. To do so, it is crucial to determine the subjective awareness state as correct as possible. Considering the disadvantage of non-report paradigms in determining the subjective awareness state (Tsuchiya et al. TiCS, 2015; Mashour et al, Neuron, 2020), we employed a balanced report paradigm. It has been argued (Merten & Nieder, PNAS, 2011) that, in the balanced report paradigms, subjects could not prepare any motor response during the delay period because only the appearance of a rule cue (change color of fixation point at the end of delay period) informed subjects about the appropriate motor action. In this case, the post-perceptual processing during delay period might reflect the non-motor cognitive activity. Alternatively, as being mentioned by reviewer, the post-perceptual processing might relate to planning to report perception, which is different for perceived and not perceived stimuli. Therefore, up to date, the understanding of the post-perceptual processing remains controversial. According to reviewer’s comment, we have modified the description of our task as following: “we designed a visual awareness task that can minimize report-related motor confounding”. Also, have changed “report-related” to “motorrelated” in the text of manuscript.

      Figures 3, 4 changes in posterior middle frontal gyri suggest early frontal eye field involvement in perception. This should be interpreted in the context of many previous studies showing FEF involvement in signal detection. The authors claim that "earlier visual awareness related activities in the prefrontal cortex were not found in previous iEEG studies, especially in the HG band" on lines 501-502 of the Discussion. This statement is not true and should be removed. The following statement in the Discussion on lines 563-564 should be removed for the same reasons: "our study detected 'ignition' in the human PFC for the first time." Authors should review and cite the following studies as precedent among others:

      Blanke O, Morand S, Thut G, Michel CM, Spinelli L, Landis T, Seeck M (1999) Visual activity in the human frontal eye field. Neuroreport 10 (5):925-930. doi:10.1097/00001756-19990406000006

      Foxe JJ, Simpson GV (2002) Flow of activation from V1 to frontal cortex in humans. A framework for defining "early" visual processing. Exp Brain Res 142 (1):139-150. doi:10.1007/s00221-001-0906-7

      Gaillard R, Dehaene S, Adam C, Clemenceau S, Hasboun D, Baulac M, Cohen L, Naccache L (2009) Converging intracranial markers of conscious access. Plos Biology 7 (3):e61

      Gregoriou GG, Gotts SJ, Zhou H, Desimone R (2009) High-frequency, long-range coupling between prefrontal and visual cortex during attention. Science 324:1207-1210

      Herman WX, Smith RE, Kronemer SI, Watsky RE, Chen WC, Gober LM, Touloumes GJ, Khosla M, Raja A, Horien CL, Morse EC, Botta KL, Hirsch LJ, Alkawadri R, Gerrard JL, Spencer DD, Blumenfeld H (2019) A Switch and Wave of Neuronal Activity in the Cerebral Cortex During the First Second of Conscious Perception. Cereb Cortex 29 (2):461-474.

      Khalaf A, Kronemer SI, Christison-Lagay K, Kwon H, Li J, Wu K, Blumenfeld H (2022) Early neural activity changes associated with stimulus detection during visual conscious perception. Cereb Cortex. doi:10.1093/cercor/bhac140

      Kwon H, Kronemer SI, Christison-Lagay KL, Khalaf A, Li J, Ding JZ, Freedman NC, Blumenfeld H (2021) Early cortical signals in visual stimulus detection. Neuroimage 244:118608.

      We agree that several iEEG studies, including ERP and HFA, have shown the early involvement of prefrontal cortical in visual perception. However, in these studies, the differential activity between conscious and unconscious conditions was not investigated, thus, the activity in prefrontal cortex might be correlated with unconscious processing, rather than conscious processing. In present study, we compared the neural activity in PFC between conscious and unconscious trials, and found the correlation between PFC activity and conscious perception. Although one iEEG study reported awareness-specific PFC activation, the awareness-related activity started 300 ms after the onset of visual stimuli, which was ~100 ms later than the early awareness related activity in our study. Also, due to the limited number of electrodes in the previous study (2 patients with 19 recording sites mostly in mesiofrontal and peri-insular regions), it was restricted while exploring the awareness-related activity in PFC. In the present study, the number of recording sites (245) were much more than previous study and covered multiple areas in PFC. Our results further show earlier awareness-related activity (~ 200 ms after visual stimuli onset), including ERP, HFA and PLV, which sheds new light on understanding of the role of PFC in conscious perception.

      We have added this discussion in the MS (lines 522-533);

      Minor weakness that should be mentioned in the Discussion: The intervals for the FP (fixation period) and Delay period were both fixed at 600 ms instead of randomly jittered, so that subjects likely had anticipatory activity predictably occurring with each grating and cue stimulus.

      Thank you very much for your comment. We agree that subjects might have anticipatory activity during experiment. Actually, the goal for us to design the task in this way is to try to balance the effect of attention and anticipation between aware and unaware conditions. We have added this discussion in the MS (lines 467-469);

      The faster reaction times for perceived/confident responses vs not perceived/unconfident responses has been reported many times previously in the literature and should be acknowledged rather than being claimed as a novel finding. Authors should modify p. 163 lines 160-162, first sentence of the Discussion lines 445-446 "reaction time.. shorter" claiming this was a novel finding; same for lines 464-467. Please see the following among others:

      Broggin E, Savazzi S, Marzi CA (2012) Similar effects of visual perception and imagery on simple reaction time. Q J Exp Psychol (Hove) 65 (1):151-164. doi:10.1080/17470218.2011.594896

      Chelazzi L, Marzi CA, Panozzo G, Pasqualini N, Tassinari G, Tomazzoli L (1988) Hemiretinal differences in speed of light detection in esotropic amblyopes. Vision Res 28 (1):95-104 Marzi CA, Mancini F, Metitieri T, Savazzi S (2006) Retinal eccentricity effects on reaction time to imagined stimuli. Neuropsychologia 44 (8):1489-1495. doi:10.1016/j.neuropsychologia.2005.11.012

      Posner MI (1994) Attention: the mechanisms of consciousness. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences of the United States of America 91 (16):7398-7403

      Sternberg S (1969) Memory-scanning: mental processes revealed by reaction-time experiments. Am Sci 57 (4):421-457

      Thanks. We have cited some of these papers in the revised manuscript due to the restricted number of citations.

      Methods lines 658-659: "results under LU and HA conditions were classified as the control group and were only used to verify and check the results during calculation." However the authors show these results in the figures and they are interesting. HA stimuli show earlier responses than NA stimuli. This is a valuable result which should be discussed and interpreted in light of the other findings.

      We thank very much for reviewer’s comment. We have made discussion accordingly in the revised MS (lines 535-536).

      General comment on figures: Many of the figure elements are tiny and the text labels and details can't be seen at all, especially single trial color plots, and the brain insets showing recording sites.

      We have modified the figures accordingly.

      Other minor comments: Typo: Figure 2 legend, line 169 "The contrast level resulted in an awareness percentage greater than 25%..." is missing a word and should say instead something like "The contrast level that resulted in an awareness percentage greater than 25%..."

      Thanks. We have corrected the typo accordingly.

      Figure 2 Table description in text line 190 says "proportions of recording sites" but the Table only shows number of recording sites and number of subjects, not "proportions." This should be corrected in the text.

      Thanks. We have corrected the error.

      Figure 3, and other figures, should always label the left and right hemispheres to avoid ambiguity.

      Thanks. We have made correction accordingly. In caption of Figure 2D (line 189), we modified the sentence as ‘In all brain images, right side of the image represents the right side of the brain’.

      Methods line 666. The saccadic latency calculations paragraph should have a separate heading before it, to separate it from the Behavioral data analysis section.

      Thanks. It has been corrected in line 725.

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      The authors attempt to address a long-standing controversy in the study of the neural correlates of visual awareness, namely whether neurons in prefrontal cortex are necessarily involved in conscious perception. Several leading theories of consciousness propose a necessary role for (at least some sub-regions of) PFC in basic perceptual awareness (e.g., global neuronal workspace theory, higher order theories), while several other leading theories posit that much of the previously reported PFC contributions to perceptual awareness may have been confounded by task-based cognition that co-varied between the aware and unaware reports (e.g., recurrent processing theory, integrated information theory). By employing intracranial EEG in human patients and a threshold detection task on low-contrast visual stimuli, the authors assessed the timing and location of neural populations in PFC that are differentially activated by stimuli that are consciously perceived vs. not perceived. Overall, the reported results support the view that certain regions of PFC do contribute to visual awareness, but at time-points earlier than traditionally predicted by GNWT and HOTs.

      Reply: We appreciate very much for the reviewer’s encouraged opinion.

      Major strengths of this paper include the straightforward visual threshold detection task including the careful calibration of the stimuli and the separate set of healthy control subjects used for validation of the behavioral and eye tracking results, the high quality of the neural data in six epilepsy patients, the clear patterns of differential high gamma activity and temporal generalization of decoding for seen versus unseen stimuli, and the authors' interpretation of these results within the larger research literature on this topic. This study appears to have been carefully conducted, the data were analyzed appropriately, and the overall conclusions seem warranted given the main patterns of results.

      Reply: We appreciate very much for the reviewer’s encouraged opinion.

      Weaknesses include the saccadic reaction time results and the potential flaws in the design of the reporting task. This is not a "no report" paradigm, rather, it's a paradigm aimed at balancing the post-perceptual cognitive and motor requirements between the seen and unseen trials. On each trial, subjects/patients either perceived the stimulus or not, and had to briefly maintain this "yes/no" judgment until a fixation cross changed color, and the color change indicated how to respond (saccade to the left or right). Differences in saccadic RTs (measured from the time of the fixation color change to moving the eyes to the left or right response square) were evident between the seen and unseen trials (faster for seen). If the authors' design achieved what they claim on page 3, "the report behaviors were matched between the two awareness states ", then shouldn't we expect no differences in saccadic RTs between the aware and unaware conditions? The fact that there were such differences may indicate differences in post-perceptual cognition during the time between the stimulus and the response cue. Alternatively, the RT difference could reflect task-strategies used by subjects/patients to remember the response mapping rules between the perception and the color cue (e.g., if the YES+GREEN=RIGHT and YES+RED=LEFT rules were held in memory, while the NO mappings were inferred secondarily rather than being actively held in memory). This saccadic RT result should be better explained in the context of the goals of this particular reporting-task.

      The objective of present study is to assess whether PFC is involved in the emergence of visual awareness. To do so, it is crucial to determine the subjective awareness state as correct as possible. Considering the disadvantage of non-report paradigms in determining the subjective awareness state (Tsuchiya et al, TiCS, 2015; Mashour et al, Neuron, 2020), we employed a balanced report paradigm. It has been argued (Merten & Nieder, PNAS, 2011) that, in the balanced report paradigms, subjects could not prepare any motor response during the delay period because only after the appearance of a rule cue (change color of fixation point at the end of delay period) subjects were informed about the appropriate motor action. In this case, the post-perceptual processing during delay period might reflect the non-motor cognitive activity, such as working memory (Mashour et al. Neuron, 2020). Alternatively, as being mentioned by reviewer, the postperceptual processing might relate to planning to report perception, which is different for perceived and not perceived stimuli (Aru et al. Neurosci Biobehav Rev, 2012 ). Therefore, up to date, the understanding of the post-perceptual processing remains controversial. Considering reviewer’s comment together with other opinions, we have modified the description of our task as following: “we designed a visual awareness task that can minimize report-related motor confounding”. Also, we have changed “report-related” to “motor-related” in the rest of manuscript.

      Regarding the question whether the saccadic RT in our balanced response paradigm should be expected to be similar between aware and unaware condition, we think that the RT should be similar in case if the delay period is long enough for the decision of “no” to be completed. In fact, in a previous study (Merten & Nieder, PNAS, 2011), the neuronal encoding of “no” decision didn’t appear until 2s after the stimulus cue onset. However, in our task, the delay period lasted only 600 ms that was long enough to form the “yes” decision, but was not enough to form the “no” decision. It might be the reason that our data show shorter RT in aware condition than in unaware condition.

      We totally agree reviewer’s comment about the alternative interpretation for RT difference between aware and unaware condition in our study, i.e., reflecting task-strategies used by subjects/patients to remember the response mapping rules between the perception and the color cue (e.g., if the YES+GREEN=RIGHT and YES+RED=LEFT rules were held in memory, while the NO mappings were inferred secondarily rather than being actively held in memory). We have made additional discussion about these questions in the revised manuscript (lines 492496).

      Nevertheless, the current results do help advance our understanding of the contribution of PFC to visual awareness. These results, when situated within the larger context of the rapidly developing literature on this topic (using "no report" paradigms), e.g., the recent studies by Vishne et al. (2023) Cell Reports and the Cogitate consortium (2023) bioRxiv, provide converging evidence that some sub-regions of PFC contribute to visual awareness, but at latencies earlier than originally predicted by proponents of, especially, global neuronal workspace theory.

      We appreciate very much for the reviewer’s encouraged opinion.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      Abstract: "the spatiotemporal overlap between the awareness-related activity and the interregional connectivity in PFC suggested that conscious access and phenomenal awareness may be closely coupled." I strongly suggest revising this sentence. The current results cannot be used to make such a broad claim about p-consciousness vs. a-consciousness. This study used a balanced trial-by-trial report paradigm, which can only measure conscious access.

      We thank reviewer for this comment. We have withdrawn this sentence from the revised manuscript.

      Task design: A very similar task was used previously by Schröder et al. (2021) J Neurosci. See specifically, their Figure 1, and Figure 4B-C. Using almost the exact same "matching task", the authors of this previous study show that they get a P3b for both the perceived and not-perceived conditions, confirming that post-perceptual cognition/report confounds were not eliminated, but instead were present in (and balanced between) both the perceived/not-perceived trials due to the delayed matching aspect of the design. This previous paper should be cited and the P3b result should be considered when assessing whether cognition/report confounds were addressed in the current study.

      Thank you very much for your reminding about the study of Schröder et al. We are sorry for not citing this closely related study in our previous manuscript. Schröder et al. found while P3b showed significant difference between perceived and not-perceived trials in direct report task, the P3b was presented in both perceived/not-perceived trials and not significantly different in the matched task. Based on these findings, Schröder et al. argued that P3b represented the task specific post-perceptual cognition/report rather than the emergence of awareness per se. Considering the similarity of tasks between Schröder et al. and ours, we agree that our task is not able to totally eliminate the confound of post-perceptual cognition/report related activity with awareness related activity. Nevertheless, our task is able to minimize the confound of motorrelated activity with the emergence of awareness by separating them in time and balancing the direction of responsive movements. Therefore, we modified the term of “report-related” to “motor-related” in the text of revised manuscript.

      On page 2, lines 71-75, the authors' review of the Frassle et al. (2014) experiment should be revised for accuracy. In this study, all PFC activity did not disappear as the authors claim. Also, the main contrast in the Frassle et al. study was rivalry vs. replay. However, in both of these conditions, visual awareness was changing with the main difference being whether there was sensory conflict between the two eyes or not. Such a contrast would presumably subtract out the common activity patterns related to visual awareness changes, while isolating rivalry (and the resulting neural competition) vs. non-rivalry (and the lack of such competition) which is not broadly relevant for the goal of measuring neural correlates of visual awareness which are present in both sides of the contrast (rivalry and replay).

      Thank you very much for your suggestion. We agree that and revised in the MS (lines 71-76).

      ‘For instance, a functional magnetic resonance imaging (fMRI) study employing human binocular rivalry paradigms found that when subjects need to manually report the changing of their awareness between conflict visual stimuli, the frontal, parietal, and occipital lobes all exhibited awareness-related activity. However, when report was not required, awareness-related activation was largely diminished in the frontal lobe but remained in the occipital and parietal lobes’

      On page 2, lines 76-78, the authors write, "no-report paradigm may overestimate unconscious processing because it cannot directly measure the awareness state". This should be reworded for clarity, as report paradigms also do not "directly measure the awareness state". All measures of awareness are indirect, either via subjects verbal or manual reports, or via behaviors or other physiological measures like OKN, pupillometry, etc. It's also not clear as written why no-report paradigms might overestimate unconscious processing.

      Thank you very much for your suggestion. We agreed and modified the description. In lines 76-80:

      ‘Nevertheless, the no-report paradigm may overestimate the neural correlates of awareness by including unconscious processing, because it infers the awareness state through other relevant physiological indicators, such as optokinetic nystagmus and pupil size(Tsuchiya, Wilke, Frassle, & Lamme, 2015). In the absence of subjective reports, it remains controversial regarding whether the presented stimuli are truly seen or not.’

      However, the no-report paradigm may overestimate the neural correlates of awareness, because it infers the awareness state through other relevant physiological indicators, such as optokinetic nystagmus and pupil size(Tsuchiya et al., 2015) , in the absence of subjective reports and it remains controversial that whether the stimuli presented in such paradigm are truly seen as opposed to being merely potentially visible but unattended.

      On page 5, line 155, there is a typo. This should be Figure 2C, not 2B.

      Thanks. We have modified the description.

      On page 5, lines 160-162, the authors state, "The results showed that the saccadic reaction time in the aware trials was systematically shorter than that in the unaware trials. Such results demonstrate that visual awareness significantly affects the speed of information processing in the brain." I don't understand this. If subjects can never make a saccade until the fixation cross changes color, both for Y and N decisions, why would a difference in saccadic reaction times indicate anything about visual awareness affecting the speed of information processing in the brain? Doesn't this just show that the Red/Green x Left/Right response contingencies were easier to remember and execute for the Yes-I-did-see-it decisions compared to the No-I-didn't-see-it decisions?

      We agree and have made additional discussion about these questions in the revised manuscript (lines 492-496).

      ‘An alternative interpretation for RT difference between aware and unaware condition in our study is that the difference in task-strategies used by subjects/patients to remember the response mapping rules between the perception and the color cue (e.g., if the YES+GREEN=RIGHT and YES+RED=LEFT rules were held in memory, while the NO mappings were inferred secondarily rather than being actively held in memory).’

      In Figure 3B (and several other figures) due to the chosen view and particular brain visualization used, many readers will not know whether the front of brain is up and back of brain down or vise versa (there are no obvious landmarks like the cerebellum, temporal sulcus, etc.). I suggest specifying this in the caption or better yet on the figure itself.

      Thanks. We have added these descriptions in the caption of Figure 2D.

      Line 189 ‘In all brain images, right and up sides of each image represent the right and up sides of the brain’.

      In Figure 3B, the color scale may confuse some readers. When I first inspected this figure, I immediately thought the red meant positive voltage or activation, while the blue meant negative voltage or deactivation. Only later, I realized that any color here is meaningful. Not sure if an adjustment of the color scale might help, or perhaps not normalizing (and not taking absolute values of the voltage diffs, but maintaining the +/- diffs)?

      Thanks for reviewer’s comment. We are sorry for not clearly describing the reason why we normalized the activity in absolute value and chose the color scale from 0 to 20. The major reason is that it is not clearly understood so far regarding the biological characteristics of LFP polarity (Einevoll et al, Nat Rev Neurosci, 2013). To simplify such complex issue, we consider the change in magnitude of LFP during delay period in our task represents awareness related activity, regardless its actual value being positive or negative. Therefore, we first calculated the absolute value of activity difference between aware and unaware trials in individual recording site, then used Shepard's method (see Method for detailed information) to calculate the activity in each vertex and projected on the surface of brain template as shown in Fig. 3B.

      We have added the description in the MS (lines 794-800).

      We have tried to adjust the color scale from -20 to 20 according to reviewer’s suggestion. However, the topographic heatmap showed less distinguishable between brain regions with different strength of awareness related activity. Thus, we would like to keep the way as we used to analyze and present these results.

      Figure 3B: Why choose seemingly arbitrary time points in this figure? What's the significance of 247 and 314 and 381ms (why not show 200, 250, 300, etc.)? Also, are these single time-points or averages within a broader time window around this time-point, e.g., 225-275ms for the 250ms plot?

      Thank reviewer for this helpful comment. We are sorry for not clearly describing why we chose the 8 time points to demonstrate the spatiotemporal characteristics of awareness related activity in Fig. 3B. To identify the awareness related activity, we analyzed the activity difference between aware and unaware trials during delay period (180-650 ms after visual stimulus onset). The whole dynamic process has been presented in SI with a video (video S1). Here, we just sampled the activity at 8 time points (180 ms, 247 ms, 314 ms, etc.) that equally divided the 430 ms delay period.

      We have added the description in the MS (lines 213-215).

      Figure 3D: It's not clear how this figure panel is related to the data shown in Fig3A. In Fig3A, the positive amplitude diffs all end at around 400ms, but in Fig3D, these diffs extend out to 600+ms. I suggest adding clarity about the conversion being used here.

      Thanks for reviewer’s comment. We are sorry for not clearly describing the way to analyze the population activity (Fig. 3D) in the previous version of manuscript. Since it is not clearly understood so far regarding the biological characteristics of LFP polarity, to simplify such complex issue, we consider the change in magnitude of LFP during delay period in our task is awareness related activity, regardless its actual value being positive or negative. Therefore, while analyzing the awareness related population activity, we first calculate the absolute value of activity difference between aware and unaware trials in individual recording site, then pool the data of 43 recording sites together and calculate the mean and standard error of mean (SEM)(Fig. 3D). As you can see in Fig. 3A, the activity difference between aware (red) and unaware (blue) trials lasts until/after the end of delay period. Thus, the awareness related population activity in Fig 3D extends out to 600 ms.

      We have added the description in the MS (lines 769-777).

      Figure 6D could be improved by making the time labels much bigger, perhaps putting them on the time axis on the bottom rather than in tiny text above each brain.

      Thanks for reviewer’s comment. We have modified it accordingly.

      Page 18, line 480: "our results show that the prefrontal cortex still displays visual awareness-related activities even after eliminating the influence of the confounding variables related to subjective reports such as motion preparation" This is too strong of a statement. It's not at all clear whether confounding variables related to subjective reports (especially the cognition needed to hold in mind the Y/N decision about seeing the stimulus prior to the response cue) were eliminated with the design used here. In other places of the manuscript, the authors use "minimized" which is more accurate.

      Thanks for reviewer’s comment. We have modified it accordingly.

      Page 19, section starting on line 508: The authors should consider citing the study by Vishne et al. (2023), which was just accepted for publication recently, but has been posted on bioRxiv for almost a year now: https://www.biorxiv.org/content/10.1101/2022.08.02.502469v1 . And on page 20, line 563, the authors claim that to the best of their knowledge, they were the first to detect "ignition" in PFC in human subjects. Consider revising this statement, now that you know about the Vishne et al. paper.

      We agree.

      Thanks for your reminding about these papers. We have cited this study and made discussion in the revised manuscript (line 522-533). We agree that several iEEG studies have shown the early involvement of PFC in visual perception (Vishne et al. 2023; Khalaf et al. 2023; Kwon et al. 2021). However, in these studies, authors did not compare the neural activity between conscious and unconscious conditions, leaving the possibility that the ERP and HFA were correlated with the unconscious information processing rather than awareness-specific processing. In the present study, we compared the neural activity in PFC between conscious and unconscious trials, and found that the activity of PFC specifically correlated with conscious perception. As we mentioned in the previous version of manuscript, there is one iEEG study (Gaillard et al. 2009) that reported awareness-specific activity in PFC. However, the awareness related activity started more than 300 ms after the onset of visual stimuli, which was about 100 ms longer than the early awareness related activity in our study. Nevertheless, according to reviewer’s comment, we modified our argument as following in lines 621-623:

      ‘However, as discussed above, in contrast with previous studies, our study detected earlier awareness-specific ‘ignition’ in the human PFC, while minimizing the motor-related confounding.’

      Experimental task section of Methods: Were any strategies for learning the response cue matching task suggested to patients/subjects, and/or did any patients/subjects report which strategy they ended up using? For example, if I were a subject in this experiment, I would remember and mentally rehearse the rules: "YES+GREEN = RIGHT" and "YES+RED = LEFT". For trials in which I didn't see anything, I wouldn't need to hold 2 more rules in mind, as they can be inferred from the inverse of the YES rules (and it's much harder to hold 4 things in mind than 2). This extra inference needed to get to the NO+GREEN = LEFT and NO+RED = RIGHT rules would likely cause me to respond slightly slower to the NO trials compared to the YES trials, leading to saccadic RT effects in the same direction the authors found. More information about the task training and strategies used by patients/subjects would be helpful.

      We agree and discussed this in lines 492-496.

      Reviewer #3 (Public Review):

      The authors report a study in which they use intracranial recordings to dissociate subjectively aware and subjectively unaware stimuli, focusing mainly on prefrontal cortex. Although this paper reports some interesting findings (the videos are very nice and informative!) the interpretation of the data is unfortunately problematic for several reasons. I will detail my main comments below. If the authors address these comments well, I believe the paper may provide an interesting contribution to further specifying the neural mechanisms important for conscious access (in line with Gaillard et al., Plos Biology 2009).

      Reply: We appreciate very much for the reviewer’s encouraged opinion.

      The main problem with the interpretation of the data is that the authors have NOT used a so called "no-report paradigm". The idea of no report paradigms is that subjects passively view a certain stimulus without the instruction to "do something with it", e.g., detect the stimulus, immediately or later in time. Because of the confusion of this term, specifically being related to the "act of reporting", some have argued we should use the term no-cognition paradigm instead (Block, TiCS, 2019, see also Pitts et al., Phil Trans B 2018). The crucial aspect is that, in these types of paradigms, the critical stimulus should be task-irrelevant and thus not be associated with any task (immediately or later). Because in this experiment subjects were instructed to detect the gratings when cued 600 ms later in time, the stimuli are task relevant, they have to be reported about later and therefore trigger all kinds of (known and potentially unknown) cognitive processes at the moment the stimuli are detected in real-time (so stimulus-locked). You could argue that the setup of this delayed response task excludes some very specific report related processes (e.g., the preparation of an eye-movement), which is good, however this is usually not considered the main issue. For example when comparing masked versus unmasked stimuli (Gaillard et al., 2009 Plos Biology), these conditions usually also both contain responses but these response related processes are "averaged out" in the specific contrasts (unmasked > masked). In this paper, RT differences between conditions (that are present in this dataset) are taken care of by using this delayed response in this paper, which is a nice feature for that and is not the case for the above example set-up.

      Given the task instructions, and this being merely a delayed-response task, it is to be expected that prefrontal cortex shows stronger activity for subjectively aware versus subjectively unaware stimuli. Unfortunately, given the nature of this task, the novelty of the findings is severely reduced. The authors cannot claim that prefrontal cortex is associated with "visual awareness", or what people have called phenomenal consciousness (this is the goal of using no-cognition paradigms). The only conclusion that can be drawn is that prefrontal cortex activity is associated with accessing sensory input: and hence conscious access. This less novel observation has been shown many times before and there is also little disagreement about this issue between different theories of consciousness (e.g., global workspace theory and local recurrency theories both agree on this).

      We totally agree that the no-report/no-cognition paradigms contain less cognition within the post-perceptual processing than the report paradigms. We designed the balanced response task in order to minimize the motor related component from post-perceptual processing, even though this task does not eliminate the entire cognition from post-perceptual processing. Regarding reviewer’s comment that our task is not able to assess the involvement of PFC in the emergence of awareness, we have different opinion. As we mentioned in the manuscript, the findings of early awareness related activity (~200 ms) in PFC, which resemble the VAN activity in EEG studies, indicate the association of PFC with the emergence of visual awareness (phenomenal consciousness).

      The best solution at this point seems to rewrite the paper entirely in light of this. My advice would be to state in the introduction that the authors investigate conscious access using iEEG and then not refer too much to no-cognition paradigm or maybe highlight some different strategies about using task-irrelevant stimuli (see Canales-Johnson et al., Plos Biology 2023; Hesse et al., eLife 2020; Hatamimajoumerd et al Curr Bio 2022; Alilovic et al., Plos Biology 2023; Pitts et al., Frontiers 2014; Dwarakanth et al., Neuron 2023 and more). Obviously, the authors should then also not claim that their results solve debates about theories regarding visual awareness (in the "no-cognition" sense, or phenomenal consciousness), for example in relation to the debate about the "front or the back of the brain", because the data do not inform that discussion. Basically, the authors can just discuss their results in detail (related to timing, frequency, synchronization etc) and relate the different signatures that they have observed to conscious access.

      The objective of present study is to assess whether PFC is involved in the emergence of visual awareness (i.e., phenomenal consciousness). Interestingly, we found the early awareness related activity (~200 ms after visual stimulus onset), including ERP, high gamma activity and phase synchronization, in PFC, which indicate the association of PFC with the emergence of visual awareness. Therefore, we would like to keep the basic context of manuscript and make revision according to reviewers’ comments.

      On the other hand, we totally agree reviewer’s argument that the report paradigm is more suitable to study the access consciousness. Indeed, we have found that the awareness related activity in PFC could be separated into two subgroups, i.e., early activity with shorter latency (~200 ms after stimulus onset) and late activity with longer latency (> 350 ms after stimulus onset). In addition, the early activity was declined to the baseline level within ~200 ms during delay period, whereas the late activity lasted throughout the delay period and reached to the next stage of task (change color of the fixation point). Moreover, the early activity occurs primarily within the contralateral PFC of the visual stimulus, whereas the late activity occurs within both contralateral and ipsilateral PFC. While the early awareness related activity resembles the VAN activity in EEG studies (associating with p-consciousness), the late awareness related activity resembles the P3b activity (associating with a-consciousness). We are going to report these results in a separated paper soon.

      I think the authors have to discuss the Gaillard et al PLOS Biology 2009 paper in much more detail. Gaillard et al also report a study related to conscious access contrasting unmasked and masked stimuli using iEEG. In this paper they also report ERP, time frequency and phase synchronization results (and even Granger causality). Because of the similarities in approach, I think it would be important to directly compare the results presented in that paper with results presented here and highlight the commonalities and discrepancies in the Discussion.

      Thanks for reviewer’s comment. We have made additional analysis and detailed discussion accordingly. In addition, we also extended discussion with other relevant studies in the revised manuscript.

      In lines 528-549,

      ‘Although one iEEG study reported awareness-specific PFC activation, the awareness-related activity started 300 ms after the onset of visual stimuli, which was ~100 ms later than the early activity in our study. Also, due to the limited number of electrodes in PFC (2 patients with 19 recording sites mostly in mesiofrontal and peri-insular regions), their experiments were restricted while exploring the awareness-related activity in PFC. In the present study, the number of recording sites (245) were much more than previous study and covered more areas in PFC. Our results further show earlier awareness-related activity (~ 200 ms after visual stimuli onset), including ERP, HFA and PLV. These awareness-related activity in PFC occurred even earlier (~150 ms after stimulus onset) for the salient stimulus trials (Fig. 3A\D and Fig. 4A\D, HA condition).

      However, the proportions are much smaller than that reported by Gaillard et al, which peaked at ~60%. We think that one possibility for the difference may be due to the more sampled PFC subregions in present study and the uneven distribution of awareness-related activity in PFC. Meanwhile, we noticed that the peri-insula regions and middle frontal gyrus (MFG), which were similar with the regions reported by Gaillard et al, seemed to show more fraction of awarenessrelated sites than other subregions during the delay period (0-650 ms after stimulus onset). To test such possibility and make comparison with the study of Gaillard et al. we calculated the proportion of awareness-related site in peri-insula and MFG regions. We found although the proportion of awareness-related site was larger in peri-insula and MFG than in other subregions, it was much lower than the report of Gaillard et al. One alternative possibility for the difference between these two studies might be due to the more complex task in Gaillard et al. Nevertheless, we think these new results would contribute to our understanding of the neural mechanism underlying conscious perception, especially for the role of PFC.’ In lines 601-603:

      ‘The only human iEEG study reported that the phase synchronization of the beta band in the aware condition also occurred relatively late (> 300 ms) and mainly confined to posterior zones but not PFC.’

      As for the Granger Causality analysis between PFC and occipital lobe, while the aim of this study focused mainly on PFC and there were few recoding sites in occipital lobe, we would like to do this analysis in later studies after we collect more data.

      In the Gaillard paper they report a figure plotting the percentage of significant frontal electrodes across time (figure 4A) in which it can be seen that significant electrodes emerge after approximately 250 ms in PFC as well. It would be great if the authors could make a similar figure to compare results. In the current paper there are much more frontal electrode contacts than in the Gaillard paper, so that is interesting in itself.

      Thanks reviewer for this constructive comment. We made similar analysis as Gaillard et al. and plotted the results in the figure bellow. As you can see, the awareness related sites started to emerge about 200 ms after visual stimulus onset according to both ERP and HG activity. The proportion of awareness related sites reached peak at ~14% (8% for HG) in 300-400ms. However, the proportions are much smaller than that reported by Gaillard et al, which peaked at ~60%. We think that one possibility for the difference may be due to the more sampled PFC subregions in present study and the uneven distribution of awareness-related activity in PFC. Meanwhile, we noticed that the peri-insula regions and middle frontal gyrus (MFG), which were similar with the regions reported by Gaillard et al, seemed to show more fraction of awareness-related sites than other subregions during the delay period (0-650 ms after stimulus onset). To test such possibility and make comparison with the study of Gaillard et al. we calculated the proportion of awareness-related site in peri-insula and MFG regions. We found although the proportion of awareness-related site was larger in peri-insula and MFG than in other subregions, it was much lower than the report of Gaillard et al. One alternative possibility for the difference between these two studies might be due to the more complex task in Gaillard et al.

      We have added this figure and discussion to the revised manuscript as a new result (Figure 4E & S2 and lines 537-549).

      Author response image 1.

      Percentage of awareness-related sites in ERP and HG analysis. n, number of recording sites in PFC.

      Author response image 2.

      Percentage of awareness-related sites in ERP and HG analysis at parsopercularis and middle frontal gyrus (MFG). n, number of recording sites.

      In my opinion, some of the most interesting results are not highlighted: the findings that subjectively unaware stimuli show increased activations in the prefrontal cortex as compared to stimulus absent trials (e.g., Figure 4D). Previous work has shown PFC activations to masked stimuli (e.g., van Gaal et al., J Neuroscience 2008, 2010; Lau and Passigngham J Neurosci 2007) as well as PFC activations to subjectively unaware stimuli (e.g., King, Pescetelli, and Dehaene, Neuron 2016) and this is a very nice illustration of that with methods having more detailed spatial precision. Although potentially interesting, I wonder about the objective detection performance of the stimuli in this task. So please report objective detection performance for the patients and the healthy subjects, using signal detection theoretic d'. This gives the reader an idea of how good subjects were in detecting the presence/absence of the gratings. Likely, this reveals far above chance detection performance and in that case I would interpret these findings as "PFC activation to stimuli indicated as subjectively unaware" and not unconscious stimuli. See Stein et al., Plos Biology 2021 for a direct comparison of subjectively and objectively unaware stimuli.

      We gratefully appreciate for reviewer’s helpful and valuable comments. We do notice that the activity of PFC in subjectively unawareness condition (stimulus contrast near perceptual threshold) is significantly higher than stimulus absent condition. Such results, by using sEEG recordings with much higher spatial resolution than brain imaging and scalp EEG, support findings of previous studies (citations). Considering the question of neural correlation of unawareness processing is a hot and interesting topic, after carefully considering, we would like to report these results in a separate paper, rather than add these results in the current manuscript in order to avoid the distraction.

      According to reviewer’s comment about the objective detection performance of the stimuli in our task, we analyzed the signal detection theoretic d’. The values of d’ in patients and healthy subjects are similar (1.81±0.27 in patients and 2.12±0.37 in healthy subjects). Such results indicate that the objective detection performance of subjects in our task is well above the chance level. Since our task merely measures the subjective awareness, we agree reviewer’s comment about the interpretation of our results as “PFC activation to stimuli indicated the subjective unawareness rather than objective unawareness”. We will emphasize this point in our next paper.

      We have added the d prime in the MS (lines149-150).

      In Figure 7 of the paper the authors want to make the case that the contrast does not differ between subjectively aware stimuli and subjectively unaware stimuli. However so far they've done the majority of their analyses across subjects, and for this analysis the authors only performed within-subject tests, which is not a fair comparison imo. Because several P values are very close to significance I anticipate that a test across subjects will clearly show that the contrast level of the subjectively aware stimuli is higher than of the subjectively unaware stimuli, at the group level. A solution to this would be to sub-select trials from one condition (NA) to match the contrast of the other condition (NU), and thereby create two conditions that are matched in contrast levels of the stimuli included. Then do all the analyses on the matched conditions.

      Thank reviewer for the helpful comment. Regarding reviewer’s comment “However so far they've done the majority of their analyses across subjects, and for this analysis the authors only performed within-subject tests, which is not a fair comparison imo”, if we understand correctly, reviewer considered that it was fair if the analysis of neural activity in PFC was done across subjects but the stimulus contrast analysis between NA and NU was done individually. Actually, it is not the case. In neural activity analysis, the significant awareness-related sites were identified firstly in each individual subject (Fig. 3A and Fig 4A, and Methods), same as the analysis of stimulus contrast (see Methods). Only in the neural population activity analysis, the activity of awareness-related sites was pooled together and made further analysis.

      To further evidence the awareness related activity in PFC is not highly correlated with stimulus contrast, we compared the activity difference between two different stimulus contrast conditions, i.e., stimulus contrast difference between high-contrast aware (HA) and NA conditions (large difference, ~14%), and between NA and NU conditions (slight difference, ~0.2%). The working hypothesis is that, if PFC activity is closely correlated with the contrast of stimulus contrast, we expect to see the activity difference between HA and NA conditions is much larger than that between NA and NU conditions. To test this hypothesis, we analyzed data of two patients in which the previous analysis showed significant or near significant difference of stimulus contrast between NA and NU conditions (Author response image 1, below, patient #2 and 1). The results (Author response image 1) show that the averaged activity difference (0-650 ms after visual stimulus onset) between HA and NA was similar as the averaged activity difference between NA and NU trials, even though the stimulus contrast difference was much larger between HA and NA conditions than between NA and NU conditions. Such results indicate that the awareness-related activity in PFC cannot be solely explained by the contrast difference between NA and NU conditions. Based on these results, we think that it is not necessary to perform the analysis as reviewer’s comment “A solution to this would be to sub-select trials from one condition (NA) to match the contrast of the other condition (NU), and thereby create two conditions that are matched in contrast levels of the stimuli included. Then do all the analyses on the matched conditions”. Another reason that impedes us to do this analysis is due to the limited trial numbers in our dataset.

      Author response image 3.

      Relationship between stimulus contract and PFC activity. X axis represents the stimulus contrast difference between two paired conditions, i.e., aware versus unaware in near perceptual threshold conditions (NA – NU, red dots); aware in high contrast condition versus aware in near perceptual threshold condition (HA – NA, blue dots). Y axis represents the activity difference between paired stimulus conditions. The results show that activity difference is similar between two paired conditions regardless the remarkable contrast difference between two paired conditions. Such results indicate that the greater activity in NA trials than in NU trials (Fig. xx-xx) could not be interpreted by the slight difference in stimulus contrast between NA and NU trials.

      Related, Figure 7B is confusing and the results are puzzling. Why is there such a strong below chance decoding on the diagonal? (also even before stimulus onset) Please clarify the goal and approach of this analysis and also discuss/explain better what they mean.

      We have withdrawn Figure7B for the confusing decoding results on the diagonal.

      I was somewhat surprised by several statements in the paper and it felt that the authors may not be aware of several intricacies in the field of consciousness. For example, a statement like the following "Consciousness, as a high-level cognitive function of the brain, should have some similar effects as other cognitive functions on behavior (for example, saccadic reaction time). With this question in mind, we carefully searched the literature about the relationship between consciousness and behavior; surprisingly, we failed to find any relevant literature." This is rather problematic for at least two reasons. First, not everyone would agree that consciousness is a highlevel cognitive function and second there are many papers arguing for a certain relationship between consciousness and behavior (Dehaene and Naccache, 2001 Cognition; van Gaal et al., 2012, Frontiers in Neuroscience; Block 1995, BBS; Lamme, Frontiers in Psychology, 2020; Seth, 2008 and many more). Further, the explanation for the reaction time differences in this specific case is likely related to the fact that subjects' confidence in that decision is much higher in the aware trials than in the unaware trials, hence the speeded response for the first. This is a phenomenon that is often observed if one explores the "confidence literature". Although the authors have not measured confidence I would not make too much out of this RT difference.

      We agree that and modified accordingly in lines 492-507.

      ‘An alternative interpretation for RT difference between aware and unaware condition in our study, i.e., reflecting task-strategies used by subjects/patients to remember the response mapping rules between the perception and the color cue (e.g., if the YES+GREEN=RIGHT and YES+RED=LEFT rules were held in memory, while the NO mappings were inferred secondarily rather than being actively held in memory).

      Another possibility is that the reaction time is strongly modulated by the confident level, which has been described in previous studies(Broggin et al., 2012; Marzi et al., 2006). However, in previous studies, the confident levels were usually induced by presenting stimulus with different physical property, such as spatial frequency, eccentricity and contrast. However, the dependence of visual process on the salience of visual stimulus confounds with the effect of visual awareness on the reaction time of responsive movements, which is hard to attribute the shorter reaction time in more salient condition purely to visual awareness. In contrast, we create a condition (near aware threshold) in the present study, in which the saliency (contrast) of visual stimulus is very similar in both aware and unaware conditions in order to eliminate the influence of stimulus saliency in reaction time. We think that the difference in reaction time in our study is mainly due to the modulation of awareness state, which was not reported previously.’

      I would be interested in a lateralized analysis, in which the authors compare the PFC responses and connectivity profiles using PLV as a factor of stimulus location (thus comparing electrodes contralateral to the presented stimulus and electrodes ipsilateral to the presented stimulus). If possible this may give interesting insights in the mechanism of global ignition (global broadcasting), supposing that for contralateral electrodes information does not have to cross from one hemisphere to another, whereas for ipsilateral electrodes that is the case (which may take time). Gaillard et al refer to this issue as well in their paper, and this issue is sometimes discussed regarding to Global workspace theory. This would add novelty to the findings of the paper in my opinion.

      We gratefully appreciate reviewer’s helpful and available suggestions. We have made the analysis accordingly. We find that the awareness-related ERP activation in PFC occurs earlier only in the contralateral PFC with latency about 200 ms and then occurs in both contralateral and ipsilateral PFC about 100 ms later. In addition, the magnitude of awareness-related activity is stronger in the contralateral PFC than in ipsilateral PFC during the early phase (200-400 ms), then the activity becomes similar between contralateral and ipsilateral PFC. Moreover, the awareness related HG activity only appears in the contralateral PFC. Such results show the spatiotemporal characteristics of visual awareness related activity between two hemispheres. We are going to report these results in a separate paper soon.

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      Some of the font sizes in the figures are too small.

      We have modified accordingly.

      To me, the abbreviations are confusing, (NA/NU etc). I would try to come up with easier ones or just not use abbreviations.

      We have modified accordingly and try to avoid to use the abbreviations.

      The data/scripts availability statement states "available upon reasonable request". I would suggest that the authors make the data openly available when possible, and I believe eLife requires that as well.

      Thanks for reviewer’s suggestions. Due to several ongoing studies based on this dataset, we would like to open our data after complete these studies if there is no restriction from national policy.

    1. Author Response

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      Many drugs have off-target effects on the gut microbiota but the downstream consequences for drug efficacy and side effect profiles remain unclear. Herein, Wang et al. use a mouse model of liver injury coupled to antibiotic and microbiota transplantation experiments. Their results suggest that metformin-induced shifts in gut microbial community structure and metabolite levels may contribute to drug efficacy. This study provides valuable mechanistic insights that could be dissected further in future studies, including efforts to identify which specific bacterial species, genes, and metabolites play a causal role in drug response. Importantly, although some pilot data from human subjects is shown, the clinical relevance of these findings for liver disease remain to be determined.

      Thank you for reviewing our manuscript. We appreciate your valuable feedback. We agree that the downstream consequences of off-target effects on the gut microbiota by various drugs remain unclear. Our study aimed to shed light on this aspect by utilizing a mouse model of liver injury and conducting antibiotic and microbiota transplantation experiments. Our findings suggest that shifts in the structure and metabolite levels of the gut microbial community induced by metformin play a role in the drug’s efficacy. We believe that these mechanistic insights provide a strong foundation for further investigations. Specifically, future studies could focus on identifying the specific bacterial species, genes, and metabolites that have a causal role in drug response. While we have included some pilot data from human subjects, we acknowledge that the clinical relevance of our findings in the context of liver disease still requires further determination. In fact, we focused on the alteration of microbiota and metabolism caused by metformin in human bodies, which could capture the characteristics of changes in a more composite clinical direction, elucidating the potential role of metformin. We appreciate your attention to this aspect and thank you again for your thoughtful review and valuable suggestions.

      The major strength of this work is its scope, including detailed mouse phenotyping, inter-disciplinary methods, and numerous complementary experiments. The antibiotic depletion and FMT experiments provide support for a role of the gut microbiota in this mouse model.

      A major limitation is the lack of studies narrowing down which microbes are responsible. Sequencing data is shown, but no follow-up studies are done with bacterial isolates or defined communities.

      We acknowledge the limitation of our study in not narrowing down the specific microbes responsible for the observed effects. We hold the opinion that metformin exerts its effects through modulation of specific metabolic pathways unique to the microbial community. Previous study has shown that metformin can inhibit microbial folate metabolism, leading to longevity-promoting effects that are not attributed to a single colony or strain[1]. Similarly, the impact of metformin on amino acid metabolism in the microbial community appears to be widespread. While further investigations with bacterial isolates or defined communities are needed, our findings suggest that metformin's effects on microbial metabolism are complex and involve multiple members of the microbial community.

      The link to GABA is also somewhat tenuous. While it does match the phenotypic data, there are no targeted experiments in which GABA producing microbial communities/strains are compared to a control community/strain. As such, it seems difficult to know how much of the effects in this model are due to GABA vs. other metabolites.

      We agree with your point regarding the tenuous link to GABA in our study. While we did observe an increase in GABA as the only amino acid following metformin treatment, and this finding has not been reported previously, we acknowledge the need for targeted experiments comparing GABA-producing microbial communities/strains to control communities/strains. Previous literatures suggest that metformin's modulation of the microbiota can vary significantly depending on the disease context, with different microbial populations exhibiting differential responses[2-4]. Given this complexity, we opted to study the overall microbial community response to metformin rather than focusing on specific strains. Additionally, our detection of key enzymes involved in GABA synthesis at the community level further supports our findings.

      My major recommendation would be to revise the title, abstract, and discussion to provide more qualification and to consider alternative interpretations.

      We appreciate your feedback and understand your concern regarding the need for more qualification and consideration of alternative interpretations. We hope to have more specific and detailed suggestions you may have to enhance the clarity and qualification of our title and abstract. Furthermore, we have tried to revise discussion in order to enhance the scientific rigor and logical coherence of our study. If you have any specific recommendations or insights, we would be more than willing to make further revisions to address those concerns.

      Some key controls are also missing, which could be addressed by repeat experiments in the mouse model.

      We appreciate your suggestion to include additional key controls in the mouse model experiments. We have conducted repeat experiments to test the effect of antibiotics in the absence of metformin to differentiate between the effects of the model itself and the interaction of metformin with antibiotics. As results of liver injury indicators shown, there were no significance among Control, Control+Met, Control+FMT and Control+Abx groups, revealing that metformin and its treated feces, and antibiotics had no effect on liver function in normal mice (Figure 1).

      Author response image 1.

      Figure1 a: Liver MDA detection; b: Serum ALT level; c: Serum AST level.

      The antibiotic depletion experiment would be improved by testing the effect of antibiotics in the absence of metformin, to see if the effect is just driven by the model itself as opposed to an interaction between metformin and antibiotics.

      For the antibiotic depletion experiment, we had used antibiotics (Abx) for the mice of modeling, and the survival rate and liver function detection suggested that Abx had no extra effect on liver, which demonstrated that the effect is just driven by the model itself as opposed to an interaction between metformin and antibiotics (Figure 2).

      Author response image 2.

      Figure2 a: Survival rate between IR and IR + Abx group; b: Serum ALT level; c: Serum AST level.

      References

      [1] CABREIRO F, AU C, LEUNG K Y, et al. Metformin Retards Aging in C. elegans by Altering Microbial Folate and Methionine Metabolism [J]. Cell, 2013, 153(1): 228-39.

      [2] LIANG H, SONG H, ZHANG X, et al. Metformin attenuated sepsis-related liver injury by modulating gut microbiota [J]. Emerg Microbes Infect, 2022, 11(1): 815-28.

      [3] SUN L, XIE C, WANG G, et al. Gut microbiota and intestinal FXR mediate the clinical benefits of metformin [J]. Nat Med, 2018, 24(12): 1919-29.

      [4] ZHAO H Y, LYU Y J, ZHAI R Q, et al. Metformin Mitigates Sepsis-Related Neuroinflammation via Modulating Gut Microbiota and Metabolites [J]. Frontiers in Immunology, 2022, 13:797312.

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      The authors examine the use of metformin in the treatment of hepatic ischemia/reperfusion injury (HIRI) and suggest the mechanism of action is mediated in part by the gut microbiota and changes in hepatic ferroptosis. While the concept is intriguing, the experimental approaches are inadequate to support these conclusions.

      The histological and imaging studies were considered a strength and reveal a significant impact of metformin post-HIRI.

      Thank you for reviewing our paper titled “Gut microbiota-derived gamma-aminobutyric acid from metformin treatment reduces hepatic ischemia/reperfusion injury through inhibiting ferroptosis”. We appreciate your insightful comments and suggestions, which have provided valuable insights into improving the quality and credibility of my research. We agree with your assessment that the experimental approaches used in this study may have limitations in supporting the conclusions drawn, and we appreciate your recognition of the strength of our histological and imaging studies, which clearly demonstrate the impact of metformin post-HIRI.

      Weaknesses largely stem from the experimental design. First, use of the iron chelator DFO would be strengthened using the ferroptosis inhibitor, liproxstatin.

      Your suggestion to employ the ferroptosis inhibitor, liproxstatin, in addition to the iron chelator DFO is well-taken. Incorporating liproxstatin into our experimental setup would provide a more comprehensive understanding of the involvement of hepatic ferroptosis in the mechanism of action of metformin. Therefore, we employed liproxstatin to inhibit HIRI and detected some core indicators of liver injury. As figure 3 shown, liproxstatin can reduce liver injury, restore liver GSH level and inhibit Fe accumulation, suggesting that ferroptosis plays an important role in HIRI. We hope this modification will enhance the credibility of our conclusions.

      Author response image 3.

      Figure3 a: Liver MDA detection; b: Serum ALT level; c: Serum AST level; d: Liver GSH level; e: Liver Fe level.

      Second, the impact of metformin on the microbiota is profound resulting in changes in bile acid, lipid, and glucose homeostasis. Throughout the manuscript no comparisons are made with metformin alone which would better capture the metformin-specific effects.

      Thank you for raising an important point regarding the impact of metformin on the microbiota and its potential effects on bile acid, lipid, and glucose homeostasis. It has well known that that the effects of metformin on normal blood glucose and lipid metabolism are minimal. Metformin primarily exerts its effects in cases of impaired glucose tolerance, which is why it is widely used for non-diabetic conditions. Regarding the changes in bile acid metabolism and chronic cholesterol and lipid elevation, these associations are typically observed in chronic liver disease models. Since our study focuses on an acute model of HIRI, we did not specifically investigate these changes.

      Lastly, the absence of proper controls including germ free mice, metformin treated mice, FMT treated mice, etc make it difficult to understand the outcomes and to properly reproduce the findings in other labs.

      Lastly, we acknowledge your concern regarding the absence of proper controls, including germ-free mice, metformin-treated mice, and FMT -treated mice. We understand that these controls are essential for robustly interpreting and reproducing our findings. Therefore, we have added a batch of experiments for verification. As results shown, there were no significance among Control, Control+Met, Control+FMT and Control+Abx groups, revealing that metformin and its treated feces, and antibiotics had no effect on liver function in normal mice (Figure 1). We hope the result of these controls could address your valid point and provide a more comprehensive framework for understanding the outcomes.

      Author response image 4.

      Figure1 a: Liver MDA detection; b: Serum ALT level; c: Serum AST level.

      Overall, while the concept is interesting and has the potential to better understand the pleiotropic functions of metformin, the limitations with the experimental design and lack of key controls make it challenging to support the conclusions.

      We genuinely appreciate your constructive criticism and the time you have taken to evaluate my work. Your feedback has shed light on the limitations of our experimental design and the need for key controls, which we have addressed in revised manuscript. If you have any further recommendations or concerns, we would be more than willing to incorporate them into my future work.

      Reviewer #3 (Public Review):

      The study presented in this paper explores the role of gut microbiota in the therapeutic effect of metformin on HIRI, as supported by fecal microbiota transplantation (FMT) experiments. Through high throughput sequencing and HPLC-MS/MS, the authors have successfully demonstrated that metformin administration leads to an increase in GABA-producing bacteria. Moreover, the study provides compelling evidence for the beneficial impact of GABA on HIRI.

      Thank you for your valuable feedback on our paper exploring the role of gut microbiota in the therapeutic effect of metformin on hepatic ischemia-reperfusion injury (HIRI). We appreciate your positive remarks and suggestions for improvement. In response to your comments, we have revised the manuscript accordingly. We have included additional details on the high throughput sequencing and HPLC-MS/MS methods used to analyze the gut microbiota and GABA levels. This should provide readers with a clearer understanding of our experimental approach and the evidence supporting our findings.

      Regarding your suggestion to further investigate the mechanisms underlying the beneficial impact of GABA on HIRI, we agree that this is an important direction for future research. We plan to conduct additional studies to explore the specific mechanisms by which GABA exerts its protective effects on HIRI in the future. We also supplemented discussion of potential therapeutic strategies targeting GABAergic pathways in the discussion section.

      Thank you once again for your insightful comments. We believe that these revisions have strengthened the manuscript and improved its scientific rigor. We hope that you find the revised version to be satisfactory and look forward to your further feedback.

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      The writing could be improved. Multiple typos are found throughout and there is an overuse of adverbs like "expectedly". You should let the reader decide what is or is not expected. Try to avoid terms like "confirmed" or "validated", which only applies if you knew the result a priori. Remove underscores in species names. The Results section is also very difficult to interpret given the lack of explanation of experimental design. For example, the human study is only briefly mentioned within a larger paragraph on mouse data, without any explanation as to the study design. Similar issues are true for the transcriptomics and amplicon sequencing - it would help the reader to explain what samples were processed, the timepoints, etc.

      Thank you for your valuable feedback on our manuscript entitled “Gut microbiota-derived gamma-aminobutyric acid from metformin treatment reduces hepatic ischemia/reperfusion injury through inhibiting ferroptosis” We appreciate your constructive comments and insightful suggestions for improvement.

      We have carefully reviewed your comments and have made several revisions to enhance the clarity and readability of the manuscript. We have addressed the issue of multiple typos and have removed the overuse of adverbs, such as “expectedly,” to allow readers to draw their own conclusions from the results. Additionally, we have eliminated terms like “confirmed” or “validated” that may imply a priori knowledge of the results.

      We apologize for the lack of clarity regarding the experimental design in the Results section. We have now provided a more detailed explanation of the study design for the human study, transcriptomics, and amplicon sequencing experiments. This includes information on the samples processed, timepoints, and other relevant details, to aid readers in understanding the experimental procedures.

      In response to your comment about removing underscores in species names, we have revised the text accordingly to ensure consistency and accuracy in the species nomenclature used throughout the manuscript.

      Once again, we sincerely appreciate your valuable input, which has helped us improve the quality of our manuscript. We hope that the revised version now meets your expectations and look forward to any further feedback you may have.

      Thank you for your time and attention.

      Line 53 - prebiotics aren't "microbial agents"

      We apologize for this error, which we have corrected. (line 55: “Microbial agents, such as synbioticsprebiotics and probiotics…”)

      Line 88 - sequencing doesn't "verify the critical role of gut microbiota"

      We apologize for this error, which we have corrected. (line 90: “In order to verifyclarify the critical role of gut microbiota in the pleiotropic actions of metformin,22-24 fecal samples were collected from the mice to perform 16S rRNA sequencing.

      Line 92 - missing a citation for the "microbiota-gut-liver axis theory"

      We have corrected it in manuscript. (line 93: “Next, as the microbiota-gut-liver axis theory indicates,25 HIRI-induced dysfunction of the gut barrier may aggravate liver damage by disrupting the gut microbiota.”)

      Line 112 - it's very surprising to me that FMT led to lower alpha diversity, which seems impossible.

      We understand your surprise regarding the observed decrease in alpha diversity after FMT. Our findings indeed deviate from the commonly observed pattern of increased alpha diversity post-FMT. We have carefully re-examined our data and conducted additional analyses to ensure the accuracy of our results. After thorough investigation, we have identified a potential reason for this unexpected outcome, which we believe could shed light on this phenomenon. We hypothesize that the lower alpha diversity observed in our study might be attributed to the specific characteristics of the donor microbiota used for FMT. While the donor microbiota exhibited certain beneficial properties associated with the therapeutic effect on HIRI, it could have presented a limited diversity compared to the recipient’s original gut microbiota. This discrepancy in diversity could have contributed to the observed decrease in alpha diversity following FMT.

      To further support our hypothesis, we have included a discussion on this unexpected finding in the revised manuscript. We believe that this addition will provide a more comprehensive understanding of the results and help contextualize the observed decrease in alpha diversity following FMT.

      Line 117 - Antibiotics don't "identify the function of gut microbes." Need to specify which antibiotics were used and for how long.

      We have corrected it in manuscript. (line 119: “To further identify the function of gut microbes, experiments were designed, and combination treatment of antibiotics (1 mg/mL penicillin sulfate, 1 mg/mL neomycin sulfate, 1 mg/mL metronidazole and 0.16 mg/mL gentamicin) and metformin were employed for 1 week before IR treated.”)

      Line 120 - this experiment shows that the gut microbiota (or antibiotics more precisely) matters, not the "reshaped gut microbiota"

      We have corrected it in manuscript. (line 124: “The results confirmed that reshaped gut microbiota is critical for the effect of metformin against HIRI.”)

      Line 122 - need to reword this subheading and the concluding sentence. The main takeaway is that the FMT improved markers of ferroptosis, but no additional causal links are provided here.

      We have revised in manuscript. (line 125: “FMT alleviates HIRI-induced ferroptosis through reshaped fecal microbiota.”)

      Line 141 - need to explain what transcriptomics data was generated and how it was analyzed.

      We have revised in manuscript. (line 144: “To elucidate the molecular mechanisms through which pathway participates metformin-treated IR injury, we analysed gene expression profiles of each group mice. Transcriptome sequencing analysis revealed that 9697 genes were in common among four groups (Supplementary Figure 6). Therefore, we used these common genes for KEGG analysis, showing that The transcriptome analysis of liver tissues showed that similar mRNA changes between Met group and FMT group are mainly concentrated in the three top pathways: lipid metabolism, carbohydrate metabolism, and amino acid metabolism (Fig 4a).”)

      Line 150 - change to "16S rRNA gene sequencing". Typo: "mice microbes".

      We have revised in manuscript. (line 156: “Moreover, it was observed that the genus of Bacteroides had a significant increase based on the 16s rRNA gene sequencing of metformin-treated mice microbes.”)

      Line 152 - upregulated refers to gene expression, change to enriched.

      We have revised in manuscript. (line 171: “Detailedly, the species of Bacteroides containing Bacteroides thetaiotaomicron, Bacteroides unifomis, and Bacteroides salyersiae, were enriched in human gut after metformin administration (Fig. 4i).”)

      Line 159 - typo: "prokaryotes"

      We have revised in manuscript. (line 165: “In order to further identify the increased GABA originates from gut microbiota, two key enzymes of prokaryotes protokaryotic GABA synthesis, GAD and PAT, were detected on DNA level, finding that both of them are significantly increased in the feces from IR+Met and IR+FMT groups (Fig. 4h).”)

      Line 161 - the human study should be under a new sub-heading and provide more details.

      We have revised in manuscript. (line 168: In order to clarify the specific effects of metformin on microbiota, given the big safety margin, healthy volunteers were recruited for a 1 week of daily oral 500mg dose of metformin trial. Fecal samples were collected before and after oral administration of metformin for metagenomic analysis .”)

      Line 197 - It's unclear why the current study conflicts with prior literature. Is it due to the disease model, the starting microbiota, something else? Please add more discussion.

      Thank you for bringing this important point to our attention, and we appreciate your valuable input. We agree that it is important to discuss the potential reasons for the discrepancy between our findings and prior literature on metformin-reshaped microbiota. In our study, we used a disease model of HIRI, which may have unique characteristics compared to other disease models. It is possible that the specific disease model influenced the response of the gut microbiota. Additionally, the starting microbiota of the recipients and the characteristics of the donor microbiota used for FMT could also play a role in the disparity. We have expanded the discussion section of our revised manuscript to further address these potential factors and their implications. We hope that this additional information will provide a more comprehensive explanation for the discrepancy between our study and prior literature.

      Figure 1a - change to Kaplan Meier not ANOVA. Specify the contrast - which groups are being compared?

      We have revised in Figure 1a.

      Figure 1e, alpha diversity - relabel "sobs" with "observed OTUs". Change to 3 bars with error and add statistics.

      We have revised in Figure 1e.

      Figure 1e, PCA - this should be a separate panel (1f). Color of big red circle doesn't match the points. Add PERMANOVA p-value/R2. Change to OTUs not genera. Better yet, use amplicon sequence variants from DADA2.

      We have revised in Figure 1e..

      Figure 2a - Change to Kaplan Meier. Also, it's unclear if residual metformin could be in the donor samples.

      We have revised in Figure 2a.

      Figure 2f, alpha diversity - relabel "sobs" with "observed OTUs". Change to 3 bars with error and add statistics.

      We have revised in Figure 2f.

      Figure 2f, PCA - this should be a separate panel (2g). Color of big orange circle doesn't match the points. Add PERMANOVA p-value/R2. Change to OTUs not genera. Better yet, use amplicon sequence variants from DADA2.

      We have revised in Figure 2f.

      Figure 4b - check units, shouldn't this be ng/mg (i.e. weight not volume).

      We have revised in Figure 4b.

      Figure 4c,d - need more explanation in the legend and Results as to what is shown here.

      We have revised in Figure 4c,d.

      Figure 4d - unclear why only Bacteroides are shown here or if the p-values are adjusted for multiple comparisons.

      Thank you for your comment regarding Figure 4d in our manuscript. We apologize for the confusion caused. The reason why only Bacteroides is shown in Figure 4d is because we specifically wanted to investigate the changes in Bacteroides abundance following metformin treatment.

      In the mouse experiments, we observed a significant increase in Bacteroides after metformin treatment. To investigate if a similar change occurs in healthy volunteers, we examined the levels of Bacteroides in fecal samples before and after oral administration of metformin. We found that the abundance of Bacteroides also increased in the human gut after metformin administration, consistent with the results from the animal experiments. Regarding the p-values, we apologize for not mentioning whether they were adjusted for multiple comparisons in the figure legend. In our revised manuscript, we have provided a clarification stating that the p-values were adjusted using the appropriate method. We appreciate your feedback and hope that this explanation clarifies the rationale behind Figure 4d. Thank you for your valuable input.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      Below I've listed several suggestions to improve the paper.

      1. Controls - the authors should include metformin only treated mice, FMT only treated mice, etc. Additionally, germ free mice treated with metformin and HIRI would be helpful to better implicate the gut microbiome in these beneficial effects.

      Thank you for your suggestion regarding the inclusion of additional control groups in our study. We agree that including metformin only treated mice, FMT only treated mice, and germ-free mice treated with metformin and HIRI would provide valuable insights into the role of the gut microbiome in the observed beneficial effects.

      Therefore, we have included metformin only treated mice, FMT only treated mice and Abx only treated mice as supplement to better assess the specific contribution to the observed effects. As results shown, there were no significance among Control, Control+Met, Control+FMT and Control+Abx groups, revealing that metformin and its treated feces, and antibiotics had no effect on liver function in normal mice (figure1).

      We appreciate your input and believe that the inclusion of these additional control groups will strengthen our study and provide a more comprehensive understanding of the role of the gut microbiome in the therapeutic effects observed.

      Author response image 5.

      Figure1 a: Liver MDA detection; b: Serum ALT level; c: Serum AST level.

      1. More thorough characterization of metabolite pools. Metformin is known to influence many pathways including bile acids and lipids. These important molecules should be measures as they likely play a key role in the observed protective effect. In fact, many of the key changes displayed in Figure 3H are involved in lipid metabolism.

      Thank you for your valuable feedback regarding the characterization of metabolite pools in our study. We appreciate your suggestion to measure the influence of metformin on bile acids and lipid metabolism, as they are crucial pathways that may play a significant role in the observed protective effect.

      Regarding bile acids, we agree that they are important in the context of metformin’s influence on metabolic pathways. However, it is important to note that the impact of metformin on bile acids appears to be more prominent in chronic liver disease models. In our acute model, the changes in bile acids were not as significant. Instead, our results primarily indicate a close association between lipid changes and hepatic ferroptosis. Metformin significantly modulates lipid metabolism, thereby alleviating liver ferroptosis.

      Additionally, we have conducted metagenomic sequencing on the gut microbiota of healthy volunteers before and after oral administration of metformin. While analyzing the data, we did not observe significant changes in key genes involved in regulating bile acid variations. This might be attributed to the healthy volunteers used in our study, where significant changes in bile acids were not induced.

      We appreciate your insightful comments and suggestions, which have shed light on the importance of characterizing bile acids and lipid metabolism in our study. While the impact of bile acids may be more evident in chronic liver disease models, our findings highlight the significant influence of metformin on lipid metabolism, closely related to hepatic ferroptosis. We will take your suggestions into account for future studies to further explore the role of bile acids and their regulation by metformin.

      1. Imaging of lipid ROS is not quantitative. The authors should conduct more standard assays with BODIPY 581/591 C11 using cell lysates.

      We appreciate your suggestion to conduct more standard assays using BODIPY 581/591 C11 with cell lysates.

      We would like to clarify that we did indeed utilize assays with BODIPY 581/591 C11 to detect and measure lipid ROS in our study. The detailed description of these assays can be found in the Methods section of our paper. We followed established protocols and guidelines to ensure accurate and reliable measurements of lipid ROS levels.

      We acknowledge that imaging techniques may have limitations in providing quantitative data. However, we employed BODIPY 581/591 C11 assays as a widely accepted and commonly used method to assess lipid ROS levels. This allowed us to obtain qualitative and semi-quantitative information on the changes in lipid ROS levels in response to metformin treatment.

      1. Liproxstatin may be a better drug choice or at the very least should be used to compare with the DFO data

      Thank you for your suggestion. We have taken your advice into consideration and conducted an evaluation of Liproxstatin as a ferroptosis inhibitor. Our findings indicate that Liproxstatin significantly improves HIRI (Figure C). We believe that incorporating Liproxstatin in our research will provide valuable insights and allow for a comprehensive comparison with the DFO data.

      Author response image 6.

      Figure3 a: Liver MDA detection; b: Serum ALT level; c: Serum AST level; d: Liver GSH level; e: Liver Fe level.

      1. The rationale for how GABA was selected is not clear. I am surprised that there were not more significant metabolite changes. It might be better to show a volcano plot of heatmap of the significantly changed features.

      Thank you for raising an important question regarding the rationale for selecting GABA as the focus metabolite in our study. Initially, we also had concerns about the limited number of significant metabolite changes observed. However, through our comprehensive metabolomic profiling, we identified GABA as the most significantly altered metabolite following HIRI.

      It is worth noting that we specifically focused on the measurement of 22 essential amino acids in our analysis. While it is possible that changes in non-essential amino acids may have occurred, we did not examine them in this study. Nevertheless, we have since used additional methods to validate the upregulation of GABA levels, and the biological effects observed support the specific role of GABA in protecting against HIRI. Based on the fact that GABA was the only significant amino acid, the volcano plot was of little significance, so we did not supplement this plot.

      We appreciate your valuable input and thank you for bringing up this important issue.

      1. The manuscript needs to be proofread and edited. There are a variety of typos and grammar issues throughout.

      Thank you for your feedback. We acknowledge that the manuscript requires proofreading and editing, as we have identified several typos and grammar issues. We will try to ensure that the necessary revisions are made to improve the overall quality of the manuscript.

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      However, I have some major concerns for the manuscript.

      1. Line 26 16S rRNA and metagenomic sequencing alone can't accurately confirm the improvement effect of GABA producing bacteria on HIRI. In fact, transcriptome analysis, HPLC-MS/MS and other methods were also used in this paper, so the language expression here is not appropriate

      Thank you for pointing out the language expression issue in line 26 of the manuscript. We apologize for any confusion caused. You are correct in stating that 16S rRNA and metagenomic sequencing alone may not accurately confirm the improvement effect of GABA-producing bacteria on HIRI. In our study, we employed a combination of multiple methods, including transcriptome analysis, HPLC-MS/MS, especially detection of bacteria GABA key synthetases, PAT and GAD, to comprehensively investigate the impact of GABA-producing bacteria on HIRI.

      We have revised the language in line 26 to reflect the broader range of methods used in our study to support the conclusions regarding the improvement effect of GABA-producing bacteria on HIRI.

      1. The Introduction section needs to add a description of the previous research on the association between HIRI and ferroptosis

      Thank you for your suggestion regarding the inclusion of a description of the association between HIRI and ferroptosis in the Introduction section. We agree that this is an important aspect to address. However, upon further consideration, we have decided to move the discussion of ferroptosis and its potential role in HIRI to the Discussion section, as it aligns better with the logical flow of the manuscript. This allows us to discuss the potential implications and future directions in a more organized and coherent manner.

      1. Authors should provide quantified figure or table next to the results of western blot that are more convenient to understand.

      We have revised in manuscript. (See sfigure 7)

      1. In this paper, FMT experiments are used to verify that metformin remodeled gut microbiota can play a role in improving HIRI. The operation steps of FMT should be described more specifically in the method part

      *What is the fecal donor information for FMT?

      *Line272 Did the IR + FMT group put the transplanted microbiota of FMT directly into the drinking water like the other treatment groups? Will such an operation affect the quality and quantification of the transplanted microbiota and lead to the loss of microbiota species? It is crucial for the authors to provide a clear and thorough clarification regarding these matters within the context of their FMT experiment.

      Thank you for your feedback regarding the need for a more detailed description of the fecal microbiota transplantation (FMT) procedure and clarification regarding the IR + FMT group in our manuscript. We appreciate your suggestions and we have taken them into consideration.

      In our study, the fecal donor for FMT was obtained from mice that had been orally administered metformin. The fecal microbiota was collected and processed to remove any residual metformin before transplantation. Specifically, the microbiota for the IR + FMT group was administered through gavage, as stated in line 272. This method does not affect the quality or quantity of the transplanted microbiota, nor does it lead to a loss of microbiota species. We understand the importance of providing clear and thorough clarification regarding these matters. Therefore, we have included additional specific details of the FMT procedure in the revised version of the manuscript. We hope that this clarification addresses your concerns and provides a more comprehensive understanding of our FMT experiment.

      1. The presentation of transcriptomic analysis results in the manuscript is insufficiently comprehensive and specific, as they are solely depicted through Fig 4a. Relying solely on Fig 4a is inadequate to establish the definitive roles of the met group and FMT group in ferroptosis compared to other groups. Therefore, the authors should provide additional transcriptomic analysis results to ascertain the specific effects of the met group and FMT group in ferroptosis, as well as their comparison with other groups.

      Thank you for your feedback regarding the comprehensiveness of our transcriptomic analysis results in the manuscript. We understand your concerns and appreciate your suggestion. In our study, we have provided additional data beyond Fig 4a to support the specific effects of the met group and FMT group in ferroptosis, as well as their comparison with other groups. Specifically, in Figure 3, we have included Western blot (WB) and quantitative real-time polymerase chain reaction (qRT-PCR) data to confirm the involvement of ferroptosis in HIRI and the role of metformin in attenuating ferroptosis. Moreover, we have presented transcriptomic analysis results in Figure 3h, which includes a heatmap of genes related to lipid metabolism. These findings can strengthen our conclusions regarding the importance of ferroptosis in HIRI and the protective effects of metformin against ferroptosis. We hope that these data address your concerns and provide a more comprehensive understanding of our research findings.

    1. Author Response

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      eLife assessment

      This fundamental study provides compelling evidence to explain how chemical variations within a set of kinase inhibitors drive the selection of specific Erk2 conformations. Conformational selection plays a critical role in targeting medically relevant kinases such as Erk2 and the findings reported here open new avenues for designing small molecule inhibitors that block the active site while also steering the population of the enzyme into active or inactive conformations. Since protein dynamics and conformational ensembles are essential for enzyme function, this work will be of broad interest to those working in drug development, signal transduction, and enzymology.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      Summary: The authors set out to determine how chemical variation on kinase inhibitors determines the selection of Erk2 conformations and how inhibitor binding affects ERk2 structure and dynamics.

      Strengths: The study is beautifully presented both verbally and visually. The NMR experiments and the HDX experiments complement each other for the study of Erk2 solution dynamics. X-ray crystallography of Erk2 complexes with inhibitors shows small but distinct structural changes that support the proposed model for the impact of inhibitor binding.

      Weaknesses: A discussion of compound residence time for the different compounds and kinase constructs and how it could affect the very slow HDX rates might be helpful. For example, could any of the observed effects in Figure 4 be due to slow compound dissociation rather than slowed down kinase dynamics? What would be the implications?

      Response: Rate constants for kon and koff were estimated for three inhibitors using surface plasmon resonance:

      Author response table 1.

      SPR estimates of Kd for selected inhibitors ranged between 0.03-3 nM. All HDX time courses involved prebinding of 20 µM inhibitor and 17 µM ERK2 for 30 min (predicted occupancy 99.9%), followed by deuteration time courses with 20 µM inhibitor and 1.7 µM ERK2. Estimated rates of dissociation were ~0.0003-0.007 s-1 and rates of binding were 20-100 s-1 for the inhibitors tested. Because the binding rates are faster than the intrinsic H-D exchange rate at pD 7 (~1 s-1), we expect ligands to rebind and form the enzyme:ligand complex faster than the free enzyme undergoes exchange. Therefore, HDX rates should mostly reflect deuteration of the inhibitor-bound enzyme for all inhibitors.

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      Erk2 is an essential element of the MAP kinase signaling cascade and directly controls cell proliferation, migration, and survival. Therefore, it is one of the most important drug targets for cancer therapy. The catalytic subunit of Erk2 has a bilobal architecture, with the small lobe harboring the nucleotide-binding pocket and the large lobe harboring the substrate-binding cleft. Several studies by the Ahn group revealed that the catalytic domain hops between (at least) two conformational states: active (R) and inactive (L), which exchange in the millisecond time scale based on the chemical shift mapping. The R state is a signature of the double phosphorylated Erk2 (2P-Erk2), while the L state has been associated with the unphosphorylated kinase (0P-Erk2). Interestingly, the X-ray structures reveal only minimal differences between these two states, a feature that led to the conclusion that active and inactive states are structurally similar but dynamically very different. The Ahn group also found that ATP-competitive inhibitors can steer the populations of Erk2 either toward the R or the L state, depending on their chemical nature. The latter opens up the possibility of modulating the activity of this kinase by changing the chemistry of the ATP-competitive inhibitor. To prove this point, the authors present a set of nineteen compounds with diverse chemical substituents. From their combined NMR and HDX-Mass Spec analyses, fourteen inhibitors drive the kinase toward the R state, while four compounds keep the kinase hopping between the R and L states. Based on these data, the authors rationalize the effects of these inhibitors and the importance of the nature of the substituents on the central scaffold to steer the kinase activity. While all these inhibitors target the ATP binding pocket, they display diverse structural and dynamic effects on the kinase, selecting a specific structural state. Although the inhibited kinase is no longer able to phosphorylate substrates, it can initiate signaling events functioning as scaffolds for other proteins. Therefore, by changing the chemistry of the inhibitors it may be possible to affect the MAP cascade in a predictable manner. This concept, recently introduced as proof of principle, finds here its significance and practical implications. The design of the next-generation inhibitors must be taken into account for these design principles. The research is well executed, and the data support the author's conclusions.

      Reviewer #3 (Public Review):

      Summary: Anderson et al utilize an array of orthogonal techniques to highlight the importance of protein dynamics for the function and inhibition of the kinase ERK2. ERK2 is important for a large variety of biological functions.

      Strengths: This is a thorough and detailed study that uses a variety of techniques to identify critical molecular/chemical parameters that drive ERK2 in specific states.

      Weaknesses: No details rules were identified so that novel inhibitors could be designed. Nevertheless, the mode of action of these existing inhibitors is much better defined.

      Response: As recommended we added a sentence to the Discussion suggesting that inhibitors that perturb the β1-β2-β3 sheet in such a way that moves helix αC and αL16 away from the binding site might confer R-state selection. We view this as a preliminary model for predicting conformation selection in ERK2.

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      Maybe the authors can comment on how the HDX timescale and the NMR timescale relate to each other and how such different timescales can report on the same event. In particular, the HDX timescale appears to be on the scale on minutes to tens hours (e.g. 2P state). How would inhibitor dissociation and rebinding affect the observed HDX signal? Is it worth considering compound residence time for the different compounds/kinase states?

      Response: The HDX-MS and NMR experiments report different processes therefore their timescales do not necessarily match. For native state proteins at neutral pH, HDX-MS reports fluctuations that allow solvent exposure of backbone amide N-H, reflecting conformational mobility of the main chain. This is often modeled as a two-state interconversion between “closed” (HDX protected) and “open” (HDX accessible) states. Because the µs-ms timescale of main chain fluctuations is faster than the intrinsic rate of HDX (kexch, ~1 s-1), the observed HDX rate (kobs) can be approximated by the ratio of kopen/kclosed x kexch = Kop x kexch. Therefore, kobs can be considered a thermodynamic measurement that reflects Kop.

      The [methyl 13C,1H] NMR CPMG experiment that we used to identify global exchange behavior in Xiao et al (PNAS, 2014) modeled the 2P-ERK2 apoenzyme by a two-state equilibrium (L⇌R) between methyl-ILV conformers, yielding rate constants kL→R 240 s-1 and kR→L 60 s-1. Some methyls had large enough chemical shifts between L and R that they appeared as separate peaks in HMQC spectra that matched the L and R populations estimated by CPMG. In this study, the HMQC peaks shown in Figures 1, 6, and 9 are those that report shifts in L vs R populations and conformation selection for the R-state by VTX11e, BVD523 and triazolopyridine inhibitors.

      Where HDX and NMR agree is in their ability to report changes in populations of L and R in 2P-ERK2. This was first shown when both HDX and NMR measurements reported perturbations at the activation loop induced by inhibitors with differential selection for the R- vs L-states (Pegram et al. PNAS, 2019). CPMG measurements then confirmed that methyl probes in the activation loop are included in the global exchange process (Iverson et al., Biochemistry, 2020). Therefore, the HDX and NMR experiments reflect shifts in the equilibrium between L and R conformers, rather than motions with specific timescales.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      I believe the paper is suitable for the special issue of Elife dedicated to protein kinases after the authors address minor concerns/comments.

      a) Introduction, page 3: "[..] But within the ATP binding site, the conserved residues ...are largely overlapping." Do the authors mean that the residues are overlapping in the X-ray structures? If so, what is the rmsd among the X-ray structures?

      Response: The overlap between conserved residues K52, E69, D147, N152 and D165 in 2P- and 0P-ERK2 is presented in Fig. S1C, which shows an overlay between their apoenzyme crystal structures (PDBID: 2ERK, 5UMO). The RMSD of atoms in each residue are: K52 0.63 Å (9 atoms); E69 0.15 Å (9 atoms); D147 0.055 Å (8 atoms); D165 0.88 Å (8 atoms). As recommended, this information was added to the legend to Suppl. Fig. S1.

      b) Introduction, page 5: "[...] For example binding of VTX11 partially inhibits...[..]" Please provide a citation.

      Response: As recommended we added a citation at end of this sentence (Pegram et al. PNAS, 2019).

      c) Introduction, page 5: "[...] N-lobe deformities..." What do the authors mean by deformities? Are there frustrated conformations?

      Response: We used the term “deformities” to mean conformational differences, which may be but are not necessarily due to frustration. To avoid confusion, we removed the term “deformities” and replaced it with “conformational changes”.

      d) Supplementary Information. The authors report the chemical shift perturbations for several inhibitors. Does the extent of the chemical shift perturbation reflect the strength of the binding for each inhibitor? In other words, do the largest chemical shift perturbations correspond to the highest binding affinity?

      Response: The concentrations used in the NMR ligand binding experiments (150 µM ERK2, 180 µM inhibitor) allow 99.9+% complex formation over the 0.03 - 3 nM range of Ki for all inhibitors. Therefore, the chemical shifts report changes in electronic environment between bound and free enzyme. These can be ascribed to first or second sphere contacts with ligand or distal allosteric effects. But they are not likely to reflect differences in binding affinity.

      New Suppl. Fig. S3 now adds HMQC titrations of VTX11e and GDC0994 into 2P-ERK2, which confirm binding saturation based on the disappearance of free enzyme peaks.

      e) Do the authors have any evidence for the dynamic effects of the different inhibitors? Of course, a systematic analysis of the protein dynamics by NMR will require a significant amount of time and effort beyond this work. However, did the authors measure the effects of the inhibitors on the linewidths of the methyl groups distal from the binding site?<br /> Response: As recommended, we examined linewidths of selected peaks in the presence and absence of inhibitors. The results show no significant systematic differences between bound and free ERK2. Therefore dynamic effects of different inhibitors are not indicated by the available data.

      f) The authors identified the b3-aC loop as a critical element for the internal network of interactions. Can this structural element be targeted by small molecules as well?

      Response: Yes, in fact the X-ray structures of 0P-ERK2 bound to the inhibitor, SCH772984, and 2P-ERK2 bound to the related compound, SCHCPD336, both show inhibitor occupying a pocket between between strand β3 and helix αC, leading to disruption of β3-αC contacts (Chaikaud et al., NSMB 2014; Pegram et al., PNAS 2019). To the extent that β3-αC contacts are important for conformation selection to the R-state, this may explain why SCH772984 favors the L-state. We revised the Discussion to add this point.

      g) The authors should mention a recent paper suggesting that it is possible to control substrate-binding affinity by changing the nature of the ATP-binding inhibitors ((DOI: 10.1126/sciadv.abo0696).

      Response. As recommended we added this point and citation to the Discussion.

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      3.1. The manuscript is well written, but very long and sometimes repetitive. Some parts of the introduction are repeated in the result section and parts of the result section are repeated in the discussion. It will be easy to shorten the work to make it easier to read.

      Response: As recommended we streamlined the Discussion to remove some of the repetitive elements, while trying to retain the main conclusions and rationale for readers who are not well versed in kinase structure.

      3.2. Only specific residues are shown for the NMR spectra figures - while this is helpful to understand the concept, full spectra need to be shown to allow for direct comparison of the data quality (i.e. in supplemental material). If statements are made that measurements are done under full saturation - it should be shown that saturation is achieved in the measurements. All relaxation data should be made available - similar to CSPs.

      Response: As recommended, new Suppl. Figs. S2 and S9 were added to show the full spectra of each inhibitor complex analyzed by NMR. New Suppl. Fig. S3 now adds titrations of 2P-ERK2 with VTX11e and GDC0994.The results confirm binding saturation based on the disappearance of free enzyme peaks.

      3.3. No validation report was provided, nor a PDB number - so it is unclear if the crystal structures have been submitted - they need to be submitted in order to also access an mtz file, which is critical to understanding the quality of the structure (especially the ligand). This makes it difficult to assess the quality of the structures.

      Response: Table S1 has been revised to show data collection and refinement parameters for PDBID: 8U8K (2PERK2:Inh#8, Fig. 8C) and 8U8J (2P-ERK2:Inh#16, Fig. 8D). RCSB validation reports are attached and PDB depositions have been approved and will be released upon VOR assignment.

    1. Author Response

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      The manuscript by Goetz et al. takes a new perspective on sensory information processing in cells. In contrast to previous studies, which have used population data to build a response distribution and which estimate sensory information at about 1 bit, this work defines sensory information at the single cell level. To do so, the authors take two approaches. First, they estimate single cells' response distributions to various input levels from time-series data directly. Second, they infer these single-cell response distributions from the population data by assuming a biochemical model and extracting the cells' parameters with a maximum-entropy approach. In either case, they find, for two experimental examples, that single-cell sensory information is much higher than 1 bit, and that the reduction to 1 bit at the population level is due to the fact that cells' response functions are so different from each other. Finally, the authors identify examples of measurable cell properties that do or do not correlate with single-cell sensory information.

      The work brings an important and distinct new insight to a research direction that generated strong interest about a decade ago: measuring sensory information in cells and understanding why it is so low. The manuscript is clear, the results are compelling, and the conclusions are well supported by the findings. Several contributions should be of interest to the quantitative biology community (e.g., the demonstration that single cells' sensory information is considerably larger than previously implied, and the approach of inferring single-cell data from population data with the help of a model and a maximum-entropy assumption).

      We thank the reviewer for the excellent summary of our research.

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      In this paper the authors present an existing information theoretic framework to assess the ability of single cells to encode external signals sensed through membrane receptors.

      The main point is to distinguish actual noise in the signaling pathway from cell-cell variability, which could be due to differences in their phenotypic state, and to formalize this difference using information theory.

      After correcting for this cellular variability, the authors find that cells may encode more information than one would estimate from ignoring it, which is expected. The authors show this using simple models of different complexities, and also by analyzing an imaging dataset of the IGF/FoxO pathway.

      The implications of the work are limited because the analysed data is not rich enough to draw clear conclusions. Specifically,

      • the authors do not distinguish what could be methodological noise inherent to microscopy techniques (segmentation etc), and actual intrinsic cell state. It's not clear that cell-cell variability in the analyzed dataset is not just a constant offset or normalization factor. Other authors (e.g. Gregor et al Cell 130, 153-164) have re-centered and re-normalized their data before further analysis, which is more or less equivalent to the idea of the conditional information in the sense that it aims to correct for this experimental noise.

      We thank the reviewer for the comment. However, we do not believe our analysis is a consequence of normalization artifacts. Prior to modeling the single cell data, we removed well-dependent background fluorescence. This should take care of technical variation related to overall offsets in the data. We agree with the reviewer that background subtraction may not fully account for technical variability. For example, some of the cell-to-cell variability may potentially be ascribed to issues such as incorrect segmentation. Unfortunately, however, attempting to remove this technical variability through cell-specific normalization as suggested by the reviewer1 will diminish to a very large extent the true biological effects related to extensivity (cell size, total protein abundance). We note that these effects are a direct function of cell state-variables (see for example Cohen-Saidon et al.2 who use cell-state specific normalization to improve signaling fidelity). Therefore, an increase in mutual information after normalization does not only reflect removal of technical noise but also accounts for effect of cell state variables.

      Nonetheless, as the reviewer suggested, we performed a cell-specific normalization wherein the mean nuclear FoxO levels in each cell (in the absence of IGF) were normalized to one. Then, for each ligand concentration, we collated FoxO response across all cells and computed the channel capacity corresponding to cell-state agnostic mutual information ICSA. As expected, ICSA increases from ∼0.9 bits to ∼1.3 bits when cell-specific normalization was performed (Author response image 1). However, this value is significantly lower than the average ∼1.95 of cell-state specific mutual information ⟨ICee⟩. Finally, we note that the cell specific normalization does not change the calculations of channel capacity at the single cell level as these calculations do not depend on linear transformations of the data (centering and normalization). Therefore, we do not think that our analysis of experimental data suffers from artifacts related to microscopy.

      Author response image 1.

      Author response image 1. Left: nuclear FoxO response averaged over all cells in the population across different ligand concentration. Right: nuclear FoxO response was first normalized at the single cell level and then averaged over all cells in the population across different ligand concentrations.

      • in the experiment, each condition is shown only once and sequentially. This means that the reproducibility of the response upon repeated exposures in a single cell was not tested, casting doubt on the estimate of the response fidelity (estimated as the variance over time in a single response).

      The reviewer raises an excellent question about persistence of cell states. To verify that cell states are indeed conserved at the time scale of the experiment, we reanalyzed data generated by Gross et al.3 wherein cells were perturbed with IGF (37.5 pM), followed by a washout which allowed the cells to reach pre-stimulation nuclear FoxO levels, followed by a re-perturbation with the same amount of IGF. Nuclear FoxO response was measured at the single cell level after 90 minutes with IGF exposure both these times. Since the response x to the same input u was measured twice in the same cell (x1 and x2), we could evaluate the intrinsic variability in response at the single cell level. We then compared this intrinsic variability to the extrinsic cell-state dependent variability in the population.

      To do so, we computed for each cell δ=x1-x2 the difference between the two responses. reviewer Figure 2 show the histogram p(δ) as computed from the data (pink) and the same computed from the model that was trained on the single cell data (blue). We also computed p(δ0) which represented the difference between responses of two different cells both from the data and from the model.

      As we see in Author response image 2, the distribution p(δ) is significantly narrower than p(δ0) suggesting that intracellular variability is significantly smaller than across-population variability and that cells’ response to the same stimuli are quite conserved, especially when compared to responses in randomly picked pairs of cells. This shows that cell states and the corresponding response to extracellular perturbations are conserved, at least at the time scale of the experiment. Therefore, our estimates of cell-to-cell variability signaling fidelity are stable and reliable. We have now incorporated this discussion in the manuscript (lines 275-281).

      Author response image 2.

      Author response image 2. Left: Cells were treated with 37.5 pM of IGF for 90 minutes, washed out for 120 minutes and again treated with 37.5 pM of IGF. Nuclear FoxO was measured during the treatment and the washout. The distributions on the left show the difference in FoxO levels in single cells after the two 90 minutes IGF stimulations (pink: data, blue: model). Right: Distribution of difference in FoxO levels in two randomly picked cells after 90 minutes of exposure to 37.5 pM IGF.

      • another dataset on the EGF/EGFR pathway is analyzed, but no conclusion can be drawn from it because single-cell information cannot be directly estimated from it. The authors instead use a maximum-entropy Ansatz, which cannot be validated for lack of data.

      We thank the reviewer for this comment. We agree with the reviewer that we have not verified our predictions for the EGF/EGFR pathway. That study was meant to show the potential generality of our analysis. We look forward to validating our predictions for the EGF/EGFR pathway in future studies.

      Reviewer #3 (Public Review):

      Goetz, Akl and Dixit investigated the heterogeneity in the fidelity of sensing the environment by individual cells in a population using computational modeling and analysis of experimental data for two important and well-studied mammalian signaling pathways: (insulin-like growth factor) IGF/FoxO and (epidermal growth factor) EFG/EFGR mammalian pathways. They quantified this heterogeneity using the conditional mutual information between the input (eg. level of IGF) and output (eg. level of FoxO in the nucleus), conditioned on the "state" variables which characterize the signaling pathway (such as abundances of key proteins, reaction rates, etc.) First, using a toy stochastic model of a receptor-ligand system - which constitutes the first step of both signaling pathways - they constructed the population average of the mutual information conditioned on the number of receptors and maximized over the input distribution and showed that it is always greater than or equal to the usual or "cell state agnostic" channel capacity. They constructed the probability distribution of cell state dependent mutual information for the two pathways, demonstrating agreement with experimental data in the case of the IGF/FoxO pathway using previously published data. Finally, for the IGF/FoxO pathway, they found the joint distribution of the cell state dependent mutual information and two experimentally accessible state variables: the response range of FoxO and total nuclear FoxO level prior to IGF stimulation. In both cases, the data approximately follow the contour lines of the joint distribution. Interestingly, high nuclear FoxO levels, and therefore lower associated noise in the number of output readout molecules, is not correlated with higher cell state dependent mutual information, as one might expect. This paper contributes to the vibrant body of work on information theoretic characterization of biochemical signaling pathways, using the distribution of cell state dependent mutual information as a metric to highlight the importance of heterogeneity in cell populations. The authors suggest that this metric can be used to infer "bottlenecks" in information transfer in signaling networks, where certain cell state variables have a lower joint distribution with the cell state dependent mutual information.

      The utility of a metric based on the conditional mutual information to quantify fidelity of sensing and its heterogeneity (distribution) in a cell population is supported in the comparison with data. Some aspects of the analysis and claims in the main body of the paper and SI need to be clarified and extended.

      1. The authors use their previously published (Ref. 32) maximum-entropy based method to extract the probability distribution of cell state variables, which is needed to construct their main result, namely p_CeeMI (I). The salient features of their method, and how it compares with other similar methods of parameter inference should be summarized in the section with this title. In SI 3.3, the Lagrangian, L, and Rm should be defined.

      We thank the reviewer for the comment and apologize for the omission. We have now rewritten the manuscript to include references to previous reviews of works that infer probability distributions4 of cell state variables (lines 156-168). Notably, as we argued in our previous work5, no current method can efficiently estimate the joint distribution over parameters that is consistent with measured single cell data and models of signaling networks. Therefore, we could not use multiple approaches to infer parameter distributions. We have now expanded our discussion of the method in the supplementary information sections.

      1. Throughout the text, the authors refer to "low" and "high" values of the channel capacity. For example, a value of 1-1.5 bits is claimed to be "low". The authors need to clarify the context in which this value is low: In some physically realistic cases, the signaling network may need to simply distinguish between the present or absence of a ligand, in which case this value would not be low.

      We agree with the reviewer that small values of channel capacities might be sufficient for cells to carry out some tasks, in which case a low channel capacity does not necessarily indicate a network not performing its task. Indeed, how much information is needed for a specific task is a related but distinct question from how much information is provided though a signaling network. Both questions are essential to understand a cell's signaling behavior, with the former being far less easy to answer in a way which is generalizable. In contrast, the latter can be quantitatively answered using the analysis presented in our manuscript.

      1. Related to (2), the authors should comment on why in Fig. 3A, I_Cee=3. Importantly, where does the fact that the network is able to distinguish between 23 ligand levels come from? Is this related to the choice (and binning) of the input ligand distribution (described in the SI)?

      We thank the reviewer for the comment. The network can distinguish between all inputs used in the in silico experiment precisely because the noise at the cellular level is small enough that there is negligible overlap between single cell response distributions. Indeed, the mutual information will not increase with the number of equally spaced inputs in a sub-linear manner, especially when the input number is very high.

      1. The authors should justify the choice of the gamma distribution in a number of cases (eg. distribution of ligand, distribution cell state parameters, such as number of receptors, receptor degradation rate, etc.).

      We thank the reviewer for the comment. We note that previous works in protein abundances and gene expression levels (e.g. see6) have reported distributions with positive skews that can be fit well with gamma distributions or log-normal distributions. Moreover, many stochastic models of protein abundance levels and signaling networks are also known to result in abundances that are distributed according to a negative binomial distribution, the discrete counterpart of gamma distribution. Therefore, we chose Gamma distributions in our study. We have now clarified this point in the Supplementary Information. At the same time, gamma distribution only serves as a regularization for the finite data and in principle, our analysis and conclusion do not depend on choice of gamma distribution for abundances of proteins, ligands, and cell parameters.

      1. Referring to SI Section 2, it is stated that the probability of the response (receptor binding occupancy) conditioned on the input ligand concentration and number of receptors is a Poisson distribution. Indeed this is nicely demonstrated in Fig. S2. Therefore it is the coefficient of variation (std/mean) that decreases with increasing R0, not the noise (which is strictly the standard deviation) as stated in the paper.

      We thank the reviewer of the comment. We have now corrected our text.

      1. In addition to explicitly stating what the input (IGF level) and the output (nuclear GFP-tagged FoxO level) are, it would be helpful if it is also stated what is the vector of state variables, theta, corresponding to the schematic diagram in Fig. 2C.

      We thank the reviewer of the comment. We have now corrected our text in the supplementary material as well as the main text (Figure 2 caption).

      1. Related to Fig. 2C, the statement in the caption: "Phosphorylated Akt leads to phosphorylation of FoxO which effectively shuttles it out of the nucleus." needs clarification: From the figure, it appears that pFoxO does not cross the nuclear membrane, in which case it would be less confusing to say that phosphorylation prevents reentry of FoxO into the nucleus.

      We thank the reviewer of the comment. We have now corrected our text (Figure 2 caption).

      1. The explanations for Fig. 2D, E and insets are sparse and therefore not clear. The authors should expand on what is meant by model and experimental I(theta). What is CC input dose? Also in Fig. 2E, the overlap between the blue and pink histograms means that the value of the blue histogram for the final bin - and therefore agreement or lack thereof with the experimental result - is not visible. Also, the significance of the values 3.25 bits and 3 bits in these plots should be discussed in connection with the input distributions.

      We thank the reviewer of the comment. We have now corrected our text (Figure 2 caption and lines 249-251).

      1. While the joint distribution of the cell state dependent mutual information and various biochemical parameters is given in Fig. S7, there is no explanation of what these results mean, either in the SI or main text. Related to this, while a central claim of the work is that establishing this joint distribution will allow determination of cell state variables that differentiate between high and low fidelity sensing, this claim would be stronger with more discussion of Figs. 3 and S7. The related central claim that cell state dependent mutual information leads to higher fidelity sensing at the population level would be made stronger if it can be demonstrated that in the limit of rapidly varying cell state variables, the I_CSA is retrieved.

      We thank the reviewer for this excellent comment. We have now added more discussion about interpreting the correlation between cell state variables and cell-state specific mutual information (lines 294-306). We also appreciate the suggestion about a toy model calculation to show that dynamics of cell state variables affects cell state specific mutual information. We have now performed a simple calculation to show how dynamics of cell state variables affects cells’ sensing ability (lines 325-363). Specifically, we constructed a model of a receptor binding to the ligand wherein the receptor levels themselves changed over time through a slow process of gene expression (Author response image 3, main text Figure 4). In this model, the timescales of fluctuations of ligand-free receptors on the cell surface can be tuned by speeding up/slowing down the degradation rate of the corresponding mRNA while keeping the total amount of steady state mRNA constant. As shown in Author response image 3, the dependence of cell-specific mutual information on cell state variable diminishes when the time scale of change of cell state variables is fast.

      Author response image 3.

      Author response image 3. Cell state dynamics governs cell state conditioned mutual information. A. In a simple stochastic model, receptor mRNA is produced at a constant rate from the DNA and the translated into ligand-free receptors. The number of ligand-bound receptors after a short exposure to ligands is considered the output. B. A schematic showing dynamics of receptor numbers when mRNA dynamics are slower compared to signaling time scales. C. Conditioning on receptor numbers leads to differing abilities in sensing the environment when the time scale of mRNA dynamics τ is slow. In contrast, when the mRNA dynamics are fast (large τ-1), conditioning on cell state variables does not lead to difference in sensing abilities.

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      My major concerns are mainly conceptual, as described below. With proper attention to these concerns, I feel that this manuscript could be a good candidate for the eLife community.

      Major concerns:

      1. The manuscript convincingly demonstrates that cells good sensors after all, and that heterogeneity makes their input-output functions different from each other. This raises the question of what happens downstream of sensing. For single-celled organisms, where it may be natural to define behavioral consequences at the single-cell level, it may very well be relevant that single-cell information is high, even if cells respond differently to the environment. But for cells in multicellular organisms, like those studied here, I imagine that most behavioral consequences of sensing occur at the multicellular level. Thus, many cells' responses are combined into a larger response. Because their responses are different, their high-information individual responses may combine into a low-information collective response. In fact, one could argue that a decent indicator of the fidelity of this collective response is indeed the population-level information measure estimated in previous works. Thus, a fundamental question that the authors must address is: what is the ultimate utility of reliable, but heterogeneous, responses for a multicellular system? This question has an important bearing for the relevance of their findings.

      We thank the reviewer for this thought-provoking comment. We agree that the fidelity with which cells sense their environment, especially those in multicellular organisms, may not always need to be very high. We speculate that when the biological function of a collection of cells can be expressed as an average over the response of individual cells; high-information but heterogeneous cells can be considered equivalent to low-information homogeneous cells. An example of such a function is population differentiation to maintain relative proportions of different cell types in a tissue or producing a certain amount of extracellular enzyme.

      In contrast, we believe that when the biological function involves collective action, spatial patterning, or temporal memory, the difference between reliable but heterogeneous population and unreliable homogeneous population will become significant. We plan to explore this topic in future studies.

      1. The authors demonstrate that the agreement is good between their inference approach and the direct estimation of response distributions from single-cell time series data. In fact, the agreement is so good that it raises the question of why one would need the inference approach at all. Is it because single-cell time series data is not always available? Is that why the authors used it for one example and not the other? The validation is an asset, but I imagine that the inference approach is complicated and may make assumptions that are not always true. Thus, its utility and appropriate use must be clarified.

      We thank the reviewer for the comment. As the reviewer correctly pointed out, live cell imaging data is not always available and has limited scope. Specifically, optical resolution limits measurements of multiple targets. Moreover, typical live cell measurements measure total abundance or localization and not post-translational modification (phosphorylation, methylation, etc.) which are crucial to signaling dynamics. The most readily available single cell data such those measured using single cell RNA sequencing, immunofluorescence, or flow cytometry are necessarily snapshots. Therefore, computational models that can connect underlying signaling networks to snapshot data become essential when imputing single cell trajectories. In addition, the modeling also allows us to identify network parameters that correlate most strongly with cellular heterogeneity. We have now clarified this point in the manuscript (lines 366-380).

      Minor comments:

      1. I would point out that the maximum values in the single-cell mutual information distributions (Fig 2D and E) correspond to log2 of the number of inputs levels, corresponding to perfect distinguishability of each of the equally-weighted input states. It is clear that many of the mutual information values cluster toward this maximum, and it would help readers to point out why.

      We thank the reviewer for the comment. We have now included a discussion about the skew in the distribution in the text (lines 251-260).

      1. Line 216 references Fig 2C for the EGF/EGFR pathway, but Fig 2C shows the FoxO pathway. In fact, I did not see a schematic of the EGF/EGFR pathway. It may be helpful to include one, and for completeness perhaps also one for the toy model, and organize the figures accordingly.

      We thank the reviewer for the comment. We did not include three separate schematics because the schematics of the EGF/EGFR model and the toy model are subsets of the schematic of the IGF/FoxO model. We have now clarified this point in the manuscript (Figure 2 caption).

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      • the simple model of Fig. 2A would gain from a small cartoon explaining the model and its parameters.

      We thank the reviewer for the comment. We did not include a schematic for the toy model as it is a subset of the schematic of the IGF/FoxO model. The schematic of the toy model is included in the supplementary information.

      • L should be called u, and B should be called x, to be consistent with the rest of the notations in the paper.

      We have decided to keep the notation originally presented in the manuscript.

      • legend of 2E and D should be clarified. "CC input dose" is cryptic. The x axis is the input dose, the y axis is its distribution at the argmax of I. CC is the max of I, not its argmax. Likewise "I" in the legend for the colors should not be used to describe the insets, which are input distributions.

      We have now changed this in the manuscript.

      • the data analysis of the IGF/FoxO pathway should be explained in the main text, not the SI. Otherwise it's impossible to understand how one arrives at, or how to intepret, figure 2E, which is central to the paper. For instance the fact that p(x|u,theta) is assumed to be Gaussian, and how the variance and mean are estimated from the actual data is very important to understand the significance of the results.

      While we have added more details in the manuscript in various places, for the sake of brevity and clarity, we have decided to keep the details of the calculations in the supplementary materials.

      • there's no Method's section. Most of the paper's theoretical work is hidden in the SI, while it should be described in the methods.

      We thank the review of the comment. However, we believe that adding a methods section will break the narrative of the paper. The methods are described in detail in the supplementary materials with sufficient detail to reproduce our results. Additionally, we also provide a link to the github page that has all scripts related to the manuscript.

      PS: please submit a PDF of the SI for review, so that people can read it on any platform (as opposed to a word document, especially with equations)

      We have now done this.

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      1. Subplots in Fig. 1, inset in Fig. 3 are not legible due to small font.

      We have now increased the font.

      1. Mean absolute error in Fig. S5 and relative error in related text should be clarified.

      We have now clarified this in the manuscript.

      1. Acronyms (MACO, MERIDIAN) should be defined.

      We have now made these changes.

      References

      1. Gregor T, Tank DW, Wieschaus EF, Bialek W. Probing the limits to positional information. Cell. 2007;130(1):153-64. doi: 10.1016/j.cell.2007.05.025. PubMed PMID: WOS:000248587000018.

      2. Cohen-Saidon C, Cohen AA, Sigal A, Liron Y, Alon U. Dynamics and Variability of ERK2 Response to EGF in Individual Living Cells. Mol Cell. 2009;36(5):885-93. doi: 10.1016/j.molcel.2009.11.025. PubMed PMID: WOS:000272965400020.

      3. Gross SM, Dane MA, Bucher E, Heiser LM. Individual Cells Can Resolve Variations in Stimulus Intensity along the IGF-PI3K-AKT Signaling Axis. Cell Syst. 2019;9(6):580-8 e4.

      4. Loos C H, J. Mathematical modeling of variability in intracellular signaling. Current Opinion in Systems Biology. 2019;16:17-24.

      5. Dixit PD, Lyashenko E, Niepel M, Vitkup D. Maximum Entropy Framework for Predictive Inference of Cell Population Heterogeneity and Responses in Signaling Networks. Cell Syst. 2020;10(2):204-12 e8.

      6. Taniguchi Y, Choi PJ, Li GW, Chen H, Babu M, Hearn J, Emili A, Xie XS. Quantifying E. coli proteome and transcriptome with single-molecule sensitivity in single cells. Science. 2010;329(5991):533-8. doi: 10.1126/science.1188308. PubMed PMID: 20671182; PMCID: PMC2922915.

    1. Author Response

      The following is the authors’ response to the previous reviews.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      The proposed study provides an innovative framework for the identification of muscle synergies taking into account their task relevance. State-of-the-art techniques for extracting muscle interactions use unsupervised machine-learning algorithms applied to the envelopes of the electromyographic signals without taking into account the information related to the task being performed. In this work, the authors suggest including the task parameters in extracting muscle synergies using a network information framework previously proposed. This allows the identification of muscle interactions that are relevant, irrelevant, or redundant to the parameters of the task executed.

      The proposed framework is a powerful tool to understand and identify muscle interactions for specific task parameters and it may be used to improve man-machine interfaces for the control of prostheses and robotic exoskeletons.

      With respect to the network information framework recently published, this work added an important part to estimate the relevance of specific muscle interactions to the parameters of the task executed. However, the authors should better explain what is the added value of this contribution with respect to the previous one, also in terms of computational methods.

      It is not clear how the well-known phenomenon of cross-talk during the recording of electromyographic muscle activity may affect the performance of the proposed technique and how it may bias the overall outcomes of the framework.

      We thank reviewer 1 for their useful commentary on this manuscript.

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      This paper is an attempt to extend or augment muscle synergy and motor primitive ideas with task measures. The authors idea is to use information metrics (mutual information, co-information) in 'synergy' constraint creation that includes task information directly. By using task related information and muscle information sources and then sparsification, the methods construct task relevant network communities among muscles, together with task redundant communities, and task irrelevant communities. This process of creating network communities may then constrain and help to guide subsequent synergy identification using the authors published sNM3F algorithm to detect spatial and temporal synergies.

      The revised paper is much clearer and examples are helpful in various ways. However, figure 2 as presented does not convincingly show why task muscle mutual information helps in separating synergies, though it is helpful in defining the various network communities used in the toy example.

      The impact of the information theoretic constraints developed as network communities on subsequent synergy separation are posited to be benign and to improve over other methods (e.g., NNMF). However, not fully addressed are the possible impacts of the methods on compositionality links with physiological bases, and the possibility remains of the methods sometimes instead leading to modules that represent more descriptive ML frameworks that may not support physiological work easily. Accordingly, there is a caveat. This is recognized and acknowledged by the authors in their rebuttal of the prior review. It will remain for other work to explore this issue, likely through testing on detailed high degree of freedom artificial neuromechanical models and tasks. This possible issue with the strategy here likely needs to be fully acknowledged in the paper.

      The approach of the methods seeks to identify task relevant coordinative couplings. This is a meta problem for more classical synergy analyses. Classical analyses seek compositional elements stable across tasks. These elements may then be explored in causal experiments and generative simulations of coupling and control strategies. However, task-based understanding of synergy roles and functional uses is significant and is clearly likely to be aided by methods in this study.

      Information based separation has been used in muscle synergy analyses using infomax ICA, which is information based at core. Though linear mixing of sources is assumed in ICA, minimized mutual information among source (synergy) drives is the basis of the separation and detects low variance synergy contributions (e.g., see Yang, Logan, Giszter, 2019). In the work in this paper, instead, mutual information approaches are used to cluster muscles and task features into network communities preceding the SNM3F algorithm use for separation, rather than using minimized information in separation. This contrast of an accretive or agglomerative mutual information strategy here used to cluster into networks, versus a minimizing mutual information source separation used in infomax ICA epitomizes a key difference in approach here.

      Physiological causal testing of synergy ideas is neglected in the literature reviews in the paper. Although these are only in animal work (Hart and Giszter, 2010; Takei and Seki, 2017), the clear connection of muscle synergy analysis choices to physiology is important, and eventually these issues need to be better managed and understood in relation to the new methods proposed here, even if not in this paper.

      Analyses of synergies using the methods the paper has proposed will likely be very much dependent on the number and quality of task variables included and how these are managed, and the impacts of these on the ensuing sparsification and network communities used prior to SNM3F. The authors acknowledge this in their response. This caveat should likely be made very explicit in the paper.

      It would be useful in the future to explore the approach described with a range of simulated data to better understand the caveats, and optimizations for best practices in this approach.

      A key component of the reviewers’ arguments here is their reductionist view of muscle synergies vs the emergentist view presented in our work here. In the reductionist lens, muscle groupings are the units (‘building blocks’) of coordinated movement and thus the space of intermuscular interactions is of particular interest for understanding movement construction. On the other hand, the emergentist view suggests that muscle groupings emerge from interactions between constituent parts (as quantified here using information theory, synergistic information is the information found when both activities are observed together). This is in line with recent work in the field showing modular control at the intramuscular level, exemplifying a scale-free phenomena. Nonetheless, we consider these approaches to muscle synergy research as complementary and beneficial for the field overall going forward.

      Reviewer #3 (Public Review):

      In this study, the authors developed and tested a novel framework for extracting muscle synergies. The approach aims at removing some limitations and constraints typical of previous approaches used in the field. In particular, the authors propose a mathematical formulation that removes constraints of linearity and couples the synergies to their motor outcome, supporting the concept of functional synergies and distinguishing the task-related performance related to each synergy. While some concepts behind this work were already introduced in recent work in the field, the methodology provided here encapsulates all these features in an original formulation providing a step forward with respect to the currently available algorithms. The authors also successfully demonstrated the applicability of their method to previously available datasets of multi-joint movements.

      Preliminary results positively support the scientific soundness of the presented approach and its potential. The added values of the method should be documented more in future work to understand how the presented formulation relates to previous approaches and what novel insights can be achieved in practical scenarios and confirm/exploit the potential of the theoretical findings.

      In their revision, the authors have implemented major revisions and improved their paper. The work was already of good quality and now it has improved further. The authors were able to successfully:

      • improve the clarity of the writing (e.g.: better explaining the rationale and the aims of the paper);

      • extend the clarification of some of the key novel concepts introduced in their work, like the redundant synergies;

      • show a scenario in which their approach might be useful for increasing the understanding of motor control in patients with respect to traditional algorithms such as NMF. In particular, their example illustrates why considering the task space is a fundamental step forward when extracting muscle synergies, improving the practical and physiological interpretation of the results.

      We thank reviewer 3 for their constructive commentary on this manuscript.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      Figure 3 should report the distances between reaching points in panel A and the actual length distances of the walking paths in panel C.

      The caption of fig.3 concerning the experimental setup of the datasets analysed has been updated with the following for dataset 1: “(A) Dataset 1 consisted of participants executing table-top point-to-point reaching movements (40cm distance from starting point P0) across four targets in forward (P1-P4) and backwards (P5-P8) directions at both fast and slow speeds (40 repetitions per task) [25]. The muscles recorded included the finger extensors (FE), brachioradialis (BR), biceps brachii (BI), medial-triceps (TM), lateral-triceps (TL), anterior deltoid (AD), posterior deltoid (PD), pectoralis major (PE), latissimus dorsi (LD) of the right, reaching arm.”. For dataset 3, to the best of the authors knowledge, this information was not given in the original paper.

      Figure 4, what is the unit of the data shown?

      The unit of bits is now mentioned in the toy example figure caption and in the caption of fig.5

      Figure 4, the characteristics of the interactions are not fully clear, and the graphical representation should be improved.

      We have made steps to improve the clarity of the figures presented.

      For dataset 3, τ was the movement kinematics, but it is not specified how the task parameters were formulated. Did the authors use the data from all 32 kinematic markers, 4 IMUs, and force plates? If yes, it should be specified why all these signals were used. For sure, there will be signals included that are not relevant to the specific task. Did the authors select specific signals based on their relevance to the task (e.g., ankle kinematics)?

      We have now clarified this in the text as follows: “For datasets 1 and 2, we determine the MI between vectors with respect to several discrete task parameters representing specific task attributes (e.g. reaching direction, speed etc.), while for dataset 3 we determined the task-relevant and -irrelevant muscles couplings in an unassuming way by quantifying them with respect to all available kinematic, dynamic and inertial motion unit (IMU) features.”

      How did the authors endure that crosstalk did not affect their analysis, particularly between, e.g., finger extensors and brachioradialis and posterior deltoid and anterior deltoid (dataset 1)?

      We have addressed this point in the previous round of reviews and made an explicit statement regarding cross-talk in the discussion section: “Although distinguishing task-irrelevant muscle couplings may capture artifacts such as EMG crosstalk, our results convey several physiological objectives of muscles including gross motor functions [66], the maintenance of internal joint mechanics and reciprocal inhibition of contralateral limbs [19,51].”

      It would be informative to add some examples of not trivial/obvious task-related synergistic muscle combinations that have been extracted in the three datasets. Most of the examples reported in the manuscript are well-known biomechanically and quite intuitive, so they do not improve our understanding of synergistic muscle control in humans.

      Our framework improves our understanding of synergistic motor control by enabling the formal quantification of synergistic muscle interactions, a capability not present among current approaches. Regarding the implications of this advance in terms of concrete examples, we have further clarified our examples presented in the results section, for example:

      “Across datasets, many the muscle networks could be characterised by the transmission of complementary task information between functionally specialised muscle groups, many of which identified among the task-redundant representations (Fig.9-10 and Supp. Fig.2). The most obvious example of this is the S3 synergist muscle network of dataset 2 (Fig.11), which captures the complementary interaction between task-redundant submodules identified previously (S3 (Fig.9)).”

      The description shows how our framework can extract the cross-module interactions that align with the higher-level objectives of the system, here the synergistic connectivity between the upper and lower body modules. Current approaches can only capture redundant and task-irrelevant interactions. Thus our framework provides additional insight into movement control.

      The number of participations in dataset 2 is very limited and should be increased. We appreciate the reviewer's comment and would like to point out that for dataset 2 our aim was to increase the number of muscles (30), tasks (72) and trials for each task (30) which produced a very large dataset for each participant. This came at the expense of low number of participants, however all our statistical analyses here can be performed at the single-participant level. Furthermore, dataset 3 includes 25 participants and it enables us to demonstrate the reliability of the findings across participants.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      I believe it is important in the future to explore the approach proposed with a range of simulation data and neuromechanical models, to explore the issues I have raised and that you have acknowledged, though I agree it is likely out of scope for the paper here.

      We agree with the reviewer that this would be valuable future work and indeed plan to do this in our future research.

      The Github code for this paper should likely include the various data sets used in the paper and figures, appropriately anonymized, in order to allow the data to be explored and analyses replicated and package demonstrated to be exercised fully by a new user.

      We thank the reviewer for this suggestion. Dataset3 is already available online at https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jbiomech.2021.110320. We will also make the other 2 datasets publicly available on our lab website very soon. Until then, as stated in the manuscript, we will make them available to anyone upon reasonable request.

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      I have the following open points to suggest to the authors:

      First, I recommend improving the quality of the figures: in the pdf version I downloaded, some writings are impossible to read.

      We fully agree with the reviewer and note that in the pdf version of the paper, the figures are a lot worse than in the submitted word document submitted. Nevertheless, we will make further improvements on the figures as requested.

      Even though the manuscript has improved, I still feel that some points were not addressed or were only partially addressed. In particular:

      • The proposed comparison with NMF helps understanding why incorporating the task space is useful (and I fully agree with the authors about this point as the main reason to propose their contribution). However, the comparison does not help the reader to understand whether the synergies incorporating the task space are biased by the introduction of the task variables.

      This question can be also reformulated as: are muscle synergies modified when task space variables are incorporated? Is the "weight" on task coefficients affecting the composition of muscle synergies? If so, the added interpretational power is achieved at the cost of losing the information regarding the neural substrate of synergies? I understand this point is not immediate to show, but it would increase the quality of the work.

      • Reference to previous approaches that aimed at including task variables into synergy extraction are still missing in the paper. Even though it is not required to provide quantitative comparisons with other available approaches, there are at most 2-3 available algorithms in the literature (kinematics-EMG; force-EMG), that should not be neglected in this work. What did previous approaches achieve? What was improved with this approach? What was not improved?

      Previous attempts of extracting synergies with non-linear approaches could also be described more.

      In the latest version of the manuscript, we have referenced both the mixed NMF and autoencoders based algorithms. In both the introduction and discussion section of the manuscript, we also specify that our framework quantifies and decomposes muscle interactions in a novel way that cannot be done by other current approaches. In the results section we use examples from 3 different datasets to make this point clear, providing intuition on the use cases of our framework.

    1. Author Response

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Response to review.

      We thank the editors and reviewers for their time in assessing our manuscript. We changed the title to remove the word “all” because we realized that was hyperbolic. Corrections in response to review are in blue text throughout the manuscript document (other minor corrections are not highlighted).

      eLife assessment

      This study presents valuable insights into the evolution of the gasdermin family, making a strong case that a GSDMA-like gasdermin was already present in early land vertebrates and was activated by caspase-1 cleavage. Convincing biochemical evidence is provided that extant avian, reptile, and amphibian GSDMA proteins can still be activated by caspase-1 and upon cleavage induce pyroptosis-like cell death - at least in human cell lines. The caspase-1 cleavage site is only lost in mammals, which use the more recently evolved GSDMD as a caspase-1 cleavable pyroptosis inducer. The presented work will be of considerable interest to scientists working on the evolution of cell death pathways, or on cell death regulation in non-mammalian vertebrates.

      We thank the editor for their time in evaluating our manuscript. We agree with the eLife assessment and with the comments of the reviewers.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      The authors start out by doing a time-calibrated gene/species tree analysis of the animal gasdermin family, resulting in a dendrogram showing the relationship of the individual gasdermin subfamilies and suggesting a series of gene duplication events (and gene losses) that lead to the gasdermin distribution in extant species. They observe that the GSDMA proteins from birds, reptiles, and amphibians do not form a clade with the mammalian GSDMAs and notice that the non-mammalian GSDMA proteins share a conserved caspase-1 cleavage motif at the predicted activation site. The authors provide several series of experiments showing that the non-mammalian GSDMA proteins can indeed be activated by caspase-1 and that this activation leads to cell death (in human cells). They also investigate the role of the caspase-1 recognition tetrapeptide for cleavage by caspase-1 and for the pathogen-derived protease SpeB.

      We thank the reviewer for their time in evaluating our manuscript.

      Strengths:

      The evolutionary analysis performed in this manuscript appears to use a broader data basis than what has been used in other published work. An interesting result of this analysis is the suggestion that GSDMA is evolutionarily older than the main mammalian pyroptotic GSDMD, and that birds, reptiles, and amphibians lack GSDMD but use GSDMA for the same purpose. The consequence that bird GSDMA should be activated by an inflammatory caspase (=caspase1) is convincingly supported by the experiments provided in the manuscript.

      We thank the reviewer for their assessment of the manuscript.

      Weaknesses:

      1. As a non-expert in phylogenetic tree reconstruction, I find the tree resulting from the authors' analysis surprising (in particular the polyphyly of GSDMA) and at odds with several other published trees of this family. The differences might be due to differences in the data being used or due to the tree construction method, but no explanation for this discrepancy is provided.

      We agree, and we have modified the text to add more context to explain why our analysis generated a different topology: “In comparison to previously published studies, we used different methods to construct our gasdermin phylogenetic tree, with the result that our tree has a different topology. The topology of our tree is likely to be affected by our increased sampling of gasdermin sequences; we included 1,256 gasdermin sequences in comparison to 300 or 97 sequences used in prior studies. Prior studies used maximum likelihood tree building techniques, whereas we used a more computationally intensive Bayesian method using BEAST with strict molecular clocks that allows us to provide divergence time estimates, which we calibrated using mammal fossil estimated ages. We think that this substantially increased sampling paired with time calibration allow us to produce a more accurate phylogeny of the gasdermin protein family.”

      To explain and further support our method in a more technical manner, in our phylogenetic tree, non-mammal GSDMAs are paralogous to mammals GSDMAs whereas others have found that non-mammal GSDMAs are orthologous to mammal GSDMAs. We obtained moderate support for the non-mammal GSDMA placement with Bayesian posterior 0.42 and with maximum likelihood bootstrap support of 0.96. Angosto-Bazarra et al. has for their placement a Bayesian posterior of 0.66 and maximum likelihood bootstrap support of 0.98. These are good results, but they arise from significantly fewer sequences than are included in our tree. However, in Fig S2 of Angosto-Bazarra et al. the support drops to 0.08. That the posteriors in both are not 1 indicate the presence of phylogenetic conflicts (i.e., a significant fraction of alternative trees), which means that the tree of our study or Angosto-Bazarra could be incorrect. That said, our tree is supported by biological support, and our dataset is substantially larger. To better characterize this node, further sampling with even more species would be required. We exhausted the current available sequences at the time our tree was generated.

      Differences between our study and previous studies:

      Author response table 1.

      1. While the cleavability of bird/reptile GSDMA by caspase-1 is well-supported by several experiments, the role of this cleavage for pyroptotic cell killing is addressed more superficially. One cell viability assay upon overexpression of GSDMA-NTD in human HEK293 cells is shown and one micrograph shows pyroptotic morphology upon expression in HeLa cells. It is not clear why these experiments were limited to human cells…

      We did include one more experiment in human cells which is Figure 4B, in which we express full length chicken GSDMA with dimerizable caspase-1, and show that LDH release requires the cleavage site aspartate, D244. That said, we agree that our use of only human cell lines is a weakness of the paper. We thought that the best way to definitively show the interaction of caspase-1 and GSDMA was to perform experiments in chicken macrophages. Therefore, we generated a custom-raised anti-chicken-GSDMA antibody. Unfortunately, the quality of the antibody was insufficient to detect endogenous GSDMA in chicken bone marrow-derived macrophages. Off target binding prevented the observation of chicken GSDMA bands. We added a section to the discussion acknowledge the need for further studies: “In future studies, the association of bird/amphibian/reptile GSDMA and caspase-1 should be confirmed in native cells from each of these animals.”

      …and why two different cell types were used for the two complementary results.

      In the paper we used 293T cells and HeLa cells as generic cell types that have distinct benefits. In general, we used 293T/17 cells for experiments where high transfection efficiency was most critical, as it is simple to achieve 90% or higher transfection efficiency in this line. However, 293T/17s have poor spreading in culture and thus are not as useful for morphologic studies. 293T/17 cells do display pyroptotic ballooning upon gasdermin activation, however, the images are less pronounced in comparison to other cell types that have more distinct morphology. Therefore, we used HeLa cells for the microscopy experiments because they are more adherent and larger than 293T/17s which make for easier visualization of pyroptotic ballooning. We have added the following statement to the text to make our rationale for the use of different cell line more apparent: “In these experiments, 293T/17s were used for their high transfection efficiency, and HeLas were used for microscopy studies for their larger size and improved adherence.”

      1. The introduction mentions as a motivation for this work our lack of knowledge of how human GSDMA is activated. This is indeed an interesting and pressing question, but it is not really addressed in the manuscript. This is particularly true when believing the authors' dendrogram results that the bird and mammalian GSDMA families do not form a clade.

      As a consequence, the significance of this finding is mostly limited to birds and reptiles.

      Our aspirations were to discover hidden facets of mammal GSDMA by using a molecular evolutionary analysis. bird/amphibian/reptile GSDMA. Although we did not learn the identity of a host protease that activates mammalian GSDMA, we serendipitously discovered the evolutionary history of the association of caspase-1 with the gasdermin family. We think this manuscript provides an important and interesting advance in the field to reveal the process of evolution at work in the gasdermin family, and that the association of caspase-1 with a gasdermin to cause pyroptosis is an unbroken pairing throughout evolution. It is surprising to us that the specific gasdermin partner has changed over time.

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      The authors investigated the molecular evolution of members of the gasdermin (GSDM) family. By adding the evolutionary time axis of animals, they created a new molecular phylogenetic tree different from previous ones. The analyzed result verified that non-mammalian GSDMAs and mammalian GSDMAs have diverged into completely different and separate clades. Furthermore, by biochemical analyses, the authors demonstrated non-mammalian GSDMA proteins are cleaved by the host-encoded caspase-1. They also showed mammalian GSDMAs have lost the cleavage site recognized by caspase-1. Instead, the authors proposed that the newly appeared GSDMD is now cleaved by caspase-1.

      We thank the reviewer for their time in evaluating our manuscript.

      Through this study, we have been able to understand the changes in the molecular evolution of GSDMs, and by presenting the cleavage of GSDMAs through biochemical experiments, we have become able to grasp the comprehensive picture of this family of molecules. However, there are some parts where explanations are insufficient, so supplementary explanations and experiments seem to be necessary.

      Strengths:

      It has a strong impact in advancing ideas into the study of pyroptotic cell death and even inflammatory responses involving caspase-1.

      We thank the reviewer for the critical consideration of the phylogeny presented.

      Weaknesses:

      Based on the position of mammalian GSDMA shown in the molecular phylogenetic tree (Figure 1), it may be difficult to completely agree with the authors' explanation of the evolution of GSDMA.

      1. Focusing on mammalian GSDMA, this group, and mammalian GSDMD diverged into two clades, and before that, GSDMA/D groups and mammalian GSDMC separated into two, more before that, GSDMB, and further before that, non-mammalian GSDMA, when we checked Figure 1. In the molecular phylogenetic tree, it is impossible that GSDMA appears during evolution again. Mammalian GSDMAs are clearly paralogous molecules to non-mammalian GSDMAs in the figure. If they are bona fide orthologous, the mammalian GSDMA group should show a sub-clade in the non-mammalian GSDMA clade. It is better to describe the plausibility of the divergence in the molecular evolution of mammalian GSDMA in the Discussion section.

      We appreciate the reviewer’s careful consideration of our phylogeny. We agree that we did not make this clear enough in the discussion. Indeed, this is a confusing point, and is a critical concept in the paper. This is among our most important findings, so we have added a line addressing this finding to the abstract. We think about these concepts starting from the oldest common ancestor of a group, and then think about how genes duplicate over time. To the discussion we now begin with the following:

      We discovered that GSDMA in amphibians birds and reptiles are paralogs to mammal GSDMA. Surprisingly, the GSDMA genes in both the amphibians/reptiles/birds and mammal groups appear in the exact same locus. Therefore, this GSDMA gene was present in the common ancestor of all these animals. In mammals, this GSDMA duplicated to form GSDMB and GSDMC. Finally, a new gene duplicate, GSDMD, arose in a different chromosomal location. Then this GSDMD gene became a superior target for caspase-1 after developing the exosite. Once GSDMD had evolved, we speculate that the mammalian GSDMA became a pseudogene that was available to evolve a new function. This new function included a new promoter to express mammalian GSDMA primarily in the skin, and perhaps acquisition of a new host protease that has yet to be discovered.

      In further support of the topology of our Bayesian tree in Figure 1, we also performed a maximum likelihood analysis, which also placed the GSDMA genes into similarly distinct clades (Figure 1-S3). Finally, we have biological evidence to support this reasoning, where caspase-1 cleaves non-mammal GSDMAs and also mammal GSDMD (and no longer can cleave mammal GSDMA).

      1. Regarding (1), it is recommended that the authors reconsider the validity of estimates of divergence dates by focusing on mammalian species divergence. Because the validity of this estimation requires a recheck of the molecular phylogenetic tree, including alignment.

      Our reconstructed evolution of gasdermins is consistent with the mammal tree of life. We constrained Bayesian estimation of divergences using soft calibrations from mammal fossil estimated ages. We have included the fossil calibration of mammalian gasdermins to the results section and to our methods.

      1. If GSDMB and/or GSDMC between non-mammalian GSDMA and mammalian GSDMD as shown in the molecular phylogenetic tree would be cleaved by caspase-1, the story of this study becomes clearer. The authors should try that possibility.

      It is known that mammal GSDMB and GSDMC cannot be activated by caspase-1. We propose that GSDMA was cleaved by caspase-1 only in extinct mammals that had not yet associated GSDMD with caspase-1. Such an extinct mammal could have encoded a GSDMA cleaved by caspase-1, a GSDMB cleaved by granzyme A, and GDSMC cleaved by caspase-8. Later, the GSDMA gene was again duplicated to form GSDMD. After GSDMD was targeted by caspase-1, then GSDMA was free to gain its current function in barrier tissues.

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      As a non-expert on phylogenetic tree construction, I found the "time-calibrated maximum clade credibility coalescent tree" hard to digest. I would have liked to see an explanation of how this method is different from what has been used before and why the authors consider it to be better. This is particularly important when considering that the resulting tree shown in Figure 1 is quite different from other published trees of the same family (e.g. https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/PMC8742441 where the GSDMA family appears monophyletic).

      Please see response to Reviewer 1 weaknesses above. Also, we have moved the text “time-calibrated maximum clade credibility coalescent tree” to the figure legend.

      In the bioinformatical analysis of the conserved caspase-1 cleavage motif in bird GSDMA sequences, I would recommend also addressing the residue behind the cleavage site Asp, as this position has an unusually high conservation (mostly Gly) in bird GSDMA.

      This is a great observation. We suspect that this may reflect a need for flexibility in the secondary structure to allow the cleavage site to enter the enzymatic pocket of the caspase. This residue is also similarly enriched in mammal GSDMD, which is also cleaved by caspase-1. We also note high conservation of a P2' proline residue in birds with the FASD tetrapeptide, which could also be important for displaying the tetrapeptide to the caspase.

      This comment prompted us to search the literature for evidence of these residues in caspase-1 substrate preference studies. Remarkably, a P1' glycine and P2` proline are among the most enriched residues in human caspase-1 targets. This supports our hypothesis that caspase-1 cleaves GSDMA in non-mammals. We added the following to the results section: “Additionally, the P1' residue in amphibian, bird and reptile GSDMA was often a glycine, and the P2' residue was often a proline, especially in birds with FASD/FVSD tetrapeptides (Fig. 2B). A small P1' residue is preferred by all caspases. By using a peptide library, glycine has been determined to be the optimal P1' residue for caspase-1 and caspase-4. Further, in a review of the natural substrates of caspase-1, glycine was the second most common P1' residue, and proline was the most common P2' residue. These preferences were not observed for caspase-9.”

      Finally, I would like the authors to at least explain why the cell viability assays were done in 293T cells while the micrographs were done in HeLa cells. Why not show both experiments for both cell types?

      In the paper we used 293T cells and HeLa cells as generic cell types that have distinct benefits. In general, we used 293T/17 cells for experiments where high transfection efficiency was most critical, as it is simple to achieve 90% or higher transfection efficiency in this line. However, 293T cells have poor spreading in culture and thus are not as useful for morphologic studies. 293T/17 cells do display pyroptotic ballooning upon gasdermin activation, however, the images are less pronounced in comparison to other cell types that have more distinct morphology. Therefore, we used HeLa cells for the microscopy experiments because they are more adherent and larger than 293T/17s which make for easier visualization of pyroptotic ballooning. We have added the following statement to the text to make our rationale for the use of different cell line more apparent: “In these experiments, 293T/17s were used for their high transfection efficiency, and HeLas were used for microscopy studies for their larger size and improved adherence.”

      There are a number of minor points related to language and presentation:

      • the expressions "pathogens contaminate the cytosol", "mammals can encode..", "an outsized effect" are unusual and might be rephrased.

      We changed these to:

      “manipulate the host cell, sometimes contaminating the cytosol with pathogen associated molecular patterns, or disrupting aspects of normal cell physiology”,

      “Only mammals encode GSDMC and GSDMD alongside the other four gasdermins.”,

      and

      “greater effect”

      • in line 87 the abbreviation "GSDMEc" is first used without explanation (of the "c").

      This is an important distinction, as GSDMEc proteins were only recently uncovered. To remedy this, we have added the following text following line 87: “This gasdermin was recently identified as an ortholog of GSDMA.

      It was called GSDMEc, following the nomenclature of other duplications of GSDME in bony fish that have been named GSDMEa and GSDMEb.”

      • line 89 grammar problem.

      Corrected

      • line 186ff the sentence "We believe..." does not appear to make sense.

      We revised the text to make this clear, changing the text to now read “We hypothesized that activating pyroptosis using separate gasdermins for caspase-1 and caspase-3 is a useful adaptation and allows for fine-tuning of these separate pathways. In mammals, this separation depends on the activation of GSDMD by caspase-1 and the activation of GSDME by caspase-3.”

      • many figures use pictures rather than text to represent species groups. These pictures are not always intuitive. As an example, in Figure 6 the 'snake' represents amphibians. After reading the text, I understand that these should probably be the caecilian amphibians, but not every reader might know what these critters look like. In Figure 7, I have no idea what the black blob (2nd image from top) is supposed to be.

      In crafting the manuscript, we found the use of text to denote the various species to be cumbersome. The species silhouettes are a standard graphical depiction used in evolutionary biology, which we think aids readability to the figures. For example, in a paper cited in our manuscript, these same silhouettes were used to depict the evolution of GSDMs (https://doi.org/10.3389/fcell.2022.952015 Figure 1A, Figure 3D, Figure 4G). However, we agree that many readers will not know that caecilians are legless amphibians that resemble snakes in their body morphology, but are not close to snakes by phylogeny. We think it is important to use an image of a caecilian amphibian because the more iconic amphibians (frogs, salamanders) do not encode GSDMA. To increase clarity, we have mentioned the morphology of caecilians in the legend of Figure 2, Figure 6, and Figure 7 when caecilican amphibians are first introduced.

      In Figure 2: “Note, that caecilians morphologically are similar to snakes in their lack of legs and elongated body, however, this is an example of convergent evolution as caecilians are amphibians and are thus more closely related to frogs and salamanders than snakes.”

      In Figure 6: “M. unicolor is an amphibian despite sharing morphological similarity to a snake.”

      In Figure 7: “In caecilian amphibians, which are morphologically similar to snakes, birds, and reptiles, GSDMA is cleaved by caspase-1.”

      The black blob is the mollusk Lingula anatina, which unfortunately has an indistinct silhouette. To clarify this, we have added text to label the images in Figure 7.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      1. Line 214, in "(Fig. 3-S2) Human and mouse ..", it is necessary to type a period.

      2. Line 238, in the subtitle, GSMA should be amended to GSDMA.

      These have both been corrected.

    1. Author Response

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      We thank the reviewers for their careful, critical, and insightful evaluation of our manuscript.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      The preprint by Laganowsky and co-workers describes the use of mutant cycles to dissect the thermodynamic profile of specific lipid recognition by the ABC transporter MsbA. The authors use native mass spectrometry with a variable temperature source to monitor lipid binding to the native protein dimer solubilized in detergent. Analysis of the peak intensities (that is, relative abundance) of 1-3 bound lipids as a function of solution temperature and lipid concentration yields temperature-dependent Kds. The authors use these to then generate van't Hoff plots, from which they calculate the enthalpy and entropy contributions to binding of one, two, and in some cases, three lipids to MsbA.

      The authors then employ mutant cycles, in which basic residues involved in headgroup binding are mutated to alanine. By comparing the thermodynamic signatures of single and double (and in one instance triple) mutants, they aim to identify cooperativity between the different positions. They furthermore use inward and outward locking conditions which should control access to the different binding sites determined previously.

      The main conclusion is that lipid binding to MsbA is driven mainly by energetically favorable entropy increase upon binding, which stems from the release of ordered water molecules that normally coordinate the basic residues, which helps to overcome the enthalpic barrier of lipid binding. The authors also report an increase in lipid binding at higher temperatures which they attribute to a non-uniform heat capacity of the protein. Although they find that most residue pairs display some degree of cooperativity, particularly between the inner and outer lipid binding sites, they do not provide a structural interpretation of these results.

      Strengths:

      The use of double mutant cycles and mass spectrometry to dissect lipid binding is novel and interesting. For example, the observation that mutating a basic residue in the inner and one in the outer binding site abolishes lipid binding to a greater extent than the individual mutations is highly informative even without having to break it down into thermodynamic terms (see "weaknesses" section). In this sense, the method and data reported here opens new avenues for the structure/activity relationship of MsbA. The "mutant cycle" approach is in principle widely applicable to other membrane proteins with complex lipid interactions.

      Weaknesses:

      The use of double mutant cycles to dissect binding energies is well-established, and has, as the authors point out, been employed in combination with mass spectrometry to study protein-protein interactions. Its application to extract thermodynamic parameters is robust in cases where a single binding event is monitored, e.g. the formation of a complex with well-defined stoichiometry, where dissociation constants can be determined with high confidence. It is, however, complicated significantly by the fact that for MsbA-lipid interactions, we are not looking at a single binding event, but a stochastic distribution of lipids across different sites. Even if the protein is locked in a specific conformation, the observation of a single lipid adduct does not guarantee that the one lipid is always bound to a specific site. In some of the complexes detected by MS, the lipid is likely bound somewhere else. Lipid binding Kds from mass spectrometry, although helpful in some instances as a proxy for global binding affinities, should therefore be taken with a grain of salt.

      We agree with the reviewer in that while we will measure binding of lipid (mass shift) we do not know the binding location(s). Given this issue, we have added to the discussion section on this important point and elaborate more broadly on this problem in the context of membrane protein-lipid interactions. Tackling this issue represents a frontier challenge for the field.

      The authors analyze the difference in binding upon mutating binding sites (ddG etc). Here, another complicating factor comes into play, the fact that mutation of a binding site (which the authors show reduces lipid binding) may instead allow the lipid to bind to a lower-affinity site elsewhere. Unfortunately, the authors do not specify the protein concentration, but assuming it is in the single-digit micromolar range, as common for native MS experiments, lipid and protein concentrations are almost equal for most of the data points, resulting in competition between binding sites for free lipids. As a rule of thumb, for Kd measurements, the concentration of the constant component, the protein, should be far below the Kd, to avoid working in the "titration" regime rather than the "binding" regime (see Jarmoskaite et al, eLife 2020). I cannot determine whether this is the case here. The way I understand the double mutant cycle approach, reliable Kd measurements are required to accurately determine dH and TdS, so I would encourage the authors to confirm their Kd values using complementary methods before in-depth interpretations of the thermodynamic components.

      The reviewer references an article in eLife by Jarmoskaite and co-workers describing “titration” vs “binding” regimes. Below we paste a snippet from this article:

      Author response image 1.

      Equation 4a is an expression for the fraction of protein bound to ligand, which universally holds, i.e., if we know the concentration of molecules at equilibrium (including those unbound or free) then one can obtain the special ratio or equilibrium constant at a given temperature. Jarmoskaite et al. note that in practice (using traditional biophysical approaches) one cannot readily distinguish protein that is free or bound to ligand (see highlighted part above). While this assumption is basis of their eLife assessment, it does NOT apply to native mass spectrometry data. It is important to realize that the mole fraction (or concentration) of apo and each lipid bound states, i.e., [P], [PL], [PL2], …, [PLn+1], can readily be obtained directly from the deconvoluted mass spectrum. This is unlike other biophysical methods that are ensemble measurements, which measures the amount of heat or fraction of total ligand bound to protein. Since we can discern each lipid bound state, including the free protein and free ligand concentrations, the equilibrium binding constants can be directly calculated, and the protein and ligand concentration becomes irrelevant. In principle, equilibrium constants for protein-lipid interactions can be calculated from one mass spectrum. To increase transparency, we have updated the results section to highlight the important difference of the native MS approach compared to less robust traditional approaches that are riddled with underlying issues/assumptions.

      We appreciated the reviewer’s suggestion of using complementary methods to confirm Kd values. In our previous report [1], we determined binding thermodynamics for soluble protein-ligand interactions using native MS, surface plasmon resonance (SPR), and isothermal calorimetry (ITC) and found the techniques yield similar binding constants and thermodynamic parameters. The use of soluble proteins with defined ligand binding studies was rather straightforward to carry out a complementary study. We have also shown consistent findings for native MS and SPR of membrane protein interaction with a soluble, regulatory protein [2]. However, in the case of membrane proteins they can bind the first few lipids very specifically and, with the addition of more lipid, bind even more lipids that represent rather weak binding. Thus, traditional approaches would report on the ensemble of lipids bound to membranes and specific lipid binding sites (such as inner and outer LPS binding sites in MsbA) are saturable but also additional binding will be observed, i.e., doesn’t follow traditional soluble protein-ligand binding studies. In the past we have used a fluorescent-lipid competition binding assay [3] to corroborate native MS results for Kir3.2, which showed a direct correlation. The disadvantage of this complementary approach is using a non-natural, fluorescent-modified lipid. Unfortunately, there is no commercial source for a fluorophore modified KDL.

      It is somewhat counterintuitive that for many double mutants, and the triple mutant, the entropic component becomes more favorable compared to the WT protein. If the increase in entropy upon lipid binding comes from the release of ordered water molecules around the basic residues (a reasonable assumption) why does this apply even more in proteins where several basic residues have been changed to alanine, which coordinate far fewer water molecules?

      There are many factors that contribute to the change in entropy of the system, beyond solvation entropy, and deciphering the entropic contributions of the various components remains a challenging task. We have revised the manuscript to emphasize that solvation is one component of the entropic term and other components are likely at play.

      The authors could devote more attention to the fact that they use detergent micelles as a vehicle for lipid binding studies. To a limited extent, detergents compete with lipids for binding, and are present in extreme excess over the lipid. The micelle likely changes its behavior in response to temperature changes. For example, the packing around the protein loosens up upon heating, which may increase the chance for lipids to bind. In this case, the increase in binding at higher temperatures may not be related to a change in heat capacity. This question could be addressed by MD simulations, if it's not already in the literature.

      The detergent and its concentration are consistent for all the different MsbA proteins in this study. In fact, we observe linear van’t Hoff plots with positive and negative slopes as well as non-linear curves that are convex or concave. The MsbA protein (wt or mutant), trapped or not, all display unique temperature-dependent responses. The reviewers comment of increasing temperature to loosen packing of detergent to promote lipid binding is clearly NOT that simple. If detergent was significantly influencing lipid binding (as suggested by reviewer) then increasing its concentration should impact lipid binding. In a previous study, we found no difference in membrane protein-lipid thermodynamics even when the concentration of detergent was increased five-fold [1]. We repeated similar experiments for MsbA and find the increased detergent concentration does not impact the abundances of lipid bound states. The figure to the right shows MsbA in the presence of lipid in 2x CMC (panel a and b) and 10x CMC (panel c and d). As you will see, no appreciably difference in the lipid bound signal is observed.

      Author response image 2.

      We applaud the suggestion of MD simulation. However, it is far beyond the scope of this paper and its not clear what will really be learned.

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      This is a solid study that dissects the thermodynamics of lipopolysaccharide (LPS) transporter MsbA and LPS. Native ESI-MS and the novel strategies developed by the authors were employed to quantify the affinities of LPS-MsbA interactions and its temperature dependence. Here, the equilibrium of lipid-protein interactions occurs in the micellar phase. The double-/triple-mutant cycle analysis and van't Hoff analysis allowed a full thermodynamic description of the lipid-protein interactions and the analysis of thermodynamic coupling between LPS binding sites. The most notable result would be that LPS-MsbA interaction is largely driven by entropy involving the negative heat capacity, a signature of the solvent reorganization effect (here authors attribute the solvent effect to "water" reorganization). The entropy driven lipid binding has been previously reported by the same authors for Kir1,2-PIP2 interactions.

      Strengths:

      1. This is overall a very thorough and rigorous study providing the detailed thermodynamic principles of LPS-MsbA interaction.

      2. The double and triple-mutant cycle approaches are newly applied to lipid-protein interactions, enabling detailed thermodynamics between LPS binding sites.

      3. The entropy-driven protein-lipid interaction is surprising. The binding seems to be mainly mediated by the electrostatic interaction between the positively charged residues on the protein and the negatively charged or polar headgroup of LPS, which could be thought of as "enthalpic" (making of a strong bond relative to that with solvent).

      Weaknesses:

      1. This study is a good contribution to the field, but it was difficult to find novel biological insights or methodological novelty from this study.

      1a. Thermodynamic analysis of lipid-protein interactions, an example of entropy-driven lipid-protein interactions, and the cooperativity between lipid binding sites have been reported by the author's group. Also, the cooperativity between binding sites in general have been reported from numerous studies of biomolecular interactions.

      We appreciate the reviewer for highlighting our previous work. Of course, a single study does not establish a pattern, such as entropy-driven lipid-protein interactions.

      While we agree with the reviewer that cooperativity in biomolecular interactions has been established for many soluble protein systems, by no means do we have a detailed understanding of membrane protein-lipid interactions. This work is an important contribution to expanding on classical work on soluble protein systems to more challenging membrane protein systems and their interactions with lipids.

      1b. It is not clear how this study provides new insights into the understanding of LPS transport mechanisms. Probably, authors could strengthen the Discussion by providing biological insights-how the residue coupling.

      The thermodynamics provides us with a deeper insight into the chemical principles that drive specific membrane protein-lipid interactions. We have revised the discussion to highlight the importance of thermodynamics and the implication of individual residues to KDL binding, and the inner and outer LPS binding sites appear to be coupled, something that is new.

      1. One to three LPS molecules bind to MsbA, but it is unclear whether bound KDL occupies inner or outer cavities, or both and how a specific mutation affects the affinity of specific LPS (i.e., to inner or to outer cavities). Based on the known structures, the maximal number of LPS is three. It is possible that the inner and outer cavities have different LPS affinities. Also, there can be multiple one-LPS-bound states, two-LPS-bound states if LPS strictly binds to the binding sites indicated by the structures. This aspect is beyond the scope of this study and difficult to address, but without this information, it seems hard to tell what is going on in the system.

      In our response above, we note that lipids will bind to membrane proteins at specific site(s) and weaker sites, often described as non-annular lipids. The revision includes this discussion point.

      1. If a single mutation is introduced to the inner cavity, its effect will be "doubled" because the inner cavity is shared by two identical subunits. This effect needs to be clarified in the result section.

      Great point. In addition, an outer mutant will also impact not one but both outer binding site(s)s. The revised manuscript makes note of this point.

      1. In the result section, "Mutant cycle analysis of KDL binding to vanadate-trapped MsbA.":

      4a. It seems necessary to show the mass spectra for Msb-ADP-vanadate complex as well as its lipid bound forms.

      In the original submission, the mass spectra of vanadate trapped MsbA with KDL binding was provided in Supplementary Figures 10 and 11.

      4b. The rationale of this section (i.e., what mechanistic insights can be obtained from this study) is unclear. For example, it is not sure what meaningful information can be obtained from a single type (ADP/vanadate) of the bound state regarding the ATP-driven function of MsbA.

      MsbA is a dynamic, populates different conformations. Trapping with vanadate locks the transporter in an outwardfacing state with NDB interacting. This provides the opportunity to characterize binding to the exterior site. We revised the manuscript to note this point.

      Reviewer #3 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      In this paper presented by Liu et al, native MS on the lipid A transporter MsbA was used to obtain thermodynamic insight into protein-lipid interactions. By performing the analyses at different lipid A concentrations and temperatures, dissociation constants for 2-3 lipid A binding sites were determined, as well as enthalpies were calculated using nonlinear van't Hoff fitting. Changes in free Gibb's energies were then calculated based on the determined dissociation constants, and together with the enthalpy values obtained via van' t Hoff analysis, the entropic contribution to lipid binding (DeltaS*T) was indirectly determined.

      Strengths:

      This is an extensive high quality native MS dataset that provides unique opportunities to gain insights into the thermodynamic parameters underlying lipid A binding. In addition, it provides coupling energies between mutations introduced into MsbA, that are implicated in lipid A binding.

      Weaknesses:

      The data all rely on the accuracy of determining KD values for lipid binding to MsbA. For the weaker binding sites, the range of lipid concentrations probed were in fact too low to generate highly accurate data. Another weakness is a lack of clear evidence, which KD values belong to which of the possible lipid A binding sites.

      See our detailed response to reviewer 1 regarding Kd determination using native MS compared to other techniques. We chose to focus on the first three lipid binding events and adjusted the concentrations accordingly to titrate these three. As noted above, the Kd values can be determined from one mass spectrum. For rigor, we include different titration points and fit sequential binding model to the data – the fits are shown in supplemental and quite reasonable.

      Regarding multiple lipids binding to different site(s), we have been able to distinguish high-affinity vs low-affinity PIP binding to Kir3.2 in a previous study [4]. This was apparent by the mole fraction curves for some lipid bound states not returning back to zero. We agree binding to multiple sites can be an issue. However, other techniques report on the ensemble of binding and, hence, no real useful information is obtained. Native MS enables one step in the right direction by dissecting the different lipid bound states. Future directions will need to further address this forefront question in the field, which we make point of now in discussion.

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      Experiments/analysis: In short, there should be a proof of principle experiment that the thermodynamic constants determined by MS are accurate. Once that is done, the authors can add a more engaging structural interpretation of the results from the mutant cycles (which they seem to consciously avoid in the present manuscript?). How are cooperative residues coupled? Why?

      See our detailed response to reviewer 1 above.

      The manuscript is well-written, but Figures 3-5 are somewhat repetitive and require a lot of time to understand. Schematics of the main findings in each figure would help the uninitiated reader.

      We agree the illustrations are complex but there is rich data being shown.

      Figure 2 C contains an x-axis label error.

      Corrected.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      1. Lines 128-129: "Like other mutant cycle studies, we assume the single- and double-mutations do not disrupt binding at specific sites on MsbA."

      This statement is obscure and needs to be clarified. Does this mean that the mutations still allow binding of KDL, or the mutations do not disrupt the conformational integrity of the binding sites?

      This statement has been removed.

      1. Lines 137-139: "More specifically, R78 coordinates one of the characteristic phosphoglucosamine (P-GlcN) substituents of KDL whereas K299 interacts with a carboxylic acid group in the headgroup of KDL."

      Two identical subunits form a dimer interface that forms an LPS binding site. Thus, a single mutation on the inner cavity will disrupt two binding sites on LPS. One R78 to P-ClcN and the other to a sugar backbone. Also, one K299 interacts with a carboxylic acid group in the headgroup and the other to an unknown (not clear in the figure).

      Also noted above, mutation of the outer site will also impact the two outer sites. We have made note of this caveat.

      1. Lines 171-172: "leading to an increase in ΔG by ~4 kJ/mol (Fig. 2d)"

      Relative to what?

      Corrected.

      1. Lines 172-173: "Mutant cycle analysis indicates a coupling energy (ΔΔGint) of 1.7 (plus minus) 0.4 kJ/mol that contributes to the stability of KDL-MsbA complex."

      The sign of DDG (DDH,DDS)_int is a bit confusing. I recommend that authors define the meaning of negative or positive sign of DDG_int (DDH,DDS) at this point. Here, a positive sign means favorable cooperation between the two mutated residues. Sometimes, researchers designate a positive cooperativity as a negative sign.

      The literature on mutant cycles does not appear to follow a consensus on the sign. Here, we have revised the manuscript to note positive sign means favorable cooperation and follow the formalism recently described by Horovitz, Sharon, and co-workers [5].

      1. Lines 182-185: "Enthalpy and entropy for KDL binding MsbA R188A was largely similar to the wild-type protein (Fig 3a). However, the R243A mutation resulted in an increase in entropy, compensated for by an increase in positive enthalpy (Fig 3a)."

      The thermodynamic parameters for R243A mutation change in a similar manner to WT and R188A. It is R238A, not R243A, whose DH-DS interplay shows a distinct pattern from WT. Please, reword this sentence.

      The sentence has been revised.

      1. Lines 252-253: Solvation of polar groups in aqueous solvent has been ascribed to positive heat capacities whereas negative for apolar solvation.

      This statement is not precise. More precisely, the collapse of apolar molecules from their solvated state leads to the negative "change" in heat capacity.

      The sentence has been corrected.

      1. Line 262-267: "These hydrophilic patches will be highly solvated, which will be desolvated upon binding lipids contributing favorably to entropy. In the case of MsbA, the selected lysine and arginine residues (based alpha carbon position) are separated by about 9 to 18 Å (PDB 8DMM). This distance could result in overlap of solvation shells that collectively contribute to the positive coupling enthalpy observed for MsbA-KDL interactions."

      This statement is too speculative without presenting the degree of solvation of the residues targeted for mutation. More quantitative arguments seem to be needed.

      We have removed the speculative statement.

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      In this paper presented by Liu et al, native MS on the lipid A transporter MsbA was used to obtain thermodynamic insight into protein-lipid interactions. By performing the analyses at different lipid A concentrations and temperatures, dissociation constants for 2-3 lipid A binding sites were determined, as well as enthalpies were calculated using nonlinear van't Hoff fitting.

      Changes in free Gibb's energies were then calculated based on the determined dissociation constants, and together with the enthalpy values obtained via van' t Hoff analysis the entropic contribution to lipid binding (DeltaS*T) was indirectly determined.

      Correction – In the case on linear van’t Hoff plots, dH and dS were determined directly from the plot. For the nonlinear form of the van’t Hoff equation, which does not include an entropy fitting parameter, we back calculated dS using dH and dG at a given temperature.

      The authors then included single, double and triple mutants of residues known based on cryo-EM and X-ray structures to interact with Lipid A either in the large inward-facing cavity or at a secondary binding site accessible at the surface of outward-facing MsbA, and determined the thermodynamic parameters of these mutants alone and combined to gain access to coupling energies of pairwise interactions. This method has its roots in studying pair-wise interactions of protein-protein interfaces, generally known as thermodynamic mutant cycle analysis.

      Having the main expertise in ABC transporter structure-function, I will judge the paper mostly from the standpoint of what I can learn as a transporter expert from this study and whether the insights are of value for researchers with average biophysical knowledge.

      My overall impression of the manuscript is that, while it contains a wealth of experimental data using the innovative and unique method of native mass spectrometry, it is hard to understand what one can learn from this analysis beyond their interesting key finding that entropy plays an important role in lipid binding (but only at certain temperatures). In particular, the lessons learned from the coupling energy analysis of the introduced mutations is hard to grasp/digest for me with regards to what I can learn from these numbers (other than learning that there are such coupling effects).

      We agree the thermodynamic data is rich. Often a ddGint of zero is reported as having no coupling/significance but here the value is due to compensating ddH and d-dTS terms. In our view, this work forms the foundation of additional studies to better understand the coupling energetic terms, beyond ddGint.

      In some instances, the text/figure legends are a bit unclear or contain some typos; but this part can easily be handled in a revision. The discussion is well written and embeds the main findings in the (still rather limited) literature on thermodynamic analyses of lipid binding of membrane proteins.

      Major points

      1. The authors may have clarified the following point in a previous paper; but at least in this paper, it is unclear to me how they purified MsbA without lipid A. The reason I am asking is that in our experience, if one purifies MsbA expressed from E. coli with standard detergents (e.g. beta-DDM) one will find a perfect density for Lipid A when determining an inward-facing structure by cryo-EM. According to the Methods, MsbA is purified initially in DDM, and rebuffered to C10E5 during size exclusion chromatography. When looking at Fig. 2b, the authors state (or assume?) that if no lipid A is added, MsbA has 0 % lipid A bound.

      We have previously reported details of MsbA sample prep and optimization [6]. The revised manuscript makes note of this previous work and refers the reader to the publication. Yes, we see no appreciable signal for lipid A bound to MsbA (see Fig 2b).

      We also note that samples of MsbA prepared using DDM is highly heterogenous, contaminated by a battery of small molecules (that we suspect are co-purified lipids). These contaminants will inadvertently impact biochemical studies.

      1. A second topic where further clarification is in my view needed is the question of the conformations that were probed and the lipid binding sites. If I get the experimental rationale correctly, most of the data were determined in the absence of nucleotides, and only a small subset (Fig. 5) of data were determined in the presence of ATP-vanadate. However, structural evidence for the cytosolic lipid A binding site has been only determined for outward-facing MsbA (PDB: 8DMM), but has thus far not been seen in any of the inward-facing cryo-EM structures of MsbA, including recent well-resolved cryo-EM structures showing excellent density for the lipid A bound to the inward-facing cavity (PDB: 7PH2). Further, there is only one lipid A molecule that can be accommodated by the inward-facing cavity, whereas (owing to the symmetry of the homodimer) two lipid A can be bound sideways to outward-facing MsbA. Now, my understanding problem is why one does see up to three lipid A molecules bound to inward-facing apo MsbA, e.g. Fig. 2b and elsewhere. Where are they expected to bind? And what is the evidence supporting these additional binding sites?

      See our detailed response to reviewer 1. If we add more lipid, we see more lipid binding to MsbA, like every other membrane protein we have studied. This data clearly indicates that there are more KDL binding site(s) – deciphering the affinity of these site(s) represents a problem on the horizon.

      A further question is which lipid A binding sites are present in vanadate-trapped MsbA. Here, there are two identical binding sites (at the surface of each MsbA molecule), and it is therefore surprising to see that the affinities for the first and the second binding site are so different (see e.g. Supplementary Fig. 13).

      Great point. A logical explanation (described for other biochemical systems) is the two exterior LPS binding sites display negative cooperativity i.e., binding at one site weakens the affinity at the other site.

      Finally, what is the evidence that in vanadate-trapped MsbA, all molecules have closed NBDs and thus assume the outward-facing conformation? It is not uncommon that vanadate trapping leads to NBD closure only in a subfraction of all transporters (hence not in 100 % of them).

      Yes, the native mass spectrum shows no appreciable signal for MsbA not trapped with vanadate/ADP. In our previous cryoEM study [6], using the vanadate-trapped transporter, we did not observe particles with NDBs dissociated in space. Regarding samples from other labs, a native mass spectrum could shed light into the population of untrapped protein – however, most studies use SDS-PAGE for quality control of their purified samples. This technology is not sufficient to address underlying biochemical issues.

      We do have a new report in preparation describing a new discovery regarding trapping efficiency of MsbA.

      1. The key parameter that is underlying the entire thermodynamic analysis of wt and mutant MsbA is the dissociation/association constant, which are used to calculate free Gibb's energy and, via van't Hoff analysis, enthalpy. Entropy is not determined directly, but in fact indirectly from these two numbers both depending on the measurement quality of dissociation/association constant. Now, when looking at the fitted curves as shown in Figure 2b (and in the supplement), determination of the dissociation constant for KDL1 (blue curves) look reasonable and the determined KDs are within the range of measured points. However, for KDL2 (red) and even more so KDL3 (yellow), the determined KD values (Supplementary Table 5), the measured KD values are typically higher than highest KDL conc used in the assay (1.5 uM). For this reason, and despite the fact that error bars of the fits look reasonably small, I still have doubts about the reliability of these KD values for KDL2 and KDL3.

      Hence, the surprisingly strong changes of enthalpy/entropy values for different mutants/temperatures may have their origin in incorrectly determined KD values.

      The increase in binding affinity of subsequent lipid binding events is consistent with many reports from our group [1, 2, 4, 6-9] and that of Prof. Robinson [10, 11] on this topic. As noted above, we indeed observe linear van’t Hoff plots with positive and negative slopes as well as non-linear curves that are convex or concave. The MsbA protein (wt or mutant), trapped or not, all display unique temperature-dependent responses. If the reviewer suggestion that the Kd values are incorrectly or randomly determined, then none of the binding data should follow thermodynamic van’t Hoff equations. This is simply not the case - the error bars and fits are reasonable. Backing up even further, looking the raw native mass spectra (see supplemental figure 1-3 and 10-11) one can see different temperature-dependence of lipid binding.

      Minor points

      1. Lines 116-131: this section reads as an extended introduction/aims, and does not contain any results.

      This section has been moved to introduction.

      1. Lines 137-139: suggested to check whether these interactions are also present in recently determined cryo-EM structures determined at fairly high resolution (PDB: 7PH2)

      The interactions of MsbA and LPS (bound at the interior site) are comparable for PDB 7PH2 and 6BPL.

      1. Lines 144-146: suggested to elude in more detail on the fitting procedure here, as the KD values determined in this way are the foundation of all quantitative assessments.

      Details of data analysis and the fitting procedure are provided in methods.

      1. Figure legend, Fig. 2: Technically, MsbA was solubilized and purified in DDM and detergent exchange was done on SEC to C10E5.

      Corrected.

      1. Figure legend, Fig. 4: description in a) on deconvoluted mass spec data is incorrect. Letter below needs to be adjusted accordingly.

      Corrected.

      1. Figure legend, Fig. 5: suggested to mention in Figure legend title that here we look at ADP-vanadate trapped MsbA.

      Corrected.

      References 1. Cong, X., et al., Determining Membrane Protein–Lipid Binding Thermodynamics Using Native Mass Spectrometry. Journal of the American Chemical Society, 2016. 138(13): p. 4346-4349.

      1. Cong, X., et al., Allosteric modulation of protein-protein interactions by individual lipid binding events. Nat Commun, 2017. 8(1): p. 2203.

      2. Qiao, P., et al., Insight into the Selectivity of Kir3.2 toward Phosphatidylinositides. Biochemistry, 2020. 59(22): p. 2089-2099.

      3. Qiao, P., et al., Entropy in the Molecular Recognition of Membrane Protein-Lipid Interactions. J Phys Chem Lett, 2021. 12(51): p. 12218-12224.

      4. Sokolovski, M., et al., Measuring inter-protein pairwise interaction energies from a single native mass spectrum by double-mutant cycle analysis. Nat Commun, 2017. 8(1): p. 212.

      5. Lyu, J., et al., Structural basis for lipid and copper regulation of the ABC transporter MsbA. Nat Commun, 2022. 13(1): p. 7291.

      6. Patrick, J.W., et al., Allostery revealed within lipid binding events to membrane proteins. Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A, 2018. 115(12): p. 2976-2981.

      7. Schrecke, S., et al., Selective regulation of human TRAAK channels by biologically active phospholipids. Nature Chemical Biology, 2021. 17(1): p. 89-95.

      8. Zhu, Y., et al., Cupric Ions Selectively Modulate TRAAK-Phosphatidylserine Interactions. J Am Chem Soc, 2022. 144(16): p. 7048-7053.

      9. Tang, H., et al., The solute carrier SPNS2 recruits PI(4,5)P(2) to synergistically regulate transport of sphingosine1-phosphate. Mol Cell, 2023. 83(15): p. 2739-2752 e5.

      10. Yen, H.Y., et al., PtdIns(4,5)P(2) stabilizes active states of GPCRs and enhances selectivity of G-protein coupling. Nature, 2018. 559(7714): p. 423-427.

    1. Author Response

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      In this manuscript, Butkovic et al. perform a genome-wide association (GWA) study on Arabidopsis thaliana inoculated with the natural pathogen turnip mosaic virus (TuMV) in laboratory conditions, with the aim to identify genetic associations with virus infection-related parameters. For this purpose, they use a large panel of A. thaliana inbred lines and two strains of TuMV, one naïve and one pre-adapted through experimental evolution. A strong association is found between a region in chromosome 2 (1.5 Mb) and the risk of systemic necrosis upon viral infection, although the causative gene remains to be pinpointed.

      This project is a remarkable tour de force, but the conclusions that can be reached from the results obtained are unfortunately underwhelming. Some aspects of the work could be clarified, and presentation modified, to help the reader.

      (Recommendations For The Authors):

      • It is important to note that viral accumulation and symptom development do not necessarily correlate, and that only the former is a proxy for "virus performance". These concepts need to be clear throughout the text, so as not to mislead the reader.

      This has been explained better in line 118-120, “Virus performance has been removed.

      • Sadly, only indirect measures of the viral infection (symptoms) are used, and not viral accumulation. It is important to note that viral accumulation and symptom development do not necessarily correlate and that only the former is a proxy for "virus performance". These concepts need to be clear throughout the text, so as not to mislead the reader. The mention of "virus performance" in line 143 is therefore not appropriate, nor is the reference to viral replication and movement in the Discussion section.

      "Virus performance" was removed. Also, the reference to viral replication and movement in the Discussion section has been removed.

      Now we mention: “We did not measure viral accumulation, but note this is significantly correlated with intensity of symptoms within the Col-0 line (Corrêa et al. 2020), although it is not clear if this correlation occurs in all lines.”

      • Since symptoms are at the center of the screen, images representing the different scores in the arbitrary scales should ideally be shown.

      Different Arabidopsis lines would look different and this could mislead a reader not familiar with the lines. In order to make a representation of our criteria to stablish the symptoms, we believe that a schematic representation is clearer to interpret. Here are some pictures of different lines showing variating symptoms:

      Author response image 1.

      • Statistical analyses could be added to the figures, to ease interpretation of the data presented.

      Statistical analysis can be found in methods. We prefer to keep the figure legend as short as possible.

      • The authors could include a table with the summary of the phenotypes measured in the panel of screened lines (mean values, range across the panel, heritability, etc.).

      These data are plotted in Fig. 1. We believe that repeating this information in tabular form would not contribute to the main message of the work. Phenotype data and the code to reproduce figure 1 are available at GitHub (as stated in Data Availability), anyone interested can freely explore the phenotypes of the screened lines.

      • The definition of the association peak found in chromosome 2 could be explained further: is the whole region (1.5 Mb) in linkage disequilibrium? How many genes are found within this interval, and how were the five strong candidates the authors mention in line 161 selected? It is also not clear which are these 5 candidates, apart from AT2G14080 and DRP3B - and among those in Table 1 (which, by the way, is cited only in the Discussion and not in the Results section)? Why were AT2G14080 and DRP3B in particular chosen?

      We have replaced Table 1 with an updated Table S1 listing all genes found within the range of significant SNPs for each peak. We now highlight a subset of these genes as candidate genes if they have functions related to disease resistance or defence, and mentioned them explicitly in the text (lines 173-179. We have explicitly described how this table was constructed in the methods (lines 525-538).

      • Concerning the validation of the association found in chromosome 2 (line 169 and onward): the two approaches followed cannot be considered independent validations; wouldn't using independent accessions, or an independent population (generated by the cross between two parental lines, showing contrasting phenotypes, for example) have been more convincing?

      We aim to compare the hypothesis that the association is due to a causal locus to the null hypothesis that the observed association is a fluke due to, for example, the small number of lines showing necrosis. If this null hypothesis is true then we would not expect to see the association if we run the experiment again using the same lines. An alternative hypothesis is that the genotype at the QTL and disease phenotypes are not directly causally linked, but are both correlated with some other factor, such as another QTL, or maternal effects. We agree that an independent sample would be required to exclude the latter hypothesis, but argue that the former is the more pertinent. We have edited the text to be explicit about the hypothesis we are testing, and altered the language to shift the focus from ‘validation’ to ‘confirming the robustness’ of the association (line 182).

      • Regarding the identification of the transposon element in the genomic region of AT2G14080: is the complementation of the knock-out mutant with the two alleles (presence/absence of the transposon) possible to confirm its potential role in the observed phenotype?

      This could be feasible but we cannot do it as none of the researchers can continue this project.

      • On the comparison between naïve and evolved viral strains: is the evolved TuMV more virulent in those accessions closer to Col-0?

      This is not something we have looked at but would certainly be an interesting follow-up investigation.

      • The Copia-element polymorphism is identified in an intron; the potential functional consequences of this insertion could be discussed. In the example the authors provide, the transposable element is inserted into the protein-coding sequence instead.

      We now state explicitly that such insertions are expected to influence expression; beyond that we can only speculate. We have removed the reference to the insertion in the coding sequence.

      • The authors state in line 398 that "susceptibility is unquestionably deleterious" - is this really the case? Are the authors considering susceptibility as the capacity to be infected, or to develop symptoms? Viral infections in nature are frequently asymptomatic, and plant viruses can confer tolerance to other stresses.

      We have tone down the expression and clarify our wording: “Given that potyvirus outbreaks are common in nature (Pagán et al., 2010) and susceptibility to symptomatic infection can be deleterious”

      Additional minor comments:

      • In Table 1, Wu et al., 2018 should refer to DRP2A and 2B, not 3B.

      We have removed Table 1 altogether.

      • Line 126: a 23% increase in symptom severity is mentioned, but how is this calculated, considering that severity is measured in four different categories?

      This is the change in mean severity of symptoms between the two categories.

      • Figure 1F: "...symptoms"

      Fixed.

      • Line 179: "...suggesting an antiviral role..."

      Changed.

      • Lines 288-300: This paragraph does not fit into the narrative and could be omitted.

      It has been removed and some of the info moved to the last paragraph of the Intro, when the two TuMV variants were presented.

      • Lines 335-337: The rationale here is unclear since DRP2B will also be in the background - wouldn't DRPB2B and 3B be functionally redundant in the viral infection?

      Our results suggest that DRPB3B is redundant with DRPB2B for the ancestral virus but not for the evolved viral strain. We speculate that the evolved viral isolate may have acquired the capacity to recruit DRPB3B for its replication and hence it produces less symptoms when the plant protein is missing.

      We have spotted a mistake that may have add to the confusion. Originally the text said “In contrast, loss of function of DRP3B decreased symptoms relative to those in Col-0 in response to the ancestral, but not the evolved virus”. The correct statement is “In contrast, loss of function of DRP3B decreased symptoms relative to those in Col-0 in response to the evolved, but not the ancestral virus.”  

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      The manuscript presents a valuable investigation of genetic associations related to plant resistance against the turnip mosaic virus (TuMV) using Arabidopsis thaliana as a model. The study infects over 1,000 A. thaliana inbred lines with both ancestral and evolved TuMV and assesses four disease-related traits: infectivity, disease progress, symptom severity, and necrosis. The findings reveal that plants infected with the evolved TuMV strain generally exhibited more severe disease symptoms than those infected with the ancestral strain. However, there was considerable variation among plant lines, highlighting the complexity of plant-virus interactions.

      A major genetic locus on chromosome 2 was identified, strongly associated with symptom severity and necrosis. This region contained several candidate genes involved in plant defense against viruses. The study also identified additional genetic loci associated with necrosis, some common to both viral isolates and others specific to individual isolates. Structural variations, including transposable element insertions, were observed in the genomic region linked to disease traits.

      Surprisingly, the minor allele associated with increased disease symptoms was geographically widespread among the studied plant lines, contrary to typical expectations of natural selection limiting the spread of deleterious alleles. Overall, this research provides valuable insights into the genetic basis of plant responses to TuMV, highlighting the complexity of these interactions and suggesting potential avenues for improving crop resilience against viral infections.

      Overall, the manuscript is well-written, and the data are generally high-quality. The study is generally well-executed and contributes to our understanding of plant-virus interactions. I suggest that the authors consider the following points in future versions of this manuscript:

      1. Major allele and minor allele definition: When these two concepts are mentioned in the figure, there is no clear definition of the two words in the text. Especially for major alleles, there is no clear definition in the whole text. It is recommended that the author further elaborate on these two concepts so that readers can more easily understand the text and figures.

      We agree that the distinction between major/minor alleles and major/minor associations in our previous manuscript may have been confusing. In the current manuscript we now define the minor allele at a locus as the less-common allele in the population (line 167). We have removed references to major/minor associations, and instead refer to strong/weak associations.

      1. Possible confusion caused by three words (Major focus / Major association and major allele): Because there is no explanation of the major allele in the text, it may cause readers to be confused with these two places in the text when trying to interpret the meaning of major allele: major locus (line 149)/ the major association with disease phenotypes (line 183).

      See our response to the previous comment.

      1. Discussion: The authors could provide a more detailed discussion of how the research findings might inform crop protection strategies or breeding programs.

      We would prefer to restrain speculating about future applications in breeding programs.

      (Recommendations For The Authors):

      1. Stacked bar chart for the Fig 1F. It is recommended that the author use the form of a stacked bar chart to display the results of Fig 1F. On the one hand, it can fit in with the format of Fig 1D/E/G, on the other hand, it can also display the content more clearly.

      We think the results are easier to interpret without the stacked bar chart.

      1. Language Clarity: While there are no apparent spelling errors, some sentences could be rewritten for greater clarity, especially when explaining the results in Figure 1 and Figure 2.

      We have reviewed these sections and attempted to improve clarity where that seemed appropriate.

      There are some possibilities to explore in the future. For example: clarity of mechanisms for the future. While the study identifies genetic associations, it lacks an in-depth exploration of the underlying molecular mechanisms. Elaborating on the mechanistic aspects would enhance the scientific rigor and practical applicability of the findings.

      Yes, digging into the molecular mechanisms is an ongoing task and will be published elsewhere. It was out of the scope of this already dense manuscript.  

      Reviewer #3 (Public Review):

      Summary of Work

      This paper conducts the largest GWAS study of A. thaliana in response to a viral infection. The paper identifies a 1.5 MB region in the chromosome associated with disease, including SNPs, structural variation, and transposon insertions. Studies further validate the association experimentally with a separate experimental infection procedure with several lines and specific T-DNA mutants. Finally, the paper presents a geographic analysis of the minor disease allele and the major association. The major take-home message of the paper is that structural variants and not only SNPs are important changes associated with disease susceptibility. The manuscript also makes a strong case for negative frequency-dependent selection maintaining a disease susceptibility locus at low frequency.

      Strengths and Weaknesses

      A major strength of this manuscript is the large sample sizes, careful experimental design, and rigor in the follow-up experiments. For instance, mentioning non-infected controls and using methods to determine if geographic locus associations were due to chance. The strong result of a GWAS-detected locus is impressive given the complex interaction between plant genotypes and strains noted in the results. In addition to the follow-up experiments, the geographic analysis added important context and broadened the scope of the study beyond typical lab-based GWAS studies. I find very few weaknesses in this manuscript.

      Support of Conclusions

      The support for the conclusions is exceptional. This is due to the massive amount of evidence for each statement and also due to the careful consideration of alternative explanations for the data.

      Significance of Work

      This manuscript will be of great significance in plant disease research, both for its findings and its experimental approach. The study has very important implications for genetic associations with disease beyond plants.

      (Recommendations For The Authors):

      Line 41 - Rephrase, not clear "being the magnitude and sign of the difference dependent on the degree of adaptation of the viral isolate to A. thaliana."

      Now it reads: “When inoculated with TuMV, loss-of-function mutant plants of this gene exhibited different symptoms than wild-type plants, where the scale of the difference and the direction of change between the symptomatology of mutant and wild-type plants depends on the degree of adaptation of the viral isolate to A. thaliana.”

      Line 236 - typo should read: "and 21-fold"

      Changed.

    1. Author Response

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      In this manuscript, Xie et al report the development of SCA-seq, a multiOME mapping method that can obtain chromatin accessibility, methylation, and 3D genome information at the same time. This method is highly relevant to a few previously reported long read sequencing technologies. Specifically, NanoNome, SMAC-seq, and Fiber-seq have been reported to use m6A or GpC methyltransferase accessibility to map open chromatin, or open chromatin together with CpG methylation; Pore-C and MC-3C have been reported to use long read sequencing to map multiplex chromatin interactions, or together with CpG methylation. Therefore, as a combination of NanoNome/SMAC-seq/Fiber-seq and Pore-C/MC-3C, SCA-seq is one step forward. The authors tested SCA-seq in 293T cells and performed benchmark analyses testing the performance of SCA-seq in generating each data module (open chromatin and 3D genome). The QC metrics appear to be good and the methods, data and analyses broadly support the claims. However, there are some concerns regarding data analysis and conclusions, and some important information seems to be missing.

      1. The chromatin accessibility tracks from SCA-seq seem to be noisy, with higher background than DNase-seq and ATAC-seq (Fig. 2f, Fig. 4a and Fig. S5). Also, SCA-seq is much less sensitive than both DNase-seq and ATAC-seq (Figs. 2a and 2b). This and other limitations of SCA-seq (high background, high sequencing cost, requirement of specific equipment, etc) need to be carefully discussed.

      We thank the reviewer for the important comment about noisy GpC methylation signal in SCA-seq. We acknowledge that the SCA-seq signal presented in Fig. 2f, Fig. 4a, and Fig. S5 in our first draft was indeed noisy, as we present the raw 1D genomic signal. In this revision, we have taken steps to reduce the noise in GpC methylation signal by identifying the accessible regions on each segment of every single molecule. For each segment, we performed the sliding window analysis (50bp window sliding by a 10 bp step) with binomial test to identify accessible windows that significantly deviate from background GpC methylation ratio. The overlapping accessible windows (p < 0.05 for binomial test and contain at least two GpC sites) on the single fragments are merged as accessible region. Then we retain the GpC methylation signal inside the accessible region to reduce the background noise (Sfig 5ab). The details of the noise filtering steps are described in the Methods section (page 22 lines 13-23).

      Visually, we can observe from the updated exemplary view of 1D signal track that the noise is dramatically reduced in filtered SCA-seq GpC methylation signal compared to the raw signal (Sfig5c). The clean SCA-seq GpC methylation 1D signals were also updated (Fig2f and Fig4a). We have observed an increase in the TSS enrichment score, which is a commonly used metric for assessing the signal-to-noise ratios in ATAC-seq data quality control. Specifically, the TSS enrichment score increased to 2.74 when using the filtered signal, compared to 1.93 when using the raw signal (Sfig5d). After noise filtering, 80% of SCA-seq 1D peaks overlaps with peaks called by ATAC-seq and/or DNase-seq (Fig2ab), compared to 74% from the raw signal in the first draft.

      We thank the reviewer for raising up the concern about the sequencing cost and requirement of specific equipment. The sequencing cost is approximately 1300 USD per sample to sequence 30X depth human sample and obtain saturated GpC methylation signal (Sfig4d) as well as loop signal similar to the NGS-based Hi-C (Fig3gh). Considering that SCA-seq simultaneously provides higher-order chromatin structure and chromatin accessibility at single molecule resolution, we believe the cost is acceptable. However, it is worth noting that SCA-seq requires a regular Oxford nanopore sequencer with R9.4.1 chip, which is currently available but might be discontinued by Oxford Nanopore in the future. We have addressed all these concerns in the discussion section.

      1. In Fig. 2f, many smaller peaks are present besides the major peaks. Are they caused by baseline DNA methylation? How many of the small methylation signals are called peaks? In Fig. 4a, it seems that the authors define many more enhancers from SCA-seq data than what will be defined from ATAC-seq or DHS. Are those additional enhancers false positives? Also, it is difficult to distinguish the gray "inaccessible segments" from the light purple "accessible segments.

      We thank the reviewer for bringing up these concerns.

      Regarding the smaller peaks in the 1D genomic GpC methylation signal, we have addressed this issue by implementing the noise filtering in this revision, the small peaks on 1D tracks are greatly reduced (Fig2f, Sfig5c). It is important to note that SCA-seq generates accessibility signals specifically on ligation junctions, which differs from the one-dimensional (1D) signals obtained through ATAC-seq or DNase-seq. The presence of remaining small peaks in the SCA-seq data can be attributed to the varied sequencing depth, which is influenced by the enriched spatial interactions occurring in regions of the genome that are enriched with ligation junctions. In general, the SCA-seq 1D peaks are well correlated with the high confidence peaks from 1D track of ATAC-seq and DNase-seq (Fig2b).

      We apologize for the lack of clarity in our enhancer annotation. The enhancer regions were obtained from The Ensembl Regulatory Build (PMID: 25887522). We have now included this information in the method section (page 24 line 16).

      We thank the reviewer for pointing out this visualization problem. The color scheme has been revised, with purple now representing the inaccessible segments and yellow representing the accessible segments.

      1. For 3D genome analysis, it is important to provide information about data yield from SCA-seq. With 30X sequencing depth, how many contacts are obtained (with long-read sequencing, this should be the number of ligation junctions)? How is the number compared to Hi-C.

      We thank the reviewer for raising up this crucial point about the sequencing yield that we missed. We have now included this information in the revised result section (page 11, lines 11-14).

      We have checked the public data of a successful HEK293T Hi-C run (PMID: 34400762). The Hi-C experiment produced 699,464,541 reads (105G base), and we obtained 388,031,859 contacts.

      From 100G bases of HEK293T SCA-seq data, we obtained 81,229,369 ligation junctions and 378,848,187 virtual pairwise contacts (3.8M pairwise contacts per Gb). The SCA-seq performance of virtual pairwise contact number per Gb is similar to that of PORE-C (PMID: 35637420).

      1. Fig 3j. Because SCA-seq only do GpC methylation, the capability to detect the footprint at individual CTCF peaks depends on the density of GpC nearby. Have the authors taken GpC density into account when defining CTCF sites with or without footprint?

      We appreciate the reviewer for bringing up the concern about the GpC site density at CTCF site. We would like to highlight that Battaglia et al. have demonstrated the feasibility of identifying transcription factor binding events using GpC labeling (PMID: 36195755). In our study, we have implemented a high-resolution sliding window approach to enhance the sensitivity of CTCF binding detection. We have taken GpC density into account by performing a sliding window (50 bp window, 10 bp step) binomial test on every single molecule overlapping with CTCF site to call accessible region. The detailed steps to call accessible region has been described in the answer of the first question. Based on the pattern in Fig3j, we identify CTCF footprints if the accessible regions are called nearby the CTCF sites (at least 20 bp away from the center of CTCF sites) but not on the CTCF sites.

      To ensure that the GpC site density is sufficient for binomial test of each sliding window of the regions around CTCF site genome-wide, we examined the number of GpC sites in each window. Our analysis revealed that GpC sites are evenly distributed, and over 87% of the windows contain at least 2 GpC sites, which qualifies them for a binomial test (Author response image 1). This indicates that we are able to detect the CTCF footprint at most of the CTCF sites, taking into consideration the GpC density.

      Author response image 1.

      Genome wide GpC site density at CTCF site centered region. Distribution of the number of GpC sites (y-axis) at each 50 bp sliding window region (x-axis) was presented in violin plots.

      1. This study only performs higher resolution chromatin interaction analysis based on individual read concatenates. It is unclear to me if the data have enough depth to perform loop analysis with Hi-C pipelines.

      We thank the reviewer for highlighting this important concern about the depth of data for performing loop analysis. We have performed Aggregate peak analysis for SCA-seq and Hi-C side-by-side using hiccups function in Juicer (v1.9.9) (PMID: 27467249). We acknowledge that the level of loop signal enrichment is relatively weaker (one-fold less) in SCA-seq compared to Hi-C (Fig3h). This difference can be attributed to the lower sequencing yield per Gb in SCA-seq, which resulted in 4.93M pairwise contacts per Gb, compared to the 7M contacts per Gb in Hi-C. Despite this discrepancy, we were still able to observe the clear genome-wide loop enrichment pattern in SCA-seq (Fig3gh).

      1. It appears that SCA-seq is of low efficiency in detecting chromatin interactions. As shown in Fig. S7a, 65.4% of sequenced reads contained only one restriction enzyme (RE) fragment/segment (with no genomic contact), which is much higher than that reported in published PORE-C methods. In addition, Fig. S7g is very confusing and in conflict with Fig. S7a. For example, in Fig. S7g, 21.4% and 22.2% of CSA-seq concatemers contain one and two segments, whereas the numbers are 65.4% and 14.7% in Fig. S7a, respectively. Please explain.

      We apologize for the confusion in sfig7a and sfig7g.

      Sfig7a was intended to illustrate the cardinality count of concatemers with only chr7 segments included, representing the intra-chromosome cardinality instead of the genome-wide cardinality. We have revised sfig7a and its corresponding figure legend to clarify that the figure describes segments of intra-chromosome interactions.

      On the other hand, sfig7g shows the concatemers including both intra-chromosome and inter-chromosome segments, which explains the differences in the percentages of different cardinality ranges compared to Figure S7a. Moreover, the percentages reported in Figure S7g are similar to what is typically reported in PORE-C methods when considering both intra- and inter-chromosome interactions.

      To provide a comprehensive view of the genome-wide concatemer cardinality distribution, we have also included a histogram in Fig3k, which demonstrates the detailed distribution of cardinality for genome-wide concatemers.

      1. I disagree with the rationale of the entire Fig. S9. Biologically there is no evidence that chromatin accessibility will change due to genome interactions (the opposite is more likely), therefore the definition of "expected chromatin accessibility" is hard to believe. If the authors truly believe this is possible, they will need to test their hypothesis by deleting cohesin and check if the chromatin accessibility driven by "power center" are truly abolished. The math in Fig. S9 is also confusing. Firstly, the dimension of the contact matrix in Fig. S9 appears to be wrong, it should have 8 rows. Secondly, I don't understand why the interaction matrix is not symmetric. Third, if I understand correctly the diagonal of the matrix should be all 1, it is also hard to understand why the matrix only has 1, 0 or -1. It appears that the authors assume that the observed accessibility is a simple sum of the expected accessibility of all its interacting regions; this is wrong. In my opinion, the whole Fig. S9 should be deleted unless the authors can make sense of it and ideally also provide more evidence.

      I apologize for any confusion caused by the rationale and figures in Fig. S9. The purpose of the hypothesis presented in the figure is to explore the potential relationship between chromatin accessibility and genome interactions. While there is currently no direct biological evidence supporting this hypothesis, it is a possibility that warrants further investigation.

      Regarding the suggestion to delete Fig. S9 unless more evidence is provided, it is important to note that this paper primarily focuses on the methodology and theoretical framework. Experimental validation of the hypothesis falls outside the scope of this particular study.

      We have made corrections to the schematic matrix in Fig. S9 to accurately represent the dimensions and symmetry. The numbers in the matrix represent mean accessible values of the contacts. Specifically, accessible-accessible contacts are represented by 2, accessible-inaccessible contacts are represented by 0, and inaccessible-inaccessible contacts are represented by -2.

      Minor concerns:

      1. The authors may want to clearly demonstrate the specificity and sensitivity of the ATAC part and the efficiency of the Hi-C part of SCA-seq.

      We appreciate the reviewer’s suggestion to demonstrate the specificity and sensitivity of the ATAC-seq part and the efficiency of the Hi-C part in SCA-seq.

      We considered the non-peak region genomic bins shared by ATAC-seq and DNase-seq as true negatives and the overlapping peaks of ATAC-seq and DNase-seq as true positives. Based on these criteria, the specificity of SCA-seq 1D peaks is calculated as TN / N, where TN represents the number of true negatives (89107) and N represents the sum of true negatives and false positives (89107 + 9345). The resulting specificity is 0.91. The sensitivity of SCA-seq 1D peaks is calculated as TP / P, where TP represents the number of true positives (33190) and P represents the sum of true positives and false negatives (33190 + 11758). The resulting sensitivity is 0.73.

      We evaluate the efficiency of spatial interaction by the restriction enzyme digested fragments recovered in the pairwise contacts that contain ligation junctions. In SCA-seq, the efficiency is calculated as the number of dpnII digested fragments recovered by pairwise contacts (5625908) divided by the total number of in silico dpnII digested fragments (7127633). The resulting efficiency is 0.79.

      We have now included this information in the revised result section (page 8 lines 15-18)

      1. Fig 4g, colors with apparent differences might be used to clearly discriminate the three types of interactions (I-I, I-A and A-A).

      We appreciate the reviewer for bringing up the issue regarding the visualization in Fig 4g. The color scheme has been revised, with purple now representing I-I interactions, orange representing I-A interactions, and red representing A-A interactions. We believe that these modifications have significantly improved the clarity.

      1. Fig. 4c, when fitting an unknown curve, R-square becomes meaningless.

      We appreciate the reviewer for pointing out the issue regarding the interpretation of R-square. We have removed the R-square value from Fig. 4c.

      1. Fig 5a, "oCGIs comprised 65% CGIs that did not directly contact enhancers or promoters". Should it be "oCGIs comprised 65% of all CGIs"?

      We appreciate the reviewer for pointing out the clarification needed in Fig 5a. We have revised the phrase in the figure legend to accurately state that “oCGIs comprised 65% of all CGIs”. Thank you for bringing this to our attention.

      1. Page 15 lines 5-8, "By examining the methylation status on reads, as expected, these read segments demonstrated lower CpG methylation and higher chromatin accessibility (GpC methylation), which further supports their roles in gene activation (Fig 5b)". This statement seems to be inconsistent with the figure legend.

      We appreciate the reviewer for pointing out the inconsistency in the legend of Fig 5b. We have revised the legend of Fig 5b to accurately highlight the low CpG methylation on oCGI regions. Thank you for bringing this to our attention.

      1. Language editing and proof reading are needed.

      I apologize for any errors or mistakes in the language. We have carefully reviewed the manuscript and made the necessary language editing and proofreading revisions to ensure its quality for publication.

    1. Author Response

      The following is the authors’ response to the previous reviews.

      We thank the reviewers for collectively highlighting our study as “interesting and timely” and as making significant advances regarding the functional role of Orai in the activity of central dopaminergic neurons underlying the development of Drosophila flight behaviour. We hope that based on the revisions detailed below the data supporting our findings will be considered complete.

      Reviewer 1:

      • In this revision, the authors have addressed most points using text changes but there is still one important issue that continues to be inadequately addressed. This relates to point 1.

      If Set2 is acting downstream of SOCE, it is not clear to me how STIM1 over expression rescues Set2-dependent downstream responses in flies that do not have Set2. It seems that if STIM1 over-expression, which would presumably enhance SOCE, largely rescues Set2-dependent effector responses in the Set2RNAi flies, then the proposed pathway cannot be true (because if Set2 is downstream of SOCE, it shouldn't matter whether SOCE is boosted in flies that lack Set2). This discrepancy is not explained. Does STIM1 over-expression somehow restore Set2 expression in the Set2RNAi flies?

      Ans: Based on the requirement of Orai-mediated Ca2+ entry for Set2 expression (THD’>OraiE180A neurons, Figure 2C) we had indeed proposed that rescue of flight in Set2RNAi flies by STIMOE is because Set2 expression in Set2RNAi flies is restored by STIMOE. However, we agree that this has not been tested experimentally. Since these data are supportive but not essential to our findings here, we have removed data demonstrating flight rescue of Set2RNAi by STIMOE from Figure 2 – supplement 5 and associated text from the revised manuscript. We plan to investigate the effect of STIMOE on Set2 in the context of Drosophila dopaminergic neurons in the future.

      Reviewer 2:

      The manuscript analyses the functional role of Orai in the excitability of central dopaminergic neurons in Drosophila. The authors answer the previous concerns, but several important issues have not been experimentally tested. Especially, the lack of characterization of SOCE or calcium release from the intracellular calcium stores limits considerably the impact of the study. They comment on a number of technical problems but, taking into account the nature of the study, based on Orai and SOCE, the lack of these experimental data reduces the relevance of the study. Below are some specific comments:

      1. The response to question 1 is unconvincing. The authors do not demonstrate experimentally that STIM over-expression enhances SOCE or how excess SOCE might overcome the loss of SET2.

      Ans: The reason we have not performed experiments in this manuscript to investigate SOCE in STIM overexpression condition is two-fold. Firstly, extensive characterisation of SOCE by STIM overexpression in Drosophila pupal neurons forms part of an earlier publication (Chakraborty and Hasan, Front. Mol. Neurosci, 2017). A graph from Chakraborty and Hasan, 2017 where SOCE was measured in primary cultures of pupal neurons from an IP3R mutant (S224F/G1891S) of Drosophila. Reduced SOCE in IP3R mutant neurons (red trace) was restored by overexpression of STIM (black trace). The green trace is of wild-type neurons with STIM overexpression and the grey trace with STIMRNAi. Similar experiments were performed with Orai+STIM overexpression and the rescue in SOCE was compared with STIM overexpression in pupal neurons of wild type and IP3R mutant S224F/G1891S. See Chakraborty and Hasan, 2017 (Front. Mol. Neurosci. 10:111. doi: 10.3389/fnmol.2017.00111)

      2) Secondly, rescue by STIMOE is supportive but not essential to the findings of this manuscript which relate primarily to the analysis of an Orai-dependent transcriptional feed-back mechanism acting via Trl and Set2 in flight promoting dopaminergic neurons (See Fig 2C where we demonstrate that OraiE180A expression in THD’ neurons brings down Set2 expression).

      We agree that we have not demonstrated how loss of Set2 can be compensated by STIM overexpression. Therefore, we have now removed the supplementary data relating to STIM rescue of Set2RNAi (THD’>Set2RNAi; STIMOE) flight phenotypes since as mentioned above it was supportive but not essential to the main theme of the manuscript. Consistent with this, we have also removed rescue of flight in TrlRNAi by STIMOE (Figure 4C).

      1. The authors do not present a characterization of SOCE in the cells investigated expressing native Orai or the dominant negative OraiE180A mutant yet. They comment on some technical problems for in situ determination or using culture cells but, apparently, in previous studies they have reported some results.

      Ans: We respectfully submit that characterisation of SOCE in cells expressing native Orai and OraiE180A from primary cultures of Drosophila pupal dopaminergic neurons, form part of an earlier publication (Pathak, T., et al., (2015). The Journal of Neuroscience, 35, 13784–13799. https://doi.org/10.1523/jneurosci.1680-15.2015). As mentioned in lines 80-84 the dopaminergic neurons studied here (THD’) are a subset of the dopaminergic neurons studied in the Pathak et al., 2015 publication (TH). As evident in Figure 2 panels B-D expression of OraiE180A in dopaminergic neurons abrogates SOCE.

      In this study we have focused on identifying the molecular mechanism by which OraiE180A expression and concomitant loss of cellular Ca2+ signals (Figure 3B, 3C) affects dopaminergic neuron function. In lines 270-274 (page 10) we have stated the technical reason why Ca2+ measurements made in this study from ex-vivo brain preps measure a composite of ER-Ca2+ release and SOCE. Our observation that the measured Ca2+ response is significantly attenuated in cells expressing OraiE180A leads us to the conclusion that we are indeed measuring an SOCE component in the ex-vivo brain preps. This is also explained in ‘Limitations of the study’.

      1. Concerning the question about the STIM:Orai stoichiometry the authors answer that "We agree that STIM-Orai stoichiometry is essential for SOCE, and propose that the rescue backgrounds possess sufficient WT Orai, which is recruited by the excess STIM to mediate the rescue"; however, again, this is not experimentally tested.

      Ans: To address this point we have now measured relative stoichiometries of STIM and Orai mRNA by qPCR under WT conditions in Drosophila THD’ neurons at 72 hr APF. The observed stoichiometry as per these measurements is STIM:Orai =1.6:1 (~8:5). These data are in relative agreement with the normalised read counts of STIM and Orai in THD’ neurons in the RNAseq performed and described in Fig 1F. The qPCR (A) and RNAseq (B) measures of STIM and Orai are appended below.

      Author response image 1.

      In comparison to the numerous studies investigating structural, biophysical and cellular characterisation of Orai channels in heterologous systems, there are fewer studies which have traced systemic implications of Orai function through multiple tiers of investigation including organismal behaviour. Leveraging the wealth of genetic resources available in Drosophila, we have attempted this here. While we respectfully agree that questions pertaining to the stoichiometries of STIM/Orai proteins are indeed relevant to cellular regulation of SOCE, we submit they may be better suited for investigation in heterologous systems involving cell culture, or with in-vitro systems with purified recombinant proteins, or indeed using computational and modelling approaches. None of these methods fall within the scope of our current investigation which is to understand how by Orai mediated Ca2+ entry regulates developmental maturation of Drosophila flight promoting dopaminergic neurons.

    2. eLife assessment

      In Drosophila melanogaster, the SOCE channel Orai is required for the development of flight promoting dopaminergic neurons. The Hasan laboratory has previously shown that disabling Orai function impairs Drosophila flight due to aberrant neuronal development at the pupal stage. In this fundamental study, Mitra et al show that SOCE drives a transcriptional feedback loop via the homeobox transcription factor, 'Trithorax-like' (Trl), and histone modifiers, Set2 and E(z), to regulate the expression of key genes required for the function of dopaminergic flight neurons, including the muscarinic acetylcholine receptor and the inositol 1,4,5-trisphosphate receptor. This solid study is carefully performed with validated methodology and most of the analyses are rigorous.

    1. Author Response

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      We thank the Editor and the referees for their questions and remarks. In this document we provide a point-by-point response to revisions requested by the reviewers.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      Jafarinia et al. have made an interesting contribution to unravelling the molecular mechanisms underlying pathological phenotypes of repeat expansion of the C9orf72 gene. The repeat expression leads to the expression of polyPR proteins. Using coarse-grained molecular dynamics simulations, the authors identify putative binding partners involved in nucleocytoplasmic transport (NCT), and that conjecture that polyPR affects essential processes by binding to NCT-related proteins. The results are well-reported, but only putative, and need experimental support to be more conclusive. Also, a comparison with results from all-atom MD simulations in explicit water could help verify the results. But even without these, the work is very useful as a first step to unravel the role of polyPR and related peptides.

      We greatly appreciate the reviewer's positive assessment of our work and the suggestions. We acknowledge the need for more experimental validation of the binding behavior of some of the transport components. Our results coincide with the experimental findings of Hutten et al. [1] ([16] in our paper) for example regarding the binding of polyPR to Kapβs and Impαs, but experimental validation of additional transport components, especially for RanGAP, would be valuable. We hope that our work will inspire colleagues from the field to actually perform such experiments.

      We also agree with the reviewer's suggestion that all-atom simulations can provide further details on the molecular conformations at the local NTR-PR binding regions. Nonetheless, such simulations for all transport components, particularly for interactions involving large conformational flexibility of longer polyPR chains such as PR50, would require significant computational expenses. In a recent publication (Jafarinia et al. [2]) we reported on the close resemblance in binding behavior between our coarse-grained MD data and the all-atom MD simulations of (Nanaura et al. [3]), both showing polyPR binding to a negatively-charged cavity of Kapβ2. We expect future MD simulations to elucidate more atomistic detail with the continuously increasing power of high-performance computing clusters.

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      This study used coarse-grained molecular dynamics simulation to explain how the binding of polyPR might interfere with distinct stages of the transport cycle. This finding shows that the interaction between polyPR and transport components is driven by electrostatic interactions and is correlated with the salt concentration and the length of polyPR, providing an important basis for subsequent exploration of the impact of C9orf72 R-DPRs on NCT disruption.

      We appreciate the reviewer's positive feedback and the recognition of the significance of our work.

      Reviewer #3 (Public Review):

      Onck and co-workers present in this work the identification of binding partners and sites of polyPR on various nuclear transport components and elucidate how polyPR might potentially influence the transport process. It's interesting to note that some interaction sites on transport components also serve as their inherent/functional binding sites. The difference in the effects between short polyPR (PR7) and long polyPR (PR50) is also evident, although the authors might need to clarify the mechanisms better. Overall, the manuscript is well organized and concisely written, and it would greatly enhance our understanding of the toxicity induced by polyPR. In general, the 1-bead per atom force field model used in the study is well-tuned for studying the interactions between polyPR and proteins, as the essential cation-pi interactions (between Arg and Phe/Tyr/Trp) were included using an 8-6 LJ model.

      We thank the reviewer for recognizing the suitability of our 1-bead-per-amino-acid force field for studying R-DPRs' interactions with transport components and for acknowledging our work's contribution to understanding polyPR toxicity mechanisms. Below we comment on the mechanisms describing the difference between short and long polyPR molecules.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      1) Regarding Figure 2 (also see below for more specific comments), there is a major concern that the dipole moment is not included in Fig 2b (as the correlation is better with f=0), but the authors still conclude that this is generally important (lines 258-261). As a minimum, this needs to be discussed more carefully. Is f (i..e. the importance of dipole moment for binding) dependent on the specific binding partner, or what is going on? Maybe, there is a good explanation?

      Indeed, the significance of the dipole moment depends on the specific type of transport component involved. Our analysis reveals that for Kapβs, see figure 2b, the best-fit is obtained with f=0, indicating that the separation of charge within Kapβs has a relatively minor effect on their interaction with polyPR. Instead, the primary determinant for polyPR-Kapβ interaction appears to be the net charge per residue (NCPR), with a more negative NCPR leading to stronger interactions.

      We attribute this behavior to the structural characteristics of Kapβs, particularly the superhelical structure which features inner and outer surfaces with differing charge distributions. Importantly, this structural arrangement creates an inner surface characterized by a negative electrostatic potential. As demonstrated in our previous work, polyPR predominantly binds to this negatively charged cavity within Kapβs. Consequently, the separation of charges on the Kapβ surface becomes less influential compared to the overall charge. Other transport components, however, depicted in figure 2a, do not share this feature and the distribution of charges over the surface becomes a more critical factor in polyPR interactions. We have now added this explanation to page 6, and emphasized in the conclusion section that the effect of dipole moment is only observed for the transport components in figure 2a.

      2) Write out nucleoporin, Nup, at first appearance (line 51).

      We have changed it in line 51.

      3) Fig 1: a (representative) CG structure of polyPR (PR7,PR20 and PR70) would be very useful.

      We have added a CG representation of PR7 and PR20 to figure 1.

      4) Please use chi-square, not R-square, to evaluate the fit, as chi-square takes experimental errors into account.

      We use R-square as a standard measure to assess the quality of the fit in the simulations, as it considers the summation of residuals. This choice aligns with the methodology we have used in our previous publications and therefore prefer to use this measure here as well.

      5) Please use a dot (not a full stop) for multiplication in line 151 and Figure 2 legend.

      We made the adjustment in line 151, the caption of figure 2, and the y-axis label of figure S2.

      6) 330: it is very unconventional to plot half the std dev as an error bar. Please plot the std dev (standard error) of the mean.∙

      We made the suggested change and now the error bars in figure 2 are standard errors of the mean (SEM) calculated from block averaging with three blocks at equilibrium. We also amended the caption of figure 2 and the Methods section.

      7) Please write an explicit equation for the linear relation that is plotted in Figure 2. Something like: C_t = a(NCPR - fM/Rg)+b ? That would make it easier to read.

      We have now added the linear equation of the fit to a new table S4, and included a reference to it in the caption of figure 2.

      8) Fig 2: why is the fit to PR7 not reported/shown?

      The fits for PR7 resulted in R2 values of 0.89 (a) and 0.83 (b) for 200M and of 0.7 (a) and 0.59 (b) for 100 mM. Because of the low R2 values for 100 mM, the fits for PR7 are not shown. We have added this explanation to the caption of figure 2.

      9) Fig 4: isn't the blue shape KapB (and not importin)?

      We changed "importin" to "Kapβ Imp" for consistency.

      10) In the interest of reproducibility, a recommendation is to make the scripts for setting up, running, and analyzing the simulations freely available, e.g. at GitHub. This will increase reproducibility and transparency.

      At the moment we do not have the scripts available on GitHub. However, codes can be provided by the authors upon reasonable request, as also mentioned in the data availability statement in the paper.

      11) Can the authors explain the salient advances in this article versus the one published last year?

      In our previous work, we showed that polyPR binds to the Kapβ family of nuclear transport receptors (NTRs), consistent with experimental findings. While this provided valuable insights, it was essential to broaden our investigation as C9orf72 toxicity not only affects the Kapβ family of NTRs but also disrupts other key regulators of NCT. For instance, recent literature (see lines 87-91 in our paper) showed that Ran and its regulators RanGAP and RanGEF are mislocalized in cells expressing R-DPRs, and genetic screening studies have identified several nucleocytoplasmic transport genes as modifiers of R-DPR-mediated toxicity.

      In the present study, we therefore delved deeper into the underlying mechanisms of polyPR-modification of NCT. We focused on exploring whether polyPR directly interacts with Impα isomers, CAS/Cse1, RanGEF, RanGAP, Ran, and NTF2. By doing so, we unveiled a network of direct interactions between polyPR and a remarkably wide range of NCT components. This newfound insight is valuable for interpreting existing experimental findings, such as the mislocalization of RanGAP. We also demonstrate that polyPR binding is influenced not only by factors such as the net charge per residue and the polyPR chain length, as previously observed for Kapβs, but also by the spatial separation of charges, incorporated by an additional dependence on dipole moments in influencing the total number of contacts with polyPR. This sheds new light on how polyPR interacts with numerous targets within the cellular environment, providing a valuable reference for future (experimental) investigations of R-DPR-compromised nuclear transport. These points are explained in the last paragraph of the introduction and paragraphs 2,3 of the conclusion section. Paragraph 2 of the conclusion is also modified for clarification.

      12) In Figure 2(a), the vertical coordinates of the first graph do not match the others.

      We have now modified figure 2a left panel to match the others.

      13) When the polyPR length is large enough, it seems that the binding of polyPR to RanGEF and NTF2 is not significantly improved.

      The binding behavior depends on polyPR length, as well as on the net charge per residue and the dipole moment (expressed as NCPR-fM/R_g). We note that the number of contacts in figure 2 is normalized by the polyPR length so that for both NTF2 and RanGEF the total number of contacts increase with length (PR7 to PR20) when binding occurs. Specifically, for RanGEF, especially at lower ion concentrations (100 mM), PR7 and PR20 exhibit a similar number of contacts per unit length of polyPR. This implies that the absolute number of contacts between PR20 and RanGEF is higher than that of PR7. However, as we extend the polyPR length to PR50, there is a reduction in the number of contacts per unit length of polyPR. This phenomenon indicates that the more extended PR50 has regions that make little to no contact with RanGEF, resulting in a smaller number of contacts per unit length for PR50. Lines 188-195 are now modified to put more emphasis on the difference between number of contacts and number of contacts normalized by polyPR length.

      14) The representation of the mechanism in Figure 4 is not intuitive enough and the color scheme still needs to be improved.

      We have tried to improve clarity by including the names of each transport component next to their schematic representations.

      15) Figure 3 shows that the longer polyPR exhibits a higher contact probability with individual residues compared to a shorter polyPR, is this result in conflict with Figure 2?

      We re-iterate here that the number of contacts in figure 2 is normalized by the polyPR length, while the results in Fig. 3 are not.

      Figure 3 and figure S4 demonstrate that as the length of polyPR increases, the contact probability of individual residues of transport components for interaction with polyPR also increases.

      In figure 2, we have normalized the time-averaged number of contacts by the length of polyPR. For example, in the top-right panel of figure 2a, when comparing results for PR7 with PR50 interaction with RanGAP, a higher value for PR7 indicates that PR7 makes more contacts per unit of its length with RanGAP. In terms of absolute number of contacts, however, the PR50 chain makes more contacts with RanGAP, resulting in a higher contact probability. We now added a sentence (see lines 188-189) for clarification.

      In summary, when a short polyPR strongly binds to a transport component (evidenced by a relatively large number of contacts), it makes more contacts per unit length than a large poyPR. This occurs because for shorter polyPRs most of the residues come into contact with the target protein. In contrast, for longer polyPRs, only certain parts of the chain are in contact with the transport components, while other regions make fewer or no contacts. This is explained in lines 188-195.

      16) In S2 and S3, does the data require an error bar?

      NCPR, defined as total charge divided by sequence length of the transport components, is a constant and therefore figure S3 does not require an error bar.

      In figure S3 we have added error bars (standard deviation) for the dipole moment calculated from 2.5 us simulations of the isolated transport components.

      17) What is the physiological significance when the salt concentration is 100 mM?

      We conducted simulations at two different salt concentrations: 200 mM, which aligns with in vitro conditions as reported in Hutten et al. [1], and a lower 100 mM salt concentration. The inclusion of the 100 mM salt concentration enables us to assess the significance of salt concentration, and to confirm the dominance of electrostatic interactions in polyPR binding. We also note that this range of salt concentration is commonly used in in-vitro experiments [1, 4, 5].

      18) Please introduce abbreviation NLS in the abstract.

      We added the full name of NLS to the abstract.

      19) Given the high number of Arg residues in its sequence, polyPR should interact with many proteins. It would be beneficial to discuss the frequency of binding/non-binding interactions of polyPR with nuclear transport components in comparison to general proteins.

      We appreciate the reviewer's comment. While such a comparison is indeed interesting, our study primarily focused on elucidating the interactions between polyPR and crucial nuclear transport components, aiming to provide insights into potential defects in nucleocytoplasmic transport. The broader comparison of polyPR interactions with different protein classes in the proteome is indeed an interesting direction for future research, but out of the scope of the current manuscript.

      20) The authors should provide a convergence check to determine whether the 2.5 µs simulations are sufficient for sampling the interaction modes, particularly with the long PR50.

      We have included a new figure (figure S5) and additional text in the Methods section to verify that extending the simulation duration does not alter the contact probabilities (which are indicators of binding modes) presented in figure 3a, confirming convergence of our computations.

      21) In reference to Figure 4, the upper panel merely summarizes the known transport mechanisms, while the lower part (A-H) provides potential novel insights from this study. Unfortunately, these novel insights are not sufficiently detailed. It is recommended to include more details to make these relevant plots clearer by expanding the corresponding discussions (currently, only the last paragraph in the Results section addresses these). If possible, the authors should also carry out some CG simulations of the most relevant processes to further elucidate the interference caused by polyPR.

      We have taken the reviewer's feedback into consideration and made the suggested revisions. Specifically, we have expanded the last paragraph of the discussion to provide more detailed explanations of the insights derived from our computational model. For each mechanism, we begin by presenting the reader with the baseline understanding of normal function of the transport component. Subsequently, we discuss how the findings presented in figures 2 and 3 offer insights into polyPR's potential interference with the function of NCT components. Furthermore, we have made improvements to the schematic representation of mechanisms in figure 4 to enhance clarity.

      At the moment, accurately capturing the binding of NCT components to their native binding targets and the competition with polyPR are best resolved by all-atom molecular dynamics simulations, which come with significant computational demands. This level of detail and computation-intensive analyses is beyond the scope of the current study, but we hope that our results will provide the groundwork for future, more detailed investigations.

      References

      1. Hutten, S., et al., Nuclear Import Receptors Directly Bind to Arginine-Rich Dipeptide Repeat Proteins and Suppress Their Pathological Interactions. Cell Rep., 2020. 33(12): p. 108538.

      2. Jafarinia, H., E. Van der Giessen, and P.R. Onck, Molecular basis of C9orf72 poly-PR interference with the β-karyopherin family of nuclear transport receptors. Sci. Rep., 2022. 12(1): p. 21324.

      3. Nanaura, H., et al., C9orf72-derived arginine-rich poly-dipeptides impede phase modifiers. Nat Commun, 2021. 12(1): p. 5301.

      4. Brady, J.P., et al., Structural and hydrodynamic properties of an intrinsically disordered region of a germ cell-specific protein on phase separation. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences, 2017. 114(39): p. E8194-E8203.

      5. Fisher, R.S. and S. Elbaum-Garfinkle, Tunable multiphase dynamics of arginine and lysine liquid condensates. Nat. Commun., 2020. 11(1): p. 4628.

    1. Author Response

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      1. Experiments regarding the inducible expression of MukBEF: The authors should provide western blots or rt-qPCR for MukBEF expression at 40 min and 2H.

      We provide now a western blot of MukB in non-induced and induced conditions as Figure 1-figure supplement 1D.

      1. Experiments with RiTer and LiTer constructs:<br /> a. Authors compare the mukB deletion against wild type (Fig. 2C). It would be additionally informative if these comparisons are made for matP deletion and wild type as well. This will strengthen the conclusion that long-range interactions in ter do increase in the absence of matP.

      We agree that the matP mutant may help the reader to compare the effect of the translocation in different backgrounds and have added it to the figure. This strengthens the conclusion that longrange interactions in ter do increase in the absence of matP in a rearranged chromosome, as observed in the WT configuration (Lioy et al., 2018).

      b. Additionally, in Fig. 2C, it appears that there is some decrease in long-range interactions in the absence of mukB in ter1 (Riter). Is this a significant change?

      The change observed is not significant. The results shown in Fig. 2C have been obtained using a 3C approach, which generated slightly more variability than Hi-C. Furthermore, we measured the range of contacts for the segment corresponding to Ter1 in RiTer (matS12-matS28), in different genetic contexts and different configurations. The results show that this level of variation is not significant (see graph below reporting two independent experiments).

      Author response image 1.

      Range of interactions measured on the interval matS12-matS18 in different genetic contexts and different configurations (MG1655 WT(1 and 2), ∆mukB, RiTer, RiTer ∆mukB).

      1. Experiments with various matS organizations: These experiments are interesting and an important part of the paper. However, it is rather hard to visualize the chromosome conformations in the strains after transposition. To aid the reader (particularly with panel E), authors can provide schematics of the chromosome conformations and anticipated/ observed chromosomal interactions. Circular interaction plots would be useful here.

      We thank the reviewer for this interesting remark; we have tried in the past to represent these interactions using a circular representation (see for example the web site of Ivan Junier; https://treetimc.github.io/circhic/index.html). However, this representation is not trivial to apprehend for nonspecialists, especially in strains with a rearranged chromosome configuration. Nonetheless, we have added graphical circular representations of the chromosome configurations to help the reader.

      1. ChIP experiments:<br /> a. This section of the manuscript needs to be further strengthened. It is not clear whether the ChIP signal observed is significant (for example at T10 or T20 min, the peak value does not appear to go above 1.1 fold. Can the authors be sure that this small increase is not simply a consequence of increase in copy number of the loci around the origin, as replication has initiated?

      The basal value of the ChIP on the non-replicated sequences (between 0-3.5 Mb for 10 minutes and 0-3 Mb for 20 minutes) is 0.8 and 0.7, respectively, whereas the mean value of the replicated sequence is 1.6 and 1.45. So the enrichment observed for these two points is about 2-fold, not 1.1 and it is 4 fold for t40min. These values were obtained by dividing the number of normalized reads in the ChIP (the number of reads at each position divided by the total number of reads) by the normalized reads of the input. Therefore, the increase in copy number is considered in the calculation. Furthermore, we added a supplementary figure (Figure Sup9) in which we performed a ChIP without tags on synchronized cells, and in this case, we did not observe any enrichment triggered by replication.

      b. Authors make a conclusion that MukB loads behind the replication fork. However, the time resolution of the presented experiments is not sufficient to be certain of this. Authors would need to perform more time-resolved experiments for the same.

      Reviewer 1 is correct; we attempted to discriminate whether the observed enrichment is (i) associated with the replication fork since we observed a decrease in the center of the enrichment at oriC as the maximum enrichment moves away with the replication fork after 20 and 40 minutes, or (ii) associated with the newly replicated sequence. To investigate this, we attempted to induce a single round of replication by shifting the cells back to 40°C after 10 minutes at 30°C. Unfortunately, replication initiation is not immediately halted by shifting the cells to 40°C, and we were unable to induce a single round of replication. To clarify our conclusions, we modified our manuscript to

      “Altogether, these findings indicate that MukBEF is loaded into regions newly replicated either at the replication fork or even further behind it, except in the Ter region from which it would be excluded.”

      c. Authors conclude that in the LiTer7 strain, MukB signal is absent from Ter2. However, when compared with the ChIP profiles by eye across panels in A and B, this does not seem to be significant. In the same results sections, authors state that there is a 3-fold increase in MukB signal in other regions. The corresponding graph does not show the same.

      Rather than relying solely on the enrichment levels, which can be challenging to compare across different strains due to slight variations in replication levels, we believe there is a clear disruption in this profile that corresponds to the Ter2 sequence. Furthermore, this discontinuity in enrichment relative to the replication profile is also observable in the WT configuration. At T40min, MukB ChIPseq signals halt at the Ter boundary, even though Ter is actively undergoing replication, as evidenced by observations in the input data.

      Regarding the fold increase of MukB, Reviewer 1 is correct; we overestimated this enrichment in the text and have now corrected it.

      d. Authors should provide western blot of MukB-Flag.

      We have added Supplementary Figure 1 D, which contains a Western blot of MukB-Flag.

      1. The bioinformatic analysis of matS site distribution is interesting, but this is not followed upon. The figure (Fig 5) is better suited in the supplement and used only as a discussion point.

      We acknowledge the reviewer's point, but we used this section to attempt to extend our findings to other bacteria and emphasize the observation that even though a few matS sites are necessary to inhibit MukBEF, the Ter domains are large and centered on dif even in other bacteria.

      1. The discussion section is lacking many references and key papers have not been cited (paragraph 1 of discussion for example has no references).

      The possibility that SMC-ScpAB and MukBEF can act independent of replication has been suggested previously, but are not cited or discussed. Similarly, there is some evidence for SMC-ScpAB association with newly replicated DNA (PMID 21923769).

      We have added references to the suggested paragraph and highlighted the fact that MukBEF's activity independent of replication was already known. However, we believe that the situation is less clear for SMC-ScpAB in B. subtilis or C. crescentus. In a similar manner, we found no clear evidence that SMCScpAB is associated with newly replicated DNA in the referenced studies.

      To clarify and enrich the discussion section, we have added a paragraph that provides perspective on the loading mechanisms of SMC-ScpAB and MukBEF.

      1. There are minor typographical errors that should be corrected. Some are highlighted here:

      a. Abstract: L5: "preferentially 'on' instead of 'in'"

      b. Introduction: Para 1 L8: "features that determine"

      c. Introduction: Para 2 L1: please check the phrasing of this line

      d. Results section 2: L1: Ter "MD" needs to be explained

      e. Page 8: Para 2: L6: "shows that 'a'"

      g. Page 13: Para 2: "MukBEF activity...". This sentence needs to be fixed.

      i. Figure 4: "input" instead of "imput"

      We thank Reviewer 1 for pointing out all these grammatical or spelling mistakes. We have corrected them all.

      f. Page 12: Para 2: "Xer" instead of "XDS"? *We added a reference to clarify the term.

      h. Methods: ChIP analysis: Authors state "MatP peaks", however, reported data is for MukB

      This description pertains to the matP peak detection shown in Supplementary Figure 3. We have incorporated this clarification into the text.

      j. Supplementary figure legends need to be provided (currently main figure legends appear to be pasted twice)

      Supplementary figure legends are provided at the end of the manuscript, and we have edited the manuscript to remove one copy of the figure legends.

      k. Authors should ensure sequencing data are deposited in an appropriate online repository and an accession number is provided.

      We waited for the appropriate timing in the editing process to upload our data, which we have now done. Additionally, we have added a data availability section to the manuscript, including sequence references on the NCBI.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      The authors largely avoid speculation on what might be the physiological relevance of the exclusion of MukBEF (and Smc-ScpAB) from the replication termination region (and the coordination with DNA replication). At this stage it would be helpful to present possible scenarios even if not yet supported by data. The authors should for example consider the following scenario: loop extrusion of a dif site in a chromosome dimer followed by dimer resolution by dif recombination leads to two chromosomes that are linked together by MukBEF (equivalent to cohesin holding sister chromatids together in eukaryotes but without a separase). This configuration (while rare) will hamper chromosome segregation. Is MatP particularly important under conditions of elevated levels of chromosome dimers? Could this even be experimentally tested? Other scenarios might also be entertained.

      Even though we prefer to avoid speculations, we agree that we may attempt to propose some hypotheses to the reader. To do so, we have added a few sentences at the end of our discussion. “We may speculate, based on in vitro observations (Kumar et al., 2022), that MukBEF could interfere with TopIV activity and delay potential chromosome decatenation. Another possibility is that chromosome dimers resolved at the dif site may become trapped in loops formed by MukBEF, thus delaying segregation. But none of these possible scenarios are supported by data yet, and a major challenge for the future is to determine whether and how MukBEF may interfere with one or both of these processes.”

      The manuscript text is well written. However, the labeling of strains in figures and text is sometimes inconsistent which can be confusing (LiTer Liter liter; e.g Riter Fig 2C). For consistency, always denote the number of matS sites in LiTer strains and also in the RiTer strain. The scheme denoting LiTer and RiTer strains should indicate the orientation of DNA segments so it is clear that the engineering does not involve inversion (correct?). Similarly: Use uniform labelling for time points: see T40mn vs 40mn vs T2H vs 2H

      We have reviewed the manuscript to standardize our labeling. Additionally, we have included a schema in Figure 2, indicating the matS numbers at the Ter border to emphasize that the transposition events do not involve inversion.

      matS sites do not have identical sequences and bind different levels of MatP (suppl fig 3). Does this possibly affect the interpretation of some of the findings (when altering few or only a single matS site). Maybe a comment on this possibility can be added.

      We agree with the referee; we do not want to conclude too strongly about the impact of matS density, so we have added this sentence at the end of the section titled 'matS Determinants to Prevent MukBEF Activity':

      “Altogether, assuming that differences in the matS sequences do not modify MatP's ability to bind to the chromosome and affect its capacity to inhibit MukBEF, these results suggested that the density of matS sites in a small chromosomal region has a greater impact than dispersion of the same number of matS sites over a larger segment”

      Figure 5: show selected examples of matS site distribution in addition to the averaged distribution (as in supplemental figure)?

      Figure 5 shows the median of the matS distribution based on the matS positions of 16 species as displayed in the supplementary figure. We believe that this figure is interesting as it represents the overall matS distribution across the Enterobacterales, Pasteurellales, and Vibrionales.

      How do authors define 'background levels' (page 9)in their ChIP-Seq experiments? Please add a definition or reword.

      We agree that the term 'background level' here could be confusing, so we have modified it to 'basal level' to refer to the non-replicating sequence. The background level can be observed in Supplementary Figure 9 in the ChIP without tags, and, on average, the background level is 1 throughout the entire chromosome in these control experiments.

      This reviewer would naively expect the normalized ChIP-Seq signals to revolve around a ratio of 1 (Fig. 4)? They do in one panel (Figure 4B) but not in the others (Figure 4A). Please provide an explanation.

      We thank the referee for this pertinent observation. An error was made during the smoothing of the data in Figure 4A, which resulted in an underestimation of the input values. This mistake does not alter the profile of the ChIP (it's a division by a constant) and our conclusions. We provide a revised version of the figure.

      Inconsistent axis labelling: e.g Figure 4

      Enterobacterals should be Enterobacterales (?)

      KB should be kb

      MB should be Mb

      Imput should be Input

      FlaG should be Flag

      We have made the suggested modifications to the text.

      'These results unveiled that fluorescent MukBEF foci previously observed associated with the Ori region were probably not bound to DNA' Isn't the alternative scenario that MukBEF bound to distant DNA segments colocalize an equally likely scenario? Please rephrase.

      Since we lack evidence regarding what triggers the formation of a unique MukB focus associated with the origin and what this focus could represent, we have removed this sentence.

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      The text is well-written and easy to follow, but I would suggest several improvements to make things clearer:

      1. Many plots are missing labels or legends. (I) All contact plots such as Fig. 1C should have a color legend. It is not clear how large the signal is and whether the plots are on the same scale. (II)<br /> Ratiometric contact plots such as in Fig. 1D should indicate what values are shown. Is this a log ratio?

      As indicated in the materials and methods section, the ratio presented on this manuscript was calculated for each point on the map by dividing the number of contacts in one condition by the number of contacts in the other condition. The Log2 of the ratio was then plotted using a Gaussian filter.

      1. Genotypes and strain names are often inconsistent. Sometimes ΔmukB, ΔmatP, ΔmatS is used, other times it is just mukB, matP, matS; There are various permutations of LiTer, Liter, liter etc.

      These inconsistencies have been corrected.

      1. The time notation is unconventional. I recommend using 0 min, 40 min, 120 min etc. instead of T0, T40mn, T2H.

      As requested, we have standardized and used conventional annotations.

      1. A supplemental strain table listing detailed genotypes would be helpful.

      A strain table has been added, along with a second table recapitulating the positions of matS in the different strains.

      1. Fig. 1A: Move the IPTG labels to the top? It took me a while to spot them.

      We have moved the labels to the top of the figure and increased the font size to make them more visible.

      1. Fig 1C: Have these plots been contrast adjusted? If so, this should be indicated. The background looks very white and the transitions from diagonal to background look quite sharp.

      No, these matrices haven't been contrast-adjusted. They were created in MATLAB, then exported as TIFF files and directly incorporated into the figure. Nevertheless, we noticed that the color code of the matrix in Figure 3 was different and subsequently adjusted it to achieve uniformity across all matrices.

      7, Fig 1C: What is the region around 3 Mb and 4 Mb? It looks like the contacts there are somewhat MukBEF-independent.

      The referee is right. In the presence of the plasmid pPSV38 (carrying the MukBEF operon or not), we repeatedly observed an increase of long range contacts around 3 Mb. The origin of these contacts is unknown.

      1. Fig 1D: Have the log ratios been clipped at -1 and 1 or was some smoothing filter applied? I would expect the division of small and noisy numbers in the background region to produce many extreme values. This does not appear to be the case.

      The referee is right, dividing two matrices generates a ratio with extreme values. To avoid this, the Log2 of the ratio is plotted with a Gaussian filter, as described before (Lioy et al., 2018).

      1. Fig 1E: I recommend including a wild-type reference trace as a point of reference.

      We have added the WT profile to the figure.

      1. Fig 2: I feel the side-by-side cartoon from Supplemental Fig. 2A could be included in the main figure to make things easier to grasp.

      We added a schematic representation of the chromosome configuration on top of the matrices to aid understanding.

      1. Fig. 2C: One could put both plots on the same y-axis scale to make them comparable.

      We have modified the axes as required.

      1. Fig. 3C: The LiTer4 ratio plot has two blue bands in the 3-4.5 Mb region. I was wondering what they might be. These long-range contacts seem to be transposition-dependent and suppressed by MatP, is that correct?

      The referee is right. This indicates that in the absence of MatP, one part of the Ter was able to interact with a distal region of the chromosome, albeit with a low frequency. The origin is not yet known.

      1. Fig. 3E: It is hard to understand what is a strain label and what is the analyzed region of interest. The plot heading and figure legend say Ter2 (but then, there are different Ter2 variants), some labels say Ter, others say Ter2, sometimes it doesn't say anything, some labels say ΔmatS or ΔmatP, others say matS or matP, and so on.

      We have unified our notation and add more description on the legend to clarify this figure :

      “Ter” corresponds to the range of contacts over the entire Ter region, in the WT strain (WT Ter) or in the ΔmatP strain (ΔmatP Ter). The column WT matSX-Y corresponds to the range of contacts between the designated matS sites in the WT configuration. This portion of the Ter can be compared with the same Ter segment in the transposed strain (Ter2). Additionally, the matS20-28 segment corresponds to Ter2 in LiTer9, just as matS22-28 corresponds to Ter2 in LiTer7, and matS25-28 to Ter2 in LiTer4. The range of contacts of this segment was also measured in a ΔmatP or ΔmatS background.”

      1. Fig. 4 and p.9: "Normalized ChIP-seq experiments were performed by normalizing the quantity of immuno-precipitated fragments to the input of MukB-Flag and then divide by the normalized ChIP signals at t0 to measure the enrichment trigger by replication."

      This statement and the ChIP plots in Fig. 4A are somewhat puzzling. If the data were divided by the ChIP signal at t0, as stated in the text, then I would expect the first plot (t0) to be a flat line at value 1. This is not the case. I assume that normalized ChIP is shown without the division by t0, as stated in the figure legend.

      The referee is right. This sentence has been corrected, and as described in the Methods section, Figure 4 shows the ChIP normalized by the input.

      If that's true and the numbers were obtained by dividing read-count adjusted immunoprecipitate by read-count adjusted input, then I would expect an average value of 1. This is also not the case. Why are the numbers so low? I think this needs some more details on how the data was prepared.

      The referee is right; we thank him for this remark. Our data are processed using the following method: the value of each read is divided by the total number of reads. A sliding window of 50 kb is applied to these normalized values to smooth the data. Then, the resulting signal from the ChIP is divided by the resulting signal from the input. This is what is shown in Figure 4. Unfortunately, for some of our results, the sliding window was not correctly applied to the input data. This did not alter the ChIP profile but did affect the absolute values. We have resolved this issue and corrected the figure.

      Another potential issue is that it's not clear what the background signal is and whether it is evenly distributed. The effect size is rather small. Negative controls (untagged MukB for each timepoint) would help to estimate the background distribution, and calibrator DNA could be used to estimate the signal-to-background ratio. There is the danger that the apparent enrichment of replicated DNA is due to increased "stickiness" rather than increased MukBEF binding. If any controls are available, I would strongly suggest to show them.

      To address this remark, a ChIP experiment with a non-tagged strain under comparable synchronization conditions has been performed. The results are presented as Supplementary Figure 9; they reveal that the enrichment shown in Figure 4 is not attributed to nonspecific antibody binding or 'stickiness’.

      1. Fig. 4A, B: The y-axes on the right are unlabeled and the figure legends mention immunoblot analysis, which is not shown.

      We labeled the y-axes as 'anti-Flag ChIP/input' and made corrections to the figure legend.

      1. Fig. 4B: This figure shows a dip in enrichment at the Ter2 region of LiTer7, which supports the authors' case. Having a side-by-side comparison with WT at 60 min would be good, as this time point is not shown in Fig. 4A.

      Cell synchronization can be somewhat challenging, and we have observed that the timing of replication restart can vary depending on the genetic background of the cells. This delay is evident in the case of LiTer7. To address this, we compared LiTer7 after 60 minutes to the wild type strain (WT) after 40 minutes of replication. Even though the duration of replication is 20 minutes longer in LiTer7, the replication profiles of these two strains under these two different conditions (40 minutes and 60 minutes) are comparable and provide a better representation of similar replication progression.

      1. Fig. 4C: Highlighting the position of the replication origin would help to interpret the data.

      We highlight oriC position with a red dash line

      1. Fig. 4C: One could include a range-of-contact plot that compares the three conditions (similar to Fig. 1E).

      We have added this quantification to Supplemental Figure 8

      1. Supplemental Fig. 2A: In the LiTer15 cartoon, the flanking attachment sites do not line up. Is this correct? I would also recommend indicating the direction of the Ter1 and Ter2 regions before and after recombination.

      In this configuration, attB and attR, as well as attL and attB', should be aligned but the remaining attR attL may not. We have corrected this misalignment. To clarify the question of sequence orientation, we have included in the figure legend that all transposed sequences maintain their original orientation.

      1. Supplemental Fig. 3: One could show where the deleted matS sites are.

      We added red asterisks to the ChIP representation to highlight the positions of the missing matS.

      1. Supplemental Fig. 3B: The plot legend is inconsistent with panel A (What is "WT2")?

      We have corrected it.

      1. Supplemental Fig. 3C: The E-value notation is unusual. Is this 8.9 x 10^-61?

      The value is 8.9 x 10-61; we modified the annotation.

      23) Abstract: "While different features for the activity of the bacterial canonical SMC complex, SmcScpAB, have been described in different bacteria, not much is known about the way chromosomes in enterobacteria interact with their SMC complex, MukBEF."

      Could this be more specific? What features are addressed in this manuscript that have been described for Smc-ScpAB but not MukBEF? Alternatively, one could summarize what MukBEF does to capture the interest of readers unfamiliar with the topic.

      We modified these first sentences.

      1. p.5 "was cloned onto a medium-copy number plasmid under control of a lacI promoter" Is "lacI promoter" correct? My understanding is that the promoter of the lacI gene is constitutive, whereas the promoter of the downstream lac operon is regulated by LacI. I would recommend providing an annotated plasmid sequence in supplemental material to make things clearer.

      We modified it and replaced “ lacI promoter” with the correct annotation, pLac.

      1. p. 5 heading "MukBEF activity does not initiate at a single locus" and p. 6 "Altogether, the results indicate that the increase in contact does not originate from a specific position on the chromosome but rather appears from numerous sites". Although this conclusion is supported by the follow-up experiments, I felt it is perhaps a bit too strong at this point in the text. Perhaps MukBEF loads slowly at a single site, but then moves away quickly? Would that not also lead to a flat increase in the contact plots? One could consider softening these statements (at least in the section header), and then be more confident later on.

      We used 'indicate' and 'suggesting' at the end of this results section, and we feel that we have not overreached in our conclusions at this point. While it's true that we can consider other hypotheses, we believe that, at this stage, our suggestion that MukBEF is loaded over the entire chromosome is the simplest and more likely explanation.

      1. p.7: "[these results] also reveal that MukBEF does not translocate from the Ori region to the terminus of the chromosome as observed with Smc-ScpAB in different bacteria."

      This isn't strictly true for single molecules, is it? Some molecules might translocate from Ori to Ter. Perhaps clarify that this is about the bulk flux of MukBEF?

      At this point, our conclusion that MukBEF does not travel from the ori to Ter is global and refers to the results described in this section. However, the referee is correct in pointing out that we cannot exclude the possibility that in a WT configuration (without a Ter in the middle of the right replicore), a specific MukBEF complex can be loaded near Ori and travel all along the chromosome until the Ter. To clarify our statement, we have revised it to 'reveal that MukBEF does not globally translocate from the Ori region to the terminus of the chromosome.' This change is intended to highlight the fact that we are drawing a general conclusion about the behavior of MukBEF and to facilitate its comparison with Smc-ScpAB in B. subtilis.

      1. p. 10: The section title "Long-range contacts correlate with MukBEF binding" and the concluding sentence "Altogether, these results indicate that MukBEF promotes long-range DNA contacts independently of the replication process even though it binds preferentially in newly replicated regions" seem to contradict each other. I would rephrase the title as "MukBEF promotes long-range contacts in the absence of replication" or similar.

      We agree with this suggestion and have used the proposed title.

      1. p. 13: I recommend reserving the name "condensin" for the eukaryotic condensin complex and using "MukBEF" throughout.

      We used MukBEF throughout.

    2. Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      In this manuscript, Seba et al., investigate the mechanism of chromosome organization by the MukBEF complex in E. coli. They use a combination of Hi-C and ChIP analysis to understand the steps of MukBEF regulation: its unloading from DNA (how MukBEF activity is prevented in the terminus regions of the chromosome by MatP), and its loading onto DNA (how DNA replication influences MukBEF association with the chromosome). Seba et al., induce chromosomal rearrangements to flip the sections of the ter region, thus perturbing matS site numbers and position. They find that MukBEF activity is prevented around matS sites and that higher matS density has greater effect on MukBEF. Separately, using replication mutants and inducible MukBEF expression, they find that MukBEF can associate with the chromosome even in the absence of replication (as seen by the emergence of long-range contacts). However, ChIP data suggests that MukBEF binding to DNA is enriched on newly replicated DNA.

      Altogether, this work provides a valuable and comprehensive view of MukBEF-mediated chromosome organization, with insights on the mechanism of the exclusion of MukBEF from the terminus region of the chromosome. The use of the programmed genetic rearrangements is powerful and allows the authors to provide clear and convincing evidence for MukBEF exclusion from ter by matS sites. It is particularly striking to see that MukBEF can promote long-range contacts even in chromosomal regions between two matS, but the complex is excluded from the matS 'zones'. Experiments using cells blocked for replication show that MukBEF can influence chromosome organization in the absence of replication as well. While previous studies have reported some evidences in support of both of the above conclusions, the experiments described here offer a clear and direct demonstration of the same.

    3. Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      Summary:<br /> Chromosome organization in E. coli and related species ('transversal') deviates starkly from the pattern more commonly found in bacteria ('longitudinal'). The underlying mechanisms and the physiological roles, however, are not well understood. This manuscript by Seba et al. investigates the activity and regulation of MukBEF in chromosome folding in E. coli. Using a construct for inducible expression of MukBEF, the authors first demonstrate that the initiation of long-range chromosome contacts (likely by loop extrusion) is not restricted to few positions on the chromosome and rather widely distributed but excluding the replication terminus region. Using ChIP-Seq, the authors show that the distribution of MukBEF over the chromosome is consistent with widely distributed loading and moreover indicate a connection of chromosome folding and DNA replication with newly replicated DNA shower an increased tendency for MukBEF binding. To dissect this further, they then redistribute matS sites on the chromosome by a clever strategy based on large-scale transpositions. The results reveal that matS-free DNA segments undergo MukBEF dependent folding regardless of their position relative to the origin of replication, being consistent with a broad distributed loading of MukBEF. By fine-mapping with smaller transposition events, they show that few matS sites are sufficient to impede MukBEF activity. Surprisingly, however, E. coli and most related genomes harbor many matS sites, which are particularly highly concentrated near the chromosome dimer resolution dif site (Fig. 5).

      This is a well-executed and well-presented study. The findings show that the MatP/matS system acts locally and independent of DNA replication to restrict MukBEF in the replication terminus region. Few of the many matS sites are sufficient for MukBEF restriction. The main conclusions of the work are clear and well supported by the data.

    4. Reviewer #3 (Public Review):

      Seba et al. investigate whether chromosomal recruitment of the E. coli SMC complex MukBEF is initiated at a single site, how MukBEF activity is excluded from the replication terminus region, and whether its recruitment and activity depend on DNA replication. Upon induction of MukBEF, the authors find that chromosomal long-range contacts increase globally rather than from a single site. Using large-scale chromosome rearrangements, they show that matS sites can insulate separate areas of high MukBEF activity from each other. This suggests that MukBEF loads at multiple sites in the genome. Finally, the authors propose that MukBEF associates preferentially with newly replicated DNA, based on ChIP-seq experiments after DNA replication arrest.

      The conclusions of the paper are well supported by the data. The ratiometric contact analyses and range-of-contact analyses are compelling and nicely show the interplay between MukBEF and its proposed unloader MatP/matS. I particularly enjoyed the chromosome re-arrangement experiments, which lend strong support to the idea that MukBEF activity is independent of a centralized loading site.<br /> The enrichment of MukBEF in newly replicated regions is convincing, despite somewhat small effect sizes. The suggestion that matS density controls MukBEF activity is appealing, but will need additional support from more systematic studies. It is based on a comparison of only two strains (looking at different combinations of three matS sites), and the effect size is small. As it is, differences in matS sequence composition and genomic context cannot be factored out.

      Overall, the work is an important advance in our understanding of bacterial chromosome organization. It will be of broad interest to chromosome biologists and bacterial cell biologists.

    1. Author Response

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      Zhang et al. provide valuable data for understanding molecular features of the human spinal cord. The authors made considerable efforts to acknowledge and objectively address the limitations of Visium while attempting to overcome them by utilizing single-nucleus RNA sequencing (snRNA-seq) from the same tissue. By mapping snRNA-seq clusters to Visium data, they offer spatial information, complemented by RNA-ISH and immunofluorescence (IF) validation. They also discuss gender-related differences and the similarities between human and mouse data, aiming to establish a crucial foundation for experimental research. However, I have some comments below.

      1) The observation of gender-related differences is interesting. The authors reported that SCN10A, associated with nociceptos, exhibited stronger expression in females. While they intend to validate this finding through IF, the quantitative difference is not clearly observed in the IF data (Figure 5f). It would be essential to provide validation through DAPI-based cell counts, demonstrating the difference in CHAT/SCNA10A co-expression.

      Thank you for this important question! We have added panel G in Figure 5, which provided the quantitative analysis of the percentage of CHAT neurons that expressing SCN10A in male and female spinal cord.

      2) It is meritorious that in novel features of the transcriptomic study, the authors considered gender-related differences and similarities between humans and mice. Nevertheless, despite the extensive bioinformatics-based analyses performed, the results mostly confirm what has been previously reported (Nguyen et al. 2021; Yadav et al. 2023; Jung et al. 2023).

      Thank you! In addition to confirming the findings from previous studies, our results also provided new information regarding the difference between human and mouse. For example, we found that PVALB and SST showed broader expression across human DRG neuronal clusters than in mice, suggesting that genes are more selectively expressed in mice than in human DRGs. Moreover, we identified several genes associated with pain that were differentially expressed in motor neurons between sexes.

      3) The study did not perform snRNA-seq in the DRG. The limitations of Visium in cell type separation are acknowledged, and the authors are aware that Visium alone has limitations in describing cell expression patterns. The authors need to validate their findings via analyses of public DRG snRNA-seq data (Jung et al. 2023 Ncom; Nguyen et al. 2021eLife) before drawing broad conclusions.

      Thank you for this critical question! It is right that snRNA-seq has a higher resolution in describing cell expression patterns compared to the spatial transcriptomics. We acknowledged the limitation that we only performed spatial transcriptomics in human DRG without snRNA-seq. Nevertheless, our results of spatial transcriptomics in human DRG were similar to previously public snRNA-seq data of human DRG, suggesting a feasibility of using spatial transcriptomics in human DRG.

      4) Figure 7's comparison between human Visium spot data and Renthal et al.'s mouse snRNA-seq may have limitations as Visium spot data could not provide a transcriptional profile at the single cell resolution. The authors need to clarify this point.

      Thank you! We have clarified this in the limitation section.

      5) Recent findings indicate that type 2 cytokines can directly stimulate sensory neurons. This includes the expression of IL-4RA, IL31RA, and IL13RA in DRG. These findings support the role of JAK kinase inhibitors in mediating chronic itch. Demonstrating the expression of these itch receptors in DRG would be valuable.

      We have provided the expression patterns of IL-4RA, IL31RA, and IL13RA in human and mouse DRG (Figure 7-figure supplement 4), and cited the relevant paper.

      6) Given that juxtacrine and paracrine signals operate from 0 to 200 um, spatial information is vital to understanding intercellular communication. The presentation of spatial information using Visium is meaningful, and more comprehensive analyses of potential interaction based on distance should be provided, beyond the top 10 interactions (Figure 8).

      Thank you for this good question! In this study, we focused on the putative projections from DRG to spinal neuronal types, which may be an important future direction for research on sensory transduction. It will be interesting to determine the intercellular communication in the spinal spot using the spatial transcriptomics data in future studies.

      7) The gender-related differences are interesting and, if possible, it would be interesting to explore whether age-related differences or degeneration-related factors exist. Using public data could allow the examination of age-related changes.

      We agree with the reviewer that it is of great importance to identify the age-related differences using spatial transcriptomics and scRNA-seq data of human spinal cord. However, it is currently difficult to obtain comprehensive results due to the limited human spinal cord datasets regarding different ages.

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      In this paper, the authors generated a comprehensive dataset of human spinal cord transcriptome using single-cell RNA sequencing and the Visium spatial transcriptomics platform. They employed Visium data to determine the spatial orientation of each cell type. Using single-cell RNA sequencing data, they identified differentially expressed genes by comparing human and mouse samples, as well as male and female samples.

      Strengths:

      This study offers a thorough exploration of both cellular and spatial heterogeneity within the human spinal cord. The resulting atlas datasets and analysis findings represent valuable resources for the neuroscience community.

      Weaknesses:

      The analysis of spatial transcriptomics data was conducted as it is single-cell RNAseq data. However, there are established tools for effectively integrating these two types of data. The incorporation of deconvolution methods could enhance the characterization of each spot's cell type composition.

      Thank you very much for your positive comments and suggestions!Indeed, we have used deconvolution methods to incorporate the spinal snRNA-seq and spatial transcriptomics data.

      Reviewer #3 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      Zhang et al sought to use spatial transcriptomics and single-nucleus RNA sequencing to classify human spinal cord neurons. The authors reported 17 clusters on 10x

      Visium slides (6 donors) and 21 clusters by single-nucleus sequencing (9 donors). The authors tried to compare the results to those reported in mice and claimed similar patterns with some differing genes.

      Strengths:

      The manuscript provides a valuable database for the molecular and cellular organization of adult human spinal cords in addition to published datasets (Andersen, et al. 2023; Yadav, et al. 2023).

      Weaknesses:

      The results are largely observatory and lack quantitative analysis. Moreover, the assertions regarding the sex differences in motor neurons and the potential interactions between DRG and spinal cord neuronal subclusters appear preliminary and necessitate more rigorous validation.

      Thank you very much! We have provided the quantitative analysis of the differential expression of SCN10A in male and female spinal cord motor neurons. Our sequencing data revealed putative projections from DRG to spinal neuronal types, which may be an important future direction for research on sensory transduction. We did not use animal models to verify these interactions between DRG and spinal cord neuronal subclusters, which is a major limitation in our study. Nevertheless, our analysis results will provide an important resource for future research to investigate the molecular mechanism underlying spinal cord physiology and diseases.

    1. eLife assessment

      This valuable manuscript follows up on previous findings from the same lab supporting the idea that deficits in learning due to enhanced synaptic plasticity are due to saturation effects. Convincing evidence is presented that behavioral learning deficits associated with enhanced synaptic plasticity in a transgenic mouse model can be rescued by manipulations designed to reverse the saturation of synaptic plasticity. In particular, the finding that a previously FDA-approved therapeutic can rescue learning could provide new insights for biologists, psychologists, and others studying learning and neurodevelopment.

    1. Author Response

      The following is the authors’ response to the current reviews.

      I greatly appreciate your time and attention on our manuscript. I have carefully considered the reviewers’ comments and made modifications. Below are my responses to each comment and the revisions I have made.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for The Authors):

      1) The authors address well with most of my concerns. I am fine with most of the responses except question 8. Actin is also reported to be located in nuclear (PMID: 31481797). It would be better to utlize other markers, like GAPDH. Moreover, the author did not address the issue of LXRa. I strongly suggest that the authors repeat this experiment to get a more solid result.

      Thank you for the comment! Actin is frequently used as a negative control for nucleus protein in many publications, such as DOI:10.1038/s41419-018-0428-x. Beta-actin is rich in cytoplasm protein that it only takes few seconds to reveal the strong band when performing western blot with cytoplasm. However, actin does not reveal when exposing western- blot with nucleus for minutes in many studies, including in this study. Even though as mentioned actin is also located in the nuclear, such a tiny amount in the nucleus may not be revealed in western blot with exposure in seconds. However, if nucleus protein is contaminated with total cell lysate, the action is quite easy to reveal. As a result, the use of actin as the nagtive control of nucleus protein is well-accepted.

      Author response image 1.

      2) In addition, the authors mentioned IL-1b but present IL-6 in the figure of Figure. 2F. Please correct.

      We appreciate your attention on the detail. “IL-1b” is corrected to “IL-6”.


      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      I greatly appreciate the time you and the reviewers have taken to review my paper and provide detailed feedback and suggestions. I have carefully considered the reviewers’ comments and made thorough modifications to the paper. Below are my responses to each comment and the revisions I have made.

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for The Authors):

      Although the paper has strengths in understanding better the pathway of activation leading to polarization, the mechanisms contributing to cytokine storm are weak. In the context of cellular in vitro changes, it would be very interesting to map these molecular changes to strengthen the pathways affected in this model. In vivo, stronger evidence is required to bridge the gap between the in vitro model and mechanisms regulating in vivo disease development. Reporting of experiments needs to be considerably strengthened. Individual data points are shown, however, it is unclear whether these represent biological or technical, or how many experiments have been undertaken. The addition of this information is essential for uznderstanding the robustness and repeatability of findings. Currently, these cannot be assessed from the information provided. Furthermore, it is unclear whether the error bars represent s.e.m or s.d. which greatly impacts data interpretation.

      Answer: thank you for the valuable comments! We have added some in vivo experiments to strengthen the bridge between the in vitro and in vivo model. 1) The depletion of macrophage by clodronate-liposomes (CLL) i.v. injection was performed in endotoxemic mice with leucine. The alleviation of LPS-induced cytokine production by leucine was muted with macrophage depletion (Figure 2E, F), suggesting the anti-inflammatory effect of leucine was exerted via the regulation of macrophage. 2) The LXRα inhibitor, GSK2033, was applied to mice via i.v. injection prior to LPS-challenge. In GSK2033 treated mice, the effects of leucine on the serum levels of inflammatory cytokines were neutralized (Supplementary Figure 4), partially indicating the importance of LXRα in the regulation of cytokine release. We acknowledge the limitation of LXRα inhibition by GSK2033 in this study. In our future study, we plan to use monocyte specific LXRα knockout mice by LysM-cre to elucidate the importance of LXRα in the progression of CSS, and specifically focuse on the molecular mechanism how mTORC1 interacts with LXRα to modulate M2 macrophage polarization. Additionally, we made modifications in the manuscript to clarify that the error bars represented as the standard error of the mean (SEM) (line 416).

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for The Authors):

      1. The whole manuscript is based on the 2% leucine from feed and 5% leucine from water. Is there any rationale for using these two types of different concentrations in this study? Often, a dose-dependent treatment is utilized in vivo in pharmacological study. Therefore, the authors should at least test two different concentrations in each type to confirm the conclusion.

      Answer: thank you for your comment and suggestion. The 2% leucine in feed and 5% leucine in water in this study were based on the literatures. In those studies, leucine was reported to activate mTORC1 and regulate metabolism at such types of different concentration as shown below, although there is lack of leucine in the regulation of macrophage activation. In this study, we found leucine supplementation in such types significantly increased the average body weight gain of mice, suggesting growth promoting and no toxicity of leucine on mice.

      (1) Jiang X, Zhang Y, Hu W, Liang Y, Zheng L, Zheng J, Wang B, Guo X. 2021. Different Effects of Leucine Supplementation and/or Exercise on Systemic Insulin Sensitivity in Mice. Front Endocrinol (Lausanne) 12:651303. doi:10.3389/fendo.2021.651303

      (2) Holler M, Grottke A, Mueck K, Manes J, Jücker M, Rodemann HP, Toulany M. 2016. Dual Targeting of Akt and mTORC1 Impairs Repair of DNA Double-Strand Breaks and Increases Radiation Sensitivity of Human Tumor Cells. PLoS One 11: e0154745. doi:10.1371/ journal. pone.0154745

      1. The authors focus on macrophage polarization as the major cellular event affected by leucine treatment; however, they also report that the proportion of multiple immune cell types has been suppressed by leucine treatment. As some of these immune cells can also produce inflammatory cytokines, the authors should confirm the anti-inflammatory effects of leucine were mainly mediated by modulating macrophage polarization as they suggested in the manuscript. For example, the authors could utilize Anti-CSF1 or clodronate to deplete macrophage and observed whether leucine-reduced inflammatory cytokines production was largely diminished.

      Answer: thank you for your valuable suggestion! We used clodronate-liposome (CLL) i.v. injection to deplete macrophages to further validate the specific contribution of macrophage polarization to the anti-inflammatory effects of leucine. The results revealed that clodronate treatment decreased blood monocyte counts and eliminated the effect of leucine in lowering serum inflammatory factors IL-6, IFN-γ and TNF-α (Figure 2E-F), suggesting the importance of leucine-mediacted macrophage activation on the anti-inflammation.

      1. It would be important to examine whether 10 mM leucine would exhibit cytotoxicity to bone marrow derived monocytes/macrophages. This would confirm that leucine treatment directly suppresses inflammatory cytokines production or reduces cell viability to indirectly modulates inflammatory responses.

      Answer: thank you for your valuable suggestion! We performed cell viability assays after treating BMDM with 2 mM and 10 mM leucine for 6h or 24h (consistent with the timing of leucine treatment in article). The results showed that at 6h, 2 mM leucine significantly increased cell viability, while 10 mM leucine had no significant effect on cell viability. At 24h, both 2 mM and 10 mM leucine significantly increased cell viability. In conclusion, 2 mM and 10 mM leucine were not cytotoxic to BMDM, and the anti-inflammatory effect of leucine was not derived from the reduction in cell viability (Supplementary Figure 2).

      1. The authors found that leucine promotes mTORC1-LXRα for arginase-1 transcription and M2 polarization. The pathway the authors elucidated is not surprising, which has already been reported in other studies. What about the other M2 markers? The authors could examine whether arginiase-1 deficiency would deplete leucine-increased other M2 marker genes expression. Moreover, what about the molecular mechanism for leucine-reduced M1 polarization?

      Answer: Thank you for the valuable comments! To clarify that Arginase-1 activity, mRNA expression of Fizz1, Mgl1, Mgl2, and Ym1 were well established markers for M2 macrophage. Specifically, Arginase-1 activity is important to define M2 functionality. These markers were used to define the level of M2 macrophage polarization. Only a few studies indicated the involvement of mTORC1 in the M2 polarization as shown below; however, there is no molecular mechanism about how mTORC1 modulates this process. In this study, we provide the evidence that LXRα mediated the mTORC1 associated M2 polarization, and leucine regulated mTORC1-LXRα to promote M2 polarization, which was in dependent of IL-4-induced STAT6 signaling. In our future study, we are focusing on the molecular mechanism how mTORC1 interacts with LXRα to modulate M2 macrophage polarization.

      (1) Byles V, Covarrubias AJ, Ben-Sahra I, Lamming DW, Sabatini DM, Manning BD, Horng T. 2013. The TSC-mTOR pathway regulates macrophage polarization. Nat Commun 4:2834. doi:10.1038/ncomms3834

      (2) Kimura T, Nada S, Takegahara N, Okuno T, Nojima S, Kang S, Ito D, Morimoto K, Hosokawa T, Hayama Y, Mitsui Y, Sakurai N, Sarashina-Kida H, Nishide M, Maeda Y, Takamatsu H, Okuzaki D, Yamada M, Okada M, Kumanogoh A. 2016. Polarization of M2 macrophages requires Lamtor1 that integrates cytokine and amino-acid signals. Nat Commun 7:13130. doi:10.1038/ncomms13130

      1. In Fig. 1A, what's the P-value among these two groups? Moreover, what about the result with combination treatment as the authors performed in other panels?

      Answer: thank you for the valuable comments from the reviewer! In Figure 1A, the P-value between the LPS and LPS+2% Leucine groups is 0.0031, and the P-value between the LPS and LPS+5% Leucine groups is 0.0009. I have marked the significance in Figure 1A accordingly. Due to the limited number of mice, we only treated mice in two different ways respectively. Initially, we performed survival experiment and observed that the addition of leucine prolonged survive of mice at lethal dose. Based on these findings, we further investigated whether a combination of the two methods would yield better results on the regulation of inflammation, but the combination exhibited the similar effect on cytokines production, and it is not necessary to repeat the survival experiment with the combination.

      1. It seems not much difference could be observed between 2% leucine from feed and 5% leucine from water in the expression of inflammatory genes and anti-inflammation-related markers. However, it seems that 5% leucine from water would exhibit a better survival rate than 2% leucine from feed. The authors should explain potential reasons and at least examine it in vitro.

      Answer: we appreciate the valuable comments from the reviewer! There are two possible reasons: 1) When lethal dose of LPS applied, mice were too weak to eat but still drank a small amount of water; 2) the absorption of leucine from the water were much easier than from the feed, thus leucine from the water exhibited much better efficiency in a short period of survival experiment. On the other hand, the cytokine levels and expressions were measure in non-lethal experiments, in which mice were in much better condition for lecine absorption.

      1. In Fig. 4A, the authors examined the expression of p-mTOR. The authors should further examine the expression of p-AKT (S473, T308) and p-S6 to clarify whether mTORC1 or mTORC2 has been modulated. As reported, leucine should act on GATOR2 for mTORC1 activation. However, the authors reported that Torin, a mTORC1/mTORC2 inhibitor, inhibited M2 polarization more significantly compared to rapamycin, a mTORC1 inhibitor. These observations seem to indicate that leucine has other targets except mTORC1, such as mTORC2, which might raise novel mechanisms that have never been reported before.

      Answer: thank you for the valuable comments! Akt-mTORC1 signaling integrates metabolic inputs to control macrophage activation. Wortamannin inhibition of AKT was followed by inhibition of M2 polarization, suggesting that AKT signaling is involved in M2 polarization. Studies reported that mTORC1 activation inhibits pAkt (T308), inhibition of mTORC1 in turn activate Akt (1), promoting M2 polarization as a feed back to compensate the inhibition of mTORC1 induced suppression of M2 polarization. mTORC2, directly phosphrlate Akt at S473, and inhibition of mTORC2 inhibits p-Akt (S473) (2), further inhibiting M2 porlarization. Torin1 is the inhibitor for both, while rapamycin is specially for mTORC1 (3). The explanation was included in Line 252-262

      (1) Leontieva OV, Demidenko ZN, Blagosklonny MV. 2014. Rapamycin reverses insulin resistance (IR) in high-glucose medium without causing IR in normoglycemic medium. Cell Death Dis 5: e1214. doi:10.1038/cddis.2014. 178Byles.

      (2) Holler M, Grottke A, Mueck K, Manes J, Jücker M, Rodemann HP, Toulany M. 2016. Dual Targeting of Akt and mTORC1 Impairs Repair of DNA Double-Strand Breaks and Increases Radiation Sensitivity of Human Tumor Cells. PLoS One 11: e0154745. doi:10.1371/journal. pone .0154745

      (3) V, Covarrubias AJ, Ben-Sahra I, Lamming DW, Sabatini DM, Manning BD, Horng T. 2013. The TSC-mTOR pathway regulates macrophage polarization. Nat Commun 4:2834. doi:10.1038/ncomms3834.

      1. In Fig.5B, frankly speaking, I do not observe much difference in LXRα expression. Also, the actin band is too poor to get any conclusion.

      Answer: thank you for the valuable comments from the reviewer! In Fig. 5B, the extracted protein is specifically mentioned as nuclear protein in the text. It is stated that actin is expressed in the cytoplasm, while histone is expressed in the nucleus. The figure shows that actin expression is almost absent, which is mentioned to demonstrate the purity of the extracted nuclear protein.

      1. In Fig. 5C and 5D, it is amazing that GSK2033 would reduce urea production even largely greater than the basal condition (lane 1). As GSK2033 normalized IL-4 or IL-4 combination with Leucine raised urea production in cells, how GSK2033 could reduce urea in medium. The authors should explain this discrepancy.

      Answer: thank you for the valuable comments from the reviewer! In Fig. 5C, urea production was measured directly in the culture medium using a commercial assay kit, and GSK2033 indeed led to a significant decrease in urea production. In Fig. 5D, on the other hand, we assessed the activity of arginase-1 by lysing the cells, activating arginase-1, providing the substrate arginine, and then measuring urea production. In response to your question, the explanation is that in the assay measuring arginase-1 activity, we supplied a sufficient amount of substrate arginine, which may better reflect the enzyme’s activity and the results were consistent with our expectations. Additionally, when GSK2033 was used in combination with IL-4 or IL-4 plus leucine, it might interact with the IL-4 signaling pathway or leucine metabolism pathway, leading to an increase in urea production. This is just our preliminary explanation for the contradictory results, and we acknowledge that further research is needed to explore the mechanism of action of GSK2033 and its interactions with IL-4 or leucine.

      1. Line 98, "INF-gamma" should be IFN-gamma.

      Answer: We appreciate your attention to detail. We apologize for the error in line 98, where “INF-gamma” should indeed be corrected to “IFN-gamma (IFN-γ).” We will make the necessary correction in the revised version of the manuscript.

    1. eLife assessment

      In this important study, Gaikwad and colleagues employed ribosome profiling in conjunction with standard biochemical approaches to investigate the role of eIF2A in translation initiation in yeast under optimal growth conditions or stress. The authors provide convincing data that eIF2A is not implicated in translation initiation in yeast, a finding that is anticipated to inspire future investigations to identify the cellular role(s) of eIF2A in yeast. Considering the broad scope of cellular functions attributed to eIF2A, this study should be of interest to a wide spectrum of biomedical researchers ranging from those studying mechanisms of translation regulation to virologists and cancer biologists.

    2. Author Response

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Reviewer #1:

      We thank the referee for the positive review.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      We thank the referee for his/her constructive comments

      1. The weakness of this work is the lack of clarification on the function of eIF2A in general. The novelty of this study was limited.

      We believe our study is valuable in providing strong evidence that eIF2A does not functionally substitute for eIF2 in tRNAi recruitment even when eIF2 function is impaired, and in showing that it does not contribute to translational control by uORFs or IRESs, thus ruling out the most likely possibilities for its function in yeast based on studies of the mammalian factor. We agree that the function of yeast eIF2A remains to be identified; however, we think this should be regarded as a limitation rather than a weakness in experimental design or data obtained in the current study.

      1. Related to this, it would be worth investigating common features in mRNAs selectively regulated (surveyed in Figure 3A).

      We did not embark on this because only 17 of the 32 transcripts showing TE reductions in Fig. 3A showed a pattern of TE changes consistent with a conditional requirement for eIF2A under conditions of reduced eIF2 function, exhibiting greater TE decreases when both eIF2 function was impaired by phosphorylation and eIF2A was eliminated from cells. Moreover, we could validate this conditional eIF2A dependence by LUC reporter for only a single mRNA, HKR1.

      Also, it would be worth analyzing the effect of eIF2A deletion on elongation (ribosome occupancy on each codon and/or global ribosome footprint distribution along CDS) and termination/recycling (footprint reads on stop codon and on 3′ UTR).

      We have analyzed the effects of deleting eIF2A on ribosome pausing at individual codons by calculating tri-peptide pause scores from our ribosome profiling data. The results shown in new Fig. 7 reveal that eIF2A plays no discernible role in stimulating the rate of decoding of any three-codon combinations.

      1. Regarding Figure 3D, the reporters were designed to include promoter and 5′ UTR of the target genes. Thus, it should be worth noting that reporter design was based on the assumption that eIF2A-dependency in translation regulation was not dependent on 3′ UTR or CDS region. The reason why the effects on ribosome profiling-supported mRNAs could not be recapitulated in reporter assay may originate from this design. This should be also discussed.

      We agree and included this stipulation in the DISCUSSION, while at the same time noting that the native mRNAs were examined in the orthogonal assay of polysome distributions.

      1. Related to the point above, the authors claimed that eIF2A affects "possibly only one" (HKR1) mRNA. However, this was due to the reporter assay which is technically variable and could not allow some of the constructs to pass the authors' threshold. Alternative wording for this point should be considered.

      We agree and revised text in the DISCUSSION to read: “A possible limitation of our LUC reporter analysis in Fig. 3D was the lack of 3’UTR sequences of the cognate transcripts, which might be required to observe eIF2A dependence. Given that native mRNAs were examined in the orthogonal assay of polysome profiling in Fig. 3E, the positive results obtained there for SAG1 and SVL3 in addition to HKR1 should be given greater weight. Nevertheless, our findings indicate a very limited role of yeast eIF2A in providing a back-up mechanism for Met-tRNAi recruitment when eIF2 function is diminished by phosphorylation of its α-subunit.”

      1. For Figure 3D, it would be worth considering testing the #-marked genes (in Figure 3C) in this set up.

      Actually, we did test 10 of the 17 mRNAs marked with “#”s in the reporter assays of Fig. 3C, which had been noted in the Fig. 3C legend.

      1. In box plots, the authors should provide the statistical tests, at least where the authors explained in the main text.

      At the first occurrence of a notched box plot (Fig. 2D), we explained in the main text that in all such plots, when the notches of different boxes do not overlap, their median values differ significantly with a 95% confidence level. In cases where overlaps between notches is difficult to assess by eye, we added the results of Mann-Whitney U tests with the p values indicated by asterisks, as explained in the legends. We added results of additional Mann-Whitney U tests to such box plots in Figs. 3B, 6A-C, and 6-supp. 1E & G and mentioned this in the corresponding legends.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      The first section of "Yeast eIF2A does not play a prominent role as a functional substitute for eIF2 in the presence or absence of amino acid starvation" can be subdivided into a couple of sections for better readability.

      Done.

      Although the authors have used SM to induce ISR in yeasts previously, the validation of eIF2alpha phosphorylation in Western blot would be helpful for readers. Also, it should be worth testing whether eIF2alpha phosphorylation was properly induced in eIF2A KO cells.

      The translational induction of GCN4 mRNA, which we have documented in WT and eIF2A∆ cells, provides a quantitative read-out of eIF2 functional attenuation superior to determining the proportion of eIF2α that is phosphorylated.

      For Figure 2B, the Venn diagram that shows the overlap between TE-changes genes in WT_SM/WT and those in eIF2A∆_SM/eIF2A∆ would be helpful (although a list was provided by the source data).

      The Venn diagram has been provided in a new figure, Figure 2-figure supplement 1B.

      For Figures 1C and 5A-B, the depiction of the positions of uORFs within the orange gene region would be helpful for readers.

      Done.

      For Figure 4A-C, the depiction of the IRES regions (if known) within the orange gene region would be helpful for readers.

      Done for the URE2 IRES, whose location is known.

      For Figures 1C, 4A-C, and 5A-B, the y-axis should have a label/scale.

      Added.

      For Figure 3C, the definition of #-marked genes should be concretely described (e.g., value range) in the legend.

      Added.

      For Figure 3D-E, the statistical test has been only shown in a couple of data. A full depiction of the statistical results for all the data sets may be helpful for readers.

      We explained that when notches in box plots do not overlap, their medians differ with 95% confidence. In cases where overlaps were difficult to discern, we added p values from Mann-Whitney U tests to the relevant box plots.

      For Figure 3E, it would be helpful if the authors could show the UV spectrum of the sucrose density gradient to show the regions isolated for the experiments.

      Added for a representative replicate gradient in the new figure, Figure 3-figure supplement 1.

      Reviewer #3 (Public Review):

      We thank the referee for his/her positive assessment of our study.

      Weaknesses:

      While no role of eIF2A in translation initiation is apparent, the authors do not determine what function eIF2A does play in yeast. Whether it plays a role in regulating translation in a different stress response is not determined.

      We agree that there are many additional possibilities to consider for functions of eIF2A in translation initiation, including different stress situations or mutant backgrounds; however, we regard this as a limitation rather than a weakness in the experimental design and data obtained in the current study in which we examined the most likely possibilities for eIF2A function in yeast based on studies of the mammalian factor.

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      Curiously, the authors indicate that they could not replicate published results for eIF2A's repressor function for URE2, PAB1, or GIC1 translation. This is a little concerning and one wonders if the yeast strain used in the previous study is different in some way from the authors' strain. Did the authors obtain that strain to test it in their assays?

      The same WT and eIF2A∆ strains have been analyzed here and in the two cited studies on yeast IRESs.

      The authors do discuss the fact that eIF2A may function to regulate translation in response to different stresses. It would have been a strength to test an alternative stress in the current study. However, I also appreciate that this could be the subject of a future study.

      Agreed.

      One minor question I have is whether the yeast strains used possess L-A dsRNA virus? While it may not be that this virus would necessarily mask a role of eIF2A-dependent translation, do the authors have any specific thoughts on this? Would different results be obtained if cured strains were used?

      According to Ravoityte et al. (doi: 10.3390/jof8040381), the S. cerevisiae strain we employed, BY4741, harbors L-A-1 dsRNA; however, we have not explored whether curing the virus would alter the consequences of eliminating eIF2A.

    3. Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      Summary:<br /> The study follows the role of yeast eIF2A protein as potential translation initiation factor engaged in the non-canonical translation initiation under stress conditions and as a substitute for eIF2. Using ribosome profiling, RNA-Seq and reporter based assays authors evaluated the role of eIF2A protein under regular or stress conditions (cells starved for branched amino acids). Authors found that yeast cells depleted of eIF2A protein do not change significantly their translation initiation, or translation in general. In the contrast to previously reported data for human homolog yeast eIF2A does not significantly contribute to regulation of the uORFs, regardless if they start with canonical AUG or near cognate start codons. eIF2A is not involved in the repression of IRES element in URE2 gene or has a role in purine biosynthesis. It appears that in yeast eIF2A contributes to regulation of very limited number of mRNAs (32 with significant changes in translation efficiency), where only 17 of such messages indeed are consistent with eIF2A deletion and single mRNA (HKR1) could be validated in reporter assay.

      Strengths:<br /> The strength of the manuscript is complete analysis and unbiased approach using genomic analysis methods (ribosome profiling and RNA-seq) as well as reporter validation studies. Additional strength of the manuscript is scientific rigor and statistics associated with data analyses, clear data presentation and discussion of the results in the context of the previous studies and results.

      Weaknesses:<br /> none noted

    4. Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      Summary:<br /> Gaikwad et al. investigated the role of eIF2A in translational response to stress in yeast. For this purpose, the authors conducted ribosome profiling under SM treatment in eIF2A-depleted strain. Data analysis revealed that eIF2A did not influence translation from mRNAs bearing uORFs or cellular IRESes, in the stress condition, broadly. The authors found that only a small number of mRNAs were supported by eIF2A. The data should be helpful for researchers in the fields.

      Major points:<br /> 1. The weakness of this work is the lack of clarification on the function of eIF2A in general. The novelty of this study was limited.

      2. Related to this, it would be worth investigating common features in mRNAs selectively regulated (surveyed in Figure 3A). Also, it would be worth analyzing the effect of eIF2A deletion on elongation (ribosome occupancy on each codon and/or global ribosome footprint distribution along CDS) and termination/recycling (footprint reads on stop codon and on 3′ UTR).

      3. Regarding Figure 3D, the reporters were designed to include promoter and 5′ UTR of the target genes. Thus, it should be worth noting that reporter design was based on the assumption that eIF2A-dependency in translation regulation was not dependent on 3′ UTR or CDS region. The reason why the effects on ribosome profiling-supported mRNAs could not be recapitulated in reporter assay may originate from this design. This should be also discussed.

      4. Related to the point above, the authors claimed that eIF2A affects "possibly only one" (HKR1) mRNA. However, this was due to the reporter assay which is technically variable and could not allow some of the constructs to pass the authors' threshold. Authors may be worth considering better wording for this point.

      5. For Figure 3D, it would be worth considering to test all the #-marked genes (in Figure 3C) in this set up.

      6. In box plots, the authors should provide the statistical tests, at least where the authors explained in the main text.

    5. Reviewer #3 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      The authors have undertaken a study to rigorously characterize the possible role of eIF2A in regulating translation in yeast. The authors test for a role of eIF2A in the absence or presence of cellular stress and conclude that eIF2A does not play any significant role in regulating translation initiation in yeast.

      The authors have used rigorous experimental approaches, including genome wide ribosome profiling analysis in the absence or presence of stress, to show that eIF2A does not function in translation initiation on most mRNAs in yeast. Interestingly, the authors do identify a small number of mRNAs that possess some eIF2A dependency, so they constructed reporters to rigorously test them. One mRNA, HKR1, appears to possess a degree of eIF2A-dependent translation regulation.

      No role of eIF2A in translation initiation is apparent and one limitation of the study is that the authors do not determine what function eIF2A plays in yeast.

    1. eLife assessment

      This fundamental study presents a method to restore muscle innervations in ALS mouse models using optogenetics. It is convincing that embryonic stem cell derived motor neurons can be transplanted into and applied to reinnervate the muscles in an ALS mouse model. The work will be of broad interest to researchers and medical biologists to develop new strategies for the treatment of neurodegenerative disorders resulting from denervated skeletal muscles.

    1. eLife assessment

      This is a valuable paper that might contribute new insight into the role of GABA in semantic memory, which is a significant question in higher cognition. However, the empirical support for the main claims is incomplete, with some results not fully coherent and robust – the paper would benefit from more rigorous analyses. These results, once strengthened, will be of interest to broad readers of the neuroscience and cognitive neuroscience community.

    1. eLife assessment

      This important study combines experiments with optogenetic actuation and theory to understand how signalling proteins control the switch between cell protrusion and retraction, two processes in single-cell migration. The authors examine the role of a guanine exchange factor (GEF) on the downstream effectors RhoA and Cdc42, which trigger retraction and protrusion, respectively. The experimental and theoretical evidence provides a convincing explanation for why and how a single signalling protein – here, a GEF of RhoA – can control both protrusion and retraction.

    1. Author Response

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      eLife assessment

      This work presents important findings for the field of Alzheimer's disease, especially for the electrophysiology subfield, by investigating the temporal evolution of different disease stages typically reported using M/EEG markers of resting-state brain activity. The evidence supporting the conclusions is solid and the methodology as well as the descriptions of the processes are of high quality, although a separation of individuals who are biomarker positive versus negative would have strengthened the interpretability of the results and the conclusions of the study.

      Response: Thank you for the positive assessment of the paper.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      The authors aimed to infer the trajectories of long range and local neuronal synchrony across the Alzheimer's disease continuum, relative to neurodegeneration and cognitive decline. The trajectories are inferred using event-based models, which infer a set of data-driven disease stages from a given dataset. The authors develop an adapted event-based modelling approach, in which they characterise each stage as a particular biomarker increasing by a particular z-score deviation from controls. Fitting infers the optimal set of z-scores to use for each biomarker and the order in which each biomarker reaches each z-score. The authors apply this approach to data from 148 individuals (70 cognitively unimpaired older adults and 78 individual with mild cognitive impairment or Alzheimer's disease), identifying trajectories in which long-range (amplitude-envolope correlation) and local (regional spectral power) neuronal synchrony in the alpha and beta bands becomes abnormal prior to neurodegeneration (measured as the volume of the parahippocampal gyrus) and cognitive decline (measured using the mini-mental state examination).

      Strengths:

      • The main strength is that the authors assess two models. In the first they derive a staging system based only on the volume of the parahippocampal gyrus and mini-mental state examination score. They then investigate how neuronal synchrony metrics change compared to this staging system. In the second they derive a staging system that also includes an average (combined long-range and local) neuronal synchrony metric and investigate how long-range and local synchrony metrics change relative to this staging system. This is a strength as the first model provides confidence that there is not overfitting to the neuronal synchrony data, and the second provides more detailed insights into the dynamics of the early neuronal synchrony changes.

      • Another strength is that the authors automatically infer the optimal z-scores to choose, rather than having to pre-select them manually, as in previous approaches.

      Response: Thank you for the positive comments and a succinct summary of the paper and its strengths.

      Weaknesses:

      • The dataset is small and no external validation is performed.

      Response: We agree that future validation studies of the predictions are necessary. We now include the related sentences in the last paragraph of the limitations section in the revised manuscript.

      • A high proportion of the data is from controls (nearly 50%) with no biomarker evidence of Alzheimer's disease, and so the changes may be driven by aging or other non-Alzheimer's effects.

      Response: We would like to clarify that the z-scores of the metrics used in the EBMs were computed using age-adjusted values. All our controls were recruited from an ongoing longitudinal study of healthy aging. Amongst the 70 controls, 39 have confirmed A-beta negative PET scans and 8 were confirmed A-beta positive PET scans, and in the rest of the 23 we do not have any biomarker data available. However, in all the controls, we have conducted comprehensive neuropsychological assessment (see Appendix 1—table 1 in the revised supplementary file) and based on this data we can be quite confident about their lack of clinical deficits, and we have a very high degree of confidence that none of the controls have any neurodegeneration (AD-related or otherwise). Consistent with this assessment, in our EBM analyses, most of the control participants were indeed categorized to the preclinical stages.

      • Inferring the optimal z-scores is a strength, however as different sets of z-scores are allowed per biomarker, there is a concern that the changes reflected are mainly driven by the choice of z-score, rather than the markers themselves (e.g. if lower z-scores are selected for one marker than another, then changes in that marker will appear to be detected earlier, even if both markers change at the same time).

      Response: Indeed, the biomarker sequence depends on the choice of the z-scores per biomarker. However, please note that our choice of z-scores is based on maximizing the sequence likelihood. Therefore, other values of the z-scores will have by construction a smaller likelihood of sequence occurrence compared to the results shown.

      • In equation 2 it is unclear why the gaussian is measured based on a sum over I. The more obvious choice would be to use a multivariate gaussian with no covariance, which would mean taking the product rather than the sum over I.

      Response: We thank the reviewer for pointing this out and we now clarify this point. In this revision, we do not use the term ‘multivariate’. Indeed, the model likelihood assumes independence for each metric’s priors, and hence is the product of each metric’s univariate gaussian probability distribution. This can be seen in equations 1 and 2 of the revision manuscript (Section titled “Event-based sequencing modeling’). The assumption about independent priors is similar to the one used in the original event-based model (see equation (2) in A .L. Young et al., Nature Comm. 9.1 (2018): 4273).

      • In the original event-based model, k is a hidden variable. Presumably that is also the case here, however the notation k=stage(j) makes it seem like each subject is assigned a stage during the sequence optimisation.

      Response: We would like to clarify that the posterior probability of each stage for every subject is estimated during the sequence optimization. To clarify the notation, we have now deleted the term “stage” and use “tj” to denote stages for each subject j. The sequence optimization was performed with the assumption of a uniform prior distribution p(tj=k) = 1/(N+1) for each stage k. Then, the posterior probability p(tj=k|Zj,S), i.e., the probability that subject j belongs to stage k, given the metrics and the sequence, was computed during the sequence optimization procedure.

      • Typically for event-based modeling, positional variance diagrams are created from the markov chain monte carlo samples of the event sequence, enabling visualisation of the uncertainty in the sequence, but these are not included in the study.

      Response: In the revised supplementary file, we have now included positional uncertainty diagrams for the optimal set of z-score events that were created from 50,000 MCMC samples. Please see Appendix 1—figure 2 for the AC-EBM and Appendix 1—figure 9 for the SAC-EBMs.

      • Many of the figures in the manuscript (e.g. Figure 1E/G, Figure 2A/B, Figure 3A/B/E/F/I/J, Figure 4 A/B/E/F/I/J) are based on averages in both the x and the y axis. In the x dimension, individuals have a weighted contribution to the value on the y axis, depending on their stage probability. In the y dimension, the values are averages across those individuals, and the error bars represent the standard error rather than the standard deviation. Whilst the trajectories themselves are interesting, they may not be discriminative at the individual level and may be more heterogeneous than it appears.

      Response: In the current study, the predictions of trajectories are intended at the cohort level. Individual level investigations will be the topic of future investigations.

      • The bootstrapped statistical analyses comparing metrics between the stages do not consider the variability in the sequence.

      Response: Please see the response above. The positional uncertainty diagrams are included in the revised supplementary file.

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      This work presented by Kudo and colleagues is of great importance to strengthen our understanding of electrophysiological changes in the course of AD. Although the main conclusions regarding functional connectivity and spectral power change through the course of the disease are not new and have been largely studied and theorised on, this article offers an innovative approach that certainly consolidates previous knowledge on the topic. Not only that, this article also broadens our knowledge presenting useful and important details on the specificity of frequency and cortical distribution of these early alterations. The main take-home message of this work is the early disruption of electrophysiological signatures that precedes detectable alterations in other more commonly used pathology markers (i.e. gray matter atrophy and cognitive impairment). More specifically, these signatures include long-range connectivity in the alpha and beta bands, and local synchrony (spectral power) in the same frequency bands.

      Response: Thank you for the positive comments and for providing a nice succinct summary.

      Strengths:

      The present work has some major strengths that make it paramount for the advance of our understanding of AD electrophysiology. It is a very well written manuscript that, despite the complexity of the analyses employed, runs the reader through the different steps of the analysis in a pedagogic and clever way, making the points raised by the results easy to grasp. The methodology itself is carefully chosen and appropriate to the nature of the question posed by the researchers, as event-based models are well-suited for cross-sectional data.

      The quality of the figures is outstanding; not only are they aesthetic but, more importantly, the figures convey information exceptionally well and facilitate comprehension of the main results.

      The conclusions of the paper are, in general, well described and discussed, and consider the state-of-the-art works of AD electrophysiology. Furthermore, even though the conclusions themselves are not groundbreaking at all (synaptic damage preceding structural and cognitive impairment is one of the epitomes of the pathological cascading model proposed by Jack in 2010), this article is innovative and groundbreaking in the way they address with clever analyses in a relatively large sample for neuroimaging standards.

      Response: Thank you for the positive comments of the strengths of the paper.

      Weaknesses:

      The main limitation of the work revolves around sample definition and inclusion criteria that are somewhat confusing obscuring some of the points of the analyses. Firstly it is not clear why the purely clinical approach is employed to diagnose the "probable Alzheimer´s Disease" for the 78 participants in the "AD group". In the same paragraph, it is stated that 67 out of the 78 participants show biomarker positivity, thus allowing a more biologically guided diagnosis that is preferred according to current NIA-AA criteria. This would avoid highly possible mixing of different subtypes of dementia etiologies. One might wonder, why would those 11 participants be included if we have strong indications that their symptoms are not due to AD? Furthermore, the real pathological status of the control group is somewhat questionable. The authors do not specify whether common AD biomarkers are available for this subgroup. In that case, it would have highly increased the clarity and interpretability of the results if this group was subdivided in a preclinical and completely healthy control group. This would be particularly interesting since a significant proportion of the control group is labeled as belonging to stages 2,3,4 (MCI) and even 5 (mild dementia). This raises the question of whether these participants are true healthy controls mislabeled by the EBM model, or actual cognitive controls with actual underlying AD pathology well identified by the model proposed.

      Response: Please see responses above to a similar comment from R1. To clarify, all our controls were recruited from an ongoing longitudinal study of healthy aging. Amongst the 70 controls, 39 have confirmed A-beta negative PET scans and 8 were confirmed A-beta positive PET scans, and in the rest of the 23 we do not have any biomarker data available. The biomarker positivity rates in our control cohort are completely consistent with the prevalence of A-beta positivity in cognitively healthy individuals and are within a normal biological continuum for amyloid beta (Jansen WJ et al. 2015). In all the controls, we have conducted comprehensive neuropsychological assessment (see Appendix 1—table 1 in the revised supplementary file) and based on this data we can be quite confident about their lack of clinical deficits, and we have a high degree of confidence that none of the controls have any neurodegeneration (AD-related or otherwise). We include these details in the revision (see the revised ‘Participants’ section in the Materials and methods.).

      Jansen WJ et al., 2015 JAMA; 667 313(19):1924-1938.

      On this note, Figure 2 (C and D) and Figure 3 (C, G and K) show a cortical surface depicting the mean difference of each stage vs the control group, which again, is formed by subjects that can be included (and in fact, are included) in all those stages, obscuring the meaning and interpretability of these cortical distributions.

      Response: We would like to clarify that these figures depict the regional maps of each metric for each stage of AD progression, not the contrast against a control group.

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      • If possible, perform independent validation of the results.

      Response: This is something we indeed intend to examine in our future investigations.

      • Repeat the analysis in the subset of individuals that are amyloid positive.

      Response: Amongst the 78 AD patients, 20 had autopsy confirmed AD neuropathology, an additional 41 patients had molecular pathology identified by Abeta-PET, and another additional 9 had fluid biomarker (CSF) confirmation of amyloid and tau levels consistent with AD diagnosis. Eight remaining patients had a diagnosis of AD with high certainty, based on clinical presentation, neurological assessment, and cortical atrophy on MRI. Given that there are only eight patients who had clinical diagnosis of AD (with no biomarkers), and the comprehensive clinical characterization of all the AD patients in our cohort (Appendix 1—table 1), we do not believe that any subgroup analysis is warranted.

      • When inferring the optimal z-scores, select the same set of z-scores per biomarker, or include diagrams of stage vs z-score that include all of the markers so that it is easy to see how one marker changes relative to the others (overlay Figure 1G on Figure 2A and 2B).

      Response: How the neural synchrony metrics, PHG volume and MMSE scores change relative to each other is exactly what we show in Figures 3 B/F/J and 4 B/F/J. Since each EBM model optimizes the z-score thresholds, sequence likelihood and posterior probability of each stage for each subject, the EBM framework provides the most likely estimate for each metric at every stage. Therefore, the SAC-EBM model gives the most accurate description of the relative differences in these metrics over the AD progression stages. The reviewer’s suggestion to overlay Figure 1G (now figure 1F, based on optimized z-scores for PHG volume and MMSE scores) on Figures 2A and 2B will be inaccurate, as the neural synchrony measures plotted in figures 2A and 2B are not for optimized z-scores.

      • Change equation 2 to use a multivariate gaussian.

      Response: We now clarify that we use a factorized multivariate form that reflects independent priors for each metric which are Gaussian.

      • Clarify whether k is a hidden variable and possibly change the notation.

      Response: We now clarify that in our notation, k is a label for the stage [k=1,..,7 (when I=2) or k=1,...,10 (when I =3)] and is indeed a hidden variable and not observed (but inferred from the EBM). Specifically, the posterior probability for each subject j belonging to stage k was estimated as part of the sequence optimization procedure.

      • Generate positional variance diagrams of the MCMC samples.

      Response: We are doing the MCMC to obtain the most likely sequence. We have now included positional variance diagrams of the optimal set of z-score events in Appendix 1—figure 2 and Appendix 1—figure 9 in the revised supplementary file.

      • It would be interesting to study whether the stages are predictive of conversion or look at longitudinal data, if available.

      Response: This is something we indeed intend to examine in our future investigations.

      • Also look at statistics across MCMC samples of the sequence.

      Response: Thank you for this suggestion. In the Appendix 1—figure 10, we now include an example of the MCMC samples for an SAC-EBM including the alpha-band AEC. We then derived the positional variances for each metric that are now shown in Appendix 1—figure 2 and Appendix 1—figure 9.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      Some really minor changes are suggested on two specific points that somewhat confused me as a reader and got me stuck in the reading process to try to get the meaning of what I was seeing/reading:

      1. It is not specified (or at least I was unable to find it) what are you comparing exactly for the group comparison in the long-range synchrony metric (AEC) before creating your scalar metric. Are you comparing individual links (in which case you would have 93 link values for each ROI to compare)? Or are you comparing the strength for each ROI (thus, one value -the individual links sum- for each ROI)? I guess it should be the latter for what I see in the figures but it could be useful to specify it.

      Response: The reviewer is correct. We compare the strength of each ROI, i.e., averaging over edges of the symmetric AEC matrix of functional connectivity. We now clarify this in the Amplitude-envelope correlation section and the caption of the revised Appendix 1—figure 6.

      1. In Figure 1 (which, by the way, is exceptionally aesthetic, congratulations for that!) I got stuck for a relatively long time in a really small detail and I am not completely sure if I came to the right conclusion. It is regarding the X axis of the histograms in panels B and D. They are expressed as "PHG volume loss" and "MMSE decline". So I supposed those histograms were showing some kind of subtraction, (maybe from stage X to stage Y, or from group X to group Y). I was trying to understand the histogram and rereading methods to see if I overlooked any description of that graphic and then just realized they might be just the Z-score itself for each group (control and AD) with respect to the whole population. If that is the case I would suggest changing the X-label to "PHG z-score" and "MMSE z-score" avoiding the reference to "loss and "decline" as they are just reflecting the direct transformation to z-score.

      Response: Thank you. We would like to clarify that the z-score for PHG volume and MMSE scores were sign-inverted so that higher values denote “PHG Volume loss” and “MMSE decline”, respectively. We now clarify this point in the revised text and legend for the revised figure 1.

      Lastly, regarding the point I raised in the limitations section of the public review, I understand it might fall out of the scope of eLife reviewing process as it would require a more extensive change of the current manuscript, which is great as it is. But as a reader and researcher in the field, I would have recommended using biomarkers to divide the control group (if available) thus including in the models only those belonging to the AD continuum according to their biomarker status, and leaving those control without any biomarker positivity as the reference group for the figures I mention in that section (those showing differences for each stage in the cortical surface with respect to the control group).

      Response: Please see a similar comment from R1. Amongst the 70 controls, 39 have confirmed A-beta negative PET scans and only 8 were confirmed A-beta positive PET scans, and in the rest of the 23 we do not have any biomarker data available. In all the controls, we have conducted comprehensive neuropsychological assessment (see Appendix 1—table 1 in the revised supplementary file) and based on this data we can be quite confident about their lack of clinical deficits, and we have a high degree of confidence that none of the controls have any neurodegeneration (AD-related or otherwise). Since only 8 participants were confirmed as amyloid positive in the control group and this sample size is small, we do not conduct this recommended re-analysis in this manuscript.

    2. eLife assessment

      This work presents important findings for the field of Alzheimer's disease, especially for the electrophysiology subfield, by investigating the temporal evolution of different disease stages typically reported using M/EEG markers of resting-state brain activity. The evidence supporting the conclusions is convincing and the methodology as well as the descriptions of the processes are of high quality, although a separation of individuals who are biomarker positive versus negative would have strengthened the results and conclusions of the study.

    3. Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      Summary:<br /> The authors aimed to infer the trajectories of long range and local neuronal synchrony across the Alzheimer's disease continuum, relative to neurodegeneration and cognitive decline. The trajectories are inferred using event-based models, which infer a set of data-driven disease stages from a given dataset. The authors develop an adapted event-based modelling approach, in which they characterise each stage as a particular biomarker increasing by a particular z-score deviation from controls. Fitting infers the optimal set of z-scores to use for each biomarker and the order in which each biomarker reaches each z-score. The authors apply this approach to data from 148 individuals (70 cognitively unimpaired older adults and 78 individual with mild cognitive impairment or Alzheimer's disease), identifying trajectories in which long-range (amplitude-envolope correlation) and local (regional spectral power) neuronal synchrony in the alpha and beta bands becomes abnormal prior to neurodegeneration (measured as the volume of the parahippocampal gyrus) and cognitive decline (measured using the mini-mental state examination).

      Strengths:<br /> - The main strength is that the authors assess two models. In the first they derive a staging system based only on the volume of the parahippocampal gyrus and mini-mental state examination score. They then investigate how neuronal synchrony metrics change compared to this staging system. In the second they derive a staging system that also includes an average (combined long-range and local) neuronal synchrony metric and investigate how long-range and local synchrony metrics change relative to this staging system. This is a strength as the first model provides confidence that there is not overfitting to the neuronal synchrony data, and the second provides more detailed insights into the dynamics of the early neuronal synchrony changes.<br /> - Another strength is that the authors automatically infer the optimal z-scores to choose, rather than having to pre-select them manually, as in previous approaches.

      Weaknesses:<br /> - The authors do not have a dataset for external validation.

    4. Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      Summary: This work presented by Kudo and colleagues is of great importance to strengthen our understanding of electrophysiological changes in the course of AD. Although the main conclusions regarding functional connectivity and spectral power change through the course of the disease are not new and have been largely studied and theorised on, this article offers an innovative approach that certainly consolidates previous knowledge on the topic. Not only that, this article also broadens our knowledge presenting useful and important details on the specificity of frequency and cortical distribution of these early alterations. The main take-home message of this work is the early disruption of electrophysiological signatures that precedes detectable alterations in other more commonly used pathology markers (i.e. gray matter atrophy and cognitive impairment). More specifically, these signatures include long-range connectivity in the alpha and beta bands, and local synchrony (spectral power) in the same frequency bands.

      Strengths: The present work has some major strengths that make it paramount for the advance of our understanding of AD electrophysiology. It is a very well written manuscript that, despite the complexity of the analyses employed, runs the reader through the different steps of the analysis in a pedagogic and clever way, making the points raised by the results easy to grasp. The methodology itself is carefully chosen and appropriate to the nature of the question posed by the researchers, as event-based models are well-suited for cross-sectional data.

      The quality of the figures is outstanding; not only are they aesthetic but, more importantly, the figures convey information exceptionally well and facilitate comprehension of the main results.<br /> The conclusions of the paper are, in general, well described and discussed, and consider the state-of-the-art works of AD electrophysiology. Furthermore, even though the conclusions themselves are not groundbreaking at all (synaptic damage preceding structural and cognitive impairment is one of the epitomes of the pathological cascading model proposed by Jack in 2010), this article is innovative and groundbreaking in the way they address with clever analyses in a relatively large sample for neuroimaging standards.

      Weaknesses: The authors increased the clarity of sample description after revisions (particularly control group characterization). However, even though it is true that a certain percentage of AB positivity is to be expected amongst cognitively healthy individuals, that doesn´t discard they are not expressing preclinical AD to some extent. I still feel that including only biomarker negative participants in the control group would increase the quality of the work. However, the sample is relatively well characterized as a whole and the results are interesting and in line with previous literature, thus limiting the apparent impact of these possible confounds.

    1. Author Response

      We appreciate your comments and also thanks to the reviewers for providing valuable feedback and recommendations. For most of the recommendations, we will respond in the revised version, which will provide more information for readers to understand and apply the study. For some of the recommendations, we can give quick responses as follows:

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      The differences between passive and active immunolabeling, as well as photobleaching data, should be addressed for a comprehensive understanding.

      In passive immunolabeling, antibodies penetrate and achieve their targets merely via diffusion, without any additional force. In contrast, active immunolabeling utilizes an external force, such as pressure, electrophoresis, etc., to facilitate antibody penetration and therefore significantly speed up the staining process (i.e., one day vs. 2 months for a whole mouse brain). In our study, the samples we were dealing with were centimeter-sized; therefore, we employed only active electrophoretic immunolabeling (details provided in Materials and Methods). However, for laboratories that do not possess adequate devices or handle small specimens, they can employ passive immunolabeling instead. As for the photobleaching data, we will provide it in the revised version.

      The compatibility of MOCAT with genetically encoded fluorescent proteins remains unclear and warrants further investigation.

      We agree with the possibility that the encoded fluorescent proteins will be affected. Since there is evidence that fluorescence can be quenched by xylene and alcohol, which are two organic solvents used in paraffin processing, we think boost immunolabeling is necessary for observing genetically encoded fluorescent proteins. We also pointed out this limitation in the Discussion:

      “Fourth, endogenous fluorescence—such as GFP, YFP, and tdTomato—may be quenched during paraffin processing and thus need to be visualized by means of additional immunolabeling.”

      However, the extent to which endogenous fluorescence will be quenched during the paraffin processing and MOCAT procedure, and how much boost labeling can rescue, is worth investigating for broadening the application of MOCAT. We will provide it in the revised version.

      The composition of NFC1 and NFC2 solutions for refractive index matching should be provided.

      Since NFC1 and NFC2 are commercial products from Nebulem (Taiwan), the composition is non-disclosable. However, the refractive index of NFC1 and NFC2 is 1.47 and 1.52, respectively.

    2. eLife assessment

      This study presents a useful set of tools to perform tissue clearing and labeling on large-scale formalin-fixed paraffin-embedded brain specimens. This has the potential for the use of archival pathology specimens in modern research. Whilst the evidence supporting the validity of the method is convincing, the method development and protocol description are still incomplete and would benefit from a more comprehensive analysis. This paper would be of interest to neuroscientists and pathologists.

    3. Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      In this study, Lin et al developed a protocol termed MOCAT, to perform tissue clearing and labelling on large-scale FFPE mouse brain specimens. They have optimised protocols for dewaxing and adequate delipidation of FFPE tissues to enable deep immunolabelling, even for whole mouse brains. This was useful for the study of disease models such as in an astrocytoma model to evaluate spatial architecture of the tumour and its surrounding microenvironment. It was also used in a traumatic brain injury model to quantify changes in vasculature density and differences in monoaminergic innervation. They have also demonstrated the potential of multi-round immunolabelling using photobleaching, as well as expansion microscopy with FFPE samples using MOCAT.

      Strengths:<br /> This paper has demonstrated, with some good imaging examples, that it is possible to perform deep immunostaining with detailed analysis on FFPE samples using MOCAT. The figures provided appeared to be largely convincing with good amount of details.

      They have showcased different ways to perform analysis on cleared tissue. For example, the use of lectin-labelled blood vessels as a structural reference for multi-round immunolabelling was very useful. They have also demonstrated how to generate comparable quantitative data on various mouse disease models which will be important for future tissue-clearing studies.

      Weaknesses:<br /> Although the authors have proven the feasibility of their techniques on FFPE samples, it is questionable whether this will translate well for human brain tissues. The vast majority of the study data was generated using rodent brain tissues and it appears the technique was only performed on human FFPE tissues no larger than 1 mm in thickness. The PFA/formalin fixation time for the tissue was also limited to 24 hours in this study. Whilst this may be true for most surgical specimens, whole brain specimens in brain banks will often have formalin fixation time exceeding 3 weeks. The issue of prolonged formalin fixation prior to embedding in paraffin wax was not addressed in this study.

      Inherent differences in human and rodent brain tissues may affect the effectiveness of immunostaining. In this study, results on human brain specimens appeared to show a reduction in clarity and staining quality at greater imaging depth at 900 µm, particularly for MAP2 and GFAP (Figure 5).

      In addition, there are inadequate details in the materials and methods section which may limit the readers' ability to successfully replicate the study or proposed method for tissue clearing. Further details on the optimisation of this protocol and brief details from previously published protocols were not described in the methods section.

    4. Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      The manuscript details an investigation aimed at developing a protocol to render centimeter-scale formalin-fixed paraffin-embedded specimens optically transparent and suitable for deep immunolabeling. The authors evaluate various detergents and conditions for epitope retrieval such as acidic or basic buffers combined with high temperatures in entire mouse brains that had been paraffin-embedded for months. They use various protein targets to test active immunolabeling and light-sheet microscopy registration of such preparations to validate their protocol. The final procedure, called MOCAT pipeline, briefly involves 1% Tween 20 in citrate buffer, heated in a pressure cooker at 121 {degree sign}C for 10 minutes. The authors also note that part of the delipidation is achieved by the regular procedure.

      Major Strengths<br /> - The simplicity and ease of implementation of the proposed procedure using common laboratory reagents distinguish it favorably from more complex methods.

      - Direct comparisons with existing protocols and exploration of alternative conditions enhance the robustness and practicality of the methodology.

      Major Weaknesses<br /> - There is no evidence of actual transparency of the entire mouse brain across different treatments. The suggested protocol is very good at removing lipids (as assessed by DiD staining) and by results of fluorescence registration deep within the brain. BUT, since in many places of the manuscript authors speak of "transparency" the reader will expect the typical picture in which control and processed brains are on top of a white graphical pattern that would evidence transparency (see as an example Figure 1 and 2 of Wan et al. 2018 (Neurophotonics. 2018 Jul;5(3):035007. doi: 10.1117/1.NPh.5.3.035007.)

      - The manuscript lacks clarity on the applicability of MOCAT to regular formalin-fixed tissue and tissues other than the brain.

      - Insufficient information is provided on the "epoxy treatment" or "hydrogel," and a more detailed explanation is warranted.

      - The differences between passive and active immunolabeling, as well as photobleaching data, should be addressed for a comprehensive understanding.

      - The assertion that MOCAT can be rapidly applied in hospital pathology departments seems overstated due to the limited availability of light-sheet microscopes outside research labs.

      - The compatibility of MOCAT with genetically encoded fluorescent proteins remains unclear and warrants further investigation.

      - The control of equivalent depths in cryosections for evaluating the intensity of DiD staining should be elaborated upon.

      - The composition of NFC1 and NFC2 solutions for refractive index matching should be provided.

      Final considerations<br /> The evidence presented supports the effectiveness of the proposed method in rendering thick FFPE samples transparent and facilitating repeated rounds of immunolabeling.

      The developed procedure holds promise for advancing tissue and 3D-specific determination of proteins of interest in various settings, including hospitals, basic research, and clinical labs, particularly benefiting neuroscience research.

      The methodological findings suggest that MOCAT could have broader applications beyond FFPE samples, differentiating it from other tissue-clearing approaches in that the equipment and chemicals needed are broadly accessible.

    1. eLife assessment

      In this valuable study, the authors characterize the role of splicing factor SRSF1 during spermatogenesis with a conditional knockout of Srsf1 in male germ cells. The phenotype and molecular role of SRSF1 in regulating alternative splicing in precursor spermatogonial stem cells in juvenile testes are convincingly supported. The paper also provides convincing evidence that the mRNA encoding Tial, a factor relevant to spermatogonial maintenance and male fertility, is alternatively spliced in testis and that this splicing is regulated by SRSF1. The work will be of interest to the fields of reproductive biology, stem cell biology, and alternative splicing.

    2. Author Response

      The following is the authors’ response to the previous reviews.

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      1. Fig. 2B: In their previous comment #6, I assume that Reviewer #2 was asking about peaks that were called as statistically significant above background, not just "higher" as assessed by eye. The authors have now marked peaks that are "higher" but still do not indicate that they were called as statistically significant by any software. I agree that they need to indicate in the figure which peaks were discovered by formal analysis.

      Response: Thank you for the professional suggestions. We used the Piranha (version 1.2.1) software to call peaks from CLIP-seq data, in which the P-value threshold for peaks (i.e., the -p parameter) was set as 0.05. And then any region above the IgG peak could be a binding region, and of course, the higher the peak, the more pre-mRNA SRSF1 binds in that region.

      1. Similar to the above comment, in Fig. 7G "visual analysis" of IGV tracks is not an assay. It is fine to show the tracks as an example of the differential expression called using DESeq2, but this should be described for what it is.

      Response: We thank the reviewer for the professional comments. Following this advice, we have corrected the text in this revised version (Page 11, Line 233).

      1. Fig 5C: TUNEL results are supported by a single image of only a few cells. It is important to include quantitation as has been done for other microscopy data.

      Response: Thank you for the professional suggestions. Following this advice, we have added the quantitative data in Figure 5C. Also, we have added specific quantification methods to the text (Page 23, Line 484-485).

      1. Legend to Fig 6C-E: I assume n=4 refers to the number of animals. It would be best to also know many cells/tubules were counted for each animal.

      Response: Thank you for the helpful comments. Following this advice, we have revised the legend for Figure 6D, E (Page 12, Line 246-249).

      1. There appears to be a mistake in line 285-287, which reads: "the overall analysis of aberrant AS events showed that SRSF1 effectively promotes the occurrence of SE and MXE events and inhibits the occurrence of RI events." The data in Fig 8C appears to show the opposite, with more SE and MXE, and fewer RI events, in the SRSF1 KO. This would imply that SRSF1 normally inhibits SE/MXE and promotes RI.

      Response: Thank you very much for the professional comments. Following this advice, we have corrected the text in this revised version (Page 14, Line 286-288).

      1. In Fig. 8E, an upper band is depleted in SRSF1 KO, but in Figure 8J, a much lower band is depleted. How is this explained?

      Response: Thank you for the professional suggestions. Since exon 7 of Tial1 is in the non-coding region, the lower band in Figure 8E does not correspond to the lower band in Figure 8J. For better understanding, we show the detailed information of Tial1 in the attached Figure S3.

      1. Line 81: As a very minor point, "AS" is defined as alternative splicing in the abstract, but should be re-defined again in the main text when first mentioned.

      Response: Thank you for the helpful comments. Following this advice, we have corrected the text in this revised version (Page 3, Line 81).

    3. Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      In this study, the authors seek to characterize the role of splicing factor SRSF1 during spermatogenesis using Vasa-Cre;Srsf1Fl/del mice model. The authors first revealed that spermatogonia-related genes (e.g., Plzf, Id4, Setdb1, Stra8, Tial1/Tiar, Bcas2, Ddx5, Srsf10, Uhrf1, and Bud31) were bound by SRSF1 in the mouse testes by CLIP-seq. The authors convincingly demonstrated that specific deletion of SRSF1 in mouse gem cells with vasa-cre lead to NOA by impairing homing and failure survival of spermatogonia. To investigate the molecular mechanisms of SRSF1 in spermatogonia, further multiomics analysis including CLIP-seq, IP-MS, and RNA-seq were conducted. The results showed that SRSF1 coordinated with other RNA splicing-related proteins to directly bind and regulate the expression of nine spermatogonia-related genes especially Tial1/Tiar via alternative splicing. The authors revealed the critical role of SRSF1-mediated AS in precursor SSCs homing and survival, which may provide a framework to elucidate the molecular mechanisms of the posttranscriptional network underlying the formation of SSC pools and the establishment of niches. This work will be of interest to stem cell and reproductive biologists. The experiments are well-designed and conducted, and the overall methods and results are convincing except for the claim that altered splicing of the Tial1 transcript mediates the effect of SRSF1 loss.

    4. Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      Summary<br /> The authors seek to characterize the role of splicing factor SRSF1 during spermatogenesis. Using a conditional deletion of Srsf1 in germ cells, they find that SRSF1 is required for male fertility. Via immunostaining and RNA-seq analysis of the Srsf1 conditional knockout (cKO) testes, combined with SRSF1 CLIP-seq and IP-MS data from the testis, they ultimately conclude that Srsf1 is required for homing of precursor spermatogonial stem cells (SCCs) due to alternative splicing.

      Strengths<br /> The overall methods and results are robust. The histological analysis of the Srsf1 cKO traces the origins of the fertility defect to the postnatal testis, and the authors have generated interesting datasets characterizing SRSF1's RNA targets and interacting proteins specifically in the testis.

      Ultimately, the authors have shown that SRSF1's effects on alternative splicing are required to establish spermatogenesis. In the absence of Srsf1, the postnatal gonocytes do not properly mature into spermatogonia and consequently never initiate spermatogenesis.

    5. Reviewer #3 (Public Review):

      In this study, Sun et al examine the role of the splicing factor SRSF1 in spermatogenesis in mice. Alternative splicing is important for spermatogenic development, but its regulation and major developmental roles during spermatogenesis are not well understood. The authors set out to better define both SRSF1 function in testes and the contribution of alternative splicing. They generate several large 'omics datasets to define SRSF1 targets in testis, including RNA interactions by CLIP-seq in whole testis, protein interactions by IP-mass spec in whole testis, and RNA sequencing to detect expression levels and splice variants. They also examine the phenotype of germline conditional knockouts (cKO) for Srsf1, using the early-acting Vasa-Cre, and find a severe depletion of germ cells starting at 7 days post partum (dpp) and culminating with a lack of germ cells (Sertoli Cell Only Syndrome) by adulthood. They detect differences in gene expression as well as differences in splicing between control and knockout, including 9 genes that are downregulated, experience alternative splicing, and whose transcripts are also bound by SRSF1, and identify the Tial1/Tiar transcript as one of these targets. They conclude that SRSF1 is required for homing and self-renewal of precursor spermatogonial stem cells, and suggest that this role may be mediated in part though its regulation of Tial1/Tiar splicing.

      Strengths of the paper include detailed phenotyping of the Srsf1 cKO, which convincingly supports the Sertoli Cell Only phenotype, establishes the timing of the first appearance of the spermatogonial defect, and provides new insight into the role of splicing factors and SRSF1 specifically in spermatogenesis. Another strength is the generation of CLIP-seq, IP-MS, and RNA-seq datasets which will be a useful resource for the field of germ cell development. Overall, the results support the claims made. While the study does not provide a full mechanistic understanding of how alternative splicing mediated by SRSF1 affects SSC precursors, the contributions are novel and useful, and will be of interest to the fields of alternative splicing and male reproductive biology.

    1. Author Response

      We strongly agree with not all but some of the comments made by the reviewers.

    2. Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      In this study, Jeong and Choi examine neural correlates of behavior during a naturalistic foraging task in which rats must dynamically balance resource acquisition with the risk of threat. Rats first learn to forage for sucrose reward from a spout, and when a threat is introduced (an attack-like movement from a "LobsterBot"), they adjust their behavior to continue foraging while balancing exposure to the threat, adopting anticipatory withdrawal behaviors to avoid encounter with the LobsterBot. Using electrode recordings targeting the medial prefrontal cortex (PFC), they identify heterogenous encoding of task variables across prelimbic and infralimbic cortex neurons, including correlates of distance to the reward/threat zone, and correlates of avoidance behavior. Based on analysis of population responses, they suggest that the prefrontal cortex switches between coding schemes to process spatial information or behavioral responses in a context-dependent manner. Characterization of the heterogenous coding scheme by which the frontal cortex represents information in different goal states is an important contribution to our understanding of brain mechanisms underlying flexible behavior in ecological settings.

      Strengths:

      As many behavioral neuroscience studies employ highly controlled task designs, relatively less is known about how the brain organizes navigation and behavioral selection in naturalistic settings, where environment states and goals are more fluid. Here, the authors take advantage of a natural challenge faced by many animals - how to forage for resources in an unpredictable environment - to investigate neural correlates of behavior when goal states are dynamic. Related to this, they also investigate how prefrontal cortex (PFC) activity can reorganize to support different functional "modes" (here, between a navigational mode and an action-selection mode) for flexible behavior. Overall, an important strength and real value of this study is the design of the behavioral experiment, which is trial-structured, permitting the use of standard methods to analyze neural data, yet rich enough to encourage and permit more natural behavior. The experiment is also phased to measure behavioral changes as animals first encounter a threat, and then learn to adapt their foraging strategy to its presence. Characterization of this adaptation process is itself quite interesting and sets a foundation for further study of threat learning and risk management in the foraging context. Finally, the characterization of single-neuron activity from the prefrontal cortex in this naturalistic setting is an important contribution to the field - previous studies have identified the neural correlates of spatial and behavioral variables in the frontal cortex, but the nature of how these representations co-exist or are dynamically adjusted when animals shift their goals is less clear.

      Weaknesses:

      While the task design in this study is intentionally stimulus-rich and places a minimal constraint on the animal to preserve naturalistic behavior, this is, unfortunately, a double-edged sword, as it also introduces additional variables that confound some of the neural analysis. Because of this, a general weakness of the study is a lack of clear interpretability of the task variable neural correlates. This is a limitation of the task, which includes many naturally correlated variables - however, I think with some additional analyses, the authors could strengthen some of their core arguments and significantly improve clarity.

      For example, the authors argue, based on an ANN decoding analysis (Figure 2b), that PFC neurons encode spatial information - but the spatial coordinate that they decode (the distance to the active foraging zone) is itself confounded by the fact that animals exhibit different behavior in different sections of the arena. From the way the data are presented, it is difficult to tell whether the decoder performance reflects a true neural correlate of distance, or whether it is driven by behavior-associated activity that is evoked by different behaviors in different parts of the arena. The author's claim that PFC neurons encode spatial information could be substantiated with a more careful analysis of single-neuron responses to supplement the decoder analysis. For example, 1) They could show examples of single neurons that are active at some constant distance away from the foraging site, regardless of animal behavior, and 2) They could quantify how many neurons are significantly spatially modulated, controlling for correlates of behavior events. One possible approach to disambiguate this confound could be to use regression-based models of neuron spiking to quantify variance in neuron activity that is explained by spatial features, behavioral features, or both.

      The authors also claim that the heterogenous encoding of spatial and behavioral variables in PFC neurons is structured in a particular way that depends on the animal's goal state and/or context (a navigational mode and an action-selection mode). The main evidence supporting this interpretation is a population vector analysis based on principal component projections of neural data (Figure 4), which shows that the population response is different, on average, in the encounter zone compared to the foraging and nesting zones. But again, the different "zones" are obligately correlated with different types of behavior/stimuli. Since some neurons are modulated by events unique to the encounter zone (e.g., licking sucrose water, withdrawing from the LobsterBot, etc.), differences in population activity patterns may simply reflect this behavior/event coding. To substantiate the claim that PFC neurons really switch between different coding "modes," the authors could include a version of this analysis where they have regressed out, or otherwise controlled for, these confounds. Otherwise, the claim that the authors have identified "distinctively different states of ensemble activity," as opposed to simple coding of salient task features, seems premature.

    3. Reviewer #3 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      This study investigates how various behavioral features are represented in the medial prefrontal cortex (mPFC) of rats engaged in a naturalistic foraging task. The authors recorded electrophysiological responses of individual neurons as animals transitioned between navigation, reward consumption, avoidance, and escape behaviors. Employing a range of computational and statistical methods, including artificial neural networks, dimensionality reduction, hierarchical clustering, and Bayesian classifiers, the authors sought to predict from neural activity distinct task variables (such as distance from the reward zone and the success or failure of avoidance behavior). The findings suggest that mPFC neurons alternate between at least two distinct functional modes, namely spatial encoding and threat evaluation, contingent on the specific location.

      Strengths:

      This study attempts to address an important question: understanding the role of mPFC across multiple dynamic behaviors. The authors highlight the diverse roles attributed to mPFC in previous literature and seek to explain this apparent heterogeneity. They designed an ethologically relevant foraging task that facilitated the examination of complex dynamic behavior, collecting comprehensive behavioral and neural data. The analyses conducted are both sound and rigorous.

      Weaknesses:

      The primary concern with this study is the absence of direct evidence regarding the role of the mPFC in the foraging behavior of the rats. The ability to predict heterogeneous variables from the population activity of a specific brain area does not necessarily imply that this brain area is computing or using this information. In light of recent reports revealing the distributed nature of neural coding, conducting direct causal experiments would be essential to draw conclusions about the role of the mPFC in spatial encoding and/or threat evaluation. Alternatively, a comparison with the activity from a different brain region could provide valuable insights (or at the very least, a comparison between PL and IL within the mPFC). Moreover, given that high-dimensional movement has been shown to be reflected in the neural activity across the entire dorsal cortex, more thorough comparisons between the neural encoding of task variables and movement would help rule out the possibility that the heterogeneous encoding observed in the mPFC is merely a reflection of the rats' movements in different behavioral modes. Lastly, the main claim of the paper is that the mPFC population switches between different functional modes depending on the context. However, no dynamic analysis or switching model has been employed to directly support this hypothesis.

      Conclusion:

      To strengthen the argument and offer novel insights into the functions of the mPFC, it would be important to conduct a more comprehensive analysis if additional data cannot be provided.

    4. eLife assessment

      This valuable study by Jeong and Choi studied neural activity in the medial prefrontal cortex (mPFC) while rats performed a foraging paradigm in which they forage for rewards in the absence or presence of a threatening object (Lobsterbot). The authors conclude that the mPFC population activity switches between distinct functional modes conveying distinct task variables such as the distance to the reward location and types of threat-avoidance behaviors depending on the location of the animal. The reviewers appreciated the use of the naturalistic paradigm but thought that the evidence was incomplete as the authors could not exclude the possibility that there are separate populations of neurons encoding different task variables, and in addition, various confounding factors such as specific movements have not been dissociated from the activity encoding the above variables.

    5. Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      Jeong & Choi (2023) use a semi-naturalistic paradigm to tackle the question of how the activity of neurons in the mPFC might continuously encode different functions. They offer two possibilities: either there are separate dedicated populations encoding each function, or cells alter their activity depending on the current goal of the animal. In a threat-avoidance task rats procured sucrose in an area of a chamber where, after remaining there for some amount of time, a 'Lobsterbot' robot attacked. To initiate the next trial rats had to move through the arena to another area before returning to the robot encounter zone. Therefore the task has two key components: threat avoidance and navigating through space. Recordings in the IL and PL of the mPFC revealed encoding that depended on what stage of the task the animal was currently engaged in. When animals were navigating, neuronal ensembles in these regions encoded distance from the threat. However, whilst animals were directly engaged with the threat and simultaneously consuming reward, it was possible to decode from a subset of the population whether animals would evade the threat. Therefore the authors claim that neurons in the mPFC switched between two functional modes: representing allocentric spatial information, and representing egocentric information pertaining to the reward and threat.

      Strengths:

      As the authors point out, whilst these multiple functions of activity in the mPFC have generally been observed in tasks dedicated to the study of a singular function, less work has been done in contexts where animals continuously switch between different modes of behaviour in a more natural way. Being able to assess whether previous findings of mPFC function apply in natural contexts is very valuable to the field, even outside of those interested in the mPFC directly. This also speaks to the novelty of the work; although mixed selectivity encoding of threat assessment and action selection has been demonstrated in some contexts (e.g. Grunfeld & Likhtik, 2018) understanding the way in which encoding changes on-the-fly in a self-paced task is valuable for verifying whether current understanding holds true.

      The authors are also generally thoughtful in their analyses and use a variety of approaches to probe the information encoded in the recorded activity. In particular, they also use relatively close analysis of behaviour as well as manipulating the task itself by removing the threat to verify their own results. The use of such a rich task also allows them to draw comparisons, e.g. in different zones of the arena or different types of responses to threats, that a more reduced task would not otherwise allow.

      Weaknesses:

      The central question the paper seeks to answer is whether 'individual cells are dedicated to spatial representation and emotional stimuli processing or if they adapt their function to the current goal'. However, there does not seem to be a direct analysis that answers this question. It is not clear what proportion of each of the ensembles recorded is necessary for decoding distance from the threat, and whether it is these same neurons that directly 'switch' to responding to head entry or withdrawal in the encounter phase within the total population. The PCA gets closest to answering this question by demonstrating that activity during the encounter is different from activity in the nesting or foraging zones, but in principle this could be achieved by neurons or ensembles that did not encode spatial parameters. The population analyses are focused on neurons sensitive to behaviours relating to the threat encounter, but even before dividing into subtypes etc., this is at most half of the recorded population. And again it is difficult to ascertain how the final ensemble analysis of the avoidance response relates to the prior spatial encoding. As a result, the model of the results proposed in Fig. 7 cannot be validated by the data as is.

      A second concern is also illustrated by Fig. 7: in the data presented, separate reward and threat encoding neurons were not shown - in the current study design, it is not possible to dissociate reward and threat responses as the data without the threat present were only used to study spatial encoding integrity. To be able to claim this working model, a key additional analysis is to compare PETHs around head entry and withdrawal for sucrose without attack. Alternatively, a small proportion of probe trials could have been added where rats did not receive any reward for being in the encounter zone. This would allow the authors to ascertain whether the elevated response of the Type 2 neurons in particular is partially driven by reward receipt.

      Thirdly, the findings of this work are not mechanistic or functional but are purely correlational. For example, it is claimed that analysing activity around the withdrawal period allows for ascertaining their functional contributions to decisions. But without a direct manipulation of this activity, it is difficult to make such a claim. The authors later discuss whether the elevated response of Type 2 neurons might simply represent fear or anxiety motivation or threat level, or whether they directly contribute to the decision-making process. As is implicit in the discussion, the current study cannot differentiate between these possibilities. However, the language used throughout does not reflect this.

      Fourthly, the authors mention the representation of different functions in 'distinct spatiotemporal regions' but the bulk of the analyses, particularly in terms of response to the threat, do not compare recordings from PL and IL although - as the authors mention in the introduction - there is prior evidence of functional separation between these regions.

    1. eLife assessment

      This study reports important findings that intermediate states exist in epithelial-mesenchymal transition (EMT) during natural development and differentiation of mammalian neural crest cells, similar to recent reports in cancer. The authors convincingly determined that there were at least two paths to delamination and migration - one that occurs during S-phase of cell cycle and another during G2/M phase, and that the process of delamination is not restricted to cell fate. Finally, the authors showed that expression of Dlc1 may be used to identify cells in an intermediate state of EMT as well as their spatial location in the mouse embryo. The work will be of interest to developmental biologists, neurobiologists and cancer researchers.

    2. Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      Summary:<br /> This describes the molecular identity of the intermediate status of cranial neural crest cells (NCCs) during the initial delamination process. Taking advantage of single-cell RNA seq, the authors identify new populations of cells during EMT characterized by a specific set of gene expressions, including Dlc1. Promigratory cranial NCCs differentiate through different trajectories depending on their cell cycle phases but converge into a common progenitor, then differentiate into mesenchymal cells expressing region-specific genes.

      Strengths:<br /> Single-cell RNA seq data convincingly support what the authors claim. This is the first time to identify intermediate states between premigratory and migratory cranial NCCs. Silencing one of the marker genes, Dlc1, reduces the migratory activity of cranial NCCs. These findings deepen our understanding of the mechanism of EMT in general.

      Weaknesses:<br /> Common and specific features between cranial and trunk NCCs could be described/discussed in-depth. Phenotypic relations between the reduction of delamination and defects found in Dlc1 mutant mice can be discussed.

    3. Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      Zhao et al., focus on mechanisms through which cells convert from epithelium to mesenchyme and become migratory. This phenomenon of epithelial-to-mesenchymal transition (EMT) occurs during both embryonic development and cancer progression. During cancer progression, EMT seemingly includes cells at intermediate states as defined by the combinatorial expression of epithelial and mesenchymal markers. However, the importance of these markers and the role of these intermediate states remains unclear. Moreover, whether EMT during development also involves equivalent intermediate cell states is not known. To address this gap in knowledge, the authors devise a strategy to identify and characterize changes that an embryonic population of cells called the cranial neural crest undergo as they delaminate from the neuroepithelium and become a highly migratory population of mesenchymal cells that ultimately give rise to a broad range of derivatives.

      To isolate and study the neural crest, the authors use embryos collected at E8.5 from two transgenic mouse lines. Wnt1-Cre;RosaeYFP labels Wnt1-positive neuroepithelial cells in the dorsolateral neural plate, which includes pre-migratory neural crest that resides in the dorsal neuroectoderm and neural plate border before induction (as well as some other lineages). Mef2c-F10N-LacZ leverages a neural crest cell-specific enhancer of Mef2c to control LacZ expression in the predominantly migratory neural crest. This dual genetic approach that allows the authors to distinguish and compare pre-migratory and migratory neural crest cells is a strength of the work. However, one potential weakness needing to be addressed is that some workers (e.g., Lewis et al., 2013) have reported phenotypic effects of Wnt1-Cre transgene expression including ectopic Wnt pathway activation, abnormal neuroepithelial development, and increases in CyclinD1 expression and cell proliferation. The authors should discuss the extent to which the results of their study were or were not influenced by these potentially confounding effects, especially since Wnt canonical signaling is known to regulate the G1/S transition and promote delamination of the neural crest.

      To assay for the differential expression of genes involved in the EMT and migration of cranial neural crest, the authors perform single-cell RNA sequencing (scRNA-seq) using current methods. A strength is a large sample size per mouse line, and relatively high numbers of single cells analyzed. The authors identify six major cell/tissue types present in mouse E8.5 cranial tissues using known markers, which they then segregate into a cranial neural crest cluster using a well-reasoned bioinformatic strategy. The cranial neural crest cluster contains pre-migratory and migratory cells that they partition further into five subclusters and then characterize using the differential expression and combinatorial patterns of neural crest specifier genes, markers of pre-migratory neural crest, markers of early versus late migratory neural crest, markers of undifferentiated versus differentiated neural crest, tissue-specific markers, and region-specific markers. One weakness is that there is no attempt to map potential novel genes and/or pathways that also distinguish these clusters.

      The authors then go on to subdivide the five cranial neural crest subclusters into almost two dozen smaller subclusters, again using the combinatorial expression of known markers (e.g., neural crest genes, cell junction genes, and cell cycle genes). A weakness is that the marker analysis and accompanying interpretation of the results rely heavily on the purported roles of different genes as described in the published work of others, which potentially introduces some untested assumptions and a bit of hand-waving into the study. Moreover, the limited correlation between mRNA and protein abundance for cell cycle markers is well documented in the literature but the authors rely heavily on gene expression to determine cell cycle status. Even though the authors add a compelling Edu/pHH3 double-labeling experiment and cell cycle inhibition studies, the work would be strengthened by including some analysis of protein expression to see if the cell cycle correlations hold up. Nonetheless, the subcluster and cell cycle analyses lead the authors to conclude that there are a series of intermediate cell states between neural crest EMT and delamination, and that cell cycle regulation is a defining feature and necessary component of those states. These novel findings are generally well supported by the data.

      To test if there are spatiotemporal differences in the localization of neural crest cells during EMT in vivo, the authors apply a cutting-edge technique called signal amplification by exchange reaction for multiplexed fluorescent in situ hybridization (SABER-FISH), which they validate using standard in situ hybridization. The authors select specific marker genes that seem justified based on their scRNA-seq dataset, and they generate a series of convincing images and quantitative data that add valuable depth to the story.

      As a functional test of their hypothesis that one of the genes indicative of an EMT intermediate stage (i.e., Dlc1) is essential for neural crest migration, the authors use a lentivirus-mediated knockdown strategy. A strength is that the authors include appropriate scramble and cell death controls as part of their experimental design. However, a weakness is that the authors do not justify why they chose a knockdown strategy, which has its limitations including its systemic injection into the amniotic cavity, its likely global and more variable effects, and its need to be conducted in culture. Why the authors did not instead use a Wnt1-Cre-mediated deletion of Dlc1, which would have been "cleaner" and more specific to the neural crest, is not clear (maybe so they could specifically target different Dcl1 isoforms?). Also, the authors use Sox10 as a marker to count neural crest cells, but Sox10 may only label a subset of neural crest cells and thus some unaffected lineages may not have been counted. The authors should mention what is known about the regulation of Dcl1 by Sox10 in the neural crest. Although the data are persuasive, a second marker for counting neural crest cells following knockdown would make the analysis more robust. Can the authors explain why they did not simply use the Mef2c-F10N-LacZ line and count LacZ-positive cells (if fluorescence signal was required for the quantification workflow, then could they have used an anti-beta Galactosidase antibody to label cells)?

      Overall, this is a first-rate study with many more strengths than weaknesses. The authors generate high-quality data, and their interpretations are reasonable and balanced. Another strength is the writing, which is clear and well organized, and the figures (including supplemental), which are excellent and provide unambiguous visualization of some very complex data sets. The methods are state-of-the-art and are effectively executed, and they will be useful to the broader cell and developmental biology community. The work contains well-substantiated findings and supports the conclusion that EMT is a highly dynamic, multi-step process, which was previously thought to be more-or-less binary. Such findings will alter the way the field thinks about EMT in neural crest and the work will likely serve as an important example alongside cancer metastasis.

    4. Reviewer #3 (Public Review):

      Summary:<br /> Zhao et al. address the question of whether intermediate states of the epithelial-to-mesenchymal transition (EMT) exist in a natural developmental context as well as in cancer cells. This is important not only for our understanding of these developmental systems but also for their development as resources for new anti-cancer approaches. Guided by single-cell RNA sequencing analysis of delaminating mouse cranial neural crest cells, they identify two distinct populations with transcriptional signatures intermediate between neuroepithelial progenitors and migrating crest. Both clusters are intermediate spatially and actively cycling, with one in S-phase and one in G2/M. They show that blocking progression through S phase prior to the onset of delamination and knockdown of intermediate state marker Dlc1 both reduce the number of migratory cells that have completed EMT. Overall, the work provides a modern take and new insights into the classical developmental process of neural crest delamination.

      Strengths:<br /> • Deep analysis of the scRNAseq dataset revealed previously unappreciated cell populations intermediate between premigratory and migratory crest.<br /> • The observation that delaminating/intermediate neural crest cells appear to be in S or G2/M phase is interesting and worth reporting, though the ultimate significance remains unclear, given that they do not make distinct derivatives depending on their cycle state.<br /> • The authors employ new methods for multiplex spatial imaging to more accurately define their populations of interest and their relative positions.<br /> • The authors present evidence that intermediate state gene Dlc1 (a Rho GAP) is not just a marker but functionally required for neural crest delamination in mice, as previously shown in chicken.

      Weaknesses:<br /> • Similar experiments involving blockade of cell cycle progression and Dlc1 dose manipulation were previously performed in chick models, as noted in the discussion. The newly-defined intermediate states give added context to the results, but they are not entirely novel.<br /> • The putative intermediate cells differentially express mRNAs for genes involved in cell adhesion, polarity, and protrusion relative to bona fide premigratory cells (Fig. 2E). This is persuasive evidence, but only differentially expressed genes are shown. Discussing those markers that have not yet changed, e.g. Cdh1 or Zo1 (?), would be instructive and help to clarify the order of events.<br /> • It is unclear whether the two putative intermediate state clusters differ other than their stage of the cell cycle. Based on the trajectory analysis in Fig. 3C-D, the authors state that these two populations form simultaneously and independently but then merge into a single population. However, without further differential expression, it seems more plausible that they represent a single population that is temporarily bifurcated due to cell cycle asynchrony.<br /> • The authors do not present an in-depth comparison of these neural crest intermediate states to previously reported cancer intermediate states. This analysis would reveal how similar the signatures are and thus how extrapolatable these and future findings in delaminating neural crest are to different types of cancer.<br /> • Lines 265-289 (Fig. 4): The aphidicolin treatments appear to have been started before NC delamination begins in earnest, so the fact that there are any migratory SOX10+ neural crest in the treated embryos at all indicates that progression through S-phase is not explicitly required for delamination. The authors surmise that the successfully delaminated cells may instead have been in G2/M phase (perhaps representing cluster 10') already at the start of treatment and thus able to progress through EMT, while S phase intermediate and true premigratory cells were not. This is plausible. However, the reduction in SOX10+ cells may be in part or wholly attributable to inhibition of proliferation AFTER delamination. Showing that there are premigratory NCCs in G2/M at ~E8.0 would bolster the argument that this population is present from the earliest stages.

    1. eLife Assessment

      This important study demonstrates the use of the mammalian Musashi-1 (MSI-1) RNA-binding protein as a tool for regulating gene expression in Escherichia coli. The authors provide convincing evidence that MSI-1 functions as an effective repressor of translation, and that MSI-1 can be allosterically controlled by oleic acid. This work establishes MSI-1 as a potential tool for synthetic biology applications, and the system developed here can be used for mechanistic studies of MSI-1.

    2. Author Response

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Summary of the reviewers’ discussion:

      • The development of MSI-1 as a post-transcriptional regulator of gene expression in Escherichia coli represents a valuable addition to the synthetic biology toolkit. MSI-1 has advantages over transcriptional regulators because it has the potential to target single genes in operons. Allosteric control of MSI-1 by oleic acid increases its versatility.

      Authors’ response: We thank the reviewers and editor for this evaluation.

      • We recommend that authors add experiments to test the mechanism of regulation by MSI-1 or soften their claims about translational regulation. We also recommend that the authors expand their discussion of other natural and synthetic regulatory systems that target translation.

      Authors’ response: In this revision, we have added new experimental results from RT-qPCR, bulk fluorometry, and flow cytometry assays to further support our conclusions. We have also enlarged the Introduction and Discussion.

      • Adding an experiment to quantify the effect of oleic acid with the most strongly regulated reporter construct (i.e., flow cytometry with redesign-3) would substantially increase the impact of the work.

      Authors’ response: We have done this experimental quantification (see the new Fig. 5d).

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      The authors develop reporter constructs in E. coli where gene expression, presumably translation, is repressed by MSI-1. This is a potentially useful tool for synthetic biologists, with the advantage over transcriptional regulation that one gene in an operon could be targeted. That being said, an important caveat of translational regulation that is not addressed in the manuscript is the potential for downstream effects on RNA stability and/or transcription termination. The authors' MSI-1-regulated reporter constructs could also be useful for mechanistic studies of MSI-1.

      Authors’ response: We thank the reviewer for such appreciation of our work. Regarding the potential effects on RNA stability or transcription termination, we would like to highlight our results with the sfGFP-mScarlet bicistron (Fig. 6c), showing the specific regulation of sfGFP by MSI-1* and not of mScarlet. Anyway, for this revision we have conducted an RT-qPCR experiment to quantify the mRNA level of sfGFP to further support our conclusions (see the new Fig. S2).

      The author's initial construct design led to only weak regulation by MSI-1, presumably because the MSI-1 binding sites were not suitably positioned to repress translation initiation. A more rationally designed construct led to considerably greater repression. One weakness of the paper is that the authors did not use their redesigned construct that is more strongly repressed to demonstrate allosteric regulation by oleic acid using a comparable assay (e.g., flow cytometry) to that used in other experiments. The potential for allosteric regulation is a major strength of the MSI-1 system, so this is a significant gap. Similarly, the authors use the weakly regulated constructs to assess the effect of MSI-1 binding site mutations and for their mathematical modeling; these experiments would be better suited to the more strongly regulated construct.

      Authors’ response: For this revision, we have performed the flow cytometric quantification of the allosteric regulation by oleic acid in the redesigned-3 system (see the new Fig. 5d). Regarding the kinetic study, we focused on the reporter system with just one recognition motif for simplicity. A reporter system with two recognition motifs, thereby recruiting two different proteins, increases the complexity to distill the effect of point mutations.

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      1. Figure 5. Panels c-f look at colonies on plates, with numbers from these data being difficult to compare with either the bulk fluorescence or single-cell fluorescence values shown in other figures. Supplementary Figure 8 shows data for single cells; these data would be more appropriate in Figure 5, with the plate-based data moving to the supplement. Moreover, measuring the effect of oleic acid on the redesign-3 reporter using flow cytometry would assess the impact of oleic acid on the most strongly regulated reporter; this would be the most impactful analysis.

      Authors’ response: We have redone Fig. 5 to include flow cytometry data (also for the system implemented with the redesign-3 reporter).

      1. Paragraph starting line 438. The authors should briefly discuss the potential for translational repression leading to reduced RNA stability, and in the case of rapid repression that impacts transcription-coupled translation, its impact on Rho-dependent transcription termination. These factors could alter the expression of neighboring genes.

      Authors’ response: As we have shown with the RT-qPCR experiment, the mRNA level of the target gene does not change in response to protein binding. We agree that mRNA stability could potentially be changed by using other RNA-targeting proteins. But in our view, a reduction of RNA stability is not a regulation of translation. We have added the following sentence in the Discussion: “The additional use of RNA-binding proteins able to alter mRNA stability might lead to the implementation of more complex circuits at the posttranscriptional level.”

      1. Figure 1. It would be informative to include a control where cells have an empty plasmid rather than a plasmid expressing MSI-1, to address leakiness of MSI-1 expression.

      Authors’ response: We have constructed a void plasmid as suggested and performed new bulk fluorometry assays. The new Fig. S8 shows the tight control of MSI-1* expression with the PLlac promoter. No apparent leakage is observed.

      1. Line 132. Where were the two sequences positioned with respect to each other than the start codon? It would be helpful to show the sequence in Figure 1.

      Authors’ response: The precise sequence is shown in the inset of Fig. 1b. The motif is placed just after the start codon.

      1. Line 135. The authors envisioned repression mechanism isn't clear from the text, specifically the meaning of "block the progression" and "initial phase". As far as I know, there is no precedent for RNA-binding proteins repressing translation in bacteria by preventing translation elongation. Presumably, repression in the context described here would be due to MSI-1 binding over the ribosome-binding site, although the predicted hairpin may also occlude binding of initiating 30S ribosomes in the absence of MSI-1 binding.

      Authors’ response: It is difficult to know the exact mode of action. In page 7, we have rewritten a sentence to have: “In this way, MSI-1* can repress translation by blocking the binding of the ribosome, presumably by imposing a steric hindrance for the 30S ribosomal subunit.”

      1. Figure 1e is overly complicated and hence is difficult to interpret. The key result is that mScarlet expression is unchanged as a function of lactose concentration. It is sufficient to show the inset graph as a supplementary figure panel and to conclude that regulation of sfGFP is at a post-transcriptional level. Similarly, the inset in Figure 4b is unnecessary.

      Authors’ response: The inset of Fig. 1e shows that the growth rate of the cells is almost constant when lactose varies. A change in growth rate will affect protein expression. The use of a two-reporter system, one regulated translationally and the other not, is instrumental to extract from fluorescence data estimates of transcription and translation rates. Of course, showing that mScarlet expression is almost constant when lactose varies would be sufficient, but we believe that performing a fine treatment of the data helps to better understand the regulatory system from a mathematical and mechanistic point of view. Therefore, despite increasing the complexity of the figure, we prefer to keep the representation of the Crick spaces (following Alon’s terminology, see our ref. 32). We have tried to carefully explain Fig. 1e in the text.

      1. Figure 1f and Figure 4c would be easier to interpret as two-dimensional plots.

      Authors’ response: We decided to use 3D plots to have more compact representations of the data in the main figures. The accompanying insets show the percentage of cells above the threshold, which helps to understand the regulatory effects. In any case, we have provided the corresponding 2D plots in Fig. S10.

      1. I don't think Figure 2e is relevant. The key result is shown in Figure 2f, i.e., the effect of mutations on regulation by MSI-1.

      Authors’ response: We agree with the reviewer that the key result is shown in panel f. However, we prefer to keep panel e in Fig. 2 because, even if negative, this result may incite further research. In addition, we avoid the rearrangement of the whole figure.

      1. Lines 311-313. Without additional evidence that the mutants are toxic, I suggest removing this text.

      Authors’ response: As suggested, we have removed that claim.

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      Dolcemascolo and colleagues describe the use of the mammalian RNA-binding protein Musashi-1 (MSI-1) to implement translational regulation systems in E. coli. They perform detailed in vitro studies of MSI-1 and its binding to different RNA sequences. They provide compelling evidence of the effectiveness of the regulatory system in multiple circuits using different mRNA sequence motifs. They harness allosteric inhibition of MSI-1 by omega-9 monounsaturated fatty acids to demonstrate a fatty-acid-responsive circuit in E. coli.

      Strengths:

      The experimental results are compelling and the characterization of the binding between MSI-1 and different RNA sequences is thorough and performed via multiple complementary techniques. Several new useful circuit components are demonstrated.

      Authors’ response: We thank the reviewer for such appreciation of our work.

      Weaknesses:

      MSI-1 provides 8.6-fold downregulation of sfGFP with an optimized mRNA sequence. In some applications, a larger degree of repression may be required.

      Authors’ response: We agree with the reviewer in this point. We expect to conduct further research in the future to optimize the dynamic range of the system. We have added the following sentence in the Discussion: “Further work should be conducted to enhance the fold change of the regulatory module and engineer complex circuits with it.”

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      Overall, I think this paper is very well done and quite thorough. I only have minor suggestions:

      • For Figures 1f and 4c, it is quite hard to interpret the fraction of cells above the threshold with the 3d perspective. It would be clearer to use a more standard 2d plot where the histograms are offset along the y-axis and the threshold is indicated by a vertical line.

      Authors’ response: We decided to use 3D plots to have more compact representations of the data in the main figures. The accompanying insets show the percentage of cells above the threshold, which helps to understand the regulatory effects. In any case, we have provided the corresponding 2D plots in Fig. S10.

      • For Figure 4b, the highlighting of different sequence regions in red3 appears to be offset by one base (e.g. AAU is highlighted rather than AUG).

      Authors’ response: This has been corrected.

      • For line 504, it seems that MSI-1 is used for two different proteins. A different name should be assigned to this 200-residue protein to avoid confusion with the other MSI-1.

      Authors’ response: We now use the term MSI-1h* for the human version of the protein.

      • The note (Page S12) that A_0 + A_R = alpha/delta only applies in steady-state conditions, which should be stated.

      Authors’ response: We have specified that.

      • It seems that some authors work for the companies that sell some of the instruments/consumables used for the assays, specifically switchSENSE and LigandTracer. This may be something that should be declared under Competing Interests for the paper.

      Authors’ response: We are sorry for having missed this point. We have included a Competing Interests section to state that “RAHR and WFV work for Dynamic Biosensors. GPR and JB work for Ridgeview Instruments”.

      Reviewer #3 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      In this work, the authors co-opt the RRM-binding protein Musashi-1 to act as a translational repressor. The novelty of the work is in the adoption of the allosteric RRM protein Musashi-1 into a translational reporter and the demonstration that RRM proteins, which are ubiquitous in eukaryotic systems, but rare in prokaryotic ones, may act effectively as post-translational regulators in E. coli. The extent of repression achieved by the best design presented in this work is not substantially improved compared to other synthetic regulatory schemes developed for E. coli, even those that similarly regulate translation (eg. native PP7 repression is approximately 10-fold, Lim et al. J. Biol. Chem. 2001 276:22507-22513). Furthermore, the mechanism of regulation is not established due to missing key experiments. The work would be of broader interest if the allosteric properties of Musashi-1 were more effective in the context of regulation. Unfortunately, the authors do not demonstrate that fatty acids can completely de-repress expression in the experimental system used for most of their assays, nor do they use this ability in their provided application (NIMPLY gate).

      Authors’ response: For this revision, we have performed the flow cytometric quantification of the allosteric regulation by oleic acid in the redesigned-3 system, showing substantial de-repression of the system with the biochemical compound. We have redone Fig. 5 and modified the Results section accordingly. Aligned with the reviewers and editor, we believe that this new result helps to improve our manuscript.

      Strengths:

      The first major achievement of this work is the demonstration that a eukaryotic RRM protein may be used to posttranscriptionally regulate expression in bacteria. In my limited literature search, this appears to be the first engineering attempt to design an RBP to directly regulate translation in E. coli, although engineered control of translation via other approaches including alterations to RNA structure or via trans-acting sRNAs have been previously described (for review see Vigar and Wieden Biochim Biophys. Acta Gen. Subj. 2017, 1861:3060-3069). Additionally, several viral systems (e.g. MS2 and PP7) have been directly co-opted to work in a similar fashion in the past (utilized recently in Nguyen et al. ACS Synthetic Biol 2022, 11:1710-1718).

      Authors’ response: We thank the reviewer for such appreciation of our work.

      The second achievement of this work is the demonstration that the allosteric regulation of Musashi-1 binding can be utilized to modulate the regulatory activity. However, the liquid culture demonstration (Suppl. Fig 8) shows that this is not a very effective switch, with de-repressed reporter activity showing substantial change but not approaching un-repressed activity. This effect is stronger when colonies are grown on a solid medium (Fig. 5).

      Authors’ response: As we have previously indicated, the flow cytometric quantification of the allosteric regulation by oleic acid in the redesigned-3 system in liquid culture showed substantial de-repression with the biochemical compound. It is now stated in the text the following: “Nevertheless, the system implemented with the redesign-3 reporter displayed a better dynamic behavior in response to lactose and oleic acid. In particular, the percentage of cells in the ON state increased from 0 (with 1 mM lactose) to 71% upon addition of 20 mM oleic acid (Fig. 5d).” This new result helps to improve our manuscript.

      Weaknesses:

      In this work, the authors codon optimize the mouse Musashi-1 coding sequence for expression in E. coli and demonstrate using an sfGFP reporter that an engineered Musashi-1 binding site near the translational start site is sufficient to enable a modest reduction in reporter gene expression. The authors postulate that the reduction in expression due to inhibition of ribosome translocation along the transcript (lines 134/135), as an expression of a control transcript (mScarlet) driven by the same promoter (Plac) but without the Musashi-1 recognition site does not demonstrate the same repression. However, the situation could be more complex. Other possibilities include inhibition of translation initiation rather than elongation, as well as accelerated mRNA decay of transcripts that are not actively translated. The authors do not present any measurements of sfGFP mRNA levels.

      Authors’ response: In page 7, we have rewritten a sentence to have: “In this way, MSI-1* can repress translation by blocking the binding of the ribosome, presumably by imposing a steric hindrance for the 30S ribosomal subunit.” In addition, for this revision we have conducted an RT-qPCR experiment to quantify the mRNA level of sfGFP to further support our conclusions (see the new Fig. S2). As shown, there is no change in the mRNA level upon inducing the system with lactose.

      In subsequent sections of the work, the authors create a series of point mutations to assess RNA-protein binding and assess these via both a sfGFP reporter and in vitro binding assays (switchSENSE). Ultimately, it is difficult to fully rationalize and interpret the behavior of these mutants in the context provided. The authors do identify a relationship between equilibrium constant (1/KD) and fold-repression. However, it is not clear from the narrative why this relationship should exist. Fold-repression is one measure of regulator efficacy, but it is an indirect measure determined from unrepressed and repressed expression. It is not clear why unrepressed expression (in the absence of the protein) is expected to be a function of the equilibrium constant.

      Authors’ response: A mathematical derivation from mass action kinetics on why the fold change scales with 1/KD is provided in Note S2. It is the ratio between the unrepressed and repressed expression (i.e., fold change) what scales with 1/KD, but not the expression of a particular state. This kind of relationship has been previously established in the case of transcription regulation [see e.g. Garcia & Phillips, PNAS (2011), our ref. 39]. Our mathematical modeling results expand previous work by providing a single picture from which to analyze transcription and translation regulation.

      Subsequent rational redesign of the Musashi-1 binding sequence to produce three alternative designs shows that fold-repression may be improved to approximately 8.6-fold. However, the rationalization of why the best design (red3) achieves this increase based on either the extensive modelling or in vitro measured binding constants is not well articulated. Furthermore, this extent of regulation is approximately that which can be achieved from the PP7 system with its native components (Lim et al. J. Biol. Chem. 2001 276:22507-22513).

      Authors’ response: In the case of translation control, the regulation is more challenging because the target is quickly degraded, especially in bacteria (in contrast to transcription control, where the target is stable). This is acknowledged in the manuscript. Even though, it is possible to engineer synthetic circuits with sRNAs or RNA-binding proteins with sufficient dynamic range. We expect to conduct further research in the future to optimize the dynamic range of the system. We have added the following sentence in the Discussion: “Further work should be conducted to enhance the fold change of the regulatory module and engineer complex circuits with it.” Regarding the articulation of the results for the mutants and mathematical model, see our responses in the following questions.

      The application provided for this regulator (NIMPLY gate), is not an inherently novel regulatory paradigm, and it does not capitalize on the allosteric properties of Musashi-1, but rather treats Musashi-1 as a non-allosteric component of a regulatory circuit.

      Authors’ response: The NIMPLY gate refers to lactose and aTC as inputs. Considering oleic acid as an additional input will lead to a more complex logic. In the last Results section, we wanted to show that the post-transcriptional mechanism engineered with Musashi-1 can be useful specifically regulate a gene within an operon, to implement combinatorial regulation (i.e., coupling transcription and translation control), and to reduce protein expression noise. To these ends, the allosteric ability of the Musashi-1 was not so determinant. In this regard, it would be true that such fine regulatory effects might be achieved as well with non-allosteric RNA-binding proteins, such as MS2CP or PP7CP.

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      1. In the introduction the authors should adequately address the native bacterial mechanisms that allow posttranscriptional regulation in bacteria as well as better discuss previous examples of translational repressors.

      Authors’ response: We have added the following paragraph in the Introduction: “Even though bacteria do not appear to exploit proteins to regulate translation in a gene-specific manner, it is worth noting that some bacteriophages do follow this mechanism to modulate their infection cycle. These are the cases, e.g., of the coat proteins of the phages MS2 (infecting Escherichia coli) or PP7 (infecting Pseudomonas aeruginosa), which regulate the expression of the cognate phage replicases through protein-RNA interactions [18]. However, one limitation for synthetic biology developments is that such phage proteins are not allosteric. At the post-transcriptional level, bacteria mostly rely on a large palette of cis- and trans-acting non-coding RNAs to either activate or repress protein expression, resulting in the regulation of translation initiation, mRNA stability, or transcription termination, and even allowing sensing small molecules [1,15]. Thus, there should be efforts to replicate this functional versatility with proteins in bacteria.”

      1. Given the location of the Musashi-1 binding site in the sfGFP reporter, it may be blocking translation initiation, rather than blocking the progression of the ribosome once attached (line 134/135). The schematic in Fig 1a. is also not overly clear in describing the differences in mechanisms between eukaryotic and prokaryotic systems described in the text.

      Authors’ response: In page 7, we have rewritten a sentence to have: “In this way, MSI-1 can repress translation by blocking the binding of the ribosome, presumably by imposing a steric hindrance for the 30S ribosomal subunit.” In page 14, we have added the following sentence: “In this way, MSI-1 can also block the RNA component of the 30S ribosomal subunit.”

      1. The authors did not directly examine mRNA levels of their reporter to establish translational regulation. In many cases, inhibition of translation is accompanied by an increased degradation rate in bacterial systems. The authors do not seem to recognize this as a possible amplifier in their system, relying exclusively on normalization via another transcript produced from the same promoter (mScarlet).

      Authors’ response: For this revision we have conducted an RT-qPCR experiment to quantify the mRNA level of sfGFP to further support our conclusions (see the new Fig. S2). As shown, there is no change in the mRNA level upon inducing the system with lactose.

      1. The results presented for mutations 1-5 are not consistent with the author's models for what is occurring. In particular, mutant 1 displays a reduction in reporter production in the absence of Musashi-1, but the production in the presence does not change from the unaltered sequence. The claim that mutation 1 (in the UAG binding site) results in less binding and ultimately in less regulation is not substantiated since this loss of regulation is due to a reduction in unrepressed expression rather than an increase in expression when Musashi-1 is present.

      Authors’ response: We respectfully disagree with this appreciation. In the case of mutant 1, if the Musashi protein recognized the target mRNA with the same affinity as in the original scenario, the red bar would be much lower. Because the Musashi protein hardly recognizes the mutant-1 mRNA, the blue and red bars are quite similar. To clarify this point, we have added the following text in the manuscript: “Despite that mutation substantially reduced sfGFP expression in absence of MSI-1*, the presumed repressed state upon addition of lactose did not change much, suggesting the difficulty of the protein for targeting the mutated mRNA.”

      1. Given point 5 above, it is not clear to me why one would expect the 1/KD to be predictive fold-repression in the presence and absence of the repressor. I would rather see the relationship described as predictive in Fig. 2f (fold change vs. 1/KD) rather than the non-linear relationship. It is difficult to qualitatively evaluate the fit quality with the way the data are currently presented.

      Authors’ response: Note S2 provides a mathematical derivation from mass action kinetics on why the fold change scales with 1/KD. The R2 value that we provide for the fitting corresponds to the linear regression between fold and 1/KD, as specified in the figure legend. However, we think that the representation of fold vs. KD in log scale is more illustrative in this case.

      1. It is not clear what conclusion is determined from the computational modeling, or how this work contributes to the narrative presented. It does not seem like what is learned from these experiments is utilized for novel designs. Furthermore, several of the assumptions within the model may be problematic including the high rate of "elongation leakage" described and the lack of justification for RNA degradation rates utilized.

      Authors’ response: The mathematical modeling was performed to rationalize our experimental data. Our idea was more to recapitulate the observed dynamics than to guide the design of new systems. Our model might be exploited to this end in further research, as the reviewer suggests. Besides, elongation leakage is a concept that applies to both transcription and translation regulation systems, and it is not more than the ability of the RNA polymerase or ribosome to elongate even if there is a protein bound to the nucleic acid. This parameter can be set to 0 in the model if appropriate. Moreover, we cite the paper by Bernstein et al., PNAS (2002), our ref. 38, to justify that in E. coli the average mRNA half-life is about 5 min (i.e., degradation rate of 0.14 min-1).

      1. The data presented in Figure 4 are not presented in a consistent way. While it would be somewhat redundant, including the 0 and 1 mM lactose data for red3 in Figure 4a would be helpful for comparison purposes.

      Authors’ response: We have added the requested bar plot in Fig. 4a.

      1. The presence of additional Musashi-1 sites upstream of the start codon in red3, and their impact on impact on the fold-repression may support an inhibition of the translation initiation model rather than an inhibition of elongation.

      Authors’ response: In page 7, we have rewritten a sentence to have: “In this way, MSI-1 can repress translation by blocking the binding of the ribosome, presumably by imposing a steric hindrance for the 30S ribosomal subunit.” In page 14, we have added the following sentence: “In this way, MSI-1 can also block the RNA component of the 30S ribosomal subunit.”

    3. Joint Public Review:

      The authors develop reporter constructs in E. coli that are repressed by the mammalian Musashi-1 (MSI-1) RNA-binding protein. Using a set of rigorously controlled experiments, the authors convincingly show that MSI-1 can be directed to control translation, and that translational control by MSI-1 can be modulated allosterically by oleic acid. This is a potentially useful tool for synthetic biologists, with the advantage over transcriptional regulation that one gene in an operon could be targeted. The authors' MSI-1-regulated reporter constructs could also be useful for mechanistic studies of MSI-1.

      The authors initial construct design led to only weak regulation by MSI-1, presumably because the MSI-1 binding sites were not suitably positioned to repress translation initiation. A more rationally designed construct led to considerably greater repression. A minor weakness of the paper is that the authors used their initial, weakly regulated construct to assess the effect of MSI-1 binding site mutations and for their mathematical modeling; these experiments would be better suited to the more strongly regulated construct.

    1. eLife assessment

      The authors used an appropriate micro-engineered experimental model of angiogenesis coupled to mathematical model to study the early steps of the angiogenic sprouting. To this end, the authors developed a convincing model to predict how VEGF activates Delta-Notch signaling. The work affords important new insight into the complex processes involved in the onset of angiogenesis.

    2. Author Response

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      1. A more thorough analysis of transition boundaries between different types of patterns would further strengthen the conclusions.

      We agree that the transition between different patterning regimes should be discussed more quantitatively in the manuscript. Specifically, we identified a highly sensitive parameter range where the disorder in the patterns rapidly increases as a function of the VEGF stimulus. We have improved our discussion of the transition between ‘orderedlike’ patterns and ‘disordered-like’ patterns in the main text as follows: “At relatively low VEGF levels, the patterns were mostly ordered, with small deviations from the expected ‘salt and paper’ geometry with a 25%-75% ratio of TipStalk (Fig. 2D). However, as the VEGF input increased, the fraction of Tips grew and the patterns became sharply more disordered over a relatively narrow range of magnitude of the VEGF input, which could be identified as a highly sensitive area separating more ‘ordered-like’ and ‘disordered-like’ patterns. Finally, increasing VEGF stimuli beyond the highly sensitive area further increased the disorder of the patterns, but with a lower VEGF sensitivity, over several more orders of magnitude of VEGF inputs”.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      Please refer to the Public Comments above for a broad review. Below, I provide specific concerns that could be addressed.

      Main comments

      1. Is the salt-and-pepper model observed for the case when there is no VEGF in the experiments? It would be good to confirm the same. If not, the analysis presented in Fig. 3 could be performed for this case and used as a baseline while referring to the data in Fig. 3.

      We thank the referee for the interesting suggestion. The pattern predicted by the model is not strictly salt-and-pepper in absence of VEGF, but the disorder quantified in terms of “incorrect” contacts between Tip cells is considerably lower (see for example the disorder quantification in supplementary figure 1C). We have included the Tip-Tip contact statistics for a case of VEGF=1 ng/ml (100-fold lower that the level used in Fig. 3 compare between model and experiment). In this case, there is clearly more spacing between Tip cells, thus demonstrating how high VEGF stimuli increase the probability of contacts between Tip cells. In the main text, we commented: “As a baseline comparison, the mathematical model with a 100-fold reduction of VEGF stimulus (1 ng/ml) exhibited a Tip-Tip distance statistics more closely comparable with the ‘salt-and-pepper’ model”.

      1. The authors mention in the Discussion (end of pg. 7) that ...a low level of exogeneous VEGF is essential to induce Delta-NOTCH signalling.. However, in the standard NOTCH signalling (Boareto et al.), we can get the salt-and-pepper pattern without any VEGF. Am I missing something? The authors may want to take a re-look.

      We appreciate the referee’s understanding of the mathematical model. The model used here still exhibits a bistable behavior between the low-Delta and high-Delta cell states even in the absence of VEGF input, as seen for example in the cell state distribution of Fig. 2B, and in agreement with the original model by Boareto et al. This behavior is reflective of the more general applicability of the model, as it describes Delta-NOTCH interactions in various systems. For endothelial cells, VEGF is indeed required to trigger this interaction, but this was not the primary focus of the paper, hence the original model was used. In the text referred to by the reviewer, we are discussing the role,of VEGF based in its known biological effects as well as modeling results. We anticipate that the future further adaptation of the model to,endothelial cells will refine its description of of cell interactions in the absence of VEGF.

      1. The size of cells (or spacing between cell nuclei) is highly variable (Fig. 3). Since it is known that the size of cell-cell junctions influences signalling, it would good to at least comment on the same, considering that the model in the paper consists of regular static hexagons. Similarly, it seems desirable to comment on expressing the distance between Tip cells (Fig. 3) in cell length units, when the cell lengths are so variable.

      We concur with the suggestion that our consideration of the cell-cell contact size in NOTCH signaling should be clarified in the manuscript.

      Sprinzak et al. reported in their 2017 article published in Developmental Cell that the cell-cell contact area does influence NOTCH Signaling. In this article, they found that NOTCH trans-endocytosis (TEC) for pairs with a larger contact width (25µm) is up to five times higher than for pairs with a smaller contact (2.5µm), as observed through the two-cell TEC assay. While TEC correlates with contact width across a range from 1 to 40µm, the values fluctuate significantly in the middle range, particularly when excluding extremely low cell-cell contact areas.

      In our experiments, we observed that the cell-cell contact area ranges from essentially infinitesimal corner-to-corner contact to roughly 50µm. We excluded the corner contacts, which might correspond to extremely low cell-cell contact areas, from the Tip-Tip distance measurements as depicted in Fig. 3B. We also made the assumption that variations in cell-cell contact size within tens of microns correlate weakly with the strength of NOTCH signaling. This assumption did not impede our effort to compare the overall trends with results from modeling using hexagonal cells, as shown in Figs 6 D&E. We have included this comment and the corresponding reference to elucidate our assumption in the results as follows: In our experiments, the observed cell-cell contact area varied, spanning from very low (cell corner-to-corner contact) up to approximately 50µm. Previous studies(14, 15) have clearly demonstrated the influence of the cell-cell contact area on NOTCH Signaling, but the values get nosy in the middle range, particularly when excluding extremely low cell-cell contact areas. Reflecting these findings, we excluded the corner contacts, which might correspond to extremely low cell-cell contact areas, from the Tip-Tip distance measurements as depicted in Fig. 3B. We also made an assumption that variations in cell-cell contact size within tens of microns correlate weakly with the strength of NOTCH signaling. This assumption did not impede our effort to compare the overall trends with results from modeling using hexagonal cells, as shown in Figs 3 D&E.

      1. The results presented in Fig. 6J are quite striking. However, the number of samples N = 10 and N = 11 seem somewhat low. How does one justify that the findings are not influenced by low number fluctuations?

      We acknowledge the reviewer's concerns regarding potential biases stemming from a limited number of samples. The analysis presented in Fig. 6J was specifically designed to complement and support the findings in Fig. 6H. In this context, the counts of sprout and mini-sprout dots correspond to the number of instances "including a sprout" and "including a mini-sprout."

      While the counts of sprouts and mini-sprouts in Fig. 6H might seem limited as highlighted by the reviewer, the statistical difference between the two groups was found to be significant. Nevertheless, we expanded our regions of interest to encompass neighboring cells, based on the rationale that the local environment might have closely interacting and similar features. The sample sizes in Figure 6J, represented as N=10 and N=11, equate to an examination of 70 cells and 77 cells, respectively. For instance, in the category "including a sprout," five out of ten groups indicated that all seven neighboring cells in a group exhibited fibronectin levels exceeding a given threshold, translating to 35 cells with fibronectin levels above this threshold. Given that the observed trends in distribution were consistently reasonable across the examinations of both 70 and 77 cells, we would like to state that we are confident in our results.

      1. It is written towards the end on pg. 5 that ... although all sprouts indeed formed from mini-sprouts, not all .... However, as can be seen from Fig. 4O, Sprouts can also be generated from Stalk cells. This should be corrected.

      Thank you for highlighting the discrepancy between our statement on page 5 and the observations in Fig. 4O. While all sprouts undergo a mini-sprout phase, the transition from Stalk to mini-sprout is not always be observed due to the limitations of our observational timeframe. We acknowledge this oversight and adjusted our statement to clarify that sprouts appearing to form directly from Stalks likely passed through an unobserved intermediate mini-sprout stage as follows: We found that all sprouts formed either directly from Stalks or from mini-sprouts, suggesting a non-observed transition from Stalk to mini-sprout due to observational timeframe limitations. Strikingly, however, not all minisprouts persisted and initiated sprout formation.

      1. No solid blue bars are shown in Fig. S2A as mentioned in the caption. Kindly correct.

      We apologize for the mistake. We have corrected the figure to show the blue bars depicting the experimental measurements for sprout distance probability.

      1. How are the high-Delta cells or high-NOTCH cells decided in experiments or simulations? Does it happen that Delta and NOTCH levels are comparable? In that case, what is done? This point could be clarified in the main manuscript or Materials and Methods.

      We agree with the reviewer that Tip cell definition should be clarified. In the model, we define a threshold level for cellular Delta to distinguish Tip and Stalk cells, which is now explained in the Methods section “Definition of Tip cells in the model”. As elaborated in the new section, Delta and NOTCH levels are never comparable due to the circuit’s bistable behavior. In experiments, Tip cells based on their key phenotypic characteristic — invasive migration into the surrounding collagen matrix rather than Delta or NOTCH levels. The details can be found in “Precise quantification of Tip cell spatial arrangement suggests disordered patterning in the engineered angiogenesis model” section and Figure 3A.

      Minor comments

      There are a good number of typos in the paper. The manuscript should be carefully checked and corrected for the same. Below, I provide a few instances.

      1. In the abstract towards the end, it should be "understanding" instead of "understating"

      2. On pg. 5, just before the beginning of the last paragraph, there is a typo "parodied" which should most likely be "provided"

      3. First paragraph on pg. 6 typo "spouts" instead of "Sprouts"

      4. Second paragraph on pg. 6, correctly write "testS"

      5. Near the beginning of pg. 8, should be "C. elegans" instead of "C. elegance"

      6. Figure 1 caption, towards the end, should be "Stalk" instead of "Salk"

      We sincerely appreciate your keen attention to detail. we have thoroughly reviewed the manuscript and made the necessary corrections, including those that you have highlighted.

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      Major concern:

      The authors should discuss in more detail how their work can be used for a better understanding of the angiogenesis process in physiological conditions and in pathological conditions such as post-ischemic revascularization or tumor vascularization.

      We have included comments and the corresponding references to clarify the aspect the reviewer suggested: The results in this study can further inform our understanding of angiogenesis in physiological and pathophysiological conditions. In particular, in many circumstances, the levels of VEGF is determined by the degree of hypoxia, which can be highly elevated following oxygen supply interruption, e.g., in wound healing or ischemia, or due to progression of neoplastic growth. Our results suggest that in these cases, formation of sprouts can be dysregulated due to higher incidences of co-localizations of prospective Tip cells. In addition, since these conditions are frequently accompanied by altered synthesis of ECM, the sprout density can increase, which may lead to formation of denser and less developed vascular beds frequently observed as a result of tumor angiogenesis(42, 43). Our results thus suggest that the disorder and higher plasticity of the endothelial cell fate speciation at higher VEGF inputs can be a key contributor to some pathological states associated with persistently hypoxic conditions.

    3. Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      In this manuscript, the goal of the authors is to understand the process of mature sprout formation from mini-sprouts to develop new blood vessels during angiogenesis. For this, they use their earlier experimental setup of engineered blood vessels in combination with a modified spatio-temporal model for Notch signalling. The authors first study the role of VEGF on Tip (Delta-rich) and Stalk (Notch-rich) patterning. The Tip cells are further examined for their space-time dynamics as Mini-sprouts and mature Sprouts. The Notch signalling model is later supplemented with a phenomenological _random uniform model_ for Sprout selection as a plausible mechanism for Sprout formation from Mini-Sprouts. Finally, the authors look into the role of fibronectin in the Sprout formation process. Overall, the authors propose that VEGF interacts with Notch signalling in blood vessels to generate spatially disordered and co-localized Tip cells. VEGF and fibronectin then provide external cues to dynamically modulate mature Sprout formation from Mini-Sprouts that could control the location and density of developing blood vessels with a process that is consistent with a Turing-like mechanism.

      Strengths and Weaknesses

      In this manuscript, work motivation, problem definition, experimental procedures, analysis techniques, mathematical methods (including the parameters), and findings are all presented quite clearly. Moreover, the authors carefully indicate whenever they make any assumptions, and do not mix unproven hypothesis with deduced or known facts. The experimental techniques and most of the mathematical methods used in this paper are borrowed from the earlier works of the corresponding authors, and thus are not completely novel. However, the use of these ideas to provide a simple elucidation of the role of VEGF and fibronectin in Sprout formation, in an otherwise complex system, is very interesting and useful. Some of the data analysis methods presented in the paper - (i) quantification of Tip spatial patterns (Fig. 3) and (ii) Sprout temporal dynamics using Sankey diagram (Fig. 4) - seem quite novel to me in the context of Notch signalling literature. Similarly, the authors also provide a new mechanism (VEGF) to obtain disordered Delta-Notch patterning without explicitly including _noise_ in the system (Fig. 2 and Fig. S1). The authors also systematically quantify the statistics of spacing between the Sprouts and show that the Sprouts have a tendency to be away from each other, something that they could also partially recapitulate by additionally including a novel _random uniform model_ for Sprout selection (Fig. 5). Although the association between fibronectin and angiogenesis is known in the literature, in this manuscript, the authors could clearly demonstrate that fibronectin is present in high and low levels, respectively, around Sprouts and Mini-sprouts (Fig. 6). A combination of these findings could then motivate the authors to hypothesize, as mentioned above, a Turing-like mechanism for Sprout formation, something that I find interesting.

      Although I find the relative simplicity of the experimental system and theoretical model and the clear findings they generate appealing, some aspects raise a few questions. The authors experimentally find 20 +- 0.08 percent of Tip cells in the model blood-vessels that is consistent with the salt-and-pepper pattern seen in Notch signalling model (~25 %). However, it is not clear to me if the reverse is true, i.e., 25% of Tip cells automatically imply a salt-and-pepper pattern - the authors do not seem to provide a direct experimental evidence. Furthermore, the authors use their Notch signalling model on a regular hexagonal lattice, but there is a large variability in the cell sizes (Fig. 3) in the experimental system. Since it is observed in the literature that signalling depends on the contact area between the neighbouring cells, it is not clear how that would affect the findings presented in this paper. Similarly, since some of the cells are quite small compared to the others, I worry how appropriate it is to express the distance between the Tip cells in terms of _cell numbers_ (Fig. 3). Regarding Sprout classification, as per Table 1, a bridge of two cells is formed as per early-stage-I mechanism for Sprout. On the other hand, the entire data interpretation of experiments seems to be based on early Stage II and matured stage in that same table (also Figs. 3 and 4) in which only one Tip cell seems to be counted per mature Sprout. However, if some Sprouts are formed via early stage-I mechanism, a projection in 2D for analysis would give a count of __two__ adjacent Tip cells, but corresponding to a __single__ Sprout. It could be possible that the presence of such two-cell Sprouts affects the statistics of inter-Sprout distances (Fig. 5). Finally, I find the proposed mechanism of Sprout formation dynamics to be somewhat unsatisfactory. Other than the experimental evidence regarding the spacing of Sprouts and the fibronectin levels around Sprouts and Mini-sprouts (Figs. 4 and 5), there is very little evidence to support the hypothesis about a Turing-like mechanism for Sprouting. Moreover, it seems to me that Turing patterns can appear in a wide variety of settings and could be applied to the current problem in an abstract manner without making any meaningful connections with the system variables. Also, from a modeling point of view, cell migration and mechanics, are expected to take a major part in Sprout formation, while cell division and inclusion would most likely influence Tip-Stalk cell formation. However, it seems that in the present work, these effects are coarse-grained into Notch signalling parameters and the Sprout selection model, thus making any experimental connection quite vague.

      Overall Assessment

      I feel that the authors, on the whole, do achieve their main goals. Although I have a few concerns that I have raised above, overall, I find the work presented in this manuscript to be a solid addition to the broad field of collective cell dynamics. The authors use well established experimental and mathematical methods while adding a few novel analysis techniques and modeling ideas to provide a compelling, albeit incomplete, picture of Sprout formation during angiogenesis. While the direct application of this work in the context of angiogenesis is obvious, the broad set of ideas and techniques (discussed above) in this work would also be useful to researchers who work on Notch signalling in morphogenesis, collective cell migration, and epithelial-mesenchymal-transition.

    4. Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      The authors succeeded in establishing experimental and mathematical models for the formation of new blood vessels. The experimental model relies on temporal imaging of multilcellular projections and lumen formation from a single blood vessel embedded in an engineered extracellular matrix. The mathematical model combines both discrete and continuum elements. It would be helpful to understand how the authors came up with phenotypic classes for analyzing their live imaging data. On the modeling side, it would be useful to see whether the claims about Turing patterns could be supported by either a mean-field model or a more thorough parametric analysis of the discreet continuum model. The authors did a good job in comparing their VEGF/Notch mechanism to the EGF/Notch vulval patterning mechanism in C. elegans. The authors might want to look into the literature from studies of the tracheal patterning system in Drosophila when the combined actions of the FGF and Notch signaling specify tip and stalk cells. The similarities are quite striking and are worth noting.

    1. Author Response:

      Update, January 11, 2024:

      During the course of our careful revising of the paper, we discovered an inconsistency in the way we presented data for figures 5 and 6. Specifically, we used optogenetics to induce ataxia in mice. However, "ataxia", as a phenotype, can be initiated by a spectrum of cell dysfunctions as revealed by previous studies. We systematically explored this with optogenetics in this current work. Our error is that we presented one stimulation paradigm to show ataxic cell firing (2 ms on / 11 ms off square wave) and then presented a slightly different paradigm to show ataxic animal behavior (10 ms on / 10 ms off square wave). We note that our ataxia paradigms do not affect the outcomes of the dystonia and tremor stimulations. Importantly, the choice of ataxia paradigm does not change the conclusions of the paper. Regardless, for clarity we are actively working to make the stimulation parameters that we present consistent between figures 5 and 6.

      October 10, 2023:

      We would like to thank all three reviewers for providing excellent suggestions that will enable us to strengthen our manuscript and enhance the impact of our findings. We plan on addressing the comments by altering the text, providing additional data, revising the figures as requested, and most importantly by providing an improved classifier model. Where relevant, we will also provide the reviewers with a response to specific questions that they raised. We will respond to the reviewer’s comments in a point-by-point manner when we submit a revised manuscript. Below, we include an outline of the main points that we intend to address.

      Although we will respond in full to all comments and suggestions in the revised documents, here we outline only the major areas in order provide context for our revisions. 1) The major point of concern raised by the reviewers is the strength of the classifier model. We agree with the reviewers that we should put forward the strongest model possible as this forms a core component of our paper. We are planning on retraining our model using the suggestions put forward by the reviewers in the public and author-directed comments. Importantly, given the healthy discussion about our model, our revised manuscript will now also include additional clarification about the choice of the model architecture and limitations of our data structure. Based on the reviewers’ comments, we will include a brief discussion about possible future ways of improving the model. 2) We will provide additional figures and updated figure panels to reflect the new data analyses. Ultimately, we agree that the major strength of our manuscript lies within the many mouse models tested and validation of the classification in different genetic, pharmacological, and optogenetic mouse models, a point raised by all three reviewers. We are confident that the revised images will reflect these strengths. 3) In addition to improving our classifier model, we are planning on making textual changes to clarify several parts of the text and propose a new title that better reflects the data put forth in our manuscript. 4) There are several minor but important comments that were raised by all three reviewers. We will also incorporate these changes as suggested.

    1. eLife assessment

      This valuable paper examines the Bithorax complex in several butterfly species, in which the complex is contiguous and not split, as it is in the well-studied fruit fly Drosophila. Based on genetic screens and genetic manipulations of a boundary element involved in segment-specific regulation of Ubx, the authors provide convincing evidence for their conclusions, which could be strengthened by additional data and analyses in the future. The data presented are relevant for those interested in the evolution and function of Hox genes and of gene regulation in general.

    1. eLife assessment

      This study presents an important tool for tracking the connectivity of neurons in mouse and potentially other mammals using a combined approach of barcoded rabies virus libraries and spatial transcriptomics. The data supporting the technique are convincing, the validation against known anatomical knowledge is rigorous, and the authors advance the techniques by combing them in vivo. Overall, this is a very good paper describing a technique for tracking neural circuits.

    2. Author Response

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      eLife assessment

      This important study combines genetically barcoded rabies viruses with spatial transcriptomics in vivo in the mouse brain to decode connectivity of neural circuits. The data generated by the combination of these approaches in this new way is mostly convincing as the authors provide validation and proof-of-concept that the approach can be successful. While this new combination of established techniques has promise for elucidating brain connectivity, there are still some nuances and caveats to the interpretations of the results that are lacking especially with regards to noting unexpected barcodes either due to unexpected/novel connections or unexpected rabies spread.

      In this revised manuscript, we added a new control experiment and additional analyses to address two main questions from the reviewers: (1) How the threshold of glycoprotein transcript counts used to identify source cells was determined, and (2) whether the limited long-range labeling was expected in the trans-synaptic experiment. The new experiments and analyses validated the distribution of source cells and presynaptic cells observed in the original barcoded transsynaptic tracing experiment and validated the choice of the threshold of glycoprotein transcripts. As the reviewers suggested, we also included additional discussion on how future experiments can improve upon this study, including strategies to improve source cell survival and minimizing viral infection caused by leaky expression of TVA. We also provided additional clarification on the analyses for both the retrograde labeling experiment and the trans-synaptic tracing experiment. We modified the Results and Discussion sections on the trans-synaptic tracing experiment to improve clarity to general readers. Detailed changes to address specific comments by reviewers are included below.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      In this preprint, Zhang et al. describe a new tool for mapping the connectivity of mouse neurons. Essentially, the tool leverages the known peculiar infection capabilities of Rabies virus: once injected into a specific site in the brain, this virus has the capability to "walk upstream" the neural circuits, both within cells and across cells: on one hand, the virus can enter from a nerve terminal and infect retrogradely the cell body of the same cell (retrograde transport). On the other hand, the virus can also spread to the presynaptic partners of the initial target cells, via retrograde viral transmission.

      Similarly to previously published approaches with other viruses, the authors engineer a complex library of viral variants, each carrying a unique sequence ('barcode'), so they can uniquely label and distinguish independent infection events and their specific presynaptic connections, and show that it is possible to read these barcodes in-situ, producing spatial connectivity maps. They also show that it is possible to read these barcodes together with endogenous mRNAs, and that this allows spatial mapping of cell types together with anatomical connectivity.

      The main novelty of this work lies in the combined use of rabies virus for retrograde labeling together with barcoding and in-situ readout. Previous studies had used rabies virus for retrograde labeling, albeit with low multiplexing capabilities, so only a handful of circuits could be traced at the same time. Other studies had instead used barcoded viral libraries for connectivity mapping, but mostly focused on the use of different viruses for labeling individual projections (anterograde tracing) and never used a retrograde-infective virus.

      The authors creatively merge these two bits of technology into a powerful genetic tool, and extensively and convincingly validate its performance against known anatomical knowledge. The authors also do a very good job at highlighting and discussing potential points of failure in the methods.

      We thank the reviewer for the enthusiastic comments.

      Unresolved questions, which more broadly affect also other viral-labeling methods, are for example how to deal with uneven tropism (ie. if the virus is unable or inefficient in infecting some specific parts of the brain), or how to prevent the cytotoxicity induced by the high levels of viral replication and expression, which will tend to produce "no source networks", neural circuits whose initial cell can't be identified because it's dead. This last point is particularly relevant for in-situ based approaches: while high expression levels are desirable for the particular barcode detection chemistry the authors chose to use (gap-filling), they are also potentially detrimental for cell survival, and risk producing extensive cell death (which indeed the authors single out as a detectable pitfall in their analysis). This is likely to be one of the major optimisation challenges for future implementations of these types of barcoding approaches.

      As the reviewer suggested, we included additional discussion about tropism and cytotoxicity in the revised Discussion. Our sensitivity for barcode detection is sufficient, since we estimated (based on manual proofreading) that most barcoded neurons had more than ten counts of a barcode in the trans-synaptic tracing experiment. The high sensitivity may potentially allow us to adapt next-generation rabies virus with low replication, such as the third generation ΔL rabies virus (Jin et al, 2022, biorxiv) in future optimizations.

      Overall the paper is well balanced, the data are well presented and the conclusions are strongly supported by the data. Impact-wise, the method is definitely going to be useful for the neurobiology research community.

      We thank the reviewer for her/his enthusiasm.

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      Although the trans-synaptic tracing method mediated by the rabies virus (RV) has been widely utilized to infer input connectivity across the brain to a genetically defined population in mice, the analysis of labeled pre-synaptic neurons in terms of cell-type has been primarily reliant on classical low-throughput histochemical techniques. In this study, the authors made a significant advance toward high-throughput transcriptomic (TC) cell typing by both dissociated single-cell RNAseq and the spatial TC method known as BARseq to decode a vast array of molecularly labeled ("barcoded") RV vector library. First, they demonstrated that a barcoded-RV vector can be employed as a simple retrograde tracer akin to AAVretro. Second, they provided a theoretical classification of neural networks at the single-cell resolution that can be attained through barcoded-RV and concluded that the identification of the vast majority (ideally 100%) of starter cells (the origin of RV-based trans-synaptic tracing) is essential for the inference of single-cell resolution neural connectivity. Taking this into consideration, the authors opted for the BARseq-based spatial TC that could, in principle, capture all the starter cells. Finally, they demonstrated the proof-of-concept in the somatosensory cortex, including infrared connectivity from 381 putative pre-synaptic partners to 31 uniquely barcoded-starter cells, as well as many insightful estimations of input convergence at the cell-type resolution in vivo. While the manuscript encompasses significant technical and theoretical advances, it may be challenging for the general readers of eLife to comprehend. The following comments are offered to enhance the manuscript's clarity and readability.

      We modified the Results and Discussion sections on the trans-synaptic tracing experiment to improve clarity to general readers. We separated out the theoretical discussion about barcode sharing networks as a separate subsection, explicitly stated the rationale of how different barcode sharing networks are distinguished in the in situ trans-synaptic tracing experiment, and added additional discussion on future optimizations. Detailed descriptions are provided below.

      Major points:

      1. I find it difficult to comprehend the rationale behind labeling inhibitory neurons in the VISp through long-distance retrograde labeling from the VISal or Thalamus (Fig. 2F, I and Fig. S3) since long-distance projectors in the cortex are nearly 100% excitatory neurons. It is also unclear why such a large number of inhibitory neurons was labeled at a long distance through RV vector injections into the RSP/SC or VISal (Fig. 3K). Furthermore, a significant number of inhibitory starter cells in the somatosensory cortex was generated based on their projection to the striatum (Fig. 5H), which is unexpected given our current understanding of the cortico-striatum projections.

      The labeling of inhibitory neurons can be explained by several factors in the three different experiments.

      (1) In the scRNAseq-based retrograde labeling experiment (Fig. 2 and Fig. S3), the injection site VISal is adjacent to VISp. Because we dissected VISp for single-cell RNAseq, we may find labeled inhibitory neurons at the VISp border that extend short axons into VISal. We explained this in the revised Results.

      (2) In the in situ sequencing-based retrograde labeling experiment (Fig. 3,4), the proximity between the two injection sites VISal and RSP/SC, and the sequenced areas (which included not only VISp but also RSP) could also contribute to labeling through local axons of inhibitory neurons. Furthermore, because we also sequenced midbrain regions, inhibitory neurons in the superior colliculus could pick up the barcodes through local axons. We included an explanation of this in the revised Results.

      (3) In the trans-synaptic tracing experiment, we speculate that low level leaky expression from the TREtight promoter led to non-Cre-dependent expression in many neurons. To test this hypothesis, we first performed a control injection in which we saw that the fluorescent protein expression were indeed restricted to layer 5, as expected from corticostriatal labeling. Based on the labeling pattern, we estimated that about 12 copies of the glycoprotein transcript per cell would likely be needed to achieve fluorescent protein expression. Since many source cells in our experiment were below this threshold, these results support the hypothesis that the majority of source cells with low level expression of the glycoprotein were likely Cre-independent. Because these cells could still contribute to barcode sharing networks, we could not exclude them as in a conventional bulk trans-synaptic tracing experiment. In future experiments, we can potentially reduce this population by improving the helper AAV viruses used to express TVA and the glycoprotein. We included this explanation in Results and more detailed analysis in Supplementary Note 2, and discussed potential future optimizations in the Discussion. This new analysis in Supplementary Note 2 is also related to the Reviewer’s question regarding the threshold used for determining source cells (see below).

      1. It is unclear as to why the authors did not perform an analysis of the barcodes in Fig. 2. Given that the primary objective of this manuscript is to evaluate the effectiveness of multiplexing barcoded technology in RV vectors, I would strongly recommend that the authors provide a detailed description of the barcode data here, including any technical difficulties or limitations encountered, which will be of great value in the future design of RV-barcode technologies. In case the barcode data are not included in Fig. 2, I would suggest that the authors consider excluding Fig. 2 and Fig. S1-S3 in their entirety from the manuscript to enhance its readability for general readers.

      In the single-cell RNAseq-based retrograde tracing, all barcodes recovered matched to known barcodes in the corresponding library. We included a short description of these results in the revised manuscript.

      1. Regarding the trans-synaptic tracing utilizing a barcoded RV vector in conjunction with BARseq decoding (Fig. 5), which is the core of this manuscript, I have a few specific questions/comments. First, the rationale behind defining cells with only two rolonies counts of rabies glycoprotein (RG) as starter cells is unclear. Why did the authors not analyze the sample based on the colocalization of GFP (from the AAV) and mCherry (from the RV) proteins, which is a conventional method to define starter cells? If this approach is technically difficult, the authors could provide an independent histochemical assessment of the detection stringency of GFP positive cells based on two or more colonies of RG.

      In situ sequencing does not preserve fluorescent protein signals, so we used transcript counts to determine which cells expressed the glycoprotein. We have added new analyses in the Results and in Supplementary Note 2 to determine the transcript counts that were equivalent to cells that had detectable BFP expression. We found that BFP expression is equivalent to ~12 counts of the glycoprotein transcript per cell, which is much higher than the threshold we used. However, we could not solely rely on this estimate to define the source cells, because cells that had lower expression of the glycoprotein (possibly from leaky Cre-independent expression) may still pass the barcodes to presynaptic cells. This can lead to an underestimation of double-labeled and connected-source networks and an overestimation of single-source networks and can obscure synaptic connectivity at the cellular resolution. We thus used a very conservative threshold of two transcripts in the analysis. This conservative threshold will likely overestimate the number of source cells that shared barcodes and underestimate the number of single-source networks. Since this is a first study of barcoded transsynaptic tracing in vivo, we chose to err on the conservative side to make sure that the subsequent analysis has single-cell resolution. Future characterization and optimization may lead to a better threshold to fully utilize data.

      Second, it is difficult to interpret the proportion of the 2,914 barcoded cells that were linked to barcoded starter cells (single-source, double-labeled, or connected-source) and those that remained orphan (no-source or lost-source). A simple table or bar graph representation would be helpful. The abundance of the no-source network (resulting from Cre-independent initial infection of the RV vector) can be estimated in independent negative control experiments that omit either Cre injection or AAV-RG injection. The latter, if combined with BARseq decoding, can provide an experimental prediction of the frequency of double-labeled events since connected-source networks are not labeled in the absence of RG.

      We have added Table 2, which breaks down the 2,914 barcoded cells based on whether they are presynaptic or source cells, and which type of network they belong to. We agree with the reviewer that the additional Cre- or RG- control experiments in parallel would allow an independent estimate of the double labeled networks and the no-source networks. We have included added a discussion of possible controls to further optimize the trans-synaptic tracing approach in future studies in the Discussion.

      Third, I would appreciate more quantitative data on the putative single-source network (Fig. 5I and S6) in terms of the distribution of pre- and post-synaptic TC cell types. The majority of labeling appeared to occur locally, with only two thalamic neurons observed in sample 25311842 (Fig. S6). How many instances of long-distance labeling (for example, > 500 microns away from the injection site) were observed in total? Is this low efficiency of long-distance labeling expected based on the utilized combinations of AAVs and RV vectors? A simple independent RV tracing solely detecting mCherry would be useful for evaluating the labeling efficiency of the method. I have experienced similar "less jump" RV tracing when RV particles were prepared in a single step, as this study did, rather than multiple rounds of amplification in traditional protocols, such as Osakada F et al Nat Protocol 2013.

      We imaged an animal that was injected in parallel to assess labeling (now included in Supplementary Note 2 and Supp. Fig. S5). The labeling pattern in the newly imaged animal was largely consistent with the results from the barcoded experiment: most labeled neurons were seen in the vicinity of the injection site, and sparser labeling was seen in other cortical areas and the thalamus. We further found that most neurons that were labeled in the thalamus were about 1 mm posterior to the center of the injection site, and thus would not have been sequenced in the in situ sequencing experiment (in which we sequenced about 640 µm of tissue spanning the injection site).

      In addition, we found that the bulk of the cells that expressed mCherry from the rabies virus only partially overlapped with the area that contained cells co-expressing BFP with the rabies glycoprotein. Moreover, very few cells co-expressed mCherry and BFP, which would be considered source cells in a conventional mono-synaptic tracing experiment. The small numbers of source cells likely also contributed to the sparseness of long-range labeling in the barcoded experiment.

      These interpretations and comparisons to the barcoded experiment are now included in Supplementary Note 2.

      Reviewer #3 (Public Review):

      The manuscript by Zhang and colleagues attempts to combine genetically barcoded rabies viruses with spatial transcriptomics in order to genetically identify connected pairs. The major shortcoming with the application of a barcoded rabies virus, as reported by 2 groups prior, is that with the high dropout rate inherent in single cell procedures, it is difficult to definitively identify connected pairs. By combining the two methods, they are able to establish a platform for doing that, and provide insight into connectivity, as well as pros and cons of their method, which is well thought out and balanced.

      Overall the manuscript is well-done, but I have a few minor considerations about tone and accuracy of statements, as well as some limitations in how experiments were done. First, the idea of using rabies to obtain broader tropism than AAVs isn't really accurate - each virus has its own set of tropisms, and it isn't clear that rabies is broader (or can be made to be broader).

      As the reviewer suggested, we toned down this claim and stated that rabies virus has different tropism to complement AAV.

      Second, rabies does not label all neurons that project to a target site - it labels some fraction of them.

      We meant to say that retrograde labeling is not restricted to labeling neurons from a certain brain region. We have clarified in the text.

      Third, the high rate of rabies virus mutation should be considered - if it is, or is not a problem in detecting barcodes with high fidelity, this should be noted.

      Our analysis showed that sequencing 15 bases was sufficient to tolerate a small number of mismatches in the barcode sequences and could distinguish real barcodes from random sequences (Fig. 4A). Thus, we can tolerate mutations in the barcode sequence. We have clarified this in the text.

      Fourth, there are a number of implicit assumptions in this manuscript, not all of which are equally backed up by data. For example, it is not clear that all rabies virus transmission is synaptic specific; in fact, quite a few studies argue that it is not (e.g., detection of rabies transcripts in glial cells). Thus, arguments about lost-source networks and the idea that if a cell is lost from the network, that will stop synaptic transmission, is not clear. There is also the very real propensity that, the sicker a starter cell gets, the more non-specific spread of virus (e.g., via necrosis) occurs.

      We agree with the reviewer that how strictly virus transmission is restricted to synapses remains a hotly debated question in the field, and this question is relevant not only to techniques based on barcoded rabies tracing, but to all trans-synaptic tracing experiments. A barcoding-based approach can generate single-cell data that enable direct comparison to other data modalities that measure synaptic connectivity, such as multi-patch and EM. These future experiments may provide additional insights into the questions that the reviewer raised. We have included additional discussion about how non-synaptic transmission of barcodes because of the necrosis of source cells may affect the analysis in the Discussion.

      Regarding the scenario in which the source cell dies, we agree with the reviewer and have clarified in the revised manuscript.

      Fifth, in the experiments performed in Figure 5, the authors used a FLEx-TVA expressed via a retrograde Cre, and followed this by injection of their rabies virus library. The issue here is that there will be many (potentially thousands) of local infection events near the injection site that TVA-mediated but are Cre-dependent (=off-target expression of TVA in the absence of Cre). This is a major confound in interpreting the labeling of these cells. They may express very low levels of TVA, but still have infection be mediated by TVA. The authors did not clearly explore how expression of TVA related to rabies virus infection of cells near the rabies injection site. A modified version of TVA, such as 66T, should have been used to mitigate this issue. Otherwise, it is impossible to determine connectivity locally. The authors do not go to great lengths to interpret the findings of these observations, so I am not sure this is a critical issue, but it should be pointed out by the authors as a caveat to their dataset.

      We agree with the reviewer that this type of infection could potentially be a major contributor to no-source networks, which were abundant in our experiment. Because small no-source networks were excluded from our analyses, and large no-source networks were only included for barcodes with low frequency (i.e., it would be nearly impossible statistically to generate such large no-source networks from independent infections), we believe that the effect of independent infections on our analyses were minimized. We have added a control experiment in Fig S5 and Supplementary Note 2, which further supported the hypothesis that there were many independent infections. We also included additional discussion about how this can be assessed and optimized in future studies in the Discussion.

      Sixth, the authors are making estimates of rabies spread by comparison to a set of experiments that was performed quite differently. In the two studies cited (Liu et al., done the standard way, and Wertz et al., tracing from a single cell), the authors were likely infecting with a rabies virus using a high multiplicity of infection, which likely yields higher rates of viral expression in these starter cells and higher levels of input labeling. However, in these experiments, the authors need to infect with a low MOI, and explicitly exclude cells with >1 barcode. Having only a single virion trigger infection of starter cells will likely reduce the #s of inputs relative to starter neurons. Thus, the stringent criteria for excluding small networks may not be entirely warranted. If the authors wish to only explore larger networks, this caveat should be explicitly noted.

      In the trans-synaptic labeling experiment, we actually used high rabies titer (200 nL, 7.6e10 iu/mL) that was comparable to conventional rabies tracing experiments. We did not exclude cells with multiple barcodes (as opposed to barcodes in multiple source cells), because we could resolve multiple barcodes in the same cell and indeed found many cells with multiple barcodes. We have clarified this in the text.

      Overall, if the caveats above are noted and more nuance is added to some of the interpretation and discussion of results, this would greatly help the manuscript, as readers will be looking to the authors as the authority on how to use this technology.

      In addition to addressing the specific concerns of the reviewer as described above, we modified the Results and Discussion sections on the trans-synaptic tracing experiment to improve clarity to general readers and expanded the discussion on future optimizations.

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      The scientific problem is clearly stated and well laid out, the data are clearly presented, and the experiments well justified and nicely discussed. It was overall a very enjoyable read. The figures are generally nice and clear, however, I find the legends excessively concise. A bit too often, they just sort of introduce the title of the panel rather than a proper explanation of what it is depicted. A clear case is for example visible in Fig 2, where the description of the panels is minimal, but this is a general trend of the manuscript. This makes the figures a bit hard to follow as self-contained entities, without having to continuously go back to the main text. I think this could be improved with longer and more helpful descriptions.

      We have revised all figure legends to make them more descriptive.

      Other minor things:

      In the cDNA synthesis step for in-situ sequencing, I believe the authors might have forgotten one detail: the addition of aminoallyl dUTP to the RT reaction. If I recall correctly this is done in BARseq. The fact that the authors crosslink with BS-PEG on day 2, makes me suspect they spike in these nucleotides during the RT but this is not specified in the relevant step. Perhaps this is a mistake that needs correction.

      The RT primers we used have an amine group at 5’, which directly allows crosslinking. Thus, we did not need to spike in aminoallyl dUTP in the RT reaction. We have clarified this in the Methods.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      Throughout the manuscript, there are frequent references to the "Methods" section for important details. However, it can be challenging to determine which specific section of the Methods the authors are referring to, and in some cases, a thorough examination of the entire Methods section fails to locate the exact information needed to support the authors' claims. Below are a few specific examples of this issue. The authors are encouraged to be more precise in their references to the Methods section.

      In the revised manuscript, we numbered each subsection of Methods and updated pointers and associated hyperlinks in the main text to the subsection numbers.

      • On page 7, line 14, it is unclear how the authors compared the cell marker gene expression with the marker gene expression in the reference cell type.

      We have clarified in the revised manuscript.

      • On page 7, line 33, the authors note that some barcodes may have been missed during the sequencing of the rabies virus libraries, but the Methods section lacked a convincing explanation on this issue (see my point 2 above).

      We included a separate subsection on the sequencing of rabies libraries and the analysis of the sequencing depth in the Methods. In this new subsection, we further clarified our reasoning for identifying the lack of sequencing depth as a reason for missing barcodes, especially in comparison to sequencing depth required for establishing exact molecule counts used in established MAPseq and BARseq techniques with Sindbis libraries.

      • On page 9, line 44, the authors state that they considered a barcode to be associated with a cell if they found at least six molecules of that barcode in a cell, as detailed in the Methods section. However, the rationale behind this level of stringency is not provided in the Methods.

      We initially chose this threshold based on visual inspection of the sequencing images of the barcoded cells. Because the labeled cell types were consistent with our expectations (Fig. 4E-G), we did not further optimize the threshold for detecting retrogradely labeled barcoded cells.

      • I have noticed that some important explanations of figure panels are missing in the legends, making it challenging to understand the figures. Below are typical examples of this issue.

      In addition to the examples that the reviewer mentioned below, we also revised many other figure panels to make them clear to the readers.

      • In Fig. 2, "RV into SC" in panel C does not make sense, as RV was injected into the thalamus. There is no explanation of the images in this panel C.

      We have corrected the typo in the revision.

      • In Fig. 3, information on the endogenous gene panel for cell type classification (Table S3) could be mentioned in the legend or corresponding text.

      We now cite Table S3 both in Fig 3 legend and in the main text. We also included a list of the 104 cell type marker genes we used in Table S3.

      • In panel J, it is unclear why the total number of BC cells is 2,752, and not 4,130 as mentioned in the text.

      This is a typo. We have corrected this in the revision. The correct number (3,746) refers to the number of cells that did not belong to either of the two categories at the bottom of the panel, and not the total number of neurons. To make this clear, we now also include the total number of barcoded cells at the top of the panel.

      • In Fig. 4, the definitions of "+" and "−" symbols in panels K and L are unclear. Also, it seems that the second left column of panel K should read "T −."

      We corrected the typo in K, further clarified the “Area” labels, and changed the “S” label in 4K to “−”. This change does not change the original meaning of the figure: when considering the variance explained in L4/5 IT neurons, considering the subclass compositional profile is equivalent to not using the compositional profiles of cell types, because L4/5 IT neurons all belong to the same subclass (L4/5 IT subclass). Although operationally we simply considered subclass-level compositional profiles when calculating the variance explained, we think that changing this to “−” is clearer for the readers.

      • In Fig. 5, panel E is uninterpretable.

      We revised the main text and the figure to clarify how we manually proofread cells to determine the QC thresholds for barcoded cells. These plots showed a summary of the proofreading. We also revised the figures to indicate that they showed the fraction of barcoded cells that were considered real after proofreading. In the revised version, we moved these plots to Fig. S5.

      • In Fig. S1, I do not understand the identity of the six samples on the X-axis of panel A (given that only two animals were described in the main text) and what panel B shows, including the definition of map_cluster_conf and map_cluster_corr.

      In the revised Fig. S1, we made it more explicit that the six animals include both animals used for retrograde tracing (2 animals) and those used for trans-synaptic tracing (4 animals). We updated the y axis labels to be more readable and cited the relevant Methods section for definitions.

      • In Fig. S2, please provide the definitions of blue and red dots and values in panel A, as well as the color codes and size of the circles in panel B. My overall impression from panel B is that there is no significant difference between RV-infected and non-infected cells. The authors should provide more quantitative and statistical support for the claim that "RV-infected cells had higher expression of immune response-related genes."

      We toned down the statement to “Consistent with previous studies […], some immune response related genes were up-regulated in virus-infected cells compared to non-infected cells.” Because the main point of the single-cell RNAseq analysis was that rabies did not affect the ability to distinguish transcriptomic types, the change in immune response-related genes was not essential to the main conclusions. We clarified the red and blue dots in panel A and changed panel B to show the top up-regulated immune response-related genes in the revised manuscript.

      • In Fig. S3, the definitions of the color code and circle size are missing.

      We have added the legends in Fig. S3.

    3. Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      In this preprint, Zhang et al. describe a new tool for mapping the connectivity of mouse neurons. Essentially, the tool leverages the known peculiar infection capabilities of Rabies virus: once injected into a specific site in the brain, this virus has the capability to "walk upstream" the neural circuits, both within cells and across cells: on one hand, the virus can enter from a nerve terminal and infect retrogradely the cell body of the same cell (retrograde transport). On the other hand, the virus can also sometimes spread to the presynaptic partners of the initial target cells, via retrograde viral transmission.

      Similarly to previously published approaches with other viruses, the authors engineer a complex library of viral variants, each carrying a unique sequence ('barcode'), so they can uniquely label and distinguish independent infection events and their specific presynaptic connections, and show that it is possible to read these barcodes in-situ, producing spatial connectivity maps. They also show that it is possible to read these barcodes together with endogenous mRNAs, and that this allows spatial mapping of cell types together with anatomical connectivity.

      The main novelty of this work lies in the combined use of rabies virus for retrograde labeling together with barcoding and in-situ readout. Previous studies had used rabies virus for retrograde labeling, albeit with low multiplexing capabilities, so only a handful of circuits could be traced at the same time. Other studies had instead used barcoded viral libraries for connectivity mapping, but mostly focused on the use of different viruses for labeling individual projections (anterograde tracing) and never used a retrograde-infective virus.

      The authors creatively merge these two bits of technology into a powerful genetic tool, and extensively and convincingly validate its performance against known anatomical knowledge. The authors also do a very good job at highlighting and discussing potential points of failure in the methods.

      Unresolved questions, which more broadly affect also other viral-labeling methods, are for example how to deal with uneven tropism (ie. if the virus is unable or inefficient in infecting some specific parts of the brain), or how to prevent the cytotoxicity induced by the high levels of viral replication and expression, which will tend to produce "no source networks", neural circuits whose initial cell can't be identified because it's dead. This last point is particularly relevant for in-situ based approaches: while high expression levels are desirable for the particular barcode detection chemistry the authors chose to use (gap-filling), they are also potentially detrimental for cell survival, and risk producing extensive cell death (which indeed the authors single out as a detectable pitfall in their analysis). This is likely to be one the major optimisation space for future implementations of this barcoding approach.

      Overall the paper is well balanced, the data are well presented and the conclusions are strongly supported by the data. Impact-wise, the method is definitely going to be very useful for the neurobiology community.

    4. Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      Although the trans-synaptic tracing method mediated by the rabies virus (RV) has been widely utilized to infer input connectivity across the brain to a genetically defined population in mice, the analysis of labeled pre-synaptic neurons in terms of cell-type has been primarily reliant on classical low-throughput histochemical techniques. In this study, the authors made a significant advance toward high-throughput transcriptomic (TC) cell typing by both dissociated single-cell RNAseq and the spatial TC method known as BARseq to decode a vast array of molecularly labeled ("barcoded") RV vector library. First, they demonstrated that a barcoded RV vector can be employed as a simple retrograde tracer akin to AAVretro. Second, they provided a theoretical classification of neural networks at the single-cell resolution that can be attained through barcoded-RV and concluded that the identification of the vast majority (ideally 100%) of starter cells (the origin of RV-based trans-synaptic tracing) is essential for the inference of single-cell resolution neural connectivity. Taking this into consideration, the authors opted for the BARseq-based spatial TC that could, in principle, capture all the starter cells. Finally, they demonstrated the proof-of-concept in the somatosensory cortex, including infrared connectivity from 381 putative pre-synaptic partners to 31 uniquely barcoded-starter cells, as well as many insightful estimations of input convergence at the cell-type resolution in vivo. Collectively, this work will establish a cornerstone for future advancements in rabies-barcode technology.

      This revised version incorporates imaging data to assess the stringency of identifying the starter cells in comparison with conventional protein-based detection methods. Additionally, it encompasses insightful discussions concerning potential limitations and offers perspectives on future improvements. The method section is systematically subdivided with subsection numbers, facilitating the cross-referencing of the corresponding sections in the main text and figure legends. I posit that adopting this stylistic approach as the standard for manuscripts delineating innovative methodological strides would be prudent. The clarity of the figure legends has been significantly enhanced, contributing to a more accessible understanding of the figure panels. In sum, this manuscript is articulate and thorough, epitomizing scientific rigor.

    5. Reviewer #3 (Public Review):

      The manuscript by Zhang and colleagues attempts to combine genetically barcoded rabies viruses with spatial transcriptomics in order to genetically identify connected pairs. The major shortcoming with the application of a barcoded rabies virus, as reported by 2 groups prior, is that with the high dropout rate inherent in single cell procedures, it is difficult to definitively identify connected pairs. By combining the two methods, they are able to establish a platform for doing that, and provide insight into connectivity, as well as pros and cons of their method, which is well thought out and balanced.

      The authors did a nice job of addressing my comments which mainly centered around the presentation of data, specificity, and wording.

    1. eLife assessment

      This fundamental study advances our understanding of TRAIL-induced apoptosis by defining how Heparan triggers this pathway at the molecular level. The evidence supporting the conclusions is compelling, with rigorous binding assays, structural methods, and cellular studies. The work will be of broad interest to cell biologists and biochemists.

    1. eLife assessment

      This study provides continuous maps of human brain gene expression and explores their relationship with a large variety of microscopic and macroscopic aspects of brain organisation. The authors provide convincing evidence for a relationship between gene expression maps with various aspects of the anatomy of adult brains, during development, and in the case of mental disorders. The data and methods introduced can be an important tool for neuroimaging research.

    2. Author Response

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      The manuscript by Wagstyl et al. describes an extensive analysis of gene expression in the human cerebral cortex and the association with a large variety of maps capturing many of its microscopic and macroscopic properties. The core methodological contribution is the computation of continuous maps of gene expression for >20k genes, which are being shared with the community. The manuscript is a demonstration of several ways in which these maps can be used to relate gene expression with histological features of the human cortex, cytoarchitecture, folding, function, development and disease risk. The main scientific contribution is to provide data and tools to help substantiate the idea of the genetic regulation of multi-scale aspects of the organisation of the human brain. The manuscript is dense, but clearly written and beautifully illustrated.

      Main comments

      The starting point for the manuscript is the construction of continuous maps of gene expression for most human genes. These maps are based on the microarray data from 6 left human brain hemispheres made available by the Allen Brain Institute. By technological necessity, the microarray data is very sparse: only 1304 samples to map all the cortex after all subjects were combined (a single individual's hemisphere has ~400 samples). Sampling is also inhomogeneous due to the coronal slicing of the tissue. To obtain continuous maps on a mesh, the authors filled the gaps using nearest-neighbour interpolation followed by strong smoothing. This may have two potentially important consequences that the authors may want to discuss further: (a) the intrinsic geometry of the mesh used for smoothing will introduce structure in the expression map, and (b) strong smoothing will produce substantial, spatially heterogeneous, autocorrelations in the signal, which are known to lead to a significant increase in the false positive rate (FPR) in the spin tests they used.

      Many thanks to the reviewer for their considered feedback. We have addressed these primary concerns into point-by-point responses below. The key conclusions from our new analyses are: (i) while the intrinsic geometry of the mesh had not originally been accounted for in sufficient detail, the findings presented in this manuscript paper are not driven by mesh-induced structure, (ii) that the spin test null models used in this manuscript [(including a modified version introduced in response to (i)] are currently the most appropriate way to mitigate against inflated false positive rates when making statistical inferences on smooth, surface-based data.

      a. Structured smoothing

      A brain surface has intrinsic curvature (Gaussian curvature, which cannot be flattened away without tearing). The size of the neighbourhood around each surface vertex will be determined by this curvature. During surface smoothing, this will make that the weight of each vertex will be also modulated by the local curvature, i.e., by large geometric structures such as poles, fissures and folds. The article by Ciantar et al (2022, https://doi.org/10.1007/s00429-022-02536-4) provides a clear illustration of this effect: even the mapping of a volume of pure noise into a brain mesh will produce a pattern over the surface strikingly similar to that obtained by mapping resting state functional data or functional data related to a motor task.

      Comment 1

      It may be important to make the readers aware of this possible limitation, which is in large part a consequence of the sparsity of the microarray sampling and the necessity to map that to a mesh. This may confound the assessments of reproducibility (results, p4). Reproducibility was assessed by comparing pairs of subgroups split from the total 6. But if the mesh is introducing structure into the data, and if the same mesh was used for both groups, then what's being reproduced could be a combination of signal from the expression data and signal induced by the mesh structure.

      Response 1

      The reviewer raises an important question regarding the potential for interpolation and smoothing on a cortical mesh to induce a common/correlated signal due to the intrinsic mesh structure. We have now generated a new null model to test this idea which indicates that intrinsic mesh structure is not inflating reproducibility in interpolated expression maps. This new null model spins the original samples prior to interpolation, smoothing and comparison between triplet splits of the six donors, with independent spins shared across the triplet. For computational tractability we took one pair of triplets and regenerated the dataset for each triplet using 10 independent spins. We used these to estimate gene-gene null reproducibility for 90 independent pairwise combinations of these 10 spins. Across these 90 permutations, the average median gene-gene correlation was R=0.03, whereas in the unspun triplet comparisons this was R=0.36. These results indicate that the primary source of the gene-level triplet reproducibility is the underlying shared gene expression pattern rather than interpolation-induced structure.

      In Methods 2a: "An additional null dataset was generated to test whether intrinsic geometry of the cortical mesh and its impact on interpolation for benchmarking analyses of DEMs and gradients (Fig S1d, Fig S2d, Fig S3c). In these analyses, the original samples were rotated on the spherical surface prior to subsequent interpolation, smoothing and gradient calculation. Due to computational constraints the full dataset was recreated only for 10 independent spins. These are referred to as the “spun+interpolated null”.

      Author response image 1.

      Figure S1d, Gene predictability was higher across all triplet-triplet pairs than when compared to spun+interpolated null.

      Comment 2

      It's also possible that mesh-induced structure is responsible in part for the "signal boost" observed when comparing raw expression data and interpolated data (fig S1a). How do you explain the signal boost of the smooth data compared with the raw data otherwise?

      Response 2

      We thank the reviewer for highlighting this issue of mesh-induced structure. We first sought to quantify the impact of mesh-induced structure through the new null model, in which the data are spun prior to interpolation. New figure S1d, S2d and S3c all show that the main findings are not driven by interpolation over a common mesh structure, but rather originate in the underlying expression data.

      Specifically, for the original Figure S1a, the reviewer highlights a limitation that we compared intersubject predictability of raw-sample to raw-sample and interpolated-to-interpolated. In this original formulation improved prediction scores for interpolated-to-interpolated (the “signal boost”) could be driven by mesh-induced structure being applied to both the input and predicted maps. We have updated this so that we are now comparing raw-to-raw and interpolated-to-raw, i.e. whether interpolated values are better estimations of the measured expression values. The new Fig S1a&b (see below) shows a signal boost in gene-level and vertex level prediction scores (delta R = +0.05) and we attribute this to the minimisation of location and measurement noise in the raw data, improving the intersubject predictability of expression levels.

      In Methods 2b: "To assess the effect of data interpolation in DEM generation we compared gene-level and vertex-level reproducibility of DEMs against a “ground truth” estimate of these reproducibility metrics based on uninterpolated expression data. To achieve a strict comparison of gene expression values between different individuals at identical spatial locations we focused these analyses on the subset of AHBA samples where a sample from one subject was within 3 mm geodesic distance of another. This resulted in 1097 instances (spatial locations) with measures of raw gene expression of one donor, and predicted values from the second donor’s un-interpolated AHBA expression data and interpolated DEM. We computed gene-level and vertex-level reproducibility of expression using the paired donor data at each of these sample points for both DEM and uninterpolated AHBA expression values. By comparing DEM reproducibility estimates with those for uninterpolated AHBA expression data, we were able to quantify the combined effect of interpolation and smoothing steps in DEM generation. We used gene-level reproducibility values from DEMs and uninterpolated AHBA expression data to compute a gene-level difference in reproducibility, and we then visualized the distribution of these difference values across genes (Fig S1a). We used gene-rank correlation to compare vertex-level reproducibility values between DEMs and uninterpolated AHBA expression data (Fig S1b)."

      Author response image 2.

      Figure S1. Reproducibility of Dense Expression Maps (DEMs) interpolated from spatially sparse postmortem measures of cortical gene expression. a, Signal boost in the interpolated DEM dataset vs. spatially sparse expression data. Restricting to samples taken from approximately the same cortical location in pairs of individuals (within 3mm geodesic distance), there was an overall improvement in intersubject spatial predictability in the interpolated maps. Furthermore, genes with lower predictability in the interpolated maps were less predictable in the raw dataset, suggesting these regions exhibit higher underlying biological variability rather than methodologically introduced bias. b, Similarly at the paired sample locations, gene-rank predictability was generally improved in DEMs vs. sparse expression data (median change in R from sparse samples to interpolated for each pair of subjects, +0.5).

      1. How do you explain that despite the difference in absolute value the combined expression maps of genes with and without cortical expression look similar? (fig S1e: in both cases there's high values in the dorsal part of the central sulcus, in the occipital pole, in the temporal pole, and low values in the precuneus and close to the angular gyrus). Could this also reflect mesh-smoothing-induced structure?

      Response 3

      As with comment 1, this is an interesting perspective that we had not fully considered. We would first like to clarify that non-cortical expression is defined from the independent datasets including the “cortex” tissue class of the human protein atlas and genes identified as markers for cortical layers or cortical cells in previous studies. This is still likely an underestimate of true cortically expressed genes as some of these “non-cortical genes” had high intersubject reproducibility scores. Nevertheless we think it appropriate to use a measure of brain expression independent of anything included in other analyses for this paper. These considerations are part of the reason we provide all gene maps with accompanying uncertainty scores for user discretion rather than simply filtering them out.

      In terms of the spatially consistent pattern of the gene ranks of Fig S1f, this consistent spatial pattern mirrors Transcriptomic Distinctiveness (r=0.52 for non-cortical genes, r=0.75 for cortical genes), so we think that as the differences in expression signatures become more extreme, the relative ranks of genes in that region are more reproducible/easier to predict.

      To assess whether mesh-smoothing-induced structure is playing a role, we carried out an additional the new null model introduced in response to comment 1, and asked if the per-vertex gene rank reproducibility of independently spun subgroup triplets showed a similar structure to that in our original analyses. Across the 90 permutations, the median correlation between vertex reproducibility and TD was R=0.10. We also recalculated the TD maps for the 10 spun datasets and the mean correlation with the original TD did not significantly differ from zero (mean R = 0.01, p=0.2, nspins =10). These results indicate that folding morphology is not the major driver of local or large scale patterning in the dataset. We have included this as a new Figure S3c.

      We have updated the text as follows:

      In Methods 3a: "Third, to assess whether the covariance in spatial patterning across genes could be a result of mesh-associated structure introduced through interpolation and smoothing, TD maps were recomputed for the spun+interpolated null datasets and compared to the original TD map (Fig S3c)."

      In Results: "The TD map observed from the full DEMs library was highly stable between all disjoint triplets of donors (Methods, Fig S3a, median cross-vertex correlation in TD scores between triplets r=0.77) and across library subsets at all deciles of DEM reproducibility (Methods, Fig S3b, cross-vertex correlation in TD scores r>0.8 for the 3rd-10th deciles), but was not recapitulated in spun null datasets (Fig S3c)."

      Author response image 3.

      Figure S3c, Correlations between TD and TD maps regenerated on datasets spun using two independent nulls, one where the rotation is applied prior to interpolation and smoothing (spun+interpolated) and one where it is applied to the already-created DEMs. In each null, the same rotation matrix is applied to all genes.

      Comment 4

      Could you provide more information about the way in which the nearest-neighbours were identified (results p4). Were they nearest in Euclidean space? Geodesic? If geodesic, geodesic over the native brain surface? over the spherically deformed brain? (Methods cite Moresi & Mather's Stripy toolbox, which seems to be meant to be used on spheres). If the distance was geodesic over the sphere, could the distortions introduced by mapping (due to brain anatomy) influence the geometry of the expression maps?

      Response 4

      We have clarified in the Methods that the mapping is to nearest neighbors on the spherically-inflated surface.

      The new null model we have introduced in response to comments 1 & 3 preserves any mesh-induced structure alongside any smoothing-induced spatial autocorrelations, and the additional analyses above indicate that main results are not induced by systematic mesh-related interpolation signal. In response to an additional suggestion from the reviewer (Comment 13), we also assessed whether local distortions due to the mesh could be creating apparent border effects in the data, for instance at the V1-V2 boundary. At the V1-V2 border, which coincides anatomically with the calcarine sulcus, we computed the 10 genes with the highest expression gradient along this boundary in the actual dataset and the spun-interpolated null. The median test expression gradients along this border was higher than in any of the spun datasets, indicating that these boundary effects are not explained by the interpolation and cortical geometry effects on the data (new Fig S2d). The text has been updated as follows:

      In Methods 1: "For cortical vertices with no directly sampled expression, expression values were interpolated from their nearest sampled neighbor vertex on the spherical surface (Moresi and Mather, 2019) (Fig 1b)."

      In Methods 2: "We used the spun+interpolated null to test whether high gene gradients could be driven by non-uniform interpolation across cortical folds. We quantified the average gradient for all genes along the V1-V2 border in the atlas, as well as for 10 iterations of the atlas where the samples were spun prior to interpolation. We computed the median gradient magnitude for the 20 top-ranked genes for each (Fig S2d)."

      Author response image 4.

      Figure S2d Mean of gradient magnitudes for 20 genes with largest gradients along V1-V2 border, compared to values along the same boundary on the spun+interpolated null atlas. Gradients were higher in the actual dataset than in all spun version indicating this high gradient feature is not primarily due to the effects of calcarine sulcus morphology on interpolation

      Comment 5

      Could you provide more information about the smoothing algorithm? Volumetric, geodesic over the native mesh, geodesic over the sphere, averaging of values in neighbouring vertices, cotangent-weighted laplacian smoothing, something else?

      Response 5

      We are using surface-based geodesic over the white surface smoothing described in Glasser et al., 2013 and used in the HCP workbench toolbox (https://www.humanconnectome.org/software/connectome-workbench). We have updated the methods to clarify this.

      In Methods 1: "Surface expression maps were smoothed using the Connectome Workbench toolbox (Glasser et al. 2013) with a 20mm full-width at half maximum Gaussian kernel , selected to be consistent with this sampling density (Fig 1c)."

      Comment 6

      Could you provide more information about the method used for computing the gradient of the expression maps (p6)? The gradient and the laplacian operator are related (the laplacian is the divergence of the gradient), which could also be responsible in part for the relationships observed between expression transitions and brain geometry.

      Response 6

      We are using Connectome Workbench’s metric gradient command for this Glasser et al., 2013 and used in the HCP workbench pipeline. The source code for gradient calculation can be found here: https://github.com/Washington-University/workbench/blob/131e84f7b885d82af76e be21adf2fa97795e2484/src/Algorithms/AlgorithmMetricGradient.cxx

      In Methods 2: >For each of the resulting 20,781 gene-level expression maps, the orientation and magnitude of gene expression change at each vertex (i.e. the gradient) was calculated for folded, inflated, spherical and flattened mesh representations of the cortical sheet using Connectome Workbench’s metric gradient command (Glasser et al. 2013).

      b. Potentially inflated FPR for spin tests on autocorrelated data."

      Spin tests are extensively used in this work and it would be useful to make the readers aware of their limitations, which may confound some of the results presented. Spin tests aim at establishing if two brain maps are similar by comparing a measure of their similarity over a spherical deformation of the brains against a distribution of similarities obtained by randomly spinning one of the spheres. It is not clear which specific variety of spin test was used, but the original spin test has well known limitations, such as the violation of the assumption of spatial stationarity of the covariance structure (not all positions of the spinning sphere are equivalent, some are contracted, some are expanded), or the treatment of the medial wall (a big hole with no data is introduced when hemispheres are isolated).

      Another important limitation results from the comparison of maps showing autocorrelation. This problem has been extensively described by Markello & Misic (2021). The strong smoothing used to make a continuous map out of just ~1300 samples introduces large, geometry dependent autocorrelations. Indeed, the expression maps presented in the manuscript look similar to those with the highest degree of autocorrelation studied by Markello & Misic (alpha=3). In this case, naive permutations should lead to a false positive rate ~46% when comparing pairs of random maps, and even most sophisticated methods have FPR>10%.

      Comment 7 There's currently several researchers working on testing spatial similarity, and the readers would benefit from being made aware of the problem of the spin test and potential solutions. There's also packages providing alternative implementations of spin tests, such as BrainSMASH and BrainSpace, which could be mentioned.

      Response 7

      We thank the reviewer for raising the issue of null models. First, with reference to the false positive rate of 46% when maps exhibit spatial autocorrelation, we absolutely agree that this is an issue that must be accounted for and we address this using the spin test. We acknowledge there has been other work on nulls such as BrainSMASH and BrainSpace. Nevertheless in the Markello and Misic paper to which the reviewer refers, the BrainSmash null models perform worse with smoother maps (with false positive rates approaching 30% in panel e below), whereas the spin test maintains false positives rates below 10%.

      Author response image 5.

      We have added a brief description of the challenge and our use of the spin test.

      In Methods 2a: "Cortical maps exhibit spatial autocorrelation that can inflate the False Positive Rate, for which a number of methods have been proposed(Alexander-Bloch et al. 2018; Burt et al. 2020; Vos de Wael et al. 2020). At higher degrees of spatial smoothness, this high False Positive Rate is most effectively mitigated using the spin test(Alexander-Bloch et al. 2018; Markello and Misic 2021; Vos de Wael et al. 2020). In the following analyses when generating a test statistic comparing two spatial maps, to generate a null distribution, we computed 1000 independent spins of the cortical surface using https://netneurotools.readthedocs.io, and applied it to the first map whilst keeping the second map unchanged. The test statistic was then recomputed 1000 times to generate a null distribution for values one might observe by chance if the maps shared no common organizational features. This is referred to throughout as the “spin test” and the derived p-values as pspin."

      Comment 8

      Could it be possible to measure the degree of spatial autocorrelation?

      Response 8

      We agree this could be a useful metric to generate for spatial cortical maps. However, there are multiple potential metrics to choose from and each of the DEMs would have their own value. To address this properly would require the creation of a set of validated tools and it is not clear how we could summarize this variety of potential metrics for 20k genes. Moreover, as discussed above the spin method is an adequate null across a range of spatial autocorrelation degrees, thus while we agree that in general estimation of spatial smoothness could be a useful imaging metric to report, we consider that it is beyond the scope of the current manuscript.

      Comment 9

      Could you clarify which version of the spin test was used? Does the implementation come from a package or was it coded from scratch?

      Response 9

      As Markello & Misic note, at the vertex level, the various implementations of the spin test become roughly equivalent to the ‘original’ Alexander-Bloch et al., implementation. We used took the code for the ‘original’ version implemented in python here: https://netneurotools.readthedocs.io/en/latest/_modules/netneurotools/stats.html# gen_spinsamples.

      This has been updated in the methods (see Response 7).

      Comment 10

      Cortex and non-cortex vertex-level gene rank predictability maps (fig S1e) are strikingly similar. Would the spin test come up statistically significant? What would be the meaning of that, if the cortical map of genes not expressed in the cortex appeared to be statistically significantly similar to that of genes expressed in the cortex?

      Response 10

      Please see response to comment 3, which also addresses this observation.

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      The authors convert the AHBA dataset into a dense cortical map and conduct an impressively large number of analyses demonstrating the value of having such data.

      I only have comments on the methodology.

      Comment 1

      First, the authors create dense maps by simply using nearest neighbour interpolation followed by smoothing. Since one of the main points of the paper is the use of a dense map, I find it quite light in assessing the validity of this dense map. The reproducibility values they calculate by taking subsets of subjects are hugely under-powered, given that there are only 6 brains, and they don't inform on local, vertex-wise uncertainties). I wonder if the authors would consider using Gaussian process interpolation. It is really tailored to this kind of problem and can give local estimates of uncertainty in the interpolated values. For hyperparameter tuning, they could use leave-one-brain-out for that.

      I know it is a lot to ask to change the base method, as that means re-doing all the analyses. But I think it would strengthen the paper if the authors put as much effort in the dense mapping as they did in their downstream analyses of the data.

      Response 1

      We thank the reviewer for the suggestion to explore Gaussian process interpolation. We have implemented this for our dataset and attempted to compare this with our original method with the 3 following tests: i) intertriplet reproducibility of individual gene maps, ii) microscale validations: area markers, iii) macroscale validations: bio patterns.

      Overall, compared to our original nearest-neighbor interpolation method, GP regression (i) did not substantially improve gene-level reproducibility of expression maps (median correlation increase of R=0.07 which was greater for genes without documented protein expression in cortex): ii) substantially worsened performance in predicting areal marker genes and iii) showed similar but slightly worse performance at predicting macroscale patterns from Figure 1.

      Given the significantly poorer performance on one of our key tests (ii) we have opted not to replace our original database, but we do now include code for the alternative GP regression methodology in the github repository so others can reproduce/further develop these methods.

      Author response image 6.

      ii) Genes ranked by mean expression gradient from current DEMs (left) and Gaussian process-derived interpolation maps (right). Established Human and macaque markers are consistently higher-ranked in DEM maps. iii) Figure 1 Interpolated vs GP regression

      Author response table 1.

      Comment 2

      It is nice that the authors share some code and a notebook, but I think it is rather light. It would be good if the code was better documented, and if the user could have access to the non-smoothed data, in case they was to produce their own dense maps. I was only wondering why the authors didn't share the code that reproduces the many analyses/results in the paper.

      Response 2

      We thank the reviewer for this suggestion. In response we have updated the shared github repository (https://github.com/kwagstyl/magicc). This now includes code and notebooks to reproduce the main analyses and figures.

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      Minor comments

      Comment 11

      p4 mentions Fig S1h, but the supp figures only goes from S1a to S1g

      Response 11

      We thank the reviewer for capturing this error. It was in fact referring to what is now Fig S1h and has been updated.

      Comment 12

      It would be important that the authors share all the code used to produce the results in the paper in addition to the maps. The core methodological contribution of the work is a series of continuous maps of gene expression, which could become an important tool for annotation in neuroimaging research. Many arbitrary (reasonable) decisions were made, it would be important to enable users to evaluate their influence on the results.

      Response 12

      We thank both reviewers for this suggestion. We have updated the github to be able to reproduce the dense maps and key figures with our methods.

      Comment 13

      p5: Could the sharp border reflect the effect of the geometry of the calcarine sulcus on map smoothing? More generally, could there be an effect of folds on TD?

      Response 13

      Please see our response to Reviewer 1, Comment 1 above, where we introduce the new null models now analyzed to test for effects of mesh geometry on our findings. These new null models - where original source data were spun prior to interpolation suggest that neither the sharp V1/2 border or the TD map are effects of mesh geometry. Specifically: (i) , the magnitudes of gradients along the V1/2 boundary from null models were notably smaller than those in our original analyses (see new figure S2d), and (ii) TD maps computed from the new null models showed no correlation with TD maps from ur original analyses (new Figure S3c, mean R = 0.01, p=0.2, nspins =10).

      Comment 14

      p5: Similar for the matching with the areas in Glasser's parcellation: the definition of these areas involves alignment through folds (based on freesurfer 'sulc' map, see Glasser et al 2016). If folds influence the geometry of TDs, could that influence the match?

      Response 14

      We note that Fig S3c provided evidence that folding was not the primary driver of the TD patterning. However, it is true that Glasser et al. use both neuroanatomy (folding, thickness and myelin) and fMRI-derived maps to delineate their cortical areas. As such Figure 2 f & g aren’t fully independent assessments. Nevertheless the reason that these features are used is that many of the sulci in question have been shown to reliably delineate cytoarchitectonic boundaries (Fischl et al., 2008).

      In Results: "A similar alignment was seen when comparing gradients of transcriptional change with the spatial orientation of putative cortical areas defined by multimodal functional and structural in vivo neuroimaging(Glasser et al., 2016) (expression change running perpendicular to area long-axis, pspin<0.01, Fig 2g, Methods)."

      Comment 15

      p6: TD peaks are said to overlap with functionally-specialised regions. A comment on why audition is not there, nor language, but ba 9-46d is? Would that suggest a lesser genetic regulation of those functions?

      Response 15

      The reviewer raises a valid point and this was a result that we were also surprised by. The finding that the auditory cortex is not as microstructurally distinctive as, say V1, is consistent with other studies applying dimensionality-reduction techniques to multimodal microstructural receptor data (e.g. Zilles et al., 2017, Goulas et al., 2020). These studies found that the auditory microstructure is not as extreme as either visual and somatomotor areas. From a methodological view point, the primary auditory cortex is significantly smaller than both visual and somatomotor areas, and therefore is captured by fewer independent samples, which could reduce the detail in which its structure is being mapped in our dataset.

      For the frontal areas, we would note that i) the frontal peak is the smallest of all peaks found and was more strongly characterised by low z-score genes than high z-score. ii) the anatomical areas in the frontal cortex are much more highly variable with respect to folding morphology (e.g. Rajkowska 1995). The anatomical label of ba9-46d (and indeed all other labels) were automatically generated as localisers rather than strict area labels. We have clarified this in the text as follows:

      In Methods 3a: "Automated labels to localize TD peaks were generated based on their intersection with a reference multimodal neuroimaging parcellation of the human cortex(Glasser et al., 2016). Each TD was given the label of the multimodal parcel that showed greatest overlap (Fig 2b)."

      Comment 16.

      p7: The proposition that "there is a tendency for cortical sulci to run perpendicular to the direction of fastest transcriptional change", could also be "there is a tendency for the direction of fastest transcriptional change to run perpendicular to cortical sulci"? More pragmatically, this result from the geometry of transcriptional maps being influenced by sulcal geometry in their construction.

      Response 16

      Please see our response to Reviewer 1, Comment 1 above, where we introduce the new null models now analyzed to test for effects of mesh geometry on our findings. These models indicate that the topography of interpolated gene expression maps do not reflect influences of sulcal geometry on their construction.

      Comment 17

      p7: TD transitions are indicated to precede folding. This is based on a consideration of folding development based on the article by Chi et al 1977, which is quite an old reference. In that paper, the authors estimated the tempo of human folding development based on the inspection of photographs, which may not be sufficient for detecting the first changes in curvature leading to folds. The work of the Developing Human Connectome consortium may provide a more recent indication for timing. In their data, by PCW 21 there's already central sulcus, pre-central, post-central, intra-parietal, superior temporal, superior frontal which can be detected by computing the mean curvature of the pial surface (I can only provide a tweet for reference: https://twitter.com/R3RT0/status/1617119196617261056). Even by PCW 9-13 the callosal sulcus, sylvian fissure, parieto-occipital fissure, olfactory sulcus, cingulate sulcus and calcarine fissure have been reported to be present (Kostovic & Vasung 2009).

      Response 17

      Our field lacks the data necessary to provide a comprehensive empirical test for the temporal ordering of regional transcriptional profiles and emergence of folding. Our results show that transcriptional identities of V1 and TGd are - at least - present at the very earliest stages of sulcation in these regions. In response to the reviewers comment we have updated with a similar fetal mapping project which similarly shows evidence of the folds between weeks 17-21 and made the language around directionality more cautious.

      In Results: "The observed distribution of these angles across vertices was significantly skewed relative to a null based on random alignment between angles (pspin<0.01, Fig 2f, Methods) - indicating that there is indeed a tendency for cortical sulci and the direction of fastest transcriptional change to run perpendicular to each other (pspin<0.01, Fig 2f).

      As a preliminary probe for causality, we examined the developmental ordering of regional folding and regional transcriptional identity. Mapping the expression of high-ranking TD genes in fetal cortical laser dissection microarray data(Miller et al., 2014) from 21 PCW (Post Conception Weeks) (Methods) showed that the localized transcriptional identity of V1 and TGd regions in adulthood is apparent during the fetal periods when folding topology begins to emerge (Chi et al. 1977; Xu et al. 2022) (Fig " S2d).

      In Discussion: "By establishing that some of these cortical zones are evident at the time of cortical folding, we lend support to a “protomap”(Rakic 1988; O'Leary 1989; O'Leary et al. 2007; Rakic et al. 2009) like model where the placement of some cortical folds is set-up by rapid tangential changes in cyto-laminar composition of the developing cortex(Ronan et al., 2014; Toro and Burnod, 2005; Van Essen, 2020). The DEMs are derived from fully folded adult donors, and therefore some of the measured genetic-folding alignment might also be induced by mechanical distortion of the tissue during folding(Llinares-Benadero and Borrell 2019; Heuer and Toro 2019). However, no data currently exist to conclusively assess the directionality of this gene-folding relationship."

      Comment 18

      p7: In my supplemental figures (obtained from biorxiv, because I didn't find them among the files submitted to eLife) there's no S2j (only S2a-S2i).

      Response 18

      We apologize, this figure refers to S3k (formerly S3j), rather than S2j. We have updated the main text.

      Comment 19 p7: It is not clear from the methods (section 3b) how the adult and fetal brains were compared. Maybe using MSM (Robinson et al 2014)?

      Response 19

      We have now clarified this in Methods text as reproduced below.

      In Methods 3b: "We averaged scaled regional gene expression values between donors per gene, and filtered for genes in the fetal LDM dataset that were also represented in the adult DEM dataset - yielding a single final 20,476*235 gene-by-sample matrix of expression values for the human cortex at 21 PCW. Each TD peak region was then paired with the closest matching cortical label within the fetal regions. This matrix was then used to test if each TD expression signature discovered in the adult DEM dataset (Fig 2, Table 3) was already present in similar cortical regions at 21 PCW."

      Comment 20

      p7: WGCNA is used prominently, could you provide a brief introduction to its objectives? The gene coexpression networks are produced after adjusting the weight of the network edges to follow a scale-free topology, which is meant to reflect the nature of protein-protein interactions. Soft thresholding increases contrast, but doesn't this decrease a potential role of infinitesimal regulatory signals?

      Response 20

      We agree with the reviewer that the introduction to WGCNA needed additional details and have amended the Results (see below). One limitation of WGCNA-derived associations is that it will downweigh the role of smaller relationships including potentially important regulatory signals. WGCNA methods have been titrated to capture strong relationships. This is an inherent limitation of all co-expression driven methods which lead to an incomplete characterisation of the molecular biology. Nevertheless we feel these stronger relationships are still worth capturing and interrogating. We have updated the text to introduce WGCNA and acknowledge this potential weakness in the approach.

      In Results: "Briefly, WGCNA constructs a constructs a connectivity matrix by quantifying pairwise co-expression between genes, raising the correlations to a power (here 6) to emphasize strong correlations while penalizing weaker ones, and creating a Topological Overlap Matrix (TOM) to capture both pairwise similarities expression and connectivity. Modules of highly interconnected genes are identified through hierarchical clustering. The resultant WGCNA modules enable topographic and genetic integration because they each exist as both (i) a single expression map (eigenmap) for spatial comparison with neuroimaging data (Fig 3a,b, Methods) and, (ii) a unique gene set for enrichment analysis against marker genes systematically capturing multiple scales of cortical organization, namely: cortical layers, cell types, cell compartments, protein-protein interactions (PPI) and GO terms (Methods, Table S2 and S4)."

      Comment 21

      WGCNA modules look even more smooth than the gene expression maps. Are these maps comparable to low frequency eigenvectors? Autocorrelation in that case should be very strong?

      Response 21

      These modules are smooth as they are indeed eigenvectors which likely smooth out some of the more detailed but less common features seen in individual gene maps. These do exhibit high degrees of autocorrelation, nevertheless we are applying the spin test which is currently the appropriate null model for spatially autocorrelated cortical maps (Response 7).

      Comment 22

      If the WGCNA modules provide an orthogonal basis for surface data, is it completely unexpected that some of them will correlate with low-frequency patterns? What would happen if random low frequency patterns were generated? Would they also show correlations with some of the 16 WGCNA modules?

      Response 22

      We agree with the reviewer that if we used a generative model like BrainSMASH, we would likely see similar low frequency patterns. However, the inserted figure in Response 7 from Makello & Misic provide evidence that is not as conservative a null as the spin test when data exhibit high spatial autocorrelation. The spatial enrichment tests carried out on the WGCNA modules are all carried out using the spin test.

      Comment 23

      In part (a) I commented on the possibility that brain anatomy may introduce artifactual structure into the data that's being mapped. But what if the relationship between brain geometry and brain organisation were deeper than just the introduction of artefacts? The work of Lefebre et al (2014, https://doi.org/10.1109/ICPR.2014.107; 2018, https://doi.org/10.3389/fnins.2018.00354) shows that clustering based on the 3 lowest frequency eigenvectors of the Laplacian of a brain hemisphere mesh produce an almost perfect parcellation into lobes, with remarkable coincidences between parcel boundaries and primary folds and fissures. The work of Pang et al (https://doi.org/10.1101/2022.10.04.510897) suggests that the geometry of the brain plays a critical role in constraining its dynamics: they analyse >10k task-evoked brain maps and show that the eigenvectors of the brain laplacian parsimoniously explain the activity patterns. Could brain anatomy have a downward effect on brain organisation?

      Response 23

      The reviewer raises a fascinating extension of our work identifying spatial modes of gene expression. We agree that these are low frequency in nature, but would first like to note that the newly introduced null model indicates that the overlaps with salient neuroanatomical features are inherent in the expression data and not purely driven by anatomy in a methodological sense.

      Nevertheless we absolutely agree there is likely to be a complex multidirectional interplay between genetic expression patterns through development, developing morphology and the “final” adult topography of expression, neuroanatomical and functional patterns.

      We think that the current manuscript currently contains a lot of in depth analyses of these expression data, but agree that a more extensive modeling analysis of how expression might pattern or explain functional activation would be a fascinating follow on, especially in light of these studies from Pang and Lefebre. Nevertheless we think that this must be left for a future modeling paper integrating these modes of microscale, macroscale and functional anatomy.

      In Discussion: "Indeed, future work might find direct links between these module eigenvectors and similar low-frequency eigenvectors of cortical geometry have been used as basis functions to segment the cortex (Lefèvre et al. 2018) and explain complex functional activation patterns(Pang et al. 2023)."

      Comment 24

      On p11: ASD related to rare, deleterious mutations of strong effect is often associated with intellectual disability (where the social interaction component of ASD is more challenging to assess). Was there some indication of a relationship with that type of cognitive phenotype?

      Response 24

      Across the two ABIDE cohorts, the total number of those with ASD and IQ <70, which is the clinical threshold for intellectual disability was n=10, which unfortunately did not allow us to conduct a meaningful test of whether ID impacts the relationship between imaging changes in ASD and the expression maps of genes implicated in ASD by rare variants.

      Comment 25

      Could you clarify if the 6 donors were aligned using the folding-based method in freesurfer?

      Response 25

      The 6 donors were aligned using MSMsulc (Robinson et al., 2014), which is a folding based method from the HCP group. This is now clarified in the methods.

      In Methods 1: "Cortical surfaces were reconstructed for each AHBA donor MRI using FreeSurfer(Fischl, 2012), and coregistered between donors using surface matching of individuals’ folding morphology (MSMSulc) (Robinson et al., 2018)."

      Comment 26

      The authors make available a rich resource and a series of tools to facilitate their use. They have paid attention to encode their data in standard formats, and their code was made in Python using freely accessible packages instead of proprietary alternatives such as matlab. All this should greatly facilitate the adoption of the approach. I think it would be important to state more explicitly the conceptual assumptions that the methodology brings. In the same way that a GWAS approach relies on a Mendelian idea that individual alleles encode for phenotypes, what is the idea about the organisation of the brain implied by the orthogonal gene expression modules? Is it that phenotypes - micro and macro - are encoded by linear combinations of a reduced number of gene expression patterns? What would be the role of the environment? The role of non-genic regulatory regions? Some modalities of functional organisation do not seem to be encoded by the expression of any module. Is it just for lack of data or should this be seen as the sign for a different organisational principle? Likewise, what about the aspects of disorders that are not captured by expression modules? Would that hint, for example, to stronger environmental effects? What about linear combinations of modules? Nonlinear? Overall, the authors adopt implicitly, en passant, a gene-centric conceptual standpoint, which would benefit from being more clearly identified and articulated. There are citations to Rakic's protomap idea (I would also cite the original 1988 paper, and O'Leary's 1989 "protocortex" paper stressing the role of plasticity), which proposes that a basic version of brain cytoarchitecture is genetically determined and transposed from the proliferative ventricular zone regions to the cortical plate through radial migration. In p13 the authors indicate that their results support Rakic's protomap. Additionally, in p7 the authors suggest that their results support a causal arrow going from gene expression to sulcal anatomy. The reviews by O'leary et al (2007), Ronan & Fletcher (2014, already cited), Llinares-Benadero & Borrell (2019) could be considered, which also advocate for a similar perspective. For nuances on the idea that molecular signals provide positional information for brain development, the article by Sharpe (2019, DOI: 10.1242/dev.185967) is interesting. For nuances on the gene-centric approach of the paper the articles by Rockmann (2012, DOI: 10.1111/j.1558-5646.2011.01486.x) but also from the ENCODE consortium showing the importance of non-genic regions of the genome ("Perspectives on ENCODE" 2020 DOI: 10.1038/s41586-021-04213-8) could be considered. I wouldn't ask to cite ideas from the extended evolutionary synthesis about different inheritance systems (as reviewed by Jablonka & Lamb, DOI: 10.1017/9781108685412) or the idea of inherency (Newman 2017, DOI: 10.1007/978-3-319-33038-9_78-1), but the authors may find them interesting. Same goes for our own work on mechanical morphogenesis which expands on the idea of a downward causality (Heuer and Toro 2019, DOI: 10.1016/j.plrev.2019.01.012)

      Response 26

      We thank the reviewer for recommending these papers, which we enjoyed reading and have deepened our thinking on the topic. In addition to toning down some of the language with respect to causality that our data cannot directly address, we have included additional discussion and references as follows:

      In Discussion: "By establishing that some of these cortical zones are evident at the time of cortical folding, we lend support to a “protomap”(Rakic 1988; O'Leary 1989; O'Leary et al. 2007; Rakic et al. 2009) like model where the placement of some cortical folds is set-up by rapid tangential changes in cyto-laminar composition of the developing cortex(Ronan et al., 2014; Toro and Burnod, 2005; Van Essen, 2020). The DEMs are derived from fully folded adult donors, and therefore some of the measured genetic-folding alignment might also be induced by mechanical distortion of the tissue during folding(Llinares-Benadero and Borrell 2019; Heuer and Toro 2019). However, no data currently exist to conclusively assess the directionality of this gene-folding relationship.

      Overall, the manuscript is very interesting and a great contribution. The amount of work involved is impressive, and the presentation of the results very clear. My comments indicate some aspects that could be made more clear, for example, providing additional methodological information in the supplemental material. Also, making aware the readers and future users of MAGICC of the methodological and conceptual challenges that remain to be addressed in the future for this field of research.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      Comment 1

      The supplementary figures seem to be missing from the eLife submission (although I was able to find them on europepmc)

      Response 1

      We apologize that these were not included in the documents sent to reviewers. The up-to-date supplementary figures are included in this resubmission and again on biorxiv.

    3. Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      The manuscript by Wagstyl et al. describes an extensive analysis of gene expression in the human cerebral cortex and the association with a large variety of maps capturing many of its microscopic and macroscopic properties. The core methodological contribution is the computation of continuous maps of gene expression for >20k genes, which are being shared with the community. The manuscript is a demonstration of several ways in which these maps can be used to relate gene expression with histological features of the human cortex, cytoarchitecture, folding, function, development and disease risk. The main scientific contribution is to provide data and tools to help substantiate the idea of the genetic regulation of multi-scale aspects of the organisation of the human brain. The manuscript is dense, but clearly written and beautifully illustrated.

    4. Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      This is a valuable contribution that will facilitate brain transcriptomic analyses and the joint analyses of gene expression and structural and functional imaging. The methods used are solid, and the authors conducted a wide range of analyses to demonstrate the value of the dense gene expression data.

    1. Author Response

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      We thank the editor and the reviewers for their valuable and constructive feedback. In the revised manuscript, we have incorporated and addressed the suggestions provided by the reviewers.

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      The primary recommendation is to provide additional language explaining how KinCytE will be updated.

      Response: We appreciate the reviewer’s insightful feedback regarding the KinCytE update. In response, we have included additional details in the “Development and use of KinCyte’ section as follows: “We welcome researchers to actively participate in advancing the development of KinCytE by sharing external screening data, especially data on new secreted factors and cell types that extend beyond macrophages. This collaborative effort promises to enhance our understanding of kinase-focused networks, opening new avenues for cutting-edge therapeutic approaches”. In addition, we explicitly state in the "Data, Software, and Availability" section, "To contribute data, kindly email the corresponding author and refer to Table S2 for guidance on the preferred file format."

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      Would have been nice to see a validation of the regression models from outside of the training data. I would also consider removing statements like "We anticipate that KinCytE will be highly sought after by biologists... " , it reads like a grant application (and this is not)! Could tone the language down a bit. In the future, you might consider displaying your graphs as "biofabrics", they're much cleaner than "hairballs" (PMID: 23102059). Or potentially, show a hierarchical view where the selected cytokine (or other) is at the root, and you can immediately see what's connected. Anyway, the network display can be expanded. Consider maybe adding the nearest neighbors to the table on the right after selecting the node. Generally, though, I like how it works.

      There needs to be a button to download the graph as a .csv file. Maybe the subgraph after selecting a node (or set of nodes). Also, once you're at a graph view, it's hard to guess how to get back to the starting page. Maybe just one button with a "home" on it would fix that. On the Kinases Discovery, why are the gene symbols all lower case? Very cool!

      Response:: We greatly value the reviewer's constructive suggestions. To incorporate these, we have made the following changes:

      (1) "We anticipate that KinCytE will be highly sought after by biologists... " This sentence is removed.

      (2) A ‘SAVE CSV’ button is added to the bottom right of the Cytokine Explorer page, which allows the users to download the graph as a csv file.

      (3) A redesigned KinCyte logo now functions as the 'HOME' button, located at the top left of the webpage, ensuring that users can easily return to the homepage at any time.

    1. Author Response

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      eLife assessment

      The manuscript describes the synergy among PI3Kbeta activators, providing compelling results concerning the mechanism of their activation. The particular strengths of the work arise to a great extent from the reconstitution system better mimicking the natural environment of the plasma membrane than previous setups have. The study will be a landmark contribution to the signaling field.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      The manuscript aims to provide mechanistic insight into the activation of PI3Kbeta by its known regulators tyrosine phosphorylated peptides, GTP-loaded Rac1 and G-protein beta-gamma subunits. To achieve this the authors have used supported lipid bilayers, engineered recombinant peptides and proteins (often tagged with fluorophores) and TIRF microscopy to enable bulk (averages of many molecules) and single molecule quantitation. The great strength of this approach is the precision and clarity of mechanistic insight. Although the study does not use "in transfecto" or in vivo models the experiments are performed using "physiologically-based" conditions and provide a powerful insight into core regulatory principles that will be relevant in vivo.

      The results are beautiful, high quality, well controlled and internally consistent (and with other published work that overlaps on some points) and as a result are compelling. The primary conclusion is that the primary regulator of PI3Kbeta are tyrosine phosphorylated peptides (and by inference tyrosine phosphorylated receptors/adaptors) and that the other activators can synergise with that input but have relatively weak impacts on their own.

      Although the methodology is not easily imported, for reasons of both cost and the experience needed to execute them well, the results have broad importance for the field and reverse an impression that had built in large parts of the broader signalling and PI3K communities that all of the inputs to PI3Kbeta were relatively equivalent, however, these conclusions were based on "in cell" or in vivo studies that were very difficult to interpret clearly.

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      The manuscript of Duewell et al has made critical observations that help to understand the mechanisms of activation of the class IA PI3Ks. By using single-molecule kinetic measurements, the authors have made outstanding progress toward understanding how PI3Kbeta is uniquely activated by phosphorylated tyrosine kinase receptors, Gbeta/gamma heterodimers and the small G protein Rac1. While previous studies have defined these as activators of PI3Kbeta, the current manuscript makes clear the quantitative limitations of these previous observations. Most previous quantitative in vitro studies of PI3Kbeta activation have used soluble peptides derived from bis-phosphorylated receptors to stimulate the enzyme. These soluble peptides stimulate the enzyme, and even stimulate membrane interaction. Although these previous studies showed that the release of p85-mediated autoinhibition unmasks an intrinsic affinity of the enzyme for lipid membranes, they ignored what would be the consequence of these peptide sequences being present in the context of intrinsic membrane proteins. The current manuscript shows that the effect of membrane-conjugated peptides on the enzyme activity is profound, in terms of recruiting the enzyme to membranes. In this context, the authors show that G proteins associated with the membranes have an important contribution to membrane recruitment, but they also have a profound allosteric effect on the activity on the membrane, These are observations that would not have been possible with bulk measurements, and they do not simply recapitulate observations that were made for other class IA PI3Ks.

      An important observation that the authors have made is that Gbeta/gamma heterodimers and RAc1 alone have almost no ability to recruit PI3Kbeta to the membranes that they are using, and this is central to one of the most profoundly novel activation mechanisms offered by the manuscript. The authors propose that the nSH2- and Gbeta/gamma binding sites partially overlap, so that Gbeta/gamma can only bind once the nSH2 domain releases the p110beta subunit. This mechanism would mean that once the nSH2 is engaged by membrane-conjugated pY, the Gbg heterodimer can bind and increase the association of the enzyme with membranes. Indeed, this increased membrane association is observed by the authors. However, the authors also show that this increased recruitment to membranes accounts for relatively little increase in activity, and that the far greater component of activation is due to an allosteric effect of the membrane association on the activity of the enzyme. The proposal for competition between Gbg binding and the nSH2 is consistent with the behavior of an nSH2 mutant that cannot bind to pY and which, consequently, does not vacate the Gbg-binding site. In addition to the outstanding contribution to understanding the kinetics of activation of PI3Kbeta, the authors have offered the first structural interpretation for the kinetics of Gbg activation in synergy with pY activation. The proposal for an overlapping nSH2/Gbg binding site is supported by predictions made by John Burke, using alphafold multimer. Although there is no experimental structure to support this structural model, it is consistent with HDX-MS analyses that were published previously.

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      1. The approx relative concentrations (surface densities ) of Rac1-GTP, GBetagammas and PY-peptides used in experiments in Fig 1 are not easy to understand and useful to give an intuitive feel for the relative sensitivity of the PI3Kbeta reporter to those inputs.

      In our revised manuscript, we provide densities of the individual signaling inputs used to reconstitute Dy647-PI3Kβ membrane recruitment (see Figure legend 1). We provide a more detailed explanation about our quantification method in subsequent figures where the membrane surface density of signaling inputs is varied to modulate the strength of PI3Kβ membrane localization and activity.

      Building off the quantification of Rac1-GTP and pY membrane density measurements presented in our initial manuscript submission, we now include an estimate of the GβGγ membrane density. For these new measurements, we recombinantly expressed and purified additional SNAP-GβGγ protein, which we fluorescently labeled with AlexaFluor 555. The membrane surface density of GβGγ was quantified at equilibrium using a combination of AF488-SNAP-GβGγ (bulk signal) and dilute AF555-SNAP-GβGγ (0.0025%), which allowed us to resolve and count the single molecule density (Figure 3A). We calculate the total surface density of GβGγ based on the AF555-SNAP-GβGγ dilution factor. In the methods section titled, “surface density calibration,” we describe our protocol.

      1. The estimates of the PIP3 concentrations/densities measured using the BTK reporter seem good but its unclear (to me) how they were derived.

      The density of PI(3,4,5)P3 lipids in our supported lipid bilayers was calculated based on the incorporation of a define molar ratio of PI(3,4,5)P3 in our small unilamellar vesicles. Based on the average footprint of 0.72 nm2 for a single lipid, we calculated the density of lipids per µm2. In the methods section titled, “kinetic measurements of PI(3,4,5)P3 lipid production,” we include the following description:

      “Assuming an average footprint of 0.72 nm2 for phosphatidylcholine (Carnie et al., 1979; Hansen et al., 2019), we calculated a density of 2.8 × 104 PI(3,4,5)P3 lipids/μm2 for supported membranes that contain an initial concentrations of 2% PI(4,5)P2. We assume that the plateau fluorescence intensity of the AF488-SNAP-Btk sensor following reaction completion in the presence of PI3Kβ represents the production of 2% PI(3,4,5)P3. The bulk membrane intensity of AF488-SNAP-Btk was normalized from 0 to 1, and then multiplied times the total density of PI(3,4,5)P3 lipids to generate kinetic traces that report the kinetics of PI(3,4,5)P3 production.”

      Minor points

      l164; Rac1(GTP) AND GBeta gammas. In this context it should be OR. Or have I misunderstood?

      l1093; kineticS measurementS.

      Thank you for pointing out these typos. We made the appropriate edits.

      The paper of Suire etal (Suire, S., Lécureuil, C., Anderson, K. E., Damoulakis, G., Niewczas, I., Davidson, K., Guillou, H., Pan, D., Jonathan Clark, Phillip T Hawkins, & Stephens, L. (2012). GPCR activation of Ras and PI3Kc in neutrophils depends on PLCb2/b3 and the RasGEF RasGRP4. The EMBO journal, 31(14), 3118-3129. https://doi.org/10.1038/emboj.2012.167) make the point that in vivo it appears that although Ras-activation is required for full activation of PI3Kgamma (and can activate PI3Kgamma in vitro directly) if you use tools to activate Ras in the absence of receptor and Gbetagamma signalling, it has no affect on PIP3 . This directly supports the authors conclusions.

      Thank you for sharing this citation. We incorporated the reviewer’s insight into our discussion section to broaden the significance of our work.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      There are only a few relatively minor points that could be addressed to improve the paper:

      1. Why is the density still going up after 10 minutes in Figure 1 Figure supplement 2? Doesn't this seem like a very long time? Are we seeing fast on/off combined with fast on/slow off? Are the particles eventually becoming stuck in odd places or are they slowly denaturing?

      Our movies do not indicate a slow accumulation of immobilized or stuck Dy647-PI3Kβ particles on the membrane surface. On the long timescale, we believe that a small fraction of Dy647-PI3Kβ molecular do exhibit longer dwell times on membranes containing a high density of pY (>6,000 molecules/µm2). This is likely due to membrane hopping of Dy647-PI3Kβ. In other words, rather than Dy647-PI3Kβ dissociating from the membrane surface directly into the solution, the Dy647-PI3Kβ molecule immediately rebinds to another membrane conjugated pY peptide. This type of behavior of a peripheral membrane binding protein is generally correlated with there being a higher surface density of the binding partner (Yasui et al., 2014). Characterization of potential Dy647-PI3Kβ membrane hopping will require additional experimentation (e.g. PI3Kβ mutants) and quantitative analysis that goes beyond the scope of this study.

      1. Lines 188-189. "By quantifying the average number of Alexa488-pY particles per unit area of supported membrane we calculated the absolute density of pY per μm2 (Figure 2D). I think this should be Figure 2C, right hand y-axis.

      Thank you for identifying our typo. We’ve corrected the text for clarity.

      1. Lines 102-193. "When Dy647-PI3Kβ was flowed over a membrane containing a low density of {less than or equal to} 500 pY/μm2, we observed rapid equilibration kinetics consistent with a 1:1 binding stoichiometry (Figure 2E).” There is no density shown in Fig. 2E. There is only "membrane intensity." Perhaps it was their intent to include a right-hand axis with density (number of particles/area), as they did in Figure 2C. However, they did not, so Figure 2E does not support the text. The value of Intensity/#py/um**2 does not appear to be the same for Figure 2C as for Figure 2E, assuming that the statement in the text is correct. The authors should include the density as a right-hand axis in 2E.

      We have reworded this portion of the results section for clarity. In reading the reviewers comment, we recognize that a more convincing way to support our claim of a 1:1 binding stoichiometry would be to show that there are ~500 Dy647-PI3Kβ/μm2 membrane bound complexes when the pY surface density equals ~500 pY/μm2. For us to make this connection, we would need to perform experiments using a Dy647-PI3Kβ concentration that fully saturates all the binding pY binding sites. However, at this elevated Dy647-PI3Kβ solution concentration, individual Dy647-PI3Kβ complexes can start to bind to a single phosphotyrosine of the dually phosphorylated peptide due to competition for pY binding sites. As an alternative to performing the experiment described above, we can infer binding stoichiometry from the shape of the membrane absorption kinetic traces. For example, a simple bimolecular interaction exhibits rapid equilibration kinetics with a hyperbolic shaped kinetic trace. Systems that have more complex binding equilibria, however, generally take longer to equilibrate (due to the change in KOFF) and can often be broken down into 2 or 3 distinct dissociation constants (KD). This type of kinetic analysis has previously been used to describe multivalent membrane binding interactions for the Btk-PI(3,4,5)P3 (Chung et al., 2019) and PI3Kγ-GβGγ (Rathinaswamy et al., 2021) complexes. Considering that there are multiple interpretations of the Dy647-PI3Kβ membrane absorption traces show in Figure 2E, we refrain from saying that our results explicitly reveal a 1:1 binding stoichiometry. Instead, we provide several possible explanations for the results. Ultimately, additional experiments and kinetic modeling of wild type and mutant PI3Kβ is necessary to define the binding stoichiometry under different conditions.

      1. Table 1. The authors have analysed the data to extract two dwell times and two diffusion coefficients. The legend should make this clear, referring to D1 as the slow diffusion component and D2 as fast diffusion, similarly, there are short and long dell times. This should be stated in the legend. There are two columns labelled "alpha". This presumably should be alpha1 and alpha2, the fractions of particles with short and long dwell times. The table legend should clarify this.

      In our revision, additional text has been added to the figure legends and Table 1.

      Text from Table 1: “Alpha (α) equals the fraction of molecules with the characteristic dwell time, τ1 (DT = dwell time). The fraction of molecules with the characteristic dwell time, τ2, equals 1-α. Alpha (αD) equals the fraction of molecules with the characteristic diffusion coefficient, D1. The fraction of molecules with diffusion coefficient, D2, equals 1-αD.”

      1. In the legend for Figure 5 figure supplement 1, for part D, the "Cumulative membrane of binding events..." The "of" should be deleted.

      Thank you for identifying this typo.

      1. Lines 423-426: "We found that PI3Kβ kinase activity is also relatively insensitive to either Rac1(GTP) or GβGγ alone. This is in contrast to previous reports that showed Rho-GTPases (Fritsch et al. 2013) and GβGγ (Katada et al. 1999; Hashem A. Dbouk et al. 2012; Maier, Babich, and Nürnberg 1999) can activate PI3Kβ, albeit modest, compared to synergistic activation with pY peptides plus Rac1(GTP) or GβGγ." It is not clear what this statement means. On the surface, it might be interpreted as saying that these previous studies had some flaw that led the authors to conclude that there is some activation caused by Rac1 or Gbeta/gamma on their own. The current manuscript is an important contribution to understanding the mechanism of synergistic activation, but it is also true that the Hansen and his colleagues have not used the same membranes as were used previously. The authors state that they have used a wide range of membrane compositions, but the only ones that have appeared in the manuscript are nearly pure PC (with 2% PIP2) or PC with 20% PS. Extensive studies with varying membrane compositions are beyond the scope of the current study, since the current manuscript concisely makes important observations regarding mechanism. However, it would be helpful for readers if the authors at least mention the differences in membrane compositions among the studies.

      The reviewer raises an important point concerning our interpretation of PI3Kβ activation data in relationship to existing literature. In our original submission, we made conclusions concerning how individual signaling inputs modulate PI3Kβ activity, without showing all our data or providing sufficient explanation. In our revised manuscript, we include PI3Kβ kinase activity measurements performed in the presence of either pY, Rac1(GTP), or GβGγ alone (Figure 5B-5C). These experiments were reconstituted on supported membranes in the absence or presence of 20% PS lipids. We found that increasing the density of anionic lipids increased the overall activity of PI3Kβ in the presence of pY or GβGγ alone. This is consistent with a subtle increase in PI3Kβ membrane affinity due to the negatively charged PS lipids. Mutations that disrupt the direct interaction between PI3Kβ and GβGγ eliminated the observed lipid kinase activity. We were unable to detect PI3Kβ activity in the presence of Rac1(GTP) alone. In conclusion, we’re able to detect some PI3Kβ activity in the presence of GβGγ alone, which is consistent with previous reports (Dbouk et al., 2010; Katada et al., 1999; Maier et al., 2000). In the future, a more comprehensive analysis will be required to map the relationship between PI3Kβ activity, membrane localization, and lipid composition. For example, previous reconstitutions have revealed differential activation of PI3Kα that depends on the most abundant lipid being phosphatidylethanolamine (PE) rather than phosphatidylcholine (PC) (Hon et al., 2012; Ziemba et al., 2016). PE lipids comprise 25-30% of the cellular plasma membrane (Yang et al., 2018) and have been used in previous studies to measure PI3K lipid kinase activity on small unilamellar vesicles (Dbouk et al., 2010; Hon et al., 2012).

      In this study, we elected to use a simplified membrane composition that minimized non-specific membrane localization of fluorescently labeled PI3Kβ. This allowed us to more clearly define the strength of individual and combinations of protein-protein interactions that regulate PI3Kβ localization and kinase activity. When reconstituting amphiphilic molecules (i.e. lipids) in aqueous solution a variety of structures, including micelles, inverted micelles, and planar bilayers can form based on the lipid composition (Kulkarni, 2019). The organization of these membrane structures is related to the molecular packing parameter of the individual phospholipids (Israelachvili et al., 1976). The packing parameter (P=v⁄((a•l_c))) depends on the volume of the hydrocarbon (v), area of the lipid head group (a), and the lipid tail length (l_c). When generating supported lipid bilayers on a flat two-dimensional glass surface, we aim to create a fluid lamellar membrane. We find that phosphatidylcholine (PC) lipids are ideal for making supported lipid bilayers because they have a packing parameter of ~1 (Costigan et al., 2000). In other words, PC lipids are cylindrical like a paper towel roll. In contrast, cholesterol and phosphatidylethanolamine (PE) lipids have packing parameters of 1.22 and 1.11, respectively (Angelov et al., 1999; Carnie et al., 1979). This gives cholesterol and PE lipids an inverted truncated cone shape, which prefers to adopt a non-lamellar phase structure. Due to the intrinsic negative curvature of PE lipids, they can spontaneously form inverted micelles (i.e. hexagonal II phase) in aqueous solution when they are the predominant lipid species (Israelachvili et al., 1980; Kobierski et al., 2022; Wnętrzak et al., 2013). In the methods section of our manuscript, we note that from our experience incorporation of PE lipids dramatically reduces the protein-maleimide coupling efficiency, displayed more membrane defects, and resulted in a larger fraction of surface immobilized Dy647-PI3Kβ. This could be related to the intrinsic negative curvature of PE membranes. However, further investigation is needed to decipher these issues.

      Angelov B, Ollivon M, Angelova A. 1999. X-ray Diffraction Study of the Effect of the Detergent Octyl Glucoside on the Structure of Lamellar and Nonlamellar Lipid/Water Phases of Use for Membrane Protein Reconstitution. Langmuir 15:8225–8234. doi:10.1021/la9902338

      Carnie S, Israelachvili JN, Pailthorpe BA. 1979. Lipid packing and transbilayer asymmetries of mixed lipid vesicles. Biochim Biophys Acta 554:340–357. doi:10.1016/0005-2736(79)90375-4

      Chung JK, Nocka LM, Decker A, Wang Q, Kadlecek TA, Weiss A, Kuriyan J, Groves JT. 2019. Switch-like activation of Bruton’s tyrosine kinase by membrane-mediated dimerization. Proc Natl Acad Sci 116:10798–10803. doi:10.1073/pnas.1819309116

      Costigan SC, Booth PJ, Templer RH. 2000. Estimations of lipid bilayer geometry in fluid lamellar phases. Biochim Biophys Acta 1468:41–54. doi:10.1016/s0005-2736(00)00220-0

      Dbouk HA, Pang H, Fiser A, Backer JM. 2010. A biochemical mechanism for the oncogenic potential of the p110 catalytic subunit of phosphoinositide 3-kinase. Proc Natl Acad Sci 107:19897–19902. doi:10.1073/pnas.1008739107

      Hansen SD, Huang WYC, Lee YK, Bieling P, Christensen SM, Groves JT. 2019. Stochastic geometry sensing and polarization in a lipid kinase–phosphatase competitive reaction. Proc Natl Acad Sci 116:15013–15022. doi:10.1073/pnas.1901744116

      Hon W-C, Berndt A, Williams RL. 2012. Regulation of lipid binding underlies the activation mechanism of class IA PI3-kinases. Oncogene 31:3655–3666. doi:10.1038/onc.2011.532

      Israelachvili JN, Marcelja S, Horn RG. 1980. Physical principles of membrane organization. Q Rev Biophys 13:121–200. doi:10.1017/s0033583500001645

      Israelachvili JN, Mitchell DJ, Ninham BW. 1976. Theory of self-assembly of hydrocarbon amphiphiles into micelles and bilayers. J Chem Soc Faraday Trans 2 Mol Chem Phys 72:1525–1568. doi:10.1039/F29767201525

      Katada T, Kurosu H, Okada T, Suzuki T, Tsujimoto N, Takasuga S, Kontani K, Hazeki O, Ui M. 1999. Synergistic activation of a family of phosphoinositide 3-kinase via G-protein coupled and tyrosine kinase-related receptors. Chem Phys Lipids 98:79–86. doi:10.1016/S0009-3084(99)00020-1

      Kobierski J, Wnętrzak A, Chachaj-Brekiesz A, Dynarowicz-Latka P. 2022. Predicting the packing parameter for lipids in monolayers with the use of molecular dynamics. Colloids Surf B Biointerfaces 211:112298. doi:10.1016/j.colsurfb.2021.112298

      Kulkarni CV. 2019. Calculating the “chain splay” of amphiphilic molecules: Towards quantifying the molecular shapes. Chem Phys Lipids 218:16–21. doi:10.1016/j.chemphyslip.2018.11.004

      Maier U, Babich A, Macrez N, Leopoldt D, Gierschik P, Illenberger D, Nürnberg B. 2000. Gβ 5 γ 2 Is a Highly Selective Activator of Phospholipid-dependent Enzymes. J Biol Chem 275:13746–13754. doi:10.1074/jbc.275.18.13746

      Rathinaswamy MK, Dalwadi U, Fleming KD, Adams C, Stariha JTB, Pardon E, Baek M, Vadas O, DiMaio F, Steyaert J, Hansen SD, Yip CK, Burke JE. 2021. Structure of the phosphoinositide 3-kinase (PI3K) p110γ-p101 complex reveals molecular mechanism of GPCR activation. Sci Adv 7:eabj4282. doi:10.1126/sciadv.abj4282

      Wnętrzak A, Lątka K, Dynarowicz-Łątka P. 2013. Interactions of alkylphosphocholines with model membranes-the Langmuir monolayer study. J Membr Biol 246:453–466. doi:10.1007/s00232-013-9557-4

      Yang Y, Lee M, Fairn GD. 2018. Phospholipid subcellular localization and dynamics. J Biol Chem 293:6230–6240. doi:10.1074/jbc.R117.000582

      Yasui M, Matsuoka S, Ueda M. 2014. PTEN Hopping on the Cell Membrane Is Regulated via a Positively-Charged C2 Domain. PLoS Comput Biol 10:e1003817. doi:10.1371/journal.pcbi.1003817

      Ziemba BP, Burke JE, Masson G, Williams RL, Falke JJ. 2016. Regulation of PI3K by PKC and MARCKS: Single-Molecule Analysis of a Reconstituted Signaling Pathway. Biophys J 110:1811–1825. doi:10.1016/j.bpj.2016.03.001

    2. eLife assessment

      The manuscript describes the synergy among PI3Kbeta activators, providing compelling results concerning the mechanism of their activation. The particular strengths of the work arise to a great extend from the reconstitution system better mimicking the natural environment of the plasma membrane than previous setups have. The study will be a landmark contribution to the signaling field.

    3. Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      The manuscript aims to provide mechanistic insight into the activation of PI3Kbeta by its known regulators tyrosine phosphorylated peptides, GTP-loaded Rac1 and G-protein beta-gamma subunits. To achieve this the authors have used supported lipid bilayers, engineered recombinant peptides and proteins (often tagged with fluorophores) and TIRF microscopy to enable bulk (averages of many molecules) and single molecule quantitation. The great strength of this approach is the precision and clarity of mechanistic insight. Although the study does not use "in transfecto" or in vivo models the experiments are performed using "physiologically-based" conditions and provide a powerful insight into core regulatory principles that will be relevant in vivo.<br /> The results are beautiful, high quality, well controlled and internally consistent (and with other published work that overlaps on some points) and as a result are compelling. The primary conclusion is that the primary regulator of PI3Kbeta are tyrosine phosphorylated peptides (and by inference tyrosine phsophorylated receptors/adaptors) and that the other activators can synergise with that input but have relatively weak impacts on their own.

      Although the methodology is not easily imported, for reasons of both cost and the experience needed to execute them well, the results have broad importance for the field and reverse an impression that had built in large parts of the broader signalling and PI3K communities that all of the inputs to PI3Kbeta were relatively equivalent, however, these conclusions were based on "in cell" or in vivo studies that were very difficult to interpret clearly.

    4. Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      The manuscript of Duewell et al has made critical observations that help to understand the mechanisms of activation of the class IA PI3Ks. By using single-molecule kinetic measurements, the authors have made outstanding progress toward understanding how PI3Kbeta is uniquely activated by phosphorylated tyrosine kinase receptors, Gbeta/gamma heterodimers and the small G protein Rac1. While previous studies have defined these as activators of PI3Kbeta, the current manuscript makes clear the quantitative limitations of these previous observations. Most previous quantitative in vitro studies of PI3Kbeta activation have used soluble peptides derived from bis-phosphorylated receptors to stimulate the enzyme. These soluble peptides stimulate the enzyme, and even stimulate membrane interaction. Although these previous studies showed that the release of p85-mediated autoinhibition unmasks an intrinsic affinity of the enzyme for lipid membranes, they ignored what would be the consequence of these peptide sequences being present in the context of intrinsic membrane proteins. The current manuscript shows that the effect of membrane-conjugated peptides on the enzyme activity is profound, in terms of recruiting the enzyme to membranes. In this context, the authors show that G proteins associated with the membranes have an important contribution to membrane recruitment, but they also have a profound allosteric effect on the activity on the membrane, These are observations that would not have been possible with bulk measurements, and they do not simply recapitulate observations that were made for other class IA PI3Ks.

      An important observation that the authors have made is that Gbeta/gamma heterodimers and RAc1 alone have almost no ability to recruit PI3Kbeta to the membranes that they are using, and this is central to one of the most profoundly novel activation mechanisms offered by the manuscript. The authors propose that the nSH2- and Gbeta/gamma binding sites partially overlap, so that Gbeta/gamma can only bind once the nSH2 domain releases the p110beta subunit. This mechanism would mean that once the nSH2 is engaged by membrane-congugated pY, the Gbg heterodimer can bind and increase the association of the enzyme with membranes. Indeed, this increased membrane association is observed by the authors. However, the authors also show that this increased recruitment to membranes accounts for relatively little increase in activity, and that the far greater component of activation is due to an allosteric effect of the membrane association on the activity of the enzyme. The proposal for competition between Gbg binding and the nSH2 is consistent with the behavior of an nSH2 mutant that cannot bind to pY and which, consequently, does not vacate the Gbg-binding site. In addition to the outstanding contribution to understanding the kinetics of activation of PI3Kbeta, the authors have offered the first structural interpretation for the kinetics of Gbg activation in synergy with pY activation. The proposal for an overlapping nSH2/Gbg binding site is supported by predictions made by John Burke, using alphafold multimer. Although there is no experimental structure to support this structural model, it is consistent with HDX-MS analyses that were published previously.

    1. eLife assessment

      This important study describes how PhoP regulates cyclic-AMP production in the human pathogen Mycobacterium tuberculosis. The authors provide convincing evidence that PhoP acts as a repressor of the cyclic-AMP-specific phosphodiesterase, Rv0805, which can degrade cyclic-AMP. The work requires substantive revision to clarify the presentation of the data, together with appending conclusions, and will be of interest to bacteriologists.

    2. Joint Public Review:

      Summary:

      This paper reports how mycobacterial cAMP level is increased under stressful conditions and that the increase is important in the survival of the bacterium in animal hosts.

      Strengths:

      The authors show that under different stresses the response regulator PhoP represses a phosphodiesterase (PDE) that degrades cAMP specifically. Identification of a PDE specific to cAMP is significant progress in understanding Mtb pathogenesis. An increase in cAMP apparently increases bacterial survival upon infection. On the practical side, the reduction of cAMP by increasing PDE can be a means to attenuate the growth of the bacilli. The results have wider implications since PhoP is implicated in controlling diverse mycobacterial stress responses and many bacterial pathogens modulate host cell cAMP level. The results here are straightforward, internally consistent, and of both theoretical and applied interests.

      Weaknesses:

      Repression of PDE promoter by binding of phosphorylated PhoP could have been shown at higher precision. The binding is now somewhere along a roughly 500 bp region. Although the regulation of PDE is shown to be by transcriptional repression only, it has been described as a homeostatic mechanism. The latter would have required a demonstration of both repression and activation by negative feedback.

    1. Author Response

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Response to reviewers

      We thank the two reviewers for their constructive criticism, which helped to significantly improve our manuscript.

      During the revision process, we had to realize that the localization pattern reported for H. neptunium LmdCN-mCherry was an artifact caused by bleed-through of the BacA-YFP signal in the mCherry channel. More detailed studies showed that the fusion protein was detectable by Western blot analysis but, for unknown reasons, did not produce any fluorescence signal. Therefore, we have now removed the localization data shown in previous Figure 8B,C and Figure 8—figure supplement 1.

      To provide more evidence for a functional interaction between BacA and LmdC in H. neptunium, we have now established an inducible CRISPR interference system for this species and used it successfully to deplete LmdC (new Figure 9A-F). The loss of LmdC causes morphological defects very similar to those observed for the ΔbacA(D) mutant. In line with the physical interaction of BacA with the cytoplasmic region of LmdC observed in vitro, these findings support the hypothesis that the two proteins act in the same pathway. Consistent with the results obtained in H. neptunium, the absence of BacA leads to the delocalization of LmdC in R. rubrum. Moreover, we now provide in vivo evidence for a critical role of the cytoplasmic region of LmdC in the interaction of this protein with BacA in R. rubrum cells (new Figure 11). Together, these new findings strongly support the model that BacA and LmdC form a conserved morphogenetic module involved in the establishment of complex cell shapes in bacteria.

      Please see below for a more detailed explanation of our new results and for our response to the issues raised in the first round of review.

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review)

      In their study, Osorio-Valeriano and colleagues seek to understand how bacterial-specific polymerizing proteins called bactofilins contribute to morphogenesis. They do this primarily in the stalked budding bacterium Hyphomonas neptunium, with supporting work in a spiral-shaped bacterium, Rhodospirillum rubrum. Overall the study incorporates bacterial genetics and physiology, imaging, and biochemistry to explore the function of bactofilins and cell wall hydrolases that are frequently encoded together within an operon. They demonstrate an important, but not essential, function for BacA in morphogenesis of H. neptunium. Using biochemistry and imaging, they show that BacA can polymerize and that its localization in cells is dynamic and cell-cycle regulated. The authors then focus on lmdC, which encodes a putative M23 endopeptidase upstream of bacA in H. neptunium, and find that is essential for viability. The purified LmdC C-terminal domain could cleave E. coli peptidoglycan in vitro suggesting that it is a DD-endopeptidase. LmdC interacts directly with BacA in vitro and co-localizes with BacA in cells. To expand their observations, the authors then explore a related endopeptidase/ bactofilin pair in R. rubrum; those observations support a function for LmdC and BacA in R. rubrum morphogenesis as well.

      An overall strength of this study is the breadth and completeness of approaches used to assess bactofilin and endopeptidase function in cells and in vitro. The authors establish a clear function for BacA in morphogenesis in two bacterial systems, and demonstrate a physical relationship between BacA and the cell wall hydrolase LmdC that may be broadly conserved. The eventual model the authors favor for BacA regulation of morphogenesis in H. neptunium is that it serves as a diffusion barrier and limits movement of morphogenetic machinery like the elongasome into the elongating stalk and/or bud. However, there is no data presented here to address that model and the role of LmdC in H. neptunium morphogenesis remains unclear.

      We hypothesize that BacA establishes a barrier that prevents the movement of elongasome complexes into the stalk, either directly by sterical hindrance and/or indirectly by promoting the formation of an annular region of high positive inner cell curvature that cannot be passed by the elongasome. To test this model, we have now analyzed the localization dynamics of RodZ, a core structural component of the elongasome complex, in wild-type and ΔbacAD cells. We found that wild-type cells show dynamic YFP-RodZ foci whose movement is limited to the mother cell and the nascent bud, with no signal ob-served in the stalk. In ΔbacAD cells, by contrast, the fusion protein is consistently detected in all regions of the cell, including nascent stalks (new Figure 5). These results support the idea that BacA is required to confine the elongasome to the mother cell and bud regions and, thus, set the limits of the different growth zones in H. neptunium. We also attempted to follow the localization dynamics of other elongasome components, such as PBP2, MreC and MreD, but none of the corresponding fluorescent protein fusions was functional.

      In the past, we tried intensively to generate conditional mutants of lmdC, but all attempts to place the expression of this gene under the control of the copper- or zinc-inducible promoters available for H. neptunium were unsuccessful. To clarify the role of LmdC in H. neptunium morphogenesis, we have now established an inducible CRISPR interference system for this species and managed to block the ex-pression of lmdC using an sgRNA directed against the 5' region of its non-coding strand. We observed that cells lacking LmdC show a phenotype very similar to that of the ΔbacA mutant. Together with the finding that the N-terminal cytoplasmic region of LmdC physically interacts with BacA, this result strongly supports the hypothesis that BacA and LmdC act in the same pathway, forming a complex that ensures proper morphogenesis in H. neptunium (new Figure 9).

      The data presented illuminate aspects of bacterial morphogenesis and the physical and functional relationship between polymerizing proteins and cell wall enzymes in bacteria, a recurring theme in bacterial cell biology with a variety of underlying mechanisms. Bactofilins in particular are relatively recently discovered and any new insights into their functions and mechanisms of action are valuable. The findings presented here are likely to interest those studying bacterial morphogenesis, peptido-glycan, and cytoskeletal function.

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      This is an excellent study. It starts with the identification of two bactofilins in H. neptunium, a demonstration of their important role for the determination of cell shape and discovery of an associated endopeptidase to provide a convincing model for how these two classes of proteins interact to control cell shape. This model is backed up by a quantitative characterisation of their properties using high-resolution imaging and image analysis methods.

      Overall, all evidence is very convincing and I do not have many recommendations on how to improve the manuscript.

      In my opinion, there are only two issues that I have with the paper:

      1. The single particle dynamics of BacA is presented as analysed and I would like to give some suggestions how to maybe extract even more information from the already acquired data:

      1.1. Presentation: Figure 5A is only showing projections of single particle time-lapse movies. To convince the reader that it was indeed possible to detect single molecules it would be helpful if the authors present individual snapshots and intensity traces. In case of single molecules these will show step wise bleaching.

      We have now added a supplementary video that shows both time series and intensity traces of individual BacA-YFP molecules (Figure 6—Video 1). It verifies the step-wise bleaching of the particles observed and thus shows that we observe the mobility of single molecules. Moreover, we have now included a supplementary figure that shows all trajectories identified within representative cells. This visualization provides a more comprehensive view of our data and further supports the notion that our analysis is based on the detection of single molecules.

      1.2. Analysis: Figure 5B and Supplement Figure 1 are showing the single particle tracking results, revealing that there are two populations of BacA-YFP in the cell. However, this data does not show if individual BacA particles transition between these two populations or not. A more detailed analysis of the existing data, where one can try to identify confinement events in single particle trajectories could be very revealing and help to understand the behaviour of BacA in more detail.

      We agree that an analysis of the single-molecule traces for transitions between the mobile and static states would help to achieve a more detailed understanding of the polymerization behavior of BacA. We believe that the dynamic formation, reorganization and disappearance of BacA-YFP foci observed by time-lapse analysis (Figure 4) indicates that BacA undergoes reversible polymerization in vivo. A deeper investigation of this aspect is beyond the scope of the present study and will be performed at a later point.

      1. The title of Fig. 3 says that BacA and BacD copolymerise, however, the data presented to confirm this conclusion is actually rather weak. First, the Alphafold prediction does not show the co-polymer, and second, the in vitro polymerisation experiments were only done with BacA in the absence of BacD. Accordingly, the only evidence that supports this is their colocalization in fluorescence microscopy. I suggest either weakening the statement or changing the title adds more evidence.

      To support the idea that BacA and BacD interact with each other, we have now added images of cells producing BacA-YFP or BacD-CFP individually (new Figure 3—figure supplement 1B,C). The results obtained show that Bac-YFP alone still forms filamentous structures, whereas BacD-CFP condenses into tight foci in the absence of its paralog. However, when produced together with BacA-YFP, the two proteins colocalize into filamentous structures, supporting the notion that they interact with each other. However, we agree that it is unclear whether BacA and BacD copolymerize into mixed protofilaments or whether they form distinct protofilaments that then interact laterally to form larger bundles. We have therefore replaced the term “co-polymerize” with “assemble” in the heading of this section.

      Finally, did the authors think about biochemical experiments to study the interaction between the cytoplasmic part of LmdC and the bactofilins? These could further support their model.

      We show the interaction between the cytoplasmic region of H. neptunium LmdC and BacA in Figure 9G,H (previously Figure 8D,E). For technical reasons, it was not possible to synthesize a peptide com-prising the corresponding region of R. rubrum LmdC, so that our in vitro analysis is limited to the H. neptunium proteins.

      To further support the notion that BacA interacts with the cytoplasmic region of LmdC, we have now analyzed the localization behavior of two LmdC variants with amino acid exchanges in the conserved cytoplasmic β-hairpin motif (new Figure 11). Both variants no longer colocalize with BacA and are no longer enriched at the inner cell curve. Interestingly, these exchanges also affect the enrichment of BacA at the inner cell curvature, suggesting that BacA needs to interact with LmdC for proper localization. It is tempting to speculate that BacA polymers have a preferred intrinsic curvature and that the activity of the BacA-LmdC complexes adjusts cell curvature in a manner that facilitates their association with the inner curve.

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for The Authors):

      We have the following specific recommendations for the improvement of the manuscript:

      1. Several places would benefit from additional quantitation of data:

      a. Figure 1 and supplements: can cell shape be quantified in a more specific way? (e.g. principle component analysis of shape as in https://onlinelibrary.wiley.com/doi/10.1111/mmi.13218). It looks as if BacD production may partially rescue the bacA shape phenotype?

      We have made considerable efforts to establish methods to quantify morphological changes and protein localization patterns in Hyphomonas neptunium. Since standard software packages, such as Oufti or MicrobeJ, are not able to reliably detect stalks and, thus, typically identify buds as separate cells, we have developed our own analysis software (BacStalk; Hartmann et al, 2020, Mol Microbiol), that is optimized for the detection of thin cellular extensions. However, while this software works very well with wild-type cells, it also fails to recognize amorphous cells with multiple, ill-defined extensions. Given these problems in cell segmentation, it is currently not possible to use principle component analysis to obtain a robust measure of the morphological defects of bactofilin mutants in H. neptunium.

      b. Figures 2-S2b, 7D and 9-S1b - can the area under the peaks be quantified and compared across strains? Visual examination of the spectra makes it difficult to discern differences.

      A direct comparison of the peak areas between strains is not possible, because the absolute values depend on the amount of peptidoglycan used in the muropeptide analyses. It is very difficult to precisely quantify peptidoglycan, which makes it challenging to use equal amounts of material from different strains in the reactions. However, the relative proportion of different muropeptide species, as provided in Figure 2—Dataset 1, faithfully reflects the composition of peptidoglycan and can easily compared between strains.

      c. Figure 9E,F, 9-S4d - BacA and LmdC localization in R. rubrum is very difficult to assess. It does not look linear/filamentous in most cells and is difficult to tell if it is associated with the inner curvature. Can you quantify the position of the signal along the short axis of the cell to better demonstrate that?

      We agree that a better quantification of the distribution of protein along the cell envelope of R. rubrum is required to support the conclusions drawn. To address this issue, we have now used line scans to measure the fluorescence intensities along the inner and outer curve of cells (n=200 per strain) and visualized the data in the form of demographs. The results clearly show an enrichment of BacA and LmdC at the inner curve in wild-type cells and a disruption of this pattern in various mutant backgrounds (new Figures 10F,G,J and 11D,E).

      1. Figure 2-S2A. Does ∆bacD grow better than wild-type? It would also be useful to add growth curves of the bacA complemented strains.

      In the case of H. neptunium growth curves are often misleading, because cells start to aggregate at the late exponential phase due to abundant EPS formation. The degree of cell aggregation also depends on the morphology of cells, because EPS production is limited to the mother cell body, which makes it challenging to compare morphologically distinct mutant strains. We have now performed growth assays for all H. neptunium deletion and complementation strains used in the study and limited the analysis of doubling times to the early and mid-exponential phase, in which cells do not yet form visible aggregates. The results obtained are now included in the new Figure 1F and Figure 1—figure supplement 2D. They show that the doubling times of the different bactofilin mutants are close to that of the wild-type strain.

      1. Figure 4BC: From the demographs provided, BacA and BacD appear to have different localization dynamics. BacD seems to stay at the base of the stalk, nearest the mother cell, whereas BacA migrates towards to bud? Also, "length" is misspelt in the panels.

      During the transition to bud formation, we indeed observe that the localization patterns of BacA and BacD are in many cases not fully superimposable, with BacD lagging behind BacA and forming transient additional clusters in the vicinity of the stalk base. Examples are now shown in Figure 4—figure supplement 4). This effect explains the distinct patterns in the demographs. We have now modified the text accordingly. We have also corrected the spelling of “length” in the figure.

      1. Can BacD polymerize on its own? It colocalizes with BacA in E. coli but that does not necessarily mean it co-polymerizes.

      Please see our response to a similar issue (point 2) raised by Reviewer #1.

      1. Lines 263-266. You use E. coli PG as a substrate for LmdC in vitro because "peptidoglycan from H. neptunium shows only a low degree of cross-linkage and hardly any pentapeptides." Does this not have relevance to the physiological significance of the observed activity? Or do you presume that LmdC activity (and/or that of other endopeptidases) is very high in H. neptunium so it is difficult to detect additional activity using HnPG as a substrate? It would be useful to clarify this logic in the text.

      DD-crosslinks are formed by all major peptidoglycan biosynthetic complexes, including the elongasome and the divisome, so that their general relevance to cell growth in H. neptunium is beyond doubt. The low degree of crosslinkage observed suggests that H. neptunium contains high endopeptidase activity, which cleaves crosslinks after their formation by DD-transpeptidases. We have now added the explanation “likely due to a high level of autolytic activity” to make this point clearer. Whether LmdC makes a major contribution to the low level of crosslinkage remains to be determined. However, our data suggest that it mostly acts in complex with BacA, so that it may only cleave peptidoglycan locally and not have a global effect global on cell wall composition. It would not possible to detect the DD-endopeptidase activity of LmdC using H. neptunium peptidoglycan as a substrate, because it has a low content of DD-linked peptide chains. To facilitate the in vitro activity assay, we therefore used highly crosslinked peptidoglycan from a mutant E. coli strain.

      1. Lines 268-269: Is there some explanation for why monomers do not increase on LmdC treatment? Here quantitation of peaks before and after treatment would allow the reader to more precisely interpret these data.

      The absolute peak sizes are not comparable, because there is some variation in the amount of peptido-glycan included in the assays (see also our comments on point 1b raised by Reviewer #1) and the integrated peak areas (which correspond to the amounts of muropeptide species produced) depend on both the height and the width of the peaks, which vary to some degree in different HPLC runs. The relevant measure to compare the muropeptide profiles is therefore the relative content of different muropeptide species in the different conditions. For clarification, we have now added the following sentence to the legend of Figure 8D: “A quantification of the relative abundance of different muropeptide species in each condition, based on a comparison of the relative integrated peak areas, is provided in Figure 8—Dataset 1.” The control reaction lacking LmdC only contains peptidoglycan diluted in buffer and thus provides insight into muropeptide composition of untreated peptidoglycan.

      1. Lines 280-283: It would be interesting to know if the transmembrane domain of LmdC is required for its localization since it is dispensable for binding BacA and since LmdC still localizes to foci without BacA.

      Given that it is currently not possible to localize LmdC in H. neptunium, we were not able to perform this analysis.

      1. Line 296: it is also possible that LmdC localizes with another protein and does not independently assemble into larger complexes.

      Since the localization pattern reported for LmdC in the ΔbacAD background is no longer valid, we have not discussed this aspect in the revised version of our manuscript. However, in general, we do not exclude the possibility that LmdC could interact with other peptidoglycan biosynthetic proteins.

      1. Line 304-306 and Fig 9: Is the domain organization of RrLmdC the same as for HnLmdC? It would be useful to include its domain organization as well. Also, please add amino acid numbering to Figure 9B.

      We have now added a schematic showing the domain organization of LmdC from R. rubrum (new Figure 10B). The protein is highly similar to its homolog from H. neptunium.

      1. Line 340-341: "In both cases, they functionally interact with LmdC-type DD-endopeptidases to promote local changes in the pattern of peptidoglycan biosynthesis." This conclusion is not experimentally supported. Since LmdC is essential and you could not make a depletion strain in H. neptunium, it was not shown that the interaction with LmdC is how BacA promotes changes in PG patterning. HADA/FDAA labeling was not performed in R. rubrum, and no global changes in PG chemistry were observed in bacA or lmdC mutants, so you cannot claim BacA or LmdC influences PG patterning there, either. Either soften this statement to a hypothesis or otherwise rephrase.

      To further corroborate a functional interaction between BacA and LmdC, we have now established an inducible CRISPRi system to deplete LmdC from H. neptunium cells (see also our comments on the public review of Reviewer #1). We observe that the loss of LmdC leads to a phenotype very similar to that observed for the ΔbacA(D) mutant, supporting the idea that BacA and LmdC act in the same path-way. We have now also performed localization studies of the elongasome component RodZ in H. nep-tunium, which demonstrate that the spatial distribution of elongasome complexes is affected in the absence of the bactofilin cytoskeleton in H. neptunium. Combined with the observation that LmdC is a catalytically active DD-endopeptidase and its absence leads to morphological defects, these results indicate that BacA, together with LmdC, induces local changes in pattern of peptidoglycan biosynthesis, both by affecting elongasome movement and, likely, by reducing peptidoglycan crosslinking in the cell envelope regions it occupies.

      1. Figure 9-S4: there is no panel C (change D to C).

      Corrected.

      1. Lines 344-355: No data is presented here to support the barrier model of bactofilin function. In addition, it is unclear why cells would take on amorphous shapes instead of extended rod shapes/filaments if elongasome function was not constrained on the longitudinal axis. It would be helpful to have more discussion of the potential mechanisms of LmdC function in H. neptunium in this section of the discussion since that is the emphasis of the results section.

      To support the barrier model, we have now compared the localization dynamics of the elongasome component RodZ in wild-type and ΔbacAD cells. The results show that RodZ is excluded from the stalk in the wild-type background, whereas it readily enters the stalk in the mutant cells, leading to the expansion of stalks into large, amorphous extensions. Consistent with these findings, HADA labeling is not observed within the stalks in wild-type cells, whereas it is readily observed in the enlarged stalk structures (pseudohyphae) formed in the mutant cells.

      The current model of MreB movement suggests that MreB filaments have an intrinsic curvature and thus preferentially align along regions of similar curvature, which is along the circumference of the cell in rod-shaped geometries. However, previous work has shown that MreB starts to move along randomly oriented trajectories as soon as cells lose their rod-shaped morphology and adopt more spherical shapes (Hussain et al, 2018, eLife). In line with these findings, our current and our previous work (Cserti et al, 2017, Mol Microbiol) indicate that the expansion of the ovoid H. neptunium mother cell prior to the onset of stalk biosynthesis as well as bud formation are mediated by the elongasome complex. Thus, the elongasome can clearly also give rise to shapes other than rods. Interestingly, however, the H. neptunium elongasome also appears to drive the formation of the rod-shaped stalk, possibly by moving around the circumference of the stalk base. Thus, species- or growth phase-dependent regulatory mechanisms or, potentially, differences in the spatial arrangement of the glycan strands within the peptido-glycan layer may result in different modes of elongasome movement and, thus, modulate the morphogenetic activity of elongasome complexes.

      1. Lines 395-397: It is also possible that LmdC positioning is dependent on cell morphology, rather than directly on BacA, since morphology is so distorted in bacA mutant cells.

      We provide several lines of evidence showing that LmdC and BacA functionally and physically interact (see above), making it highly unlikely that the two proteins are not associated with each other. How-ever, our previous (Figure 10I,J) and new (Figure 11) results suggest that the physical interaction with LmdC and/or or the cell shape-modulating activity of the complex are required for the proper localization of BacA at the inner curve of the cell. This finding may indicate the existence of a self-reinforcing cycle, in which the morphological changes induced by BacA-LmdC assemblies stimulate the recruitment of additional assemblies to their site of action.

    2. eLife assessment

      The manuscript explores the interplay between cytoskeletal bactofilins and cell wall hydrolases in bacterial morphogenesis, utilizing a range of methodologies from bacteriological to biochemical. The study provides important insights into bactofilin polymers' control over peptidoglycan synthesis and the identification of LdmC, supported by a comprehensive array of genetic, bioinformatic, biochemical, and biophysical tools. These convincing findings propose a conserved module governing bacterial morphogenesis, emphasizing the direct association of cell wall remodeling enzymes with a dynamic cytoskeleton, akin to mechanisms observed in other cellular processes such as cell growth and division.

    3. Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      In their study, Osorio-Valeriano and colleagues seek to understand how bacterial-specific polymerizing proteins called bactofilins contribute to morphogenesis. They do this primarily in the stalked budding bacterium Hyphomonas neptunium, with supporting work in a spiral-shaped bacterium, Rhodospirillum rubrum. Overall the study incorporates bacterial genetics and physiology, imaging, and biochemistry to explore the function of bactofilins and cell wall hydrolases that are frequently encoded together within an operon. They demonstrate an important, but not essential, function for BacA in morphogenesis of H. neptunium. Using biochemistry and imaging, they show that BacA can polymerize and that its localization in cells is dynamic and cell-cycle regulated. They further demonstrate that BacA likely limits movement of the elongasome into the stalk, spatially confining its activity. The authors then focus on lmdC, which encodes a putative M23 endopeptidase upstream of bacA in H. neptunium, and find that is essential for viability. The purified LmdC C-terminal domain could cleave E. coli peptidoglycan in vitro suggesting that it is a DD-endopeptidase. LmdC interacts directly with BacA in vitro and co-localizes with BacA in cells. To expand their observations, the authors then explore a related endopeptidase/bactofilin pair in R. rubrum; those observations support a function for LmdC and BacA in R. rubrum morphogenesis as well.

      An overall strength of this study is the breadth and completeness of approaches used to assess bactofilin and endopeptidase function in cells and in vitro. The authors establish a clear function for BacA in morphogenesis in two bacterial systems, and demonstrate a physical relationship between BacA and the cell wall hydrolase LmdC that may be broadly conserved. The eventual model the authors favor for BacA regulation of morphogenesis in H. neptunium is that it serves as a diffusion barrier and limits movement of morphogenetic machinery like the elongasome into the elongating stalk and/or bud.

      The data presented illuminate aspects of bacterial morphogenesis and the physical and functional relationship between polymerizing proteins and cell wall enzymes in bacteria, a recurring theme in bacterial cell biology with a variety of underlying mechanisms. Bactofilins in particular are relatively recently discovered and any new insights into their functions and mechanisms of action are valuable. The findings presented here are likely to interest those studying bacterial morphogenesis, peptidoglycan, and cytoskeletal function.

    4. Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      This is an excellent study. It starts with the identification of two bactofilins in H. neptunium, a demonstration of their important role for the determination of cell shape and discovery of an associated endopeptidase to provide a convincing model for how these two classes of proteins interact to control cell shape. This model is backed up by a quantitative characterisation of their properties using high-resolution imaging and image analysis methods.

      Overall, all evidence is very convincing and I do not have many recommendations on how to improve the manuscript.

      In my opinion, there are only two issues that I have with the paper:

      1. The single particle dynamics of BacA is presented and analysed and I would like to give some suggestions on how to maybe extract even more information from the already acquired data:

      1.1. Presentation: Figure 5A is only showing projections of single particle time-lapse movies. To convince the reader that it was indeed possible to detect single molecules it would be helpful if the authors present individual snapshots and intensity traces. In case of single molecules these will show step wise bleaching<br /> 1.2. Analysis: Figure 5B and Supplement Figure 1 are showing the single particle tracking results, revealing that there are two populations of BacA-YFP in the cell. However, this data does not show if individual BacA particles transition between these two populations or not. A more detailed analysis of the existing data, where one can try to identify confinement events in single particle trajectories could be very revealing and help to understand the behaviour of BacA in more detail.

      2. The title of Fig. 3 says that BacA and BacD copolymerise, however, the data presented to confirm this conclusions is actually rather weak. First, the Alphafold prediction does not show the co-polymer, and second, the in vitro polymerisation experiments were only done with BacA in the absence of BacD. Accordingly, the only evidence that supports this is their colocalization in fluorescence microscopy. I suggest to either weaken the statement or change the title and add more evidence.

      Finally, did the authors think about biochemical experiments to study the interaction between the cytoplasmic part of LmdC and the bactofilins? These could further support their model.

    1. Author Response

      The following is the authors’ response to the previous reviews.

      eLife assessment

      This study presents useful findings regarding the impact of forest cover and fragmentation on the prevalence of malaria in non-human primates. The evidence supporting the claims of the authors is, however, incomplete, as the sampling design cannot adequately address the geospatial issues that this study focuses on.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      The study as a concept is well designed, although there is still one issue I see in the methodology.

      I still have concerns with their attempts to combine the different scales of data. While the use of point data is great, it limits the sample size, and they have included the district to country level data to try and increase the sample size. The problem is that although they try to get an overall estimate at the district/state/country by taking 10 random sample points, which could be a method to get an estimate for the district/state/country. It would be a suitable method if the primates were evenly distributed across the district/state/country. The reality is that the primates are not evenly distributed across the district/state/country therefore the random point sampling is not a reasonable method to get an estimate of the environmental variables in relation to the macaques. For example if you had a mountainous country and you took 10 random points to estimate altitude, you would end up with a large number, but if all the animals of interest lived on the coast, your average altitude is meaningless in relation to the animals of interest as they are all living at low altitude. The fact that the model relies less on highly variable components and places more reliance on less variable components, is really not relevant as the district/state/country measurements have no real meaning in relation to the distribution of masques.

      A simple possible way forward could be to run the model without the district/state/country samples and see what the outcome is. If the outcome is similar then the random point method may be viable (but if it gives the same outcome as ignoring those samples then you don't need the district/state/country samples). If you get a totally different outcome then it should raise concerns about using the district/state/country samples.

      This paper is a really nice piece of work and is a valuable contribution but the district/state/country sample issue really needs to be addressed.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      A simple possible way forward could be to run the model without the district/state/country samples and see what the outcome is. If the outcome is similar then the random point method may be viable (but if it gives the same outcome as ignoring those samples then you don't need the district/state/country samples). If you get a totally different outcome then it should raise concerns about using the district/state/country samples.

      Thank you for your comments, and for the suggestions to address the issues identified in your main commentary by running an analysis on exclusively GPS geolocated data points. This was the original plan for analysis, but the available data identified in the literature review includes only 14 data points (macaque P. knowlesi prevalence surveys) with associated GPS coordinates. This was found to be too limited to obtain meaningful results from a regression analysis, and hence we then explored methods for utilising all available data to identify trends whilst accounting for spatial uncertainty in the analysis. As the point location only represents the location of capture and not the extent of the home range of the NHPs, we additionally feel there is value in exploring methods to encompass the wider surrounding habitat.

      We do appreciate the concerns you raise with the random point method being used to represent macaque survey sites when species of interest are not necessarily evenly distributed across an area. To investigate this, we ran sensitivity analysis on a subset of the dataset according to whether the points fall in areas of >50%, >75% or >90% predicted probability of macaque occurrence, with maps derived from published models of macaque suitability in Southeast Asia. For each of these thresholds, points that fall outside these areas were removed – such that, if a random point is located on a mountain range where there is 0 likelihood of macaque occurrence, it is excluded from the analysis. We found that restricting analysis to areas with highly probably macaque habitat still shows a robust effect of forest cover on NHP prevalence, and additionally that for the most conservative (>90%) habitat threshold there remains an effect of forest fragmentation on prevalence (SI Table S17c, Figure S15c). Given that using the full data set increases the uncertainty, as there is more variation in covariates between the replicates, this can be considered a more conservative approach to detecting an effect of environment as reported in the main findings.

    2. eLife assessment

      This useful study presents findings regarding the impact of forest cover and fragmentation on the prevalence of malaria in non-human primates. The evidence supporting the claims of the authors is solid.

    3. Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      The paper aims to determine the impact of forest cover and fragmentation on the prevalence of malaria in non-human primates. The paper uses existing spatial datasets, as well as data obtained through published studies on zoonotic malaria. The findings of this study are important, as forest loss is still occurring in the tropics which will impact human infections of zoonotic malaria.

    4. Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      This is the first comprehensive study aimed at assessing the impact of landscape modification on the prevalence of P. knowlesi malaria in non-human primates in Southeast Asia. This is a very important and timely topic both in terms of developing a better understanding of zoonotic disease spillover and the impact of human modification of landscape on disease prevalence.

      This study uses the meta-analysis approach to incorporate the existing data sources into a new and completely independent study that answers novel research questions linked to geospatial data analysis. The challenge, however, is that neither the sampling design of previous studies nor their geospatial accuracy are intended for spatially-explicit assessments of landscape impact. On the one hand, the data collection scheme in existing studies was intentionally opportunistic and does not represent a full range of landscape conditions that would allow for inferring the linkages between landscape parameters and P. knowlesi prevalence in NHP across the region as a whole. On the other hand, the absolute majority of existing studies did not have locational precision in reporting results and thus sweeping assumptions about the landscape representation had to be made for the modeling experiment. Finally, the landscape characterization was oversimplified in this study, making it difficult to extract meaningful relationships between the NHP/human intersection on the landscape and the consequences for P. knowlesi malaria transmission and prevalence.

      Despite study limitations, the authors point to the critical importance of understanding vector dynamics in fragmented forested landscapes as the likely primary driver in enhanced malaria transmission. This is an important conclusion particularly when taken together with the emerging evidence of substantially different mosquito biting behaviors than previously reported across various geographic regions.

      Another important component of this study is its recognition and focus on the value of geospatial analysis and the availability of geospatial data for understanding complex human/environment interactions to enable monitoring and forecasting potential for zoonotic disease spillover into human populations. More multi-disciplinary focus on disease modeling is of crucial importance for current and future goals of eliminating existing and preventing novel disease outbreaks.

    1. Author Response

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      Summary

      This article by Zhai et al, investigates sterol transport in bacteria. Synthesis of sterols is rare in bacteria but occurs in some, such as M capsulatus where the sterols are found primarily in the outer membrane. In a previous paper the authors discovered an operon consisting of five genes, with two of these genes encoding demethylases involved in sterol demethylation. In this manuscript, the authors set out to investigate the functions of the other three genes in the operon. Interestingly, through a bioinformatic analysis, they show that they are an inner membrane transporter of the RND family, a periplasmic binding protein, and an outer membrane-associated protein, all potentially involved with lipid transport, so providing a means of transporting the lipids to the outer membrane. These proteins are then extensively investigated through lipid pulldowns, binding analysis on all three, and X-ray crystallography and docking of the latter two.

      Strengths

      The lipid pulldowns and associated MST binding analysis are convincing, clearly showing that sterols are able to bind to these proteins. The structures of BstB and BstC are high resolution with excellent maps that allow docking studies to be carried out. These structures are distinct from sterol-binding proteins in eukaryotes.

      We thank the reviewer for their favorable impression of this work.

      Weaknesses

      While the docking and molecular dynamics studies are consistent with the binding of sterols to BstB and BstC, this is not backed up particularly well. The MST results of mutants in the binding pocket of BstB have relatively little effect, and while I agree with the authors this may be because of the extensive hydrophobic interactions that the ligand makes with the protein, it is difficult to make any firm conclusions about binding.

      We agree with the reviewer that at this point, there is no experimental evidence to define the sterol binding site in BstB. While in the manuscript we allude to the extensive hydrophobic interactions as being especially stabilizing and difficult to eliminate with one or two mutations, we are now also aware that hydrogen-bonding interactions with the polar head of the sterols are quite important (see data on BstC, where disruption of that interaction significantly reduces the equilibrium affinity for sterols). Our MD simulations show that at least 3 protein amino acids can participate in H-bonding with the sterols. Moreover, recent work from our lab show that even ligand site waters can extend an H-bonding network around the polar head of the lipid (Zhai et al., ChemBioChem 2023, 24, e202300156), thereby enabling H-bonding with amino acids that are further away from the ligand site. It is therefore difficult to predict which mutations will sufficiently destabilize the binding. While this question is one we will tackle in future studies focused on obtaining high-resolution substrate-bound structures of BstB or homologs, the findings reported here are still relevant and timely, and we posit will spur the discovery of functional homologs, including some in organisms that are more tractable.

      The authors also discuss the possibility of a secondary binding site in BstB based on a slight cavity in domain B next to a flexible loop. This is not backed up in any way and seems unlikely.

      The reviewer is correct in that the evidence for this second binding site weak. While the crystallographic structure shows a highly hydrophobic region and the binding studies suggests cooperativity exists in the binding of the 4methylsterol substrate, the docking studies do not strongly support binding at that site. As such, we have clarified in the manuscript that a second hydrophobic cavity is observed, but that its role in ligand interaction remains unexplored.

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      In eukaryotes, sterols are crucial for signaling and regulating membrane fluidity, however, the mechanism governing cholesterol production and transport across the cell membrane in bacteria remains enigmatic. The manuscript by Zhai et al. sheds light on this topic by uncovering three potential cholesterol transport proteins. Through comprehensive bioinformatics analysis, the authors identified three genes bstA, bstB, and bstC encoding proteins which share homology with transporters, periplasmic binding proteins, and periplasmic components superfamily, respectively. Furthermore, the authors confirmed the specific interaction between these three proteins and C-4 methylated sterols and determined the structures of BstB and BstC. Combining these structural insights with molecular dynamics simulation, they postulated several plausible substrate binding sites within each protein.

      Strengths:

      The authors have identified 3 proteins that seem likely to be involved in sterol transport between the inner and outer membrane. The structures are of high quality, and the sterol binding experiments support a role for these proteins in sterol transport.

      We thank the reviewer for this positive view of our work.

      Weaknesses:

      While the author's model is very plausible, direct evidence for a role of BstABC in transport, or that the 3 proteins function together in a single pathway, is limited.

      The reviewer is correct that we were unable to demonstrate that the three proteins work together to transport 4methylsterols. This is not for lack of trying. We first attempted gene deletion studies, and as mentioned in the manuscript (with more details now provided in the experimental section), this appeared to be lethal. We then attempted in vitro exchange experiments, in which the proteins would be used to transfer sterols from sterol-loaded “heavy” liposomes to a sterol-free “light” liposomes – such exchange assays are frequently performed with eukaryotic sterol transporters (see Chung et al., Science 2015, https://doi.org/10.1126/science.aab1370). These assays were not successful because 1) sterols incorporated poorly into liposomes made with E. coli polar lipids and yielded leaky liposomes; 2) use of liposomes prepared with the TLE of M. capsulatus proved more stable, but no appreciable exchange was observed; we reasoned that this might be due to the absence of an energy source for BstA, the RND component for which we have expressed and purified only the soluble periplasmic domain. Given the technical difficulty of these in vitro transport experiments, we will continue to pursue in vivo demonstration of function as new homologs are identified.

      Reviewer #3 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      The work in this manuscript builds on prior efforts by this team to understand how sterols are biosynthesized and utilized in bacteria. The study reports a new function for three genes encoded near sterol biosynthesis enzymes, suggesting the resulting proteins function as a sterol transport system. Biochemical and structural characterization of the two soluble components of the pathway establishes that both proteins can bind sterols, with a preference for 4methylated derivatives. High-resolution x-ray structures of the apoproteins reveal hydrophobic cavities of the appropriate size to accommodate these substrates. Docking and molecular dynamics simulations confirm this observation and provide specific insights into residues involved in substrate binding.

      Strengths:

      The manuscript is comprehensive and well-written. The annotation of a new function in a set of proteins related to bacterial sterol usage is exciting and likely to enable further study of this phenomenon - which is currently not well understood. The work also has implications for improving our understanding of lipid usage in general among bacterial organisms.

      We thank the reviewer for this synopsis of our work.

      Weaknesses:

      The authors might consider moving some of the bioinformatics figures to the main text, given how much space is devoted to this topic in the results section.

      We have taken this advice and moved Figure S1 to the main manuscript.

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      1. In the analysis of the MST data, the authors quote Hill coefficients. How reliable are these numbers? For BstB, for instance, it seems unlikely that more than one molecule would bind. Can the analysis be done without needing to include Hill coefficients?

      We used fits that did and did not invoke cooperativity – see below. We are certain that both BstA and BstB are better fit with cooperativity invoked.

      Author response image 1.

      1. In looking at the maps associated with the structures, which were included in the review package, I see that two citric acid molecules fit beautifully into the density where currently PEG has been modelled. This needs to be fixed and some comments may be appropriate in the manuscript.

      We thank the reviewer for calling our attention to this. Citric acid has now been added to the model, and we reason that these are present in the structure because citric acid was used in the crystallization condition. The revised model is now present in the PDB.

      1. It is not necessary to show the two molecules in the asymmetric unit in Figure 4 given that it is not a dimer. This doesn't add anything to the manuscript.

      We now show a single molecule of BstC in Figure 4 (now Figure 5).

      1. I wouldn't consider the loops shown in Figure S4 as disordered. They have slightly higher B-values but are not completely mobile.

      We did not refer to these loops as disordered. In the text, we say they “exhibit poor electron densities, suggesting conformational sampling of more than one state (Fig. S4A).”

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      pg 7, "hinting at an astounding distinction": I might suggest a word other than astounding that conveys how statistically unlikely, unusual, etc. this result is.

      Thank you – we have removed “astounding”.

      pg 7, paragraph 2: Here the authors show that in the SSN analysis, BstB proteins cluster separately and suggest this implies a distinction in function. However, they also show that PhnD homologs do not cluster separately (distributed across multiple clusters), yet presumably have similar functions. I am not familiar with SSN, but it seems to me that the second statement about PhnD implies that the first statement about BstB might not be valid, i.e., if PhnD doesn't cluster based on function, on what basis can we conclude that BstB does? On what basis does clustering occur in the SSN analysis? Might it be driven by things other than function? This comment also concerns the final paragraph of this section.

      The reviewer is correct in that PhnD homologs occupy separate clusters of the SSN. Many of these homologs were crystallized with phosphate-like compounds, but it is possible that they have non-overlapping substrate scopes and are therefore functionally distinct. As for the basis of clustering, the SSN is fully sequence-based. What has been observed is that proteins with highly similar sequences can have similar functions – but this is not always true.

      pg 8, paragraph 1: The authors suggest that BstABC may be essential. This is probably not a critical claim and it might be simplest to just remove it, but if it is mentioned, the authors should probably explain what was attempted that failed, so a reader can assess the strength of the evidence supporting essentiality. For example, I don't see anything in the methods about genetic manipulations of M. capsulatus, so currently, this falls within the realm of "Data not shown".

      We have provided additional information about the experimental techniques used to do this. This statement was included so that it is understood that the reason for the experimental failure is unlikely to be technical in nature, as we have successfully deleted some sterol related genes while others remain intractable.

      Fig. 2A: It is unclear to me what is being plotted here, perhaps more experimental detail is required in the form of labels and/or legend. Is this a quantification of each sterol in each fraction separated by GC? There are essentially no methods provided for the GC-MS experiments. A reference is provided, but I think providing detailed methods for these specific experiments will provide a higher degree of scientific rigor. I am not sure what is standard for GCMS, but perhaps showing spectra in the supplement that establish the identity of the bound molecules as species I and II would be appropriate?

      Additional experimental details have been provided and the figure legend changed to be more clear. Moreover, we now clearly state that the chromatograms shown were used to identify lipids due to retention times for spectra that were previously published in Wei et al., 2016.

      pg 10-11, comparison with PhnD structure: Perhaps it is worth mentioning a 3rd possible explanation for the relative opening/closing of the cleft is simply crystal packing? I don't think it necessarily has to imply anything about a difference in function. Also, the focus seems to be on this pairwise comparison, but perhaps more insights could be gleaned from an analysis that included a wider range of homologs, especially if any are thought to bind hydrophobic substrates.

      This could be true, and we have included a statement to that effect. We are unaware of homologs shown to bind to large, hydrophobic molecules.

      I think that BstB is shown upside-down in sup movies relative to other figures. If it isn't changed, perhaps adding some labels would help orient the reader.

      We have rotated the movies to be more consistent with the figures.

      Fig. S7: No units are indicated for Kds (uM?).

      Thank you – this has been fixed.

      pg 11, paragraph 2. "adjacent to three residues: Glu118, Tyr120 and Asn192": The residue number used in the text doesn't seem to match the numbering in the PDB file. I think these residues correspond to Glu98, Tyr100, and Asn172 in the PDB file.

      We regret this error. The correct numbering for both structures is now present in the deposited PDB files (7T1M for BstB and 7T1S for BstC).

      pg 12, final paragraph: The authors present binding data for BstB variants with mutations in the putative sterol binding pocket identified in the structural and MD analyses. However, these mutants had no effect on binding. The authors rationalize this in terms of the size of the interface and hydrophobic nature (which indeed, may be correct and is very plausible), and it is worth noting that many of their mutations are to Ala and would largely preserve the hydrophobic nature of the cleft. However, these mutants raise questions about where sterols actually bind. No experimental evidence is presented that substrates bind in the cleft, it is only hypothesized based on structural homology, MD simulations, etc. These mutations formally provide evidence against the hypothesis being tested; I think that has to be discussed a bit more directly, alongside the caveats the authors already discuss about hydrophobicity, etc.

      This is a valid point by the reviewer, and it is one we have attempted to address with our statement in the manuscript and in our response to reviewer 1. We have modified the relevant text to more clearly state that there is as of yet no experimental evidence for the binding of sterols to the cavity identified via molecular docking.

      pg 13: Presumably this is not the full-length lipoprotein, but has been truncated/mutated in some way? Some statement of roughly what was purified/crystallized should be stated.

      The SI methods on protein purification states that the genes of BstB and BstC without their respective signal peptides were obtained.

      pg 13, last paragraph "TN1 exhibits hybrid hydrophobicity, with the sides horizontal to cavities being hydrophobic while the vertical sides are more hydrophilic". I don't really follow the horizontal vs vertical sides. Perhaps this could be described in a different way.

      Noted and changed to “TN1 is closer to the N-terminal face of the structure, while CA1 and CA2 are proximal to the C-terminal face and form two open hydrophobic pockets; TN1 exhibits a mixture of hydrophobic and hydrophilic amino acids (Fig. 4B and Fig. S9B, Table S4).”

      pg 15-16, "Comparison to eukaryotic sterol transporters": Perhaps this would be better suited for the discussion section? Could also be streamlined; it is mostly discussing and comparing eukaryotic sterol binding domains to each other, not to BstABC.

      Given that BstB and BstC are the first identified proteins (and putative transporters) for bacterial sterol engagement, we thought a careful description of the existing sterol transporters (which are all eukaryotic) was warranted.

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      I have just two minor suggestions for the authors if they wish to comment on or address them.

      1. Do the three proteins (BstA/B/C) form any sort of complex? Perhaps this property was not assessed - but it seemed possible that the B and C components might constitute a shuttle for the membrane-bound transporter?

      This is an important observation – the unliganded version of these proteins show no appreciable affinity for each other. However, BstB (which would be expected to engage both with BstA and BstC) belongs to a family of proteins known to undergo significant conformational change upon substrate binding. It is possible that with substrate present, complexes are formed – we have yet to investigate this.

      1. In Figure S1, panel C - it appears that the label for the BstC cluster may have migrated away from the intended location. In this figure, it might also be useful to indicate in the caption the meaning of the red coloring of the nodes?

      The label is now fixed – thank you for drawing our attention to this.

    2. eLife assessment

      This is a valuable contribution to our understanding of how some bacteria can transport sterols from the cytoplasm to the outer membrane. Though much remains to be tested and explored, the data and analyses presented here provide solid evidence for the genetic and physical interaction of BstA/B/C with bacterially-produced sterols. The manuscript will be of interest to scientists focusing on the characterization of novel bacterial proteins and those studying lipid transport and acquisition in bacterial pathogens.

    3. Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      Summary

      This article by Zhai et al, investigates sterol transport in bacteria. Synthesis of sterols is rare in bacteria but occurs in some, such as, M capsulatus where the sterols are found primarily in the outer membrane. In a previous paper the authors discovered an operon consisting of five genes, with two of these genes encoding demethylases involved in sterol demethylation. In this manuscript the authors set out to investigate the functions of the other three genes in the operon. Interestingly, through a bioinformatic analysis they show that they are an inner membrane transporter of the RND family, a periplasmic binding protein and an outer membrane associated protein, all potentially involved with lipid transport, so providing a means of transporting the lipids to the outer membrane. These proteins are then extensively investigated through lipid pulldowns, binding analysis on all three, and X-ray crystallography and docking of the latter two.

      Strengths<br /> The lipid pulldowns and associated MST binding analysis are convincing, clearly showing that sterols are able to bind to these proteins. The structures of BstB and BstC are high resolution with excellent maps that allow docking studies to be carried out. These structures are distinct from sterol binding proteins in eukaryotes.

      Weaknesses<br /> While the docking and molecular dynamics studies are consistent with the binding of sterols to BstB and BstC, this is not backed up particularly well. Their discussion, however, is measured and clearly provides a strong case for further investigation.

    4. Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      Summary:<br /> In eukaryotes, sterols are crucial for signaling and regulating membrane fluidity, however, the mechanism governing cholesterol production and transport across the cell membrane in bacteria remains enigmatic. The manuscript by Zhai et al. sheds light on this topic by uncovering three potential cholesterol transport proteins. Through comprehensive bioinformatics analysis, the authors identified three genes bstA, bstB, and bstC encoding proteins which share homology with transporters, periplasmic binding proteins, and periplasmic components superfamily, respectively. Furthermore, the authors confirmed the specific interaction between these three proteins and C-4 methylated sterols and determined the structures of BstB and BstC. Combining these structural insights with molecular dynamics simulation, they postulated several plausible substrate binding sites within each protein.

      Strengths:<br /> The authors have identified 3 proteins that seem likely to be involved in sterol transport between the inner and outer membrane. The structures are of high quality, and the sterol binding experiments support a role for these proteins in sterol transport.

      Weaknesses:<br /> While the author's model is very plausible, direct evidence for a role of BstABC in transport, or that the 3 proteins function together in a single pathway, is limited.

    5. Reviewer #3 (Public Review):

      Summary:<br /> The work in this manuscript builds on prior efforts by this team to understand how sterols are biosynthesized and utilized in bacteria. The study reports a new function for three genes encoded near sterol biosynthesis enzymes, suggesting the resulting proteins function as a sterol transport system. Biochemical and structural characterization of the two soluble components of the pathway establishes that both proteins can bind sterols, with a preference for 4-methylated derivatives. High-resolution x-ray structures of the apoproteins reveal hydrophobic cavities of the appropriate size to accommodate these substrates. Docking and molecular dynamics simulations confirm this observation and provide specific insights into residues involved in substrate binding.

      Strengths:<br /> The manuscript is comprehensive and well-written. The annotation of a new function in a set of proteins related to bacterial sterol usage is exciting and likely to enable further study of this phenomenon - which is currently not well understood. The work also has implications for improving our understanding of lipid usage in general among bacterial organisms.

    1. Author Response

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      We thank the three reviewers and the reviewing editor for their positive evaluation of our manuscript. We particularly appreciate that they unanimously consider our work as “important contributions to the understanding of how the CAF-1 complex works”, “The large amounts of data provided in the paper support the authors' conclusion very well” and “The paper effectively addresses its primary objective and is strong”. We also thank them for a careful reading and useful comments to improve the manuscript. We have built on these comments to provide an improved version of the manuscript, and address them point by point below .

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      This paper makes important contributions to the structural analysis of the DNA replication-linked nucleosome assembly machine termed Chromatin Assembly Factor-1 (CAF-1). The authors focus on the interplay of domains that bind DNA, histones, and replication clamp protein PCNA.

      Strengths:

      The authors analyze soluble complexes containing full-length versions of all three fission yeast CAF-1 subunits, an important accomplishment given that many previous structural and biophysical studies have focused on truncated complexes. New data here supports previous experiments indicating that the KER domain is a long alpha helix that binds DNA. Via NMR, the authors discover structural changes at the histone binding site, defined here with high resolution. Most strikingly, the experiments here show that for the S. pombe CAF-1 complex, the WHD domain at the C-terminus of the large subunit lacks DNA binding activity observed in the human and budding yeast homologs, indicating a surprising divergence in the evolution of this complex. Together, these are important contributions to the understanding of how the CAF-1 complex works.

      Weaknesses:

      1. There are some aspects of the experimentation that are incompletely described: <br /> In the SEC data (Fig. S1C) it appears that Pcf1 in the absence of other proteins forms three major peaks. Two are labeled as "1a" (eluting at ~8 mL) and "1b" (~10-11 mL). It appears that Pcf1 alone or in complex with either or both of the other two subunits forms two different high molecular weight complexes (e.g. 4a/4b, 5a/5b, 6a/6b). There is also a third peak in the analysis of Pcf1 alone, which isn't named here, eluting at ~14 mL, overlapping the peaks labeled 2a, 4c, and 5c. The text describing these different macromolecular complexes seems incomplete (p. 3, lines 32-33): "When isolated, both Pcf2 and Pcf3 are monomeric while Pcf1 forms large soluble oligomers". Which of the three Pcf1-alone peaks are oligomers, and how do we know? What is the third peak? The gel analysis across these chromatograms should be shown.

      We thank the reviewer for his/her careful reading of the manuscript. Indeed, we plotted two curves in Figure S1C in a color that does not match the legend, leading to confusion. Curve 1, Pcf1 alone, depicted in red, should appear in pink as indicated in the legend and in the SDS-PAGE analysis below. Curve 1 exhibits two peaks, labeled as 1a and 1b. With an elution volume of 8.5mL close to the dead volume of the column, peak 1a corresponds to soluble oligomers, while peak 1b (10.4mL) likely corresponds to monomeric Pcf1. Curve 5 (Pcf1 + Pcf2 mixture) was in pink instead of purple as indicated in the legend. This curve consists of three distinct peaks (5a, 5b, and 5c). The SDS-PAGE analysis revealed the presence of oligomers of Pcf1-Pcf2 (5a, 8.3mL), the Pcf1-Pcf2 complex (5b, 9.8mL), and Pcf2 alone (5c, 13.6 mL).

      The color has now been corrected in the revised manuscript.

      More importantly, was a particular SEC peak of the three-subunit CAF-1 complex (i.e. 4a or 4b) characterized in the further experimentation, or were the data obtained from the input material prior to the separation of the different peaks? If the latter, how might this have affected the results? Do the forms inter-convert spontaneously?

      We conducted all structural analyses and DNA/PCNA interactions Figures (1-4, S1-S4) with freshly SECpurified samples corresponding to the 4b peak (9.7mL). Aliquots were flash-frozen with 50% glycerol for in vitro histone assembly assays (Figure 5).

      1. Given the strong structural predication about the roles of residues L359 and F380 (Fig. 2f), these should be mutated to determine effects on histone binding.

      We are pleased that our structural predictions are considered as strong. We agree that investigating the role of the L359 and F380 residues will be critical to further refine the binding interface between histone H3-H4 and CAF-1. An in vitro and in vivo analysis of such mutated forms, alongside the current Pcf1-ED mutant characterized in this article and additional potential mutated forms, has the potential to provide a better understanding of the dynamic of histone deposition by CAF-1. However, these additional approaches would require to reach another step in breaking this enigmatic dynamic.

      1. Could it be that the apparent lack of histone deposition by the delta-WHD mutant complex occurs because this mutant complex is unstable when added to the Xenopus extract?

      We cannot formally exclude this possibility, and this could potentially applies to all mutated forms tested. However, in the absence of available antibodies against the fission yeast CAF-1 complex, we cannot test this hypothesis for technical reasons. Nevertheless, we feel reassured by the fact that the in vitro assays of nucleosome assembly are overall consistent with the in vivo assays. Indeed, all mutated forms tested that abolished or weakened nucleosome assembly also exhibited synthetic lethality/growth defect in the absence of a functional HIRA pathway, including the delta WHD mutated form. This genetic synergy, that reflects a defective histone deposition by CAF-1, is not specific to the fission yeast S. pombe and was previously reported in S. cerevisiae (Kaufman et al. MCB 1998; Krawitz et al. MCB 2002). This further supports the evolutionary conservation based on genetic assay as a read out for defective histone deposition by CAF-1.

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      • p. 4: "An experimental molecular weight of 179 kDa was calculated using Small Angle X-ray Scattering (SAXS), consistent with a 1:1:1 stoichiometry (Figure S1e). These data are in agreement with a globular complex with a significant flexibility (Figure S1f)." There needs to be more description of the precision of the molecular weight measurement, and what aspects of these data indicate the flexibility.

      The molecular weight was estimated using the correlation volume (Vc) defined by (Rambo & Tainer, Nature 2013, 496, 477-481). The estimated error with this method is around 10%. We added this information together with supporting arguments for the existence of flexibility: “An experimental molecular weight of 179 kDa was calculated using Small Angle X-ray Scattering (SAXS). Assuming an accuracy of around 10% with this method (Rambo and Tainer 2013), this value is consistent with a 1:1:1 stoichiometry for the CAF-1 complex (calculated MW 167kDa) (Figure S1e). In addition, the position of the maximum for the dimensionless Kratky plot was slightly shifted to higher values in the y and x axis compared to the position of the expected maximum of the curve for a fully globular protein (Figure S1f).

      This shows that the complex was globular with a significant flexibility.”

      • p. 6, lines 21-22: "In contrast, a large part of signals (338-396) did not vanish anymore upon addition of a histone complex preformed with two other histone chaperones known to compete with CAF-1 for histone binding..." Given the contrast made later with the 338-351 region which is insensitive to Asf1/Mcm2, it would be clearer for the reader to describe the Asf1/Mcm2-competed regions as residues 325-338 plus 352-396. Note that the numerical scale of residues doesn't line up perfectly with the data points in Figure 2d, and this should be fixed as well.

      We thank this reviewer for spotting this typographical error; we intended to write "In contrast, a large part of signals (348-396) did not vanish anymore… “. We modified paragraph as suggested by the reviewer because we agree it is clearer for the reader : “In contrast, only a shorter fragment (338-347) vanished upon addition of Asf1-H3-H4-Mcm2(69-138), a histone complex preformed with two other histone chaperones, Asf1 and Mcm2, known to compete with CAF-1 for histone binding (Sauer et al. 2017) and whose histone binding modes are well established (Figure 2e) (Huang et al. 2015, Richet et al. 2015). This finding underscores a direct competition between residues (325-338) and (349-396) within the ED domain and Asf1/Mcm2 for histone binding.”

      The slight shift in the numerical scale Figure 2d was also corrected.

      • p. 8. Lines 22-24: "EMSAs with a double-stranded 40bp DNA fragment confirmed the homogeneity of the bound complex. When increasing the SpCAF-1 concentration, additional mobility shifts suggest, a cooperative DNA binding (Figure 3a)." I agree that the migration of the population is further retarded upon the addition of more protein. However, doesn't this negate the first sentence? That is, if multiple CAF-1 complexes can bind each dsDNA molecule, can these complexes be described as homogeneous?

      We fully agree with the reviewer's comment and have removed the notion of homogeneity from the first sentence. “EMSAs with a double-stranded 40bp DNA fragment showed the formation of a bound complex.”

      • Figure S2b Legend: "1H-15N HSQC spectra of Pcf1_ED (425-496)." The residue numbers should read 325-396.

      The typo has been corrected.

      • Is the title for Figure 5 correct?: "Figure 5: Rescue using Y340 and W348 in the ED domain, the intact KER DNA binding domain and the C-terminal WHD of Pcf1 in SpCAF-1 mediated nucleosome assembly." I don't see that any point mutation rescue experiments are done here.

      The title of figure 5 has been modified for “Efficient nucleosome assembly by SpCAF-1 in vitro requires interactions with H3-H4, DNA and PCNA, and the C-terminal WHD domain”.

      • Figure S6C. I assume the top strain lacks the Pcf2-GFP but this should be stated explicitly.

      The following sentence “The top strain corresponds to a strain expressing wild-type and untagged Pcf2 as a negative control of GFP fluorescence” is now added to the figure legend. The figure S6C has been modified accordingly to mention “Pcf2 (untagged)” and state more explicitly.

      • Regarding point #3 in the public review, a simple initial test of this idea would be to determine if similar amounts of wt and mutant complexes can be immunoprecipitated at the endpoint of the assembly reactions.

      In the absence of available antibodies against the fission yeast CAF-1 complex, we cannot test this hypothesis for technical reasons. However, the in vitro assays of nucleosome assembly are overall consistent with the in vivo assays. Indeed, all mutated forms tested that abolished or weakened nucleosome assembly also exhibited synthetic lethality/growth defect in the absence of a functional HIRA pathway, including the delta WHD mutated form. This genetic synergy, reflecting defective histone deposition by CAF-1, is not specific to the fission yeast S. pombe, as it was previously reported in S. cerevisiae (Kaufman et al. MCB 1998; Krawitz et al. MCB 2002), further supporting the evolution conservation in the genetic assay as a read out for defective histone deposition by CAF-1.

      • Foundational findings that should be cited: The role of PCNA in CAF-1 activity was first recognized by pioneering studies in the Stillman laboratory (PMID: 10052459, 11089978). The earliest recombinant studies of CAF-1 showed that the large subunit is the binding platform for the other two, showed that the KER and ED domains were required for histone deposition activity, and roughly mapped the p60-binding site on the large subunit (PMID: 7600578). Another early study roughly mapped the binding site for the third subunit and showed that biological effects of impairing the PCNA binding synergized with defects in the HIR pathway (PMID: 11756556), a genetic synergy first demonstrated in budding yeast (PMID: 9671489).

      We thank the reviewer for providing these important references that are now cited in the manuscript. PMID: 10052459 and 11089978 are cited page 2 line 18 and 19, PMID: 7600578 page 19 line 5 and PMID: 11756556 and 9671489 page 18 line 2.

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      The authors describe the structure-functional relationship of domains in S. pombe CAF-1, which promotes DNA replication-coupled deposition of histone H3-H4 dimer. The authors nicely showed that the ED domain with an intrinsically disordered structure binds to histone H3-H4, that the KER domain binds to DNA, and that, in addition to a PIP box, the KER domain also contributes to the PCNA binding. The ED and KER domains as well as the WHD domain are essential for nucleosome assembly in vitro. The ED, KER domains, and the PIP box are important for the maintenance of heterochromatin.

      Strengths:

      The combination of structural analysis using NMR and Alphafold2 modeling with biophysical and biochemical analysis provided strong evidence on the role of the different domain structures of the large subunit of SpCAF-1, spPCF-1 in the binding to histone H3-H4, DNA as well as PCNA. The conclusion was further supported by genetic analysis of the various pcf1 mutants. The large amounts of data provided in the paper support the authors' conclusion very well.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      The paper by Ochesenbein describes the structural and functional analysis of S. pombe CAF-1 complex critical for DNA replication-coupled histone H3/H4 deposition. By using structural, biophysical, and biochemical analyses combined with genetic methods, the authors nicely showed that a large subunit of SpCAF1, SpPCF-1, consists of 5 structured domains with four connecting IDR domains. The ED domain with IDR nature binds to histone H3-H4 dimer with the conformational change of the other domain(s). SpCAF-1 binds to dsDNA by using the KER domain, but not the WHD domain. The experiments have been done with great care and a large amount of the data are highly reliable. Moreover, the results are clearly presented and convincingly written. The conclusion in the paper is very solid and will be useful for researchers who work in the field of chromosome biology.

      Major points:

      1. DNA binding of the KER mutant shown in Figures S3h and S3i, which was measured by the EMSA, looks similar to that of wild-type control in Figure S3f, which is different from the data in Figures 3b and 3e measured by the MST. The authors need a more precise description of the EMSA result of the KER mutant shown in Figures 3 and S3. The quantification of the EMSA result would resolve the point (should be provided).

      A proposed by this reviewer, we performed quantification of all EMSA presented in Figure 3 and Figure S3. We quantified the signal of the free DNA band to calculate a percentage of bound DNA in each condition. All EMSA experiments were conducted in duplicate, allowing us to calculate an average value and standard deviation for each interaction. Representative curves and fitted values are reported below in the figure provided for the reviewer (panel a data for Pcf1_KER domain with two fitting models, panel b for the entire CAF-1 complexes and mutants, panel c for the isolated Pcf1_KER domains), all fitted values in panel d. Importantly, as illustrated in panel a, the complete model for a single interaction (complete KD model, dashed line curve) does not adequately fit the data. In contrast, a function incorporating cooperativity (Hill model) better accounts for the measured data (solid line curve). Consistently, we also used the Hill model to fit the binding curves measured with the MST technique. As also specified now in the text, the Hill model allows to determine an EC50 value (concentration of protein resulting in the disappearance of half of the free DNA band intensity) and a Hill coefficient value (representing cooperativity during the interaction) for each curve.

      We measure a value of 3.4 ± 0.4 μM for the EC50 of SpCAF-1 WT, which is higher than the value measured by MST (0.7 ± 0.1 μM). Higher values were also calculated for all mutants and isolated Pcf1_KER domains compared to MST. These discrepancies could raise from the fact that the DNA concentration used in the two techniques were very different (20nM for MST experiments and 1μM for EMSA). Unlike the complete KD model, which includes in the calculation the DNA concentration (considered here as the "receptor"), the Hill model is fitted independently of this value. This model assumes that the “receptor” concentration is low compared to the KD. Here we calculate EC50 values on the same order of magnitude as the DNA concentration (low micromolar), The quantification obtained by EMSA is thus challenging to interpret. In contrast, values fitted by the MST measurements are more reliable since this limitation of low “receptor” concentration is correct.

      Therefore, although measurements of EC50 and Hill coefficient from EMSA are reproducible, they may be confusing for quantifying apparent affinity values through EC50. Nevertheless, this quantitative analysis of EMSA, requested by the reviewer, has highlighted an interesting characteristic of the KER mutant that is consistent across both methods: even though the EMSA pointed by the reviewer (Figures S3h and S3i compared to the wild-type control in Figure 3d and Figure S3f) show similar EC50 values, the binding cooperativity is different. Binding curves for the KER mutants is no longer cooperative (Hill coefficient ~1), and this is observed for all KER curves (isolated Pcf1_KER domain and the entire SpCAF-1 complex) with both methods, EMSA and MST. We thus decided to emphasize this characteristic of the KER mutant in the text (page 9 line 30-32). “Importantly, this mutant also shows a lower binding cooperativity for DNA binding, as estimated by the Hill coefficient value close to 1, compared to values around 3 for the WT and other mutants.”

      Since EMSA quantifications did not show a loss of “affinity” (as measured by the EC50 value) for the KER* mutants, compared to the WT contrary to MST measurements and because the DNA concentration was close to the measured EC50, we consider that EC50 values calculated by EMSA do not represent a KD value. If we add this quantification, we should discuss this point in detail. Thus, for sake of clarity, we prefer to put in the manuscript EMSA measurements as illustrations and qualitative validations of the interaction but not to include the quantification.

      Author response image 1.

      Quantitative analysis of interaction with DNA by EMSA. a: quantification of the amount of bound DNA for the Pcf1_KER domain (blue points with error bars). The fit with a KD model is shown as a dashed line, and the fit with a Hill model with a solid line. b: Examples of quantifications and fits (Hill model) for reconstituted SpCAF-1 WT and mutants. c: Examples of quantifications and fits (Hill model) for Pcf1_KER domains WT and mutant. d: EC50 values and Hill coefficients obtained for all EMSA experiments presented in Figure 3 and S3.

      1. As with the cooperative DNA binding of CAF-1, it is very important to show the stoichiometry of CAF-1 to the DNA or the site size. Given a long alpha-helix of the KER domain with biased charges, it is also interesting to show a model of how the dsDNA binds to the long helix with a cooperative binding property (this is not essential but would be helpful if the authors discuss it).

      We agree that having a molecular model for the binding of the KER helix to DNA would be especially interesting, but at this point, considering the accuracy of the tools currently at our disposal for predicting DNA-protein interactions, such a model would remain highly speculative.

      1. Figure 5 shows nucleosome assembly by SpCAF-1. SpCAF-1-PIP* mutant produced a product with faster mobility than the control at 2 h incubation. How much amounts of SpCAF-1 was added in the reaction seems to be critical. At least a few different concentrations of proteins should be tested.

      The slightly faster migration of the SpCAF-1-PIPis not systematically reproduced and we observed in several experiments that the band corresponding to supercoiled DNA migrated slightly above or below the one for the complementation by the SpCAF-1-WT (see Author response image 2 below). Thus this indicates that after 2 hours incubation the supercoiling assay with the SpCAF-1-PIP mutant compared to those achieved with the SpCAF-1-WT. To further document whether the WT or the PIP mutant are similar or not, we monitored difference of their nucleosome assembly efficiency by testing their ability to produce supercoiled DNA over shorter time, after 45 minute incubation. Under these conditions, we reproducibly detected supercoiled forms at earlier times with SpCAF-1-WT when compared to the SpCAF-1-PIP* (see figure 5 and Author response image 2). These observations indicate that mutation in the PIP motif of Pcf1 affects the rate of supercoiling in a distinct manner when compared to the other mutations that dramatically impair SpCAF-1 capacity to promote supercoiling.

      Author response image 2.

      Minor points:

      1. Page 8, line 26 or Table 1 legend: Please explain what "EC50" is.

      The definition of EC50, together with a reference paper for the Hill model have been added in the text page 8 lines 23-26, “The curves were fitted with a Hill model (Tso et al. 2018) with a EC50 value of 0.7± 0.1µM (effective concentration at which a 50% signal is observed) and a cooperativity (Hill coefficient, h) of 2.7 ± 0.2, in line with a cooperative DNA binging of SpCAF-1.”, in the Table 1 figure legend and in the method section (page 26).

      1. Page 13, lines 9, 11: "Xenopus" should be italicized.

      This is corrected

      1. Page 14, second half: In S. pombe, the pcf1 deletion mutant is not lethal. It is helpful to mention the phenotype of the deletion mutant a bit more when the authors described the genetic analysis of various pcf1 mutants.

      This point has been added on page 15, line 1.

      1. Figure 1d and Figure S2a: Captions and labels on the X and Y axes are overlapped or misplaced.

      This is corrected

      1. Figure 5: Please add a schematic figure of the assay to explain how one can check the nucleosome assembly by looking at the form I, supercoiled DNAs.

      A new panel has been added to Figure 5. This scheme depicts the supercoiling assay where supercoiled DNA (form I) is used as an indication of efficient nucleosome assembly. The figure legend has also been modified accordingly.

      Reviewer #3 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      The study conducted by Ouasti et al. is an elegant investigation of fission yeast CAF-1, employing a diverse array of technologies to dissect its functions and their interdependence. These functions play a critical role in specifying interactions vital for DNA replication, heterochromatin maintenance, and DNA damage repair, and their dynamics involve multiple interactions. The authors have extensively utilized various in vitro and in vivo tools to validate their model and emphasize the dynamic nature of this complex.

      Strengths:

      Their work is supported by robust experimental data from multiple techniques, including NMR and SAXS, which validate their molecular model. They conducted in vitro interactions using EMSA and isothermal microcalorimetry, in vitro histone deposition using Xenopus high-speed egg extract, and systematically generated and tested various genetic mutants for functionality in in vivo assays. They successfully delineated domain-specific functions using in vitro assays and could validate their roles to large extent using genetic mutants. One significant revelation from this study is the unfolded nature of the acidic domain, observed to fold when binding to histones. Additionally, the authors also elucidated the role of the long KER helix in mediating DNA binding and enhancing the association of CAF-1 with PCNA. The paper effectively addresses its primary objective and is strong.

      Weaknesses:

      A few relatively minor unresolved aspects persist, which, if clarified or experimentally addressed by the authors, could further bolster the study.

      1. The precise function of the WHD domain remains elusive. Its deletion does not result in DNA damage accumulation or defects in heterochromatin maintenance. This raises questions about the biological significance of this domain and whether it is dispensable. While in vitro assays revealed defects in chromatin assembly using this mutant (Figure 5), confirming these phenotypes through in vivo assays would provide additional assurance that the lack of function is not simply due to the in vitro system lacking PTMs or other regulatory factors.

      Our work demonstrates that the WHD domain is important CAF-1 function during DNA replication. Indeed, the deletion of this domain lead to a synthetic lethality when combined with mutation of the HIRA complex, as observed for a null pcf1 mutant, indicating a severe loss of function in the absence of the WHD domain. We propose that these genetic interactions, previously reported in S. cerevisiae (Kaufman et al. MCB 1998; Krawitz et al. MCB 2002) are indicative of a defective histone deposition by CAF-1. Moreover, our work establishes that this domain is dispensable to prevent DNA damage accumulation and to maintain silencing at centromeric heterochromatin, indicating that the WHD domain specifies CAF-1 functions. Moreover, our work further demonstrates that, in contrast to the S. cerevisiae and human WHD domain, the S. pombe counterpart exhibits no DNA binding activity. We thus agree that the WHD domain may contribute to nucleosome assembly in vivo via PTMs or interactions with regulatory factors that may potentially lack in in vitro systems. However, addressing these aspects deserves further investigations beyond the scope of this article.

      1. The observation of increased Pcf2-gfp foci in pcf1-ED cells, particularly in mono-nucleated (G2phase) and bi-nucleated cells with septum marks (S-phase), might suggest the presence of replication stress. This could imply incomplete replication in specific regions, leading to the persistence of Caf1-ED-PCNA factories throughout the cell cycle. To further confirm this, detecting accumulated single-stranded DNA (ssDNA) regions outside of S-phase using RPA as an ssDNA marker could be informative.

      We cannot formally exclude that cells expressing the Pcf1-ED mutated form exhibit incomplete replication in specific regions, an aspect that would require careful investigations. However, the microscopy analysis (Fig. 6c and S6c) of this mutant showed no alteration in the cell morphology, including the absence of elongated cells compared to wild type, a hallmark of checkpoint activation caused by ssDNA (Enoch et al. Gene & Dev 1992). Therefore, investigating the consequences of the interplay between the binding of CAF-1 to PCNA and histones on the dynamic of DNA replication, is of particular interest but out of the scope of the current manuscript.

      1. Moreover, considering the authors' strong assertion of histone binding defects in ED through in vitro assays (Figure 2d and S2a), these claims could be further substantiated, especially considering that some degree of histone deposition might still persist in vivo in the ED mutant (Figure 7d, viable though growth defective double ED*+hip1D mutants). For example, the approach, akin to the one employed in Fig. 6a (FLAG-IPs of various Pcf1-FLAG-tagged mutants), could also enable a comparison of the association of different mutants with histones and PCNA, providing a more thorough validation of their findings.

      We have provided in the current manuscript data establishing how Pcf1 mutated forms interacted with PCNA (Fig. 6a, 6b). Regarding the interactions with histone H3-H4, the approach based on immunoprecipitation using various Pcf1-FLAG tagged mutants has been unsuccessful in our hands. Indeed, we were unable to obtain robust and reproducible interactions between Pcf1 or its various mutated form with H3-H4. This is likely because Co-IP approaches do not probe for direct interactions. Indirect interactions between Pcf1 and H3-H4 are potentially bridged by additional factors, including the two other subunits of CAF-1, Pcf2 and Pcf3, or Asf1. Therefore, we are not in a position to address in vivo the direct interactions between Pcf1 and histone H3-H4.

      1. It would be valuable for the authors to speculate on the necessity of having disordered regions in CAF1. Specifically, exploring the overall distribution of these domains within disordered/unfolded structures could provide insightful perspectives. Additionally, it's intriguing to note that the significant disparities observed among mutants (ED, PIP, and KER*) in in vitro assays seem to become more generic in vivo, except for the indispensability of the WHD-domain. Could these disordered regions potentially play a crucial role in the phase separation of replication factories? Considering these questions could offer valuable insights into the underlying mechanisms at play.

      We agree that the potential mechanistic role of partial disorder in CAF-1 is particularly interesting. Disordered regions of human CAF-1 have been reported to form nuclear bodies with liquid-liquid phase separation properties to maintain HIV latency (Ma et al EMBO J. 2021). As suggested, this raises the question of how disordered domains of Pcf1 could promote phase separation for replication factories, if such phenomenon happens in vivo. Moreover, numerous factors of the replisome also harbor disordered regions (Bedina, A. et al, 2013. Intrinsically Disordered Proteins in Replication Process. InTech. doi: 10.5772/51673), adding complexity in disentangling experimentally such questions. We have added these elements at the end of the discussion in the revised manuscript (page 20, lines 23-29). “Such plasticity and cross-talks provided by structurally disordered domains might be key for the multivalent CAF-1 functions. Human CAF-1 has been reported to form nuclear bodies with liquid-liquid phase separation properties to maintain HIV latency (Ma et al. 2021). This raises the question of a potential role of the disordered domains of Pcf1, together with other replisome factor harbouring such disordered regions (Bedina 2013), in promoting phase separation of replication factories, if such phenomenon happens in vivo. Further studies will be needed to tackle these questions.”

    2. Author Response

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      We thank the three reviewers and the reviewing editor for their positive evaluation of our manuscript. We particularly appreciate that they unanimously consider our work as “important contributions to the understanding of how the CAF-1 complex works”, “The large amounts of data provided in the paper support the authors' conclusion very well” and “The paper effectively addresses its primary objective and is strong”. We also thank them for a careful reading and useful comments to improve the manuscript. We have built on these comments to provide an improved version of the manuscript, and address them point by point below .

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      This paper makes important contributions to the structural analysis of the DNA replication-linked nucleosome assembly machine termed Chromatin Assembly Factor-1 (CAF-1). The authors focus on the interplay of domains that bind DNA, histones, and replication clamp protein PCNA.

      Strengths:

      The authors analyze soluble complexes containing full-length versions of all three fission yeast CAF-1 subunits, an important accomplishment given that many previous structural and biophysical studies have focused on truncated complexes. New data here supports previous experiments indicating that the KER domain is a long alpha helix that binds DNA. Via NMR, the authors discover structural changes at the histone binding site, defined here with high resolution. Most strikingly, the experiments here show that for the S. pombe CAF-1 complex, the WHD domain at the C-terminus of the large subunit lacks DNA binding activity observed in the human and budding yeast homologs, indicating a surprising divergence in the evolution of this complex. Together, these are important contributions to the understanding of how the CAF-1 complex works.

      Weaknesses:

      1. There are some aspects of the experimentation that are incompletely described: <br /> In the SEC data (Fig. S1C) it appears that Pcf1 in the absence of other proteins forms three major peaks. Two are labeled as "1a" (eluting at ~8 mL) and "1b" (~10-11 mL). It appears that Pcf1 alone or in complex with either or both of the other two subunits forms two different high molecular weight complexes (e.g. 4a/4b, 5a/5b, 6a/6b). There is also a third peak in the analysis of Pcf1 alone, which isn't named here, eluting at ~14 mL, overlapping the peaks labeled 2a, 4c, and 5c. The text describing these different macromolecular complexes seems incomplete (p. 3, lines 32-33): "When isolated, both Pcf2 and Pcf3 are monomeric while Pcf1 forms large soluble oligomers". Which of the three Pcf1-alone peaks are oligomers, and how do we know? What is the third peak? The gel analysis across these chromatograms should be shown.

      We thank the reviewer for his/her careful reading of the manuscript. Indeed, we plotted two curves in Figure S1C in a color that does not match the legend, leading to confusion. Curve 1, Pcf1 alone, depicted in red, should appear in pink as indicated in the legend and in the SDS-PAGE analysis below. Curve 1 exhibits two peaks, labeled as 1a and 1b. With an elution volume of 8.5mL close to the dead volume of the column, peak 1a corresponds to soluble oligomers, while peak 1b (10.4mL) likely corresponds to monomeric Pcf1. Curve 5 (Pcf1 + Pcf2 mixture) was in pink instead of purple as indicated in the legend. This curve consists of three distinct peaks (5a, 5b, and 5c). The SDS-PAGE analysis revealed the presence of oligomers of Pcf1-Pcf2 (5a, 8.3mL), the Pcf1-Pcf2 complex (5b, 9.8mL), and Pcf2 alone (5c, 13.6 mL).

      The color has now been corrected in the revised manuscript.

      More importantly, was a particular SEC peak of the three-subunit CAF-1 complex (i.e. 4a or 4b) characterized in the further experimentation, or were the data obtained from the input material prior to the separation of the different peaks? If the latter, how might this have affected the results? Do the forms inter-convert spontaneously?

      We conducted all structural analyses and DNA/PCNA interactions Figures (1-4, S1-S4) with freshly SECpurified samples corresponding to the 4b peak (9.7mL). Aliquots were flash-frozen with 50% glycerol for in vitro histone assembly assays (Figure 5).

      1. Given the strong structural predication about the roles of residues L359 and F380 (Fig. 2f), these should be mutated to determine effects on histone binding.

      We are pleased that our structural predictions are considered as strong. We agree that investigating the role of the L359 and F380 residues will be critical to further refine the binding interface between histone H3-H4 and CAF-1. An in vitro and in vivo analysis of such mutated forms, alongside the current Pcf1-ED mutant characterized in this article and additional potential mutated forms, has the potential to provide a better understanding of the dynamic of histone deposition by CAF-1. However, these additional approaches would require to reach another step in breaking this enigmatic dynamic.

      1. Could it be that the apparent lack of histone deposition by the delta-WHD mutant complex occurs because this mutant complex is unstable when added to the Xenopus extract?

      We cannot formally exclude this possibility, and this could potentially applies to all mutated forms tested. However, in the absence of available antibodies against the fission yeast CAF-1 complex, we cannot test this hypothesis for technical reasons. Nevertheless, we feel reassured by the fact that the in vitro assays of nucleosome assembly are overall consistent with the in vivo assays. Indeed, all mutated forms tested that abolished or weakened nucleosome assembly also exhibited synthetic lethality/growth defect in the absence of a functional HIRA pathway, including the delta WHD mutated form. This genetic synergy, that reflects a defective histone deposition by CAF-1, is not specific to the fission yeast S. pombe and was previously reported in S. cerevisiae (Kaufman et al. MCB 1998; Krawitz et al. MCB 2002). This further supports the evolutionary conservation based on genetic assay as a read out for defective histone deposition by CAF-1.

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      • p. 4: "An experimental molecular weight of 179 kDa was calculated using Small Angle X-ray Scattering (SAXS), consistent with a 1:1:1 stoichiometry (Figure S1e). These data are in agreement with a globular complex with a significant flexibility (Figure S1f)." There needs to be more description of the precision of the molecular weight measurement, and what aspects of these data indicate the flexibility.

      The molecular weight was estimated using the correlation volume (Vc) defined by (Rambo & Tainer, Nature 2013, 496, 477-481). The estimated error with this method is around 10%. We added this information together with supporting arguments for the existence of flexibility: “An experimental molecular weight of 179 kDa was calculated using Small Angle X-ray Scattering (SAXS). Assuming an accuracy of around 10% with this method (Rambo and Tainer 2013), this value is consistent with a 1:1:1 stoichiometry for the CAF-1 complex (calculated MW 167kDa) (Figure S1e). In addition, the position of the maximum for the dimensionless Kratky plot was slightly shifted to higher values in the y and x axis compared to the position of the expected maximum of the curve for a fully globular protein (Figure S1f).

      This shows that the complex was globular with a significant flexibility.”

      • p. 6, lines 21-22: "In contrast, a large part of signals (338-396) did not vanish anymore upon addition of a histone complex preformed with two other histone chaperones known to compete with CAF-1 for histone binding..." Given the contrast made later with the 338-351 region which is insensitive to Asf1/Mcm2, it would be clearer for the reader to describe the Asf1/Mcm2-competed regions as residues 325-338 plus 352-396. Note that the numerical scale of residues doesn't line up perfectly with the data points in Figure 2d, and this should be fixed as well.

      We thank this reviewer for spotting this typographical error; we intended to write "In contrast, a large part of signals (348-396) did not vanish anymore… “. We modified paragraph as suggested by the reviewer because we agree it is clearer for the reader : “In contrast, only a shorter fragment (338-347) vanished upon addition of Asf1-H3-H4-Mcm2(69-138), a histone complex preformed with two other histone chaperones, Asf1 and Mcm2, known to compete with CAF-1 for histone binding (Sauer et al. 2017) and whose histone binding modes are well established (Figure 2e) (Huang et al. 2015, Richet et al. 2015). This finding underscores a direct competition between residues (325-338) and (349-396) within the ED domain and Asf1/Mcm2 for histone binding.”

      The slight shift in the numerical scale Figure 2d was also corrected.

      • p. 8. Lines 22-24: "EMSAs with a double-stranded 40bp DNA fragment confirmed the homogeneity of the bound complex. When increasing the SpCAF-1 concentration, additional mobility shifts suggest, a cooperative DNA binding (Figure 3a)." I agree that the migration of the population is further retarded upon the addition of more protein. However, doesn't this negate the first sentence? That is, if multiple CAF-1 complexes can bind each dsDNA molecule, can these complexes be described as homogeneous?

      We fully agree with the reviewer's comment and have removed the notion of homogeneity from the first sentence. “EMSAs with a double-stranded 40bp DNA fragment showed the formation of a bound complex.”

      • Figure S2b Legend: "1H-15N HSQC spectra of Pcf1_ED (425-496)." The residue numbers should read 325-396.

      The typo has been corrected.

      • Is the title for Figure 5 correct?: "Figure 5: Rescue using Y340 and W348 in the ED domain, the intact KER DNA binding domain and the C-terminal WHD of Pcf1 in SpCAF-1 mediated nucleosome assembly." I don't see that any point mutation rescue experiments are done here.

      The title of figure 5 has been modified for “Efficient nucleosome assembly by SpCAF-1 in vitro requires interactions with H3-H4, DNA and PCNA, and the C-terminal WHD domain”.

      • Figure S6C. I assume the top strain lacks the Pcf2-GFP but this should be stated explicitly.

      The following sentence “The top strain corresponds to a strain expressing wild-type and untagged Pcf2 as a negative control of GFP fluorescence” is now added to the figure legend. The figure S6C has been modified accordingly to mention “Pcf2 (untagged)” and state more explicitly.

      • Regarding point #3 in the public review, a simple initial test of this idea would be to determine if similar amounts of wt and mutant complexes can be immunoprecipitated at the endpoint of the assembly reactions.

      In the absence of available antibodies against the fission yeast CAF-1 complex, we cannot test this hypothesis for technical reasons. However, the in vitro assays of nucleosome assembly are overall consistent with the in vivo assays. Indeed, all mutated forms tested that abolished or weakened nucleosome assembly also exhibited synthetic lethality/growth defect in the absence of a functional HIRA pathway, including the delta WHD mutated form. This genetic synergy, reflecting defective histone deposition by CAF-1, is not specific to the fission yeast S. pombe, as it was previously reported in S. cerevisiae (Kaufman et al. MCB 1998; Krawitz et al. MCB 2002), further supporting the evolution conservation in the genetic assay as a read out for defective histone deposition by CAF-1.

      • Foundational findings that should be cited: The role of PCNA in CAF-1 activity was first recognized by pioneering studies in the Stillman laboratory (PMID: 10052459, 11089978). The earliest recombinant studies of CAF-1 showed that the large subunit is the binding platform for the other two, showed that the KER and ED domains were required for histone deposition activity, and roughly mapped the p60-binding site on the large subunit (PMID: 7600578). Another early study roughly mapped the binding site for the third subunit and showed that biological effects of impairing the PCNA binding synergized with defects in the HIR pathway (PMID: 11756556), a genetic synergy first demonstrated in budding yeast (PMID: 9671489).

      We thank the reviewer for providing these important references that are now cited in the manuscript. PMID: 10052459 and 11089978 are cited page 2 line 18 and 19, PMID: 7600578 page 19 line 5 and PMID: 11756556 and 9671489 page 18 line 2.

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      The authors describe the structure-functional relationship of domains in S. pombe CAF-1, which promotes DNA replication-coupled deposition of histone H3-H4 dimer. The authors nicely showed that the ED domain with an intrinsically disordered structure binds to histone H3-H4, that the KER domain binds to DNA, and that, in addition to a PIP box, the KER domain also contributes to the PCNA binding. The ED and KER domains as well as the WHD domain are essential for nucleosome assembly in vitro. The ED, KER domains, and the PIP box are important for the maintenance of heterochromatin.

      Strengths:

      The combination of structural analysis using NMR and Alphafold2 modeling with biophysical and biochemical analysis provided strong evidence on the role of the different domain structures of the large subunit of SpCAF-1, spPCF-1 in the binding to histone H3-H4, DNA as well as PCNA. The conclusion was further supported by genetic analysis of the various pcf1 mutants. The large amounts of data provided in the paper support the authors' conclusion very well.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      The paper by Ochesenbein describes the structural and functional analysis of S. pombe CAF-1 complex critical for DNA replication-coupled histone H3/H4 deposition. By using structural, biophysical, and biochemical analyses combined with genetic methods, the authors nicely showed that a large subunit of SpCAF1, SpPCF-1, consists of 5 structured domains with four connecting IDR domains. The ED domain with IDR nature binds to histone H3-H4 dimer with the conformational change of the other domain(s). SpCAF-1 binds to dsDNA by using the KER domain, but not the WHD domain. The experiments have been done with great care and a large amount of the data are highly reliable. Moreover, the results are clearly presented and convincingly written. The conclusion in the paper is very solid and will be useful for researchers who work in the field of chromosome biology.

      Major points:

      1. DNA binding of the KER mutant shown in Figures S3h and S3i, which was measured by the EMSA, looks similar to that of wild-type control in Figure S3f, which is different from the data in Figures 3b and 3e measured by the MST. The authors need a more precise description of the EMSA result of the KER mutant shown in Figures 3 and S3. The quantification of the EMSA result would resolve the point (should be provided).

      A proposed by this reviewer, we performed quantification of all EMSA presented in Figure 3 and Figure S3. We quantified the signal of the free DNA band to calculate a percentage of bound DNA in each condition. All EMSA experiments were conducted in duplicate, allowing us to calculate an average value and standard deviation for each interaction. Representative curves and fitted values are reported below in the figure provided for the reviewer (panel a data for Pcf1_KER domain with two fitting models, panel b for the entire CAF-1 complexes and mutants, panel c for the isolated Pcf1_KER domains), all fitted values in panel d. Importantly, as illustrated in panel a, the complete model for a single interaction (complete KD model, dashed line curve) does not adequately fit the data. In contrast, a function incorporating cooperativity (Hill model) better accounts for the measured data (solid line curve). Consistently, we also used the Hill model to fit the binding curves measured with the MST technique. As also specified now in the text, the Hill model allows to determine an EC50 value (concentration of protein resulting in the disappearance of half of the free DNA band intensity) and a Hill coefficient value (representing cooperativity during the interaction) for each curve.

      We measure a value of 3.4 ± 0.4 μM for the EC50 of SpCAF-1 WT, which is higher than the value measured by MST (0.7 ± 0.1 μM). Higher values were also calculated for all mutants and isolated Pcf1_KER domains compared to MST. These discrepancies could raise from the fact that the DNA concentration used in the two techniques were very different (20nM for MST experiments and 1μM for EMSA). Unlike the complete KD model, which includes in the calculation the DNA concentration (considered here as the "receptor"), the Hill model is fitted independently of this value. This model assumes that the “receptor” concentration is low compared to the KD. Here we calculate EC50 values on the same order of magnitude as the DNA concentration (low micromolar), The quantification obtained by EMSA is thus challenging to interpret. In contrast, values fitted by the MST measurements are more reliable since this limitation of low “receptor” concentration is correct.

      Therefore, although measurements of EC50 and Hill coefficient from EMSA are reproducible, they may be confusing for quantifying apparent affinity values through EC50. Nevertheless, this quantitative analysis of EMSA, requested by the reviewer, has highlighted an interesting characteristic of the KER mutant that is consistent across both methods: even though the EMSA pointed by the reviewer (Figures S3h and S3i compared to the wild-type control in Figure 3d and Figure S3f) show similar EC50 values, the binding cooperativity is different. Binding curves for the KER mutants is no longer cooperative (Hill coefficient ~1), and this is observed for all KER curves (isolated Pcf1_KER domain and the entire SpCAF-1 complex) with both methods, EMSA and MST. We thus decided to emphasize this characteristic of the KER mutant in the text (page 9 line 30-32). “Importantly, this mutant also shows a lower binding cooperativity for DNA binding, as estimated by the Hill coefficient value close to 1, compared to values around 3 for the WT and other mutants.”

      Since EMSA quantifications did not show a loss of “affinity” (as measured by the EC50 value) for the KER* mutants, compared to the WT contrary to MST measurements and because the DNA concentration was close to the measured EC50, we consider that EC50 values calculated by EMSA do not represent a KD value. If we add this quantification, we should discuss this point in detail. Thus, for sake of clarity, we prefer to put in the manuscript EMSA measurements as illustrations and qualitative validations of the interaction but not to include the quantification.

      Author response image 1.

      Quantitative analysis of interaction with DNA by EMSA. a: quantification of the amount of bound DNA for the Pcf1_KER domain (blue points with error bars). The fit with a KD model is shown as a dashed line, and the fit with a Hill model with a solid line. b: Examples of quantifications and fits (Hill model) for reconstituted SpCAF-1 WT and mutants. c: Examples of quantifications and fits (Hill model) for Pcf1_KER domains WT and mutant. d: EC50 values and Hill coefficients obtained for all EMSA experiments presented in Figure 3 and S3.

      1. As with the cooperative DNA binding of CAF-1, it is very important to show the stoichiometry of CAF-1 to the DNA or the site size. Given a long alpha-helix of the KER domain with biased charges, it is also interesting to show a model of how the dsDNA binds to the long helix with a cooperative binding property (this is not essential but would be helpful if the authors discuss it).

      We agree that having a molecular model for the binding of the KER helix to DNA would be especially interesting, but at this point, considering the accuracy of the tools currently at our disposal for predicting DNA-protein interactions, such a model would remain highly speculative.

      1. Figure 5 shows nucleosome assembly by SpCAF-1. SpCAF-1-PIP* mutant produced a product with faster mobility than the control at 2 h incubation. How much amounts of SpCAF-1 was added in the reaction seems to be critical. At least a few different concentrations of proteins should be tested.

      The slightly faster migration of the SpCAF-1-PIPis not systematically reproduced and we observed in several experiments that the band corresponding to supercoiled DNA migrated slightly above or below the one for the complementation by the SpCAF-1-WT (see Author response image 2 below). Thus this indicates that after 2 hours incubation the supercoiling assay with the SpCAF-1-PIP mutant compared to those achieved with the SpCAF-1-WT. To further document whether the WT or the PIP mutant are similar or not, we monitored difference of their nucleosome assembly efficiency by testing their ability to produce supercoiled DNA over shorter time, after 45 minute incubation. Under these conditions, we reproducibly detected supercoiled forms at earlier times with SpCAF-1-WT when compared to the SpCAF-1-PIP* (see figure 5 and Author response image 2). These observations indicate that mutation in the PIP motif of Pcf1 affects the rate of supercoiling in a distinct manner when compared to the other mutations that dramatically impair SpCAF-1 capacity to promote supercoiling.

      Author response image 2.

      Minor points:

      1. Page 8, line 26 or Table 1 legend: Please explain what "EC50" is.

      The definition of EC50, together with a reference paper for the Hill model have been added in the text page 8 lines 23-26, “The curves were fitted with a Hill model (Tso et al. 2018) with a EC50 value of 0.7± 0.1µM (effective concentration at which a 50% signal is observed) and a cooperativity (Hill coefficient, h) of 2.7 ± 0.2, in line with a cooperative DNA binging of SpCAF-1.”, in the Table 1 figure legend and in the method section (page 26).

      1. Page 13, lines 9, 11: "Xenopus" should be italicized.

      This is corrected

      1. Page 14, second half: In S. pombe, the pcf1 deletion mutant is not lethal. It is helpful to mention the phenotype of the deletion mutant a bit more when the authors described the genetic analysis of various pcf1 mutants.

      This point has been added on page 15, line 1.

      1. Figure 1d and Figure S2a: Captions and labels on the X and Y axes are overlapped or misplaced.

      This is corrected

      1. Figure 5: Please add a schematic figure of the assay to explain how one can check the nucleosome assembly by looking at the form I, supercoiled DNAs.

      A new panel has been added to Figure 5. This scheme depicts the supercoiling assay where supercoiled DNA (form I) is used as an indication of efficient nucleosome assembly. The figure legend has also been modified accordingly.

      Reviewer #3 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      The study conducted by Ouasti et al. is an elegant investigation of fission yeast CAF-1, employing a diverse array of technologies to dissect its functions and their interdependence. These functions play a critical role in specifying interactions vital for DNA replication, heterochromatin maintenance, and DNA damage repair, and their dynamics involve multiple interactions. The authors have extensively utilized various in vitro and in vivo tools to validate their model and emphasize the dynamic nature of this complex.

      Strengths:

      Their work is supported by robust experimental data from multiple techniques, including NMR and SAXS, which validate their molecular model. They conducted in vitro interactions using EMSA and isothermal microcalorimetry, in vitro histone deposition using Xenopus high-speed egg extract, and systematically generated and tested various genetic mutants for functionality in in vivo assays. They successfully delineated domain-specific functions using in vitro assays and could validate their roles to large extent using genetic mutants. One significant revelation from this study is the unfolded nature of the acidic domain, observed to fold when binding to histones. Additionally, the authors also elucidated the role of the long KER helix in mediating DNA binding and enhancing the association of CAF-1 with PCNA. The paper effectively addresses its primary objective and is strong.

      Weaknesses:

      A few relatively minor unresolved aspects persist, which, if clarified or experimentally addressed by the authors, could further bolster the study.

      1. The precise function of the WHD domain remains elusive. Its deletion does not result in DNA damage accumulation or defects in heterochromatin maintenance. This raises questions about the biological significance of this domain and whether it is dispensable. While in vitro assays revealed defects in chromatin assembly using this mutant (Figure 5), confirming these phenotypes through in vivo assays would provide additional assurance that the lack of function is not simply due to the in vitro system lacking PTMs or other regulatory factors.

      Our work demonstrates that the WHD domain is important CAF-1 function during DNA replication. Indeed, the deletion of this domain lead to a synthetic lethality when combined with mutation of the HIRA complex, as observed for a null pcf1 mutant, indicating a severe loss of function in the absence of the WHD domain. We propose that these genetic interactions, previously reported in S. cerevisiae (Kaufman et al. MCB 1998; Krawitz et al. MCB 2002) are indicative of a defective histone deposition by CAF-1. Moreover, our work establishes that this domain is dispensable to prevent DNA damage accumulation and to maintain silencing at centromeric heterochromatin, indicating that the WHD domain specifies CAF-1 functions. Moreover, our work further demonstrates that, in contrast to the S. cerevisiae and human WHD domain, the S. pombe counterpart exhibits no DNA binding activity. We thus agree that the WHD domain may contribute to nucleosome assembly in vivo via PTMs or interactions with regulatory factors that may potentially lack in in vitro systems. However, addressing these aspects deserves further investigations beyond the scope of this article.

      1. The observation of increased Pcf2-gfp foci in pcf1-ED cells, particularly in mono-nucleated (G2phase) and bi-nucleated cells with septum marks (S-phase), might suggest the presence of replication stress. This could imply incomplete replication in specific regions, leading to the persistence of Caf1-ED-PCNA factories throughout the cell cycle. To further confirm this, detecting accumulated single-stranded DNA (ssDNA) regions outside of S-phase using RPA as an ssDNA marker could be informative.

      We cannot formally exclude that cells expressing the Pcf1-ED mutated form exhibit incomplete replication in specific regions, an aspect that would require careful investigations. However, the microscopy analysis (Fig. 6c and S6c) of this mutant showed no alteration in the cell morphology, including the absence of elongated cells compared to wild type, a hallmark of checkpoint activation caused by ssDNA (Enoch et al. Gene & Dev 1992). Therefore, investigating the consequences of the interplay between the binding of CAF-1 to PCNA and histones on the dynamic of DNA replication, is of particular interest but out of the scope of the current manuscript.

      1. Moreover, considering the authors' strong assertion of histone binding defects in ED through in vitro assays (Figure 2d and S2a), these claims could be further substantiated, especially considering that some degree of histone deposition might still persist in vivo in the ED mutant (Figure 7d, viable though growth defective double ED*+hip1D mutants). For example, the approach, akin to the one employed in Fig. 6a (FLAG-IPs of various Pcf1-FLAG-tagged mutants), could also enable a comparison of the association of different mutants with histones and PCNA, providing a more thorough validation of their findings.

      We have provided in the current manuscript data establishing how Pcf1 mutated forms interacted with PCNA (Fig. 6a, 6b). Regarding the interactions with histone H3-H4, the approach based on immunoprecipitation using various Pcf1-FLAG tagged mutants has been unsuccessful in our hands. Indeed, we were unable to obtain robust and reproducible interactions between Pcf1 or its various mutated form with H3-H4. This is likely because Co-IP approaches do not probe for direct interactions. Indirect interactions between Pcf1 and H3-H4 are potentially bridged by additional factors, including the two other subunits of CAF-1, Pcf2 and Pcf3, or Asf1. Therefore, we are not in a position to address in vivo the direct interactions between Pcf1 and histone H3-H4.

      1. It would be valuable for the authors to speculate on the necessity of having disordered regions in CAF1. Specifically, exploring the overall distribution of these domains within disordered/unfolded structures could provide insightful perspectives. Additionally, it's intriguing to note that the significant disparities observed among mutants (ED, PIP, and KER*) in in vitro assays seem to become more generic in vivo, except for the indispensability of the WHD-domain. Could these disordered regions potentially play a crucial role in the phase separation of replication factories? Considering these questions could offer valuable insights into the underlying mechanisms at play.

      We agree that the potential mechanistic role of partial disorder in CAF-1 is particularly interesting. Disordered regions of human CAF-1 have been reported to form nuclear bodies with liquid-liquid phase separation properties to maintain HIV latency (Ma et al EMBO J. 2021). As suggested, this raises the question of how disordered domains of Pcf1 could promote phase separation for replication factories, if such phenomenon happens in vivo. Moreover, numerous factors of the replisome also harbor disordered regions (Bedina, A. et al, 2013. Intrinsically Disordered Proteins in Replication Process. InTech. doi: 10.5772/51673), adding complexity in disentangling experimentally such questions. We have added these elements at the end of the discussion in the revised manuscript (page 20, lines 23-29). “Such plasticity and cross-talks provided by structurally disordered domains might be key for the multivalent CAF-1 functions. Human CAF-1 has been reported to form nuclear bodies with liquid-liquid phase separation properties to maintain HIV latency (Ma et al. 2021). This raises the question of a potential role of the disordered domains of Pcf1, together with other replisome factor harbouring such disordered regions (Bedina 2013), in promoting phase separation of replication factories, if such phenomenon happens in vivo. Further studies will be needed to tackle these questions.”

    3. eLife assessment

      This important study advances our understanding of the machinery that couples DNA synthesis with the deposition of histone proteins onto newly synthesized DNA. A convincing array of experiments combines NMR, protein biochemistry, and in vivo analyses of Chromatin Assembly Factor-1 of fission yeast. The work is of interest to researchers in the field of chromosome/chromatin biology as well as epigenetics.

    4. Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      This paper makes important contributions to the structural analysis of the DNA replication-linked nucleosome assembly machine termed Chromatin Assembly Factor-1 (CAF-1). The authors focus on the interplay of domains that bind DNA, histones and replication clamp protein PCNA.

      Strengths:<br /> The authors analyze soluble complexes containing full-length versions of all three fission yeast CAF-1 subunits, an important accomplishment given that many previous structural and biophysical studies have focused on truncated complexes. New data here supports previous experiments indicating that the KER domain is a long alpha helix that binds DNA. Via NMR, the authors discover structural changes at the histone binding site, defined here with high resolution. Most strikingly, the experiments here show that for the S. pombe CAF-1 complex, that the WHD domain at the C-terminus of the large subunit lacks DNA binding activity observed in the human and budding yeast homologs, indicating a surprising divergence in the evolution of this complex. Together, these are important contributions to the understanding of how the CAF-1 complex works.

      Weaknesses:<br /> 1. Given the strong structural predication about the roles of residues L359 and F380 (Fig. 2f), mutation of these residues would be the definitive test of their contribution to histone binding.

      2. Could it be that the apparent lack of histone deposition by the delta-WHD mutant complex occurs because this mutant complex is unstable when added to the Xenopus extract?

    5. Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      Summary:<br /> The authors describe the structure-functional relationship of domains in S. pombe CAF-1, which promotes DNA replication-coupled deposition of histone H3-H4 dimer. The authors nicely showed that the ED domain with an intrinsically disordered structure binds to histone H3-H4, that the KER domain binds to DNA and that, in addition to a PIP box, the KER domain also contributes to the PCNA binding. The ED and KER domains as well as the WHD domain are essential for nucleosome assembly in vitro. The ED, KER domains and the PIP box are important for the maintenance of heterochromatin.

      Strengths:<br /> The combination of structural analysis using NMR and Alphafold2 modeling with biophysical and biochemical analysis provided strong evidence on the role of the different domain structures of the large subunit of SpCAF-1, spPCF-1 in the binding to histone H3-H4, DNA as well as PCNA. The conclusion was further supported by genetic analysis of the various pcf1 mutants. The large amounts of data provided in the paper support the authors' conclusion very well.

      Weaknesses:

    6. Reviewer #3 (Public Review):

      Summary: The study conducted by Ouasti et al. is an elegant investigation of fission yeast CAF-1, employing a diverse array of technologies and genetic alterations to dissect its functions and their interdependence. These functions play a critical role in specifying interactions vital for DNA replication, heterochromatin maintenance, and DNA damage repair, and their dynamics involve multiple interactions. The authors have extensively utilized various in vitro and in vivo tools to validate their model and emphasize the dynamic nature of this complex.

      Strengths: Their work is supported by robust experimental data from multiple techniques, including NMR and SAXS, which validate their molecular model. They conducted in vitro interactions using EMSA and isothermal microcalorimetry, in vitro histone deposition using Xenopus high-speed egg extract, and systematically generated and tested various genetic mutants for functionality in in vivo assays. They successfully delineated domain-specific functions using in vitro assays and could validate their roles to large extent using genetic mutants. One significant revelation from this study is the unfolded nature of the acidic domain, observed to fold when binding to histones. Additionally, the authors also elucidated the role of the long KER helix in mediating DNA binding and enhancing the association of CAF-1 with PCNA. The paper effectively addresses its primary objective.

      Weaknesses: A few relatively minor unresolved aspects persist, which, if clarified or experimentally addressed by the authors, could further bolster the study.<br /> 1. The precise function of the WHD domain remains elusive. Its deletion does not result in DNA damage accumulation or defects in heterochromatin maintenance. This raises questions about the biological significance of this domain and whether it is dispensable. While in vitro assays revealed defects in chromatin assembly using this mutant (Figure 5), confirming these phenotypes through in vivo assays would provide additional assurance that the lack of function is not simply due to the in vitro system lacking PTMs or other regulatory factors.<br /> 2. The observation of increased Pcf2-gfp foci in pcf1-ED* cells, particularly in mono-nucleated (G2-phase) and bi-nucleated cells with septum marks (S-phase), might suggest the presence of replication stress. This could imply incomplete replication in specific regions, leading to the persistence of Caf1-ED*-PCNA factories throughout the cell cycle. To further confirm this, detecting accumulated single-stranded DNA (ssDNA) regions outside of S-phase using RPA as an ssDNA marker could be informative.<br /> 3. Moreover, considering the authors' strong assertion of histone binding defects in ED* through in vitro assays (Figure 2d and S2a), these claims could be further substantiated, especially considering that some degree of histone deposition might still persist in vivo in the ED* mutant (Figure 7d, viable though growth defective double ED*+hip1D mutants). For example, the approach, akin to the one employed in Fig. 6a (FLAG-IPs of various Pcf1-FLAG-tagged mutants), could also enable a comparison of the association of different mutants with histones and PCNA, providing a more thorough validation of their findings.<br /> 4. It would be valuable for the authors to speculate on the necessity of having disordered regions in CAF1. Specifically, exploring the overall distribution of these domains within disordered/unfolded structures could provide insightful perspectives. Additionally, it's intriguing to note that the significant disparities observed among mutants (ED*, PIP*, and KER*) in in vitro assays seem to become more generic in vivo, except for the indispensability of the WHD-domain. Could these disordered regions potentially play a crucial role in the phase separation of replication factories? Considering these questions could offer valuable insights into the underlying mechanisms at play.

    1. eLife assessment

      This study offers important insights into the transcriptional regulatory networks driving female gametocyte maturation in rodent malaria parasites. The work is based on solid methodology and shows how two female-specific transcription factors, AP2-FG and PFG (aka Fd2), co-operate to up-regulate the expression of genes required for development after fertilization occurs in the mosquito midgut. This study will be of interest to scientists working on sexual differentiation and gene regulation in Plasmodium and other apicomplexan parasites.

    1. Author Response

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1:

      Summary:

      Ngoune et al. present compelling evidence that Slender cells are challenged to infect tsetse flies. They explore the experimental context of a recent important paper in the field, Schuster et al., that presents evidence suggesting the proliferative Slender bloodstream T. brucei can infect juvenile tsetse flies. Schuster et al. were disruptive to the widely accepted paradigm that the Stumpy bloodstream-form is solely responsible for tsetse infection and T. brucei transmission potential. Evidence presented here shows that in all cases, Stumpy form parasites are exponentially more capable of infecting tsetse flies. They further show that Slender cells do not infect mature flies.

      However, they raise questions of immature tsetse immunological potential and field transmission potential that their experiments do not address. Specifically, they do not show that teneral tsetse flies are immunocompromised, that tsetse flies must be immunocompromised for Slender infection nor that younger teneral tsetse infection is not pertinent to field transmission.

      Strengths:

      Experimental Design is precise and elegant, outcomes are convincing. Discussion is compelling and important to the field. This is a timely piece that adds important data to a critical discussion of host: parasite interactions, of relevance to all parasite transmission.

      Thank you

      Weaknesses:

      As above, the authors dispute the biological relevance of teneral tsetse infection in the wild, without offering evidence to the contrary. Statements need to be softened for claims regarding immunological competence or relevance to field transmission.

      We have modified the revised version to soften these claims (l.156 and l.159). Please, note that the limited immunocompetence of teneral flies has been extensively studied by the labs of S. Aksoy at Yale and M. Lehane at Liverpool. In the discussion, we provide key references from these two labs 18-21. Our comment on the relevance to field transmission is simply based on field observations of the fly biology.

      Reviewer #2:

      Summary:

      Contrary to findings recently reported by Schuster S et al., this short paper shows evidence that the stumpy form of T. brucei is probably the most pre-adapted form to progress with the life cycle of this parasite in the tsetse vector.

      Strengths:

      One of the most important pieces of experimental evidence is that they conduct all fly infection experiments in the absence of metabolites like GlcNAc or S-glutathione; by doing so, the infection rates in flies infected with slender trypanosomes seem very low or non-existent. This, on its own, is a piece of important experimental evidence that the Schuster S et al findings may need to be revisited.

      Thank you

      Weaknesses:

      I consider that the authors should have included their own experiments demonstrating that the addition of these chemicals enhances the infection rates in flies receiving bloodmeals containing slender trypanosomes.

      The main purpose of this study is to assess the intrinsic infectivity of SL Vs. ST in teneral Vs. adult flies, not to reproduce the results obtained by Schuster et al.. We think that the suggested experiment is not necessary as L-Glutathion is well-known to enhance infection rates by reducing the fly immune response efficiency (Ref 24). Most of the experimental infections with procyclic or ST forms (even at low densities) published by our lab and others, especially for studying parasite stages in the salivary glands, were actually performed by complementing the infective meal with L-Glutathion for this reason.

      Reviewer #3:

      The dogma in the Trypanosome field is that transmission by Tsetse flies is ensured by stumpy forms. This has been recently challenged by the Engstler lab (Schuster et al.), which showed that slender forms can also be transmitted by teneral flies. In this work, the authors aimed to test whether transmission by slender forms is possible and frequent.

      For this, the authors repeated Tsetse transmission experiments but with some key critical differences relative to Schuster et al. First, they infected teneral and adult flies. Second, their infective meals lacked two components (N-acetylglucosamine and glutathione), which could have boosted the infection rates in the Schuster et al. work. In these conditions, the authors observed that most stumpy form infections with teneral and adult flies were successful while only 1 out of 24 slender-form infections was successful. Adult flies showed a lower infection rate, which is probably because their immune system is more developed.

      Given that in Tsetse-infested areas most transmission is likely ensured by adult flies, the authors conclude that the parasite stage that will have a significant epidemiologic impact on transmission is the stumpy form.

      Strengths:

      • This work tackles an important question in the field.

      • The Rotureau laboratory has well-known expertise in Tsetse fly transmission experiments.

      • Experimental setup is robust and data is solid.

      • The paper is concise and clearly written.

      Thank you

      Weaknesses:

      • The reason(s) for why this work has lower infection rates with slender forms than Schuster et al. remain unknown. The authors suggested it could be because of the absence of N-acetylglucosamine and/or glutathione, but this was not formally tested. Could another source of variation be the clone of EATRO1125 AnTat1.1 (Paris versus Munich origin)? To reduce the workload, such additional experiments could be done with just one dose of parasites.

      Differences between the strain clones, the cell culture conditions and/or the fly colony maintenance conditions could indeed explain the differences in infection rates observed in the two studies. However, the main purpose of this study is to assess the intrinsic infectivity of SL Vs. ST in teneral Vs. adult flies. Our study was designed to stand alone for providing a clear answer to this question, not to reproduce the results obtained by Schuster et al.. Hence, we don’t think that any additional experiments are required here.

      • The characterization of what is slender and stumpy is critical. The authors used PAD1 protein expression as the sole reporter. While this is a robust assay to confirm stumpy, an analysis of the cell cycle would have been helpful to confirm that slender forms have not initiated differentiation (Larcombe S et al. 2023, preprint).

      In this study, ST are indeed defined by their general morphology and by the expression of PAD1 proteins at the cell membrane as assessed by IFA. This is the simplest and most accurate ST proxy accessible by IFA. We do not think that monitoring in more details the cell cycle would provide key information here. If some SL forms had initiated differentiation in our experiments, then, the low infection rates observed with SL would have reinforced the fact that mostly mature PAD1+ ST are infectious for flies .

      • Statistical analysis is missing. Is the difference between adult and teneral infections statistically significant?

      An ANOVA statistical analysis was performed and a dedicated section was added to the revised version.

      For all conditions, MG infection rate comparisons between adult and teneral flies were statistically significant.

      Recommenda8ons for the authors:

      Reviewer #1:

      While some perceived outcomes pertaining to immunological competence and transmission relevance of teneral flies are overstated, the overall tone of the paper is inappropriately apologe7c. The authors obviously don't want to offend their colleagues but the current wri7ng style obscures meaning, making the paper a bit 'flowery' and difficult to read.

      Ngoune et al. have important outcomes that need to be stated more directly.

      Words such as 'unequivocally' are not appropriate to Schuster et al's outcomes. As your study shows, their findings are experimentally based, with inherent caveats, and are therefore sugges7ve, not demonstrated or proven.

      The word 'unequivocally' has been removed from the revision.

      Reviewer #3:

      The Engstler lab cul7vates AntTaT1.1 in methylcellulose (Munich clone, if I am not mistaken). The Rotureau lab uses the Paris AntTaT1.1 clone and uses no methylcellulose. Given that methylcellulose helps stumpy forma7on, it seems important to show that the results of this paper are reproducible with the Munich clone grown in the presence of methylcellulose.

      Differences between the strain clones and culture conditions could indeed explain the differences in infection rates observed in the two studies. However, the main purpose of this study is to assess the intrinsic infectivity of SL Vs. ST in teneral Vs. adult flies. Our study was designed to stand alone for providing a clear answer to this question, not to reproduce the results obtained by Schuster et al.. Hence, we don’t think that any additional experiments are required here.

    2. eLife assessment

      For decades it has been accepted that only the growth-arrested "stumpy" form of Trypanosoma brucei can infect the arthropod vector, the Tsetse fly, but this was recently challenged by a demonstration that - under artificial conditions that are known to enhance infectivity - the proliferative "slender" form can also establish Tsetse infections. The infectiousness of the two forms is a fundamental question in trypanosome biology and epidemiology, concerning both infection dynamics and parasite differentiation. The authors of the current study provide compelling evidence that without artificial enhancement, the "stumpy" form is indeed much more infective for Tsetse than the slender form; they suggest that this is probably also true in the wild. Since the authors of this paper did not themselves test the effect of enhancing conditions, the precise reason for the discrepancy in results between the two laboratories has not been demonstrated conclusively.

    3. Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      Summary:<br /> Ngoune et al. present compelling evidence that Slender cells are challenged to infect tsetse flies. They explore the experimental context of a recent important paper in the field, Schuster et al., that presents evidence suggesting the proliferative Slender bloodstream T.brucei can infect juvenile tsetse flies. Schuster et al. was disruptive to the widely accepted paradigm that the Stumpy bloodstream form is solely responsible for tsetse infection and T.brucei transmission potential.

      Evidence presented here shows that in all cases, Stumpy form parasites are exponentially more capable of infecting tsetse flies. They further show that Slender cells do not infect mature flies.

      However, they raise questions of immature tsetse immunological potential and field transmission potential that their experiments do not address. Specifically, they do not show that teneral tsetse flies are immunocompromised, that tsetse flies must be immunocompromised for Slender infection nor that younger teneral tsetse infection is not pertinent to field transmission.

      Strengths:<br /> Experimental Design is precise and elegant, outcomes are convincing. Discussion is compelling and important to the field. This is a timely piece that adds important data to a critical discussion of host:parasite interactions, of relevance to all parasite transmission.

      Weaknesses:<br /> As above, the authors dispute the biological relevance of teneral tsetse infection in the wild, without offering evidence to the contrary. Statements need to be softened for claims regarding immunological competence or relevance to field transmission.

    4. Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      Summary:<br /> In contrast to the recent findings reported by Schuster S et al., this brief paper presents evidence suggesting that the stumpy form of T. brucei is likely the most pre-adapted form to progress through the life cycle of this parasite in the tsetse vector.

      Strengths:<br /> One significant experimental point is that all fly infection experiments are conducted in the absence of "boosting" metabolites like GlcNAc or S-glutathione. As a result, flies infected with slender trypanosomes present very low or nonexistent infection rates. This provides important experimental evidence that the findings of Schuster S and colleagues may need to be revisited.

      Weaknesses:<br /> However, I believe the authors should have included their own set of experiments demonstrating that the presence of these metabolites in the infectious bloodmeal enhances infection rates in flies receiving blood meals containing slender trypanosomes. Considering the well-known physiological variabilities among flies from different facilities, including infection rates, this would have strengthened the experimental evidence presented by the authors.

    5. Reviewer #3 (Public Review):

      The dogma in the Trypanosome field is that transmission by Tsetse flies is ensured by stumpy forms. This has been recently challenged by the Engstler lab (Schuster et al. ), who showed that slender forms can also be transmitted by teneral flies. In this work, the authors aimed to test whether transmission by slender forms is possible and frequent. The authors observed that most stumpy forms infections with teneral and adult flies were successful while only 1 out of 24 slender form infections were successful.

      In this revised version of the manuscript, the authors made some text changes and included statistical testing as a new section of the Materials and Methods. It seems the comparison of midgut infection in adult vs teneral flies was significant in most of the conditions. However, the critical comparison is still missing: within each type of fly (adult or teneral), was the MG infection significantly different between slender and stumpy forms?

      Given no additional experiments were performed, it remains unknown why this work and Schuster et al. reached different conclusions. As a result it remains unclear in which conditions slender forms could be important for transmission. Several variables could explain differences between the two groups: the strain used, the presence or absence of N-acetylglucosamine and/or glutathione, how Tsetse colonies were maintained, thorough molecular and cellular characterisation of slender and stumpy forms (to avoid using intermediate forms as slender forms), comparison to recent field parasite strains.

    1. eLife assessment

      The authors have developed a compelling coarse-grained simulation approach for nucleosome-nucleosome interactions within a chromatin array. The data presented are solid and provide new insights that allow for predictions of how chromatin interactions might occur in vivo. The tools presented herein will be valuable for the chromosome biology field.

    1. eLife assessment

      This valuable paper builds on a method, previously conceptualized and validated, of genetic control for insect populations. The method, called pgSIT, uses integrated CRISPR-Cas9 based constructs to generate, in certain combinations of genotypes, mutations that cause both male sterility and female inviability. Release of such genotypes in sufficiently large numbers can lead to an inundation of a local insect population with sterile males and this can lead to localised population suppression, which represents an effective method of control for problematic insect populations. The data are convincing and will be of interest to anyone working on vector control strategies.

    1. eLife assessment

      This important study uses genomically-engineered glypican alleles (Dally and Dally-like) to determine the role of these proteins on the Dpp/BMP morphogen gradient in the wing disc of Drosophila melanogaster. The new glypican null and tagged add-back alleles, as well as a Dpp mutant that cannot bind heparin sulfate moieties in glypicans, provide solid results that support the model in which Dally but not Dally-like stabilizes Dpp on the cell surface by counteracting receptor-mediated Dpp internalization. This paper would be of interest to developmental biologists working on morphogens.

    1. Author Response

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      The authors aim to address a critical challenge in the field of bioinformatics: the accurate and efficient identification of protein binding sites from sequences. Their work seeks to overcome the limitations of current methods, which largely depend on multiple sequence alignments or experimental protein structures, by introducing GPSite, a multi-task network designed to predict binding residues of various molecules on proteins using ESMFold.

      Strengths:

      1. Benchmarking. The authors provide a comprehensive benchmark against multiple methods, showcasing the performances of a large number of methods in various scenarios.

      2. Accessibility and Ease of Use. GPSite is highlighted as a freely accessible tool with user-friendly features on its website, enhancing its potential for widespread adoption in the research community.

      We thank the reviewer for acknowledging the contributions and strengths of our work! Weaknesses:

      1. Lack of Novelty. The method primarily combines existing approaches and lacks significant technical innovation. This raises concerns about the original contribution of the work in terms of methodological development. Moreover, the paper reproduces results and analyses already presented in previous literature, without providing novel analysis or interpretation. This further diminishes the contribution of this paper to advancing knowledge in the field.

      The novelty of this work is primarily manifested in four key aspects. Firstly, although we agree with the reviewer that we did employ several existing tools such as ProtTrans and ESMFold to extract sequence features and predict protein conformations, these techniques were hardly explored in the field of binding site prediction. We have successfully demonstrated the feasibility of substituting multiple sequence alignments with language model embeddings and training with “less accurate” predictive structures, providing a new solution to overcome the limitations of current methods for genome-wide applications. Secondly, though a few methods tend to capture geometric information based on protein surfaces or atom graphs, surface calculation and property mapping are usually time-consuming, while massage passing on full atom graphs is memory-consuming and thus challenging to process long sequences. Besides, these methods are sensitive towards details and errors in the predictive structures. To facilitate large-scale annotations, we have innovatively applied geometric deep learning to protein residue graphs for comprehensively capturing backbone and sidechain geometric contexts in an efficient and effective manner (Figure 1). Thirdly, we have not only exploited multi-task learning to integrate diverse ligands and enhance performance, but also shown its capability to easily extend to the binding site prediction of other unseen ligands (Figure 4 D-E). Last but not least, as a Tools and Resources article, we have provided a fast, accurate and user-friendly webserver, as well as constructed a large annotation database for the sequences in Swiss-Prot. Leveraging this database, we have conducted extensive analyses on the associations between binding sites and molecular functions, biological processes, and disease-causing mutations (Figure 5), indicating the potential of our tool to unveil unexplored biology underlying genomic data.

      1. Benchmark Discrepancies. The variation in benchmark results, especially between initial comparisons and those with PeSTo. GPSite achieves a PR AUC of 0.484 on the global benchmark but a PR AUC of 0.61 on the benchmark against PeSTo. For consistency, PeSTo should be included in the benchmark against all other methods. It suggests potential issues with the benchmark set or the stability of the method. This inconsistency needs to be addressed to validate the reliability of the results.

      We thank the reviewer for the constructive comments. Since our performance comparison experiments involved numerous competitive methods whose training sets were disparate, it was difficult to compare or rank all these methods fairly using a single test set. As described in the “GPSite outperforms state-of-the-art methods” section, 358 out of 375 proteins in our protein-protein binding site test set share >30% sequence identity with the training sequences of PeSTo. To address this, we meticulously re-split our entire protein-protein binding site dataset to generate a new test set that avoids any overlap with the training sets of both GPSite and PeSTo and performed a separate evaluation. This is quite common in this field. For instance, in the study of PeSTo [Nat Commun 2023], the comparisons of PeSTo with MaSIF-site, SPPIDER, and PSIVER were conducted using one test set, while the comparison with ScanNet was performed on a separate test set. Based on the reviewer’s suggestion, in the revised version of the manuscript, we intend to include other comparative methods alongside PeSTo on the new test set or retrain our model directly on PeSTo's training set for comparison, which should enhance the completeness of our results.

      1. Interface Definition Ambiguity. There is a lack of clarity in defining the interface for the binding site predictions. Different methods are trained using varying criteria (surfaces in MaSIF-site, distance thresholds in ScanNet). The authors do not adequately address how GPSite's definition aligns with or differs from these standards and how this issue was addressed. It could indicate that the comparison of those methods is unreliable and unfair.

      We thank the reviewer for the comments. The precise definition of ligand-binding sites is elucidated in the “Benchmark datasets” section. Specifically, the datasets of DNA, RNA, peptide, ATP, HEM and metal ions used to train GPSite were collected from the widely acknowledged BioLiP database [PMID: 23087378]. In BioLiP, a binding residue is defined if the smallest atomic distance between the target residue and the ligand is <0.5 Å plus the sum of the Van der Waal’s radius of the two nearest atoms. In the meanwhile, most comparative methods regarding these ligands were also trained on data from BioLiP, thereby ensuring fair comparisons.

      However, since BioLiP does not include data on protein-protein binding sites, studies for protein-protein binding site prediction may adopt slightly distinct label definitions, as the reviewer suggested. Here, we employed protein-protein binding site data from our previous study [PMID: 34498061], where a protein-binding residue was defined as a surface residue (relative solvent accessibility > 5%) that lost more than 1 Å2 absolute solvent accessibility after protein-protein complex formation. This definition was initially introduced in PSIVER [PMID: 20529890] and widely applied in various studies (e.g., PMID: 31593229, PMID: 32840562). SPPIDER [PMID: 17152079] and MaSIF-site [PMID: 31819266] have also adopted similar surface-based definitions as PSIVER. On the other hand, ScanNet [PMID: 35637310] employed an atom distance threshold of 4 Å to define contacts while PeSTo [PMID: 37072397] used a threshold of 5 Å. However, it is noteworthy that current methods in this field including ScanNet [Nat Methods 2022] and PeSTo [Nat Commun 2023] directly compared methods using different label definitions without any alignment in their benchmark studies, likely due to the subtle distinctions among these definitions. For instance, the study of PeSTo directly performed comparisons with ScanNet, MaSIF-site, SPPIDER, and PSIVER. Therefore, we followed these previous works, directly comparing GPSite with other protein-protein binding site predictors. In our revised manuscript, we will provide more details for the binding site definitions to avoid any potential ambiguity.

      While GPSite demonstrates the potential to surpass state-of-the-art methods in protein binding site prediction, the evidence supporting these claims seems incomplete. The lack of methodological novelty and the unresolved questions in benchmark consistency and interface definition somewhat undermine the confidence in the results. Therefore, it's not entirely clear if the authors have fully achieved their aims as outlined.

      The work is useful for the field, especially in disease mechanism elucidation and novel drug design. The availability of genome-scale binding residue annotations GPSite offers is a significant advancement. However, the utility of this tool could be hampered by the aforementioned weaknesses unless they are adequately addressed.

      We thank the reviewer for acknowledging the advancement and value of our work, as well as pointing out areas where improvements can be made. As discussed above, we will carry out the corresponding revisions in the next version of the manuscript to enhance the completeness and clearness of our work.

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      This work provides a new framework, "GPsite" to predict DNA, RNA, peptide, protein, ATP, HEM, and metal ions binding sites on proteins. This framework comes with a webserver and a database of annotations. The core of the model is a Geometric featurizer neural network that predicts the binding sites of a protein. One major contribution of the authors is the fact that they feed this neural network with predicted structure from ESMFold for training and prediction (instead of native structure in similar works) and a high-quality protein Language Model representation. The other major contribution is that it provides the public with a new light framework to predict protein-ligand interactions for a broad range of ligands.

      The authors have demonstrated the interest of their framework with mostly two techniques: ablation and benchmark.

      Strengths:

      The performance of this framework as well as the provided dataset and web server make it useful to conduct studies.

      The ablations of some core elements of the method, such as the protein Language Model part, or the input structure are very insightful and can help convince the reader that every part of the framework is necessary. This could also guide further developments in the field. As such, the presentation of this part of the work can hold a more critical place in this work.

      We thank the reviewer for recognizing the contributions of our work and for noting that our experiments are thorough.

      Weaknesses:

      Overall, we can acknowledge the important effort of the authors to compare their work to other similar frameworks. Yet, the lack of homogeneity of training methods and data from one work to the other makes the comparison slightly unconvincing, as the authors pointed out. Overall, the paper puts significant effort into convincing the reader that the method is beating the state of the art. Maybe, there are other aspects that could be more interesting to insist on (usability, interest in protein engineering, and theoretical works).

      We sincerely appreciate the reviewer for the constructive and insightful comments. As to the concern of training data heterogeneity raised by the reviewer, it is noteworthy that current studies in this field, such as ScanNet [Nat Methods 2022] and PeSTo [Nat Commun 2023], tend to directly compare methods trained on different datasets in their benchmark experiments. Therefore, we have adhered to the paradigm in these previous works. According to the detailed recommendations by the reviewer, we will improve our manuscript by incorporating additional ablation studies regarding the effects of predicted structures and language model representations. Besides, we will refine the Discussion section to focus more on the achievements of this work and its potential applications including protein engineering. A comprehensive point-by-point response to the reviewer’s recommendations will be provided alongside the revised manuscript. This will ensure that all concerns and suggestions are adequately addressed.

      Reviewer #3 (Public Review):

      Summary

      The authors of this work aim to address the challenge of accurately and efficiently identifying protein binding sites from sequences. They recognize that the limitations of current methods, including reliance on multiple sequence alignments or experimental protein structure, and the under-explored geometry of the structure, which limit the performance and genome-scale applications. The authors have developed a multi-task network called GPSite that predicts binding residues for a range of biologically relevant molecules, including DNA, RNA, peptides, proteins, ATP, HEM, and metal ions, using a combination of sequence embeddings from protein language models and ESMFold-predicted structures. Their approach attempts to extract residual and relational geometric contexts in an end-to-end manner, surpassing current sequence-based and structure-based methods.

      Strengths

      1. The GPSite model's ability to predict binding sites for a wide variety of molecules, including DNA, RNA, peptides, and various metal ions.

      2. Based on the presented results, GPSite outperforms state-of-the-art methods in several benchmark datasets.

      3. GPSite adopts predicted structures instead of native structures as input, enabling the model to be applied to a wider range of scenarios where native structures are rare.

      4. The authors emphasize the low computational cost of GPSite, which enables rapid genome-scale binding residue annotations, indicating the model's potential for large-scale applications.

      We thank the reviewer for recognizing the significance and value of our work!

      Weaknesses

      1. One major advantage of GPSite, as claimed by the authors, is its efficiency. Although the manuscript mentioned that the inference takes about 5 hours for all datasets, it remains unclear how much improvement GPSite can offer compared with existing methods. A more detailed benchmark comparison of running time against other methods is recommended (including the running time of different components, since some methods like GPSite use predicted structures while some use native structures).

      We thank the reviewer for the valuable suggestion. Empirically, it takes about 30 min for existing MSA-based methods to make predictions for a protein with 500 residues, while it only takes less than 1 min for GPSite (including structure prediction). However, it is worth noting that some predictors in our benchmark study are solely available as webservers, and it is challenging to compare the runtime between a standalone program and a webserver due to the disparity in hardware configurations. Therefore, we will include comprehensive runtime comparisons between the GPSite webserver and other existing servers in the revision to illustrate the practicality and efficiency of our method.

      1. Since the model uses predicted protein structure, the authors have conducted some studies on the effect of the predicted structure's quality. However, only the 0.7 threshold was used. A more comprehensive analysis with several different thresholds is recommended.

      We thank the reviewer for the comment. We assessed the effect of the predicted structure's quality by evaluating GPSite’s performance on high-quality (TM-score > 0.7) and low-quality (TM-score ≤ 0.7) predicted structures. We did not employ multiple thresholds (e.g., 0.3, 0.5, and 0.7), as the majority of proteins in the test sets were accurately predicted by ESMFold. Specifically, as shown in Figure 3B, Appendix 3-figure 2 and Appendix 2-table 5, the numbers of proteins with TM-score ≤ 0.7 are small in most datasets. Consequently, there is insufficient data available for analysis with lower thresholds, except for the RNA test set. Notably, Figure 3C presents a detailed inspection of the proteins with TM-score < 0.5 in the RNA test set. Within this subset, GPSite consistently outperforms the state-of-the-art structure-based method GraphBind with predicted structures as input, regardless of the prediction quality of ESMFold. Only in cases where structures are predicted with extremely low quality (TM-score < 0.3) does GPSite fall behind GraphBind input with native structures. This result further demonstrates the robustness of GPSite.

      1. To demonstrate the robustness of GPSite, the authors performed a case study on human GR containing two zinc fingers, where the predicted structure is not perfect. The analysis could benefit from more a detailed explanation of why the model can still infer the binding site correctly even though the input structural information is slightly off.

      We thank the reviewer for the comment. We have actually explained the potential reason for the robustness of GPSite in the second paragraph of the “GPSite is robust for low-quality predicted structures” section. In summary, although the whole structure of this protein is not perfectly predicted, the binding domains of peptide, DNA and Zn2+ are actually predicted accurately as evidenced by the superpositions of the native and predicted structures in Figure 3D and 3E. Therefore, GPSite can still make reliable predictions.

      1. To analyze the relatively low AUC value for protein-protein interactions, the authors claimed that it is "due to the fact that protein-protein interactions are ubiquitous in living organisms while the Swiss-Prot function annotations are incomplete", which is unjustified. It is highly recommended to support this claim by showing at least one example where GPSite's prediction is a valid binding site that is not present in the current Swiss-Prot database or via other approaches.

      We thank the reviewer for the valuable recommendation. We will perform such analysis in the revised manuscript.

      1. The authors reported that many GPSite-predicted binding sites are associated with known biological functions. Notably, for RNA-binding sites, there is a significantly higher proportion of translation-related binding sites. The analysis could benefit from a further investigation into this observation, such as the analyzing the percentage of such interactions in the training site. In addition, if there is sufficient data, it would also be interesting to see the cross-interaction-type performance of the proposed model, e.g., train the model on a dataset excluding specific binding sites and test its performance on that class of interactions.

      We thank the reviewer for the suggestion. We would like to clarify that the analysis in Figure 5C was conducted at “protein-level” instead of “residue-level”. As described in the second paragraph of the “Large-scale binding site annotation for Swiss-Prot” section, a protein-level ligand-binding score was assigned to a protein by averaging the top k residue-level predictive binding scores. This protein-level score indicates the overall binding propensity of the protein to a specific ligand. We gathered the top 20,000 proteins with the highest protein-level binding scores for each ligand and found that their biological process annotations from Swiss-Prot were consistent with existing knowledge.

      As for the cross-interaction-type performance raised by the reviewer, we will include such analysis in the revised manuscript.

    2. eLife assessment

      The authors introduce a useful machine-learning model for predicting binding sites of diverse ligands, including DNA, RNA, peptides, proteins, ATP, HEM, and metal ions, on proteins. The method is freely accessible and user-friendly. The authors have conducted thorough benchmarking and ablation studies, providing solid evidence of the model's overall performance, but the comparisons to other methods are incomplete, due to the lack of consistency between training methods and data.

    3. Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      Summary:<br /> The authors aim to address a critical challenge in the field of bioinformatics: the accurate and efficient identification of protein binding sites from sequences. Their work seeks to overcome the limitations of current methods, which largely depend on multiple sequence alignments or experimental protein structures, by introducing GPSite, a multi-task network designed to predict binding residues of various molecules on proteins using ESMFold.

      Strengths:<br /> 1. Benchmarking. The authors provide a comprehensive benchmark against multiple methods, showcasing the performances of a large number of methods in various scenarios.

      2. Accessibility and Ease of Use. GPSite is highlighted as a freely accessible tool with user-friendly features on its website, enhancing its potential for widespread adoption in the research community.

      Weaknesses:<br /> 1. Lack of Novelty. The method primarily combines existing approaches and lacks significant technical innovation. This raises concerns about the original contribution of the work in terms of methodological development. Moreover, the paper reproduces results and analyses already presented in previous literature, without providing novel analysis or interpretation. This further diminishes the contribution of this paper to advancing knowledge in the field.

      2. Benchmark Discrepancies. The variation in benchmark results, especially between initial comparisons and those with PeSTo. GPSite achieves a PR AUC of 0.484 on the global benchmark but a PR AUC of 0.61 on the benchmark against PeSTo. For consistency, PeSTo should be included in the benchmark against all other methods. It suggests potential issues with the benchmark set or the stability of the method. This inconsistency needs to be addressed to validate the reliability of the results.

      3. Interface Definition Ambiguity. There is a lack of clarity in defining the interface for the binding site predictions. Different methods are trained using varying criteria (surfaces in MaSIF-site, distance thresholds in ScanNet). The authors do not adequately address how GPSite's definition aligns with or differs from these standards and how this issue was addressed. It could indicate that the comparison of those methods is unreliable and unfair.

      While GPSite demonstrates the potential to surpass state-of-the-art methods in protein binding site prediction, the evidence supporting these claims seems incomplete. The lack of methodological novelty and the unresolved questions in benchmark consistency and interface definition somewhat undermine the confidence in the results. Therefore, it's not entirely clear if the authors have fully achieved their aims as outlined.

      The work is useful for the field, especially in disease mechanism elucidation and novel drug design. The availability of genome-scale binding residue annotations GPSite offers is a significant advancement. However, the utility of this tool could be hampered by the aforementioned weaknesses unless they are adequately addressed.

    4. Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      Summary:<br /> This work provides a new framework, "GPsite" to predict DNA, RNA, peptide, protein, ATP, HEM, and metal ions binding sites on proteins. This framework comes with a webserver and a database of annotations. The core of the model is a Geometric featurizer neural network that predicts the binding sites of a protein. One major contribution of the authors is the fact that they feed this neural network with predicted structure from ESMFold for training and prediction (instead of native structure in similar works) and a high-quality protein Language Model representation. The other major contribution is that it provides the public with a new light framework to predict protein-ligand interactions for a broad range of ligands.

      The authors have demonstrated the interest of their framework with mostly two techniques: ablation and benchmark.

      Strengths:<br /> The performance of this framework as well as the provided dataset and web server make it useful to conduct studies.

      The ablations of some core elements of the method, such as the protein Language Model part, or the input structure are very insightful and can help convince the reader that every part of the framework is necessary. This could also guide further developments in the field. As such, the presentation of this part of the work can hold a more critical place in this work.

      Weaknesses:<br /> Overall, we can acknowledge the important effort of the authors to compare their work to other similar frameworks. Yet, the lack of homogeneity of training methods and data from one work to the other makes the comparison slightly unconvincing, as the authors pointed out. Overall, the paper puts significant effort into convincing the reader that the method is beating the state of the art. Maybe, there are other aspects that could be more interesting to insist on (usability, interest in protein engineering, and theoretical works).

    5. Reviewer #3 (Public Review):

      Summary<br /> The authors of this work aim to address the challenge of accurately and efficiently identifying protein binding sites from sequences. They recognize that the limitations of current methods, including reliance on multiple sequence alignments or experimental protein structure, and the under-explored geometry of the structure, which limit the performance and genome-scale applications. The authors have developed a multi-task network called GPSite that predicts binding residues for a range of biologically relevant molecules, including DNA, RNA, peptides, proteins, ATP, HEM, and metal ions, using a combination of sequence embeddings from protein language models and ESMFold-predicted structures. Their approach attempts to extract residual and relational geometric contexts in an end-to-end manner, surpassing current sequence-based and structure-based methods.

      Strengths<br /> 1. The GPSite model's ability to predict binding sites for a wide variety of molecules, including DNA, RNA, peptides, and various metal ions.<br /> 2. Based on the presented results, GPSite outperforms state-of-the-art methods in several benchmark datasets.<br /> 3. GPSite adopts predicted structures instead of native structures as input, enabling the model to be applied to a wider range of scenarios where native structures are rare.<br /> 4. The authors emphasize the low computational cost of GPSite, which enables rapid genome-scale binding residue annotations, indicating the model's potential for large-scale applications.

      Weaknesses<br /> 1. One major advantage of GPSite, as claimed by the authors, is its efficiency. Although the manuscript mentioned that the inference takes about 5 hours for all datasets, it remains unclear how much improvement GPSite can offer compared with existing methods. A more detailed benchmark comparison of running time against other methods is recommended (including the running time of different components, since some methods like GPSite use predicted structures while some use native structures).<br /> 2. Since the model uses predicted protein structure, the authors have conducted some studies on the effect of the predicted structure's quality. However, only the 0.7 threshold was used. A more comprehensive analysis with several different thresholds is recommended.<br /> 3. To demonstrate the robustness of GPSite, the authors performed a case study on human GR containing two zinc fingers, where the predicted structure is not perfect. The analysis could benefit from more a detailed explanation of why the model can still infer the binding site correctly even though the input structural information is slightly off.<br /> 4. To analyze the relatively low AUC value for protein-protein interactions, the authors claimed that it is "due to the fact that protein-protein interactions are ubiquitous in living organisms while the Swiss-Prot function annotations are incomplete", which is unjustified. It is highly recommended to support this claim by showing at least one example where GPSite's prediction is a valid binding site that is not present in the current Swiss-Prot database or via other approaches.<br /> 5. The authors reported that many GPSite-predicted binding sites are associated with known biological functions. Notably, for RNA-binding sites, there is a significantly higher proportion of translation-related binding sites. The analysis could benefit from a further investigation into this observation, such as the analyzing the percentage of such interactions in the training site. In addition, if there is sufficient data, it would also be interesting to see the cross-interaction-type performance of the proposed model, e.g., train the model on a dataset excluding specific binding sites and test its performance on that class of interactions.

    1. Author Response

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Response to reviewers

      We would like to thank the reviewers for their feedback. Below we address their comments and have indicated the associated changes in our point-by-point response (blue: answers, red: changes in manuscript).

      Reviewer #1:

      Overall, the hypotheses and results are clearly presented and supported by high quality figures. The study is presented in a didactic way, making it easy for a broad audience to understand the significance of the results. The study does present some weaknesses that could easily be addressed by the authors.

      We thank the reviewer for appreciating our work and providing useful suggestions for improvement.

      1) First, there are some anatomical inaccuracies: line 129 and fig1C, the authors omit m.dial septum projections to area CA1 (in addition to the entorhinal cortex). Moreover, in addition to CA1, CA3 also provides monosynaptic feedback projections to the medial septum CA3. Finally, an indirect projection from CA1/3 excitatory neurons to the lateral septum, which in turn sends inhibitory projections to the medial septum could be included or mentioned by the authors. This could be of particular relevance to support claims related to effects of neurostimulations, whereby minutious implementation of anatomical data could be key.

      If not updating their model, the authors could add this point to their limitation section, where they already do a good job of mentioning some limitations of using the EC as a sole oscillatory input to CA1.

      We acknowledge that our current model strongly simplifies the interconnections between the medial septum and the hippocampal formation, but including more anatomical details is beyond the scope of this manuscript and would be a topic for future work. Nevertheless, we followed the reviewer’s advice to stress this point in our manuscript. First, we moved a paragraph that was initially in the “methods” section to the “results” section (L.141-150 of the revised manuscript):

      “Biologically, GABAergic neurons from the medial septum project to the EC, CA3, and CA1 fields of the hippocampus (Toth et al., 1993; Hajós et al., 2004; Manseau et al., 2008; Hangya et al., 2009; Unal et al., 2015; Müller and Remy, 2018). Although the respective roles of these different projections are not fully understood, previous computational studies have suggested that the direct projection from the medial septum to CA1 is not essential for the production of theta in CA1 microcircuits (Mysin et al., 2019). Since our modeling of the medial septum is only used to generate a dynamic theta rhythm, we opted for a simplified representation where the medial septum projects only to the EC, which in turn drives the different fields of the hippocampus. In our model, Kuramoto oscillators are therefore connected to the EC neurons and they receive projections from CA1 neurons (see methods for more details).”

      Second, we expanded the corresponding paragraph in the limitation section to discuss this point further (L.398-415 of the revised manuscript):

      “We decided to model septal pacemaker neurons projecting to the EC as the main source of hippocampal theta as reported in multiple experimental studies (Buzsáki, 2002; Buzsáki et al., 2003; Hangya et al., 2009). However, experimental findings and previous models have also proposed that direct septal inputs are not essential for theta generation (Wang, 2002; Colgin et al., 2013; Mysin et al., 2019), but play an important role in phase synchronization of hippocampal neurons. Furthermore, the model does not account for the connections between the lateral and medial septum and the hippocampus (Takeuchi et al., 2021). These connections include the inhibitory projections from the lateral to the medial septum and the monosynaptic projections from the hippocampal CA3 field to the lateral septum. An experimental study has highlighted the importance of the lateral septum in regulating the hippocampal theta rhythm (Bender et al., 2015), an area that has not been included in the model. Specifically, theta-rhythmic optogenetic stimulation of the axonal projections from the lateral septum to the hippocampus was shown to entrain theta oscillations and lead to behavioral changes during exploration in transgenic mice. To account for these discrepancies, our model could be extended by considering more realistic connectivity patterns between the medial / lateral septum and the hippocampal formation, including glutamatergic, cholinergic, and GABAergic reciprocal connections (Müller and Remy, 2018), or by considering multiple sets of oscillators each representing one theta generator.”

      1. The authors test conditions of low theta inputs, which they liken to pathological states (line 112). It is not clear what pathology the authors are referring to, especially since a large amount of 'oscillopathies' in the septohippocampal system are associated with decreased gamma/PAC, but not theta oscillations (e.g. Alzheimer's disease conditions).

      In the manuscript, we referred to “oscillopathies” in a broad sense way as we did not want to overstate the biological implications of the model or the way we modeled pathological states. To our knowledge, several studies have yielded inconsistent results regarding the specific changes in theta or gamma power in Alzheimer’s disease, and the most convincing alteration seems to be the theta-gamma phase-amplitude coupling (PAC) (for review see e.g., Kitchigina, V. F. Alterations of Coherent Theta and Gamma Network Oscillations as an Early Biomarker of Temporal Lobe Epilepsy and Alzheimer’s Disease. Front Integr Neurosci 12, 36 (2018)), as also mentioned by the reviewer.

      In this study, the most straightforward way to reduce theta-gamma PAC was to reduce the amplitude of the oscillators’ gain, which affected theta power, gamma power, and theta-gamma PAC (Figure 5 of the revised manuscript). Affecting their synchronization level (i.e., the order parameter) did not affect any of these variables (Figure 5 – Figure Supplement 4).

      In order to alter theta-gamma PAC without affecting theta or gamma power, we believe that more complex changes should be performed in the model, likely at the level of individual neurons in the hippocampal formation. For example, cholinergic deprivation has been previously used in a multi-compartment model of the hippocampal CA3 to mimic Alzheimer’s disease and to draw functional implications on the slowing of theta oscillations and the storage of new information (Menschik, E. D. & Finkel, L. H. Neuromodulatory control of hippocampal function: towards a model of Alzheimer’s disease. Artif Intell Med 13, 99–121 (1998)).

      This has now been added to the limitations section (L.458-465 of the revised manuscript):

      “Finally, we likened conditions of low theta input to pathological states characteristic of oscillopathies such as Alzheimer’s disease, as these conditions disrupted all aspects of theta-gamma oscillations in our model: theta power, gamma power, and theta-gamma PAC (Figure 5). However, it should be noted that changes in theta or gamma power in these pathologies are often unclear, and that the most consistent alteration that has been reported in Alzheimer’s disease is a reduction of theta-gamma PAC (for review, see Kitchigina, 2018). Future work should explore the effects of cellular alterations intrinsic to the hippocampal formation and their impact on theta-gamma oscillations.”

      1. While relevant for the clinical field, there is overall a missed opportunity to explain many experimental accounts with this novel model. Although to this day, clinical use of DBS is mostly restricted to electrical (and thus cell-type agnostic) stimulation, recent studies focusing on mechanisms of neurostimulations have manipulated specific subtypes in the medial septum and observed effects on hippocampal oscillations (e.g. see Muller & Remy, 2017 for review). Focusing stimulations in CA1 is of course relevant for clinical studies but testing mechanistic hypotheses by focusing stimulation on specific cell types could be highly informative. For instance, could the author reproduce recent optogenetic studies (e.g. Bender et al. 2015 for stimulation of fornix fibers; Etter et al., 2019 & Zutshi et al. 2018 for stimulation of septal inhibitory neurons)? Cell specific manipulations should at least be discussed by the authors.

      We acknowledge the importance of cell-type-specific manipulation in the septo-hippocampal circuitry. However, our model was designed to study neurostimulation protocols that affect the hippocampal formation, not the medial septum, which is why only the hippocampal formation is composed of biophysically realistic (i.e., conductance-based) neuronal models. To replicate the various studies mentioned by the reviewer (which are all very relevant), we would need to implement a biophysical model of the medial septum, which would be an entirely new project.

      Nevertheless, we can use the existing model to replicate optogenetic studies that induced gamma oscillations in excitatory-inhibitory circuits, using either ramped photostimulation targeting excitatory neurons (Adesnik et al., 2010; Akam et al., 2012; Lu et al., 2015), or pulsed stimulation driving inhibitory cells in the gamma range (Cardin et al., 2009; Iaccarino et al., 2016). In fact, such approaches have been demonstrated not just in the hippocampus but also in the neocortex, and represent a hallmark of local excitatory-inhibitory circuits. To account for these experimental results and replicate them, we have added 4 new figures (Figure 2 and its 3 figure supplements) and an extensive section in the results part (L.151-217 of the revised manuscript):

      “From a conceptual point of view, our model is thus composed of excitatory-inhibitory (E-I) circuits connected in series, with a feedback loop going through a population of coupled phase oscillators. In the next sections, we first describe the generation of gamma oscillations by individual E-I circuits (Figure 2), and illustrate their behavior when driven by an oscillatory input such as theta oscillations (Figure 3). We then present a thorough characterization of the effects of theta input and stimulation amplitude on theta-nested gamma oscillations (Figure 4 and Figure 5). Finally, we present some results on the effects of neurostimulation protocols for restoring theta-nested gamma oscillations in pathological states (Figure 6 and Figure 7).

      Generation of gamma oscillations by E-I circuits

      It is well-established that a network of interconnected pyramidal neurons and interneurons can give rise to oscillations in the gamma range, a mechanism termed pyramidal-interneuronal network gamma (PING) (Traub et al., 2004; Onslow et al., 2014; Segneri et al., 2020;). This mechanism has been observed in several optogenetic studies with gradually increasing light intensity (i.e., under a ramp input) affecting multiple different circuits, such as layer 2-3 pyramidal neurons of the mouse somatosensory cortex (Adesnik et al., 2010), the CA3 field of the hippocampus in rat in vitro slices (Akam et al., 2012), and in the non-human primate motor cortex (Lu et al., 2015). In all cases, gamma oscillations emerged above a certain threshold in terms of photostimulation intensity, and the frequency of these oscillations was either stable or slightly increased when increasing the intensity further. We sought to replicate these findings with our elementary E-I circuits composed of single-compartment conductance-based neurons driven by a ramping input current (Figure 2 and Figure S2). As an example, all the results in this section will be shown for an E-I circuit that has similar connectivity parameters as the CA1 field of the hippocampus in our complete model (see section “Hippocampal formation: inputs and connectivity” in the methods).

      For low input currents provided to both neuronal populations, only the highly-excitable interneurons were activated (Figure 2A). For a sufficiently high input current (i.e., a strong input that could overcome the inhibition from the fast-spiking interneurons), the pyramidal neurons started spiking as well. As the amplitude of the input increased, the activity of the both neuronal populations became synchronized in the gamma range, asymptotically reaching a frequency of about 60 Hz (Figure 2A bottom panel). Decoupling the populations led to the abolition of gamma oscillations (Figure 2B), as neuronal activity was determined solely by the intrinsic properties of each cell. Interestingly, when the ramp input was provided solely to the excitatory population, we observed that the activity of the pyramidal neurons preceded the activity of the inhibitory neurons, while still preserving the emergence of gamma oscillations (Figure S2 A). As expected, decoupling the populations also abolished gamma oscillations, with the excitatory neurons spiking a frequency determined by their intrinsic properties and the inhibitory population remaining silent (Figure S2B).

      To further characterize the intrinsic properties of individual inhibitory and excitatory neurons, we derived their input-frequency (I-F) curves, which represent the firing rate of individual neurons in response to a tonic input (Figure S3A). We observed that for certain input amplitudes, the firing rates of both types of neurons was within the gamma range. Interestingly, in the absence of noise, each population could generate by itself gamma oscillations that were purely driven by the input and determined by the intrinsic properties of the neurons (Figure S3B). Adding stochastic Gaussian noise in the membrane potential disrupted these artificial oscillations in decoupled populations (Figure S3C). All subsequent simulations were run with similar noise levels to prevent the emergence of artificial gamma oscillations.

      Another potent way to induce gamma oscillations is to drive fast-spiking inhibitory neurons using pulsed optogenetic stimulation at gamma frequencies, a strategy that has been used both in the neocortex (Cardin et al., 2009) and hippocampal CA1 (Iaccarino et al., 2016). In particular, Cardin and colleagues systematically investigated the effect of driving either excitatory or fast-spiking inhibitory neocortical neurons at frequencies between 10 and 200 Hz (Cardin et al., 2009). They showed that fast-spiking interneurons are preferentially entrained around 40-50 Hz, while excitatory neurons respond better to lower frequencies. To verify the behavior of our model against these experimental data, we simulated pulsed optogenetic stimulation as an intracellular current provided to our reduced model of a single E-I circuit. Stimulation was applied at frequencies between 10 and 200 Hz to excitatory cells only, to inhibitory cells only, or to both at the same time (Figure S4). The population firing rates were used as a proxy for the local field potentials (LFP), and we computed the relative power in a 10-Hz band centered around the stimulation frequency, similarly to the method proposed in (Cardin et al., 2009). When presented with continuous stimulation across a range of frequencies in the gamma range, interneurons showed the greatest degree of gamma power modulation (Figure S4). Furthermore, when the stimulation was delivered to the excitatory population, the relative power around the stimulation frequency dropped significantly in frequencies above 10 Hz, similar to the reported experimental data (Cardin et al., 2009). The main difference between our simulation results and these experimental data is the specific frequencies at which fast-spiking interneurons showed resonance, which was slow gamma around 40 Hz in the mouse barrel cortex and fast gamma around 90 Hz in our model. This could be attributed to several factors, such as differences in the cellular properties between cortical and hippocampal fast-spiking interneurons, or the differences between the size of the populations and their relevant connectivity in the cortex and the hippocampus.”

      Author response image 1.

      Figure 2. Emergence of gamma oscillations in coupled excitatory-inhibitory populations under ramping input to both populations. A. Two coupled populations of excitatory pyramidal neurons (NE = 1000) and inhibitory interneurons (NI = 100) are driven by a ramping current input (0 nA to 1 nA) for 5 s. As the input becomes stronger, oscillations start to emerge (shaded green area), driven by the interactions between excitatory and inhibitory populations. The green inset shows the raster plot (neuronal spikes across time) of the two populations during the green shaded period (red for inhibitory; blue for excitatory). When the input becomes sufficiently strong (shaded magenta area), the populations become highly synchronized and produce oscillations in the gamma range (at approximately 50 Hz). The spectrogram (bottom panel) shows the power of the instantaneous firing rate of the pyramidal population as a function of time and frequency. It reveals the presence of gamma oscillations that emerge around 2s and increase in frequency until 4 s, when they settle at approximately 60 Hz. B. Similar depiction as in panel A. with the pyramidal-interneuronal populations decoupled. The absence of coupling leads to the abolition of gamma oscillations, each cell spiking activity being driven by its own inputs and intrinsic properties.

      Author response image 2.

      Figure S2 (Figure 2 – Figure Supplement 1). Emergence of gamma oscillations in coupled excitatoryinhibitory populations under ramping input to the excitatory population. Similar representation as in Figure 2, but with the input provided only to the excitatory population. All conclusions remain the same. In addition, the inhibitory population does not show any spiking activity in the decoupled case.

      Author response image 3.

      Figure S3 (Figure 2 – Figure Supplement 2). Cell-intrinsic spiking activity in decoupled excitatory and inhibitory populations under ramping input. A. Input-Frequency (I-F) curves for excitatory cells (left panel; pyramidal neurons with ICAN) and inhibitory cells (right panel; interneurons, fast-spiking) used in the model. Above a certain tonic input (around 0.35 nA for excitatory and 0.1 nA for inhibitory neurons), neurons can spike in the gamma range. B. Raster plot showing the spiking activity of excitatory (blue, NE = 1000) and inhibitory (red, NI = 100) neurons in decoupled populations under ramping input (top trace) and in the absence of noise in the membrane potential. Despite random initial conditions across neurons, oscillations emerge in both populations due to the intrinsic properties of the cells, with a frequency that is predicted by the respective I-F curves (panel A.). C. Similar representation as panel B. but with the addition of stochastic noise in the membrane potential of each neuron. The presence of noise disrupts the emergence of oscillations in these decoupled populations.

      Author response image 4.

      Figure S3 (Figure 2 – Figure Supplement 2). Cell-intrinsic spiking activity in decoupled excitatory and inhibitory populations under ramping input. A. Input-Frequency (I-F) curves for excitatory cells (left panel; pyramidal neurons with ICAN) and inhibitory cells (right panel; interneurons, fast-spiking) used in the model. Above a certain tonic input (around 0.35 nA for excitatory and 0.1 nA for inhibitory neurons), neurons can spike in the gamma range. B. Raster plot showing the spiking activity of excitatory (blue, NE = 1000) and inhibitory (red, NI = 100) neurons in decoupled populations under ramping input (top trace) and in the absence of noise in the membrane potential. Despite random initial conditions across neurons, oscillations emerge in both populations due to the intrinsic properties of the cells, with a frequency that is predicted by the respective I-F curves (panel A.). C. Similar representation as panel B. but with the addition of stochastic noise in the membrane potential of each neuron. The presence of noise disrupts the emergence of oscillations in these decoupled populations.

      Beyond these weaknesses, this study has a strong utility for researchers wanting to explore hypotheses in the field of neurostimulations. In particular, I see value in such models for exploring more intricate, phase specific effects of continuous, as well as close loop stimulations which are on the rise in systems neuroscience.

      We thank the reviewer for this appreciation of our work and its future perspectives.

      Recommendations For The Authors:

      Line 144, the authors mention that their MI values are erroneous in absence of additive noise - could this be due to the non-sinusoidal nature of the phase signal recorded, and be fixed by upscaling model size?

      We thank the reviewer for this question and suggestion. The main reason behind the errors in the computation of the MI lies in the complete absence of oscillations at specific frequencies. Filtered signals within specific bands produced a power of 0 (or extremely low values), as seen in the power spectral densities. In such cases, the phase signal was not mathematically defined, but the toolbox we used to compute it still returned a numerical result that was inaccurate (for more details on the computation of the MI see Tort et al., 2010). To mitigate this numerical artefact, we decided to add uniform noise in the computed firing rates. This strategy is illustrated on Figure S6 (Figure 3 – Figure Supplement 2), which we have copied below for reference. Alternative approaches could probably have been used, such as increasing the noise in the membrane potential so that neurons would start spiking with firing rates that show more realistic power spectra, even in the absence of external inputs.

      Author response image 5.

      Figure S6 (Figure 3 – Figure Supplement 2). Quantification of PAC with and without noise. A. Quantifying PAC in the absence of noise produced inaccurate identification of the coupled frequency bands, due to the complete absence of oscillations at some frequencies. All analyses are based on the CA1 firing rates (top traces) during a representative simulation. Power spectral densities of these firing rates (left) indicate that some frequencies have a power of 0. PAC of the excitatory population was assessed using two graphical representations, the polar plot (middle) and comodulogram (right), and quantified using the MI. The comodulogram was calculated by computing the MI across 80% overlapping 1-Hz frequency bands in the theta range and across 90% overlapping 10-Hz frequency bands in the gamma range and subsequently plotted as a heat map. In the absence of noise, a slow theta frequency centered around 5 Hz is found to modulate a broad range of gamma frequencies between 40 and 100 Hz. The value indicated on the comodulogram indicates the average MI in the 3-9 Hz theta range and 40-80 Hz gamma range. As in Figure 2, the polar plot represents the amplitude of gamma oscillations (averaged across all theta cycles) at each phase of theta (theta range: 3-9 Hz, phase indicated as angular coordinate) and for different gamma frequencies (radial coordinate, binned in 1-Hz ranges). B. Adding uniform noise to the firing rate (with an amplitude ranging between 15 and 25% of the maximum firing rate) improved the identification of the coupled frequency bands. In this case, the slower theta frequency centered around 5 Hz modulates a gamma band located between 45 and 75 Hz.

      Reviewer #2:

      The main strength of this model is its use of a fairly physiologically detailed model of the hippocampus. The cells are single-compartment models but do include multiple ion channels and are spatially arranged in accordance with the hippocampal structure. This allows the understanding of how ion channels (possibly modifiable by pharmacological agents) interact with system-level oscillations and neurostimulation. The model also includes all the main hippocampal subfields. The other strength is its attention to an important topic, which may be relevant for dementia treatment or prevention, which few modeling studies have addressed. The work has several weaknesses.

      We thank the reviewer for appreciating our detailed description of the hippocampal formation and the focus on neurostimulation applications that aim at treating oscillopathies, especially dementia.

      1. First, while investigations of hippocampal neurostimulation are important there are few experimental studies from which one could judge the validity of the model findings. All its findings are therefore predictions. It would be much more convincing to first show the model is able to reproduce some measured empirical neurostimulation effect before proceeding to make predictions.

      We acknowledge that the results presented in Figures 4-7 of the revised manuscript cannot be compared to existing experimental data, and are therefore purely predictive. Future experimental work is needed to verify these predictions.

      Yet, we would also like to stress that the motivation behind this project was the inadequacy of previous models of theta-nested gamma oscillations (Onslow et al., 2014; Aussel et al., 2018; Segneri et al., 2020) to account for the mechanism of theta phase reset that occurs during electrical stimulation of the fornix or perforant path (Williams and Givens, 2003). Since we could not use these previous models to study the effects of neurostimulation on theta-nested gamma oscillations, we had to modify them to account for a dynamical theta input, which is the main methodological novelty that is reported in our manuscript (Figures 1 and 3 of the revised manuscript).

      Despite the scarcity of experimental studies that could confirm the full model, we sought to replicate a few experimental findings that employed optogenetic stimulation to induce gamma oscillations in individual excitatory-inhibitory circuits. Although not specific to the hippocampus, these studies have shown that gamma oscillations can be induced using either ramped photostimulation targeting excitatory neurons (Adesnik et al., 2010; Akam et al., 2012; Lu et al., 2015), or pulsed stimulation driving inhibitory cells in the gamma range (Cardin et al., 2009; Iaccarino et al., 2016). To account for these experimental results and replicate them, we have added 4 new figures (Figure 2 and its 3 figure supplements) and an extensive section in the results part (L.141-217 of the revised manuscript). The added section and related figures are indicated in our response to reviewer 1, comment 3 (p 2-7).

      2.1. Second, the model is very specific. Or if its behavior is to be considered general it has not been explained why.

      Although the spatial organization and cellular details of the model are indeed very specific, its general behavior, i.e., the production of theta-nested gamma oscillations and theta phase reset, are common to any excitatory-inhibitory circuit interconnected with Kuramoto oscillators. To illustrate this point, we have generalized our approach to the neural mass model developed by Onslow and colleagues (Onslow ACE, Jones MW, Bogacz R. A Canonical Circuit for Generating Phase-Amplitude Coupling. PLoS ONE. 2014 Aug; 9(8):e102591). These results are represented in a new supplementary figure (Figure3 – Figure Supplement 4), and briefly described in a new paragraph of the results section (L.262-268 of the revised manuscript):

      “Importantly, our approach is generalizable and can be applied to other models producing theta-nested gamma oscillations. For instance, we adapted the neural mass model by Onslow and colleagues (Onslow et al., 2014), replaced the fixed theta input by a set of Kuramoto oscillators, and demonstrated that it could also generate theta phase reset in response to single-pulse stimulation (Figure S8). These results illustrate that the general behavior of our model is not specific to the tuning of individual parameters in the conductancebased neurons, but follows general rules that are captured by the level of abstraction of the Kuramoto formalism.”

      Author response image 6.

      Figure S8 (Figure 3 – Figure Supplement 4). A neural mass model of coupled excitatory and inhibitory neurons driven by Kuramoto oscillators generates theta-nested gamma oscillations and theta phase reset. A. Two coupled neural masses (one excitatory and one inhibitory) driven by Kuramoto oscillators, which represent a dynamical oscillatory drive in the theta range, were used to implement a neural mass equivalent to our conductance-based model represented in Figure 1. Neural masses were modeled using the WilsonCowan formalism, with parameters adapted from Onslow et al. (2014) (𝑊𝐸𝐸 = 4.8, 𝑊𝐸𝐼 = 𝑊𝐼𝐸 = 4, 𝑊𝐼𝐼 = 0). B. The normalized population firing rates exhibit theta-nested gamma oscillations (middle and bottom panels) in response to the dynamic theta rhythm (top panel). A stimulation pulse delivered at the descending phase of the rhythm to both populations (marked by the inverted red triangle) produces a robust theta phase reset, similarly to Figure 3A.

      This simplified model is described in more details in the methods (L.694-710 of the revised manuscript). Additionally, the generation of gamma oscillations by individual excitatory-inhibitory circuits is now described in details in the added section “Generation of gamma oscillations by E-I circuits” (L.159-217 of the revised manuscript), which has already been discussed in our response to reviewer 1, comment 3 (p 2-7).

      2.2. For example, the model shows bistability between quiescence and TNGO, however what aspect of the model underlies this, be it some particular network structure or particular ion channel, for example, is not addressed.

      We thank the reviewer for mentioning this point, which we have now addressed. The “bistable” behavior that we reported occurs for values of the theta input that are just below the threshold to induce selfsustained theta-gamma oscillations (Figure 5 of the revised manuscript, point B). Moreover, the presence of the Calcium-Activated-Nonspecific (CAN) cationic channel, which is expressed by pyramidal neurons in the entorhinal cortex, CA3, and CA1 fields of the hippocampus, is necessary for this behavior to occur. Indeed, abolishing CAN channels in all areas of the model suppresses this behavior. We have now addressed this point in a new supplementary figure (Figure 5 – Figure Supplement 4) and a short description in the text (L.287-303 of the revised manuscript).

      “In the presence of dynamic theta input, the effects of single-pulse stimulation depended both on theta input amplitude and stimulation amplitude, highlighting different regimes of network activity (Figure 5 and Figure S9, Figure S10, Figure S11). For low theta input, theta-nested gamma oscillations were initially absent and could not be induced by stimulation (Figure 5A). At most, the stimulation could only elicit a few bursts of spiking activity that faded away after approximately 250 ms, similar to the rebound of activity seen in the absence of theta drive. For increasing theta input, the network switched to an intermediate regime: upon initialization at a state with no spiking activity, it could be kicked to a state with self-sustained theta-nested gamma oscillations by a single stimulation pulse of sufficiently high amplitude (Figure 5B). This regime existed for a range of septal theta inputs located just below the threshold to induce self-sustained theta-gamma oscillations without additional stimulation, as characterized by the post-stimulation theta power, gamma power, and theta-gamma PAC (Figure 5D). Removing CAN currents from all areas of the model abolished this behavior (Figure S12), which is interesting given the role of this current in the multistability of EC neurons (Egorov et al., 2002; Fransen et al., 2006) and in the intrinsic ability of the hippocampus to generate thetanested gamma oscillations (Giovannini et al., 2017). For the highest theta input, the network became able to spontaneously generate theta-nested gamma oscillations, even when initialized at a state with no spiking activity and without additional neurostimulation (Figure 5C).”

      Author response image 7.

      Figure S12 (Figure 5 – Figure Supplement 4). CAN currents are necessary for the production of selfsustained theta-gamma oscillations in response to single-pulse stimulation. A. Same as Figure 5B. B. Similar simulation as panel A., but without the presence of CAN currents in the EC, CA3 and CA1 fields of the hippocampus. Removing CAN currents from the model abolishes self-sustained theta-nested gamma oscillations in response to a single stimulation pulse (for the parameters represented in Figure 5, point B).

      Furthermore, we realized that the terminology “bistable” may not be justified as we could not perform a systematic bifurcation analysis, which is typically carried out in simpler neural mass models (e.g., Onslow et al., 2014; Segneri et al., 2020). Therefore, we decided to rephrase the sentences about “bistability” to keep a more general terminology. The following sentences were revised:

      L.20-23: “We showed that, for theta inputs just below the threshold to induce self-sustained theta-nested gamma oscillations, a single stimulation pulse could switch the network behavior from non-oscillatory to a state producing sustained oscillations.”

      L.305-309: “Based on the above analyses, we considered two pathological states: one with a moderate theta input (i.e., moderately weak projections from the medial septum to the EC) that allowed the initiation of selfsustained oscillations by single stimulation pulses (Figure 5, point B), and one with a weaker theta input characterized by the complete absence of self-sustained oscillations even following transient stimulation (Figure 5, point A).”

      L.316-317: “In the case of a moderate theta input and in the presence of phase reset, delivering a pulse at either the peak or trough of theta could induce theta-nested gamma oscillations (Figure 6A and 6C).”

      L.353-357: “A very interesting finding concerns the behavior of the model in response to single-pulse stimulation for certain values of the theta amplitude (Figure5). For low theta amplitudes, a single stimulation pulse was capable of switching the network behavior from a state with no spiking activity to one with prominent theta-nested gamma oscillations. Whether such an effect can be induced in vivo in the context of memory processes remains an open question.”

      2.3. Similarly for the various phase reset behaviors that are found.

      We would like to clarify the fact that the observed phase reset curves (reported in Figure 3D) are a direct consequence of the choice of an appropriate phase response function for the Kuramoto oscillators representing the medial septum. This choice is inspired by experimentally measured phase response curves from CA3 neurons. These aspects are described briefly in the introduction and in more details in the methods, as indicated below:

      L.101: “This new hybrid dynamical model could generate both theta-nested gamma oscillations and theta phase reset, following a particular phase response curve (PRC) inspired by experimental literature (Lengyel et al., 2005; Akam et al., 2012; Torben-Nielsen et al., 2010).”

      L.528-537: “Hereafter, we call the term 𝑍(𝜃) the phase response function, to distinguish it from the PRC obtained from experimental data or simulations (see section below "Data Analysis", "Phase Response Curve"). Briefly, the PRC of an oscillatory system indicates the phase delay or advancement that follows a single pulse, as a function of the phase at which this input is delivered. The phase response function 𝑍(𝜃) was chosen to mimic as well as possible experimental PRCs reported in the literature (Lengyel et al., 2005; Kwag and Paulsen, 2009; Akam et al., 2012). These PRCs appear biphasic and show a phase advancement (respectively delay) for stimuli delivered in the ascending (respectively descending) slope of theta. To accurately model this behavior, we used the following equation for the phase response function, where 𝜃𝑝𝑒𝑎𝑘 represents the phase at which the theta rhythm reaches its maximum and the parameter 𝜙𝑜𝑓𝑓𝑠𝑒𝑡 controls the desired phase offset from the peak:

      Author response image 8.

      On the figure below, we illustrate the phase response curves of CA3 neurons measured by Lengyel et al., 2005 (panel A.), and compare it with our simulated phase response curves (panel B.). Note that the conventions for phase advance and phase delay are reversed between the two panels.

      Finally, we would like to acknowledge that the model “is not derived from experimental phase response curves of septal neurons of which there is no direct measurement”, as mentioned by the reviewer in their comment 4 below. Despite the lack of experimental data specific to medial septum neurons, we argue that this phase response function is the only one that mathematically supports the generation of self-sustained theta-nested gamma oscillations in our current model. This statement is illustrated by Figure S7 (Figure 3 – Figure Supplement 3) and is mentioned in the results (L.249-261 of the revised manuscript):

      We modeled this behavior by a specific term (which we called the phase response function) in the general equation of the Kuramoto oscillators (see methods, Equation 1). Importantly, introducing a phase offset in the phase response function disrupted theta-nested gamma oscillations (Figure S7), which suggests that the septohippocampal circuitry must be critically tuned to be able to generate such oscillations. The strength of phase reset could also be adjusted by a gain that was manually tuned. In the presence of the physiological phase response function and of a sufficiently high reset gain, a single stimulation pulse delivered to all excitatory and inhibitory CA1 neurons could reset the phase of theta to a value close to its peaks (Figure 3A). We computed the PRC of our simulated data for different stimulation amplitudes and validated that our neuronal network behaved according to the phase response function set in our Kuramoto oscillators (Figure 3D). It should be noted that including this phase reset mechanism affected the generated theta rhythm even in the absence of stimulation, extending the duration of the theta peak and thereby slowing down the frequency of the generated theta rhythm.

      Author response image 9.

      Figure S7 (Figure 3 – Figure Supplement 3). Network behavior generated by Kuramoto oscillators with nonphysiological phase response functions. Each panel is similar to Figure 3A, but with a different offset added to the phase response function of the Kuramoto oscillators (see methods, Equation 4). The center frequency was set to 6 Hz in all of these simulations. Overall, theta oscillations in these cases are less sinusoidal and show more abrupt phase changes than in the physiological case. A. A phase offset of −𝜋∕2 leads to an overall theta oscillation of 4 Hz, with a second peak following the main theta peak. B. A phase offset of +𝜋∕2 reduces the peak of theta, resetting the rhythm to the middle of the ascending phase. C. A phase offset of 𝜋 or -𝜋 leads to the CA1 output resetting the theta rhythm to the trough of theta.

      2.4. We may wonder whether a different hippocampal model of TNGO, of which there are many published (for example [1-6]) would show the same effect under neurostimulation. This seems very unlikely […]

      [1] Hyafil A, Giraud AL, Fontolan L, Gutkin B. Neural cross-frequency coupling: connecting architectures, mechanisms, and functions. Trends in neurosciences. 2015 Nov 1;38(11):725-40.

      [2] Tort AB, Rotstein HG, Dugladze T, Gloveli T, Kopell NJ. On the formation of gamma-coherent cell assemblies by oriens lacunosum-moleculare interneurons in the hippocampus. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences. 2007 Aug 14;104(33):13490-5.

      [3] Neymotin SA, Lazarewicz MT, Sherif M, Contreras D, Finkel LH, Lytton WW. Ketamine disrupts theta modulation of gamma in a computer model of hippocampus. Journal of Neuroscience. 2011 Aug 10;31(32):11733-43.

      [4] Ponzi A, Dura-Bernal S, Migliore M. Theta-gamma phase-amplitude coupling in a hippocampal CA1 microcircuit. PLOS Computational Biology. 2023 Mar 23;19(3):e1010942.

      [5] Bezaire MJ, Raikov I, Burk K, Vyas D, Soltesz I. Interneuronal mechanisms of hippocampal theta oscillations in a full-scale model of the rodent CA1 circuit. Elife. 2016 Dec 23;5:e18566.

      [6] Chatzikalymniou AP, Gumus M, Skinner FK. Linking minimal and detailed models of CA1 microcircuits reveals how theta rhythms emerge and their frequencies controlled. Hippocampus. 2021 Sep;31(9):982-1002.

      The highlighted publications, while very important in their findings regarding theta-gamma phase-amplitude coupling, focused on specific subfields of the hippocampus. In our work, we aimed to develop a model that includes the different anatomical divisions of the hippocampal formation, while still exhibiting theta-nested gamma oscillations, which is why we decided to expand the model by Aussel et al. (2018). Exploring the behavior of all these different hippocampal models under neurostimulation is beyond the scope of the current manuscript.

      Nevertheless, we have added a new figure (Figure 3 – Figure Supplement 4) showing an adaptation of our modeling approach to a generic neural mass model of theta-nested gamma oscillations (Onslow et al., 2014), which illustrates the generalizability of our findings and is described in details in our response to comment 2.1. Moreover, we have further addressed the comments of the reviewers regarding bistability and phase response curves in our responses to comments 2.2 and 2.3.

      Furthermore, we have added references to all 6 of these publications in the revised version of the manuscript:

      L.43-50: Moreover, the modulation of gamma oscillations by the phase of theta oscillations in hippocampal circuits, a phenomenon termed theta-gamma phase-amplitude coupling (PAC), correlates with the efficacy of memory encoding and retrieval (Jensen and Colgin, 2007; Tort et al., 2009; Canolty and Knight, 2010; Axmacher et al., 2010; Fell and Axmacher, 2011; Lisman and Jensen, 2013; Lega et al., 2016). Experimental and computational work on the coupling between oscillatory rhythms has indicated that it originates from different neural architectures and correlates with a range of behavioral and cognitive functions, enabling the long-range synchronization of cortical areas and facilitating multi-item encoding in the context of memory (Hyafil et al., 2015)."

      L.415-426: “In terms of neuronal cell types, we also made an important simplification by considering only basket cells as the main class of inhibitory interneuron in the whole hippocampal formation. However, it should be noted that many other types of interneurons exist in the hippocampus and have been modeled in various works with higher computational complexity (e.g., Bezaire et al., 2016; Chatzikalymniou et al., 2021). Among these various interneurons, oriens-lacunosum moleculare (OLM) neurons in the CA1 field have been shown to play a crucial role in synchronizing the activity of pyramidal neurons at gamma frequencies (Tort et al., 2007), and in generating theta-gamma PAC (e.g., Neymotin et al., 2011; Ponzi et al., 2023). Additionally, these cells may contribute to the formation of specific phase relationships within CA1 neuronal populations, through the integration between inputs from the medial septum, the EC, and CA3 (Mysin et al., 2019). Future work is needed to include more diverse cell types and detailed morphologies modeled through multiple compartments.”

      2.5. […] and indeed the quiescent state itself shown by this model seems quite artificial.

      We would like to clarify the fact that the “quiescent state” mentioned by the reviewer is a simply a state where the theta input is too low to induce theta-nested gamma oscillations. In this regime, neurons are active only due to the noise term in the membrane potential, which was adjusted based on Figure S3 (Figure 2 – Figure Supplement 2, shown below), at the minimal level needed to disrupt artificial synchronization in decoupled populations. For an input of 0 nA, we acknowledge that this network is indeed fully quiescent (i.e., does not show any spiking activity). However, as soon as the input increases, spontaneous spiking activity starts to appear with an average firing rate that depends on the input amplitude and is characterized by the input-frequency curves (panel A.). Please note that adding more noise could eliminate the observed quiescence in the absence of any input, but that it would not affect qualitatively the reported results.

      Author response image 10.

      Figure S3 (Figure 2 – Supplement 2). Cell-intrinsic spiking activity in decoupled excitatory and inhibitory populations under ramping input. A. Input-Frequency (I-F) curves for excitatory cells (left panel; pyramidal neurons with ICAN) and inhibitory cells (right panel; interneurons, fast-spiking) used in the model. Above a certain tonic input (around 0.35 nA for excitatory and 0.1 nA for inhibitory neurons), neurons can spike in the gamma range. B. Raster plot showing the spiking activity of excitatory (blue, NE = 1000) and inhibitory (red, NI = 100) neurons in decoupled populations under ramping input (top trace) and in the absence of noise in the membrane potential. Despite random initial conditions across neurons, oscillations emerge in both populations due to the intrinsic properties of the cells, with a frequency that is predicted by the respective IF curves (panel A.). C. Similar representation as panel B. but with the addition of stochastic noise in the membrane potential of each neuron. The presence of noise disrupts the emergence of oscillations in these decoupled populations.

      2.6. Some indication that particular ion channels, CAN and M are relevant is briefly provided and the work would be much improved by examining this aspect in more detail.

      We thank the reviewer for acknowledging the importance of these ion channels. We have now added a new supplementary figure (Figure 5 – Figure Supplement 4), which is described in more details in our response to comment 2.2 and illustrates the role of the CAN current in the generation of theta-nested gamma oscillations following a single stimulation pulse. Moreover, we would like to stress that the impact of CAN currents in the ability of the hippocampus to generate theta-nested gamma oscillations intrinsically, i.e., in the absence of persistent external input, has already been investigated in details by a previous computational study cited in our manuscript (Giovannini F, Knauer B, Yoshida M, Buhry L. The CAN-In network: A biologically inspired model for self-sustained theta oscillations and memory maintenance in the hippocampus. Hippocampus. 2017 Apr;809 27(4):450–463).

      2.7. In summary, the work would benefit from an intuitive analysis of the basic model ingredients underlying its neurostimulation response properties.

      We thank the reviewer for this suggestion. By addressing the reviewer’s previous comments (reviewer 2, comments 2.1 and 2.2), which overlap partly with the first reviewer (reviewer 1, comment 3), we believe we have improved the manuscript and have provided key information related to the way the model responds to neurostimulation.

      3..) Third, while the model is fairly realistic, considerable important factors are not included and in fact, there are much more detailed hippocampal models out there (for example [5,6]). In particular, it includes only excitatory cells and a single type of inhibitory cell. This is particularly important since there are many models and experimental studies where specific cell types, for example, OLM and VIP cells, are strongly implicated in TNGO.

      [5] Bezaire MJ, Raikov I, Burk K, Vyas D, Soltesz I. Interneuronal mechanisms of hippocampal theta oscillations in a full-scale model of the rodent CA1 circuit. Elife. 2016 Dec 23;5:e18566.

      [6] Chatzikalymniou AP, Gumus M, Skinner FK. Linking minimal and detailed models of CA1 microcircuits reveals how theta rhythms emerge and their frequencies controlled. Hippocampus. 2021 Sep;31(9):982-1002.

      We thank the reviewer for pointing out these interesting avenues for future studies. As indicated in previous responses (reviewer 1, comment 1; reviewer 2, comment 2.4), we have added several paragraphs to discuss these limitations, the rationale behind our simplifications, and potential improvements. In particular, we have added the following paragraphs to discuss our simplifications in terms of connectivity and cell types:

      Anatomical connectivity:

      L.141-150: “Biologically, GABAergic neurons from the medial septum project to the EC, CA3, and CA1 fields of the hippocampus (Toth et al., 1993; Hajós et al., 2004; Manseau et al., 2008; Hangya et al., 2009; Unal et al., 2015; Müller and Remy, 2018). Although the respective roles of these different projections are not fully understood, previous computational studies have suggested that the direct projection from the medial septum to CA1 is not essential for the production of theta in CA1 microcircuits (Mysin et al., 2019). Since our modeling of the medial septum is only used to generate a dynamic theta rhythm, we opted for a simplified representation where the medial septum projects only to the EC, which in turn drives the different subfields of the hippocampus. In our model, Kuramoto oscillators are therefore connected to the EC neurons and they receive projections from CA1 neurons (see methods for more details).”

      Cell types:

      L.415-426: “In terms of neuronal cell types, we also made an important simplification by considering only basket cells as the main class of inhibitory interneuron in the whole hippocampal formation. However, it should be noted that many other types of interneurons exist in the hippocampus and have been modeled in various works with higher computational complexity (e.g., Bezaire et al., 2016; Chatzikalymniou et al., 2021). Among these various interneurons, oriens-lacunosum moleculare (OLM) neurons in the CA1 field have been shown to play a crucial role in synchronizing the activity of pyramidal neurons at gamma frequencies (Tort et al., 2007), and in generating theta-gamma PAC (e.g., Neymotin et al., 2011; Ponzi et al., 2023). Additionally, these cells may contribute to the formation of specific phase relationships within CA1 neuronal populations, through the integration between inputs from the medial septum, the EC, and CA3 (Mysin et al., 2019). Future work is needed to include more diverse cell types and detailed morphologies modeled through multiple compartments.”

      3.2. Other missing ingredients one may think might have a strong impact on model response to neurostimulation (in particular stimulation trains) include the well-known short-term plasticity between different hippocampal cell types and active dendritic properties.

      We agree with the reviewer that plasticity mechanisms are important to include in future work, which we had already mentioned in the limitations section of the manuscript:

      L.436-443: “Importantly, we did not consider learning through synaptic plasticity, even though such mechanisms could drastically modify synaptic conduction for the whole network (Borges et al., 2017). Even more interestingly, the inclusion of spike-timing-dependent plasticity would enable the investigation of stimulation protocols aimed at promoting LTP, such as theta-burst stimulation (Larson et al., 2015). This aspect would be of uttermost importance to make a link with memory encoding and retrieval processes (Axmacher et al., 2006; Tsanov et al., 2009; Jutras et al., 2013) and with neurostimulation studies for memory improvement (Titiz et al., 2017; Solomon et al., 2021).”

      1. Fourth the MS model seems somewhat unsupported. It is modeled as a set of coupled oscillators that synchronize. However, there is also a phase reset mechanism included. This mechanism is important because it underlies several of the phase reset behaviors shown by the full model. However, it is not derived from experimental phase response curves of septal neurons of which there is no direct measurement. The work would benefit from the use of a more biologically validated MS model.

      We would like to confirm that the phase reset mechanism is indeed at the core of using Kuramoto oscillators to model a particular system. For more details about our choice of a phase response function and the obtained results in terms of phase response curves, we refer the reader to our response to comment 2.3.

      Generally speaking, we chose to use Kuramoto oscillators as it is the simplest model that can provide an oscillatory input to another system while including a phase reset mechanism. This set of oscillators was used to replace the fixed sinusoidal wave that represented theta inputs in previous models (Onslow et al., 2014; Aussel et al., 2018; Segneri et al., 2020). Kuramoto oscillators are a well-established model of synchronization in various fields of physics. They have also been used in neuroscience to model the phase reset of collective rhythms (Levnajić et al. 2010), and the effects of DBS on the basal ganglia network in Parkinson’s disease (Tass et al. 2003, Ebert et al. 2014, Weerasinghe et al. 2019).

      More detailed models of the medial septum exist in the literature (e.g., Wang et al. 2002, Hajós et al. 2004) and model the GABAergic effects of the septal projections onto the hippocampal formation. However, it is not trivial to infer the connectivity parameters and the degree of innervation between the hippocampus and the medial septum. Furthermore, the claims made in our study do not necessarily depend on the nature of the projections between the two areas. Therefore, we decided to represent the medial septum in a conceptual way and focus mostly on the effects of these projections rather than replicating them in detail.

      Aussel, Amélie, Laure Buhry, Louise Tyvaert, and Radu Ranta. “A Detailed Anatomical and Mathematical Model of the Hippocampal Formation for the Generation of Sharp-Wave Ripples and Theta-Nested Gamma Oscillations.” Journal of Computational Neuroscience 45, no. 3 (December 2018): 207–21. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10827-018-0704-x.

      Ebert, Martin, Christian Hauptmann, and Peter A. Tass. “Coordinated Reset Stimulation in a Large-Scale Model of the STN-GPe Circuit.” Frontiers in Computational Neuroscience 8 (2014): 154. https://doi.org/10.3389/fncom.2014.00154.

      Hajós, M., W.E. Hoffmann, G. Orbán, T. Kiss, and P. Érdi. “Modulation of Septo-Hippocampal θ Activity by GABAA Receptors: An Experimental and Computational Approach.” Neuroscience 126, no. 3 (January 2004): 599–610. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.neuroscience.2004.03.043.

      Levnajić, Zoran, and Arkady Pikovsky. “Phase Resetting of Collective Rhythm in Ensembles of Oscillators.” Physical Review E 82, no. 5 (November 3, 2010): 056202. https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevE.82.056202.

      Onslow, Angela C. E., Matthew W. Jones, and Rafal Bogacz. “A Canonical Circuit for Generating PhaseAmplitude Coupling.” Edited by Adriano B. L. Tort. PLoS ONE 9, no. 8 (August 19, 2014): e102591. https://doi.org/10.1371/journal.pone.0102591.

      Segneri, Marco, Hongjie Bi, Simona Olmi, and Alessandro Torcini. “Theta-Nested Gamma Oscillations in Next Generation Neural Mass Models.” Frontiers in Computational Neuroscience 14 (2020). https://doi.org/10.3389/fncom.2020.00047. T ass, Peter A. “A Model of Desynchronizing Deep Brain Stimulation with a Demand-Controlled Coordinated Reset of Neural Subpopulations.” Biological Cybernetics 89, no. 2 (August 1, 2003): 81–88. https://doi.org/10.1007/s00422-003-0425-7.

      Wang, Xiao-Jing. “Pacemaker Neurons for the Theta Rhythm and Their Synchronization in the Septohippocampal Reciprocal Loop.” Journal of Neurophysiology 87, no. 2 (February 1, 2002): 889–900. https://doi.org/10.1152/jn.00135.2001.

      Weerasinghe, Gihan, Benoit Duchet, Hayriye Cagnan, Peter Brown, Christian Bick, and Rafal Bogacz. “Predicting the Effects of Deep Brain Stimulation Using a Reduced Coupled Oscillator Model.” PLoS Computational Biology 15, no. 8 (August 8, 2019): e1006575. https://doi.org/10.1371/journal.pcbi.1006575.

    1. eLife assessment

      This valuable study presents convincing evidence for an association between PARP-1 and H4K20me1 in transcriptional regulation, supported by biochemical and ChIP-seq analyses, but further validation and attempts to obtain mechanistic insights are warranted along with discussion of recent findings by others in this area.

    2. Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      The study investigates the role of PARP-1 in transcriptional regulation. Biochemical and ChIP-seq analyses demonstrate specific binding of PARP-1 to active histone marks, particularly H4K20me, in polytene chromosomes of Drosophila third instar larvae. Under heat stress conditions, PARP-1's dynamic repositioning from the Hsp70 promoter to its gene body is observed, facilitating gene activation. PARP-1, in conjunction with PR-Set7, plays a crucial role in the activation of Hsp70 and a subset of heat shock genes, coinciding with an increase in H4K20me1 levels at these gene loci. This study proposes that H4K20me1 is a key facilitator of PARP-1 binding and gene regulation. However, there are several critical concerns that are yet to be addressed. The experimental validation and demonstration of results in the main manuscript are scant. Recent developments in the area are omitted, as an important publication hasn't been discussed anywhere in the work (PMID: 36434141). The proposed mechanism operates quite selectively, and any extrapolations require intensive scientific evidence.

      Major Comments:

      1. PARP1 hypomorphic mutant validation data must be provided at RNA levels as the authors have mentioned about its global reduction in RNA levels.

      2. The authors should provide immunoblot data for global Poly (ADP) ribosylation levels in PARP1 hypomorphic mutant condition as compared to the control. They must also provide the complete details of the mouse anti-pADPr antibody used in their immunoblot in Figure 5B.

      3. PR-Set7 mutant validation results should be provided in the main manuscript, as done by the authors using qRT-PCR. Also, immunoblot data for the PR-set7 null condition should be supplemented in the main manuscript as the authors have already mentioned their anti-PR-Set7 (Rabbit, 1:1000, Novus Biologicals, 44710002) antibody in the materials and methods section.

      4. The authors have probably missed out on a very important recent report (PMID: 36434141), suggesting the antagonistic nature of the PARP1 and PR-SET7 association. In light of these important observations, the authors must check for the levels of PR-Set7 in PARP1 hypomorphic conditions.

      5. Also, the results of the aforementioned study should be adequately discussed in the present study along with its implications in the same.

      6. Gene transcriptional activation requires open chromatin and RNA polymerase II binding to the promoter. Since, differentially expressed genes in both PR-Set7 null and PARP1 hypomorph mutants, co-enriched with PARP-1 and H4K20me1 were mainly upregulated, the authors should provide RNA polymerase II occupancy data of these genes via RNA-Pol II ChIP-seq to further attest their claims.

      7. As discussed in Figure 4, the authors found transcriptional activation of group B genes even after a significant reduction of H3K20me1 in their gene body after heat shock. Given the dynamic equilibrium shift in epigenetic marks that regulate gene expression and their locus-specific transcriptional regulation, the authors should further look for the enrichment of other epigenetic marks and even H4K20me1 specific demethylases such as PHF8 (PMID: 20622854), and their cross-talk with PARP1 to further bridge the missing links of this tale. This will add more depth to this work.

    3. Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      Summary:<br /> This study from Bamgbose et al. identifies a new and important interaction between H4K20me and Parp1 that regulates inducible genes during development and heat stress. The authors present convincing experiments that form a mostly complete manuscript that significantly contributes to our understanding of how Parp1 associates with target genes to regulate their expression.

      Strengths:<br /> The authors present 3 compelling experiments to support the interaction between Parp1 and H4K20me, including:

      1) PR-Set7 mutants remove all K4K20me and phenocopy Parp mutant developmental arrest and defective heat shock protein induction.

      2) PR-Set7 mutants have dramatically reduced Parp1 association with chromatin and reduced poly-ADP ribosylation.

      3) Parp1 directly binds H4K20me in vitro.

      Weaknesses:<br /> 1) The histone array experiment in Fig1 strongly suggests that PARP binds to all mono-methylated histone residues (including H3K27, which is not discussed). Phosphorylation of nearby residues sometimes blocks this binding (S10 and T11 modifications block binding to K9me1, and S28P blocks binding to K27me1). However, H3S3P did not block H3K4me1, which may be worth highlighting. The H3K9me2/3 "blocking effect" is not nearly as strong as some of these other modifications, yet the authors chose to focus on it. Rather than focusing on subtle effects and the possibility that PARP "reads" a "histone code," the authors should consider focusing on the simple but dramatic observation that PARP binds pretty much all mono-methylated histone residues. This result is interesting because nucleosome mono-methylation is normally found on nucleosomes with high turnover rates (Chory et al. Mol Cell 2019)- which mostly occurs at promoters and highly transcribed genes. The author's binding experiments could help to partially explain this correlation because PARP could both bind mono-methylated nucleosomes and then further promote their turnover and lower methylation state.

      2) The RNAseq analysis of Parp1/PR-Set7 mutants is reasonable, but there is a caveat to the author's conclusion (Line 251): "our results indicate H4K20me1 may be required for PARP-1 binding to preferentially repress metabolic genes and activate genes involved in neuron development at co-enriched genes." An alternative possibility is that many of the gene expression changes are indirect consequences of altered development induced by Parp1 or PR-Set7 mutants. For example, Parp1 could activate a transcription factor that represses the metabolic genes that they mention. The authors should consider discussing this possibility.

      3) The section on the inducibility of heat shock genes is interesting but missing an important control that might significantly alter the author's conclusions. Hsp23 and Hsp83 (group B genes) are transcribed without heat shock, which likely explains why they have H4K20me without heat shock. The authors made the reasonable hypothesis that this H4K20me would recruit Parp-1 upon heat shock (line 270). However, they observed a decrease of H4K20me upon heat shock, which led them to conclude that "H4K20me may not be necessary for Parp1 binding/activation" (line 275). However, their RNA expression data (Fig4A) argues that both Parp1 and H40K20me are important for activation. An alternative possibility is that group B genes indeed recruit Parp1 (through H4K20me) upon heat shock, but then Parp1 promotes H3/H4 dissociation from group B genes. If Parp1 depletes H4, it will also deplete H4K20me1. To address this possibility, the authors should also do a ChIP for total H4 and plot both the raw signal of H4K20me1 and total H4 as well as the ratio of these signals. The authors could also note that Group A genes may similarly recruit Parp1 and deplete H3/H4 but with different kinetics than Group B genes because their basal state lacks H4K20me/Parp1. To test this possibility, the authors could measure Parp association, H4K20methylation, and H4 depletion at more time points after heat shock at both classes of genes.

    1. eLife assessment

      This valuable study aims to identify pioneer transcription factors, which are defined as transcription factors that compete with nucleosomes for DNA binding. The authors provide methods for identifying pioneer transcription factors on a cell type basis, using nucleosome positioning and motif information across different cell lines. The evidence to support the claims is largely solid. This work will be of interest to computational and molecular biologists working on transcription factors.

    1. Author Response

      The following is the authors’ response to the previous reviews.

      We appreciate the reviewers for their insightful feedback, which has substantially improved our manuscript. Following the suggestions of the reviewers, we have undertaken the following major revisions:

      a. Concerning data transformation, we have adjusted the methodology in Figures 2 and 3. Instead of normalizing c-Fos density to the whole brain c-Fos density as initially described, we now normalize to the c-Fos density of the corresponding brain region in the control group. b. We have substituted the PCA approach with hierarchical clustering in Figures 2 and 3.

      c. In the discussion section, we added a subsection on study limitations, focusing on the variations in drug administration routes and anesthesia depth.

      Enclosed are our detailed responses to each of the reviewer's comments.

      Reviewer #1:

      1a. The addition of the EEG/EMG is useful, however, this information is not discussed. For instance, there are differences in EEG/EMG between the two groups (only Ket significantly increased delta/theta power, and only ISO decreased EMG power). These results should be discussed as well as the limitation of not having physiological measures of anesthesia to control for the anesthesia depth.

      1b. The possibility that the differences in fos observed may be due to the doses used should be discussed.

      1c. The possibility that the differences in fos observed may be due kinetic of anesthetic used should be discussed.

      Thank you for your suggestions. We have now discussed EEG/EMG result, limitation of not having physiological measures of anesthesia to control for the anesthesia depth, The possibility that the differences in fos observed may be due to the doses, The possibility that the differences in Fos observed may be due kinetic of anesthetic in the revised manuscript (Lines 308-331, also shown below).

      Lines 308-331: "...Our findings indicate that c-Fos expression in the KET group is significantly elevated compared to the ISO group, and the saline group exhibits notably higher c-Fos expression than the home cage group, as seen in Supplementary Figures 2 and 3. Intraperitoneal saline injections in the saline group, despite pre-experiment acclimation with handling and injections for four days, may still evoke pain and stress responses in mice. Subtle yet measurable variations in brain states between the home cage and saline groups were observed, characterized by changes in normalized EEG delta/theta power (home cage: 0.05±0.09; saline: -0.03±0.11) and EMG power (home cage: -0.37±0.34; saline: 0.04±0.13), as shown in Supplementary Figure 1. These changes suggest a relative increase in overall brain activity in the saline group compared to the home cage group, potentially contributing to the higher c-Fos expression. Although the difference in EEG power between the ISO group and the home cage control was not significant, the increase in EEG power observed in the ISO group was similar to that of KET (0.47 ± 0.07 vs 0.59 ± 0.10), suggesting that both agents may induce loss of consciousness in mice. Regarding EMG power, ISO showed a significant decrease in EMG power compared to its control group. In contrast, the KET group showed a lesser reduction in EMG power (ISO: -1.815± 0.10; KET: -0.96 ± 0.21), which may partly explain the higher overall c-Fos expression levels in the KET group. This is consistent with previous studies where ketamine doses up to 150 mg/kg increase delta power while eliciting a wakefulness-like pattern of c-Fos expression across the brain [1]. Furthermore, the observed differences in c-Fos expression may arise in part from the dosages, routes of administration, and their distinct pharmacokinetic profiles. This variation is compounded by the lack of detailed physiological monitoring, such as blood pressure, heart rate, and respiration, affecting our ability to precisely assess anesthesia depth. Future studies incorporating comprehensive physiological monitoring and controlled dosing regimens are essential to further elucidate these relationships and refine our understanding of the effects of anesthetics on brain activity"

      1. Lu J, Nelson LE, Franks N, Maze M, Chamberlin NL, Saper CB: Role of endogenous sleep-wake and analgesic systems in anesthesia. J Comp Neurol 2008, 508(4):648-662.

      2b. I am confused because Fig 2C seems to show significant decrease in %fos in the hypothalamus, midbrain and cerebellum after KET, while the author responded that " in our analysis, we did not detect regions with significant downregulation when comparing anesthetized mice with controls." Moreover the new figure in the rebuttal in response to reviewer 2 suggests that Ket increases Fos in almost every single region (green vs blue) which is not the conclusion of the paper.

      Your concern regarding the apparent discrepancy is well-founded. The inconsistency arose due to an inappropriate data transformation, which affected the interpretation. We have now rectified this by adjusting the data transformation in Figures 2 and 3. Specifically, we have recalculated the log relative c-Fos density values relative to the control group for each brain region. This revision has resolved the issue, confirming that our analysis did not detect any regions with significant downregulation in the anesthetized mice compared to controls. We have also updated the results, discussion, and methods sections of Figures 2 and 3 to accurately reflect these changes and ensure consistency with our findings.

      Author response image 1.

      Figure 2. Whole-brain distributions of c-Fos+ cells induced by ISO and KET. (A) Hierarchical clustering was performed on the log relative c-Fos density data for ISO and KET using the complete linkage method based on the Euclidean distance matrix, with clusters identified by a dendrogram cut-off ratio of 0.5. Numerical labels correspond to distinct clusters within the dendrogram. (B) Silhouette values plotted against the ratio of tree height for ISO and KET, indicating relatively higher Silhouette values at 0.5 (dashed line), which is associated with optimal clustering. (C) The number of clusters identified in each treatment condition at different ratios of the dendrogram tree height, with a cut-off level of 0.5 corresponding to 4 clusters for both ISO and KET (indicated by the dashed line). (D) The bar graph depicts Z scores for clusters in ISO and KET conditions, represented with mean values and standard errors. One-way ANOVA with Tukey's post hoc multiple comparisons. ns: no significance; ***P < 0.001. (E) Z-scored log relative density of c-Fos expression in the clustered brain regions. The order and abbreviations of the brain regions and the numerical labels correspond to those in Figure 2A. The red box denotes the cluster with the highest mean Z score in comparison to other clusters. CTX: cortex; TH: thalamus; HY: hypothalamus; MB: midbrain; HB: hindbrain.

      Author response image 2.

      Figure 3. Similarities and differences in ISO and KET activated c-Fos brain areas. (A) Hierarchical clustering was performed on the log-transformed relative c-Fos density data for ISO and KET using the complete linkage method based on the Euclidean distance matrix, with clusters identified by a dendrogram cut-off ratio of 0.5. (B) Silhouette values are plotted against the ratio of tree height from the hierarchical clustered dendrogram in Figure 3A. (C) The relationship between the number of clusters and the tree height ratio of the dendrogram for ISO and KET, with a cut-off ratio of 0.5 resulting in 3 clusters for ISO and 5 for KET (indicated by the dashed line). (D) The bar graph depicts Z scores for clusters in ISO and KET conditions, represented with mean values and standard errors. One-way ANOVA with Tukey's post hoc multiple comparisons. ns: no significance; ***P < 0.001. (E) Z-scored log relative density of c-Fos expression within the identified brain region clusters. The arrangement, abbreviations of the brain regions, and the numerical labels are in accordance with Figure 3A. The red boxes highlight brain regions that rank within the top 10 percent of Z score values. The white boxes denote brain regions with an Z score less than -2.

      1. There are still critical misinterpretations of the PCA analysis. For instance, it is mentioned that " KET is associated with the activation of cortical regions (as evidenced by positive PC1 coefficients in MOB, AON, MO, ACA, and ORB) and the inhibition of subcortical areas (indicated by negative coefficients) " as well as " KET displays cortical activation and subcortical inhibition, whereas ISO shows a contrasting preference, activating the cerebral nucleus (CNU) and the hypothalamus while inhibiting cortical areas. To reduce inter-individual variability." These interpretations are in complete contradiction with the answer 2b above that there was no region that had decreased Fos by either anesthetic.

      Thank you for bringing this to our attention. In response to your concerns, we have made significant revisions to our data analysis. We have updated our input data to incorporate log-transformed relative c-Fos density values, normalized against the control group for each brain region, as illustrated in Figures 2 and 3. Instead of PCA, we have applied this updated data to hierarchical clustering analysis. The results of these analyses are consistent with our original observation that neither anesthetic led to a decrease in Fos expression in any region.

      1. I still do not understand the rationale for the use of that metric. The use of a % of total Fos makes the data for each region dependent on the data of the other regions which wrongly leads to the conclusion that some regions are inhibited while they are not when looking at the raw data. Moreover, the interdependence of the variable (relative density) may affect the covariance structure which the PCA relies upon. Why not using the PCA on the logarithm of the raw data or on a relative density compared to the control group on a region-per-region basis instead of the whole brain?

      Thank you for your insightful suggestion. Following your advice, we have revised our approach and now utilize the logarithm of the relative density compared to the control group on a region-by-region basis. We attempted PCA analyses using the logarithm of the raw data, the logarithm of the Z-score, and the logarithm of the relative density compared to control, but none yielded distinct clusters.

      Author response image 3.

      As a result, we employed hierarchical cluster analysis. We then examined the Z-scores of the log-transformed relative c-Fos densities (Figures 2E and 3E) to assess expression levels across clusters. Our analysis revealed that neither ISO nor KET treatments led to a significant suppression of c-Fos expression in the 53 brain regions examined. In the ISO group alone, there were 10 regions that demonstrated relative suppression (Z-score < -2, indicated by white boxes) as shown in Figure 3.

      Fig. 2B: it's unclear to me why the regions are connected by a line. Such representation is normally used for time series/within-subject series. What is the rationale for the order of the regions and the use of the line? The line connecting randomly organized regions is meaningless and confusing.

      Thank you for your suggestion. We have discontinued the use of PCA calculations and have removed this figure.

      Fig 6A. The correlation matrices are difficult to interpret because of the low resolution and arbitrary order of brain regions. I recommend using hierarchical clustering and/or a combination of hierarchical clustering and anatomical organization (e.g. PMID: 31937658). While it is difficult to add the name of the regions on the graph I recommend providing supplementary figures with large high-resolution figures with the name of each brain region so the reader can actually identify the correlation between specific brain regions and the whole brain, Rationale for Metric Choice: Note that I do not dispute the choice of the log which is appropriate, it is the choice of using the relative density that I am questioning.

      Thank you for your constructive feedback. In line with your suggestion, we have implemented hierarchical clustering combined with anatomical organization as per the referenced literature. Additionally, we have updated the vector diagrams in Figure 6A to present them with greater clarity.

      Furthermore, we have revised our network modular division method based on cited literature recommendations. We used hierarchical clustering with correlation coefficients to segment the network into modules, illustrated in Figure 6—figure supplement 1. Due to the singular module structure of the KET network and the sparsity of intermodular connections in the home cage and saline networks, the assessment of network hub nodes did not employ within-module degree Z-score and participation coefficients, as these measures predominantly underscore the importance of connections within and between modules. Instead, we used degree, betweenness centrality, and eigenvector centrality to detect the hub nodes, as detailed in Figure 6—figure supplement 2. With this new approach, the hub node for the KET condition changed from SS to TeA. Corresponding updates have been made to the results section for Figure 6, as well as to the related discussions and the abstract of our paper.

      Author response image 4.

      Figure 6. Generation of anesthetics-induced networks and identification of hub regions. (A) Heatmaps display the correlations of log c-Fos densities within brain regions (CTX, CNU, TH, HY, MB, and HB) for various states (home cage, ISO, saline, KET). Correlations are color-coded according to Pearson's coefficients. The brain regions within each anatomical category are organized by hierarchical clustering of their correlation coefficients. (B) Network diagrams illustrate significant positive correlations (P < 0.05) between regions, with Pearson’s r exceeding 0.82. Edge thickness indicates correlation magnitude, and node size reflects the number of connections (degree). Node color denotes betweenness centrality, with a spectrum ranging from dark blue (lowest) to dark red (highest). The networks are organized into modules consistent with the clustering depicted in Supplementary Figure 8. Figure 6—figure supplement 1

      Author response image 5.

      Figure 6—figure supplement 1. Hierarchical clustering of brain regions under various conditions: home cage, ISO, saline, and KET. (A) Heatmaps show the relative distances among brain regions assessed in naive mice. Modules were identified by sectioning each dendrogram at a 0.7 threshold. (B) Silhouette scores plotted against the dendrogram tree height ratio for each condition, with optimal cluster definition indicated by a dashed line at a 0.7 ratio. (C) The number of clusters formed at different cutoff levels. At a ratio of 0.7, ISO and saline treatments result in three clusters, whereas home cage and KET conditions yield two clusters. (D) The mean Pearson's correlation coefficient (r) was computed from interregional correlations displayed in Figure 6A. Data were analyzed using one-way ANOVA with Tukey’s post hoc test, ***P < 0.001.

      Author response image 6.

      Figure 6—figure supplement 2. Hub region characterization across different conditions: home cage (A), ISO (B), saline (C), and KET (D) treatments. Brain regions are sorted by degree, betweenness centrality, and eigenvector centrality, with each metric presented in separate bar graphs. Bars to the left of the dashed line indicate the top 20% of regions by rank, highlighting the most central nodes within the network. Red bars signify regions that consistently appear within the top rankings for both degree and betweenness centrality across the metrics.

      1. I am still having difficulties understanding Fig. 3.

      Panel A: The lack of identification for the dots in panel A makes it impossible to understand which regions are relevant.

      Panel B: what is the metric that the up/down arrow summarizes? Fos density? Relative density? PC1/2?

      Panel C: it's unclear to me why the regions are connected by a line. Such representation is normally used for time series/within-subject series. What is the rationale for the order of the regions?

      Thank you for your patience and for reiterating your concerns regarding Figure 3.

      a. In Panel A, we have substituted the original content with a display of hierarchical clustering results, which now clearly marks each brain region. This change aids readers in identifying regions with similar expression patterns and facilitates a more intuitive understanding of the data.

      a. Acknowledging that our analysis did not reveal any significantly inhibited brain regions, we have decided to remove the previous version of Panel B from the figure.

      b. We have discontinued the use of PCA calculations and have removed this figure to avoid any confusion it may have caused. Our revised analysis focuses on hierarchical clustering, which are presented in the updated figures.

      Reviewer #2:

      1. Aside from issues with their data transformation (see below), (a) I think they have some interesting Fos counts data in Figures 4B and 5B that indicate shared and distinct activation patterns after KET vs. ISO based anesthesia. These data are far closer to the raw data than PC analyses and need to be described and analyzed in the first figures long before figures with the more abstracted PC analyses. In other words, you need to show the concrete raw data before describing the highly transformed and abstracted PC analyses. (b) This gets to the main point that when selecting brain areas for follow up analyses, these should be chosen based on the concrete Fos counts data, not the highly transformed and abstracted PC analyses.

      Thank you for your suggestions.

      a. We have added the original c-Fos cell density distribution maps for Figures 2, 3, 4, and 5 in Supplementary Figures 2 and 3 (also shown below). To maintain consistency across the document, we have updated both the y-axis label and the corresponding data in Figures 4B and 5B from 'c-Fos cell count' to 'c-Fos density'.

      b. The analyses in Figures 2 and 3 include all brain regions. Figures 4 and 5 present the brain regions with significant differences as shown in Figure 3—figure supplement 1.

      Author response image 7.

      Figure 2—figure supplement 1. The c-Fos density in 53 brain areas for different conditions. (home cage, n = 6; ISO, n = 6 mice; saline, n = 8; KET, n = 6). Each point represents the c-Fos density in a specific brain region, denoted on the y-axis with both abbreviations and full names. Data are shown as mean ± SEM. Brain regions are categorized into 12 brain structures, as indicated on the right side of the graph.

      Author response image 8.

      Figure 3—figure supplement 1. c-Fos density visualization across 201 distinct brain regions under various conditions. The graph depicts the c-Fos density levels for each condition, with data presented as mean and standard error. Brain regions with statistically significant differences are featured in Figures 4 and 5. Brain regions are organized into major anatomical subdivisions, as indicated on the left side of the graph.

      1. Now, the choice of data transformation for Fos counts is the most significant problem. First, the authors show in the response letter that not using this transformation (region density/brain density) leads to no clustering. However, they also showed the region-densities without transformation (which we appreciate) and it looks like overall Fos levels in the control group Home (ISO) are a magnitude (~10-fold) higher than those in the control group Saline (KET) across all regions shown. This large difference seems unlikely to be due to a biologically driven effect and seems more likely to be due to a technical issue, such as differences in staining or imaging between experiments. Was the Homecage-ISO experiment or at least the Fos labeling and imaging performed at the same time as for the Saline-Ketamine experiment? Please state the answer to this question in the Results section one way or the other.

      a. “Home (ISO) are a magnitude (~10-fold) higher than those in the control group saline (KET) across all regions shown.” We believe you might be indicating that compared to the home cage group (gray), the saline group (blue) shows a 10-fold higher expression (Supplementary Figure 2/3). Indeed, we observed that the total number of c-Fos cells in the home cage group is significantly lower than in the saline group. This difference may be due to reduced sleep during the light-on period (ZT 6- ZT 7.5) in the saline mice or the pain and stress response caused by intraperitoneal injection of saline. We have explained this discrepancy in the discussion section.Line 308-317(also see below)

      “…Our findings indicate that c-Fos expression in the KET group is significantly elevated compared to the ISO group, and the saline group exhibits notably higher c-Fos expression than the home cage group, as seen in Supplementary Figures 2 and 3. Intraperitoneal saline injections in the saline group, despite pre-experiment acclimation with handling and injections for four days, may still evoke pain and stress responses in mice. Subtle yet measurable variations in brain states between the home cage and saline groups were observed, characterized by changes in normalized EEG delta/theta power (home cage: 0.05±0.09; saline: -0.03±0.11) and EMG power (home cage: -0.37±0.34; saline: 0.04±0.13), as shown in Figure 1—figure supplement 1. These changes suggest a relative increase in overall brain activity in the saline group compared to the home cage group, potentially contributing to the higher c-Fos expression…”

      b. Drug administration and tissue collection for both Homecage-ISO and Saline-Ketamine groups were consistently scheduled at 13:00 and 14:30, respectively. Four mice were administered drugs and had tissues collected each day, with two from the experimental group and two from the control group, to ensure consistent sampling. The 4% PFA fixation time, sucrose dehydration time, primary and secondary antibody concentrations and incubation times, staining, and imaging parameters and equipment (exposure time for VS120 imaging was fixed at 100ms) were all conducted according to a unified protocol.

      We have included the following statement in the results section: Line 81-83, “Sample collection for all mice was uniformly conducted at 14:30 (ZT7.5), and the c-Fos labeling and imaging were performed using consistent parameters throughout all experiments. ”

      1. Second, they need to deal with this large difference in overall staining or imaging for these two (Home/ISO and Saline/KET) experiments more directly; their current normalization choice does not really account for the large overall differences in mean values and variability in Fos counts (e.g. due to labeling and imaging differences).

      3a. I think one option (not perfect but I think better than the current normalization choice) could be z-scoring each treatment to its respective control. They can analyze these z-scored data first, and then in later figures show PC analyses of these data and assess whether the two treatments separate on PC1/2. And if they don't separate, then they don't separate, and you have to go with these results.

      3b. Alternatively, they need to figure out the overall intensity distributions from the different runs (if that the main reason of markedly different counts) and adjust their thresholds for Fos-positive cell detection based on this. I would expect that the saline and HC groups should have similar levels of activation, so they could use these as the 'control' group to determine a Fos-positive intensity threshold that gets applied to the corresponding 'treatment' group.

      3c. If neither 3a nor 3b is an option then they need to show the outcomes of their analysis when using the untransformed data in the main figures (the untransformed data plots in their responses to reviewer are currently not in the main or supplementary figs) and discuss these as well.

      a. Thank you very much for your valuable suggestion. We conducted PCA analysis on the ISO and KET data after Z-scoring them with their respective control groups and did not find any significant separation.

      Author response image 9.

      As mentioned in our response to reviewer #1, we have reprocessed the raw data. Firstly, we divided the ISO and KET data by their respective control brain regions and then performed a logarithmic transformation to obtain the log relative c-Fos density. The purpose of this is to eliminate the impact of baseline differences and reduce variability. We then performed hierarchical clustering, and finally, we Z-scored the log relative c-Fos density data. The aim is to facilitate comparison of ISO and KET on the same data dimension (Figure 2 and 3).

      b. We appreciate your concerns regarding the detection thresholds for Fos-positive cells. The enclosed images, extracted from supplementary figures for Figures 4 and 5, demonstrate notable differences in c-Fos expression between saline and home cage groups in specific brain regions. These regions exhibit a discernible difference in staining intensity, with the saline group showing enhanced c-Fos expression in the PVH and PVT regions compared to the home cage group. An examination of supplementary figures for Figures 4 and 5 shows that c-Fos expression in the home cage group is consistently lower than in the saline group. This comparative analysis confirms that the discrepancies in c-Fos levels are not due to varying detection thresholds.

      Author response image 10.

      b. We have added the corresponding original data graphs to Supplementary Figures 2 and 3, and discussed the potential reasons for the significant differences between these groups in the discussion section (also shown below).

      Lines 308-317: "...Our findings indicate that c-Fos expression in the KET group is significantly elevated compared to the ISO group, and the saline group exhibits notably higher c-Fos expression than the home cage group, as seen in Supplementary Figures 2 and 3. Intraperitoneal saline injections in the saline group, despite pre-experiment acclimation with handling and injections for four days, may still evoke pain and stress responses in mice. Subtle yet measurable variations in brain states between the home cage and saline groups were observed, characterized by changes in normalized EEG delta/theta power (home cage: 0.05±0.09; saline: -0.03±0.11) and EMG power (home cage: -0.37±0.34; saline: 0.04±0.13), as shown in Figure 3—figure supplement 1. These changes suggest a relative increase in overall brain activity in the saline group compared to the home cage group, potentially contributing to the higher c-Fos expression.…”

    1. Author Response

      We thank the reviewers for their detailed and constructive criticisms of our work. They raise many important questions (such as the issue of defining context) that we have also been thinking about extensively and they provide new and insightful avenues that have the potential to meaningfully improve the manuscript. We also appreciate that they commented on the novelty and importance of this work. Going forward, we will address the methodological concerns raised as best as we can and thereby hope to make the evidence for our conclusion more compelling

    2. eLife assessment

      The work described in this manuscript is timely and useful in that it builds on prior research investigating the neural basis of abstract and concrete concepts by examining how these concepts are processed for a naturalistic stimulus - movie watching. The authors provide incomplete evidence that the varying strength of the relationship between a word and a particular visual scene is associated with a change in the similarity between the brain regions active for concrete and abstract words. This work makes a contribution that will be of general interest within the field despite some limitations in how the authors chose to define context, highlighting both the inherent challenge of quantifying context in a multimodal stimulus and the need to move towards brain imaging paradigms that capture context better than isolated word or sentence paradigms do.

    3. Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      Summary:<br /> In this study, the authors investigate a very interesting but often overlooked aspect of abstract vs. concrete processing in language. Specifically, they study if the differences in processing of abstract vs. concrete concepts in the brain are static or dependent on the (visual) context in which the words occur. This study takes a two-step approach to investigate how context might affect the perception of concepts. First, the authors analyze if concrete concepts, expectedly, activate more sensory systems while abstract concepts activate higher-order processing regions. Second, they measure the contextual situatedness vs. displacement of each word with respect to the visual scenes it is spoken in and then evaluate if this contextual measure correlates with more activation in the sensory vs. higher-order regions respectively.

      Strengths:<br /> This study raises a pertinent and understudied question in language neuroscience. It also combines both computational and meta-analytic approaches.

      Weaknesses:<br /> Overall, the study had many intermediary steps that required manual subsection / random sampling and variable choices (like the time lag of analysis) with almost no visualization and interpretation of how these choices affect the observed results. The approach was also roundabout.

      Peaks and Valleys Analysis:<br /> 1. Doesn't this method assume that the features used to describe each word, like valence or arousal, will be linearly different for the peaks and valleys? What about non-linear interactions between the features and how they might modulate the response?<br /> 2. Doesn't it also assume that the response to a word is infinitesimal and not spread across time? How does the chosen time window of analysis interact with the HRF? From the main figures and Figures S2-S3 there seem to be differences based on the timelag.<br /> 3. Were the group-averaged responses used for this analysis?<br /> 4. Why don't the other terms identified in Figure 5 show any correspondence to the expected categories? What does this mean? Can the authors also situate their results with respect to prior findings as well as visualize how stable these results are at the individual voxel or participant level? It would also be useful to visualize example time courses that demonstrate the peaks and valleys.

      Estimating contextual situatedness:<br /> 1. Doesn't this limit the analyses to "visual" contexts only? And more so, frequently recognized visual objects?<br /> 2. The measure of situatedness is the cosine similarity of GloVE vectors that depend on word co-occurrence while the vectors themselves represent objects isolated by the visual recognition models. Expectedly, "science" and the label "book" or "animal" and the label "dog" will be close. But can the authors provide examples of context displacement? I wonder if this just picks up on instances where the identified object in the scene is unrelated to the word. How do the authors ensure that it is a displacement of context as opposed to the two words just being unrelated? This also has a consequence on deciding the temporal cutoff for consideration (2 seconds).<br /> 3. While the introduction motivated the problem of context situatedness purely linguistically, the actual methods look at the relationship between recognized objects in the visual scene and the words. Can word surprisal or another language-based metric be used in place of the visual labeling? Also, it is not clear how the process identified in (2) above would come up with a high situatedness score for abstract concepts like "truth".<br /> 4. It is a bit hard to see the overlapping regions in Figures 6A-C. Would it be possible to show pairs instead of triples? Like "abstract across context" vs. "abstract displaced"? Without that, and given (2) above, the results are not yet clear. Moreover, what happens in the "overlapping" regions of Figure 3?

      Miscellaneous comments:<br /> 1. In Figure 3, it is surprising that the "concrete-only" regions dominate the angular gyrus and we see an overrepresentation of this category over "abstract-only". Can the authors place their findings in the context of other studies?<br /> 2. The following line (Pg 21) regarding the necessary differences in time for the two categories was not clear. How does this fall out from the analysis method?<br /> 3. Both categories overlap **(though necessarily at different time points)** in regions typically associated with word processing.

    4. Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      Summary:<br /> This study tests a plausible and intriguing hypothesis that one cause of the differences in the neural underpinnings of concrete and abstract words is differences in their grounding in the current sensory context. The authors reasoned that, in this case, an abstract word presented with a relevant visual scene would be processed in a more similar way to a concrete word. Typically, abstract and concrete words are tested in isolation. In contrast, this study takes advantage of naturalistic movie stimuli to assess the neural effects of concreteness in both abstract and concrete words (the speech within the film), when the visual context is more or less tied to the word meaning (measured as the similarity between the word co-occurrence-based vector for the spoken word and the average of this vector across all present objects). This novel approach allows a test of the dynamic nature of abstract and concrete word processing, and as such could extend the literature and add a useful perspective accounting for differences in processing these word types.

      The critical contrasts needed to test the key hypothesis are not presented or not presented in full within the core text. To test whether abstract processing changes when in a situated context, the situated abstract condition would first need to be compared with the displaced abstract condition as in Supplementary Figure 6. Then to test whether this change makes the result closer to the processing of concrete words, this result should be compared to the concrete result. The correlations shown in Figure 6 in the main text are not focused on the differences in activity between the situated and displaced words or comparing the correlation of these two conditions with the other (concrete/abstract) condition. As such they cannot provide conclusive evidence as to whether the context is changing the processing of concrete/abstract words to be closer to the other condition. Additionally, it should be considered whether any effects reflect the current visual processing only or more general sensory processing.

      Overall, the study would benefit from being situated in the literature more, including a) a more general understanding of the areas involved in semantic processing (including areas proposed to be involved across different sensory modalities and for verbal and nonverbal stimuli), and b) other differences between abstract and concrete words and whether they can explain the current findings, including other psycholinguistic variables which could be included in the model and the concept of semantic diversity (Hoffman et al.,). It would also be useful to consider whether difficulty effects (or processing effort) could explain some of the regional differences between abstract and concrete words (e.g., the language areas may simply require more of the same processing not more linguistic processing due to their greater reliance on word co-occurrence). Similarly, the findings are not considered in relation to prior comparisons of abstract and concrete words at the level of specific brain regions.

      The authors use multiple methods to provide a post hoc interpretation of the areas identified as more involved in concrete, abstract, or both (at different times) words. These are designed to reduce the interpretation bias and improve interpretation, yet they may not successfully do so. These methods do give some evidence that sensory areas are more involved in concrete word processing. However, they are still open to interpretation bias as it is not clear whether all the evidence is consistent with the hypotheses or if this is the best interpretation of individual regions' involvement. This is because the hypotheses are provided at the level of 'sensory' and 'language' areas without further clarification and areas and terms found are simply interpreted as fitting these definitions. For instance, the right IFG is interpreted as a motor area, and therefore sensory as predicted, and the term 'autobiographical memory' is argued to be interoceptive. Language is associated with the 'both' cluster, not the abstract cluster, when abstract >concrete is expected to engage language more. The areas identified for both vs. abstract>concrete are distinguished in the Discussion through the description as semantic vs. language areas, but it is not clear how these are different or defined. Auditory areas appear to be included in the sensory prediction at times and not at others. When they are excluded, the rationale for this is not given. Overall, it is not clear whether all these areas and terms are expected and support the hypotheses. It should be possible to specify specific sensory areas where concrete and abstract words are predicted to be different based on a) prior comparisons and/or b) the known locations of sensory areas. Similarly, language or semantic areas could be identified using masks from NeuroSynth or traditional meta-analyses. A language network is presented in Supplementary Figure 7 but not interpreted, and its source is not given. Alternatively, there could be a greater interpretation of different possible explanations of the regions found with a more comprehensive assessment of the literature. The function of individual regions and the explanation of why many of these areas are interpreted as sensory or language areas are only considered in the Discussion when it could inform whether the hypotheses have been evidenced in the results section.

      Additionally, these methods attempt to interpret all the clusters found for each contrast in the same way when they may have different roles (e.g., relate to different senses). This is a particular issue for the peaks and valleys method which assesses whether a significantly larger number of clusters is associated with each sensory term for the abstract, concrete, or both conditions than the other conditions. The number of clusters does not seem to be the right measure to compare. Clusters differ in size so the number of clusters does not represent the area within the brain well. Nor is it clear that many brain regions should respond to each sensory term, and not just one per term (whether that is V1 or the entire occipital lobe, for instance). The number of clusters is therefore somewhat arbitrary. This is further complicated by the assessment across 20 time points and the inclusion of the 'both' category. It would seem more appropriate to see whether each abstract and concrete cluster could be associated with each different sensory term and then summarise these findings rather than assess the number of abstract or concrete clusters found for each independent sensory term. In general, the rationale for the methods used should be provided (including the peak and valley method instead of other possible options e.g., linear regression).

      The measure of contextual situatedness (how related a spoken word is to the average of the visually presented objects in a scene) is an interesting approach that allows parametric variation within naturalistic stimuli, which is a potential strength of the study. This measure appears to vary little between objects that are present (e.g., animal or room), and those that are strongly (e.g., monitor) or weakly related (e.g., science). Additional information validating this measure may be useful, as would consideration of the range of values and whether the split between situated (c > 0.6) and displaced words (c < 0.4) is sufficient.

      Finally, the study assessed the relation of spoken concrete or abstract words to brain activity at different time points. The visual scene was always assessed using the 2 seconds before the word, while the neural effects of the word were assessed every second after the presentation for 20 seconds. This could be a strength of the study, however almost no temporal information was provided. The clusters shown have different timings, but this information is not presented in any way. Giving more temporal information in the results could help to both validate this approach and show when these areas are involved in abstract or concrete word processing. Additionally, no rationale was given for this long timeframe which is far greater than the time needed to process the word, and long after the presence of the visual context assessed (and therefore ignores the present visual context).

    5. Reviewer #3 (Public Review):

      Summary:<br /> The primary aim of this manuscript was to investigate how context, defined from visual object information in multimodal movies, impacts the neural representation of concrete and abstract conceptual knowledge. The authors first conduct a series of analyses to identify context-independent regional responses to concrete and abstract concepts in order to compare these results with the networks observed in prior research using non-naturalistic paradigms. The authors then conduct analyses to investigate whether the regional response to abstract and concrete concepts changes when the concepts are either contextually situated or displaced. A concept is considered displaced if the visual information immediately preceding the word is weakly associated with the word whereas a concept is situated if the association is high. The results suggest that, when ignoring context, abstract and concrete concepts engage different brain regions with overlap in core language areas. When context is accounted for, however, similar brain regions are activated for processing concrete and situated abstract concepts and for processing abstract and displaced concrete concepts. The authors suggest that contextual information dynamically changes the brain regions that support the representation of abstract and concrete conceptual knowledge.

      Strengths:<br /> There is significant interest in understanding both the acquisition and neural representation of abstract and concrete concepts, and most of the work in this area has used highly constrained, decontextualized experimental stimuli and paradigms to do so. This manuscript addresses this limitation by using multimodal narratives which allows for an investigation of how context-sensitive the regional response to abstract and concrete concepts is. The authors characterize the regional response in a comprehensive way.

      Weaknesses:<br /> The context measure is interesting, but I'm not convinced that it's capturing what the authors intended. In analysing the neural response to a single word, the authors are presuming that they have isolated the window in which that concept is processed and the observed activation corresponds to the neural representation of that word given the prior context. I question to what extent this assumption holds true in a narrative when co-articulation blurs the boundaries between words and when rapid context integration is occurring. Further, the authors define context based on the preceding visual information. I'm not sure that this is a strong manipulation of the narrative context, although I agree that it captures some of the local context. It is maybe not surprising that if a word, abstract or concrete, has a strong association with the preceding visual information then activation in the occipital cortex is observed. I also wonder if the effects being captured have less to do with concrete and abstract concepts and more to do with the specific context the displaced condition captures during a multimodal viewing paradigm. If the visual information is less related to the verbal content, the viewer might process those narrative moments differently regardless of whether the subsequent word is concrete or abstract. I think the claims could be tailored to focus less generally on context and more specifically on how visually presented objects, which contribute to the ongoing context of a multimodal narrative, influence the subsequent processing of abstract and concrete concepts.

    1. Author Response

      eLife assessment

      This study provides direct evidence showing that Kv1.8 channels underly several potassium currents in the two types of sensory hair cells found in the mouse vestibular system. This is an important finding because the nature of the channels underpinning the unusual potassium conductance gK,L in type I hair cells has been under scrutiny for many years. Although most of the experimental evidence is compelling and the analysis is rigorous, the evidence supporting some of the claims related to Kv1.4 channels is incomplete. The study will be of interest to cell and molecular biologists and auditory neuroscientists.

      We are thankful to the editor and reviewers for their thorough assessment of our work and insightful feedback. Our responses to the comments and suggestions are below.

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      In this paper, the authors provide a thorough demonstration of the role that one particular type of voltage-gated potassium channel, Kv1.8, plays in a low voltage-activated conductance found in type I vestibular hair cells. Along the way, they find that this same channel protein appears to function in type II vestibular hair cells as well, contributing to other macroscopic conductances. Overall, Kv1.8 may provide especially low input resistance and short time constants to facilitate encoding of more rapid head movements in animals that have necks. Combination with other channel proteins, in different ratios, may contribute to the diversified excitability of vestibular hair cells.

      Strengths:

      The experiments are comprehensive and clearly described, both in the text and in the figures. Statistical analyses are provided throughout.

      Weaknesses:

      None.

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      The focus of this manuscript was to investigate whether Kv1.8 channels, which have previously been suggested to be expressed in type I hair cells of the mammalian vestibular system, are responsible for the potassium conductance gK,L. This is an important study because gK,L is known to be crucial for the function of type I hair cells, but the channel identity has been a matter of debate for the past 20 years. The authors have addressed this research topic by primarily investigating the electrophysiological properties of the vestibular hair cells from Kv1.8 knockout mice. Interestingly, gK,L was completely abolished in Kv1.8-deficient mice, in agreement with the hypothesis put forward by the authors based on the literature. The surprising observation was that in the absence of Kv1.8 potassium channels, the outward potassium current in type II hair cells was also largely reduced. Type II hair cells express the largely inactivating potassium conductance gK,A, but not gK,L. The authors concluded that heteromultimerization of non-inactivating Kv1.8 and the inactivating Kv1.4 subunits could be responsible for the inactivating gK,A. Overall, the manuscript is very well written and most of the conclusions are supported by the experimental work. The figures are well described, and the statistical analysis is robust.

      My only comment relates to the statement regarding the results providing "evidence" that Kv1.4 form heteromultimers with Kv1.8 channels (see Discussion). The only data I can see from the results is that Kv1.4 channels are expressed in the membrane of type II hair cells, which is not sufficient evidence for the above claim. Is the distribution of Kv1.8 and Kv1.4 overlapping in type II hair cells? Have the authors attempted to perform some pharmacological studies on Kv1.4? For example, would gK,A be completely blocked by a Kv1.4 antagonist? Addressing at least some of these questions would strengthen your argument.

      Author response: With respect to the “evidence” for heteromultimerization of Kv1.4 and Kv1.8: We agree that there is not conclusive evidence but have pulled together reasons to suggest that the fast inactivation of Kv1.8-dependent gA in type II hair cells reflects a contribution from Kv1.4 subunits. The reasons we note are mostly from other sources: 1) Kv1.4 subunits are the only Kv1 alpha subunits known to make channels with intrinsic rapid inactivation (Bertoli et al., 1994); 2) Kv1.4 is highly expressed in type II hair cells, but not type I hair cells, in mouse utricle (McInturff et al., Biol. Open., 2018; Jan et al., Cell Reports, 2021; Orvis et al., Nat. Methods, 2021); 3) previous work from M. Correia and colleagues suggested Kv1.4 as the likely source of A-current in pigeon vestibular hair cells; 4) some rat type II hair cells show comparatively strong Kv1.4-like immunoreactivity (our Fig. 5). While we consider heteromultimerization of Kv1.4 and Kv1.8 alpha subunits a plausible explanation consistent with available data from different sources, we agree that the question is not at all settled, and indeed raise the possibility that KV beta subunits, which are also differentially expressed by type I and II hair cells, play a role. Experiments to definitively advance or refute this hypothesis are beyond the scope of this paper.

      Reviewer #3 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      This paper by Martin et al. describes the contribution of a Kv channel subunit (Kv1.8, KCNA10) to voltage-dependent K+ conductances and membrane properties of type I and type II hair cells of the mouse utricle. Previous work has documented striking differences in K+ conductances between vestibular hair cell types. In particular, amniote type I hair cells are known to express a non-typical low-voltage-activated K+ conductance (GK,L) whose molecular identity has been elusive. K+ conductances in hair cells from 3 different mouse genotypes (wildtype, Kv1.8 homozygous knockouts, and heterozygotes) are examined here and whole-cell patch-clamp recordings indicate a prominent role for Kv1.8 subunits in generating GK,L. Results also interestingly support a role for Kv1.8 subunits in type II hair cell K+ conductances; inactivating conductances in null mice are reduced in type II hair cells from striola and extrastriola regions of the utricle. Kv1.8 is therefore proposed to contribute as a pore-forming subunit for 3 different K+ conductances in vestibular hair cells. The impact of these conductances on membrane responses to current steps is studied in the current clamp. Pharmacological experiments use XE991 to block some residual Kv7-mediated current in both hair cell types, but no other pharmacological blockers are used. In addition, immunostaining data are presented and raise some questions about Kv7 and Kv1.8 channel localization. Overall, the data present compelling evidence that the removal of Kv1.8 produces profound changes in hair cell membrane conductances and sensory capabilities. These changes at hair cell level suggest vestibular function would be compromised and further assessment in terms of balance behavior in the different mice would be interesting.

      Strengths:

      This study provides strong evidence that Kv1.8 subunits are major contributors to the unusual K+ conductance in type I hair cells of the utricle. It also indicates that Kv1.8 subunits are important for type II hair cell K+ conductances because Kv1.8-/- mice lacked an inactivating A conductance and had reduced delayed rectifier conductance compared to controls. A comprehensive and careful analysis of biophysical profiles is presented of expressed K+ conductances in 3 different mouse genotypes. Voltage-dependent K+ currents are rigorously characterized at a range of different ages and their impact on membrane voltage responses to current input is studied. Some pharmacological experiments are performed in addition to immunostaining to bolster the conclusions from the biophysical studies. The paper has a significant impact in showing the role of Kv1.8 in determining utricular hair cell electrophysiological phenotypes.

      Weaknesses:

      1. From previous work it is known that GK,L in type I hair cells has unusual ion permeation and pharmacological properties that differ greatly from type II hair cell conductances. Notably GK,L is highly permeable to Cs+ as well as K+ ions and is slightly permeable to Na+. It is blocked by 4-aminopyridine and divalent cations (Ba2+, Ca2+, Ni2+), enhanced by external K+, and modulated by cyclic GMP. The question arises, if Kv1.8 is a major player and pore-forming subunit in type I and type II cells (and cochlear inner hair cells as shown by Dierich et al. 2020) how are subunits modified to produce channels with very different properties? A role for Kv1.4 channels (gA) is proposed in type II hair cells based on previous findings in bird hair cells and immunostaining for Kv1.4 channels in rat utricle presented here in Fig. 6. However, hair cell-specific partner interactions with Kv1.8 that result in GK,L in type I hair cells and Cs+ impermeable, inactivating currents in type II hair cells remain for the most part unexplored.

      Author response: Our results raise the question of how Kv1.8/Kcna10 is regulated to produce gK,L in type I hair cells, which has different properties from the Kv1.8 conductance expressed heterologously (Lang et al., Am. J. Physiol. Renal Physiol., 2000; Ranjan et al., Front. Cell. Neurosci., 2019; Dierich et al., Cell Reports, 2020) and the Kv1.8 conductance inferred in inner hair cells (Dierich et al., 2020). We lay out several possibilities in the Discussion, but testing these suggestions is beyond the scope of the present paper.

      The relatively high Cs+ permeability of gK,L (0.31 pCs/pK, Rüsch & Eatock, J. Neurophysiol., 1996; Rennie & Correia, J. Membr. Biol., 2000) suggests there is something different about the selectivity filter and pore region of gK,L relative to most Kv1 family members. Although the intrinsic Cs+ permeability of heterologously expressed Kv1.8 is not reported. While we note that the pore region in Kv1.8 differs from other Kv1 subunits by a single amino acid (a glycine instead of alanine at position 411 – placed by AlphaFold in the pore helix of hKCNA10, Jumper et al., Nature, 2021), the effect of this difference is not known. A separate study is needed to determine why gK,L has a high Cs+ permeability relative to other Kv channels.

      For type II hair cells, the Cs+ permeability of Kv currents has not been fully characterized. Internal Cs+ does appear to reduce outward current more effectively in type II hair cells (Lang & Correia, J. Neurophysiol., 1989; Sokolowski et al., Dev. Biol., 1993) than in type I hair cells (Rüsch & Eatock, J. Neurophysiol., 1996; Rennie & Correia, J. Membr. Biol., 2000).

      With respect to cochlear inner hair cells, note that the assignment of Kv1.8 by Dierich et al. (2021) to a delayed rectifier in cochlear inner hair cells (IHCs) was based on inference – that is, existing inner ear expression databases show that Kv1.8 is expressed in IHCs, and heterologous Kv1.8 channels have a current resembling that observed in IHCs after block of multiple other K channels. We agree with Dierich et al. that Kv1.8 is an attractive candidate for the residual conductance in cochlear IHCs based on comparison with its properties in heterologous expression data. Together their study and our study suggest that Kv1.8 takes on quite different voltage dependence depending on the hair cell environment, and it will be an interesting challenge to sort out the reasons.

      1. Data from patch-clamp and immunocytochemistry experiments are not in close alignment. XE991 (Kv7 channel blocker) decreases remaining K+ conductance in type I and type II hair cells from null mice supporting the presence of Kv7 channels in hair cells (Fig. 7). Also, Holt et al. (2007) previously showed inhibition of GK,L in type I hair cells (but not delayed rectifier conductance in type II hair cells) using a dominant negative construct of Kv7.4 channels. However, immunolabelling indicates Kv7.4 channels on the inner face of calyx terminals adjacent to hair cells (Fig. 5). Some reconciliation of these findings is needed.

      Author response: Our pharmacology with XE991 suggests a small but significant population of Kv7 channels in type I and II hair cells (Fig 7). With the immunogold technique, Kharkovets et al. (PNAS, 2000) and Hurley et al. (J. Neurosci., 2006) counted significant Kv7.4 particles in type I hair cells, although the particles occurred at much greater density in the postsynaptic calyx membrane facing the hair cell. These results lead us to propose that the Kv7 channel we identified pharmacologically includes the Kv7.4 subunit, possibly in combination with other Kv7 subunits (Lysakowski et al., J. Neurosci., 2011). By this argument, the absence of clear hair cell staining in the confocal images of Fig. 5A is likely to reflect differences in methods, which include the use of different mouse strains, different sensitivities of immunogold vs. confocal imaging, and different antibodies.

      Holt et al. (J. Neurosci., 2007) indeed saw inhibition of gK,L in hair cells grown in organotypic cultures of the neonatal mouse utricle after viral expression of a dominant negative Kv7.4 construct. However, other studies show that Kv7 antagonists do not block gK,L (Hurley et al., J. Neurosci., 2006), and the Jentsch group, which first proposed Kv7.4 as a likely candidate for gK,L (Kharkovets et al., PNAS, 2000), ultimately showed that knocking out Kv7.4 and Kv7.5 expression failed to eliminate gK,L (Spitzmaul et al., J. Biol. Chem., 2013). Together, these results suggest that in Holt et al. (2007), the inhibition of gK,L by transfection with the dominant negative KCNQ4 construct may have occurred through unintended interactions with native gK,L channels. The young age of the neonatal cultured and transfected utricles raises the possibility of a developmental effect – that functional Kv7 channels are needed for the developmental transition to a Kv1.8 conductance. Consistent with this idea is the observation that Kv7 current is present in neonatal hair cells, where it is a relatively large proportion of Kv current in type I HCs before they acquire gK,L (Hurley et al., J. Neurosci., 2006). Alternatively, the overexpression of nonfunctional Kv7.4 channels in virally-transfected hair cells may have inhibited or delayed gK,L acquisition through a more general effect on membrane proteins.

      1. Strong immunosignal appears in the cuticle plates of hair cells in addition to signal in basal regions of hair cells and supporting cells. Please provide a possible explanation for this.

      Author response: There is significant non-specific staining of apical cell surfaces and supporting cell membranes in addition to specific staining of hair cell basolateral membranes. We infer non-specific staining when immunolabeling is present in the knockout tissue, as it is for the apical surfaces and supporting cell membranes—compare Fig. 5B.3 (control tissue) with Fig. 5B.4 (Kv1.8 null mutant). Non-specific immunostaining can occur with polyclonal antibodies (specific to several epitopes) if the antibodies are not affinity-purified, but we used an affinity-purified antibody. The apical surfaces are reputed to be “sticky” (susceptible to non-specific staining) but the non-specific labeling in the basal parts of supporting cells is more puzzling. One possibility is that the Kv1.8 antibody weakly recognized closely related Kv1.1 channels, which are more strongly expressed in supporting cells than hair cells (Scheffer et al., J. Neurosci., 2015).

      1. A previous paper reported that a vestibular evoked potential was abnormal in Kv1.8-/- mice (Lee et al. 2013) as briefly mentioned (lines 94-95). It would be very interesting to know if any vestibular-associated behaviors and/or hearing loss were observed in the mice populations. If responses are compromised at the sensory hair cell level across different zones, degradation of balance function would be anticipated and should be elucidated.

      Author response: We agree; some of these questions are the subject of another paper in preparation.

    1. Author Response

      Reviewer 1:

      Comment 1.1: The distinction of PIGS from nearby OPA, which has also been implied in navigation and ego-motion, is not as clear as it could be.

      Response1.1: The main functional distinction between TOS/OPA and PIGS is that TOS/OPA responds preferentially to moving vs. stationary stimuli (even concentric rings), likely due to its overlap with the retinotopic motion-selective visual area V3A, for which this is a defining functional property (e.g. Tootell et al., 1997, J Neurosci). In comparison, PIGS does not show such a motion-selectivity. Instead, PIGS responds preferentially to more complex forms of motion within scenes. In this revision, we tried to better highlight this point in the Discussion (see also the response to the first comment from Reviewer #2).

      Reviewer 2:

      Comment 2.1: First, the scene-selective region identified appears to overlap with regions that have previously been identified in terms of their retinotopic properties. In particular, it is unclear whether this region overlaps with V7/IPS0 and/or IPS1. This is particularly important since prior work has shown that OPA often overlaps with v7/IPS0 (Silson et al, 2016, Journal of Vision). The findings would be much stronger if the authors could show how the location of PIGS relates to retinotopic areas (other than V6, which they do currently consider). I wonder if the authors have retinotopic mapping data for any of the participants included in this study. If not, the authors could always show atlas-based definitions of these areas (e.g. Wang et al, 2015, Cerebral Cortex).

      Response 2.1: We thank the reviewers for reminding us to more clearly delineate this issue of possible overlap, including the information provided by Silson et al, 2016. The issue of possible overlap between area TOS/OPA and the retinotopic visual areas, both in humans and non-human primates, was also clarified by our team in 2011 (Nasr et al., 2011). As you can see in the enclosed figure, and consistent with those previous studies, TOS/OPA overlaps with visual areas V3A/B and V7. Whereas PIGS is located more dorsally close to IPS2-4. As shown here, there is no overlap between PIGS and TOS/OPA and there is no overlap between PIGS and areas V3A/B and V7. To more directly address the reviewer’s concern, in the next revision, we will show the relative position of PIGS and the retinotopic areas (at least) in one individual subject.

      Author response image 1.

      The relative location of PIGS, TOS/OPA and the retinotopic visual areas. The left panel showed the result of high-resolution (7T; voxel size = 1 mm; no spatial smoothing) polar angle mapping in one individual. The right panel shows the location of scene-selective areas PIGS and TOS/OPA in the same subject (7T; voxel size = 1 mm; no spatial smoothing). While area TOS/OPA shows some overlap with the retinotopic visual areas V3A/B and V7, PIGS shows partial overlap with area IPS2-4. In both panels, the activity maps are overlaid on the subjects’ own reconstructed brain surface.

      Comment 2.2: Second, recent studies have reported a region anterior to OPA that seems to be involved in scene memory (Steel et al, 2021, Nature Communications; Steel et al, 2023, The Journal of Neuroscience; Steel et al, 2023, biorXiv). Is this region distinct from PIGS? Based on the figures in those papers, the scene memory-related region is inferior to V7/IPS0, so characterizing the location of PIGS to V7/IPS0 as suggested above would be very helpful here as well. If PIGS overlaps with either of V7/IPS0 or the scene memory-related area described by Steel and colleagues, then arguably it is not a newly defined region (although the characterization provided here still provides new information).

      Response 2.2: The lateral-place memory area (LPMA) is located on the lateral brain surface, anterior relative to the IPS (see Figure 1 from Steel et al., 2021 and Figure 3 from Steel et al., 2023). In contrast, PIGS is located on the posterior brain surface, also posterior relative to the IPS. In other words, they are located on two different sides of a major brain sulcus. In this revision we have clarified this point, including the citations by Steel and colleagues.

      Comments 2.3: Another reason that it would be helpful to relate PIGS to this scene memory area is that this scene memory area has been shown to have activity related to the amount of visuospatial context (Steel et al, 2023, The Journal of Neuroscience). The conditions used to show the sensitivity of PIGS to ego-motion also differ in the visuospatial context that can be accessed from the stimuli. Even if PIGS appears distinct from the scene memory area, the degree of visuospatial context is an alternative account of what might be represented in PIGS.

      Response 2.3: The reviewer raises an interesting point. One minor confusion is that we may be inadvertently referring to two slightly different types of “visuospatial context”. Specifically, the stimuli used in the ego-motion experiment here (i.e. coherently vs. incoherently changing scenes) represent the same scenes, and the only difference between the two conditions is the sequence of images across the experimental blocks. In that sense, the two experimental conditions may be considered to have the same visuospatial context. However, it could be also argued that the coherently changing scenes provide more information about the environmental layout. In that case, considering the previous reports that PPA/TPA and RSC/MPA may also be involved in layout encoding (Epstein and Kanwisher 1998; Wolbers et al. 2011), we expected to see more activity within those regions in response to coherently compared incoherently changing scenes. These issues are now more explicitly discussed in the revised article.

      Reviewer 3:

      Comment 3.1: There are few weaknesses in this work. If pressed, I might say that the stimuli depicting ego-motion do not, strictly speaking, depict motion, but only apparent motion between 2s apart photographs. However, this choice was made to equate frame rates and motion contrast between the 'ego-motion' and a control condition, which is a useful and valid approach to the problem. Some choices for visualization of the results might be made differently; for example, outlines of the regions might be shown in more plots for easier comparison of activation locations, but this is a minor issue.

      Response 3.1: We thank the reviewer for these constructive suggestions, and we agree with their comment that the ego-motion stimuli are not smooth, even though they were refreshed every 100 ms. However, the stimuli were nevertheless coherent enough to activate areas V6 and MT, two major areas known to respond preferentially to coherent compared to incoherent motion.

      Epstein, R., and N. Kanwisher. 1998. 'A cortical representation of the local visual environment', Nature, 392: 598-601.

      Wolbers, T., R. L. Klatzky, J. M. Loomis, M. G. Wutte, and N. A. Giudice. 2011. 'Modality-independent coding of spatial layout in the human brain', Curr Biol, 21: 984-9.

    1. Author Response

      The following is the authors’ response to the previous reviews.

      eLife assessment

      This study presents valuable findings about synaptic connectivity among subsets of unipolar brush cells (UBCs), a specialized interneuron primarily located in the vestibular lobules of the cerebellar cortex. The evidence supporting the claims are interesting although incomplete in some areas. The work will be of interest to cerebellar neuroscientists as well as those focussed on synaptic properties and mechanisms. Although several compelling pieces of data were presented, substantial work remains to be conducted in order for the hypothesis and predictions of the manuscript to confirm how these factors play out in the actual brain circuit and how it would impact the processing of feedback or feedforward activity that would be required to promote behavior.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      The manuscript by Hariani et al. presents experiments designed to improve our understanding of the connectivity and computational role of Unipolar Brush Cells (UBCs) within the cerebellar cortex, primarily lobes IX and X. The authors develop and cross several genetic lines of mice that express distinct fluorophores in subsets of UBCs, combined with immunocytochemistry that also distinguishes subtypes of UBCs, and they use confocal microscopy and electrophysiology to characterize the electrical and synaptic properties of subsets of so-labelled cells, and their synaptic connectivity within the cerebellar cortex. The authors then generate a computer model to test possible computational functions of such interconnected UBCs.

      Using these approaches, the authors report that:

      1. GRP-driven TDtomato is expressed exclusively in a subset (20%) of ON-UBCs, defined electrophysiologically (excited by mossy fiber afferent stimulation via activation of UBC AMPA and mGluR1 receptors) and immunocytochemically by their expression of mGluR1.

      2. UBCs ID'd/tagged by mCitrine expression in Brainbow mouse line P079 is expressed in a similar minority subset of OFF-UBCs defined electrophysiologically (inhibited by mossy fiber afferent stimulation via activation of UBC mGluR2 receptors) and immunocytochemically by their expression of Calretinin. However, such mCitrine expression was also detected in some mGluR1 positive UBCs, which may not have shown up electrophysiologically because of the weaker fluorophore expression without antibody amplification.

      3. Confocal analysis of crossed lines of mice (GRP X P079) stained with antibodies to mGluR1 and calretinin documented the existence of all possible permutations of interconnectivity between cells (ON-ON, ON-OFF, OFF-OFF, OFF-ON), but their overall abundance was low, and neither their absolute or relative abundance was quantified.

      4. A computational model (NEURON ) indicated that the presence of an intermediary UBC (in a polysynaptic circuit from MF to UBC to UBC) could prolong bursts (MF-ON-ON), prolong pauses (MF-ON-OFF), cause a delayed burst (MF-OFF-OFF), cause a delayed pause (MF-OFF-ON) relative to solely MF to UBC synapses which would simply exhibit long bursts (MF-ON) or long pauses (MF-OFF).

      The authors thus conclude that the pattern of interconnected UBCs provides an extended and more nuanced pattern of firing within the cerebellar cortex that could mediate longer lasting sensorimotor responses.

      The cerebellum's long known role in motor skills and reflexes, and associated disorders, combined with our nascent understanding of its role in cognitive, emotional, and appetitive processing, makes understanding its circuitry and processing functions of broad interest to the neuroscience and biomedical community. The focus on UBCs, which are largely restricted to vestibular lobes of the cerebellum reduces the breadth of likely interest somewhat. The overall design of specific experiments is rigorous and the use of fluorophore expressing mouse lines is creative. The data that is presented and the writing are clear. However, despite some additional analysis in response to the initial review, the overall experimental design still has issues that reduce overall interpretation (please see specific issues for details), which combined with a lack of thorough analysis of the experimental outcomes undermines the value of the NEURON model results and the advance in our understanding of cerebellar processing in situ (again, please see specific issues for details).

      Specific issues:

      1. All data gathered with inhibition blocked. All of the UBC response data (Fig. 1) was gathered in the presence of GABAAR and Glycine R blockers. While such an approach is appropriate generally for isolating glutamatergic synaptic currents, and specifically for examining and characterizing monosynaptic responses to single stimuli, it becomes problematic in the context of assaying synaptic and action potential response durations for long lasting responses, and in particular for trains of stimuli, when feed-forward and feed-back inhibition modulates responses to afferent stimulation. I.e. even for single MF stimuli, given the >500ms duration of UBC synaptic currents, there is plenty of time for feedback inhibition from Golgi cells (or feedforward, from MF to Golgi cell excitation) to interrupt AP firing driven by the direct glutamatergic synaptic excitation. This issue is compounded further for all of the experiments examining trains of MF stimuli. Beyond the impact of feedback inhibition on the AP firing of any given UBC, it would also obviously reduce/alter/interrupt that UBC's synaptic drive of downstream UBCs. This issue fundamentally undermines our ability to interpret the simulation data of Vm and AP firing of both the modeled intermediate and downstream UBC, in terms of applying it to possible cerebellar cortical processing in situ.

      The goal of Figure 1 was to determine the cell types of labeled UBCs in transgenic mouse lines, which is determined entirely by their synaptic responses to glutamate (Borges-Merjane and Trussell, 2015). Thus, blocking inhibition was essential to produce clear results in the characterization of GRP and P079 UBCs. While GABAergic/glycinergic feedforward and feedback inhibition is certainly important in the intact circuit, it was not our intention, nor was it possible, to study its contribution in the present study. Leaving inhibition unblocked does not lead to a physiologically realistic stimulation pattern in acute brain slices, because electrical stimulation produces synchronous excitation and inhibition by directly exciting Golgi cells, rather than their synaptic inputs. The main inhibition that UBCs receive that are crucial to determining burst or pause durations is not via GABA/glycine, but instead through mGluR2, which lasts for 100-1000s of milliseconds. The main excitation that drives UBC firing is mGluR1 and AMPA, which both last 100-1000s of milliseconds. Thus, these large conductances are unlikely to be significantly shaped by 1-10 ms IPSCs from feedforward and feedback GABA/glycine inhibition. Recent studies that examined the duration of bursting or pausing in UBCs had inhibition blocked in their experiments, presumably for the reasons outlined above (Guo et al., 2021; Huson et al., 2023).

      Below is an example showing the synaptic currents and firing patterns in an ON UBC before and after blocking inhibition. The GABA/glycinergic inhibition is fast, occurs soon after the stimuli and has little to no effect on the slow inward current that develops after the end of stimulation, which is what drives firing for 100s of milliseconds.

      Author response image 1.

      Example showing small effect of GABAergic and glycinergic inhibition on excitatory currents and burst duration. A) Excitatory postsynaptic currents in response to train of 10 presynaptic stimuli at 50 Hz before (black) and after (Grey) blocking GABA and glycine receptors. The slow inward current that occurs at the end of stimulation is little affected. B) Expanded view of the synaptic currents evoked during the train of stimuli. GABA/glycine receptors mediate the fast outward currents that occur immediately after the first couple stimuli. C) Three examples of the bursts caused by the 50 Hz stimulation in the same cell without blocking GABA and glycine receptors. D) Three examples in the same cell after blocking GABA and glycine receptors.

      The authors' response to the initial concern is (to paraphrase), "its not possible to do and its not important", neither of which are soundly justified.

      As stated in the original review, it is fully understandable and appropriate to use GABAAR/GlycineR antagonists to isolate glutamatergic currents, to characterize their conductance kinetics. That was not the issue raised. The issue raised was that then using only such information to generate a model of in situ behavior becomes problematic, given that feedback and lateral inhibition will sculpt action potential output, which of course will then fundamentally shape their synaptic drive of secondary UBCs, which will be further sculpted by their own inhibitory inputs. This issue undermines interpretation of the NEURON model.

      The argument that taking inhibition into account is not possible because of assumed or possible direct electrical excitation of Golgi cells is confusing for two interacting reasons. First, one can certainly stimulate the mossy fiber bundle to get afferent excitation of UBCs (and polysynaptic feedback/lateral inhibitory inputs) without directly stimulating the Golgi cells that innervate any recorded UBC. Yes, one might be stimulating some Golgi cells near the stimulating electrode, but one can position the stimulating electrode far enough down the white matter track (away from the recorded UBC), such that mossy fiber inputs to the recorded UBC can be stimulated without affecting Golgi cells near or synaptically connected to the recorded UBC. Moreover, if the argument were true, then presumably the stimulation protocol would be just as likely to directly stimulate neighboring UBCs, which then drove the recorded UBC's responses. Thus, it is both doable and should be ensured that stimulation of the white matter is distant enough to not be directly activating relevant, connected neurons within the granule cell layer.

      Finally, the authors present three examples of UBC recordings with and without inhibitory inputs blocked, and state "Thus, these large conductances are unlikely to be significantly shaped by 1-10 ms IPSCs from feedforward and feedback GABA/glycine inhibition" and "GABA/glycinergic inhibition...has little to no effect on the slow inward current that develops after the end of stimulation". This response reflects on original concerns about lack of quantification or consideration of important parameters. In particular, while the traces with and without inhibition are qualitatively similar, quantitative considerations indicate otherwise. First, unquantified examples are not adequate to drive conclusions. Regardless, the main issue (how inhibition affects actual responses in situ) is actually highlighted by the authors current clamp recordings of UBC responses, before and after blocking inhibition. The output response is dramatically different, both at early and late time points, when inhibition is blocked. Again, a lack of quantification (of adequate n's) makes it hard to know exactly how important, but quick "eye ball" estimates of impact include: 1) a switch from only low frequency APs initially (without inhibition blocked) to immediate burst of high frequency APs (high enough to not discern individual APs with given figure resolution) when inhibition is blocked, 2) Slow rising to a peak EPSP, followed by symmetrical return to baseline (without inhibition blocked) versus immediate rise to peak, followed by prolonged decay to baseline (with inhibition blocked), 3) substantially shorter duration (~34% shorter) secondary high frequency burst (individual APs not discernible) of APs (with inhibition blocked versus without inhibition blocked), and 4) substantial reduction in number of long delayed APs (with inhibition blocked versus without inhibition blocked). Thus, clearly, feedback/lateral inhibition is actually sculpting AP output at all phases of the UBC response to trains of afferent stimulations. Importantly, the single voltage clamp trace showing little impact of transient IPSCs on the slow EPSC do not take into account likely IPSC influences on voltage-activated conductances that would not occur in voltage-clamp recordings but would be free to manifest in current clamp, and thereby influence AP output, as observed.

      So again, our ability to understand how interconnected UBCs behave in the intact system is undermined by the lack of consideration and quantification of the impact of inhibition, and it not being incorporated into the model. At the very least a strong proviso about lack of inclusion of such information, given the authors' data showing its importance in the few examples shown, should be added to the discussion.

      Thank you for this substantive explanation. Your points are well described and we agree that the single experiment shown is not strong evidence for a lack of importance of Golgi cell inhibition, especially on the temporal dynamics of spiking. Previous work has clearly shown that Golgi cells have several important roles in shaping the activity of the granular layer, including affecting the temporal dynamics of granule cell spikes. However, the work presented here focuses on the feedforward circuitry of UBCs and the large inward and large outward glutamatergic currents that drive spiking or pausing for 100s of milliseconds. Our model does not focus on the aspects that are most sensitive to Golgi cell inhibition, including timing of the first spikes in the UBC’s response. Nor does our model focus on short term plasticity, which we thought was reasonable because the slow currents in UBCs are quite insensitive to the temporal characteristics of glutamate release (See the example in the previous rebuttal). Our model does not include long term plasticity, which is also affected by Golgi cells. For these reasons we agree that the model presented does not explain how feedforward UBC circuits might “play out in the actual brain circuit and how it would impact the processing of feedback or feedforward activity that would be required to promote behavior.” We have included a new paragraph in the discussion clarifying the limitations of this study and the model, reproduced below.

      "Limitations of the model

      Here we addressed how feedforward glutamatergic excitation and inhibition is transformed from one UBC to the next depending on their subtype. The model focuses on AMPA receptor mediated excitation and mGluR2 mediated inhibition. One limitation of the model is that it does not consider feedforward and lateral inhibition from Golgi cells, which shape the spiking of UBCs in response to afferent stimulation. Golgi cells receive mossy fiber input and inhibit UBCs through their corelease of GABA and glycine (Dugue et al., 2005; Rousseau et al., 2012). Golgi cells control the temporal dynamics of the firing of granule cells as well as their gain (Rossi et al., 2003; Kanichay and Silver, 2008) and are critical to larger scale dynamics of the cerebellar cortical network (D‘Angelo, 2008). Purkinje cells provide additional inhibition to ON UBCs that could influence how UBC circuits transform signals (Guo et al., 2016). A more complex model that implements Golgi cells and other critical circuit elements will be needed to investigate the role of feedforward UBC circuits in cerebellar network dynamics and motor behaviors in vivo."

      1. No consideration for involvement of polysynaptic UBCs driving UBC responses to MF stimulation in electrophysiology experiments. Given the established existence (in this manuscript and Dino et al. 2000 Neurosci, Dino et al. 2000 ProgBrainRes, Nunzi and Mugnaini 2000 JCompNeurol, Nunzi et al. 2001 JCompNeurol) of polysynaptic connections from MFs to UBCs to UBCs, the MF evoked UBC responses established in this manuscript, especially responses to trains of stimuli could be mediated by direct MF inputs, or to polysynaptic UBC inputs, or possibly both (to my awareness not established either way). Thus the response durations could already include extension of duration by polysynaptic inputs, and so would overestimate the duration of monosynaptic inputs, and thus polysynaptic amplification/modulation, observed in the NEURON model.

      We are confident that the synaptic responses shown are monosynaptic for several reasons. UBCs receive a single mossy fiber input on their dendritic brush, and thus if our stimulation produces a reliable, short-latency response consistent with a monosynaptic input, then there is not likely to be a disynaptic input, because the main input is accounted for by the monosynaptic response. In all cells included in our data set, the fast AMPA receptor-mediated currents always occurred with short latency (1.24 ± 0.29 ms; mean ± SD; n = 13), high reliability (no failures to produce an EPSC in any of the 13 GRP UBCs in this data set), and low jitter (SD of latency; 0.074 ± 0.046 ms; mean ± SD; n = 13). These measurements have been added to the results section.

      In some rare cases, we did observe disynaptic currents, which were easily distinguishable because a single electrical stimulation produced a burst of EPSCs at variable latencies. Please see example below. These cases of disynaptic input, which have been reported by others (Diño et al., 2000; Nunzi and Mugnaini, 2000; van Dorp and De Zeeuw, 2015) support the conclusion that UBCs receive input from other UBCs.

      Author response image 2.

      Example of GRP UBC with disynaptic input. Three examples of the effect of a single presynaptic stimulus (triangle) in a GRP UBC with presumed disynaptic input. Note the variable latency of the first evoked EPSC, bursts of EPSCs, and spontaneous EPSCs.

      Author response: "UBCs receive a single mossy fiber input on their dendritic brush, and thus if our stimulation produces a reliable, short-latency response consistent with a monosynaptic input, then there is not likely to be a disynaptic input."

      This statement is not congruent with the literature, with early work by Mugnaini and colleagues (Mugnaini et al. 1994 Synapse; Mugnaini and Flores 1994 J. Comp. Neurol.) indicating that UBCs are innervated by 1-2 mossy fibers, which are as likely other UBC terminals as MFs. This leaves open the possibility that so called monosynaptic responses do, as originally suggested, already include polysynaptic feedforward amplification of duration. While the authors also indicate that isolated disynaptic currents can be observed when they occur in isolation, a careful examination and objective documentation of "monosynaptic" responses would address this issue. Presumably, if potential disynaptic UBC inputs occur during a monosynaptic MF response, it would be detected as an abrupt biphasic inward/outward current, due to additional AMPA receptor activation but further desensitization of those already active (as observed by Kinney et al. 1997 J. Neurophysiol: "The delivery of a second MF stimulus at the peak of the slow EPSC evoked a fast EPSC of reduced amplitude followed by an undershoot of the subsequent slow current"). If such polysynaptic inputs are truly absent and are "rare" in isolation, some estimation of how common or not such synaptic amplification is, would improve our understanding of the overall significance of these inputs.

      We are confident that these currents are monosynaptic, because, as suggested, we carefully analyzed the latency, jitter and reliability, which was added to the previous revision. The latency and jitter are strong (quantitative) evidence that the first EPSC evoked was monosynaptic. While some UBCs have been reported to have multiple brushes, or brushes that branch and may contact multiple mossy fibers, or receive synaptic input onto their somas, these cases are rare in our experience in this age of mouse and there is no evidence for them in this dataset. For every trace we made a careful examination and documented that no delayed EPSCs were present. The presence of delayed EPSCs (or ‘abrupt biphasic inward/outward currents’ as described in Kinney et al 1997) would indeed suggest the presence of disynaptic activity or multiple inputs to the UBC, but these would be easily identified, even during a stimulation train. For these reasons we feel that we have established that polysynaptic feedforward amplification of duration is not present

      We agree that the monosynaptic responses could be due to the stimulation of UBC axons. However, the absence of delayed EPSCs again suggests that if stimulation of a presynaptic UBC axon was producing the currents in the recorded UBC, then the axon was severed from the soma and AIS, because this region is necessary for the cell to produce more than a single spike per stimulation. We added a sentence describing the potential for the monosynaptic EPSCs to be due to the stimulation of presynaptic UBC axons.

      Your point is well taken that a discussion of how common or rare these UBC to UBC connections is necessary to more clearly explain how we interpret their significance and we have expanded the paragraph in the discussion that does so. Thank you for this suggestion.

      1. Lack of quantification of subtypes of UBC interconnectivity. Given that it is already established that UBCs synapse onto other UBCs (see refs above), the main potential advance of this manuscript in terms of connectivity is the establishment and quantification of ON-ON, ON-OFF, OFF-ON, and OFF-OFF subtypes of UBC interconnections. But, the authors only establish that each type exists, showing specific examples, but no quantification of the absolute or relative density was provided, and the authors' unquantified wording explicitly or implicitly states that they are not common. This lack of quantification and likely small number makes it difficult to know how important or what impact such synapses have on cerebellar processing, in the model and in situ.

      As noted by the reviewer, the connections between UBCs were rare to observe. We decided against attempting to quantify the absolute or relative density of connections for several reasons. A major reason for rare observations of anatomical connections between UBCs is likely due to the sparse labeling. First, the GRP mouse line only labels 20% of ON UBCs and we are unable to test whether postsynaptic connectivity of GRP ON UBCs is the same as that of the rest of the population of ON UBCs that are not labeled in the GRP mouse line. Second, the Brainbow reporter mouse only labels a small population of Cre expressing cells for unknown reasons. Third, the Brainbow reporter expression was so low that antibody amplification was necessary, which then limited the labeled cells to those close to the surface of the brain slices, because of known antibody penetration difficulties. Therefore, we refrained from estimating the density of these connections, because each of these variables reduced the labeling to unknown degrees and we reasoned that extrapolating our rare observations to the total population would be inaccurate.

      A paper that investigated UBC connectivity using organotypic slice cultures from P8 mice suggests that 2/3 of the UBC population receives UBC input, based on the observation that 2/3 of the mossy fibers did not degenerate as would be expected after 2 days in vitro if they were severed from a distant cell body (Nunzi and Mugnaini, 2000). It remains to be seen if this high proportion is due to the young age of these mice or is also the case in adult mice. Even if these connections are indeed rare, they are expected to have profound effects on the circuit, as each UBC has multiple mossy fiber terminals (Berthie and Axelrad, 1994), and mossy fiber terminals are estimated to contact 40 granule cells each (Jakab and Hamori, 1988). We have added a comment regarding this point to the discussion.

      To address this issue, the authors added the following text to the discussion section: "We did not estimate the density of these UBC to UBC connections, because the sparseness of labeling using these approaches made an accurate calculation impossible. Previous work using organotypic slice cultures from P8 mice estimated that 2/3 of the UBC population receives input from other UBCs (Nunzi & Mugnaini, 2000), although it is unclear whether this is the case in older mice."

      While accurate, the addition doesn't really address the situation, which is that apparently the reported connections are rare. Adding the information about 2/3 of UBCs having UBC inputs in culture, implies the opposite might be true (i.e. that they might be quite common), which is in contrast to the authors' data, so should be reworded for clarity, which should also incorporate the considerations covered in point #2 above. I.e. if the authors do establish that none of their recordings have polysynaptic inputs, and if they determine that the number of cells that showed isolated di-synaptic inputs is indeed rare, then it suggests that these specific polysynaptic connections are in fact rare.

      Thank you for pointing this out. We agree that adding this information is somewhat contradictory to our results and we have added more to this section in the discussion, provided below.

      Anatomically identifiable connections between UBCs were not present in all brain slices and finding them required a careful search. UBC labeling was sparse due to the highly specific genetic labeling techniques and further sparsification by the Brainbow reporter, which made it impossible to estimate the density of these UBC to UBC connections. Electrophysiological evidences suggest that UBC to UBC connections are not common, because spontaneous EPSCs that would indicate a spontaneously firing presynaptic UBC are only rarely observed in UBCs recorded in acute brain slices. In an analysis of feedforward excitation of granule layer neurons, only 4 out of 140 UBCs had this indirect evidence of a firing presynaptic UBC (van Dorp and De Zeeuw, 2015), which suggests that UBC to UBC connections may be rare. On the other hand, previous work using organotypic slice cultures from P8 mice estimated that 2/3 of the UBC population receives input from other UBCs (Nunzi & Mugnaini, 2000). This suggests a much higher density of UBC to UBC connections, but could be due to the young age of the brains used, which is before UBCs have matured (Morin et al., 2001), and also due to increased collateral sprouting that can occur in culture (Jaeger et al., 1988). Another study imaged 2-4 week old rat cerebellar slices at an electron microscopic level and found that 4 out of 14 UBC axon terminals contacted UBC brushes (Diño et al., 2000). Future work is necessary to accurately estimate the density and impact of these feedforward UBC circuits.

      1. Lack of critical parameters in NEURON model.

      A) The model uses # of molecules of glutamate released as the presumed quantal content, and this factor is constant.

      However, no consideration of changes in # of vesicles released from single versus trains of APs from MFs or UBCs is included. At most simple synapses, two sequential APs alters release probability, either up or down, and release probability changes dynamically with trains of APs. It is therefore reasonable to imagine UBC axon release probability is at least as complicated, and given the large surface area of contact between two UBCs, the number of vesicles released for any given AP is also likely more complex.

      B) the model does not include desensitization of AMPA receptors, which in the case of UBCs can paradoxically reduce response magnitude as vesicle release and consequent glutamate concentration in the cleft increases (Linney et al. 1997 JNeurophysiol, Lu et al. 2017 Neuron, Balmer et al. 2021 eLIFE), as would occur with trains of stimuli at MF to ON-UBCs.

      A) The model produces synaptic AMPA and mGluR2 currents that reproduce those we recorded in vitro. We did not find it necessary to implement changes in glutamate release during a train as the model was fit to UBC data with the assumption that the glutamate transient did not change during the train. If there is a change in neurotransmitter release during a train, it is therefore built into the model, which has the advantage of reducing its complexity. UBCs are a special case where the postsynaptic currents are mediated mostly by the total amount of transmitter released. Most of the evoked current occurs tens to hundreds of milliseconds after neurotransmitter release and is therefore much more sensitive to total release and less sensitive to how it is released during the train. The figure below shows the effect of reducing the amount of glutamate released by 10% on each stimulus in the model. Despite a significant change in the pattern of neurotransmitter release, as well as a reduction in the total amount of glutamate, the slow EPSC still decays over the course of hundreds of milliseconds.

      B) The detailed kinetic AMPA receptor model used here accurately reproduces desensitization, which in fact mediates that the slow ON UBC current. This AMPA receptor is a 13-state model, including 4 open states with 1-4 glutamates bound, 4 closed states with 1-4 glutamates bound, 4 desensitized states with 1-4 glutamates bound, and 5 closed states with 0-4 glutamates bound. The forward and reverse rates between different states in the model were fit to AMPA receptor currents recorded from dissociated UBCs and they accurately reproduced the ON UBC currents evoked by synaptic stimulation in our previous work (Balmer et al., 2021).

      Author response image 3.

      Effect of short-term depression of neurotransmitter release. A) The top trace shows the glutamate transient that drives the AMPA receptor model used in our study. No change in release is implemented, although the slow tail of the transient summates during the train. The bottom trace shows the modeled AMPA receptor mediated current. B) In this model the amount of glutamate released on each stimulus is reduced by 10%. The duration of the slow AMPA current is similar, despite a profound change in the pattern of neurotransmitter exposure.

      While the authors have not added the suggested additional parameters, their clarifications regarding the implications of existing parameters, and demonstration of reasonable fits to experimental data, and lack of substantial effect of simulating reduced vesicle release probability,

      1. Lack of quantification of various electrophysiological responses. UBCs are defined (ON or OFF) based on inward or outward synaptic response, but no information is provided about the range of the key parameter of duration across cells, which seems most critical to the current considerations. There is a similar lack of quantification across cells of AP duration in response to stimulation or current injections, or during baseline. The latter lack is particularly problematic because in agreement with previous publications, the raw data in Fig. 1 shows ON UBCs as quiescent until MF stimulation and OFF UBCs firing spontaneously until MF stimulation, but, for example, at least one ON UBC in the NEURON model is firing spontaneously until synaptically activated by an OFF UBC (Fig. 11A), and an OFF UBC is silent until stimulated by a presynaptic OFF UBC (Fig. 11C). This may be expected/explainable theoretically, but then such cells should be observed in the raw data.

      To address this reasonable concern of a general lack of quantification of electrophysiological responses we have added data characterizing the slow inward and outward currents evoked by synaptic stimulation in GRP and P079 UBCs in the results section and in new panels in Figure 1. We report the action potential pause lengths in P079 UBCs and burst lengths in ON UBCs in the results section. However, we favor the duration of the currents to the length of burst and pause, because the currents do not depend on a stable resting membrane potential, which is itself difficult to determine in intracellular recordings of these small cells. In a series of recent publications that focused on UBC firing, the authors argue that cell-attached recordings are necessary to determine accurately the burst and pause lengths, as well as spontaneous firing rates (Guo et al., 2021; Huson et al., 2023). (The trade-off of these extracellular recordings is that the monosynaptic nature of the input is nearly impossible to confirm.) Spontaneous firing rates were variable within both GRP and P079 UBCs from silent to firing regularly or in bursts, as previously reported (Kim et al., 2012; van Dorp and De Zeeuw, 2015). For clarity, we chose to model the GRP UBCs as silent unless receiving synaptic input and P079 UBCs as active unless receiving synaptic input. As the reviewer suggests, we have observed UBCs firing in the patterns similar to those shown in the model UBCs having input from spontaneous presynaptic UBCs. Below are some examples of spontaneous EPSCs and IPSCs in UBCs that suggest the presence of a presynaptic UBC.

      Author response image 4.

      Examples of UBCs that receive spontaneous input. A) Three ON UBCs that had spontaneous EPSCs, suggesting the presence of an active presynaptic UBC. B) Two OFF UBCs that had spontaneous outward currents.

      The authors have added additional analysis and discussion, which adequately addresses this concern.

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      In this paper, the authors presented a compelling rationale for investigating the role of UBCs in prolonging and diversifying signals. Based on the two types of UBCs known as ON and OFF UBC subtypes, they have highlighted the existing gaps in understanding UBCs connectivity and the need to investigate whether UBCs target UBCs of the same subtype, different subtypes, or both. The importance of this knowledge is for understanding how sensory signals are extended and diversified in the granule cell layer.

      The authors designed very interesting approaches to study UBCs connectivity by utilizing transgenic mice expressing GFP and RFP in UBCs, Brainbow approach, immunohistochemical and electrophysiological analysis, and computational models to understand how the feed-forward circuits of interconnected UBCs transform their inputs.

      This study provided evidence for the existence of distinct ON and OFF UBC subtypes based on their electrophysiological properties, anatomical characteristics, and expression patterns of mGluR1 and calretinin in the cerebellum. The findings support the classification of GRP UBCs as ON UBCs and P079 UBCs as OFF UBCs and suggest the presence of synaptic connections between the ON and OFF UBC subtypes. In addition, they found that GRP and P079 UBCs form parallel and convergent pathways and have different membrane capacitance and excitability. Furthermore, they showed that UBCs of the same subtype provide input to one another and modify the input to granule cells, which could provide a circuit mechanism to diversify and extend the pattern of spiking produced by mossy fiber input. Accordingly, they suggested that these transformations could provide a circuit mechanism for maintaining a sensory representation of movement for seconds.

      Overall, the article is well written in a sound detailed format, very interesting with excellent discovery and suggested model.

      I believe the authors have provided appropriate responses and have consequently revised the manuscript in a convincing manner. Although I am not an expert in physiology, I find the explanations and clarifications to be acceptable.

    1. eLife assessment

      This study presents a valuable syngeneic zebrafish model for studying glioblastoma and will be of interest to neuro-oncologists and cancer biologists. Using a feasible in vivo model to study the tumour microenvironment, cell/cell interaction, and immunity, the data are compelling, although the study can benefit from the additional characterization of tumours, as well as non-tumour cells in the niche including microglia/macrophage population.

    2. Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      Summary:<br /> The authors have developed a zebrafish model of glioblastoma and characterized this, with a particular focus on the role of recruited myeloid cells in the tumours. Microglia/macrophages in the tumours are proposed to have an inflammatory phenotype and are engaged in phagocytosis. Knockout of Irf7 and Irf8 genes enhanced tumour initiation. Depleting mature myeloid cell types with chlodronate also enhanced tumour intitiation. It is proposed that in early-stage tumours, microglia/macrophages have tumour suppressive activity.

      Strengths:<br /> The authors have generated a novel glioblastoma model in zebrafish. Two key strengths of the zebrafish model are that early-stage tumours can be studied and in vivo visualization can be readily performed. The authors show a video of microglia/macrophages adopting the ameboid phenotype in tumours (as is observed in human tumours) and engaging in phagocytosis. Video 1 was very impressive in my opinion and shows the model is a very useful tool to study microglia/macrophage:glioblastoma cell interactions. The irf7/irf8 knockdown and the chlodronate experiments are consistent with a role for mature myeloid cells in suppressing tumour initiation, suggesting that the model may also be very valuable in understanding immune surveillance in glioblastoma initiation.

      Weaknesses:<br /> EGFRvIII is mainly associated with the classical subtype, so the mesenchymal subtype might be unexpected here. This could be commented on. Some more histologic characterization of the tumours would be helpful. Are they invasive, do larger tumours show necrosis and microvascular proliferation? This would help with understanding the full potential of the new model. Current thinking in established human glioblastoma is that the M1/M2 designations for macrophages are not relevant, with microglia macrophage populations showing a mixture of pre- and anti-inflammatory features. Ideally, there would be a much more detailed characterization of the intratumoral microglia/macrophage population here, as single markers can't be relied upon. Phagocytosis could have antitumour effects through the removal of live cancer cells, or could be cancer-promoting if apoptotic cancer cells are being rapidly cleared with concomitant activation of an immunosuppressive phenotype in the phagocytes (i.e. efferocytosis). It may be possible to distinguish between these two types of phagocytosis experimentally. Do the irf7/8 and chlodronate experiments distinguish between effects on microglia/macrophages and dendritic cells?

    3. Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      Summary:<br /> Glioblastoma is a common primary brain cancer, that is difficult to treat and has a low survival rate. The lack of genetically tractable and immunocompetent vertebrate animal models has prevented the discovery of new therapeutic targets and limited efforts for screening pharmaceutical agents for the treatment of the disease. Here Weiss et al., express oncogenic variants frequently observed in human glioblastoma within zebrafish lacking the tumor suppressor TP53 to generate a patient-relevant in vivo model. The authors demonstrate that loss of TP53 and overexpression of EGFR, PI3KCA, and mScarlet (p53EPS) in neural progenitors and radial glia leads to visible fluorescent brain lesions in live zebrafish. The authors performed RNA expression analysis that uncovered a molecular signature consistent with human mesenchymal glioblastoma and identified gene expression patterns associated with inflammation. Live imaging revealed high levels of immune cell infiltration and associations between microglia/macrophages and tumor cells. To define functional roles for regulators of inflammation on specific immune-related responses during tumorigenesis, transient CRISPR/Cas9 gene targeting was used to disrupt interferon regulator factor proteins and showed Inflammation-associated irf7 and irf8 are required to inhibit p53EPS tumor formation. Further, experiments to deplete the macrophages using clodronate liposomes suggest that macrophages contribute to the suppression of tumor engraftment following transplantation. The authors' conclusions are largely supported by the data and the experiments are thoroughly controlled throughout. Taken together, these results provide new insights into the regulation of glioblastoma initiation and growth by the surrounding microenvironment and provide a novel in vivo platform for the discovery of new molecular mechanisms and testing of therapeutics.

      Strengths/Weaknesses:<br /> The authors convincingly show that co-injection of activated human EGFRviii, PI3KCAH1047R, and mScarlet into TP53 null zebrafish promotes the formation of fluorescent brain lesions and glioblastoma-like tumor formation. The authors state that oncogenic MAPK/AKT pathway activation drives this glial-derived tumor formation. It would be important to include a wild-type or uninjected control for the pERK and pAKT staining shown in Fig1 I-K to aid in the interpretation of these results. Likewise, quantification of the pERK and pAKT staining would be useful to demonstrate the increase over WT, and would also serve to facilitate comparison with the similar staining in the KPG model (Supp Fig 2D).

      The authors use a transplantation assay to further test the tumorigenic potential of dissociated cells from glial-derived tumors. Listing the percentage of transplants that generate fluorescent tumor would be helpful to fully interpret these data. Additionally, it was not clear based on the description in the results section that the transplantation assay was an "experimental surrogate" to model the relapse potential of the tumor cells. This is first mentioned in the discussion. The authors may consider adding a sentence for clarity earlier in the manuscript as it helps the reader better understand the logic of the assay.

      The authors nicely show high levels of immune cell infiltration and associations between microglia/macrophages and tumor cells. However, a quantification of the emergence of macrophages over time in relation to tumor initiation and growth would provide significant support to the observations of tumor suppressive activity of the phagocytes. Along these lines, the inclusion of a statement about when leukocytes emerge during normal development would be informative for those not familiar with the zebrafish model.

      From the data provided in Figure 4G and Supp Fig 7b, the authors suggest that "increased p53EPS tumor initiation following Ifr gene knock-down is a consequence of irf7 and irf8 loss-of-function in the TME". Given the importance of the local microenvironment highlighted in this study, spatial information in the form of in situ hybridization to identify the relevant location of the expression change would be important to support this conclusion.

      The authors used neutral red staining that labels lysosomal-rich phagocytes to assess enrichment at the early stages of tumor initiation. The images in Figure 3 panel A should be labeled to denote the uninjected controls to aid in the interpretation of the data. In Supplemental Figure 6, the neutral red staining in the irf8 CRISPR-injected larvae looks to be increased, counter to the quantification. Can the authors comment if the image is perhaps not representative?

    1. eLife assessment

      The authors report that an interaction between the sodium-activated potassium channel Slack and Nav1.6 sensitizes Slack to inhibition by quinidine. This is an important finding because it contributes to our understanding of how the antiseizure drug quinidine affects epilepsy syndromes arising from mutations in the Slack-encoding gene KCNT1. The results are largely compelling and the work will likely spark interest in further examining the proposed channel-channel interaction in neuronal cell membranes.

    2. Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      Despite numerous studies on quinidine therapies for epilepsies associated with GOF mutant variants of Slack, there is no consensus on its utility due to contradictory results. In this study Yuan et al. investigated the role of different sodium selective ion channels on the sensitization of Slack to quinidine block. The study employed electrophysiological approaches, FRET studies, genetically modified proteins and biochemistry to demonstrate that Nav1.6 N- and C-tail interacts with Slack's C-terminus and significantly increases Slack sensitivity to quinidine blockade in vitro and in vivo. This finding inspired the authors to investigate whether they could rescue Slack GOF mutant variants by simply disrupting the interaction between Slack and Nav1.6. They find that the isolated C-terminus of Slack can reduce the current amplitude of Slack GOF mutant variants co-expressed with Nav1.6 in HEK cells and prevent Slack induced seizures in mouse models of epilepsy. This study adds to the growing list of channels that are modulated by protein-protein interactions, and is of great value for future therapeutic strategies.

    3. Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      This is a very interesting paper about the coupling of Slack and Nav1.6 and the insight this brings to the effects of quinidine to treat some epilepsy syndromes.

      Slack is a sodium-activated potassium channel that is important to hyperpolarization of neurons after an action potential. Slack is encoded by KNCT1 which has mutations in some epilepsy syndromes. These types of epilepsy are treated with quinidine but this is an atypical antiseizure drug, not used for other types of epilepsy. For sufficient sodium to activate Slack, Slack needs to be close to a channel that allows robust sodium entry, like Nav channels or AMPA receptors. but more mechanistic information is not available. Of particular interest to the authors is what allows quinidine to be effective in reducing Slack.

      In the manuscript, the authors show that Nav, not AMPA receptors, are responsible for Slack's sensitization to quinidine blockade, at least in cultured neurons (HeK293, primary cortical neurons). Most of the paper focuses on the evidence that Nav1.6 promotes Slack sensitivity to quinidine.

    4. Reviewer #3 (Public Review):

      Yuan et al., set out to examine the role of functional and structural interaction between Slack and NaVs on the Slack sensitivity to quinidine. Through pharmacological and genetic means they identify NaV1.6 as the privileged NaV isoform in sensitizing Slack to quinidine. Through biochemical assays, they then determine that the C-terminus of Slack physically interacts with the N- and C-termini of NaV1.6. Using the information gleaned from the in vitro experiments the authors then show that virally-mediated transduction of Slack's C-terminus lessens the extent of SlackG269S-induced seizures. These data uncover a previously unrecognized interaction between a sodium and a potassium channel, which contributes to the latter's sensitivity to quinidine.